This is a modern-English version of Of Medicine, in Eight Books, originally written by Celsus, Aulus Cornelius. It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

Transcriber’s notes:

Transcriber’s notes:

Numerous asterisks are present in parts of the text; these represent uncertain quantities, not footnotes, as explained in notes on p. xxxii. The text also contains archaic characters that may not display correctly with all viewing devices or fonts. For best viewing, the device’s character encoding should be set to Unicode (UTF-8), and one of the following fonts selected: Arial Unicode MS, DejaVu, Segoe UI Symbol or FreeSerif.

Numerous asterisks appear in parts of the text; these indicate uncertain quantities, not footnotes, as explained in notes on p. xxxii. The text also includes old characters that might not show up properly on all devices or fonts. For optimal viewing, the device’s character encoding should be set to Unicode (UTF-8), and you should choose one of the following fonts: Arial Unicode MS, DejaVu, Segoe UI Symbol, or FreeSerif.

The text has been preserved as in the original, including inconsistent punctu­ation, capitalis­ation and hyphen­ation. Archaic and inconsistent spellings have been retained except where obviously misspelled in the original. A list of these and other corrections has been appended at the end.

The text has been kept as in the original, including inconsistent punctuation, capitalization, and hyphenation. Archaic and inconsistent spellings have been preserved except where clearly misspelled in the original. A list of these and other corrections has been added at the end.

The cover image of the book was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.

The book's cover image was made by the transcriber and is in the public domain.

A. CORN. CELSUS OF Health care IN EIGHT VOLUMES.

TRANSLATED
WITH NOTES CRITICAL AND EXPLANATORY
BY
JAMES GREIVE, M.D.
A NEW EDITION.

EDINBURGH:
Printed at the University Press;
FOR DICKINSON AND COMPANY, INFIRMARY-STREET.

1814.

TO

MR SHARP,

Surgeon at Guy's Hospital,

Fellow of the Royal Society,

AND

MEMBER OF THE ROYAL ACADEMY OF SURGERY
IN PARIS.

SIR,

SIR,

The favourable opinion you have been pleased to express of the following translation, and the trouble you have taken to revise the chirurgical part, are obligations, which I embrace this opportunity of acknowledging with the highest pleasure.

The positive feedback you've kindly given about the following translation, as well as the effort you've made to revise the surgical section, are debts of gratitude that I'm taking this opportunity to acknowledge with great pleasure.

And though I had not received such marks of your friendship, yet there is no person, to whom a translation of Celsus can be more properly addressed; since no writer in this age appears to have a more just esteem for this excellent author, or to have imitated his conciseness and elegance, with so much success.

And even though I hadn’t gotten such signs of your friendship, there’s no one to whom a translation of Celsus could be better addressed; since no writer today seems to have a more accurate appreciation for this outstanding author, or has successfully emulated his brevity and style as much.

I am,

 with great esteem,

  Sir,

your most obedient,

 humble servant,

    James Greive.

I am,

 with great respect,

  Mister,

your most loyal,

 humble servant,

    James Greive.

London,
January 26th, 1756.

London,
January 26, 1756.


PREFACE.

It has been a question much debated, whether, and how far the writings of the ancient physicians are of service to direct our practice in the cure of diseases; but without repeating what has been already said on this point, I imagine their usefulness may be inferred from this single consideration, that the mechanism of the human body being always and every where the same, a faithful history of diseases must necessarily be one of the surest guides to the application of proper remedies. Moreover, if the diagnostics and prognostics be of the greatest moment in physic, and are only to be collected from long and accurate observation, then the records left us by the ancients, who were so assiduous in their observations, so clear and exact in their descriptions, must be allowed to contain a valuable treasure of medical knowledge.

It has been a widely discussed question whether, and to what extent, the writings of ancient physicians help guide our practices in treating diseases. Without going over what has already been said on this topic, I believe their value can be seen in the simple fact that the human body's structure is always the same everywhere, making a detailed history of diseases one of the best guides for applying appropriate treatments. Furthermore, since diagnostics and prognostics are crucial in medicine and can only be gathered through extensive and precise observation, the records left by the ancients—who were diligent in their observations and clear in their descriptions—must be considered a valuable source of medical knowledge.

We have seen, in the present age, many learned physicians, who, though they readily admit the improvements of the moderns, nevertheless apply themselves with great industry to the study of the ancients; and indeed, to say nothing of the superiority of some of the ancients in stile and composition, as a matter of taste, I think it can hardvily be denied, that a man, capable of making proper allowances for the variations in respect of climate and manner of living, may receive great benefit from the materials left us by these ingenious writers of antiquity, and find many hints, which, pursued with diligence, and applied with caution, may both correct and enlarge his practice.

We’ve seen many knowledgeable doctors today who, while they acknowledge the advancements of modern medicine, still work diligently to study the ancient texts. Honestly, aside from the fact that some ancient writers are clearly superior in style and composition, I think it’s hard to deny that someone who can make proper allowances for differences in climate and lifestyle can derive significant benefits from the insights left behind by these clever ancient authors. They can find many useful ideas that, if explored thoroughly and applied thoughtfully, can enhance and improve their practice.

Celsus is justly esteemed one of the most valuable amongst the ancients. He is so often quoted, with approbation, by our best writers in physic, and so much admired by the learned world for propriety, ease, and elegance, that it is a needless attempt in these days to draw his character. However, he is so little mentioned by the ancients, that our curiosity cannot be gratified with any particulars of his life; nor can we even determine what was his profession, if it does not appear from his writings.

Celsus is rightly regarded as one of the most valuable figures from ancient times. He is frequently quoted with approval by our best medical writers and is highly admired in academic circles for his appropriateness, simplicity, and elegance. Therefore, it's unnecessary to analyze his character today. However, he is mentioned so rarely by ancient sources that our curiosity isn't satisfied with details about his life, nor can we even figure out what his profession was unless it can be inferred from his writings.

Quintilian often mentions a treatise of his upon rhetoric, which though he hardly ever quotes, but where he differs from him, he allows to be composed with accuracy. But whatever he thought of his oratory, he gives an honourable testimony to the extent of his learning. For to persuade his student of eloquence to make himself master of all the sciences, after mentioning the greatest geniuses that ever appeared in Greece or Rome, as Homer, Plato, Aristotle, Cato the censor, Varro, and Cicero, he adds, “Why should I name any more inviistances? when even Cornelius Celsus, a man of a moderate share of genius, has not only composed treatises on all these arts, but has also left precepts of the military art, agriculture, and medicine. The bare attempt requires us to believe he understood all these subjects: but to give perfection to so great a work is a difficult task, to which no man was ever found equal[ A ].”

Quintilian frequently refers to his own treatise on rhetoric, which he hardly ever quotes, but when he disagrees with it, he acknowledges that it is well-written. Regardless of his views on oratory, he gives a commendable acknowledgment of the depth of his knowledge. To encourage his student in eloquence to master all sciences, he mentions the greatest minds in Greece and Rome, like Homer, Plato, Aristotle, Cato the Elder, Varro, and Cicero, and adds, “Why should I mention any more examples? Even Cornelius Celsus, a person of average talent, has not only written treatises on all these subjects but has also provided guidelines for military science, agriculture, and medicine. Just attempting this makes us believe he understood all of these topics: however, perfecting such a large work is a challenging task, one to which no one has ever been found equal.”

Some have complained of the partiality, or jealousy of the rhetorician, who allows Celsus only a moderate share of genius. Others esteem it no diminution to be placed in a rank below the writers above named. Without doubt, this would do him very great honour: but if we even take the character literally, still we are to consider Quintilian as having every where in view the perfection of oratory. Now this, it should appear, Celsus hardly affected, by his confining the orator to questions in dispute[ B ]; which in great measure excludes the descriptive and moving parts of the art: therefore Quintilian’s man of middling genius may be a perfect writer in the instructive manner, though he want the qualifications for the bar or the forum. But to do Celsus some farther honour, may it not be supposed, that had Quintilian been as competent a judge of his medical, as of his rhetorical writings, he would not have stiled him, Vir mediocri ingenio. I have made bold to hazard this observation from an opinion, that none but a physician can form a just idea of the excellence of this work; much less couldviii any but a physician be the author of it. Celsus the physician might very well write on agriculture, &c. but it by no means follows, that Celsus, not versed in the practice of physic, could have written accurately on diseases. If then this notion be just, it may reasonably be concluded, that his medical writings were the most perfect, as being the fruit of his principal and particular studies.

Some people have criticized the bias, or jealousy, of the rhetorician, who only gives Celsus a moderate amount of credit for talent. Others don’t see it as a loss to be ranked below the writers mentioned earlier. This would indeed bring him a lot of respect; however, if we consider the character literally, we need to keep in mind that Quintilian is focused on the ideal of oratory. Now, it seems that Celsus barely achieves this by limiting the orator to contentious issues, which mostly leaves out the descriptive and emotional aspects of the craft. So, Quintilian’s person of average talent could still be a great writer in the educational style, even if he lacks the skills needed for the courtroom or the public forum. To give Celsus some additional credit, could we not assume that if Quintilian had been as skilled in evaluating his medical writings as he was with his rhetorical works, he wouldn’t have called him Vir mediocri ingenio? I’m taking the liberty to make this observation because I believe only a doctor can truly appreciate the greatness of this work; it’s even less likely that anyone but a doctor could have authored it. Celsus, the physician, could certainly write about topics like agriculture, etc., but it doesn’t necessarily mean that Celsus, who wasn’t experienced in medicine, could have accurately written about diseases. If this idea holds true, it’s reasonable to conclude that his medical writings are the most refined, as they are the result of his primary and specific studies.

Columella (De re rustica) often quotes him with great deference to his authority; he equals him to the most learned writers on husbandry; and when he is correcting a vulgar error, expresses his surprise that Cornelius Celsus could be misled, “who was not only skilled in agriculture, but took in the whole compass of natural knowledge[C].” I shall not recite all the passages, where he mentions Celsus, but cannot help transcribing one, it is so expressive of our author’s manner. It is on the article of bees, “concerning which (says he) it is impossible to surpass the diligence of Hyginus, the profusion of ornaments in Virgil, and the elegance of Celsus. Hyginus has with great industry collected the precepts, which lay scattered in the ancients; Virgil has adorned the subject with poetic flowers; and in Celsus we find a judicious mixture of both these manners[ D ].”

Columella (De re rustica) frequently references him with great respect for his authority; he considers him equal to the most knowledgeable writers on farming. When correcting a common mistake, he expresses his astonishment that Cornelius Celsus could be fooled, “who was not only knowledgeable in agriculture but had a comprehensive understanding of natural knowledge__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.” I won’t go through all the instances where he mentions Celsus, but I can’t resist sharing one passage, as it perfectly captures our author’s style. It’s about bees: “about which (he states) it’s impossible to surpass the diligence of Hyginus, the richness of imagery in Virgil, and the elegance of Celsus. Hyginus has diligently gathered the guidelines that were scattered among the ancients; Virgil has embellished the topic with poetic flair; and in Celsus, we find a thoughtful blend of both these etiquette __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.”

From Columella’s mentioning Celsus as a contemporary, but not as a living writer[ E ], and our author’s speakixing of Themison in the same manner[ F ], Le Clerc infers, with great probability, that Celsus wrote towards the latter end of the reign of Augustus, or at latest, in the beginning of Tiberius; in which last period he is placed by Fabricius[ G ]. And that he cannot have been later, appears not only from these authorities, but almost undeniably from the purity and elegance of his style, more nearly allied to the Augustan, than any of the succeeding ages.

From Columella mentioning Celsus as a contemporary, but not as a living writer__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and our author’s reference to Themison in the same manner __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, Le Clerc suggests, quite convincingly, that Celsus wrote towards the end of Augustus' reign, or at the latest, in the early days of Tiberius; during which last period he is placed by Fabricius__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It seems unlikely that he could have been writing any later, not just from these sources, but almost undeniably due to the purity and elegance of his style, which aligns more closely with the Augustan period than with any of the later ages.

Both Columella and Quintilian seem to speak of him as a Roman, and indeed our author himself, when he is giving the Greek name for any distemper, and is to add the Roman, frequently uses this phrase, nostri vocant, our countrymen call it, or some other expression of the same nature[ H ].

Both Columella and Quintilian refer to him as a Roman, and our author himself often uses the phrase nostri vocant, our countrymen call it, or a similar expression, when he's providing the Greek name for any illness and then adding the Roman term.

We have seen by the above quotations, how many treatises were composed by Celsus, which have all perished in the barbarous ages, except this work on medicine; which from the manner of its beginning, Ut alimenta sanis corporibus agricultura, sic medicina ægris sanitatem promittit, seems to have immediately followed his book on husbandry: for this easy transition is very common with our author in connecting different subjects. Whatx confirms this is, that H. Stephens, upon the authority of an ancient manuscript, has prefixed as the title, Aurelii Cornelii Celsi de re medica libri octo; operis ab eo scripti de artibus pars sexta. It would be still more evident, if we could depend upon the manuscript in the library of Alex. Paduan: in which, at the end of the fourth book is written, Artium Cornelii Celsi liber nonus, idem medicinæ liber quartus explicit feliciter[ I ]. For his agriculture contained five books[ J ], with which the first four of this work make up the nine.

We have seen from the quotes above how many works were written by Celsus, most of which have been lost during the dark ages, except for this one on medicine; which, based on its opening line, Just as agriculture nourishes healthy bodies, medicine promises health to the sick, appears to have followed his book on farming directly. This smooth flow between topics is quite common for our author. What further supports this is that H. Stephens, relying on an ancient manuscript, has added the title, Aurelii Cornelii Celsi de re medica libri octo; operis ab eo scripti de artibus pars sexta. It would be even clearer if we could trust the manuscript in the library of Alex. Paduan, which states at the end of the fourth book, Artium Cornelii Celsi liber nonus, idem medicinæ liber quartus explicit feliciter[ I ]. His agricultural work consisted of five books__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and the first four of this text complete the nine.

Every trifling circumstance relating to our author has employed the industry of his learned commentators. The English reader will therefore forgive me for observing, that in most of the manuscripts, his name is written A. Cornelius Celsus. And Rubeus informs us, the ancient manuscript in the Vatican library has this title, Auli Cornelii Celsi liber sextus, idemque medicinæ primus. As Aurelius was the name of a Roman family, it is not probable that this would be his praenomen; on the contrary, Aulus is found to be a common praenomen in the Cornelian family[ K ]. For these reasons, I read his name A. that is Aulus, &c. instead of Aurelius, as most of the printed copies have it.

Every little detail about our author has kept his scholars busy. The English reader will forgive me for pointing out that in most of the manuscripts, his name is written A. Cornelius Celsus. And Rubeus tells us that the ancient manuscript in the Vatican library has the title, Auli Cornelii Celsi liber sextus, idemque medicinæ primus. Since Aurelius was a common name in a Roman family, it’s unlikely that it would be his first name; rather, Aulus is found to be a common first name in the Cornelian family__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. For these reasons, I read his name as A., meaning Aulus, &c., instead of Aurelius, as most printed copies have it.

xi

xi

From our author’s admirable abstract of the history of physic, it is easy to see he had studied and thoroughly digested the writings of the preceding physicians, and been attentive to the practice, as well as to the arguments of the several sects. We have no reason to doubt he made the best use of them; for we see that he confined himself to no one party, but selected from each what he judged to be most salutary. Though he has quoted many authors, sometimes with a view to recommend their practice in particular cases, at other times to shew the impropriety of it; yet through the whole, Hippocrates and Asclepiades seem to have been highest in his esteem; but he does not give up his judgment implicitly to these for he often leaves both, and advances very good reasons for differing from them. He ingenuously owns[ L ], that he has borrowed the prognostics from Hippocrates, “because,” says he, “though the moderns have made alterations in the method of curing, nevertheless they allow, that he has left the best prognostics.” With regard to the critical days, he entirely condemns his doctrine, and follows Asclepiades in rejecting the notion as idle and chimerical[ M ]. But from both these authors he dissents in his rules about bleeding.

From our author's impressive summary of the history of medicine, it's clear he has studied and fully understood the works of earlier physicians, paying close attention to their practices and the arguments from different schools of thought. We have no reason to doubt that he utilized this knowledge effectively; he didn't stick to just one group but instead chose what he thought was most beneficial from each. Although he cites many authors, sometimes to endorse their methods for specific cases and other times to highlight their flaws, it's evident that he holds Hippocrates and Asclepiades in the highest regard. However, he doesn't blindly follow their opinions; he often diverges from them and provides solid reasons for his differences. He honestly admits that he has taken the predictions from Hippocrates, stating, "because," he says, "even though modern physicians have changed the way of treating illnesses, they agree he has provided the best predictions." Regarding critical days, he completely rejects Hippocrates’ views and aligns with Asclepiades in dismissing this idea as trivial and unrealistic. However, he disagrees with both authors on his guidelines concerning bloodletting.

It would be superfluous for me to prefix to this translation a general view of Celsus’s practice in the various diseases; for besides that this is already done by thexii learned Le Clerc[ N ], our author’s method is so clear and concise, that the reader will acquire, with ease, the most perfect idea from the book itself.

It would be unnecessary for me to provide an overview of Celsus’s approach to different diseases before this translation; not only has this already been done by the xii knowledgeable Le Clerc __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, but the author’s method is so clear and straightforward that readers will easily gain a comprehensive understanding from the book itself.

Whenever he differs in opinion from writers, whose authority he otherwise reveres, we find his reasoning modest, concise, close, and admirably well adapted to the subject in dispute; but the delicacy of his expression, when he condemns others, and the caution with which he avoids speaking of himself, have led some to believe he was not a practitioner: though the strongest argument against his having practised physic is drawn from the silence of Pliny, who names Celsus, in several books, among the authors from whom he took his materials, and never ranks him in the list of physicians, whom he separates from the others. But I am surprised it has escaped the observation of the critics, that these catalogues of physicians consist only of foreigners, whom Pliny distinguishes from other foreigners, who were not physicians; whereas Celsus stands always amongst the Romans. Now Pliny, in his list of Roman writers, has not noted their several professions: for in most of the places, where we read the name of Celsus, we also find that of Antonius Castor, without any mention of his profession, though Pliny himself in another place tells us[ O ], he was a physician of great reputation, whom he saw living in retirement, and cultivating a kind of physic-garden, when hexiii was above an hundred years old. Thus, the name of Antonius Castor would have been lost with his writings, notwithstanding the figure he made among his contemporaries, had he not happened to be mentioned by Pliny. And hence it appears, that nothing can be inferred from the silence of Pliny and the other ancients, in regard to the profession of Celsus; though he should not be Cornelius the physician, mentioned by Galen, as Le Clerc thinks it probable he is.

Whenever he disagrees with writers he otherwise respects, his reasoning is modest, concise, and perfectly suited to the topic at hand. However, his delicate way of expressing himself when he criticizes others, along with his careful avoidance of discussing himself, has led some to think he wasn’t a practitioner. The strongest argument against him practicing medicine comes from Pliny, who mentions Celsus in several books as one of the authors he used for his material but never includes him in the list of physicians, which he separates from others. I’m surprised the critics haven’t noticed that these lists of physicians only include foreigners, who Pliny distinguishes from other non-physicians; meanwhile, Celsus is always listed among the Romans. In Pliny's list of Roman writers, he doesn’t specify their professions. In most places where we see the name Celsus, we also find Antonius Castor listed without any mention of what he did; although Pliny mentions elsewhere that he was a highly regarded physician whom he saw living in retirement, tending to a kind of medicinal garden, when he was over a hundred years old. Thus, the name of Antonius Castor would have faded away with his writings, despite his prominence among his peers, if Pliny hadn’t mentioned him. This suggests that no conclusions can be drawn from Pliny's and other ancient writers' silence regarding Celsus’s profession, even if he shouldn't be the Cornelius the physician referred to by Galen, as Le Clerc thinks is likely.

I might have urged many passages in this book to prove that he was a physician, if I had not reason to think the present age is already satisfied in that point. There are two, however, so remarkable, that they ought not to be omitted. When our author is considering the proper time for allowing nourishment, after saying that some gave their patients food in the evening, he gives reasons against that method, and then adds, “Ob haec ad mediam noctem decurro, i. e. For these reasons I defer it till midnight.” Thus most of the older copies read, and also Morgagni’s manuscript; so that Linden is not easily to be forgiven for making alterations in so material a place[ P ]. In the other passages there is no variation in the reading. In that species of the ancyloblepharon, where the eye-lid unites with the white of the eye, our author, after describing the method of cure, immediately adds, “Ego sic restitutum neminem memixivni. Meges se quoque multa, &c. i. e. I do not remember an instance of any person cured in this way. Meges also has told us that he has tried many methods, and never was successful, because the eye-lid always united again to the eye[ Q ].” The form of expression here used by our author, in a manner peculiar to a practitioner, would come very improperly from a mere compiler. The connection of these two sentences by quoque seems to put our author’s own observation upon the same footing with that of Meges, whom he quotes on several occasions as a most accomplished surgeon[ R ].

I could have pointed out many sections in this book to show that he was a physician, but I think the current age is already satisfied with that. There are two examples, however, that are so significant they shouldn’t be overlooked. When our author discusses the right time to provide nourishment, after mentioning that some gave their patients food in the evening, he presents reasons against that approach and then adds, “Ob haec ad mediam noctem decurro, meaning, ‘For these reasons I defer it until midnight.’” This is how most older copies read, as well as Morgagni’s manuscript; so, it’s hard to forgive Linden for making changes in such a crucial place__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. In the other instances, the wording remains unchanged. In the type of ancyloblepharon, where the eyelid fuses with the white part of the eye, our author, after outlining the treatment method, immediately adds, “Ego sic restitutum neminem memixivni. Meges se quoque multa, & etc. i. e. I do not recall any instance of someone cured in this manner. Meges has also stated that he has tried many methods and was never successful because the eyelid always fused back to the eye__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.” The way our author expresses this, in a manner typical of a practitioner, would sound very out of place coming from just a compiler. The connection of these two sentences with quoque seems to place our author’s own observation on the same level as Meges’, whom he refers to on several occasions as a highly skilled surgeon __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

It may not be amiss, however, to take notice of a distinction Celsus makes between two kinds of professors of physic. When he is shewing the necessity of cirxvcumspection in the physician, he adds, “From[ S ] these things it may be inferred, that many people cannot be attended by one physician; and that the man to be trusted is he, who knows his profession, and is not much absent from the patient. But they, who practice from views of gain, because their profits rise in proportion to the number of patients, readily fall in with such rules, as do not require a close attendance, as in this very case. For it is easy for such as seldom see the patient, to count the days and the paroxysms: but it is necessary for him to sit by his patient, who would form a true judgment of what is alone fit to be done, when he will be too weak, unless he get food.” As his censure is so severe upon a practice, which he thought too extensive, it is natural to suppose, that his was confined to his acquaintance, and that his fortune and generosity rendered him superior to the view of living by the profession.

It might be worth noting a difference Celsus points out between two types of medical professors. While discussing the importance of caution in a physician, he says, “From these things, it can be inferred that many people can’t be cared for by just one doctor; the one to trust is the one who knows their profession and isn’t far from the patient. However, those who practice for profit, since their earnings increase with the number of patients they see, tend to follow rules that don’t require close attention, as is the case here. It’s easy for those who rarely see the patient to keep track of the days and symptoms; but it’s essential for the doctor to be present with the patient to make a real assessment of what should be done when the patient is too weak without food.” Given his strong criticism of a practice he deemed too widespread, it’s reasonable to assume that his own practice was limited to people he knew and that his wealth and generosity set him apart from those who relied on their profession for a living.

To all the later copies of Celsus is prefixed an index of the several editions, which makes it needless for me to give an account of them. All the older ones, printed in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, abound with numberless gross errors, that in many places utterly destroy the construction. These, Vander Linden undertook to correct, and the authorities he used for that purpose are contained in a catalogue annexed to his preface, in which he tells us he has made very few changes fromxvi his own conjecture, and none of these, but where the subject evidently required them. In the dedication he says, “Who would imagine, that after the diligent labours of so many illustrious men, as Egnatius, Cæsarius, Constantine, Stephens, Pantinus, Ronsseus, and Rubeus, I should have corrections to make in more than two thousand places?”

To all later copies of Celsus, there’s an index of the different editions, so I don’t need to go into detail about them. The older editions, printed in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, are filled with numerous serious errors that often ruin the structure. Vander Linden took on the task of correcting these, and the sources he used are listed in a catalogue added to his preface, where he mentions that he made very few changes based solely on his own guesses, and only when the context clearly required it. In the dedication, he states, “Who would have thought that after the diligent work of so many renowned figures like Egnatius, Cæsarius, Constantine, Stephens, Pantinus, Ronsseus, and Rubeus, I would still find corrections to make in over two thousand places?”

As it was proper I should translate from one particular edition, I chose for that purpose Linden’s; or Almeloveen’s, who has followed him almost in every letter; as these are generally esteemed by far the most correct: though it must be owned, that Linden has made many alterations without necessity, and sometimes for the worse. Where the sense was either obscure or inconsistent with the context, I have often been assisted by the more ancient editions. On such occasions I have given my authority and reasons in the notes. In passages where I found a reading in the old copies much preferable to Linden’s, but not altogether necessary upon account of the sense, I have marked it in a note, without adopting it into the next.

Since it was appropriate for me to translate from a specific edition, I chose Linden’s; or Almeloveen’s, who has closely followed him in almost every detail; as these are generally considered to be the most accurate. However, it must be acknowledged that Linden has made many unnecessary changes, and sometimes for the worse. Where the meaning was either unclear or inconsistent with the context, I have often referred to the older editions for assistance. In these cases, I have provided my sources and reasoning in the notes. In instances where I found a reading in the older copies significantly better than Linden’s, but not absolutely necessary for understanding, I have noted it without including it in the main text.

There are very few places, where I have ventured to alter the reading on my own conjecture, and these are all noted in the margin, where I have assigned my reasons, which, I hope, will convince the learned reader. My notes will shew in how many instances I have been obliged to the excellent epistles of Morgagni. Thisxvii learned and ingenious author has, in my opinion, entered more into the spirit and true meaning of Celsus, than any of the preceding commentators[ T ].

There are very few places where I've taken the liberty to change the text based on my own judgement, and all of these are noted in the margins, where I have provided my reasons, which I hope will persuade the knowledgeable reader. My notes will show in how many instances I have been indebted to the excellent letters of Morgagni. Thisxvii learned and clever author has, in my view, grasped the spirit and true meaning of Celsus better than any of the previous commentators__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Had there been so correct an edition of Celsus, as I think may be made, with proper judgment, from the editions and manuscripts extant, it would have shortened my labour.

If there had been a well-done edition of Celsus, as I believe can be created with the right approach from the existing editions and manuscripts, it would have made my work easier.

That Celsus divided his books into chapters, appears from several passages: whereas no person, as far as I can find, pretends, that the marginal contents came from the author himself. The editions differ in these; but as it is of small importance, I have not troubled the reader with any remarks on that article. Where I found those of Linden evidently wrong, I have endeavoured to supply the defect.

That Celsus divided his books into chapters is clear from several passages; however, no one, as far as I can tell, claims that the marginal contents were from the author himself. The editions vary in this regard, but since it’s of little importance, I haven’t bothered the reader with any comments on that point. Where I found Linden's versions clearly wrong, I have tried to correct the mistake.

With regard to the materia medica, the notes are drawn chiefly from Pliny and Dioscorides, whom I esteemed the best authors on that article. When I have given English names to any of the simples, I follow the most judicious moderns; though it must be rememberxviiied, that many of them cannot be determined with absolute certainty.

When it comes to the materia medica, the notes are mostly based on Pliny and Dioscorides, who I consider to be the best authors on the subject. When I provide English names for any of the simples, I follow the most thoughtful modern sources; however, it’s important to remember that many of them cannot be identified with complete certainty.

Through most of the compositions the text is miserably corrupted; and what is worse, I do not find, that by comparing the various editions this part can be restored. I had once some thoughts of labouring this point particularly, but as it would have been expected I should support every alteration with proper reasons, and as I despaired of executing it so, as to meet with universal approbation, and after all it would have been more a matter of curiosity than of real use, I omitted that part of my design; besides, this must have considerably increased the number of my notes, which I have endeavoured should be as few as the nature of the undertaking would admit of. For these reasons I have closely adhered to the text of Linden, without even departing from it, where the nature of the whole composition will evidently demonstrate the proportions of several ingredients to be highly incongruous.

Throughout most of the pieces, the text is badly mangled; and worse, I find that by comparing the different editions, this part cannot be fixed. I once considered tackling this issue in detail, but since it would be expected that I justify every change with sound reasoning, and I doubted I could pull it off in a way that would satisfy everyone, and ultimately it would be more of a curiosity than anything truly useful, I decided to skip that part of my plan. Additionally, this would have significantly increased the number of my notes, which I’ve tried to keep as minimal as possible given the nature of the task. For these reasons, I have stuck closely to the text of Linden, without even straying from it where the overall composition clearly shows that several elements are highly mismatched.

It has been my principal care to convey the precise meaning of my author, and also to preserve the genius of his style, where the English idiom would allow. I have likewise been careful not to wrest any expression of Celsus, in order to deceive the reader into a greater opinion of his knowledge, than he really deserves. His merit is sufficiently great without pretending to find in him any discoveries, the honour of which is due to thexix moderns. Every man of learning, who is acquainted with the state of physic among the ancients, and knows how far it differs from the modern, must be sensible of the difficulty of translating an author so elegant and concise, with the strictness necessary in a work of this nature. Such judges, I hope, will censure the faults, which cannot escape their observation, with the candour inseparable from true criticism.

My main goal has been to clearly convey the meaning of my author while also preserving the essence of his style when the English language allows for it. I've been careful not to twist any of Celsus's words to mislead the reader into thinking he has more knowledge than he actually does. His achievements are significant enough without claiming that he made discoveries that rightly belong to modern thinkers. Anyone knowledgeable about ancient medicine and its differences from modern practices will understand the challenge of translating such an elegant and concise author with the accuracy required for a work like this. I hope that discerning readers will critique the mistakes that they can’t overlook with the understanding that comes with genuine criticism.

It only remains, that I return thanks to my ingenious and learned friends of the faculty, who have favoured me with their opinions on several passages, particularly to Dr. Maghie of Guy’s hospital.

It only remains for me to thank my clever and knowledgeable friends from the faculty, who shared their thoughts on various passages, especially Dr. Maghie from Guy’s hospital.


xx

xx

xxi

xxi

CONTENTS.


BOOK I.
PREFACE
CHAP. I. Rules for the healthy,
II.
Rules for valetudinary people,
III.
Observations suited to new incidents, and the different constitutions, sexes, and ages; and the seasons of the year,
IV.
Rules for those that have a weakness in the head,
V.
Directions for those that labour under a lippitude, gravedo, catarrh, and disorders of the tonsils,
VI.
The proper regimen for people liable to a purging,
VII.
Rules for those that are liable to a pain of the colon,
VIII.
Rules for one that has a weak stomach,
IX.
Directions for those that are liable to pains of the nerves,
X.
Directions in a pestilence, xxii
BOOK II.

PREFACE,
CHAP. I. Of the different seasons, weather, ages, constitutions, and the diseases peculiar to each,
II.
Of the signs of an approaching illness,
III.
Good symptoms in sick people,
IV.
Bad symptoms in sick people,
V.
Signs of long sickness,
VI.
The symptoms of death,
VII.
Of the signs in particular diseases,
VIII.
What symptoms are dangerous, or hopeful in particular diseases,
IX.
Of the cure of diseases,
X.
Of bleeding,
XI.
Of cupping,
XII.
Of purging by internal medicines and clysters,
XIII.
Of vomiting,
XIV.
Of friction,
XV.
Of gestation,
XVI.
Of abstinence,
XVII.
Of sweating,
XVIII.
The different kinds of food and drink,
XIX.
General properties of different foods,
XX.
Of things containing good juices,
XXI.
Of foods containing bad juices,
XXII.
Of mild and acrid things,
XXIII.
Of those things which generate a thick and a fluid phlegm,
XXIV.
Of what agrees with the stomach,
XXV.
Of things hurtful to the stomach,
XXVI.
Of those things which occasion flatulencies; and the contrary,
XXVII.
Of those things which heat and cool,
XXVIII.
Of what is easily corrupted in the stomach,
XXIX.
Of what opens the belly,
XXX.
Of what binds the belly,
XXXI.
Of diuretic meats and drinks,
XXXII.
Of soporiferous, and exciting substances,
XXXIII.
Of those things which draw, repel, or cool, or heat, or harden, or soften, xxiii
BOOK III.

CHAP. I. General division of distempers,
II.
General diagnostics of acute and chronic, increasing and declining diseases; the difference of regimen in each; and precautions necessary upon the apprehension of an approaching illness,
III.
Of the several kinds of fevers,
IV.
Of the different methods of cure,
V.
Particular directions for giving food in the different species of fevers,
VI.
The proper times for giving drink to persons in fevers; and the kinds of aliments suited to the several stages of the distempers; together with some general observations,
VII.
The cure of pestilential, and ardent fevers,
VIII.
The cure of a semitertian,
IX.
The cure of slow fevers,
X.
Remedies for the concomitant symptoms of fevers,
XI.
Remedies against a coldness of the extremities, preceding a fever,
XII.
The cure of a shuddering before fevers,
XIII.
The cure of a quotidian fever,
XIV.
The cure of a tertian,
XV.
The cure of a quartan,
XVI.
The cure of a double quartan,
XVII.
The cure of a quotidian arising from a quartan,
XVIII.
Of the several kinds of madness, and their cure,
XIX.
Of the cardiac disorder, and its cure,
XX.
Of the lethargy, and its cure,
XXI.
Of the several species of the dropsy, and their cure,
XXII.
Of the several species of consumptions, and their cure,
XXIII.
Of the epilepsy, and its cure,
XXIV.
Of the jaundice, and its cure,
XXV.
Of the elephantiasis, and its cure, xxiv
XXVI.
Of apoplectic patients, and their cure,
XXVII.
Of a palsy, and its cure,
Of a pain of the nerves,
Of a tremor of the nerves,
Of internal suppurations,
BOOK IV.

CHAP. I. Of the Internal parts of the human body,
II.
Of the disorders of the head, and their cure,
Of pains of the head, and a hydrocephalus,
Of the cynicus spasmus,
Of a palsy of the tongue,
Of a catarrh and gravedo,
III.
Of diseases of the neck, and their cure,
IV.
Of diseases of the fauces,
Several species of angina,
Difficulty of breathing,
An ulcer in the fauces,
A cough,
A spitting of blood,
And their cure,
V.
Of the disorders of the stomach, and their cure,
VI.
Of pains of the sides and a pleurisy, and their cure,
VII.
Of a peripneumony, and its cure,
VIII.
Of the diseases of the liver, and their cure,
IX.
Of the diseases of the spleen, and their cure,
X.
Of the diseases of the kidneys, and their cure,
XI.
Of the cholera, and its cure,
XII.
Of the coeliack distemper of the stomach, and its cure,
XIII.
Of the distemper of the small gut, and its cure,
XIV.
Of the distemper of the large intestine, and its cure,
XV.
Of a dysentery, and its cure,
XVI.
Of a lientery, and its cure,
XVII.
Of worms in the belly, and their cure,
XVIII.
Of a tenesmus, and its cure,
XIX.
Of a simple purging, and its cure,
XX.
Of the diseases of the womb, and their cure, xxv
XXI.
Of an excessive discharge of semen, and its cure,
XXII.
Of the diseases of the hips, and their cure,
XXIII.
Of a pain in the knees, and its cure,
XXIV.
Of the diseases of the joints of the hands and feet, and their cure,
XXV.
Of the treatment of patients recovering,
BOOK V.

PREFACE,
CHAP. I. Medicines for stopping blood,
II.
Agglutinants and restringents,
III.
Medicines for promoting a suppuration,
IV.
Medicines for opening wounds,
V.
Cleansers,
VI.
Corroding medicines,
VII.
Eating medicines,
VIII.
Caustics,
IX.
Medicines for forming crusts upon ulcers,
X.
Resolvents for crusts,
XI.
Discutients,
XII.
Evacuating and drawing medicines,
XIII.
Lenients,
XIV.
Incarning medicines,
XV.
Emollients,
XVI.
Cleansers of the skin,
XVII.
Of the mixture of simples, and the proportion of the weights,
XVIII.
Of malagmas, in all thirty-six recited,
XIX.
Of plaisters, in all twenty-nine recited,
XX.
Of troches, in all seven recited,
XXI.
Of pessaries, in all seven recited,
XXII.
Medicines, used either in a dry form, or mixed with liquids,
XXIII.
Of antidotes, and their use,
XXIV.
Of acopa, xxvi
XXV.
Of catapotia,
XXVI.
Of five different kinds of disorders incident to the body; and of the nature, symptoms, and cure of wounds,
Bad consequences from wounds,
Cure of an old ulcer,
Cure of an erysipelas,
Cure of a gangrene,
XXVII.
Of wounds caused by bites, poisons taken internally, and burns,
XXVIII.
Of external disorders proceeding from internal causes, and their cure,
Of a carbuncle,
Of a cancer,
Of a therioma,
Of the ignis sacer,
Of the chironian ulcer,
Of ulcers occasioned by cold,
Of the scrophula,
Of a furuncle,
Of phymata,
Of a phygethlon,
Of abscesses,
Of fistulas,
Of the cerion ulcer,
Of the acrochordon, &c.
Of pustules,
Of the scabies,
Of the impetigo,
Of the papula,
Of the vitiligo,
BOOK VI.

CHAP. I. Of hairs falling off the head,
II.
Of a porrigo,
III.
Of the sycosis,
IV.
Of the areæ, xxvii
V.
Of vari, lenticulæ, and ephelides,
VI.
Of the disorders of the eyes, carbuncles of the eyes, pustules, wasting, lice in the eye-lids, dry lippitude, dimness, a cataract, palsy, mydriasis, a weakness, and external hurts in the eyes, and the various collyriums adapted to each disorder,
VII.
Of the diseases of the ears; pain, pus in the ears, worms, dulness of hearing, a noise, extraneous bodies in the ears,
VIII.
Of the diseases of the nose,
IX.
Of the toothach,
X.
Of the diseases of the tonsils,
XI.
Of ulcers of the mouth,
XII.
Of ulcers of the tongue,
XIII.
Of parulides and ulcers in the gums,
XIV.
Of an inflammation of the uvula,
XV.
Of a gangrene of the mouth,
XVI.
Of parotid swellings,
XVII.
Of a prominent navel,
XVIII.
Of the diseases of the private parts,
Diseases of the anus, rhagadia, and condylomata,
Of the hæmorrhoides,
Of a prolapsus of the anus or womb, &c.
XIX.
Of ulcers in the fingers,
BOOK VII.

PREFACE, The province of surgery, &c.
CHAP. I. Of contusions
II.
Of the operations necessary in suppurated tumours
III.
Of the good or bad symptoms of suppurations
IV.
Of fistulas, in the ribs, belly, and anus
V.
Of extracting weapons out of the body
VI.
Of a ganglion, meliceris, atheroma, steatoma, and other tubercles of the head xxviii
VII.
Of the diseases of the eyes cured by manual operations; of vesicles in the upper eye-lids
Of a crithe, chalazium, and unguis
Of an encanthis
Of the ancyloblepharon, and the ægilops
Of hairs in the eye-lashes irritating the eye
Of the lagopthalmus
Of an ectropium, and the staphyloma
Description of the eye
Of a cataract
Of a flux of gum, and the requisite operations
VIII.
Of the operations required in the ears
IX.
The operation necessary in a want of substance in the ears, lips, and nose
X.
Of the extirpation of a polypus in the nose
XI.
The chirurgical cure of an ozæna
XII.
Of the operations in the mouth; of the teeth
Of indurated tonsils, of the uvula
Of the tongue, an abscess under it, and chopt lips
XIII.
Of the bronchocele
XIV.
Of the operations performed at the navel
XV.
The method of discharging the water in hydropic people
XVI.
Of wounds in the belly and intestines
XVII.
Of a rupture of the peritonæum
XVIII.
A description of the testicles, and their diseases
XIX.
General directions for operations in the foregoing diseases about the testicles
XX.
Of the cure of a rupture of the intestine into the scrotum
XXI.
Of the cure of a rupture of the omentum into the scrotum
XXII.
Of the cure of a ramex of the scrotum
XXIII.
Of the cure of a sarcocele
XXIV.
Of the cure of a ramex in the groin
XXV.
The operations requisite in the disorders of the penis
XXVI.
Of the operation necessary in a suppression of urine; and lithotomy
XXVII.
Of a gangrene after cutting for the stone
XXVIII.
Of the operations required, when a membrane or flesh obstructs the vagina in women
XXIX.
The method of extracting a dead fœtus out of the womb xxix
XXX.
The operations required in diseases of the anus
XXXI.
Of varices in the legs
XXXII.
Operations required in cohering and crooked fingers
XXXIII.
Of the operation required in a gangrene
BOOK VIII.

CHAP. I. Of the situation and figure of the bones of the human body
II.
General division of disorders in the bones. Of a blackness and caries, and their treatment
III.
Of the use of the modiolus, and perforator, and other instruments, especially for the bones of the head
IV.
Of fractures of the skull
V.
Of fractures of the nose
VI.
Of fractures of the ears
VII.
Of a fractured maxilla, together with some general observations relating to fractures
VIII.
Of a fractured clavicle
IX.
Of fractures of the ribs and spine
X.
Of fractures of the humerus, fore-arm, thigh, leg, fingers, and toes
XI.
Of luxations
XII.
Of a luxated maxilla
XIII.
Of a luxation of the head
XIV.
Of a luxation of the spine
XV.
Of a luxation of the humerus
XVI.
Of a luxation of the cubitus
XVII.
Of a luxated hand
XVIII.
Of luxations in the palm
XIX.
Of luxations of the fingers
XX.
Of a luxation of the femur
XXI.
Of a luxation of the knee
XXII.
Of a luxated ancle
XXIII.
Of luxations in the soles of the feet
XXIV.
Of luxated toes
XXV.
Of luxations attended with a wound xxx

 

Roman measures of capacity for things liquid, reduced to english wine measure, the wine pint holding 287/8 solid inches.

Roman measurements for liquid capacity, converted to English wine measure, indicate that a wine pint holds 287/8 solid inches.

No. I.

Nope. I.

Pints
Sol. in. Dec.
Ligula
0,1/48  0,117 5/12
 4
Cyathus 0,1/12  0,469 2/3
 6
 1
Acetabulum 0,1/8  0,704 1/2
12
 3
2
Quartarius 0,1/4  1,409
24
 6
4
2
Hemina 0,1/2  2,818
48
12
8
4
2
Sextarius
1  5,636

Possibly No. I. may be better understood in the following form.

Possibly No. I. might be clearer in the following way.

No. II.

No. 2.

Eng. wi.
Solid
 Ligulæ. 
 Cyathi. 
 Acetab. 
 Quart. 
 Hem. 
 Sext. 
 pint.
inch.
48
or
12 
or
8
or
4
or
2
==
1
==
and
5.636
24
or
 6 
or
4
or
2
==
1
-
==
 0.
 17.255
1/2
12
or
 3 
or
2
==
1
-
-
==
 0.
8.627
3/4
 6
or
1/2
 == 
1
-
-
-
==
 0.
4.313
7/8
 4
 == 
 1 
-
-
-
-
==
 0.
2.875
11/12
 1
-
-
-
-
-
==
 0.
0.718
47/48

Roman measures of capacity for things dry, reduced to english corn measure, the english corn pint holding 33 3/5 inches.

Roman measurements for dry capacity, converted to English corn measure, with the English corn pint holding 33 3/5 inches.

xxxi

xxxi

No. III.

No. 3.

Pints
Sol. in. dec.
Ligula
0,1/48
0,01
 4
Cyathus 0,1/12
0,04
 6
1/2 
Acetabulum 0,1/8
0,06
24
 6  
4
Hemina 0,1/2
0,24
48
12  
8
2
Sextarius
1
0,48

The same table in another form.

The same table in a different format.

No. IV.

No. 4.

Eng. corn
Solid
 Ligulæ.
 Cyathi.
 Acetab.
 Heminæ.
 Sextarius.
 pint.
 inches
48
or
12 
or
8
or
2
==
1
==
and
0.48 
24
or
 6 
or
4
==
1
==
 0.
17.04
 6
or
1/2
==
1
==
 0.
4.26 
 4
==
 1 
==
 0.
2.84 
 1
==
 0.
0.71 

Note, The tables, No. I. and No. III. are exactly copied from Dr Arbuthnot, No. XII. and XIII. I have here gone no higher than the sextarius, as that is the greatest measure mentioned by Celsus; it has its name from making the sixth part of the Roman congius.

Note, The tables, No. I. and No. III. are exactly copied from Dr. Arbuthnot. No. XII. and XIII. I have here gone no higher than the sextarius, as that is the largest measure mentioned by Celsus; it gets its name from being the sixth part of the Roman congius.

I would have taken the table of weights from Dr Arbuthnot also, if he had given one accommodated to Celsus; but as he has not, I have composed the following, No. VI. according to the division of Celsus himself, who tells us[ U ], that he divides the uncia, or ounce, into seven denarii, and the denarius into six sextantes.

I would have taken the weight table from Dr. Arbuthnot too if he had provided one that matched Celsus's system; but since he hasn’t, I’ve created the following, No. VI, based on Celsus's division himself, who tells us__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ that he splits the uncia, or ounce, into seven denarii, and the denarius into six sextantes.

Besides these, in several compositions our author uses semuncia and sescuncia, that is half an ounce and ounce and half; and to save the reader the trouble of reduction, I have given them also a place in the table.

Besides these, in several works our author uses semuncia and sescuncia, which mean half an ounce and ounce and a half; to make it easier for the reader, I've also included them in the table.

The accurate Mr Greaves[ V ], from repeated experiments, concluded the Roman denarius to contain 62 grains English Troy weight, from which the proportions of the other weights are determined.

The precise Mr Greaves __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, from various experiments, concluded that the Roman denarius weighs 62 grains in English Troy weight, which helps determine the proportions of the other weights.

No. V.

No. V.

xxxii

xxxii

Grains.
Scruples.
Drachms.
Ounces.
Pound Troy.
gr.
Ʒ
5760 
or
288 
or
96  
or
12 
==
1
480 
or
24 
or
8  
 == 
1 
60 
or
3 
== 
1  
20 
 == 
1 
1 

Celsus’s weights compared with apothecaries’ weights.

Celsus’s weights compared to apothecary weights.

No. VI.

No. 6.

Grains of
Sextan-
Dena-
Semun-
Ses-
Li-
Pharmacies.
Troy wt.
tes.
rii.
ciæ.
Unciæ.
cun.
bra.
Ʒ
gr.
5208 
 or 
504
 or 
84 
 or 
24
 or 
12 
 or 
8
==
1
==
10
6:
2:
 8 
651 
or
63
or
10 1/2
or
3
or
1/2
==
1
==
Below is a short piece of text (5 words or fewer). Modernize it into contemporary English if there's enough context, but do not add or omit any information. If context is insufficient, return it unchanged. Do not add commentary, and do not modify any placeholders. If you see placeholders of the form __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_x__, you must keep them exactly as-is so they can be replaced with links. 1 :
2:
2
11 
434 
or
42
or
7 
or
2
==
1 
==
0 :
7
0 :
14 
217 
or
21
or
3 1/2
==
1
==
0 :
3
1:
17 
62 
or
6
==
1 
==
0 :
1 :
0 :
 2 
10 1/3
==
1
==
0 :
0 :
0 :
10 1/2
1 
==
0 :
0 :
0 :
 1 

Note 1st. The Romans divided all integers, as they did their as, into twelve equal parts called unciæ. Thus the sextans was the sixth part of the as, containing two of these unciæ, quadrans one fourth, or three unciæ, triens the third part, or four unciæ, semis one half, or six unciæ, bes or bessis two-thirds, or eight unciæ, dodrans three-fourths being nine unciæ. The weight of these then differs, as the integer is the libra, the uncia, or denarius, which the attentive reader will easily reduce, if he is disposed to calculate the quantities, observing that they are not to be taken for aliquot parts of the denarius, but when they follow the mark of the denarius. The integer preceding, and the nature of the composition will be the best explication.

Note 1st. The Romans divided all integers, like their as, into twelve equal parts called unciæ. So, the sextans was one-sixth of the as, containing two of these unciæ, quadrans was one-fourth, or three unciæ, triens was one-third, or four unciæ, semis was one-half, or six unciæ, bes or bessis was two-thirds, or eight unciæ, and dodrans was three-fourths, which is nine unciæ. The weight of these differs, as the integer is the libra, the uncia, or denarius, which the attentive reader can easily calculate if they want to determine the quantities, noting that they should not be treated as parts of the denarius, but rather when they follow the mark of the denarius. The preceding integer, along with the nature of the composition, will provide the best explanation.

Note 2. The denarius mark was X or 𐆖, as containing originally ten small asses. This by the copiers has been often confounded with X, denoting the number of ten denarii; so that after all the pains of critics and commentators, the proportions of the ingredients in several compositions seem to be irrecoverably lost. For this reason, I suppose the later editors have thought fit to change it for the common asterisk.

Note 2. The denarius mark was X or 𐆖, originally representing ten small asses. This has often been confused by copyists with X, which indicates the number of ten denarii; so despite the efforts of critics and commentators, the proportions of the ingredients in various compositions appear to be permanently lost. For this reason, I assume later editors decided to replace it with the common asterisk.

Note 3. The characters for quantities are variously marked in different authors, and the same note has several values. There is one of this uncertainty in Celsus, that is Z, which we are told expresses the libra, the sescuncia, the sextans of a pound, the denarius and the sextans of a denarius[ W ]. Which of these different values it bears in any particular place must be determined by the connection. When it follows the mark of the denarius, it can mean no more than the sextans of a denarius.

Note 3. Different authors use various symbols for quantities, and the same symbol can represent multiple values. One such symbol that creates confusion in Celsus is Z, which is said to signify the libra, sescuncia, sextans of a pound, denarius, and sextans of a denarius[ W ]. The specific value it represents in any given context needs to be figured out based on the surrounding text. When it comes after the symbol for denarius, it can only mean the sextans of a denarius.

Note 4. p. stands for pondo, which is an indeclinable word, and when joined with numbers, signifies libra or a pound; when with other weights, it stands for no more than pondus or weight in general.

Note 4. p. stands for pondo, which is a word that doesn't change form, and when it’s combined with numbers, means libra or a pound; when used with other weights, it simply refers to pondus or weight in general.

xxxiii

xxxiii

For an example of the reduction of Celsus’s weights to ours, the following may serve.

For an example of converting Celsus’s weights to our system, the following may serve.

Lib. v. cap. 19. no. 7. Philotas’s plaister contains,

Lib. v. cap. 19. no. 7. Philotas’s plaster contains,

Of Eretrian earth
Ʒ
gr.
— chalcitis, each p. iv.*.
==
1/2 :
0 :
0 :
8
viz. Ʒi. gr. ii.
multiplied by 4
—and so all
the rest.
— myrrh
— calcined copper, each p. x.*. ==
1  :
2 :
1 :
0
— isinglass p. vi. *. ==
0  :
6 :
0 :
12
— rasile verdigrease
— round allum
— crude misy
— birthwort, of each p. viii.*. ==
1  :
0 :
0 :
16
— copper scales p. xx.* ==
2 1/2 :
0 :
2 :
0
— male frankincense, p. ii.*. ==
0  :
2 :
0 :
4
— oil of roses
— Bitter oil, of each three cyathi, or 1 quartarius = between 1/4 and 1/3 of an English pint.
— vinegar, a sufficient quantity.

1

1

 

ERRATA,
IN THE TEXT.

ERRATA,
IN THE TEXT.

Page 110 line
9
 for substances, read medicines.
—— 189 —— 26 for flour read flower.
—— 240 —— 22 for warm ingremedies read warming remedies.
—— 249 —— 14 for comes read come.
—— 257 —— 30 for verjuice read omphacium.
—— 271 —— 16 for wines read wine.
—— 323 —— 31 for straight read strait.
—— 350 —— 18 dele also.

A. CORNELIUS CELSUS

A. Cornelius Celsus

OF

OF

MEDICINE.

Healthcare.


BOOK I.


PREFACE.

As agriculture promises food to the healthy, so medicine promises health to the sick. There is no place in the world, where this art is not found: for even the most barbarous nations are acquainted with herbs, and other easy remedies for wounds and diseases. However it has been more improved by the Greeks than any other people: though not from the infancy of that nation, but only a few ages before our own times; as appears by their celebrating Æsculapius as its most ancient author; who, because he cultivated this science with somewhat more accuracy, which, before him, was rude and of low esteem, was received into the number of their gods.(1) After him his two sons, Podalirius and Machaon, following Agamemnon to the Trojan war, were not a little useful to their fellow soldiers. But even these, according to Homer’s account, did not undertake the plague, nor the other various kinds of diseases, but only cured wounds by incisions, and medicines: from which it appears, that they entirely confined themselves to the chirurgical part of medicine, and that this was the most antient branch. From the same author we may also learn, that diseases were then believed to arise from the anger of the immortal gods,(2) and that relief used to be sought from2 them. It is also probable, that though there were few remedies for distempers known, men nevertheless generally enjoyed good health from the sobriety of their lives, yet untainted by sloth and luxury. For these two vices, first in Greece, and then among us, rendered men liable to many diseases. And hence that variety of remedies now used, which was neither necessary in ancient times, nor is yet in other nations, scarcely protracts the lives of a few of us to the verge of old age. For the same reason, after those, whom I have mentioned, no men of eminence practised medicine, till learning began to be pursued with greater application; which, as it is of all things most necessary to the mind, so it is no less hurtful to the body. And at first the science of healing was accounted a branch of philosophy; so that the cure of diseases, and the study of nature, owed their rise to the same persons: and for this very good reason, because they, who had impaired their bodies by anxious thought, and nightly watchings, stood most in need of its assistance. And thus we find, that many amongst the philosophers were skilled in this science; of whom the most celebrated were Pythagoras, Empedocles, and Democritus. Hippocrates of Cos, who, according to some authors, was the disciple of the last mentioned of these, and is so justly admired both for his knowledge in this profession, and for his eloquence, was the first worthy of notice, who separated medicine from the study of philosophy. After him, Diocles the Carystian, then Praxagoras and Chrysippus; after these, Herophilus and Erasistratus applied themselves to this art, and differed widely from each other in their methods of cure.

As agriculture provides food to the healthy, medicine offers health to the sick. There isn’t a place in the world where this practice isn’t found; even the most primitive societies know about herbs and other simple remedies for wounds and illnesses. However, the Greeks improved it more than any other culture, though not from the very beginning of their civilization, but only a few ages before our own time, as shown by their honoring Æsculapius as its most ancient figure. He was recognized among their gods because he practiced this science with greater precision than others, who before him regarded it as rough and of little value. After him, his two sons, Podalirius and Machaon, who followed Agamemnon to the Trojan war, were quite helpful to their fellow soldiers. Yet, according to Homer, even they didn’t treat plagues or other various diseases; they only treated wounds with cuts and medicinal remedies. This shows that they focused solely on surgery, which was the oldest part of medicine. From the same author, we learn that back then, diseases were thought to be caused by the anger of the immortal gods, and people sought relief from them. It’s likely that, although there were few known remedies for illnesses, people generally enjoyed good health due to their sober lifestyles, untainted by laziness and luxury. These two vices, first in Greece and later among us, made people prone to many diseases. Hence, the wide variety of remedies we have today wasn’t necessary in ancient times, nor is it still in other societies, and hardly extends the lives of a few of us to old age. For this reason, after those I've mentioned, no notable figures practiced medicine until learning became a more serious pursuit, which, while being essential for the mind, can also be harmful to the body. Initially, the practice of healing was considered a part of philosophy, so the treatment of diseases and the study of nature began with the same individuals. This was very reasonable since those who had damaged their bodies with worry and sleepless nights were most in need of help. Thus, we find that many philosophers were skilled in this field, with the most notable being Pythagoras, Empedocles, and Democritus. Hippocrates of Cos, who some say was a student of Democritus, is justly celebrated for his knowledge in this profession and his eloquence. He was the first significant figure to separate medicine from philosophy. Following him were Diocles the Carystian, then Praxagoras and Chrysippus; after these, Herophilus and Erasistratus focused on this art, each differing greatly in their methods of treatment.

(1) For references 1, 2, 3, &c. see Notes at the end.

(1) For references 1, 2, 3, etc. see Notes at the end.

During this period, physick was divided into three parts: the first cured by diet, the second by medicines, the third by manual operations: the first they termed, in Greek, Diætetice,[ X ] the second Pharmaceutice,[ Y ] and the third Chirurgice.[ Z ] The most illustrious professors of that branch, which treats diseases by diet, endeavoured to extend their views farther, and took in the assistance of natural philosophy; being persuaded that, without it, medicine would be a weak and imperfect science. After these came Se3rapion, who first of all maintained, that the rational method of study was foreign to the art of medicine, and confined it to practice and experience. In his steps followed Appollonius and Glaucias, and some time after Heraclides of Tarentum, and others of no small note; who, from the doctrine they asserted, stiled themselves Empiricks[ AA ]. And thus the Dietetick branch was also divided into two parts, one set of physicians pursuing theory, the other following experience alone. However, after these we have enumerated above, no one attempted any thing new, till Asclepiades, who greatly changed the art of medicine. And Themison, one of his successors, has also lately, in his old age, departed from him in some things. And these are the men, to whom we are chiefly indebted for the improvements made in this salutary profession.

During this time, medicine was divided into three parts: the first treated with diet, the second with medicine, and the third with manual procedures. The first was called, in Greek, Diætetice,__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, the second Pharmaceutice,__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and the third Chirurgice.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The most esteemed professors of diet-based treatments sought to broaden their understanding by incorporating natural philosophy, believing that without it, medicine would be a weak and incomplete science. Then came Se3rapion, who was the first to argue that a rational approach to studying medicine was irrelevant and limited it to practice and experience. Following him were Appollonius and Glaucias, and later Heraclides of Tarentum, along with others of notable reputation, who referred to themselves as Empirics __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ based on their beliefs. Thus, the dietetic branch also split into two parts, with one group of physicians focusing on theory and the other on experience alone. However, after those we mentioned earlier, no one proposed anything new until Asclepiades, who significantly transformed the practice of medicine. His successor, Themison, has also recently diverged from him in some respects in his later years. These are the individuals we owe most of the advancements in this vital profession to.

As that branch of medicine, which respects the cure of diseases, is the noblest, as well as the most difficult of the three, we shall first treat of that part. And because in this the chief dispute is, that some alledge an acquaintance with experiments to be only requisite, while others affirm experience alone to be insufficient, without a thorough knowledge of the constitution of bodies, and what naturally happens to them; it will be proper to recite the principal arguments on both sides, that we may the more easily deliver our own opinion upon the question.

Since the field of medicine that deals with curing diseases is both the most noble and the most challenging of the three, we will start with that area. The main debate here is between those who claim that simply being familiar with experiments is enough, while others argue that experience alone is not sufficient without a deep understanding of the body's structure and how it naturally functions. Therefore, it will be helpful to outline the key arguments from both sides so that we can more easily express our own views on the matter.

Those then, who declare for a theory in medicine, look upon the following things as necessary: the knowledge of the occult and constituent causes of distempers; next, of the evident ones; then, of the natural actions; and, lastly, of the internal parts. They call these causes occult, in which we inquire of what principles our bodies are composed, what constitutes health, and what sickness. For they hold it impossible that any one should know how to cure diseases, if he be ignorant of the causes, whence they proceed; and that it is not to be doubted, but one method of cure is required, if the redundancy or deficiency in any of the four principles(3) be the cause of diseases, as some philosophers have affirmed; another, if the fault lie wholly in the humours, as Herophilus thought; another, if in the4 inspired air, as Hippocrates believed; another, if the blood be transfused into those vessels(4), which are designed only for air, and occasion an inflammation, which the Greeks call phlegmone[ AB ], and that inflammation cause such a commotion as we observe in a fever, which was the opinion of Erasistratus; another, if the corpuscles passing through the invisible pores should stop, and obstruct the passage, as Asclepiades maintained: that he will proceed in the proper method of curing a disease, who is not deceived in its original cause. Nor do they deny experience to be necessary, but affirm, it cannot be obtained without some theory; for that the more ancient practitioners did not prescribe any thing, at hazard, for the sick, but considered what was most suitable, and examined that by experience, to which they had before been led by some conjecture. That it is of no moment in this argument, whether most remedies were discovered by experiment, provided they were at first applied with some rational view: and that this holds in many cases; but new kinds of distempers often occur, in which practice has hitherto given no light; so that it is necessary to observe whence they arose; without which no mortal can find out, why he should make use of one thing, rather than another. And for these reasons they investigate the occult causes. They term those causes evident, in which they inquire, whether the beginning of the distemper was occasioned by heat or cold, fasting or surfeit, and the like. For they say, he will be able to oppose the first appearances, who is not ignorant of their rise. Those actions of the body which they call natural, are inspiration and exspiration, the reception and concoction of our meat and drink, as also the distribution(5) of the same into the several parts of the body. They also inquire how it happens, that our arteries rise and fall; from what causes proceed sleep and watching; without the knowledge of which, they conceive it impossible for any person either to oppose the beginnings of diseases, that depend on these particulars, or cure them when formed. As of all these things they look upon concoction to be of the greatest importance, they insist chiefly upon it; and some of them following the opinion of Erasistratus, affirm5 that the food is concocted in the stomach by attrition; others, after Plistonicus, the disciple of Praxagoras, by putrefaction; others, upon the credit of Hippocrates, believe concoction is effected by heat. After them follow the disciples of Asclepiades, who hold all these hypotheses to be vain and idle; for that there is no concoction at all, but the matter, crude as it is received, is distributed through the whole body. And in these things they are by no means agreed: however, it is not disputed, that according to the different hypotheses, a different regimen of diet is to be observed by sick people. For if it be performed by attrition, such food is to be chosen, as will most easily be broken to pieces; if by putrefaction, such as most quickly undergoes that change; if heat be the cause of concoction, then such as most effectually cherishes heat. But if there be no concoction at all, then none of these kinds of aliment are to be chosen: but such are to be taken, as are least liable to change from the state in which they are received. And, by the same way of reasoning, when there is a difficulty of breathing, when sleep or watchings oppress, they are of opinion, that the man, who has first learned in what manner these happen, will be capable of curing them. Besides, as pains, and various other disorders, attack the internal parts, they believe no person can apply proper remedies to those parts, which he is ignorant of; and therefore, that it is necessary to dissect dead bodies, and examine their viscera and intestines; and that Herophilus and Erasistratus had taken far the best method for attaining that knowledge, who procured criminals out of prison, by royal permission, and dissecting them alive, contemplated, while they were even breathing, the parts, which nature had before concealed; considering their position, colour, figure, size, order, hardness, softness, smoothness, and asperity(6); also the processes and depressions of each, or what is inserted into, or received by another part; for, say they, when there happens any inward pain, a person cannot discover the seat of that pain, if he have not learned where every viscus or intestine is situated; nor can the part, which suffers, be cured by one, who does not know what part it is; and that when the viscera happen to be exposed by a wound, if one is ignorant of the natural colour of each part, he cannot know what is sound and what corrupted;6 and for that reason is not qualified to cure the corrupted parts; besides they maintain, that external remedies are applied with much more judgment, when we are acquainted with the situation, figure, and size of the internal parts; and that the same reasoning holds in all the other instances above mentioned. And that it is by no means cruel, as most people represent it, by the tortures of a few guilty, to search after remedies for the whole innocent race of mankind in all ages.

Those who support a theory in medicine consider the following things essential: understanding the hidden and fundamental causes of illnesses; then, the obvious causes; next, the natural processes; and finally, the internal organs. They refer to these hidden causes as those from which we explore what makes up our bodies, what defines health, and what results in illness. They believe it's impossible for someone to know how to treat diseases without understanding the reasons behind them, and it’s certain that a specific treatment is necessary if excess or deficiency in any of the four principles __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ causes illnesses, as some philosophers have asserted; a different treatment is needed if the problem lies solely in the humors, as Herophilus suggested; another approach is required if it’s due to the 4 inspired air, according to Hippocrates; yet another, if blood is pushed into the vessels__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ meant only for air, leading to inflammation, which the Greeks call phlegmon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, causing a disturbance seen in fever, as Erasistratus believed; or if particles get stuck in invisible pores, obstructing flow, as Asclepiades asserted: the right way to treat a disease belongs to those who are not mistaken about its original cause. They also agree that experience is important, but argue that it can't be gained without some theory; since the early practitioners didn't just guess at treatments for the ill, but considered what was most suitable and tested it based on previous conjectures. They believe it doesn't matter in this argument whether most remedies were found through trial and error, as long as they were initially used with some rational understanding: this applies in many scenarios, but new types of illnesses often arise where practice hasn't yet shed any light; thus, it's essential to figure out their origins, without which no one can determine why to use one option over another. For these reasons, they examine the hidden causes. They call those causes evident when they investigate whether the illness began due to heat or cold, fasting or overeating, and similar factors. They say that understanding the initial causes helps in confronting the early signs of illness. The natural body functions they refer to include breathing in and out, digesting food and drink, and distributing nutrients to various parts of the body. They also look into why our arteries expand and contract; what leads to sleep and wakefulness; without knowledge of these aspects, they believe it’s impossible for anyone to counteract the onset of diseases tied to these factors or to treat them once they develop. Since they view digestion as critically important, they focus on it strongly; some, following Erasistratus, claim that food is digested in the stomach through grinding; others, after Plistonicus, a student of Praxagoras, believe it's done through decay; others, based on the authority of Hippocrates, maintain that digestion is accomplished through heat. Then come the followers of Asclepiades, who view all these theories as useless and trivial; they argue that there’s no actual digestion, but that the raw matter simply gets distributed throughout the body. They don't agree on these points, but it remains uncontested that different theories require different dietary requirements for sick individuals. If digestion occurs through grinding, the most easily broken-down foods should be chosen; if through decay, those that change quickly should be selected; if heat is responsible for digestion, then foods that promote warmth should be prioritized. But if digestion does not occur at all, then none of these types of food should be chosen; instead, they should eat foods that are least likely to undergo change from their original state. Similarly, when there are breathing difficulties, or when someone is either too sleepy or too awake, they believe the person who first learns how these conditions occur will be best equipped to treat them. Moreover, since pains and various disorders affect the internal organs, they believe no one can apply suitable remedies to those areas without understanding them; therefore, it is crucial to dissect corpses and study their organs and intestines. They assert that Herophilus and Erasistratus had the best approach for attaining that knowledge, as they obtained criminals from prison with the king's permission and dissected them alive, observing the organs that nature had previously hidden while they were still breathing; noting their position, color, shape, size, arrangement, hardness, softness, smoothness, and harshness __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; as well as the processes and indentations of each, or what is received into or taken from another part. They argue that when there is internal pain, a person cannot identify the source of that pain if they haven’t learned where each organ or intestine is located; nor can the affected part be treated by someone who does not know which part it is; and when the organs are exposed due to a wound, if someone is unaware of the natural color of each part, they cannot tell what is healthy and what is decayed;6 thus, they are unqualified to treat the decayed parts. They also maintain that external treatments are applied with much more insight when we understand the location, shape, and size of the internal organs; and the same logic applies to all the other points previously mentioned. They argue that it is not at all cruel, as many suggest, to inflict suffering upon a few guilty individuals in the pursuit of cures that benefit the entire innocent human race across time.

On the other hand, those, who from experience, stile themselves empiricks, admit indeed the evident causes as necessary; but affirm the inquiry after the occult causes and natural actions to be fruitless, because nature is incomprehensible. And that these things cannot be comprehended, appears from the controversies among those, who have treated concerning them, there being no agreement found here either amongst the philosophers or the physicians themselves: for, why should one believe Hippocrates rather than Herophilus? or, why him more than Asclepiades? that if a man inclines to determine his judgment by reasons assigned, the reasons of each of them seem not improbable; if by cures, all of them have restored the diseased to health; and therefore we should not deny credit either to the arguments or authority of any of them. That even the philosophers must be allowed to be the greatest physicians, if reasoning could make them so; whereas it appears, that they have abundance of words, and very little skill in the art of healing. They say also that the methods of practice differ according to the nature of places; thus one method is necessary at Rome, another in Egypt, and another in Gaul. That if the causes of distempers were the same in all places, the same remedies ought also to be used every where. That often too the causes are evident; as for instance in a lippitude(7), or a wound, and nevertheless the method of cure does not appear from them: that if the evident cause does not suggest this knowledge, much less can the other, which is itself obscure. Seeing then this last is uncertain and incomprehensible, it is much better to seek relief from things certain and tried; that is, from such remedies as experience in the method of curing has taught us, as is done in all other arts; for that neither a husbandman nor a pilot is7 qualified for his business by reasoning, but by practice: and that these disquisitions have no connection with medicine, may be inferred from this plain fact, that physicians, whose opinions in those matters have been directly opposite to one another, have notwithstanding equally restored their patients to health: that their success was to be ascribed to their having derived their methods of cure, not from the occult causes, or the natural actions, about which they were divided, but from experiments, according as they had succeeded in the course of their practice. That medicine, even in its infancy, was not deduced from these inquiries, but from experiments: for of the sick, who had no physicians, some from a keen appetite, had immediately taken food in the first days of their illness, while others feeling a nausea, had abstained from it; and that the disorder of those, who had abstained, was more alleviated; also, some in the paroxysm of a fever had taken food, others a little before it came on, and others after its remission; and that it succeeded best with those who had done it after the removal of the fever: in the same manner some used a full diet in the beginning of a disease; others were abstemious; and that those grew worse, who had eaten plentifully. These and the like instances daily occurring, that diligent men observed attentively, what method generally answered best, and afterwards began to prescribe the same to the sick. That this was the rise of the art of medicine, which by the frequent recovery of some, and the death of others, distinguishes what is pernicious from what is salutary; and that when the remedies were found, men began to discourse about the reasons of them: that medicine was not invented in consequence of their reasoning, but the theory was sought for after the discovery of medicine. They ask too, whether reason prescribes the same as experience, or something different; if the same, they infer it to be needless, if different, mischievous. That at first, however, there was a necessity for examining remedies with the greatest accuracy, but now they are sufficiently ascertained; and that we neither meet with any new kind of disease, nor want any new method of cure. That if some unknown distemper should occur, the physician would not therefore be obliged to have recourse to the occult things; but he would presently see to what distemper8 it is most nearly allied, and make trial of remedies like to those, which have often been successful in a similar malady, and by the resemblance between them would find some proper cure. For they do not affirm, that judgment is not necessary to a physician, and that an irrational animal is capable of practising this art; but that those conjectures, which relate to the occult things, are of no use; because it is no matter what causes, but what removes a distemper: nor is it of any importance in what manner the distribution is performed, but what is most easily distributed; whether concoction fails from this cause or that; or whether it be properly a concoction, or only a distribution: nor are we to inquire how we breathe, but what relieves a difficult and slow breathing; nor what is the cause of motion in the arteries, but what each kind of motion indicates. That these things are known by experience: that in all disputes of this kind, a good deal may be said on both sides; and therefore genius and eloquence obtain the victory in the dispute; but diseases are cured not by eloquence, but by remedies; so that if a person, without any eloquence, be well acquainted with those remedies, that have been discovered by practice, he will be a much greater physician than one who has cultivated his talent in speaking without experience. That these things, however, which have been mentioned, are only idle: but what remains is also cruel, to cut open the abdomen and præcordia of living men, and make that art, which presides over the health of mankind, the instrument, not only of inflicting death, but of doing it in the most horrid manner; especially if it be considered, that some of those things, which are sought after with so much barbarity, cannot be known at all, and others may be known without any cruelty; for that the colour, smoothness, softness, hardness, and such like, are not the same in a wounded body, as they were in a sound; and further, because these qualities, even in bodies that have suffered no external violence, are often changed by fear, grief, hunger, indigestion, fatigue, and a thousand other inconsiderable disorders; which makes it much more probable, that the internal parts, which are far more tender, and never exposed to the light itself, are changed by the severest wounds and mangling. And that nothing can be more ridiculous than to imagine any thing9 to be the same in a dying man, nay one already dead, as it is in a living person: for that the abdomen(8) indeed may be opened(9), while a man breathes; but as soon as the knife has reached the præcordia(10), and the transverse septum is cut, which by a kind of membrane divides the upper from the lower parts, (and by the Greeks is called the Diaphragm[ AC ]) the man immediately expires; and thus the præcordia, and all the viscera never come into the view of the butchering physician, till the man is dead; and they must necessarily appear as those of a dead person, and not as they were while he lived; and thus the physician gains only the opportunity of murdering a man cruelly, and not of observing, what are the appearances of the viscera in a living person: if, however, there be any thing which can be observed in a person, that yet breathes, chance often throws it in the way of such as practise the healing art; for that sometimes a gladiator on the stage, a soldier in the field, or a traveller beset by robbers, is so wounded, that some internal part, different in different people, may be exposed to view; and thus a prudent physician finds their situation, position, order, figure, and the other particulars he wants to know, not perpetrating murder, but attempting to give health; and learns that, by compassion, which others had discovered by horrid cruelty. That for these reasons it is not necessary to lacerate even dead bodies; which, though not cruel, yet may be shocking to the sight, since most things are different in dead bodies; and even the dressing of wounds shows all that can be discovered in the living.

On the other hand, those who call themselves empirics based on experience acknowledge the obvious causes as necessary but claim that searching for hidden causes and natural actions is pointless because nature is beyond comprehension. The fact that these matters can’t be fully understood is evident from the disagreements among those who have studied them, as there is no consensus among philosophers or physicians. For instance, why should one trust Hippocrates over Herophilus? Or Herophilus over Asclepiades? If a person wants to base their judgment on reasoning, the arguments of each appear plausible; if based on outcomes, all have successfully healed their patients. Therefore, we shouldn't dismiss the logic or authority of any of them. It could even be argued that philosophers are the best physicians if reasoning alone could make them so, yet it seems they have plenty of words but very little practical skill in healing. They also say that treatment methods vary according to location; thus one approach is necessary in Rome, another in Egypt, and yet another in Gaul. If the causes of ailments were the same everywhere, the same remedies should be used universally. Often the causes are obvious, as in the case of a lippitude or a wound, yet the method of treatment isn’t clear from them. If the apparent cause doesn’t provide that knowledge, even less can be expected from obscure causes. As this last category is uncertain and incomprehensible, it makes more sense to seek relief from things that are known and tested; specifically, remedies that experience in the curative method has taught us, just like in all other trades; for neither a farmer nor a pilot becomes skilled through reasoning but through practice. The lack of relevance of these inquiries to medicine is clear because physicians, whose views on these topics have sharply opposed each other, have nevertheless equally restored their patients to health. Their success can be attributed to their methods of treatment, derived not from hidden causes or natural actions—over which they disagreed—but from empirical observations based on what worked in practice. Medicine, even at its beginning, didn’t come from such inquiries but from experiments: among the sick with no doctors, some, driven by strong appetites, immediately ate food in the early days of their illness, while others felt nausea and refrained from eating; and the condition of the abstainers improved. Also, some consumed food during a fever's peak, others just before its onset, and others after it had eased; and the latter group fared best by eating only after the fever had subsided. Similarly, some maintained a full diet at the start of an illness, while others restricted their intake; those who ate excessively did worse. These and similar instances happened frequently, and diligent observers noted which methods generally yielded the best results and later began to prescribe the same to the sick. This marks the origin of the medical art, which, through the repeated recoveries of some and the deaths of others, differentiates what is harmful from what is helpful; and once remedies were discovered, discussions about their rationale began. Medicine wasn’t invented because of logical reasoning but the theory was pursued after remedies were found. They also inquire whether reasoning conveys the same as experience or something different; if the same, it’s superfluous; if different, it’s harmful. Initially, there was indeed a need to examine remedies very closely, but now they are sufficiently established; we neither encounter new diseases nor lack new treatment methods. Should an unknown illness arise, the physician wouldn’t need to turn to hidden matters; instead, they would look to identify which related illness it most closely resembles and try remedies similar to those that have been effective for comparable ailments, using the similarities to find an appropriate cure. They acknowledge that judgment is crucial for a physician, and an irrational being cannot practice this art, but that speculations about hidden matters are unhelpful; what matters is what alleviates an ailment. It doesn’t matter how distribution is executed but rather what is distributed most effectively; whether digestion fails for this reason or that; or whether it is actually a digestion or merely a distribution. There’s no need to fret about how we breathe, but rather about what alleviates labored and slow breathing; nor about what causes motion in the arteries, but what each type of motion signifies. These aspects are known through experience: that in all such disputes, there are compelling arguments on both sides; thus, skill and eloquence often win in debates; however, diseases are resolved not through rhetoric but through remedies. Hence, if a person, devoid of eloquence but well-versed in the remedies discovered through practice, would be a far superior physician compared to someone who has honed their speaking skill without experience. Yet, the things that have been discussed are only trivial: what remains is morbid—slicing open the bellies and chests of living people—turning the art that safeguards human health into a tool for inflicting death in the most horrific manner; especially when considering that some things pursued with such brutality can’t be known at all, and others can be identified without any cruelty. The color, smoothness, softness, hardness, and similar factors differ in an injured body compared to a healthy one; moreover, these qualities can often change in bodies that haven’t suffered any external harm due to fear, sorrow, hunger, digestive issues, fatigue, and countless other trivial ailments, which makes it much more likely that the internal parts, which are far more delicate and never exposed to light, are altered by severe injuries and mutilation. There’s nothing more absurd than to think anything in a dying person, or even one who is already dead, is the same as in a living individual. The abdomen__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ can indeed be opened__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ while a person breathes, but as soon as the knife reaches the præcordia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and the membrane dividing the upper from the lower sections—known as the Diaphragm __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__—is cut, the person dies instantly; thus the præcordia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and all the internal organs are never seen by the cutting physician until after death; and they inevitably appear as those of a deceased person, not as they were in life; therefore, the physician only gains the chance to murder someone brutally, not to observe what the organs of a living person looked like. However, if there is anything observable in someone still alive, it often comes to the attention of those practicing medicine; sometimes a gladiator on stage, a soldier on the battlefield, or a traveler attacked by robbers is so wounded that some internal portion—varied across individuals—may be visible; and a prudent physician can determine their position, order, shape, and other details wanted, not by committing murder but by attempting to restore health, learning through compassion what others discovered through horrid cruelty. For these reasons, it's unnecessary to dissect even dead bodies; though not cruel, it can still be disturbing, as most characteristics differ in corpses; even dressing wounds reveals everything that can be discovered in the living.

Since these points have often been, and still continue to be disputed with great warmth by physicians in large volumes, ’tis proper to add some reflections, that may seem to come the nearest to the truth, and which neither slavishly follow either of these opinions, nor are too remote from both, but lie, as it were, in the middle, betwixt these opposite extremes; which those, that inquire after truth without partiality, may find to be the surest method for directing the judgment in most warm controversies, as well as in this now before us. For, with regard to the causes of health or diseases, in what manner the air, or food, is10 either conveyed or distributed, the philosophers themselves do not attain to an absolute certainty; they only make probable conjectures. Now, when there is no certain knowledge of a thing, a mere opinion about it cannot discover a sure remedy. And it must be owned, that nothing is of greater use, even to the rational method of curing, than experience. Altho’ then many things are taken into the study of arts, which do not, properly speaking, belong to the arts themselves, yet they may greatly improve them by quickening the genius of the artist; wherefore the contemplation of nature, though it cannot make a man a physician, yet may render him fitter for the practice of medicine. Indeed, it is very probable, that both Hippocrates and Erasistratus, and all the others, who were not content with treating fevers and ulcers, but examined in some measure into the nature of things, tho’ they did not by such study become physicians, yet became more able physicians by that means. And medicine itself requires the help of reason, if not always amongst the occult causes, or the natural actions, yet often; for it is a conjectural art; and not only conjecture in many cases, but even experience is found not consistent with its rules. And sometimes neither fever, nor appetite, nor sleep, follow their usual antecedents in the regular course. A new distemper sometimes, though very seldom, appears; that such a case never happens is manifestly false; for, in our own time, a certain lady, from a quantity of flesh(11) falling down from her private parts, and growing dry, expired in a few hours; so that the most celebrated physicians neither found out the genus of the distemper, nor any remedy for it. I suppose the reason they forbore to attempt any thing was, that none of them was willing to run a risk upon his own conjecture only in a person of her quality, for fear he should be thought to have killed, if he did not save her; yet it is probable that some one, without that regard to the opinion of the world, might have contrived something, which upon trial would have succeeded. Nor is a similitude always serviceable in this kind of practice; and where it is, this properly belongs to the rational part, to consider amidst a number of similar kinds, both of diseases and remedies, what particular medicine ought to be preferred. When such an incident occurs, the physician ought to invent something, which11 though perhaps it does not always answer, yet most commonly may: and he shall draw his new method, not from the occult things (for they are dubious and uncertain) but from those, that can be fully known, that is, from the evident causes. For it makes a considerable difference, whether the distemper was occasioned by fatigue, or thirst, or cold, or heat, or watching, or hunger; or whether it arose from too much food and wine, or excess of venery. And he ought not to be ignorant of the constitution of his patient, whether his body be too moist, or too dry: whether his nerves(12) be strong or weak; whether he be frequently or seldom ailing; and whether his illnesses are severe or slight, of long continuance or short; what way of life he has pursued, laborious or sedentary, luxurious or frugal; for from these, and such like circumstances, he must often draw a new method of cure.

Since these points have often been, and continue to be, hotly debated by doctors in extensive writings, it's important to include some thoughts that seem to come close to the truth. These ideas neither blindly follow any of these opinions nor stray too far from both, but sit in the middle, between these opposing extremes. Those who seek the truth without bias may find this to be the best way to guide their judgment in most heated discussions, including the one at hand. Regarding the causes of health or illness, the philosophers themselves don't reach absolute certainty about how air or food is supplied or distributed; they only make probable guesses. When there's no certain knowledge about a thing, merely having an opinion can't uncover a reliable remedy. It must be acknowledged that nothing is more useful, even for a rational approach to healing, than experience. While many things are included in the study of the arts that don't strictly belong to the arts themselves, they can significantly enhance them by inspiring the artist's creativity; thus, contemplating nature, although it can't make someone a doctor, can make them better prepared for practicing medicine. Indeed, it's very likely that both Hippocrates and Erasistratus, along with others who were not satisfied with treating fevers and ulcers but explored the nature of things to some extent, even though they didn’t become physicians through such study, became better physicians because of it. Medicine itself requires the use of reason, if not always in dealing with hidden causes or natural actions, then often; for it is an art of conjecture. Not only conjecture in many cases, but even experience can be inconsistent with its rules. Sometimes fever, appetite, or sleep doesn’t follow their usual sequences in a regular pattern. A new illness can occasionally show up, though very rarely; claiming that such a situation never arises is clearly false. For instance, in our own time, a certain lady died within a few hours due to a piece of flesh falling from her private parts and drying up; the most renowned doctors couldn’t identify the type of illness or find a remedy for it. I assume the reason they hesitated to try anything was that none of them wanted to take a risk based solely on their guess when treating someone of her status, fearing they might be blamed for her death if they failed to save her. However, it’s likely that someone, without concern for public opinion, could have come up with something that might have worked upon testing. Furthermore, a similarity is not always helpful in this kind of practice; and where it is, it’s particularly the rational aspect that should consider which specific medicine should be chosen among various similar diseases and remedies. When such a situation arises, the doctor should come up with something that, while it may not always work, often does. He should base his new approach not on obscure matters (because those are uncertain) but on things that can be clearly understood, specifically from evident causes. It makes a significant difference whether the illness is caused by fatigue, thirst, cold, heat, sleeplessness, or hunger, or if it results from overeating and excessive drinking, or too much indulgence. He should also be aware of the patient’s constitution, whether their body is too moist or too dry; whether their nerves are strong or weak; whether they frequently or rarely fall ill; and whether their health issues are severe or mild, lasting long or short; what kind of lifestyle they have had, whether laborious or sedentary, luxurious or frugal; because from these and similar factors, he often needs to formulate a new method of treatment.

Nevertheless even these things ought not to be so passed over, as if they were uncontroverted; for Erasistratus has affirmed, that distempers were not occasioned by them, because other people, and even the same person at different times, would not fall into a fever upon them. And some of the Methodists of our own age, from the authority of Themison (as they would have it thought) assert, that the knowledge of no cause whatever bears the least relation to the method of cure; and that it is sufficient to observe some general symptoms of distempers; and that there are three kinds of diseases, one bound, another loose(13), and the third a mixture of these. For that sometimes the excretions of sick people are too small, sometimes too large; and sometimes one particular excretion is deficient, while another is excessive. That these kinds of distempers are sometimes acute, and sometimes chronic; sometimes increasing, sometimes at a stand(14), and sometimes abating. As soon then as it is known, to which of these classes a distemper belongs if the body be bound, it must be opened; if it labours under a flux, it must be restrained; if the distemper be complicated, then the most urgent malady must be first opposed. And that one kind of treatment is required in acute, another in inveterate distempers; another, when diseases are increasing; another, when at a stand; and another, when inclining to health. That the observation of these things constitutes the art of medicine,12 which they define as a certain way of proceeding, which the Greeks call Method[ AD ], and affirm it to be employed in considering those things, that are in common to the same distempers: nor are they willing to have themselves classed either with the rationalists, or with those, who regard only experiments; for they dissent from the first sect, in that they will not allow medicine to consist in forming conjectures about the occult things; and also from the other in this, that they hold the observation of experiments to be a very small part of the art.

Nevertheless, even these things shouldn’t just be brushed aside as if they were undisputed; Erasistratus claimed that illnesses weren’t caused by them because different people, and even the same person at different times, wouldn’t necessarily develop a fever from them. Some of today’s Methodists, citing Themison (or so they want us to believe), argue that knowing the cause has very little relevance to the method of treatment; and that it’s enough to observe some general symptoms of illnesses. They categorize diseases into three types: one constricted, another loose, and the third a mix of both. Sometimes sick people's excretions are too small, sometimes too large; occasionally, one specific excretion is lacking while another is excessive. These types of illnesses can be acute or chronic, sometimes getting worse, sometimes stable, and sometimes improving. Once the type of illness is identified, if the body is constricted, it needs to be opened up; if experiencing a flux, it should be controlled; if the illness is complicated, the most urgent issue should be addressed first. Different treatments are required for acute illnesses, chronic ones, those that are worsening, those that are stable, and those that are improving. Observing these factors is what constitutes the art of medicine, which they define as a methodical approach, or what the Greeks call Method, aimed at understanding the commonalities of similar illnesses. They don’t want to be grouped with rationalists or those who focus solely on experiments; they disagree with the first group because they don’t believe medicine should be about speculating on hidden causes, and with the second group because they consider experimental observation to be a very minor aspect of the practice.

As to what Erasistratus maintains; in the first place, plain fact contradicts his opinion; because a distemper very seldom happens, unless after some of these occurrences, that have been mentioned. And then it does not follow, that what does not affect one person, may not hurt another; nor what does not affect the same person at one time, may not hurt him at another; for there may be some latent circumstances in a body, either in respect of weakness, or some disorder, which either are not in another, nor were in the same body at a different time; and these, though of themselves not considerable enough to cause a distemper, yet may render a body more liable to other injuries: but if he had been sufficiently skilled in the contemplation of the works of nature (which the physicians with very good reason endeavour to attain) he must have known this also, that nothing happens from one single cause; but that is to be taken for the cause, which seems to have contributed most to the effect. Now it is possible, that what does not move at all while alone, may in conjunction with other things excite a great commotion. Besides, Erasistratus himself, who says, that a fever arises from a transfusion of the blood into the arteries, and that this happens in a plethoric body, can assign no reason, why of two persons equally plethoric, the one should fall into a distemper, and the other be free from all danger, which manifestly happens every day. From hence it appears, that supposing this transfusion to be real, nevertheless, when there is a plethora, it does not happen of itself, but when some one of the conditions above-mentioned goes along with it.

Regarding what Erasistratus argues, first of all, plain facts contradict his view; because a sickness rarely occurs unless after some of the situations mentioned previously. Moreover, it doesn’t follow that what doesn’t affect one person can’t harm another; or that what doesn’t impact the same person at one time can’t hurt them at another; as there may be some hidden factors in a body, related to its weakness or some disorder, that either aren’t present in another body or weren’t present in the same body at a different time; and these, while not significant enough on their own to cause an illness, can make a body more susceptible to other injuries. But if he had been sufficiently knowledgeable about the workings of nature (which physicians rightly strive to understand), he would have realized that nothing occurs from a single cause; instead, the factor that seems to contribute the most to the effect should be considered the cause. Now, it’s possible that something which doesn’t cause any reaction when alone can create a significant disturbance when combined with other elements. Besides, Erasistratus himself, who claims that a fever arises from blood being transferred into the arteries, and that this occurs in a body with excess blood, cannot explain why one person with an equally excess blood condition gets sick while another is completely healthy, which clearly happens every day. This indicates that even if this blood transfer is real, it doesn’t occur on its own during a state of excess blood, but rather when one of the aforementioned conditions accompanies it.

13

13

But the followers of Themison, if they assert their maxims to hold universally, are still more rationalists than those, that pass under that name; for though one rationalist does not maintain all that another approves, there is no necessity to invent a new appellation for him; provided, which is the principal thing, he does not proceed upon memory alone, but takes in reason too. But if, which is nearer to the truth, the art of medicine hardly admits of any universal precepts, then they are in the same class with those, who depend upon experiments alone: and the more so, because any unskilful person can discover, whether a distemper has bound up a man, or rendered him lax. Now if what relaxes a constringed body, or restrains a loose, be drawn from reason, such a practitioner is a rational physician: but if from experience, as he must confess, who will not allow himself to be a rationalist, then he is an empirick. And so, according to him, the knowledge of the distemper is foreign to the art, but the remedy lies within the bounds of experience. Nor is any improvement made by them upon the profession of the empiricks, but on the contrary, something is taken from it; the empiricks attending with great circumspection to many circumstances; whereas these regard only the easiest, and no more than the common things. For in like manner those, who are employed in curing cattle, since it is impossible for them to be informed by the dumb animals, what is peculiar in the case of each, regard only what is common to them all: and foreign nations, as they are not acquainted with any subtile theory of medicine, take notice only of the common symptoms: those also, who take under their care a great number of patients, because they are not able to consult the distinct necessities of each with the utmost attention, have respect only to those generals. Nor indeed were the ancient physicians ignorant of this method, but they were not content with it; for even the most ancient writer Hippocrates said, that in practice it is necessary to regard both the general and peculiar circumstances. Nor is it possible even for them to confine themselves within the narrow limits of their own profession; for there are different kinds both of the bound, and lax disorders; which is more easily observed in the lax, for it is one thing to vomit blood, another to vomit bile,14 and another to vomit the food: and there is also a difference betwixt labouring under a simple purging, and a dysentery; between being weakened by sweats, and wasted by a consumption. A humour also breaks out upon particular parts, as the eyes, for instance, and the ears; and no member of the human body is free from that danger. Now not one of these disorders is cured exactly in the same manner as another; so that in these, medicine descends from the general observation of the lax kind, to the peculiar. And in this again another kind of knowledge of peculiarity is often necessary; because the same thing will not relieve all, that labour under similar distempers. For though there are certain things, which either bind the belly, or open it in most people; yet some are to be met with, in whom the same intention is gained by means contrary to the common. So that in such, the general observation is hurtful, and the peculiar only salutary. And a right apprehension of the cause often removes a distemper. Upon this account it was, that the most ingenious physician of our age, the late Cassius, being called to one in a fever distressed with violent thirst, when he found, that his complaints began after hard drinking, ordered him to drink plentifully of cold water. When his patient had drank this, and by the mixture had weakened the force of the wine, he was presently freed from the fever by a sleep, and a sweat. Which remedy the physician very judiciously adapted to the case, not from the consideration of his body being either bound or loose, but from the cause that had preceded. There is also another peculiarity to be regarded, which is that of place and season, according to these authors themselves; who, when they are giving directions for the management of the healthy, order them more carefully to avoid cold, heat, satiety, labour, and venery, in sickly places or seasons; and to take more rest in such seasons or places, if they have any sense of weight hanging upon their body; and in such circumstances neither to disturb the stomach by vomiting, nor the belly by purging. These things indeed are certain; yet they descend from generals to some things that are particular: unless they would have us believe, that healthy men should observe the temper of the air, and the season of the year, and that sick people do15n’t need to take that care, to whom all precaution is so much the more necessary, by how much an infirm state of health is more liable to receive injury. Besides, there are very different properties of distempers in the same person. And one, who has been sometimes unsuccessfully tried by medicines, which seemed proper for his disorder, is often recovered by the contrary. There are also many distinctions to be observed in the giving of food, of which I shall only name one instance. A youth bears hunger more easily than a boy; better in a thick, than a clear air; more easily in winter than summer; with more ease, one, that is accustomed to a single meal, than another, who eats a dinner also(15); a sedentary person more easily, than one that takes exercise. Now generally food ought to be prescribed so much the sooner, as the person is less able to bear the want of it in health. For these reasons I am apt to think, that he, who is not acquainted with the peculiarities, ought only to consider the general: and that he, who can find out the peculiar, ought not to neglect, but take them in too for the direction of his practice. And therefore, where the knowledge is equal, yet a friend is a more useful physician, than a stranger. To return to my point then, my opinion is, that medicine ought to be rational, but to draw its methods from the evident causes, all the obscure being removed, not from the attention of the artist, but from the practice of the art. Again, to dissect the bodies of living men is both cruel and superfluous. But the dissection of dead subjects is necessary for learners: for they ought to know the position and order of the parts, which dead bodies will show better, than a living and wounded man. But as for the other things, which can only be observed in living bodies, practice itself will discover them in the cure of the wounded, somewhat more slowly, but with more tenderness. Having delivered my sentiments upon these points, I shall lay down the proper rules for the management of people in health, and then proceed to what relates to diseases and their cure.

But the followers of Themison, if they claim their principles to be universally applicable, are actually more rationalists than those who go by that title; because while one rationalist might not agree with everything another supports, there’s no need to invent a new label for him, as long as, and this is crucial, he doesn’t rely solely on memory but also on reason. However, if, as is more accurate, the art of medicine hardly allows for any universal rules, then they are in the same category as those who rely only on experiments: even more so, since any untrained individual can determine if an illness has tightened or loosened a person. Now, if what relaxes a tense body or constrains a loose one is derived from reason, that practitioner is a rational physician; but if it comes from experience, as he would have to admit—who would not consider themselves a rationalist?—then he is an empiricist. And so, in his view, understanding the illness is outside the realm of the art, but the remedy falls within the limits of experience. Furthermore, they do not improve upon the practice of empirics; rather, they detract from it, since empirics pay close attention to many circumstances, whereas these focus only on the simplest and most common issues. Similarly, those who care for animals, since they cannot be informed by the mute creatures about what is specific to each case, only consider what is common to all of them: and foreign nations, unfamiliar with any subtle medical theories, only acknowledge the common symptoms. Those who manage a large number of patients, unable to consult each individual's particular needs with utmost care, also only pay attention to generalities. And indeed, ancient physicians were aware of this method but were not satisfied with it; as the oldest writer, Hippocrates, stated, in practice, it is crucial to consider both general and specific circumstances. It is also impossible for them to limit themselves strictly to their profession; as there are various types of both constraining and loosening disorders, the difference is more easily observed in the latter, for it is one thing to vomit blood, another to vomit bile, and another to vomit food; and there is also a difference between suffering from simple diarrhea and dysentery, and between being weakened by sweating and being depleted by a chronic illness. A humor can also manifest on specific parts, like the eyes and ears; and no part of the human body is free from this risk. None of these disorders are treated in exactly the same way as another; so in these cases, medicine shifts from the general observation of loosening types to the specific. In this context, another type of specific knowledge is often necessary, because the same remedy will not alleviate the suffering of everyone with similar ailments. Though there are certain treatments that either bind or open the bowels for most people, some individuals may achieve the same effect through means contrary to the usual. Consequently, in these cases, general observations may be harmful, whereas specific ones are beneficial. A correct understanding of the cause often alleviates a condition. For this reason, the highly skilled physician of our time, the late Cassius, when called to a feverish patient suffering from intense thirst, discovered that the symptoms began after heavy drinking, and advised him to drink plenty of cold water. After drinking this and diluting the potency of the wine, the patient was soon relieved of the fever through sleep and sweating. This treatment was wisely tailored to the case, not based on whether his body was tight or loose but on the cause that preceded it. Another specific factor to consider is the place and season, according to these authors themselves; who, when giving advice for managing the healthy, instruct them to be especially careful to avoid cold, heat, overeating, exertion, and excessive indulgence during weak seasons or in unhealthy places; and to rest more during those times or in those environments, especially if they feel heaviness in their body; and in these situations, they should neither upset the stomach with vomiting nor the bowels with purging. These points are indeed certain; yet they move from generalities to particularities: unless we are to believe that healthy individuals should observe the temperament of the air and the season, while sick people do not need to take those precautions — for the more vulnerable the health, the more susceptible it is to harm. Furthermore, very different properties of disorders can exist in the same person. Someone who has been treated unsuccessfully with remedies that seemed appropriate for their condition can often recover through the opposite approach. Many distinctions should also be observed in dietary recommendations, of which I will only mention one example. A young person can endure hunger more easily than a child; better in dense air than in clear; more comfortably in winter than in summer; more easily if accustomed to a single meal than someone who also has dinner; and a sedentary person finds it easier than someone who exercises. In general, food should be prescribed more swiftly, as the person is less able to handle its absence in health. For these reasons, I believe that someone unfamiliar with the specific conditions should focus only on the general; and that someone who can identify the specifics shouldn't neglect them but should incorporate them into their practice. Therefore, when knowledge is equal, a friend is a more useful physician than a stranger. Returning to my point, my belief is that medicine should be rational, drawing its methods from clear causes, excluding the obscure, based not on the artist's attention but on the practice of the art. Additionally, dissecting the bodies of living people is both cruel and unnecessary. However, dissecting the bodies of the deceased is vital for learners: they should understand the position and arrangement of the parts, which dead bodies reveal more clearly than a living and wounded individual. As for the other aspects that can only be observed in living bodies, practice will unfold them in the treatment of the wounded, albeit more slowly but with greater care. Having expressed my views on these matters, I will outline the proper guidelines for managing healthy individuals and then address what relates to diseases and their treatment.

16

16

CHAP. I. Healthy Living Guidelines.

A sound man, who is both in health, and his own master, ought to confine himself to no rules; and neither call for the assistance of a physician nor an iatroalipta(16). ’Tis good for him to diversify his way of life; to be sometimes in the country, sometimes in the city, and frequently in the fields; to sail, to hunt; sometimes to rest, but exercise himself frequently: for indolence enervates the body, labour strengthens it: the first brings on a quick old age, the other makes a long youth. ’Tis also proper to make use sometimes of the warm bath(17), and sometimes of the cold; to anoint sometimes, and at other times to neglect it; to avoid no kind of food, that may be in common use; sometimes to eat in company, at other times to retire from it; sometimes to eat more than is sufficient, and at other times no more; to take food rather twice in the day than once; and always as much as he can, provided he concoct it. But as exercise and food of this kind are necessary, so the exercise and diet of wrestlers are inconvenient: both because the order of exercise being interrupted by some necessary business of life, hurts the body; and because those bodies, which are very high fed, like their’s, soonest decay, and are most liable to diseases.

A healthy person, who is in charge of their own life, shouldn’t limit themselves to any strict rules; they shouldn’t need to see a doctor or an iatroalipta__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It’s beneficial for them to mix things up; to spend time in the countryside, in the city, and often outdoors; to sail and to hunt; sometimes to relax but also to stay active regularly: because laziness weakens the body while work strengthens it: the former leads to a quick old age, while the latter contributes to a long youth. It’s also good to use warm bathtub__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ sometimes and cold ones at other times; to apply oils sometimes and to skip it on other occasions; to avoid no common foods; to dine with others sometimes and to be alone at other times; to occasionally eat more than needed and at other times just enough; to have meals twice a day rather than once; and to always eat as much as possible, as long as they can digest it. However, while this kind of exercise and diet is important, the training and eating habits of wrestlers are not ideal: both because interruptions in their exercise routine due to life’s necessities can harm the body, and because their high-calorie diet makes them prone to quicker decay and more illnesses.

Of Coition.

Coition is neither to be too much desired, nor too much feared. Seldom used, it excites the body; frequent, relaxes. But as the frequency is to be judged of, not by the number of repetitions, but by nature, regard being had to the age and constitution, we may know it not to be useless, when it is neither followed by a languor of the body, nor pain. It is worse in the day-time, but safer in the night; but the general rule will hold for both, if neither meat be taken after the first, nor the other be followed by wakefulness and labour. These things are to be observed by strong people; and care must be taken, that the reliefs of sickness be not wasted in good health.

Sex should neither be overly desired nor overly feared. When it's rare, it stimulates the body; when it's frequent, it relaxes. However, frequency should be evaluated not by how often it happens but by individual nature, considering age and constitution. We can tell it isn’t harmful as long as it doesn’t lead to fatigue or pain. It’s worse during the day but safer at night; however, the general rule applies to both, as long as no food is consumed after the first and there’s no wakefulness or labor afterward. Strong individuals should keep these factors in mind, and it’s important to ensure that recovery from illness isn’t wasted during good health.

17

17

CHAP. II. GUIDELINES FOR VALUED INDIVIDUALS.

But greater precaution is necessary for the valetudinary; amongst whom are the greatest number of those that live in cities, and almost all that are fond of study: that care may rectify the disorders which arise from their constitution, situation, or study. Any of these then, who has concocted well, will rise in the morning safely; he that finds the concoction not completed, ought to lie still; and if he be under a necessity of rising, to go to sleep afterwards. He that has not concocted at all, should be entirely at rest, and neither venture upon labour, nor exercise, nor business. He that is troubled with crude belching, without pain of the præcordia, ought now and then to drink cold water, and withal to confine himself to certain rules; to live in a house well lighted, that enjoys the summer’s breeze and the winter’s sun; to avoid the meridian sun, the morning and evening cold, as also the air of rivers and lakes; and by no means to expose himself to the sun breaking out in a cloudy sky, lest he be sometimes affected with heat, and sometimes with cold, which very often occasions gravedoes(18) and catarrhs. These inconveniences are to be guarded against with greater diligence in sickly places, in which they even cause a pestilence. We may know a body to be in health, when every day in the morning the urine is first white, and then of a light red colour: the first shows that the concoction is going on, and the other, that it is compleated. When any person awakes, he ought to wait a little, and then, unless it be the winter time, to wash his mouth plentifully with cold water; in long days, to take the air in the middle of the day, before meat; or, if he cannot do that conveniently, after it. In winter especially, to rest the whole night; but, if he is obliged to study in the night, to do it not immediately after eating, but after concoction. He, that in the day-time has been employed either in domestic or civil business, ought to set apart some time for the refreshment of his body; the prin18cipal part of which is exercise, which ought always to go before meat: in one that has laboured little(19), and has concocted well, it should be stronger; in one who has been fatigued, and has not concocted well, it may be more gentle. Proper exercises are, reading aloud, handling of arms, the ball, running, and walking; which last is better not upon plain ground: for an ascent and descent agitates the body with some variety, unless it be very weak. And it is better in the open air, than in a portico; better in the sun, if the head can bear it, than in a shade; better in a shade formed by walls, or parks, than under a roof; a straight walk is better than a winding. In most cases a beginning sweat should put an end to exercise, or at least lassitude, that does not amount to fatigue; and that sometimes in a less, sometimes in a greater degree. In all these exercises, there should neither be, as among wrestlers, an inviolable rule, nor too violent labour. Exercise is rightly followed, sometimes by unction, either in the sun, or before a fire, at other times by the bath, which is best in a room as high, light, and spacious as may be. Neither of these should be always done; but either one of them oftner than the other, as agrees best with the constitution. After these, it is necessary to take some rest. When food is to be taken, it is never proper to overload: but too great abstinence is often hurtful: if there be any small excess committed, it is often safer in drinking than eating. It is best to begin with salt fish(20), greens, and such like. After these flesh, which is best roasted, or boiled. All preserves, upon a double account, are hurtful, both because people are tempted by their agreeable taste to exceed in quantity, and though the quantity be moderate, they are of difficult concoction. A desert is not hurtful to a good stomach, but turns sour upon a weak. And therefore one, that is less firm in that part, will do better to use dates, apples, and such fruit for that purpose. After drinking somewhat more than thirst requires, no more should be eaten. With a full stomach a man should set about no action. When one has eat plentifully, the concoction is more easy, if he concludes the meal with a drink of cold water, then continues awake for a little while, and afterwards has a sound sleep. If a person has made a hearty meal in the day-time, he ought not to expose himself after it, either to cold,19 heat, or labour; for these do not so readily hurt with an empty as a full body. If upon any occasion one is to want food for a time, all labour is to be avoided.

But greater caution is needed for the unwell; among them are many of those who live in cities and almost all who are keen on learning. Care can correct the issues that arise from their health, environment, or studies. Anyone who has properly digested will be able to get up in the morning safely; if digestion isn’t complete, they should stay still; and if they must get up, they should try to sleep afterward. If someone hasn't digested at all, they should rest completely and not engage in work, exercise, or business. If someone is experiencing heartburn without pain in the chest, they should occasionally drink cold water and follow specific guidelines: live in a well-lit house that gets the summer breeze and winter sun, avoid the midday sun, and the cold of mornings and evenings, as well as the air near rivers and lakes. They should also avoid exposure to the sun when it's partly cloudy, as this can lead to fluctuations between heat and cold, which can often cause headaches and colds. These issues should be more carefully avoided in unhealthy areas, where they can even lead to plagues. We can tell a body is healthy when the urine is first white and then a light red in the morning: the first indicates digestion is happening, and the second shows it is complete. When someone wakes up, they should wait a moment before washing their mouth thoroughly with cold water, unless it's winter; during long days, they should get fresh air around midday, before eating, or if that's not practical, afterward. In winter, especially, they should rest all night; but if they must study at night, they should do so not right after eating, but after digestion. Those who have spent the day engaged in home or public duties should set aside some time to refresh their bodies; the main part of this is exercise, which should always come before meals. For someone who has not exerted themselves much and has digested well, it should be more intense; for someone who is tired and has not digested well, it can be gentler. Suitable exercises include reading aloud, handling weapons, playing ball, running, and walking; walking is better not on flat ground because going up and down a slope adds some variety unless someone is very weak. It’s better to be outdoors than in a portico, better in the sun (if the head can tolerate it) than in the shade, and better in shade formed by walls or trees than under a roof; a straight path is better than a winding one. Generally, a light sweat should signal the end of exercise, or at least a feeling of fatigue that doesn’t lead to exhaustion; and this can vary. In all these exercises, there should not be an inflexible rule like among wrestlers, nor should the effort be too extreme. Exercise should ideally be followed by a gentle massage, either in the sun or by the fire, or sometimes by taking a bath, which is best in a room that is high, well-lit, and spacious. Neither method should be done all the time, but one should be preferred over the other based on what works best for the individual. After this, it’s important to rest. When it’s time to eat, it’s never right to overindulge; however, too much restraint can also be harmful. If there's a minor excess, it’s usually safer in drinking than in eating. It’s best to start with salty fish, greens, and similar items. After these, eat meat, which is best when roasted or boiled. Preserved foods are harmful for two reasons: people often eat too much because of their pleasant taste, and even when eaten in moderation, they are hard to digest. Dessert isn’t harmful for a good stomach but can turn sour for a weak one. Therefore, someone with a less strong digestion should choose dates, apples, and similar fruits for dessert. After drinking more than needed, no more should be eaten. With a full stomach, a person shouldn't engage in any activity. When someone has eaten a lot, digestion is easier if they finish the meal with a drink of cold water, stay awake for a little while, and then sleep soundly. If a person has had a hearty meal during the day, they should avoid exposure afterward to cold, heat, or heavy labor; these pose less risk with an empty stomach than with a full one. If someone has to go without food for a while, they should avoid all labor.

CHAP. III. SOME OBSERVATIONS RELEVANT TO NEW EVENTS, AND THE VARIOUS CONSTITUTIONS, GENDERS, AGES, AND SEASONS OF THE YEAR.

What we have delivered above, is nearly of universal extent: but some precautions are necessary for new incidents, and for the constitutions, sexes(21), and ages, and the seasons of the year. For it is neither very safe to remove from a healthy place into a sickly; nor from a sickly into a healthy. It is best to remove from a healthy place to a sickly, in the beginning of winter; from a sickly to a healthy, in the beginning of summer. It is neither fit to overload with food after much fasting, nor is fasting good after too full eating. And those persons endanger themselves, who, contrary to their custom, either once or twice a day eat immoderately. Again, sudden ease is very hurtful after great labour, and sudden labour after too great inactivity. For this reason, when one has a mind to make any change in his way of living, he must accustom himself to it gradually. All kinds of labour are more easily endured even by a boy or an old man, than by a man that is not used to it. And upon this account too, a life over inactive is not good; because there may happen to be a necessity for labour. But if at any time a person altogether unused has occasionally laboured, or even one, that is accustomed to it, has laboured much harder than ordinary, he ought to sleep with an empty stomach; and so much the rather, if he have a bitter taste in his mouth, or a dimness in his eyes, or his belly be disordered, For then he must not only sleep with an empty stomach, but even continue to fast the following day, unless rest has quickly carried off the disorder. And if that be the case, he should get up, and walk a little at a slow pace. But if a person has been at more moderate labour, so that he was not20 obliged to go to sleep, nevertheless he ought to walk in the same manner.

What we’ve shared above is almost universally applicable, but some precautions are necessary for new situations, as well as for different physical conditions, sexes, ages, and the seasons of the year. It’s not very safe to move from a healthy environment to a sickly one, or from a sickly one to a healthy one. It's best to move from a healthy place to a sickly one at the beginning of winter, and from a sickly place to a healthy one at the beginning of summer. It’s not advisable to overeat after fasting, nor is it good to fast after overeating. People put themselves at risk when they eat excessively, either once or twice a day, contrary to their usual habits. Additionally, jumping into relaxation too suddenly after hard work can be harmful, as can suddenly exerting oneself after being inactive for too long. For this reason, when someone wants to change their lifestyle, they should ease into it gradually. All kinds of labor are more easily tolerated, even by a child or an elderly person, than by someone who isn’t used to it. Because of this, a highly inactive lifestyle is not ideal, as there might be a need for labor at some point. However, if someone who is not accustomed to work has occasionally exerted themselves, or if someone used to work has pushed themselves harder than usual, they should go to sleep on an empty stomach. This is especially true if they have a bitter taste in their mouth, blurry vision, or a stomach that feels off. In such cases, they should not only sleep on an empty stomach but also continue fasting the next day unless rest quickly resolves the issue. If that’s the case, they should get up and take a slow walk. However, if a person has engaged in moderate activity and doesn’t feel the need to sleep, they should still go for a walk in the same manner.

What follows is to be generally observed by those, that after fatigue are to eat: when they have walked a little, if they have not an opportunity of bathing, they ought to be anointed in a warm place, either in the sun, or before a fire, and then to sweat. But if they have that conveniency, they should first of all sit down in the tepidarium; next, after they have rested a little, go down into the warm bath; then anoint with a good deal of oil, and rub gently, and again go into the bath; this done wash the mouth with warm water, and then with cold. A very hot bath is not fit for such people. And therefore if any one is so much over fatigued as to be feverish, it is sufficient for him, in a tepid room, to dip himself up to the groin in warm water, with a small mixture of oil: after that, to rub over the whole body, but principally those parts, that have been in the water, with oil, in which there is an addition of wine and a little powdered salt. Afterwards it is proper for all people, that are fatigued, to take food, and that of a moist nature; to be content either with water, or at most a diluted drink, especially such as is diuretic. It is fit also to know this, that drinking cold water is very pernicious to one, that is sweating by labour; and hurtful to those, that are fatigued by a journey, even when the sweat has abated. Asclepiades believed it to be bad for those too, that had immediately come from the bath. This holds true in those, who are easily purged, but not with safety, and are liable to shudderings, but is not universal; because it is most agreeable to nature, that a hot stomach should be cooled by drinking, and a cold one heated. Which rule when I lay down, I own at the same time, that cold water should not be given to one, that is in a sweat, though occasioned by bathing. It is common also after various food, and frequent diluted drinks, for a vomit to be serviceable, and the following day a long rest, and then gentle exercise. If one be troubled with frequent yawning(22), he should drink wine and water by turns, and seldom make use of the bath. A change of labour also relieves from fatigue; and when any person is distressed by some unusual kind of labour, that which he is accustomed to, refreshes him. It is very safe for a person, who is fatigued, to rest upon a couch, if21 he has before made it a daily practice; on the contrary, it wearies one, that is not used to it. For whatever is contrary to custom proves hurtful, whether it be indulgence or severity.

What follows is general advice for those who are going to eat after exertion: when they have walked for a bit, if they don’t have a chance to bathe, they should find a warm place, either in the sun or near a fire, and then sweat. But if they have the option, they should first sit in the tepidarium; then, after resting a little, go into the warm bath; afterward, apply a good amount of oil and gently rub it in, then return to the bath. Afterward, rinse the mouth with warm water, followed by cold water. A very hot bath isn’t suitable for these individuals. So if someone is overly fatigued to the point of feeling feverish, it’s enough for them to sit in a tepid room and soak up to the groin in warm water with a small amount of oil mixed in: after that, they should rub the entire body, especially the parts that were in the water, with oil mixed with a bit of wine and some powdered salt. Afterward, it’s advisable for all fatigued individuals to eat moist foods and stick to water, or at most a diluted drink, especially one that is good for urination. It’s also important to know that drinking cold water can be very harmful for someone who is sweating from exertion and also for those who are tired from travel, even after their sweat has subsided. Asclepiades believed this was also bad for those who had just come from the bath. This applies to those who easily purge, but not universally; because it’s natural for a hot stomach to cool down with drinking, and for a cold one to warm up. While I state this rule, I admit that cold water should not be given to someone who is sweating, even if the sweat is from bathing. It’s also common for a vomit to be beneficial after various foods and frequent diluted drinks, and the following day, a long rest, followed by gentle exercise. If someone has frequent yawning, they should alternate drinking wine and water and rarely use the bath. Changing activities also helps with fatigue; if someone is struggling with unusual labor, returning to familiar tasks can re-energize them. It’s generally safe for a fatigued person to rest on a couch, if they’ve made it a daily habit; otherwise, it can be tiring for someone who isn’t used to it. Whatever is against one’s routine can be harmful, whether indulgent or strict.

There are some methods peculiarly adapted to the case of a man fatigued by walking. Frequent friction, even upon the journey, relieves him; at the end of the journey first sitting down, and then unction; afterwards he may foment with warm water, or use the warm bath, rather to his lower, than his upper parts. But if any one has been scorched in the sun, he must immediately go to the bagnio, and rub over his body and head with oil, and then go down into the bath, warmed to a good degree; after that, first warm water must be poured over the head, and then cold. But he, that has been chilled with cold, must wrap himself up, and sit down in the laconicum, till he sweat; then anoint, and afterwards bathe; eat moderately, and drink wine unmixed.

There are some methods specifically suited for a man tired from walking. Rubbing his muscles frequently, even during the journey, helps relieve fatigue; when he reaches his destination, he should first sit down, then apply oil; afterwards, he can soak in warm water or take a warm bath, focusing more on his lower body than his upper body. If someone has been burned by the sun, they must immediately go to the bathhouse and rub oil on their body and head, then enter a warm bath; after that, warm water should be poured over their head, followed by cold water. For someone who has been chilled, they should wrap themselves up and sit in the steam room until they start to sweat; then they should apply oil and take a bath, eat moderately, and drink undiluted wine.

He that has been upon sea, and is troubled with a nausea, if he has vomited much bile, ought to abstain from food wholly, or take very little: if he has brought up acid phlegm, he may notwithstanding take food, but lighter than ordinary: if he has had a nausea without vomiting, he should abstain from food, or take a vomit after meat. He that has sat the whole day, either in a chariot or in the theatre, should by no means run, but walk slowly. It has been frequently serviceable to stay a long while in the bath, and then to sup slightly. If one grows hot in the bath, it will refresh him to take vinegar, and hold it in his mouth: if that is not at hand, cold water may be used in the same manner. Above all things it is proper to know the constitution of the body: because some are slender, others fat; some hot, others cold; some moist, others dry; some costive, and others lax. There are very few instances of men, who have not a weakness in some part or other of their body. A person of a slender habit should take methods to gain flesh, one of a plethoric should diminish his bulk; one of a hot temperament ought to cool himself, the cold to warm him; one of a humid should dry, and one of a dry should moisten; he that is loose in the belly should harden it, and he that is bound should relax; and in ge22neral, means must always be used to help that part which is most liable to disorders.

If someone has been at sea and feels nauseous, and if they've vomited a lot of bile, they should completely avoid food or eat very little. If they’ve thrown up acidic phlegm, they can still eat, but just lighter than usual. If they feel nauseous without vomiting, they should avoid food or take a remedy after eating. Someone who has been sitting all day, either in a carriage or at the theater, should definitely not run but instead walk slowly. It’s often helpful to spend a long time in the bath and then have a light meal. If someone feels hot in the bath, it can be refreshing to take vinegar and swish it in their mouth; if that’s not available, cold water can be used in the same way. Above all, it’s important to understand the body's constitution: some people are slender, others are overweight; some are hot, others cold; some are moist, others dry; some are constipated, while others are loose. Very few people don’t have some weakness in part of their body. A slender person should find ways to gain weight, someone who is overweight should reduce their size; a hot person should cool down, and a cold person should warm up; a person who is moist should dry out, and one who is dry should add moisture; someone with a loose belly should firm it up, while someone who is constipated should relax. In general, it's crucial to take measures to support the part of the body most prone to issues.

The means of fattening the body.

The body is fattened by gentle exercise, frequent rest, unction, and the warm bath, if it be after dinner; a costive belly, moderate cold in the winter, a full sleep, but not over long, a soft couch, tranquillity of mind, the eating and drinking of sweet and fat things, frequent meals, and as much food as it is possible to digest.

The body is nourished by light exercise, regular rest, moisturizing, and warm baths, especially after dinner; a constipated stomach, moderate cold in the winter, adequate sleep—not too long, a comfy bed, peace of mind, consuming sweet and fatty foods, frequent meals, and as much food as one can comfortably digest.

Of extenuat­ing the body.

The body is extenuated by going into warm water(23), and especially if it be salt, the bath with an empty stomach, a scorching sun, and all heat, care, watching, either too short or too long sleep; lying upon the ground in the summer time, and upon a hard couch in the winter; running, much walking, and all violent exercise, vomiting, purging, acid and austere things, and a single meal in the day, also a custom of drinking wine, that’s not very cold, upon an empty stomach.

The body gets worn out by going into warm water__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, especially if it’s saltwater, taking a bath on an empty stomach, being in the hot sun, dealing with heat, worry, either not enough sleep or too much sleep; lying on the ground in the summer and on a hard bed in the winter; running, a lot of walking, and any intense exercise, vomiting, purging, eating sour and bitter foods, having just one meal a day, and regularly drinking wine that’s not very cold on an empty stomach.

Since I have classed vomiting and purging amongst the methods for extenuating, I must say something in particular about them. I observe, that vomiting is rejected by Asclepiades in that book, which he composed upon the preservation of health; nor do I blame him, if he was offended with the custom of those, who by such daily evacuation endeavour to procure a voracious appetite. But he has gone something farther. He has also in the same book forbid purging. And indeed this is hurtful, if it be procured by too strong medicines. It can be no universal maxim however, that these should be laid aside entirely; because it is possible, that the nature of constitutions and particular junctures may make them necessary, provided they be used with moderation, and not without necessity; and even he himself has granted, that if any thing be corrupted, it ought to be expelled. So that this method is not to be altogether condemned, but there may be many occasions for it, and it requires a more particular and nice observation.

Since I have categorized vomiting and purging as methods for alleviating issues, I need to say a few specific things about them. I notice that Asclepiades dismisses vomiting in his book about maintaining health; I don’t fault him for it, especially if he was bothered by the habit of those who try to induce regular vomiting to gain a huge appetite. However, he takes it a step further. He also forbids purging in the same book. Indeed, purging can be harmful if done with too strong medications. Still, it’s not a universal rule that these methods should be completely avoided; the nature of different bodies and specific situations may make them necessary, provided they’re used moderately and not without a valid reason. Even he acknowledges that if something is corrupted, it should be expelled. So, this method shouldn't be completely condemned; there may be plenty of situations that require it, and it calls for careful and detailed observation.

Of vomits.

A vomit is more useful in the winter than summer, because in that season there is more phlegm, and a greater heaviness in the head. It does no good to those, that are slender, and have a weak23 stomach; but it is useful to those, that are of a full habit, and all bilious people, if they have either overloaded themselves, or their concoction has been impaired: for if they have taken a greater quantity than can be concocted, they ought not to run the risk of its corrupting; or if it is already corrupted, nothing is more proper than to have it expelled in the most expeditious way possible. For this reason, whenever they are attacked with bitter eructations, attended with pain and weight of the præcordia, they must immediately have recourse to this remedy. It is likewise proper for one, who has a scorching heat in the breast, and a frequent spitting or a nausea, or for one who has noise in his ears, or a humour in the eyes, or a bitterness in the mouth; as also for one, who changes either his air or situation, and to those, who are troubled with a pain of the præcordia, if they have not vomited for several days. I am sensible, that in these cases rest is prescribed, which cannot always be had by those, who are under a necessity of stirring about; nor indeed has it the same effect in every body. I grant then, that vomits should not be taken with a view of indulging the luxurious appetite: that they are sometimes useful remedies, I believe upon the credit of experience; but I would advise any, who wishes to be healthy, and live to old age, not to make a daily practice of it. When one chuses to vomit after meat, if he does it easily, he should first drink only warm water; if with difficulty, let him add a little salt or honey to the water; but he, that intends to vomit in the morning, should first drink mulse(24), or eat hyssop(25), or radish, and then drink warm water, as has been directed already. All the other things which the ancient physicians prescribed, are hurtful to the stomach. If it is weak after the vomit, a little food is to be taken, but of a proper kind; and if the fauces have been much irritated, three cyathi of cold water may be drunk. He, that has vomited, if it was in the morning, ought to take a walk, then anoint, afterwards sup; but if after supper, on the following day he should bathe, and sweat in the bagnio; he will do well to make the next meal slight, and the bread he uses at it should be stale, wine austere and unmixed, the flesh roasted, and all the food of the driest kind. He that chuses to vomit twice in the month, will find it answer the purpose better, if he do it for two24 days successively, than if he were to repeat it on the fifteenth day, unless such an intermission should cause a weight at his breast.

Vomiting is more beneficial in winter than in summer because, during winter, there’s more mucus and a greater heaviness in the head. It doesn’t help those who are thin and have a weak stomach, but it is useful for those who have a robust body and for people with bile issues, especially if they have overeaten or their digestion has been disrupted. If someone has consumed more than they can digest, they should not risk it turning bad; or if it's already gone bad, the best solution is to get it out quickly. For this reason, whenever they're feeling bitter belches accompanied by pain and heaviness in the chest, they should use this remedy right away. It’s also suitable for someone with a burning sensation in the chest, frequent spitting or nausea, someone who has ringing in their ears, eye issues, or a bitter taste in their mouth. It's also good for those changing their environment or those dealing with chest pain if they haven’t vomited in a while. I understand that rest is recommended in these situations, but it's not always feasible for those who need to be active; moreover, it doesn’t have the same effect on everyone. So, I agree that vomiting shouldn’t be done just to satisfy indulgent cravings; while it's occasionally a helpful remedy based on experience, I wouldn’t recommend making it a daily habit for anyone wishing to stay healthy and live a long life. If someone chooses to vomit after eating and manages to do it easily, they should first drink warm water; if it’s difficult, they can mix in a bit of salt or honey. For those intending to vomit in the morning, they should drink mulse, or eat hyssop or radish, and then drink warm water as previously suggested. All other remedies prescribed by ancient physicians are harmful to the stomach. If the stomach feels weak after vomiting, a small amount of suitable food can be eaten; and if the throat is irritated, drinking three cyathi of cold water can help. After vomiting in the morning, a walk is advisable, followed by anointing and then having dinner; but if someone vomits after dinner, they should bathe and sweat in the baths the next day. The following meal should be light, with stale bread, sour and unmixed wine, roasted meat, and mostly dry food. If someone decides to vomit twice a month, it's more effective to do it for two consecutive days rather than every fifteenth day, unless skipping a session leads to heaviness in the chest.

Of purging.

When the belly is costive, so as to evacuate very sparingly, and from that cause flatulencies, dimness of sight, pains of the head, and other disorders of the superior parts, grow troublesome, then ’tis fit to take a purge: for what assistance can rest or abstinence afford in these disorders, of which they are the principal causes? He that wants to be lax, let him first use such food and wine as produce that effect: and if they don’t succeed, let him take aloes. But purging, though it be sometimes necessary, yet, when it is frequent, becomes dangerous; for thus the body will be habitually deprived of its nourishment, and by that means become valetudinary, for a body in a weak state is the most liable to all kinds of distempers.

When your stomach is backed up and you’re having a hard time going to the bathroom, leading to gas, blurry vision, headaches, and other issues, it’s a good idea to take a laxative. What help can rest or a lack of food offer for these problems, which are often the main culprits? If you need to get things moving, start with foods and drinks that help with that. If that doesn’t work, then take aloes. However, while occasional purging is sometimes necessary, doing it too often can be harmful. Frequent purging can cause your body to lose essential nutrients and become unhealthy, as a weak body is more susceptible to all sorts of illnesses.

What heats and cools the body.

The body is heated by unction, salt water, and more so if it be warm; all salt provisions, and austere wine. On the contrary, it is cooled by bitter and fleshy substances, taken with an empty stomach; the bath after meals, and sleep, unless it be too long, and all acids; the coldest water; oil, if it be mixed with water; and lotus(26).

The body is warmed by ointments, salt water, and even more so if it's warm; all salted foods, and strong wine. In contrast, it is cooled by bitter and fatty foods taken on an empty stomach, bathing after meals, and sleep, unless it's too long, along with all acids, very cold water, oil if mixed with water, and lotus __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

What mois­tens and dries the body.

The body is rendered humid(27) by less exercise than ordinary, frequent bathing, a full diet, much drink, a walk after it, and continuing awake. Walking long, and briskly, has of itself the same tendency; and morning exercise, if one does not eat presently after it; and those kinds of food, which come from cold climates, or rainy, or otherwise damp. On the contrary, dryness is caused by immoderate exercise, hunger, unction, heat without moisture, immoderate use of salt, cold water, and the taking of food immediately after exercise, and such particularly as comes from dry and hot climates.

The body becomes humid due to less exercise than usual, frequent bathing, a heavy diet, lots of drinking, a walk afterward, and staying awake. Long, brisk walks have the same effect; morning exercise is beneficial if you don’t eat right after; and foods that come from cold, rainy, or damp climates also contribute. On the flip side, dryness is caused by excessive exercise, hunger, oils, heat without moisture, too much salt, cold water, and eating immediately after exercising, especially foods from dry and hot climates.

What binds and relaxes the belly.

The belly is bound by labour, sitting still, rubbing potter’s chalk upon the body, and by diminishing the usual quantity of food, as also if it be taken but once a day by one who is accustomed to it twice; by drinking little, and not till one has eat as much, as he designs for the time; rest25 after meat. On the other hand, the belly is relaxed by an increase of walking and food, motion after meat, and drinking frequently in the time of meals. ’Tis necessary also to know this that a loose belly is bound by a vomit, and a costive one is loosened by the same: and a vomit immediately after meat binds it; but one that comes some time after, renders it lax.

The stomach is kept in check by work, remaining still, applying potter’s chalk to the body, and reducing the usual amount of food, especially if someone who usually eats twice a day only eats once. It also involves drinking little and only after consuming as much as planned for that time; rest25 after meals. On the flip side, the stomach is relaxed by eating more food and walking, moving around after meals, and drinking frequently during meals. It’s also important to note that a loose stomach can be tightened by vomiting, while a constipated one can be relieved in the same way: vomiting right after a meal will tighten it up, but vomiting some time later will loosen it.

Of the dif­fer­ent ages.

As to the different ages, people in middle life bear want of food most easily; young men not so well; least of all boys, and very old men. The more uneasiness one finds from it, he ought to take victuals the oftener; and that frequency is more especially necessary for one, that is growing. Warm bathing is fit both for boys and old men. Wine should be given to boys more diluted, to old men less; but such as occasions flatulencies, to neither of them. It is of less consequence what victuals young men eat, and how dressed. Those that are loose in the belly while young, for the most part are costive when they grow old; such as are costive, in their youth, are often loose in old age. It is best for a young man to have a lax belly, and for an old man to be bound.

When it comes to different age groups, people in middle age handle hunger the best; young men do okay but not as well, boys struggle the most, and the elderly fare the worst. The more discomfort someone experiences from hunger, the more frequently they should eat; this is especially important for those who are still growing. Warm baths are suitable for both boys and old men. Boys should be given diluted wine, while old men should have it less diluted; neither should have things that cause gas. What young men eat and how it's prepared matters less. Those who have loose stools when young often become constipated as they age, while those who are constipated in their youth tend to have loose stools in old age. It's better for a young man to have regular bowel movements, while an older man should be more regular.

Of the sea­sons.
Winter.

It is necessary also to consider the seasons of the year. It is proper to eat more in the winter; to take a smaller quantity of drink, but less diluted; to make much use of bread, and flesh rather boiled than roasted, and greens sparingly; to take food once a day, unless the belly be too much bound. If one dines, it is better to take some trifling thing, and that dry, without flesh, and without drink. In that season of the year, all warm things, or such as promote heat, are best. Nor is venery altogether so hurtful then, as at some other times.

It's important to think about the seasons of the year. It's best to eat more in the winter; drink less, but keep it less diluted; rely heavily on bread and cooked meats rather than roasted, and eat greens only in moderation; ideally, eat once a day, unless you're feeling overly constipated. If you do have dinner, it's better to have something light, dry, without meat or drinks. During this time of the year, warm foods or those that generate heat are the best choices. Also, engaging in sexual activity isn’t as harmful then as it might be at other times.

Spring.

But in the spring the quantity of food is to be lessened, and the drink increased, but more diluted; more use is to be made of flesh and greens, and there must be a gradual change from boiled to roast flesh. Venery is most safe in that season of the year.

But in the spring, the amount of food should be reduced, and the drink increased, but more watered down; there should be more emphasis on meat and vegetables, and there needs to be a gradual shift from boiled to roasted meat. It’s safest to engage in sexual activity during that time of year.

Summer.

But in summer the body requires meat and drink more frequently; therefore it is convenient to take a dinner. Flesh and greens are most26 proper in that season; drink very much diluted, that it may at once remove thirst, and not inflame the body; bathing in cold water; roast flesh, cold food, or such as is cooling. As food must be often taken, so it must be in small quantities.

But in summer, the body needs meat and drinks more often; that's why it's good to have dinner. Meat and greens are best during that season; drinks should be very diluted so they can quench thirst without overheating the body; bathing in cold water; roasted meat, cold dishes, or anything that’s refreshing. Since food should be eaten more frequently, it should be in small portions.

Autumn.

Now in autumn there is the greatest danger, upon account of the frequent changes of the air. And for this reason one should never go abroad, especially in the colder days, without warm cloaths and shoes, nor sleep in the air in the night-time, or at least be well covered. At this time the diet may be something more full, the drink less, but stronger. Some imagine apples(28) to be hurtful, which for the most part are eaten immoderately through the whole day, while no abatement is made from the more substantial food. Thus the mischief does not proceed from them, but from the aggregate of all that is taken; for none of them contribute less to it than these. But it is not fit to use them oftener than the other kinds. Lastly, it is necessary when an addition is made in this article, to lessen the quantity of the stronger food. Venery is neither good in the summer, nor in autumn; but is less hurtful in autumn; in summer, if possible, there ought to be a total abstinence from it.

Now that it's autumn, there's the highest risk due to the frequent changes in the weather. For this reason, you should never go outside, especially on colder days, without wearing warm clothes and shoes, nor should you sleep outdoors at night, unless you’re well covered. During this time, your diet can be a bit richer, but your drinks should be less frequent and stronger. Some people believe that apples__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ are harmful, but that's mainly because they eat them excessively throughout the day without cutting back on heavier foods. So, the problem doesn’t come from apples themselves, but from the overall amount of food consumed; in fact, apples contribute the least to the issue. However, it's not advisable to consume them more often than other types of food. Finally, when you add something in this area, you should reduce the quantity of the heavier foods. Engaging in sexual activity isn't beneficial in summer or autumn, but it's less harmful in autumn; in summer, you should try to avoid it altogether if possible.

CHAP. IV. RULES FOR THOSE WHO STRUGGLE WITH MENTAL HEALTH.

Our next business is to consider the cases of those, who have a weakness in any particular part of the body. He, that has a weakness in his head, if he has concocted well, ought to rub it gently with his hands in the morning; and never, if he can avoid it, put any covering upon it, or clip the hair close to the skin; it is proper for him to avoid exposing it to the moon, and more especially before her conjunction with the sun, but never to go out after meat: if he have his hair, to comb it every day; to walk much, but if he can, neither under a roof, nor in the sun; and also to avoid the scorching heat of the sun, particularly after meat or wine. He should rather anoint than27 bathe, and the unction should be performed, never before a flame, sometimes at a glowing red fire. If he come to the bath, he ought first to wrap himself up, and sweat a little in the tepidarium, anoint there, and then go into the calidarium; when he has sweat, not to go into the bath, but to pour hot water over his head, so that it may run over all his body, then tepid water in the same manner, and lastly cold; and the last longer upon his head than the other parts; after which to rub it for some time; lastly, to dry and anoint. Nothing is so beneficial to the head as cold water; for this reason, he that has a weak head, should every day in the summer hold it for some time under a pretty strong stream. And though he has anointed without going into the bath, and is not able to bear dipping in cold water, nevertheless he should always pour cold water upon his head. But when he is unwilling to have the other parts of his body touched, he must bend his head forward, so that the water may not fall down into his neck; and that it may not offend his eyes, or any other part, he is to throw it back now and then with his hands, as it runs down. It is necessary for him to use a spare diet, which is easily concocted; and if he finds his head uneasy, when his stomach is empty, he must eat in the middle of the day; if fasting does not injure it, once a day is more eligible. Mild diluted wine is more proper for his common drink than water, that when his head grows worse, he may have some refuge left; and it is neither fit for him to drink wine always, nor water; each of them is a remedy, when used alternately. He must neither write nor read, nor speak with vehemence, especially after supper; at which time neither is thinking very safe for him; but above all things a vomit is hurtful.

Our next agenda is to look at the cases of those who have a weakness in any specific part of the body. Someone with a weakness in their head, if feeling unwell, should gently massage it with their hands in the morning and should avoid covering it or cutting their hair very short. They should stay away from moon exposure, especially before the moon aligns with the sun, and avoid going out after eating. If they have hair, they should comb it daily and walk a lot, but avoid being indoors or under direct sunlight. They should also steer clear of the sun's intense heat, especially after meals or drinking wine. It's better to use ointments than to bathe, and the application should not be done in front of a flame, but rather at a glowing red fire. If they go to the bath, they should first wrap up and sweat a little in the warm room, apply ointment there, and then move to the hot room; after sweating, they should skip the bath and pour hot water over their head so it runs down their body, then do the same with warm water, and finally with cold water, keeping the cold on their head longer than on the rest of their body. Afterward, they should rub it for a while, then dry off and apply lotion. Cold water is extremely beneficial for the head; therefore, someone with a weak head should hold it under a strong stream of water for some time every day in the summer. Even if they apply ointment without going into the bath and can't handle being immersed in cold water, they should still pour cold water on their head. If they're reluctant to have the rest of their body touched, they should lean forward so the water doesn't run down their neck; they can push it back with their hands as it drips down to avoid it getting in their eyes or bothering other areas. It's important for them to maintain a light diet that's easy to digest; if their head feels off when their stomach is empty, they should eat in the middle of the day; if fasting doesn’t harm them, once a day is a better option. Diluted mild wine is a more suitable drink for them than water, so that if their head feels worse, they have something to fall back on; they shouldn't drink only wine or only water, since both can be helpful when used interchangeably. They should avoid writing, reading, or speaking loudly, especially after dinner, as it's not safe for them to think much during that time, and above all, vomiting is harmful.

CHAP. V. INSTRUCTIONS FOR THOSE WHO SUFFER FROM FATIGUE, COLD, NASAL CONGESTION, AND TONSIL ISSUES.

Nor is the use of cold water beneficial to those only, who are distressed with a weakness in their head; but also to28 such as are troubled with constant lippitudes, or gravedoes, catarrhs, and disorders in their tonsils. Such people must not only pour cold water upon their head every day, but also wash their mouth with a large quantity of it; and all, that find relief from this practice, must especially make use of it, when the air has been rendered unwholesome by southerly winds. And as all strong attention or fatigue of mind after meat is hurtful to every body, so it is more particularly to those, who are liable to pains in their head, or windpipe, or any other disorders in their mouth. A person subject to gravedoes and catarrhs, may avoid these disorders by changing his air, place, or water, as little as possible; and by covering his head in the sun, so as it may neither be overheated, nor suffer by cold from the sudden intervention of a cloud; by shaving his head with an empty stomach after concoction, and neither reading nor writing after meat.

Using cold water isn't just helpful for those with headaches; it's also beneficial for those who suffer from chronic sore throats, coughs, colds, and tonsil issues. These individuals should pour cold water over their heads daily and rinse their mouths with plenty of it. Anyone who finds relief from this method should especially use it when the air has become unhealthy due to southern winds. While strong concentration or mental fatigue after eating can be harmful for everyone, it's particularly detrimental for those prone to headaches, throat pain, or other mouth issues. A person suffering from coughs and colds can prevent these problems by minimizing changes in their environment, place, or water; keeping their head covered from the sun to avoid overheating or sudden cold from clouds; shaving their head on an empty stomach after digestion, and avoiding reading or writing right after meals.

CHAP. VI. THE RIGHT REGIMEN FOR PEOPLE PRONE TO A PURGE.

He, that is frequently troubled with a purging, ought to exercise his upper parts by the ball, and such like motions; to walk, while his stomach is empty; to avoid too great heat from the sun, and constant bathing; to anoint without sweating. He should not use a variety of food, and by no means meat stewed into broth, or vegetables of the leguminous kind, or those greens that pass quickly through the body; in fine, to take all such things as are slowly concocted. Venison, hard fish, and the roasted flesh of tame animals, are very proper. It is never fit to drink salt wine(29), nor even the weak, nor sweet wine, but the austere, of a strong body, and not over old. If he chuses mulse, it must be prepared with boiled honey. If cold drinks don’t disturb his belly, he must use them principally. If any thing has disagreed with him at supper, he ought to vomit, and to repeat it the day following; on the third day to eat a small quantity of bread dipped in wine, or29 eggs fried in oil, or in defrutum(30), and things of a like nature: after that to return to his usual diet. After meat always to rest, and neither apply his thoughts to any subject closely, nor give himself a shock by walking however gently.

If someone often has diarrhea, they should exercise their upper body with a ball and similar activities; walk while their stomach is empty; avoid excessive heat from the sun and constant bathing; and massage their body without sweating. They shouldn't eat a variety of foods and should definitely avoid meat cooked in broth, legumes, or any greens that digest quickly; in short, they should stick to foods that take longer to digest. Venison, firm fish, and roasted meat from domesticated animals are suitable options. It's never appropriate to drink salt wine, or even weak or sweet wine, but rather dry wine that is robust and not too old. If they choose mulse, it should be made with boiled honey. If cold drinks don’t upset their stomach, they should mainly consume those. If anything disagrees with them at dinner, they should vomit and do it again the next day; on the third day, they should have a small amount of bread dipped in wine, or eggs fried in oil or defrutum, and similar foods: afterward, they can return to their regular diet. After eating, they should always rest and avoid focusing too intently on anything, nor should they shock their system by walking, even gently.

CHAP. VII. GUIDELINES FOR THOSE SUSCEPTIBLE TO COLON DISCOMFORT.

But if the large intestine, which is called colon[ AE ], is often pained, since that disorder is nothing else but a kind of flatulence, the intention to be pursued is, that concoction may be duly performed; the patient must practise reading, and other exercises, make use of the hot bath, and take his food and drink hot; lastly, let him avoid cold by all means, every thing that is sweet, and leguminous vegetables, and whatever generally causes flatulencies.

But if the large intestine, known as colon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, often hurts, this condition is just a type of bloating. The goal here is to ensure proper digestion. The patient should engage in reading and other activities, use a hot bath, and eat and drink warm beverages. Lastly, they should completely avoid anything cold, all sweets, legumes, and anything else that typically causes bloating.

CHAP. VIII. GUIDELINES FOR PEOPLE WITH A SENSITIVE STOMACH.

A man, whose stomach is infirm, ought to read aloud, after reading to walk, then to exercise himself with the ball or arms, or any other kind, which agitates the superior parts; upon an empty stomach, not to drink water, but hot wine; to take food twice a day, but in such quantity, as he can easily concoct; to make use of small and austere wine, and to take his drink after meat rather cold. The indications of a weak stomach are paleness, leanness, pain in the præcordia, nausea, involuntary vomiting, a pain of the head, when the stomach is empty: where these signs are not found, the stomach is strong. And we are not to believe our countrymen, who, when they are indisposed,30 and have a strong inclination for wine or cold water, defend their luxury by pretending the stomach does not do its office. But those that concoct slowly, and whose præcordia on that account are inflated, or who, by reason of any heat, are accustomed to be thirsty in the night-time, before going to rest may drink two or three cyathi of wine through a small pipe. It is good also against a slow concoction to read aloud, then to walk, afterwards to anoint or bathe, to drink always cold wine, and after meat to drink largely, but in the way I mentioned already by a siphon: lastly, to conclude all the drinks with cold water. He, whose food grows sour in his stomach, before he eats, should drink egelid water, and vomit. But if the use of this should occasion a looseness, whenever he is relieved of that complaint, he should by all means make use of cold drinks.

A man with a weak stomach should read aloud, then walk, and afterward exercise with a ball, weights, or any other activity that stimulates the upper body. On an empty stomach, he shouldn’t drink water, but should have hot wine instead. He should eat twice a day, but only in amounts that he can easily digest. He should choose light, dry wine, and drink it somewhat cold after meals. Signs of a weak stomach include paleness, thinness, pain in the chest area, nausea, involuntary vomiting, and headaches when the stomach is empty. If these signs aren’t present, the stomach is likely strong. We should not trust our countrymen who, when feeling unwell and craving wine or cold water, justify their indulgence by claiming their stomach isn't functioning properly. However, those who digest slowly and feel bloated because of it, or who experience thirst at night due to heat, can drink two or three small cups of wine through a small straw before bed. For slow digestion, it's also beneficial to read aloud, then walk, and afterward, either massage or bathe. Always drink cold wine, and after meals, drink plenty, but as previously mentioned, through a siphon; finally, end all drinks with cold water. If someone’s food sours in their stomach before eating, they should drink lukewarm water and induce vomiting. If this causes diarrhea, they should switch to cold drinks once they recover from that issue.

CHAP. IX. GUIDE FOR THOSE WHO EXPERIENCE NERVE PAIN.

He that is subject to pains in the nerves, as is common in the gout of the hands or feet, ought as much as possible to exercise the part affected, and expose it to labour and cold; unless the pain has become violent, in which case rest is best. Venery is always hurtful. Concoction is necessary, as well in this, as in all disorders of the body: for crudity injures it more than any thing; and whenever the body is out of order, the diseased part feels it most sensibly. As concoction is an adversary to all diseases, so some again are relieved by cold, and others by heat. Either of which every one ought to procure, according to the habit of his body. Cold is hurtful to an old or slender man, to a wound, to the præcordia, intestines, bladder, ears, hips, shoulders, private parts, teeth, bones, nerves, womb, and brain. It also renders the surface of the skin pale, dry, hard, and black. From this proceed shudderings and tremours. But it is beneficial to young people, and all that are of a full habit. The mind also is more31 brisk, and the concoction goes on better, when ’tis cold, if due care is taken to guard against it. Cold water poured on, besides being useful to the head, does good to the stomach. It is likewise of service to the joints, and pains, which are not attended with ulcers; also to persons, that are too ruddy, if they be free from pain. Heat helps whatever cold hurts; and those too that have blear eyes, if they have neither pain nor an effusion of tears; also contracted nerves, and especially those ulcers which arise from cold. It causes a good colour in the body, and promotes the excretion of urine. In too great a degree, it enervates the body, softens the nerves, and relaxes the stomach. But neither cold nor heat is by any means safe, coming suddenly upon persons unaccustomed to it; for cold occasions pains in the sides, and other disorders, and cold water causes scrophulous swellings; heat hinders concoction, prevents sleep, wastes by sweat, and renders the body obnoxious to pestilential distempers.

If someone is experiencing nerve pain, like that common in gout affecting the hands or feet, they should try to move the affected area as much as possible and expose it to work and cold, unless the pain becomes intense, in which case resting is better. Sexual activity is always harmful. Digestion is important in this and all other health issues, as indigestion causes more harm than anything else. When the body is unwell, the affected area feels the impact the most. Just as good digestion helps fight all illnesses, some people find relief from cold, while others benefit from heat. Each person should choose what works best for their body. Cold is damaging for older or thin individuals, as well as for wounds, the chest area, intestines, bladder, ears, hips, shoulders, private parts, teeth, bones, nerves, uterus, and brain. It can also make the skin pale, dry, hard, and dark. This leads to shivering and trembling. However, cold can be beneficial for young people and those who are robust. The mind is also more active, and digestion improves in cold conditions, provided precautions are taken. Pouring cold water on the body is helpful for the head and stomach. It also benefits the joints and aches that aren’t associated with ulcers and can help those who are overly flushed, as long as they are pain-free. Heat helps with what cold harms, and it also aids individuals with watery eyes, as long as they aren’t in pain or experiencing excessive tears, as well as for tense nerves, especially ulcers caused by cold. Heat gives the body a healthy color and helps with urine production. However, too much heat can weaken the body, soften the nerves, and relax the stomach. Sudden changes to cold or heat can be dangerous for those who aren’t used to it; cold can cause side pains and other problems, while cold water can lead to swollen lymph nodes. Heat can disrupt digestion, cause sleeplessness, lead to excessive sweating, and make the body susceptible to serious illnesses.

CHAP. X. GUIDELINES DURING A PANDEMIC.

There are some rules necessary to be observed in a pestilence by a man, who continues in good health, but cannot however be secure. At that time it is proper to take journies and to sail. When that can’t be done, to use gestation, gentle walking in the open air before the heat of the day, and unction with the same moderation; and as has been directed above, to avoid fatigue, crudity, cold, heat, and venery, and confine himself to a strict regimen. If he feel any heaviness hanging about his body, then he is neither to rise in the morning, nor walk barefooted at any time, much less after meat or the bath; nor to vomit either with an empty stomach, or after supper: neither should the belly be purged; and if it grow loose of itself, it must be restrained. Abstinence should rather be observed, if the body is plethoric. Also it is proper to avoid the bath, sweating, sleeping in the middle of the day, especially after meat; which by the way, it is more convenient32 to take once a day, and that sparingly, lest it should occasion crudity: every other day to drink alternately water and wine. These rules being carefully observed, as little alteration as possible should be made in the usual course of life. And as they are to be practised in every pestilence, so principally in that, which is occasioned by southerly winds. And the very same precautions are necessary for those that take journies, when they have set out from home in a sickly season of the year, or have come into sickly countries. But if the nature of any engagements should prevent the observance of the other rules, yet it will be necessary to live abstemiously; and thus to change from wine to water, and from that to wine again, in the manner that has been prescribed above.

There are some important rules to follow during a pandemic for someone who is healthy but still at risk. It’s a good idea to travel and sail when possible. When that’s not an option, gentle walking outdoors in the morning before it gets hot is recommended, along with moderate use of oils or ointments. As mentioned earlier, you should avoid exhaustion, heavy foods, cold, heat, sexual activity, and stick to a strict diet. If you feel any heaviness in your body, you shouldn’t get up too early in the morning or walk barefoot at any time, especially after meals or bathing. You shouldn’t induce vomiting on an empty stomach or after dinner, and you shouldn’t purge your bowels; if there’s any looseness, it should be controlled. If you're feeling bloated, it’s better to fast. You should also avoid baths, sweating, and sleeping during the day, especially after meals; it’s best to bathe only once a day and do it sparingly to avoid stomach issues. Alternate days should involve drinking either water or wine. Following these guidelines closely, try to keep your daily routine as normal as possible. These practices apply to any pandemic, but especially those caused by southern winds. The same precautions are necessary for travelers who leave home during unhealthy seasons or visit sickly areas. However, if other commitments prevent you from following these rules, it's still essential to maintain a moderate lifestyle, alternating between water and wine as previously described.


33

33

A. CORNELIUS CELSUS

A. Cornelius Celsus

OF

OF

MEDICINE.

Healthcare.


BOOK II.


PREFACE.

Of the approach of a disorder there are many signs. In the explication of which, I shall, without hesitation, make use of the authority of the ancients, and more especially that of Hippocrates; as even the more modern physicians, although they have made alterations in the method of curing, nevertheless confess, that he has delivered the best prognostics from these signs. But before I speak of those antecedents, which give cause to apprehend distempers ensuing; it seems not improper to explain, what seasons of the year, what kinds of weather, what times of life, what constitutions are most safe from, or most obnoxious to dangers, and what kinds of disorders are most to be feared in each of these. Not but in any weather(1), men of all ages and all habits, fall into all kinds of distempers, and die of them too; but because some events are more frequent than others. And therefore it is useful for every person to know, against what, and when, he should be most upon his guard.

There are many signs that indicate the approach of an illness. In explaining these, I will confidently draw on the insights of ancient authorities, particularly Hippocrates; even modern doctors, while they have changed their treatment methods, acknowledge that he provided the best predictions based on these signs. Before I discuss the warning signs that suggest illnesses are coming, it’s sensible to clarify which seasons of the year, types of weather, stages of life, and physical conditions are safest or most vulnerable to risks, and which illnesses are most likely to occur in each case. It’s true that in any weather__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, people of all ages and backgrounds can get sick and even die from various ailments; however, some issues occur more frequently than others. Therefore, it's helpful for everyone to know what to watch out for and when to be most vigilant.

34

34

CHAP. I. OF THE DIFFERENT SEASONS, WEATHER, AGES, BODY TYPES, AND THE DISEASES UNIQUE TO EACH.

The most healthful season then is the spring, next to that the winter, the summer is more dangerous than either, the autumn by far the most dangerous of all. With regard to the weather, that is best, which is equal, whether it be cold or hot: that, which varies most, is the worst. For this reason it is, that the autumn destroys the greatest number. For generally in the middle of the day it is hot, the nights, mornings, and evenings too, are cold: thus the body relaxed by the preceding summer, and by the frequent meridian heats of autumn, is exposed to sudden cold. But as this is most common in this season, so it is hurtful, whenever it happens. When the weather is equal, serene days are most healthful: rainy are better than those that are only misty or cloudy: and in winter those days are best, that have no wind at all; in summer, that have the westerly breezes. If the winds blow from any of the other quarters, the northerly are more salutary than the easterly or southerly. Nevertheless these sometimes differ according to the situation of countries. For generally in every place a wind, that comes from the inland parts, is healthful; one from the sea is sickly. And not only health is more certain in a good temperature of the weather, but even the more malignant distempers, which happen to come on then, are more mild and sooner removed. That air is the worst for a sick person, which has occasioned his distemper; insomuch that in such a case, a change for weather in it’s own nature worse is favourable.

The healthiest season is spring, followed by winter. Summer is riskier than both, and autumn is by far the most dangerous. When it comes to weather, the best kind is consistent, whether it’s cold or hot; the most variable weather is the worst. This is why autumn causes the most health issues. Usually, it’s warm in the middle of the day, but the nights, mornings, and evenings can be cold, leaving the body weakened from the previous summer and the frequent hot afternoons of autumn exposed to sudden cold. While this is common in this season, it can be harmful whenever it occurs. When the weather is stable, clear days are the healthiest; rainy days are preferable to misty or cloudy ones. In winter, the best days are windless, and in summer, those with westerly breezes. Winds from any direction are generally less beneficial, but northerly winds are healthier than easterly or southerly ones. However, this can vary depending on the region. Typically, a wind coming from inland areas is healthy, while one from the sea is unhealthy. Not only is good weather essential for health, but even serious illnesses that arise during these times tend to be milder and resolve more quickly. The worst air for a sick person is the one that contributed to their illness; therefore, a change to worse weather can actually be beneficial.

The middle age is safest, because it is neither endangered by the heat of youth, nor the coldness of old age. Old age is more liable to chronical diseases, and youth to acute ones. The body most promising for health is the square, neither over slender, nor over fat. For a tall stature, as it is comely in youth, so it quickly wears out by age. A slender body is weak, a corpulent heavy.

The middle age is the safest, as it is not threatened by the impulsiveness of youth or the frailty of old age. Old age is more prone to chronic illnesses, while youth is more susceptible to acute ones. The body that is most likely to be healthy is the square shape, not too thin and not too heavy. While tallness may look good in youth, it tends to wear out quickly with age. A slender body is weak, while a heavy one is cumbersome.

35

35

Whatever disorders arise from the motion of the humours, are generally to be most apprehended in the spring(2); so that, at this season, lippitudes, pimples, hæmorrhages, abscesses of the body, which the Greeks call apostemata[ AF ], atrabilis, which they name melancholia[ AG ], madness, epilepsy, angina, gravedoes, and catarrhs, usually occur. Also those distempers in the joints and nerves, which sometimes are troublesome, and sometimes easy, at this time of the year are the most apt both to begin and return. Neither is the summer altogether free from most of the above-mentioned distempers; but adds moreover fevers, either ardent, or tertian, vomitings, purgings, ear-achs, ulcers of the mouth, gangrenes, both in the other parts of the body, and chiefly in the private parts; and all these disorders that waste a man by sweat. There is hardly any of these, that is not found in the autumn; but there arise then, besides irregular fevers, pain of the spleen, dropsical disorders(3), consumption, which the Greeks call phthisis[ AH ]; difficulty of urine, which they term stranguria[ AI ]; the distemper of the smaller intestine which they name ileos[ AJ ], there happens also what the Greeks call lienteria[ AK ]; pains of the hips, epileptic disorders. And the same season is mortal to those that are worn out with long diseases, and such, as have been oppressed by the preceding summer; and it dispatches some by new distempers, and involves others in very tedious ones, especially quartan agues, which may even continue through the winter. Nor is any season more liable to the plague, of whatever kind it be, however various in its manner of hurting. The winter provokes pains of the head, the cough, and whatever disorder is contracted in the fauces, sides, or bowels.

Whatever disorders come from the movement of the humours are usually most concerning in the spring __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; during this time, conditions like lip sores, pimples, bleeding, and abscesses of the body, which the Greeks call apostemata__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, as well as black bile, which they refer to as melancholy __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, madness, epilepsy, sore throat, and congestion tend to occur. Additionally, those joint and nerve issues that can sometimes be bothersome or manageable are most likely to begin or return at this time of year. Summer isn’t completely free from most of the mentioned issues but also introduces fevers—either intense or intermittent—along with vomiting, diarrhea, earaches, mouth ulcers, gangrene in various parts, especially the private areas, and all these ailments can lead to excessive sweating. Most of these conditions can also be seen in autumn; however, during this season, irregular fevers, spleen pain, bloating disorders__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, consumption, known by the Greeks as phthisis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, painful urination, which they call stranguria__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, issues with the small intestine referred to as ileos__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and what the Greeks call lienteria__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ may also occur, along with hip pain and episodes of epilepsy. This season can be fatal for those weakened by long-term illnesses or those impacted by the preceding summer, as it can bring about new disorders and prolong lengthy ones, particularly quartan fevers that might last through winter. No season is more susceptible to the plague, in all its forms, regardless of how it inflicts harm. Winter often triggers headaches, coughs, and any ailments affecting the throat, sides, or bowels.

With regard to the varieties of weather, the north wind raises a cough, exasperates the fauces, binds the belly, suppresses urine, excites shudderings, also pain of the side and breast; yet it braces a sound body(4), and renders it more mobile and brisk. The south wind causes dulness of hearing, blunts the senses, raises a pain of the head, opens the belly, and renders the whole body heavy, moist, and languid. The other winds, by how much they ap36proach more nearly to either of these, produce effects the more similar to each of them. All heat inflames the liver and spleen, enervates the mind, and occasions faintings, and hæmorrhages. Cold causes sometimes convulsions, and sometimes a tetanus, the Greek name for the first is spasmos[ AL ], and for the other tetanos[ AM ]: it produces blackness in ulcers, and a shuddering in fevers. In dry weather we meet with acute fevers, lippitudes, dysenteries, stranguries, pains of the joints; in rainy, tedious fevers, diarrhœas, angina, gangrenes, epilepsies, palsy, which the Greeks call paralysis[ AN ]. Nor is the present weather only to be considered, but also what has been its course for some time. If a dry winter has been attended with northerly winds, and the spring with southerly, and rains, there most commonly ensue lippitudes, dysenteries, fevers, and these chiefly in more delicate bodies, particularly women. But if southerly winds and rains have prevailed in the winter, and the spring be cold and dry, then indeed pregnant women, whose time is near, are in danger of a miscarriage; and those, that go their full time, bring forth weakly children, not likely to live. Other people are attacked with dry lippitudes, and if they are old, with bad gravedoes and catarrhs. But if the southerly winds have continued from the beginning of winter to the end of spring, people are very quickly taken off by pleurisies, and fevers attended with a delirium, which is called phrenitis[ AO ]. But when the heat begins with the spring, and continues through the summer, profuse sweating in fevers necessarily follows. But if a dry summer has been attended with northerly winds, and the autumn with rains, and southerly, all the following winter we find coughs, catarrhs, hoarseness, and in some a consumption. But if the autumn too is equally dry, and the same northerly winds blow, all the more delicate bodies, amongst which I placed women, enjoy a good state of health: and for the more robust, they may possibly be attacked with dry lippitudes, and fevers either acute, or tedious, and atrabiliary disorders.

Regarding different types of weather, the north wind causes a cough, irritates the throat, causes constipation, affects urination, triggers shivering, and leads to pain in the side and chest; however, it strengthens a healthy body and makes it more agile and active. The south wind dulls hearing, numbs the senses, causes headaches, leads to diarrhea, and makes the whole body feel heavy, moist, and sluggish. The other winds, as they come closer to either of these, produce effects that are more similar to each of them. Heat inflames the liver and spleen, weakens the mind, and results in fainting and bleeding. Cold can sometimes cause convulsions and sometimes tetanus (the Greek word for the first is spasms __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and for the other tetanus __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__); it can cause dark spots in ulcers and shivering during fevers. In dry weather, we encounter sharp fevers, sore eyes, dysentery, painful urination, and joint pain; in rainy weather, we get prolonged fevers, diarrhea, throat infections, gangrene, and epileptic seizures, which the Greeks call paralysis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It’s important to consider not just the current weather but also its pattern over time. If a dry winter has north winds and spring is southerly with rain, it's common to see sore eyes, dysentery, and fevers, especially in more sensitive individuals, particularly women. But if the winter has southerly winds and rain while spring is cold and dry, pregnant women close to delivery are at risk of miscarriages; those who carry to term may give birth to weak children unlikely to survive. Other people may suffer from dry sore eyes, and older individuals may face serious chest infections and respiratory issues. If the southerly winds persist from the beginning of winter through spring, people may quickly succumb to pleurisy and fever with delirium known as phrenitis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. When spring heats up and continues into summer, heavy sweating during fevers is inevitable. If a dry summer has north winds, autumn with rain and south winds, the following winter will likely bring coughs, respiratory issues, hoarseness, and for some, tuberculosis. However, if autumn is also dry with the same north winds, the more delicate individuals, especially women, tend to stay healthy; more robust individuals might experience dry sore eyes and either acute or prolonged fevers, as well as mood disorders.

As to the different ages, children, and those a little more advanced, have their health best in the spring, and are most safe in the beginning of summer; old men in the37 summer, and beginning of autumn; young and middle aged men in the winter. The winter is more hurtful to old men, and the summer to youths. For the peculiar weaknesses, that appear at different times of life, first of all infants and young children will be troubled with spreading ulcers of the mouth, which the Greeks call aphthæ[ AP ], vomitings, nightly watching, humour in the ears, and inflammations about the navel. The peculiar complaints of such as are teething, are exulcerations in the gums, convulsions, slight fevers, purgings, and these are chiefly troublesome about the cutting of the canine teeth. Infants of the fullest habit, and whose bellies are very much bound, are most liable to these dangers. But when they have grown up a little, there appear disorders of the glands, and different inclinations of the vertebræ, which compose the spine, scrophulous swellings, some painful kinds of warts, by the Greeks called acrochordones[ AQ ], and many other tubercles. In the beginning of puberty, many of the above-named, and long fevers, and hæmorrhages from the nose. And generally all children are most in danger first about the fortieth day, then the seventh month, then the seventh year, after these at the time of puberty. Moreover any distempers, which commence in infancy, and are terminated neither by puberty, nor in men by their first commerce with women, nor in women by the appearance of their menses, commonly continue long: yet more frequently these puerile disorders of long standing are removed by these means. Youth is most subject to acute disorders, and epileptic, and to a consumption: and they are commonly young men, who spit blood. After this age, come on pleurisies and peripneumonies, lethargy, cholera, madness, and discharges of blood from certain mouths, as it were, of the veins, by the Greeks called hæmorrhoides[ AR ]. In old age, difficulty of breathing, and making urine, gravedo, pains of the joints and kidneys, palsies, bad habit of body, which the Greeks call cachexia[ AS ], nightly watchings, tedious disorders of the ears, of the eyes, and nose, and especially a loose belly, and its consequences a dysentery, or lientery, and other indispositions incident to that habit. Besides these the slender are distressed with consumptions,38 purgings, catarrhs, and pains of the bowels, and sides. The corpulent generally are oppressed with acute diseases, and difficulty of breathing, and often die suddenly, which seldom happens in a more slender body.

As for different age groups, children and those who are a bit older are healthiest in the spring and safest at the start of summer; older men do best in summer and the beginning of autumn; and young to middle-aged men in winter. Winter can be tough on older men, while summer is harder on young people. Unique weaknesses appear at different life stages. Infants and young children often face issues like sores in the mouth, which the Greeks call aphthae__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, vomiting, sleeplessness, ear problems, and inflammation around the navel. Those teething experience gum sores, convulsions, mild fevers, and diarrhea, mainly when the canine teeth come in. Infants who are well-fed and constipated are more prone to these issues. As they grow a little older, they may develop gland disorders, spine issues, scrofulous swellings, painful warts known as acrochordones__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and other lumps. At the onset of puberty, many of the previously mentioned issues arise, along with prolonged fevers and nosebleeds. Generally, children are most at risk around the fortieth day after birth, then at seven months, at seven years, and during puberty. Additionally, any illnesses starting in infancy that don’t resolve by puberty, or in men after their first sexual experience, or in women with their first menstrual cycle, tend to persist for a long time. However, these long-standing childhood illnesses can often be treated. Young people are particularly prone to acute conditions, seizures, and tuberculosis, and it is usually young men who cough up blood. After this age, conditions like pleurisy, pneumonia, lethargy, cholera, madness, and bleeding from certain veins—known in Greek as hemorrhoids__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__—become more common. In old age, issues with breathing and urination, gravel, joint and kidney pain, paralysis, poor body condition known as cachexia __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, sleeplessness, persistent ear, eye, and nose problems, and particularly digestive issues, can lead to dysentery or lientery and other ailments associated with that condition. Additionally, slender individuals may struggle with tuberculosis, diarrhea, respiratory issues, and abdominal pain. In contrast, overweight individuals are typically burdened with acute illnesses, breathing difficulties, and often experience sudden death, which is less common in slender bodies.

CHAP. II. OF THE SIGNS OF AN APPROACHING ILLNESS.

Before an illness, as I mentioned above, there appear some signs of its approach. All of them have this in common, that the body alters from its ordinary state; and not only for the worse, but even for the better. For this reason, if one has become more plump, and looks better, and of a more florid complexion than usual, he ought to hold these advantages suspected. For because these things can neither continue at a stay, nor admit further improvement, they generally run backward very fast, like some heavy body tumbling down. But it is a worse sign, when one is emaciated contrary to his natural habit, and has lost his colour and comeliness: because bodies redundant can allow something to be carried off by a distemper; the deficient have not wherewithal to bear the force of the distemper itself. Besides there is cause to be presently alarmed, if the limbs are heavy; if frequent ulcers break out; if the body has grown hotter than common; if sleep be too heavy; if the dreams are tumultuous; if one awakes oftner than usual, and then falls asleep again; if the body of a person asleep sweats in some parts contrary to custom, especially if that be about the breast, or neck, or legs, or knees, or hips; also if the mind is languid; if there is a reluctance to speaking and motion; if the body be indisposed to action; if the præcordia are pained, or the whole breast, or which happens in most people, the head; if the mouth is filled with saliva; if the eyes feel pain in turning; if the temples be strait bound(5): if the limbs have shudderings; if the breathing is difficult; if the arteries in the forehead are dilated and beat strong; if there be frequent yawnings; if the knees feel tired, or the whole body be afflicted with a lassitude. Several of these things often,39 some of them always, precede a fever. This, however, ought to be first considered, whether any of these happen frequently to a person without any consequent uneasiness. For there are some peculiarities in the constitutions of particular persons, without the knowledge of which, it is not easy to prognosticate what is to happen. With reason therefore a man is free from apprehensions about those things, which he has often escaped without danger: he only is justly uneasy, to whom these appearances are new, or who has never been secured from their bad effects without proper precautions.

Before getting sick, as I mentioned earlier, there are signs that signal its approach. All these signs share one thing: the body changes from its usual state, sometimes for the worse but occasionally for the better. For this reason, if someone becomes heavier, looks healthier, and has a more vibrant complexion than normal, they should be cautious about these changes. Since these improvements can’t last or improve further, they often decline quickly, like a heavy object falling. However, it’s more concerning when someone becomes thinner against their natural build and loses their color and attractiveness. A person with excess weight can withstand some illness, while someone lacking it may not be able to handle the disease itself. Moreover, it’s a cause for immediate concern if the limbs feel heavy, if there are frequent outbreaks of sores, if the body feels hotter than usual, if sleep is too deep, if dreams are chaotic, if someone wakes up more often than normal and falls back asleep, if the body sweats in unusual areas, especially the chest, neck, legs, knees, or hips, if the mind feels sluggish, if there’s a reluctance to speak or move, if the body feels unwell, if there's pain in the chest or in the head, if the mouth is filled with saliva, if the eyes hurt when moving, if the temples feel tight, if the limbs tremble, if breathing is difficult, if the arteries in the forehead pulse strongly, if there are frequent yawns, if the knees feel weak, or if the whole body feels fatigued. Many of these signs often precede a fever, while some are consistent. However, it’s essential to first consider whether any of these symptoms frequently occur in someone without any further discomfort. There are unique traits in different people's bodies, and without understanding these, it’s hard to predict what might happen. Therefore, a person can reasonably feel at ease about symptoms they've encountered before without any harm; only those for whom these signs are new or who have never avoided their negative effects with preventive measures should feel justly anxious.

CHAP. III. Good signs in sick people.

When any person is seized with a fever, it is certain he is not in danger, if he lies either upon his right or left side, as may have been usual with him, with his legs a little drawn up, which by the way is commonly the lying posture of a person in health; if he turns himself with ease; if he sleeps in the night-time, and keeps awake in the day; if he breathes easily; if he does not struggle; if the skin about the navel and pubes be full(6); if his præcordia be equally soft on both sides, without any sense of pain; or although they are a little swelled, yet yield to the impression of the fingers, and are not pained. This illness, though it will continue some time, yet will be safe. The body also, which is every where soft, and in the same degree of heat, and which sweats all over equally, and whose fever is removed by that sweat, is in a fair way of doing well. When the body is recovering its health, sneezing also is amongst the good signs, and an appetite, either continued from the beginning, or even coming after a nausea. Nor should that fever alarm, which terminates in one day; nor indeed that, which though it has prevailed for a longer time, yet has totally intermitted betwixt paroxysms, so as the body became free from all complaint,40 which the Greeks call eilicrines[ AT ]. If any thing happens to be discharged by vomiting, it ought to be a mixture of bile and phlegm: and the sediment of the urine white, smooth, equal; so that, if there is any thing like small clouds swimming in it, that subsides to the bottom. And the stools in one, who is safe from danger, are soft, figured, and evacuated at nearly the same intervals, as was usual in health, and in quantity duly proportioned to the nourishment, that is taken. A loose belly is worse: but even this should not immediately be esteemed dangerous, if the discharge be of a harder consistence in the morning, or gradually turn less liquid, and the excrements be reddish, and their offensive smell don’t exceed that of the like discharge of a healthy man. And there is nothing bad in voiding some worms at the end of the distemper(7). If a flatulency has occasioned a pain and swelling in the upper parts without an inflammation, a rumbling of the belly from thence to the lower parts is a good sign; and more so, if it has found an easy passage with the excrements.

When someone has a fever, it's a good sign that they're not in serious danger if they can lie comfortably on either their right or left side with their legs slightly pulled up, which is a normal position for a healthy person. If they can move easily, sleep at night, stay awake during the day, breathe easily, and are not struggling, that's positive. If the skin around their belly and pubic area feels full, if their chest is soft on both sides without any pain, or if it feels a bit swollen but still gives in when pressed and doesn’t hurt, then this illness, though it may linger for a while, is not threatening. If the body is soft everywhere, at a normal temperature, sweating all over, and the fever subsides with that sweat, it’s on the right track to recovery. Sneezing can also be a good sign when recovering and having an appetite—whether it’s been present from the start or returns after feeling nauseous—is promising. There's no need to be alarmed by a fever that lasts just one day, nor one that has lasted longer but showed clear breaks between episodes without any symptoms, which the Greeks refer to as eilicrines__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. If vomiting occurs, it should be a combination of bile and phlegm. The urine should be clear, smooth, and even, without any cloudy bits floating that settle at the bottom. A safe person's stools are soft, well-shaped, and happen at regular intervals, similar to when they were healthy, with a quantity that matches their food intake. Diarrhea is more concerning, but it shouldn't be immediately regarded as dangerous if it starts off with firmer stools in the morning, gradually becomes less liquid, and if the stools are reddish with a smell that’s not worse than a healthy person's. Passing some worms at the end of the illness is not bad. If gas causes swelling and pain in the upper body without inflammation, and there's a rumbling in the belly that moves down, that's a positive indicator, especially if it passes easily with the stools.

CHAP. IV. BAD SYMPTOMS IN SICK PEOPLE.

On the other hand there is hazard of a dangerous distemper, when the patient lies supine, with his arms and legs extended: when he inclines to sit up during the greatest violence of an acute distemper, especially in a peripneumony: when he is distressed with wakefulness in the night, even although he sleep in the day time. Now sleep, which happens betwixt the fourth hour(8) and night, is worse than that, which is betwixt morning and the same hour. But it is worst of all, if he neither sleep in the night, nor the day time: for that cannot well happen without a constant delirium. Neither is it a good sign to be oppressed with sleep beyond measure: and the worse, the nearer the41 sleep comes to being continued day and night. It is also a sign of a dangerous distemper to breathe quickly, and with vehemence; for shudderings to have come on after the sixth day; to spit matter; to expectorate with difficulty; to have constant pain; to be much distressed with the distemper; to toss the arms and legs about; to weep involuntarily; to have a glutinous humour sticking to the teeth; for the skin about the navel and pubes to be emaciated; for the praecordia to be inflamed, painful, hard, swelled, tense: the case is worse, if these appearances be more on the right side than on the left: but the danger is still greatly increased, if at the same time the pulsation of the arteries there be violent. Again, it indicates a bad distemper to be too quickly emaciated; to have the head, feet, and hands cold, with the belly and sides hot; or for the extremities to be cold during the violence of an acute distemper; or to shudder after sweating; or after vomiting to have the hiccough, or the eyes to be red; or after having an appetite for food, or at the end of long fevers, to loath it; to sweat much, and especially a cold sweat; or to have sweats not equally diffused over the whole body, and such as do not terminate the fever. They are also bad fevers, which return every day at the same time; or those, that always have paroxysms equally violent, and which do not remit every third day; or those, that continue so as to increase in their paroxysms, and only remit in their intervals, but never leave the body quite free from disorder. It is worst of all, if the fever does not at all remit, but continues with equal violence. It is dangerous too for a fever to come after a jaundice, especially if the praecordia have continued hard on the right side; or on the left, if attended with pain there. Every acute fever ought to give us no small apprehensions: and always in such a fever, or after sleep, convulsions are terrible. It is also a sign of a bad distemper to wake with a fright, and likewise in the beginning of a fever for the mind to be presently disordered, or any limb to become paralytic. In that case, though the patient escape with life, yet for the most part that limb is debilitated. A vomiting also of pure phlegm or bile is dangerous; and if it be green, or black, it is worse. Urine is bad, where the sediment is reddish or livid; and worse, in which there is a kind of small and white threads: and42 worst of all, that, which bears the resemblance of small clouds, composed as it were of particles of bran. Thin and white urine is bad, but especially in phrenitic patients. It is bad to have the belly entirely bound. And a purging too in fevers is dangerous, where it will not allow a man to rest in his bed; especially if the discharge be very liquid, or whitish, or pale, or frothy. Besides these it portends danger, if the excretion be small in quantity, glutinous, smooth, white, and at the same time of a palish colour; or if it is either livid, or bilious, or bloody, or of a more offensive smell than common. An unmixed discharge also, which comes after long fevers, is bad.

On the other hand, there is a risk of a serious illness when the patient lies on their back with arms and legs extended. This risk increases if they try to sit up during the peak of an acute illness, especially with pneumonia, or if they can't sleep at night, even though they might nap during the day. Sleep that occurs between the fourth hour and night is worse than sleep between morning and that same hour. The situation is dire if they can't sleep at all, day or night, as that usually leads to persistent delirium. Being excessively drowsy is not a good sign, especially worse if the drowsiness lasts night and day. Rapid and forceful breathing is also an indicator of a serious condition, particularly if shivering starts after the sixth day, if there's coughing up of phlegm with difficulty, persistent pain, agitation from the illness, restless movements of the limbs, involuntary crying, a sticky substance on the teeth, and if the skin around the navel and groin appears thin. If the chest is inflamed, painful, hard, swollen, and tense, and these symptoms are more pronounced on the right side than the left, the danger increases greatly if there is also strong pulsation of the arteries there. It is a bad sign if the patient loses weight too quickly, if the head, hands, and feet are cold while the belly and sides are hot, or if extremities are cold during an acute illness. It’s also concerning if the patient shivers after sweating, has hiccups after vomiting, red eyes, sudden loss of appetite after initially feeling hungry, excessive sweating (especially cold sweat), or if sweating doesn't cover the whole body evenly and does not relieve the fever. It’s worrisome if fever returns at the same time every day, or if the symptoms are consistently severe without letting up every third day, or if they intensify and only ease between episodes but never completely go away. The worst situation is when the fever remains constant and severe. A fever following jaundice is perilous, especially if the chest remains hard on the right side, or on the left side with accompanying pain. Any acute fever should cause significant concern and convulsions after sleep are particularly alarming. Waking up frightened or experiencing mental disorientation at the start of a fever, or if any limb becomes paralyzed, also indicates serious issues. Even if the patient survives, that limb often remains weak. Vomiting clear phlegm or bile is hazardous, and green or black vomit is worse. Urine that has reddish or dark sediments is bad, and worse still if there are small white threads in it, with the worst being cloudy urine that looks like bits of bran. Thin, white urine is concerning, especially in patients with mental disturbances. A completely constipated belly is not good. Diarrhea during fevers is risky if it prevents rest, especially if the discharge is very watery, white, pale, or frothy. Additionally, it signals danger if the excretion is small in amount, sticky, smooth, white, and pale; or if it appears dark, bilious, bloody, or has a more unpleasant odor than usual. An unaccompanied discharge after prolonged fevers is also a bad sign.

CHAP. V. Signs of prolonged illness.

After the foregoing symptoms have appeared, ’tis known, that a distemper will become tedious: for it must necessarily be so, unless it be mortal. And there is no other hope in violent diseases, than that the patient may escape by eluding the first shock of the distemper, that there may be room for the application of proper methods of cure. But some signs appear in the beginning of a distemper, from which we may gather, that although it does not prove mortal, yet it will last for a considerable time. In fevers not violent, when a cold sweat comes on only about the head or neck; or when the body sweats without the fever intermitting; or when the body is sometimes cold, and sometimes hot, and the colour changes; or when in fevers an abscess, which has been formed in some part, does not prove salutary; or when the patient, considering the time of his illness, is but little emaciated. Also, if the urine at some times is thin and limpid, and at other times has some sediment; and if what subsides be smooth, and white, or red; or if it have the appearance of motes; or if it send up air bubbles.

After the symptoms mentioned earlier appear, it's clear that the illness is likely to become prolonged, unless it turns out to be fatal. In cases of severe diseases, the only hope is that the patient can survive the initial impact of the illness, allowing for appropriate treatment methods to be applied. However, there are certain early signs of an illness that suggest it may not be fatal but will last a significant amount of time. In mild fevers, if a cold sweat only occurs around the head or neck; if the body sweats without the fever breaking; if the body fluctuates between being cold and hot, and the skin color changes; if an abscess forms during a fever and is not beneficial; or if the patient hasn’t lost much weight considering how long they’ve been sick. Additionally, if the urine is sometimes clear and watery, and at other times has sediment; if the sediment is smooth and white or red; or if it appears to have floating particles or bubbles.

43

43

CHAP. VI. Signs of death.

But though in such circumstances there is reason to fear, yet there remains some hope. But we are sure a person is come to the last stage, when the nose is sharp, the temples shrivelled, the eyes hollow, the ears cold, and languid, and slightly inverted at their extremities, the skin about the forehead hard and tense, the colour either black or very pale; and much more so, if these things happen without any preceding wakefulness, or purging, or fasting: from which causes this appearance sometimes arises, but then it vanishes in one day. So that if it continues longer, it is a forerunner of death. And if it remains the same for three days in a tedious distemper, death is very near: and more especially if besides the eyes can’t bear the light and shed tears; and the white part of them grows red; and their small vessels are pale; and humour floating in them at last sticks to the angles; and one eye is less than the other; and they are either very much sunk, or much swelled; and when the eye-lids in sleep are not closed, but betwixt them there appears some part of the white of the eye; provided it be not occasioned by a flux; when the eye-lids also are pale, and the same paleness discolours the lips and nose; and also when the lips, and nose, and eyes, and eye-lids, and eye-brows, or some of these, are distorted, and the patient from pure weakness loses his hearing, or sight.

But even in such situations, there’s a reason to fear, yet some hope remains. We can tell a person has reached the final stage when their nose is sharp, their temples are sunken, their eyes are hollow, their ears feel cold and limp, and slightly turned in at the ends. The skin on their forehead is hard and tight, and their complexion is either very dark or very pale; this is even more pronounced if these signs appear without any prior wakefulness, diarrhea, or fasting, as those conditions can sometimes cause this appearance but typically clear up in a day. If these signs persist longer, they indicate that death is approaching. If it lasts three days with a troubling illness, death is quite near, especially if the eyes can’t tolerate light and tear up, and the whites turn red; if the tiny blood vessels appear pale, and fluid sticks to the corners of the eyes, and one eye seems smaller than the other, or they are very sunken or swollen; and if the eyelids don’t close completely during sleep, leaving part of the white of the eye visible—provided it isn’t due to fluid buildup; when the eyelids are pale and that paleness spreads to the lips and nose; and when the lips, nose, eyes, eyelids, and eyebrows are distorted, and the patient, due to sheer weakness, loses their hearing or vision.

Death is also to be expected, when the patient lies supine, and his knees are contracted; when he slides downward now and then towards his feet; when he lays bare his arms and legs, and tosses them about irregularly, and there is no heat in them; when he gapes with his mouth; when he sleeps constantly; when being insensible, he grinds his teeth, and had not that custom in health; when an ulcer, which broke out either before, or in the time of his sickness, has grown dry, and turned either pale or livid,44 The following symptoms are also deadly; pale-coloured nails, and fingers; a cold breath; or if one in a fever, and acute disease, or madness, or peripneumony, or pain of the head, gathers the wool off the cloaths with his hands, or draws out and smooths their edges, or catches at any small prominences in an adjoining wall. Pains also, that have begun in the hips and lower parts, if they have been translated to the bowels, and suddenly ceased, are sure prognostics of approaching death; and more so, if any of the other symptoms have also concurred. And it is impossible to save that person, who labouring under a fever without any tumour, is suddenly, as it were, strangled, or cannot swallow his spittle; or one, whose neck, while the fever and habit of body remain the same, is turned aside, so that it is equally impossible for him to swallow any thing; or him, who at the same time has a continued fever, and extreme weakness of body; or when, without an abatement of the fever, the external surface of his body is cold, and the internal parts so hot as to produce thirst; or one, who, the fever continuing as in the former case, is distressed at once with a delirium and difficulty of breathing; or one, who, after drinking hellebore, has been seized with convulsions; or one, that has lost his speech after being intoxicated with liquor, for he is commonly carried off by convulsions, unless either a fever has supervened, or he has begun to speak at the time, when the effects of the liquor shall be over. A pregnant woman is also easily destroyed by an acute distemper. And likewise any person, whose disorder is increased by sleep; and one, who in the beginning of a recent disorder, vomits, or voids by stool, atrabilis; and the event is the same, where this has been discharged in either of these ways, when the body has been already extenuated, and wasted by a long illness. A bilious spitting, and purulent, whether they come up separately, or mixed, shew that there is danger of death. And if this appearance has commenced about the seventh day of a disease, the consequence is, that the patient will die about the fourteenth, unless some other symptoms more benign, or malignant, come on: and these after symptoms, the more gentle or violent they are, signify that death will happen so much the later, or sooner. A cold sweat likewise in an acute fever is mortal; and in45 every disease, a vomiting variegated with different colours; and especially if it be fetid. And it is also extremely bad to vomit blood in a fever. The urine is commonly of a bright yellow colour and thin in great crudity; and often before it has time to concoct, kills the patient. Upon this account, if it continue so for any time, it prognosticates danger of death. But the worst of all and most deadly is the black, thick, and fetid. And such as this is the worst in men and women; but in children that, which is thin and watery. A variegated discharge also by the belly is very bad; and such as contains strigments(9), blood, bile, and something green, and these either at different times, or all together in a kind of mixture, but so as each of them appear distinctly. Yet ’tis possible for one to endure this somewhat longer. But a speedy death is denoted, when the discharge is liquid, and withal either black, or pale, or fat; especially if besides it have an intolerable stench.

Death is also expected when the patient is lying on their back, with their knees pulled in; when they occasionally slide down towards their feet; when they expose their arms and legs and move them around erratically, with no warmth in them; when they yawn frequently; when they are constantly asleep; when, in an unconscious state, they grind their teeth, which they didn’t do when healthy; when a sore that appeared either before or during their illness has dried up and turned pale or dark;44 the following signs are also deadly: pale nails and fingers; cold breath; or if someone with a fever, acute illness, madness, pneumonia, or a headache gathers wool from their clothes with their hands, smooths out their edges, or reaches for any small bumps on a nearby wall. Pain that starts in the hips and lower body, if it moves to the belly and stops suddenly, is a sure sign of impending death, especially if other symptoms appear as well. It’s impossible to save someone, who, during a fever without any swelling, suddenly seems to be choked or can’t swallow their spit; or someone whose neck is twisted while the fever and their condition remain the same, making it impossible for them to swallow anything; or someone who has both a continuing fever and extreme weakness; or when, without any decrease in fever, the outside of their body is cold while the inside feels hot enough to cause thirst; or someone who, while the fever persists, experiences both delirium and difficulty breathing at the same time; or someone who has seizures after drinking hellebore; or someone who loses their speech after getting drunk, as they often succumb to seizures unless a fever comes afterward, or if they begin to speak once the effects of the alcohol wear off. Pregnant women are also easily harmed by a severe illness. Likewise, anyone whose condition worsens with sleep; and someone who, at the onset of a new illness, vomits or has diarrhea containing black bile; the outcome is the same if this is expelled in either way when the body has already been weakened and depleted by a long illness. Bile that is coughed up, whether separately or mixed with other substances, signifies a danger of death. If this occurs around the seventh day of an illness, the patient is likely to die around the fourteenth unless other, less severe or more severe symptoms appear. These later symptoms indicate that death will occur sooner or later depending on whether they are mild or intense. A cold sweat during an acute fever is lethal; and a vomiting episode with multiple colors; especially if it smells bad. It's also very serious to vomit blood during a fever. Urine is usually bright yellow and watery due to severe illness; and often, even before it can settle, it can kill the patient. For this reason, if it remains in this state for any length of time, it indicates a risk of death. However, the very worst and deadliest is black, thick, and foul-smelling urine. This is the worst in both men and women, but for children, it’s thin and watery. A discharge from the bowels that has multiple colors is also very concerning; especially if it contains strigments__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, blood, bile, and something green, whether at different times or all mixed together but showing up distinctly. Yet, it is possible for someone to endure this a bit longer. A quick death is indicated when the discharge is liquid and is black, pale, or fatty; particularly if it also has an unbearable odor.

I am sensible I may be asked, how it happens, if the signs of future death are infallible, that some, who are entirely given over by physicians, should recover, and that some are reported to have come to life again, even when they were carried out to be buried? Nay, the justly famed Democritus maintained, that even the marks that life was gone, which physicians had trusted, were not certain: so far was he from allowing, that there could be any certain prognostics of death. In answer to which I shall not insist, that some marks, which bear a great resemblance to each other, often deceive not the able, but the unskilful physicians, (which Asclepiades knowing, when he met a funeral, cried out, that the person, whom they were about to bury, was alive) and that the art is not to be charged with the faults of any of its professors. But I will answer with more moderation; that medicine is a conjectural art, and that the nature of conjecture is such, that although it answers for the most part, yet sometimes it fails. And if a prognostic may deceive a person, perhaps in one of a thousand instances, it must not therefore be denied credit, since it answers in innumerable others. And this I say not only with regard to the mortal, but also to the salutary symptoms. For hope too is sometimes disappointed, and one dies, whom at first the physician thought in no danger. And those things, which have been contrived for curing,46 sometimes occasion a change for the worse. Nor is it possible for human weakness to avoid this, in so great a variety of constitutions. But medicine however deserves credit, which most frequently, and in the greatest number of sick people by far, is of service. Nevertheless we ought not to be ignorant, that the prognostics both of recovery and death are more fallacious in acute distempers.

I know someone might ask how it is possible that, if the signs of impending death are really reliable, some people completely written off by doctors still recover, and others are said to have come back to life even after being taken out for burial. In fact, the well-respected Democritus believed that even the signs indicating life was lost, which doctors relied on, weren't foolproof; he completely rejected the idea that there could be any definitive indicators of death. In response, I won't argue that there aren't signs which can easily mislead not the skilled, but the inexperienced doctors—Asclepiades famously claimed that when he saw a funeral procession, the person they were about to bury was actually alive. Instead, I will say more reasonably that medicine is an art based on educated guesses, and the nature of guessing is such that, while it is often correct, it sometimes misses the mark. If a prognosis can be wrong in maybe one out of a thousand cases, it shouldn't be completely discredited since it’s accurate in countless others. I say this not just about fatal conditions but also about beneficial symptoms. Hope can also be misleading, and sometimes a person dies when the doctor initially thought they were safe. Moreover, treatments designed to cure sometimes lead to worse outcomes. Human vulnerability cannot avoid this due to the vast range of individual health conditions. However, medicine is still worthy of trust as it frequently helps a large number of sick individuals. Still, we should acknowledge that the indicators of both recovery and death are more unreliable in acute illnesses.

CHAP. VII. OF THE SIGNS IN SPECIFIC DISEASES.

Having then mentioned those signs, which belong to diseases in general, I shall now proceed to point out those marks, which may attend the particular kinds of them. Now there are some of these, which happen before, and others in the time of fevers, which discover either the state of the internal parts, or what is likely to follow. Before fevers, if the head be heavy, or there be a dimness in the eyes after sleep, or there be frequent sneezings, some disorder from phlegm about the head may be feared. If a person abound with blood, or be very hot, the consequence is, that there may be an hæmorrhage from some part. If any person is emaciated without an evident cause, he is in danger of falling into a bad habit of body. If the præcordia are pained, or there is a troublesome flatulency, or if the urine is discharged the whole day unconcocted, ’tis plain there is a crudity. Such as have a bad colour for a long time without a jaundice, are either distressed with pains of the head, or labour under a malacia. Those, whose faces long continue pale and swelled, have disorders either of the head, or bowels, or belly. If a boy in a continued fever has no passage in his belly, and his colour is changed and he is deprived of sleep, and is constantly bemoaning, himself, convulsions are to be apprehended. A frequent catarrh in a slender body and tall, gives ground to fear a consumption. When for several days there is no stool, it portends either a sudden purging, or a slight fever. When the feet swell, and there is a long continued purging, or pain in the bottom of the belly and hips, a dropsical dis47order is impending: but this kind of distemper commonly arises from the ilia. Those also are exposed to the same danger, whose belly, discharges nothing, when they have a stimulus, unless with difficulty, and the excrements hard. When there is a swelling in the feet, and when the like tumour, sometimes in the right, sometimes in the left side of the belly alternately rises and falls, that disorder seems to arise from the liver. It is a mark of the same distemper, when the intestines about the navel are pained, which the Greeks call strophos[ AU ], and pains of the hip continue without being relieved either by time or remedies. If a pain of the joints, for instance in the feet or hands, or in any other part, be attended with a contraction of the nerves there; or if any limb fatigued by slight exercise, is equally distressed by heat and cold, we may expect the gout either in the feet or hands, or that there will be a disease in that joint, where the pain is felt. Such as have had hæmorrhages from the nose, while they were children, which afterwards ceased, must either be afflicted with pains of the head, or have some troublesome exulcerations in their joints, or fall into some languishing distemper. Women, whose menses are suppressed, will be subject to excruciating pains of the head, or a disorder in some other part. And those are liable to the same dangers, who have complaints in their joints, such as pains and swellings coming and going, without the gout, and such-like distempers. Particularly if their temples are often pained, and their body sweats in the night-time, and their forehead itches, there is fear of a lippitude. If a woman after delivery has violent pains, with no other bad symptoms, about the twentieth day there will either be an eruption of blood from the nose, or some abscess in the lower parts. And in general in any person, a violent pain about the temples and forehead, will be removed in one of these two ways: more probably by an hæmorrhage, if the person be young; if somewhat more advanced, by a suppuration. A fever, which goes off suddenly without any apparent reason, without good signs, commonly returns. A person, whose fauces are filled with blood, both in the day-time, and in the night, will be found to have an ulcer there, if neither pains of the head, nor of48 the præcordia, nor a cough, nor vomiting, nor slight fever have preceded. If a woman is attacked with a slight fever from a disorder in the groin, and the cause does not appear, there is an ulcer in the womb. Thick urine, in which there is a white sediment, implies that there is a pain about the joints, or the bowels, and fear of some impending distemper. When it is green, it shows, that the bowels will be pained, or that there will be a swelling attended with some danger; or at least, that the body is not sound. But if there is blood or pus in the urine, either the bladder or kidneys are ulcerated. If it be thick, and contain in it some small caruncles, or something like hairs; or if it be frothy, or fetid; or sometimes bring off something like sand, and sometimes like blood; and the hips be pained, and those parts, which lie between them, and above the pubes; and besides these if there be frequent eructations, sometimes a bilious vomiting, and the extremities be cold, and there is a frequent inclination to make water, but great difficulty in it, and what comes away be limpid, or reddish, or pale, and gives some small relief, and the belly be discharged with much wind; in such circumstances the distemper lies in the kidneys. But if the urine drops away slowly, or if blood is discharged with it, and in that some bloody concretions, and it is made with difficulty, and the internal parts about the pubes are pained, the fault is in the bladder. Those, that have calculous concretions, are known by these symptoms. The urine is made with difficulty, and comes away slowly, and by drops, and sometimes involuntarily, is sandy; sometimes blood, or bloody concretions, or something purulent is discharged with it. Some make it more readily standing upright, others lying upon their back: especially those, that have large stones; some even in an inclined posture, and these by drawing out the penis, alleviate their pain. There is also a sensation of weight in that part, which is increased by running, and every kind of motion. Some also in the paroxysm of the pain, cross their feet over one another, often changing them. But women are often obliged to rub the external orifice of their pudenda with their hands: sometimes applying their finger to that part, when it presses upon the neck of the bladder, they feel the stone. But where any expectorate frothy blood, their disorder is in the lungs.49 A pregnant woman, whose belly is very loose, may possibly miscarry. If the milk flows from her breast, the fœtus is weak. Hard breasts shew the child to be sound. A frequent hiccough, and of longer continuance than ordinary, is a sign of an inflammation of the liver. If tumours upon ulcers have suddenly disappeared, and this has happened in the back, we may be apprehensive either of convulsions, or a tetanus: but if in the fore part of the body, either a pleurisy or madness is to be expected. Sometimes also a purging, which is the safest of them all, follows such an accident. If the hæmorrhoidal veins, in one used to a discharge of blood from them, suddenly stop, either a dropsical disorder or a consumption ensues. A consumption also comes on, if suppurated matter derived from a pleurisy cannot be carried off within forty days. But where there is a long continued grief attended with long fear and watching, the atrabiliary distemper is the consequence. Those, who have frequent hæmorrhages from the nose, labour under a swelling of the spleen, or pains of the head: and they commonly see imaginary objects floating before their eyes. But those, whose spleens are large, have their gums diseased and a stinking mouth, or an hæmorrhage in some part. If none of these happen, bad ulcers will be formed in their legs, and black cicatrices from them. Where there is a cause of pain and no sense of it, the mind is disordered. If blood has been collected in the abdomen, it is there converted into pus. If a pain removes from the hips and the lower parts into the breast, and no bad symptom has supervened, there is danger of a suppuration in that place. Those, that without a fever have a pain, or itching, with redness and heat, in any part, will have a suppuration there. Limpid urine also in a valetudinary person portends some suppuration about the ears.

Having mentioned the signs that generally indicate diseases, I'll now identify the specific signs associated with particular types of illness. Some of these occur before fevers, while others develop during the fever, revealing either the condition of the inner organs or what may follow. Before fevers, if someone feels heaviness in the head, experiences blurriness in the eyes after waking, or has frequent sneezing, it may suggest a phlegm-related disorder. If a person has high blood pressure or feels very hot, there's a chance of bleeding from some part of the body. If someone is losing weight without a clear reason, they could be at risk of developing a serious health issue. If there is pain in the chest region, troublesome bloating, or if urine is passed throughout the day without proper formation, it clearly indicates an imbalance. Those who have a poor complexion for a prolonged period without jaundice might be suffering from headaches or other underlying issues. People whose faces remain pale and swollen over time may have problems related to the head, bowels, or abdomen. If a boy with a persistent fever does not have bowel movements, his complexion changes and he can't sleep while constantly complaining, he may be at risk of convulsions. A frequent runny nose in a tall, slender person raises concerns about tuberculosis. When someone goes several days without a bowel movement, it may indicate an impending sudden diarrhea or a mild fever. If the feet swell and there is prolonged diarrhea, or pain in the lower abdomen and hips, it suggests the development of a water retention issue, often originating from the intestinal area. Similarly, those whose abdomen shows no discharge when they have an urge but find it difficult may experience hard stools. If there is swelling in the feet, with similar fluctuations on either the right or left side of the abdomen, it likely points to liver issues. A sign of this same condition is when the intestines around the navel are painful, a condition the Greeks call strophos__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and when hip pain persists without relief. If joint pain occurs in the feet, hands, or elsewhere with nerve contractions, or if a limb becomes sore from slight exercise, we can expect gout in either the feet or hands, or some joint-related disease. Those who had nosebleeds as children, which later stopped, may either experience headaches, painful joints, or develop a chronic illness. Women whose menstrual cycles are absent may suffer from severe headaches or issues in other areas. The same applies to those with joint problems like intermittent pains and swelling, without gout or similar conditions. Especially if they frequently have temple pain, night sweats, and an itchy forehead, there is a risk of nerve-related disorders. If a woman experiences intense pain after giving birth without other concerning symptoms, she might face either a nosebleed or a lower body abscess around the twentieth day. In general, if someone has severe pain in the temples and forehead, it will likely resolve in one of two ways: more likely through bleeding if the person is young, or it may lead to pus formation if they are older. A fever that disappears abruptly without an obvious cause and no positive signs tends to come back. If someone has blood in their throat both day and night, it indicates an ulcer there unless there have been preceding headaches, chest pain, cough, vomiting, or mild fever. If a woman develops a mild fever related to an issue in the groin without an obvious cause, there may be an ulcer in the uterus. Cloudy urine with a white sediment suggests joint or bowel pain, and a potential health threat is looming. If the urine appears green, it warns of possible bowel pain or swelling with associated risks, indicating that the body is unwell. However, if blood or pus is present in the urine, it indicates an ulcer in either the bladder or kidneys. If the urine is thick and has small growths or feels like hair, or if it is frothy, foul-smelling, or sometimes contains sand or blood, and if there’s pain in the hips and surrounding areas, combined with frequent burps, occasional bile vomiting, cold extremities, and a constant urge to urinate despite difficulty and clarity in the urine, and the person is gassy, this points to a kidney issue. If urine flows slowly or if blood comes out with it, along with some bloody clots, and it’s hard to pass, with pain around the pubic area, the issue lies with the bladder. Individuals with kidney stones show these symptoms: difficult urination that exits slowly, often in drops, and sometimes involuntarily, and they may expel sand, blood, or pus with their urine. Some find it easier to urinate while standing, others lying down, especially those with large stones; some may even alleviate their pain by pulling on their penis. There may also be a sensation of heaviness that worsens with running or movement. Some individuals, when the pain flares, might cross and switch their legs frequently. However, women often need to rub the external opening of their genitalia with their hands; sometimes, by feeling around, they can tell where a stone is pressing against the bladder. If anyone coughs up frothy blood, their issue is in the lungs. A pregnant woman with a very loose abdomen might risk miscarriage. If milk is leaking from her breast, the fetus may be weak. Hard breasts indicate a healthy child. Frequent and prolonged hiccups signify liver inflammation. If tumors on ulcers suddenly vanish, especially in the back, we might worry about convulsions or tetanus; if this happens in the front of the body, it could suggest pleurisy or mental health issues. Sometimes a mild diarrhea follows such a situation, which is the safest outcome. If the hemorrhoidal veins of someone who usually has bleeding suddenly stop, it could lead to either water retention or a chronic condition. A long-term accumulation of pus from pleurisy that doesn't resolve within forty days can also lead to a decline in health. Prolonged grief accompanied by worry and sleeplessness may result in a melancholic disorder. Those who suffer frequent nosebleeds may experience spleen swelling or headaches and often see hallucinations. Conversely, people with large spleens may have gum disease and bad breath, or bleeding in some area. If these symptoms don't appear, severe ulcers can form on their legs, leading to dark scars. When there is a pain without an apparent source, it can cause mental disturbances. If blood accumulates in the abdomen, it will turn into pus. If pain migrates from the hips and lower body to the chest without any negative symptoms following, there may be a risk of pus forming there. Individuals who experience pain or itching, along with redness and heat, in any area without a fever may develop pus in that region. Clear urine in someone who is unwell often indicates potential pus around the ears.

Now as these appearances, even without a fever, contain indications of what is latent or future, they are much more certain when accompanied with a fever; and then symptoms of other disorders also shew themselves. Wherefore when a person speaks more quickly than he used to do in health, and of a sudden talks much, and that with greater confidence than ordinary; or when one breathes slow, and with great force, and the pulse beats high, with hard and50 swelled præcordia, then there is a fear of approaching madness. Frequent motion of the eyes also, and a darkness arising before them, together with head-ach; or loss of sleep without any pain, and a continual watching day and night; or lying upon the belly contrary to custom, if that is not occasioned by a pain of the belly itself; also an unusual grinding of the teeth, while the body continues strong, are signs of madness. If an abscess has been formed, and subsides before a discharge by spitting comes on, the usual fever still continuing, there will be danger first of madness, and then of death. An acute pain also of the ear, with a continued and strong fever, often disorders the mind: and of this malady younger people sometimes die in seven days; those that are older hold out something longer: because their fevers are not equally violent, nor their distraction so great; so that they last till the distemper is resolved into pus. A suffusion of blood in the breasts of a woman betokens approaching madness. Those, that have long fevers, will either have an abscess formed somewhere, or pains of the joints. Those, whose breath is greatly straitened in passing through the fauces in fevers, will soon fall into convulsions. If an angina suddenly disappears, the distemper is removing into the lungs; and that is often fatal before the seventh day: and if that does not happen, the consequence is a suppuration in some part. Lastly, after long purgings come dysenteries; after these a lientery; after violent catarrhs a consumption; after pleurisies diseases of the lungs; after which madness; after great heats of the body a tetanus or convulsion; after a wound of the head a delirium; after great torment for want of sleep, convulsions; when the blood vessels above ulcers are in strong motion, there will be an hæmorrhage.

Now, even without a fever, these symptoms suggest what might be hidden or coming; they are much clearer when a fever is present, and then signs of other issues also appear. So, if someone starts speaking more quickly than usual when healthy, suddenly talks a lot, and does so with more confidence than normal; or if they breathe slowly but with great effort, have a rapid heartbeat, and their chest feels hard and swollen, there’s a concern of impending madness. Frequent eye movements, along with a darkening vision, headaches, or sleeplessness without any pain, and constant wakefulness both day and night; or lying on the stomach when it's not due to abdominal pain; and unusual teeth grinding while remaining physically strong, are all signs of madness. If an abscess forms and subsides before it discharges through spitting, while a persistent fever continues, there is a danger of madness first, and then death. Severe ear pain accompanied by a strong and ongoing fever often unsettles the mind: younger individuals might die from this illness within seven days; older ones tend to hang on a bit longer because their fevers aren’t as intense, nor is their confusion as severe, lasting until the illness resolves into pus. A blood congestion in a woman's breasts signals impending madness. Those with prolonged fevers will either develop an abscess somewhere or suffer joint pains. People whose breathing is severely restricted in fever will soon experience convulsions. If throat inflamation suddenly goes away, the illness is moving into the lungs, which can often be fatal before the seventh day; if that doesn't occur, it results in pus forming somewhere. Finally, after extended purging comes dysentery; after that, a lientery; after severe coughs, a consumption; after pleurisies, lung diseases; followed by madness; after extreme body heat, a tetanus or convulsion; after a head injury, delirium; and after severe distress from lack of sleep, convulsions; when blood vessels above ulcers are extremely active, there will be a hemorrhage.

A suppuration is produced many ways(10); for if fevers unattended with pain continue long without any manifest cause, the disorder is transferred upon some particular part: but this happens only in younger people; for in the elderly, a quartan ague is the common consequence of such a disease. A suppuration also happens, if the præcordia being hard and pained have neither carried off the patient before the twentieth day, nor an hæmorrhage from the nose has ensued; and this holds chiefly in youths, especially if in the beginning of the distemper they had dim51ness of the eyes, or pains of the head: but then the abscess forms in the lower parts of the body. But if there be a soft tumour in the præcordia, and it has not ceased within sixty days, and the fever continues all that time, then the abscess forms in the superior parts: and if there is not a discharge of blood from the nose(11) in the beginning, it breaks out about the ears. And as every tumour of long standing generally tends to suppuration, so one, that is seated in the præcordia is more likely to have that issue, than one that is in the belly: and one, that is above the navel, than one, that is below it. Also if there is a sense of lassitude in a fever, an abscess is formed either in the jaws, or the joints. Sometimes too the urine continues long and thin, and crude, and the other symptoms are good: in this case for the most part an abscess is formed below the transverse septum (which the Greeks call diaphragma). If a peripneumony is removed neither by expectoration, nor by cupping, nor bleeding, nor a proper regimen, it sometimes gives rise to some vomicæ, either about the twentieth day, or thirtieth, or fortieth, and even sometimes about the sixtieth. Now we must date our reckoning from that day, in which the person was first taken with the fever, or seized with a horror, or felt a weight in the part. But these vomicæ are generated sometimes in the lungs, sometimes about the ribs. Where the suppuration is seated, it raises a pain and inflammation, and there is a greater heat there: and if one has lain down upon the sound side, he imagines it loaded with some weight. And every suppuration, that is not yet visible, may be known by the following signs: the fever does not wholly intermit, but is more mild in the day-time, and increases at night, there is plentiful sweating, an inclination to cough, and hardly any thing brought up by it, the eyes are hollow, cheeks red, the veins under the tongue white, the nails of the hands crooked, the fingers, especially their extremities, hot; there are swellings in the feet, difficulty in breathing, loathing of food, pimples breaking out over the whole body. But if the pain, cough, and difficulty of breathing have come on immediately at the beginning, the vomica will break before, or about the twentieth day. If these have begun later, they must of course increase; but the less quickly they have appeared, the more slowly will they be52 removed. It is common also in a severe distemper for the feet, hands, and nails to turn black: and if death has not followed, and the other parts of the body are restored, yet the feet fall off.

A suppuration can occur in many ways. If fevers go on for a long time without any clear cause and don't come with pain, the issue may shift to a specific area; this usually happens only in younger people. In elderly individuals, a quartan fever is the typical result of such an illness. A suppuration can also develop if the chest area is hard and painful and hasn't led to the patient's death before the twentieth day, nor has there been a nosebleed; this mainly occurs in young people, especially if they experienced blurry vision or headaches at the start of the illness. In such cases, an abscess usually forms in the lower parts of the body. However, if there’s a soft swelling in the chest area that doesn't go away within sixty days, and the fever persists during this time, then the abscess is more likely to form in the upper parts. If there was no bleeding from the nose initially, it might start to occur near the ears. Generally, any long-standing swelling tends to lead to suppuration, but one located in the chest is more likely to result in that than one in the abdomen, and one above the navel is likelier than one below it. Additionally, if there’s a feeling of fatigue during a fever, an abscess might form in either the jaws or joints. Sometimes the urine remains thin and unclear for a long time while other symptoms seem stable; in this case, an abscess often forms below the diaphragm. If pneumonia isn't resolved through coughing, cupping, bloodletting, or proper care, it can lead to abscesses around the twentieth, thirtieth, fortieth, or even sixtieth day. We need to start counting from the day when the person first felt feverish, experienced chills, or sensed a heaviness in the affected area. These abscesses can develop either in the lungs or around the ribs. Where the suppuration occurs, it causes pain and inflammation, with increased heat in that area; if the person lies on the healthy side, they might feel a heaviness there. Any suppuration that's not yet visible can be identified by the following signs: the fever doesn't completely subside but is milder during the day and intensifies at night, there is significant sweating, a tendency to cough with little output, the eyes look sunken, cheeks are flushed, the veins under the tongue appear white, the fingernails are curved, the fingertips feel hot, there are swellings in the feet, breathing is difficult, there's a loss of appetite, and pimples erupt all over the body. If pain, coughing, and difficulty breathing start right away, the abscess will likely break before or around the twentieth day. If these symptoms arise later, they are expected to worsen; however, if they develop slowly, the alleviation will also take more time. It’s also common in severe illnesses for the feet, hands, and nails to darken; even if death does not occur and other body parts recover, the feet may still fall off.

CHAP. VIII. WHAT SYMPTOMS ARE DANGEROUS OR HOPEFUL IN SPECIFIC DISEASES.

Our next business is to explain the particular marks in every kind of distemper, which either afford hope, or indicate danger. If the bladder be pained, and there be a discharge of purulent urine, and also a smooth and white sediment in it, there is no danger. In a peripneumony, if the pain is mitigated by the spitting, although that be purulent, yet if the patient breathes easily, expectorates freely, and is not much distressed with the distemper, he may possibly recover his health. Nor need we immediately give way to fears, if the spittle is mixed with some reddish blood, provided that presently ceases. Pleurisies, that suppurate, when the matter is carried off within forty days, are thereby terminated. If there is a vomica in the liver, and the matter discharged from it be unmixed and white, the patient easily recovers, for that disorder is seated in the membrane. Now these kinds of suppurated tumours are tolerable, which are directed towards the external parts, and rise to a point. But of those, which point inward, the more mild are such, as while close, don’t affect the skin, and suffer it to remain without pain, and of the same colour with the other parts. Also pus from whatever part it is discharged, if it be smooth, white, and uniform, is not at all dangerous; and if after the evacuation of it the fever has presently abated, and the nausea and thirst have ceased to be troublesome. If at any time also a suppuration falls into the legs, and the patient’s discharge by spitting becomes purulent instead of reddish, the danger is less. But in a consumption, he that is to recover, will have his spitting white, uniform, and of the same colour, with out phlegm: and whatever falls down from the head by53 the nostrils, should be of a like nature. ’Tis far best to be altogether free from a fever: next to this, that it be so gentle, as neither to prevent the taking of food, nor occasion a frequent thirst. In this distemper that state of the belly is safe, in which every day consistent excrements are evacuated, in quantity proportioned to the food; and so is that body, which is least slender, and has the broadest and most hairy chest, and whose cartilage is small and fleshy. In a consumption too, if a woman has had her menses suppressed, and while the pain still remains about her breast, and shoulders, and the blood has of a sudden made its way, the distemper is commonly mitigated: for both the cough is lessened, and the thirst and febricula cease. But in the same patients, if their menses do not return, for the most part the vomica breaks: and the more bloody the discharge from it is, so much the better. A dropsical disorder is the least to be feared, which has begun without any preceding distemper. Of the next favourable sort is that, which succeeds a long distemper, if at the same time the bowels be firm; if the breathing be easy; if there is no pain; if the body is not hot; and is equally lean in its extremities; if the belly is soft; if there be no cough, no thirst; if the tongue even in sleep does grow dry; if there is an appetite for meat; if the belly yields to purging medicines; if spontaneously it discharges excrements soft and figured; if it grows less(12); if the urine is altered by the change of wine, and by drinking certain medicinal potions; if the body is free from lassitude, and easily bears motion: for where one has all these symptoms, he is altogether safe; where most of them appear, the patient is in a hopeful way. Diseases of the joints, as the gout in the feet or hands, if they have attacked the patients young, and have not brought on a callus, may be removed; and they are most of all allayed by a dysentery, and when by any means the belly becomes loose. Also an epilepsy, that begins before puberty, is easily removed; and where a person sensibly feels the approaching fit first affecting some part of the body. It is best, that it begin at the hands or feet; next to them, at the sides; but worst of all, when it begins at the head. And in these patients also, excretions by the belly are of the greatest service. Now a purging is not in the least hurtful, which is without54 a fever, if it quickly, ceases; if upon feeling the belly, there is no motion perceived; if wind is discharged at the end of a stool. Nay even a dysentery is not dangerous, if blood and strigments are discharged, provided the patient is without a fever, and the other concomitants of this distemper: insomuch, that a pregnant woman may not only be cured, but her fœtus also preserved. And it is an advantage in this disorder, if the patient has come to some age. On the contrary, a lientery is more easily cured in tender age: especially if the urine begins to be excreted, and the body to be nourished with food. The same age is most favourable in pains of the hip, and arms, and in every paralytic disorder. Amongst these, the hip, if it be without numbness, if its coldness be slight, although it be greatly pained, yet it is easily and quickly cured; and a paralytic limb, if it continue to be nourished, may be recovered. A palsy of the mouth also is cured by a loose belly. And all purging does good to one labouring under a lippitude. Madness is removed by the appearance of a varicous swelling, or sudden eruption of blood from the hæmorrhoidal veins, or a dysentery. Pains of the arms, which are propagated either to the shoulders, or hands, are cured by vomiting of atrabilis. And whatever pain moves downward, is more easily cured. A hiccough is cured by sneezing. A vomiting stops long purgings. A woman, that vomits blood, is relieved by the flux of her menses. She, whose menses are deficient, if there has been an hæmorrhage from the nose, is free from all danger. And one, that is hysteric(13) or has a difficult labour, is relieved by sneezing. To one, that has a heat and tremour, a delirium is salutary. Dysenteries are of service to splenetic people. Lastly, a fever itself, which may seem very wonderful, is often a remedy for other distempers. For it both cures pains of the præcordia, that are not attended with inflammation, and relieves in a pain of the liver; and entirely removes convulsions, and a tetanus, if it comes after them; and where the distemper of the smaller intestine has been occasioned by a difficulty in making urine, if by the heat it promotes urine, it gives ease. Pains of the head attended with dimness of the eyes and redness with an itching in the forehead, are removed by a discharge of blood, either spontaneous or pro55cured. If pains of the head and forehead arise from being exposed to the wind, or cold, or heat, they are cured by a gravedo, and sneezing. A sudden shuddering puts an end to an ardent fever, which the Greeks call causodes[ AV ]. When in a fever, there is a deafness, if blood is discharged from the nose, or the belly turns loose, that disorder is entirely removed. Nothing is more prevalent against deafness, than bilious stools. Those, that have small abscesses, which the Greeks call phymata[ AW ], formed in the urethra, are cured, when pus is discharged from thence. Now as most of these favourable turns happen of themselves, we may conclude, that nature has very great power in these very helps, which are applied by art.

Our next task is to explain the specific signs of various illnesses that either give us hope or indicate danger. If the bladder hurts and there's a discharge of pus in the urine, with a smooth and white sediment, there is no risk. In a case of pneumonia, if the pain eases with coughing, even if it's producing pus, as long as the patient breathes easily, coughs freely, and isn't too distressed, they may recover. We shouldn't panic if the saliva contains a bit of red blood, as long as it stops quickly. Pleurisy that leads to pus, if the infection clears up in under forty days, usually resolves well. If there’s an abscess in the liver and the discharge is clear and white, the patient can recover easily, as that issue is located in the membrane. These types of pus-filled lumps that head toward the surface are manageable and form a point. Those that point inward, however, are less friendly; milder ones do not affect the skin, allowing it to stay pain-free and matching the color of other areas. Pus from any location that appears smooth, white, and uniform isn’t dangerous; especially if the fever passes after its discharge, and nausea and thirst become less bothersome. If pus forms in the legs, but the spitting changes from red to pus, the risk is lowered. However, in cases of tuberculosis, a patient who is recovering will have white, uniform sputum without phlegm, and any discharge from the nose should resemble this as well. Being completely free of fever is ideal; next best is having a mild fever that doesn’t affect eating or cause frequent thirst. In this illness, it's a good sign if the stomach is regularly passing solid waste in proportion to food intake; also, a body that isn't too thin, has a broad, hairy chest, and small, fleshy cartilage is preferable. In tuberculosis, if a woman's menstrual cycle is interrupted and pain persists in her chest and shoulders, but the blood flow resumes suddenly, the condition usually improves: both the cough and thirst decrease. Yet, if the menstrual cycle doesn't return, it’s likely that the abscess will break, and the more blood that comes from it, the better. A dropsical condition that starts without any previous illness is the least concerning. The next better scenario is when it follows a long illness, provided the bowels are firm, breathing is easy, there’s no pain, the body isn’t hot, and is evenly proportioned at the limbs, the abdomen is soft, there’s no cough or thirst, even if the tongue becomes dry during sleep, there’s a desire for food, and the stomach responds well to laxatives, passing soft and shaped stool spontaneously. If the urine changes with different wines or certain medicinal drinks, and the body feels energetic and can handle movement easily: if someone has all these symptoms, they are safe; if most are present, there’s reason to be hopeful. Joint diseases, like gout in the hands or feet, if they affected someone young and haven’t caused a hardened lump, can be treated; they’re most alleviated by diarrhea, especially when the abdomen becomes loose. Additionally, epilepsy that starts before puberty is easily managed, especially if the person experiences an aura before the fit, ideally starting in the hands or feet, then sides, and worst when it begins in the head. For these patients, bowel movements are very beneficial. Purging is not harmful if there's no fever, stops quickly, there isn’t movement felt in the belly upon touching it, and gas is released at the end of a stool. Even dysentery isn’t dangerous if blood and debris are expelled, as long as the patient is fever-free and without other associated symptoms; in fact, a pregnant woman can be treated and her fetus preserved. Age often aids in this condition. Conversely, diarrhea is easier to treat at a younger age, especially if the urine starts flowing and the body begins to absorb food. The same age is also favorable for hip and arm pains and any paralysis issues. Among these, hip pain without numbness, even when severe, can be treated quickly, and a paralyzed limb can recover if it continues to receive nourishment. A drooping face can also improve with bowel regularity. All purging aids someone dealing with a swelling in the lips. Mania can be relieved by the appearance of a varicose vein, sudden bleeding from hemorrhoids, or dysentery. Arm pain extending to the shoulders or hands can be treated by vomiting black bile. Any pain moving downward is generally easier to manage. Hiccups can be cured by sneezing. Vomiting can stop prolonged diarrhea. A woman vomiting blood may find relief from her menstrual flow. If someone is lacking menstruation but experiences nosebleeds, they are usually not at risk. Those with hysteria or difficult labor find relief through sneezing. For those experiencing heat and tremors, delirium can be beneficial. Dysentery can help those with spleen issues. Finally, a fever—which may seem quite strange—is often a remedy for other ailments. It can treat nonspecific chest pain without inflammation, relieve liver pain, and completely eliminate convulsions and tetanus if they occur afterward; if the smaller intestine's illness is due to difficulty with urination, the heat can promote urination and offer relief. Headaches accompanied by blurred vision, redness, and forehead itching can be alleviated by blood discharge, whether spontaneous or induced. If headaches come from wind, cold, or heat exposure, they can be treated by a runny nose and sneezing. A sudden chill ends a high fever, which the Greeks call causodes. During a fever, if there’s hearing loss and blood is released from the nose or if the abdomen relaxes, that condition can be completely resolved. Nothing is more effective against hearing loss than bilious stools. Those with small abscesses, known as phymata in Greek, formed in the urethra are treated when pus is released from there. Most of these positive changes happen on their own, leading us to conclude that nature possesses immense power in the healing processes aided by medical intervention.

On the contrary, when there is a pain in the head in a continued fever, and it does not at all remit, it is a bad and mortal symptom: and boys from the seventh to the fourteenth year are most liable to this danger. In a peripneumony, if the spitting did not come on in the beginning, but after the seventh day, and has continued above other seven days, it is dangerous: and the more mixed and less distinct the colours are, so much the worse. And yet nothing is worse, than for it to be excreted entirely homogeneous, whether it be reddish, or bloody, or white, or glutinous, or pale, or frothy: but the worst of all colours is black. A cough and catarrh are dangerous in the same disease; also a sneezing, which in other cases is reckoned salutary; and there is the greatest danger of all, if these things have been followed by a sudden purging. Now generally the symptoms, which are either good or bad in peripneumonies, are so in pleurisies too. A discharge of bloody pus from the liver is mortal. These are the worst kinds of suppurations, which tend inward, and discolour the external skin at the same time. Of that kind, that breaks outward(14), the worst are those, that are largest and flattest. But if the fever has not gone off, when the vomica is broke, or the pus evacuated, or after its ceasing returns again; also if there be a thirst, or a nausea, or a loose belly, or livid and pale pus, if the patient expectorates nothing but frothy phlegm; then there is certain danger. And of these kinds of suppurations, which have been produced by diseases of the lungs, old men commonly die: but those;56 those that are younger, by the other kinds. But in a consumption, a mixed and purulent spitting, a continued fever, which also destroys the appetite, and torments with thirst, in a slender body are sure prognosticks of immediate danger. If one has lasted under this distemper even for a considerable time, when the hairs first fall off, when the urine has something floating upon it like cobwebs, and the spittle has a fetid smell, and particularly when after these a purging has appeared, he will die soon: and more especially if it be autumn: in which season commonly those, that have got over the other part of the year, come to the close of their life. It is also mortal in this distemper to have expectorated pus, and afterwards for that to have entirely disappeared. It is likewise common for this disease in young people to arise from a vomica or fistula; and they do not readily recover, unless many salutary symptoms have ensued. With regard to others, virgins are the hardest to cure, or those women, that fall into a consumption from a suppression of the menses. A healthy person who has been taken with a sudden pain of his head, and then fallen into a deep sleep, so as to snore, and does not awake, will die before seven days are expired: and more especially if, when a looseness has not preceded, his eyelids are not closed in sleep, but the white of his eyes appears. Death however is not the certain consequence, if a fever comes on, which may remove the distemper. A dropsical disorder occasioned by an acute distemper, is seldom cured: especially if followed by the opposite symptoms to those above-mentioned. A cough likewise is equally destructive of hope in this distemper: also an hæmorrhage either upward or downward, and a collection of water in the middle of the body(15). Some people too in this disease have swellings, which afterwards subside, and then appear again. Such indeed are more safe than those mentioned before, if they take the proper care: but they commonly perish from a persuasion of their being well. Some people with good reason will wonder, how any thing can at once both be hurtful to our bodies, and in part conduce to their preservation. For whether a dropsy has filled one with water, or a great quantity of pus has been collected in a large abscess, for the whole to be discharged at once is equally mortal, as for a sound person to lose all his blood57 by a wound. If the joints of any person are pained, so that some tubercles from a callus grow upon them, they are never cured: and the disorders of those parts, which have either begun in old age, or have continued from youth to that time of life, though they may be sometimes mitigated, yet are never entirely removed. An epilepsy also, that begins after the twenty-fifth year, is difficult to cure: and much more so that, which has begun after the fortieth; so that, although there may be some hope from nature, scarce any thing is to be expected from medicine at that age. In the same disease if the whole body is affected at once, and the patient is not sensible of the fit beginning in any part, but falls down suddenly, whatever his age be, he rarely gets free of the distemper: but if his intellects be injured, or a palsy has come on, there is no room for medicine. In purgings too, if attended with a fever; if with an inflammation of the liver, or præcordia, or belly; if with an intolerable thirst; if the disease has continued long; if the discharge of the belly is variegated; if it is expelled with pain, there is danger even of death: and more especially if with these symptoms a dysentery has grown inveterate. And this distemper sweeps off children chiefly to their tenth year: at other times of life, it is more easily endured. A pregnant woman also may be carried off by such a case: and although she herself recovers, yet she loses her child. Moreover a dysentery occasioned by atrabilis is mortal: or a sudden and black discharge from the belly, when the body is already wasted by that distemper. But a lientery is more dangerous, if the purging be frequent; if the belly is discharged at all hours, both with a rumbling, and without it; if it continues with equal violence both night and day; if what is excreted, is either crude, or black, and besides smooth and fetid; if thirst is troublesome; if urine is not made after drinking (the cause of which is, that all the liquor at that time descends, not into the bladder, but into the intestines) if the mouth is ulcerated; if the face is red, and marked with certain spots of all colours; if the belly is puffed up as it were by fermentation(16), fat and full of wrinkles; and if there is no appetite for food. And as in these circumstances death is the plain consequence; it58 is much more evidently so, if the disease is already of long standing; especially if withal the patient be old. In the distemper of the smaller intestine, a vomiting, hiccough, convulsion, and delirium, are bad symptoms. In the jaundice it is the most pernicious symptom for the liver to be indurated. Those, that have disorders in the spleen, if they be seized with a dysentery, which afterwards turns to a dropsy or a lientery, it is scarce in the power of medicine to save. The distemper of the smaller intestine arising from a difficulty of urine, unless it be removed by a fever, kills within seven days. If a woman after delivery is seized with a fever, and violent and constant pains of the head, she is in danger of dying. If there is a pain and inflammation in those parts, which contain the bowels, it is a bad sign to fetch the breath often. If a pain of the head continues long without a perceptible cause, and removes into the neck and shoulders, and again returns into the head; or comes from the head to the neck and shoulders, it is dangerous: unless it produce some vomica, so that the pus may be expectorated; or unless there is an hæmorrhage from some part; or scurf break out plentifully in the head, or pustules over the whole body. It is an equally formidable distemper when a numbness and itching wander about; sometimes over the whole head, sometimes in a part of it; or when there is something like a sensation of cold in the part, and these reach even to the end of the tongue. And though in these cases abscesses are beneficial, yet there is less hope of a recovery by their means, as they are seldom formed after such disorders begin. In pains of the hip, if there is a great numbness, and the leg and hip are cold, and the belly has no passage, but when assisted, and the excrements are slimy, and the age of the person exceed forty, the distemper will be very tedious, and at least of a year’s continuance; neither will it be possible to remove it, unless it be either in the spring or autumn. At the same time of life, the cure is equally difficult, when a pain of the arms removes into the hands, or reaches to the shoulders, and produces a torpor and pain, and is not relieved by a bilious vomiting. A paralytic limb in any part of the body, if it has no motion, and pines away, will not recover its former state; and the more inveterate the distemper, and the more advanced in years the patient is, so much59 the less probable is the cure. And in every paralytic disorder, the winter and autumn are improper seasons for medicine: some benefit may possibly be hoped for in the spring and summer. And this distemper, when moderate, is cured with difficulty; when violent, it cannot be cured at all. Every pain also, which moves upward, yields less to medicine. If the breasts of a pregnant woman have shrunk suddenly, there is danger of a miscarriage. In a woman that has milk, and has neither had a child, nor is pregnant, the menses are suppressed. A quartan ague in the summer is short, but in the autumn commonly long; especially that, which has come on, when the winter was approaching. If there has been an hæmorrhage followed with madness and convulsions, there is danger of death. Also if a convulsion has seized a person purged by medicines and still empty; or if the extremities are cold in the time of great pain. Nor does a person return to life, who has been hanged, and taken down with a frothing mouth. A black and sudden discharge of the belly, like black blood, whether it be attended with a fever or not, is pernicious.

On the contrary, when there’s a persistent headache during a prolonged fever that shows no signs of letting up, it’s a serious and potentially deadly symptom: boys between the ages of seven and fourteen are most at risk. In cases of pneumonia, if coughing doesn’t start at the beginning but begins after the seventh day and continues for over seven days, it’s dangerous; the more mixed and indistinct the colors are, the worse it gets. However, nothing is worse than having the discharge be completely uniform, whether it’s red, bloody, white, gooey, pale, or foamy: the worst color of all is black. A cough and nasal congestion are also concerning with the same illness; sneezing, which is usually considered beneficial in other situations, becomes dangerous, especially if it’s followed by sudden diarrhea. Generally, symptoms that are either good or bad in pneumonia also apply to pleurisy. A discharge of bloody pus from the liver is fatal. These are the worst types of infections that affect the inside of the body while also discoloring the skin. Of those that break outwards, the largest and flattest ones are the worst. If a fever persists when an abscess bursts or pus is released, or if it returns after subsiding; and if there’s thirst, nausea, diarrhea, or dark and pale pus, particularly if the patient only brings up foamy mucus, then there’s certain danger. Older adults typically succumb to these kinds of infections, while younger people usually die from other types. In cases of tuberculosis, mixed and purulent sputum, a continuous fever that also causes loss of appetite and severe thirst in a thin individual are sure signs of immediate danger. If someone has been sick for a considerable time, and starts losing their hair, has urine with floating particles like cobwebs, and has foul-smelling saliva, especially if diarrhea follows, they will likely die soon—particularly in autumn, when those who have made it through the rest of the year often reach the end of their lives. It is also fatal in this condition to have expelled pus that then completely disappears. This illness in young people often arises from an abscess or fistula; they don’t tend to recover easily unless numerous positive symptoms develop. Among others, young women are the hardest to treat, especially those who develop tuberculosis due to missed menstrual cycles. A healthy individual who suddenly experiences a headache, then falls into a deep sleep while snoring, and doesn’t wake up will die within seven days—especially if, without prior diarrhea, their eyelids remain open in sleep, exposing the whites of their eyes. However, death isn’t guaranteed if a fever develops, which may help eliminate the illness. A swelling from a serious illness is rarely cured: especially if accompanied by symptoms opposite to those mentioned above. A cough also destroys hope in such cases; so does bleeding, either upward or downward, and the buildup of fluid within the torso. Some people experience swellings that subside and then reappear. These are actually safer than the previously mentioned cases, provided they take proper care: but they often die from believing they are better. Some people reasonably wonder how something can be harmful to our bodies and simultaneously help in preserving them. For instance, whether a buildup of fluid or a large amount of pus accumulates in an abscess, discharging it all at once is just as deadly as a healthy person losing all their blood through a wound. If a person’s joints are painful and develop calluses, they are unlikely to heal. Disorders that begin in old age or have persisted from youth rarely get fully resolved, though they may be sometimes alleviated. Epilepsy that starts after the twenty-fifth year is hard to treat; even more so if it begins after forty. Although there might be some hope from nature, little can be expected from medicine at that age. In the same condition, if the entire body is affected suddenly, and the patient doesn’t feel the onset of the fit in any specific area but collapses unexpectedly, they rarely recover, regardless of age; but if their mental faculties are damaged, or paralysis sets in, there’s no help for them. In cases of diarrhea, if a fever accompanies it; if there’s inflammation in the liver, chest, or abdomen; if there’s unbearable thirst; if the illness has lasted a long time; if the stool has different colors; if it’s painful to pass, there’s a risk of death: especially if a chronic dysentery has developed alongside these symptoms. This illness particularly strikes children up to their tenth year: at other times in life, it’s generally more tolerable. A pregnant woman can also be affected severely by such an illness: and even if she recovers, she may lose her child. Moreover, a dysentery caused by bile is deadly; or a sudden black discharge from the intestines when the body is already weakened by the illness. However, lientery is more dangerous if diarrhea is frequent; if bowel movements occur at all hours, both with and without rumbling; if it remains violently active both day and night; if the stool is either raw, black, smooth, and foul-smelling; if there is troublesome thirst; if urination doesn’t occur after drinking (because all liquid goes into the intestines instead of the bladder); if the mouth has sores; if the face is red and splotchy; if the abdomen is swollen as though from fermentation, and covered in wrinkles; and if there is no appetite for food. Given these conditions, death is likely; and the situation is even more dire if the illness is long-standing, especially in an older patient. In illnesses of the small intestine, symptoms like vomiting, hiccups, convulsions, and delirium are serious. In jaundice, the most harmful symptom is when the liver becomes hardened. Those with spleen disorders who develop dysentery that later becomes dropsy or lientery have little hope for recovery from medicine. An illness of the small intestine resulting from urinary difficulties, unless resolved by a fever, is lethal within seven days. If a woman develops a fever and severe, persistent headaches after giving birth, she is at risk of dying. If there’s pain and inflammation in the abdominal area, frequently struggling for breath is a bad sign. If a headache lasts a long time without a clear cause and radiates to the neck and shoulders, returning to the head, or starts in the head and travels to the neck and shoulders, it’s a concerning sign: unless it leads to an abscess that produces pus, or if there’s bleeding from some area, or if lesions break out abundantly on the head, or if pustules cover the entire body. A similarly worrisome situation arises when numbness and itching occur randomly; at times over the whole head, or just in part; or if there’s a chilly sensation in those areas, extending even to the tongue. While abscesses can be beneficial in these cases, they often offer little hope for recovery since they rarely occur after such disorders begin. In hip pain, if there’s significant numbness, and the leg and hip feel cold, and there are no bowel movements unless assisted, and the stool is sticky, coupled with the person being over forty, this condition will be very prolonged, likely lasting at least a year; recovery will be hard unless it happens in spring or autumn. At this same stage in life, it’s equally challenging to treat pain in the arms that spreads to the hands or shoulders, causing numbness and discomfort that isn’t eased by vomiting bile. A paralyzed limb anywhere in the body, if it can’t move and shrinks, will not regain its former state; and the longer the illness lasts and the older the patient, the less likely a cure becomes. In every case of paralysis, winter and autumn are poor seasons for treatment: some improvement might be possible in spring and summer. This condition, when moderate, is difficult to resolve; when severe, it cannot be treated at all. Any pain that moves upward also responds less to treatment. If the breasts of a pregnant woman suddenly shrink, there’s a risk of miscarriage. In a woman who is lactating and hasn’t given birth or is pregnant, her menstrual cycle may stop. A quartan fever in the summer is brief, but in the autumn, it usually lasts longer—especially if it starts as winter approaches. If there has been bleeding followed by madness and convulsions, death is a possibility. Also, if a convulsion strikes someone who has been purged by medicine and is still empty; or if the extremities turn cold amidst severe pain. A person who has been hanged and is later revived with frothy mouth will not return to life. A sudden black discharge from the bowel, resembling black blood, is harmful, regardless of whether a fever accompanies it.

CHAP. IX. HEALING DISEASES.

Having considered those signs, which may give us hope or fear, we must proceed to the methods of curing diseases. Now these are divided into the general and particular: the general, which relieve several distempers, the particular, which are confined to single disorders. I shall first treat of the general. But there are some of those, that not only support the sick, but conduce to the preservation of the healthy, others are made use of in sickness only.

Having looked at those signs that could give us hope or fear, we need to move on to the methods of treating diseases. These methods are broken down into general and specific: general methods that help with several ailments and specific ones that are aimed at individual disorders. I'll start with the general methods. Some of these not only support the sick but also help to keep the healthy in good condition, while others are used only when someone is ill.

Now every thing that assists the body, either evacuates somewhat, or adds, or draws, or restrains, or cools, or heats, and at the same time either hardens, or mollifies. Some things also are useful not in one way only, but even in two, that are not contrary to each other. An evacuation is made by bleeding, cupping, purging, vomiting, friction,60 gestation, and all exercise of the body, abstinence and sweat. Of these I shall now treat.

Now, everything that helps the body either removes something, adds something, draws something out, restrains something, cools, or heats it, and at the same time either hardens or softens it. Some things are even beneficial in more than one way, as long as those ways don’t contradict each other. An evacuation can happen through bleeding, cupping, purging, vomiting, friction, gestation, and all forms of physical exercise, along with abstinence and sweating. I will now discuss these.

CHAP. X. OF BLEEDING.

To let blood by the incision of a vein is not new: but to practise this in almost every distemper is new. Again, to bleed younger people, and women, that are not pregnant, is of ancient use. But to attempt the same in children and old people, and in pregnant women, is not an old practice. For indeed the ancients judged, that the first and last stages of life were not able to bear this kind of remedy; and they were persuaded, that a pregnant woman, who had been thus treated, would miscarry. But afterwards experience proved, that none of these rules were universal, and that some other circumstances were rather to be regarded, by which the intention of the physician was to be directed. For the material point is not, what the age may be, or what is contained within the body, but what degree of strength there is. Upon this account if a young man is valetudinary, or a woman not with child be weak, bleeding is bad: for the remaining strength, is by this evacuation destroyed. Whereas to a stout boy, and a robust old man, and a strong pregnant woman, it may be used with safety. ’Tis true an unskilful physician may be greatly deceived in such patients: because there is commonly less strength at these times of life. And a pregnant woman stands in need of strength after her cure, to support not only herself, but her fœtus also. But whatever requires either attention of mind, or prudence, is not to be immediately rejected: since the excellency of the art here consists, not in numbering the years, nor in regarding conception alone, but in considering the strength, and collecting from thence, whether there will be left sufficient to support either a boy, or an old man, or two bodies at once in one woman. There is a difference also between bodies strong, and corpulent: and those, that are slender, and61 infirm. In the slender, blood more abounds, but in those of a fuller habit, flesh. Wherefore the first bear this evacuation more easily: and he, that is over fat, is soonest distressed by it. For this reason the strength of the body is to be estimated rather by the state of the vessels, than from its appearance.

Letting blood by cutting a vein isn't new, but doing it for almost every illness is. Bleeding younger people and women who aren’t pregnant has been done for a long time. However, doing the same with children, older people, and pregnant women isn’t an established practice. Ancient physicians believed that the very young and the elderly couldn’t handle this type of treatment, and they thought that bleeding a pregnant woman could lead to a miscarriage. But over time, experience showed that these rules weren’t universally valid, and other factors should be considered to guide the physician’s decisions. The critical factor isn’t age or the contents of the body, but the person’s strength. So, if a young man is sick, or a non-pregnant woman is weak, then bleeding is harmful, as it drains their remaining strength. On the other hand, it can be done safely on a strong boy, a healthy older man, or a robust pregnant woman. It’s true that an inexperienced physician can easily be misled when treating such patients, as they often have less strength at these stages of life. A pregnant woman needs to retain strength after treatment to support both herself and her fetus. However, anything that requires careful thought or wisdom shouldn’t be rejected outright, since the true skill in this practice lies not in counting years or focusing solely on whether someone is pregnant, but in assessing strength and determining if there’s enough left to support a boy, an old man, or two bodies at once in one woman. There’s also a difference between those who are strong and bulky, and those who are slender and weak. Slender individuals usually have more blood, while those with more body mass have more flesh. Therefore, the first type handles bleeding more easily, and those who are overweight suffer more quickly from it. For this reason, a person's strength should be evaluated based on the condition of their blood vessels, rather than just their outward appearance.

Nor are these the only particulars to be considered, but also what kind of distemper it is: whether a redundancy, or deficiency of matter has been hurtful; whether the body be corrupted or sound. For if there be a deficiency, or the humours be sound, this method is prejudicial. But if either the quantity of matter is hurtful, or it is corrupted, no other remedy is more successful; for this reason a violent fever, when the skin is red, and the veins are full and turgid, requires bleeding: likewise diseases of the bowels, and palsies, and the tetanus, and convulsions; in fine, whatever strangulates the fauces, so as to cause a difficulty in breathing; whatever suddenly stops the speech; any pain, that is intolerable; and any internal rupture, or bruise, from whatever cause; also a bad habit of body; and all acute distempers; provided, as I observed above, they hurt not by weakness, but by redundancy.

These aren't the only details to consider, but also what type of illness it is: whether an excess or a lack of substance is harmful; whether the body is unhealthy or healthy. If there's a deficiency, or if the fluids are fine, this approach is harmful. But if either the amount of substance is detrimental or it is unhealthy, no other treatment is more effective. For this reason, a severe fever, when the skin is red and the veins are swollen and full, requires bloodletting. The same goes for diseases of the intestines, paralysis, tetanus, and convulsions; indeed, anything that constricts the throat and causes difficulty in breathing; anything that suddenly halts speech; any pain that is unbearable; any internal injury or bruise, regardless of the cause; a bad physical condition; and all acute illnesses, as long as, as I mentioned earlier, they are harmful due to excess, not weakness.

But it may possibly happen, that a distemper may indeed require this method, and at the same time the body may seem hardly able to bear it: but yet if there appears no other remedy, and the patient must perish, unless he shall be relieved even by a rash attempt; in this case, it is the part of a good physician to shew, that there is no hope without bleeding; and to confess what bad consequences may be apprehended even from that remedy; and after that, to bleed if desired. It is by no means proper to hesitate about it in such a situation as this: for it is better to try a doubtful remedy, than none at all. And this ought especially to be practised, when there is a palsy; when one has lost his speech suddenly; when an angina suffocates; when the preceding paroxysm of a fever has almost killed a person, and another equally severe is likely to follow, and the strength of the patient seems unable to bear it.

But it may happen that an illness requires this approach, and at the same time the body may seem barely able to handle it. However, if there seems to be no other solution and the patient will die unless helped by a risky attempt, it is the responsibility of a good doctor to explain that there is no hope without bleeding, and to acknowledge the potential negative effects of that treatment. Afterward, they should proceed with bleeding if the patient wishes. In such situations, it is definitely not appropriate to hesitate; it is better to try an uncertain treatment than to do nothing at all. This is especially important when someone has paralysis, has suddenly lost their speech, is being suffocated by an angina, has just survived a near-fatal fever attack, and another severe one is about to strike, all while the patient appears too weak to withstand it.

Though bleeding ought not to be performed in a state of crudity, yet even that does not hold always. For the circumstances will not at all times wait for concoction. So that if any person has fallen front a height, or has received62 a contusion, or vomits blood from some sudden accident, although he has taken food a little before, yet that evacuation is proper, lest if the matter settle, it distress the body. The same rule will hold in other sudden cases too, where there is a danger of suffocation. But if the nature of the distemper will allow a delay, it must not be done, till all remaining suspicion of crudity is removed. Upon this account, the second or third day of an illness seems most proper for this operation. But as sometimes it is necessary to bleed even on the first day, so it is never good after the fourth, when by time alone, the matter is either dissipated, or has corrupted the body; so that the evacuation may weaken, but cannot make it sound. But when a vehement fever prevails, to bleed in the time of its violence is killing the patient. Therefore an intermission(17) is to be awaited for: if it does not intermit, when it has ceased to increase: if there be no hopes even of a remission, in that case the only opportunity offered, though less favourable, is not to be neglected.

Though bleeding shouldn’t be done when there’s still rawness in the body, that’s not always the case. Sometimes, circumstances won’t wait for everything to settle. So, if someone has fallen from a height, gotten a bruise, or is coughing up blood from a sudden incident, even if they just ate, bleeding is appropriate to prevent any matter from settling and causing distress. The same principle applies in other urgent situations where there’s a risk of suffocation. However, if the illness allows for a delay, it shouldn’t be done until all signs of rawness are gone. For this reason, the second or third day of an illness seems best for this procedure. But while it may be necessary to bleed even on the first day, it’s never good after the fourth day, as, by then, the issue is either resolved or has caused harm to the body; this means bleeding may weaken the patient but won’t restore health. During a severe fever, bleeding while the fever is strong can be fatal. Therefore, a break should be waited for: if it doesn’t happen, then it should be done when it stops worsening. If there’s no hope for even a slight improvement, the only chance available, though not ideal, shouldn’t be missed.

Further this remedy, where it is necessary, generally were best to be divided into two days; for it is better at the first to lighten the patient, and after that to cleanse him thoroughly, than to run any risk of his life by dissipating all his strength at once. And if this method be found to answer in the cure of a dropsy, how much more must it of necessity answer with regard to the blood?

Further, this treatment, where necessary, is generally best divided over two days; it's better to first lighten the patient and then thoroughly cleanse him, rather than risking his life by exhausting all his strength at once. And if this method proves effective in treating dropsy, how much more effective must it be concerning the blood?

If the disorder be in the whole body, the evacuation ought to be made from the arm: if in any particular place, from the part affected, or at least as near to it as may be; because it cannot be performed every where, but only in the temples, and in the arms, and near the ancles. I am not ignorant, that it is the opinion of some, that blood should be let at the greatest distance from the part where it does harm; for that thus the course of the matter is diverted; but in the other way it is drawn into that very place, which is distressed. But this is altogether false. For it first empties the part nearest: and the blood flows from the more remote, as long as the evacuation is continued: when this is stopt, because there is no more attraction, it then ceases to come. Yet experience itself seems to have shewn, that in a fracture of the skull blood is to be let rather from the arm: and if the disorder is in one arm, it must be per63formed in the other: I suppose for this reason, because if any miscarriage should happen, those parts, which are already hurt(18), are more exposed to injuries. Sometimes also an hæmorrhage breaking out in one part, is stopt by bleeding in another. For it ceases to flow, where we would not have it, when we apply what will stop its course there, and open another passage for it.

If there’s an issue affecting the whole body, blood should be drawn from the arm. If the problem is in a specific area, it should be drawn from that area or at least as close to it as possible; because it can’t be done everywhere, only in the temples, the arms, and near the ankles. I know that some believe blood should be let from far away from the affected area, thinking it diverts the problem. However, this is not true. It first empties the nearest area, and blood flows from farther away as long as the evacuation continues. Once it stops, no more blood comes because there’s no longer any attraction. Yet experience shows that in cases of skull fractures, blood should be let from the arm. If there is an issue in one arm, it should be done on the other arm; I assume this is to reduce the risk of further injury to the already harmed area. Sometimes, if there's bleeding in one part, it can be stopped by bleeding in another. The flow stops where we want it to, when we use methods to stop it there and create a new pathway for it.

Altho’ bleeding is very easy to one, who has experience; yet it is very difficult to one, that is ignorant. For the vein lies close to the arteries; and to these the nerves. So that if the lancet has touched a nerve, a convulsion will follow, which destroys a man miserably. And then a wounded artery neither unites again, nor heals; and sometimes it occasions a violent hæmorrhage. If also the vein itself happens to be cut quite through, the two ends are compressed, and discharge no blood. Again, if the lancet is entered with fear, it lacerates the surface of the skin, and does not open the vein. Sometimes too the vein lies concealed, and is not easily found. Thus many circumstances make that difficult to an ignorant person, which is very easy to the skilful.

Although bleeding is very easy for someone with experience, it is very difficult for someone who is inexperienced. The vein is close to the arteries, and the nerves are also nearby. If the lancet touches a nerve, it can cause a convulsion that leads to great suffering. A wounded artery will not heal or come together again and can sometimes lead to severe bleeding. If the vein is completely cut through, the two ends will be pressed together and won't bleed. Additionally, if the lancet is used with hesitation, it can tear the surface of the skin without opening the vein. Sometimes the vein can also be hidden and hard to find. Many factors make it challenging for an inexperienced person, while it is quite easy for someone skilled.

The vein is to be cut at the middle. And when the blood flows from it, its colour and consistence ought to be observed. For if it be thick and black, it is bad; and therefore the discharge is useful: if red and pellucid, it is sound; and that evacuation is so far from being beneficial, that it may even hurt, and is immediately to be stopt. But such an accident cannot happen to the physician, who knows in what case bleeding is to be used. It more commonly happens, that it flows on the first day equally black thro’ the operation. And altho’ it be so, yet if the discharge is sufficient, it must be stopt: and an end must always be put to it, before the person faints.

The vein should be cut in the middle. When blood starts to flow from it, its color and consistency should be noted. If the blood is thick and black, that's a bad sign, and the bleeding is helpful; if it’s red and clear, it’s healthy, and letting it flow could actually be harmful, so it needs to be stopped immediately. However, this kind of mistake won’t happen to a doctor who knows when bleeding is necessary. It usually happens that the blood flows black right away during the procedure. Even if that happens, if there’s enough blood, it should be stopped, and bleeding must always be ended before the patient faints.

Then the arm is to be bound up, putting upon it a penecillum(19) dipt in cold water, and squeezed; and on the following day, the vein must be rubbed with the middle finger, that its recent union may be resolved, and it may again discharge blood. Whether it happens on the first or second day, that the blood, which at first flowed thick, and black, has begun to appear red and pellucid, there is then a sufficient quantity taken away, and what remains is pure: so that the arm is to be immediately bound up, and64 kept so, till the cicatrice is firm; which firmness it very soon acquires in a vein.

Then the arm is to be wrapped, using a penicillin __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ soaked in cold water and squeezed; and on the next day, the vein should be gently rubbed with the middle finger to help it reopen and allow it to bleed again. Whether this occurs on the first or second day, if the blood, which initially flowed thick and dark, starts to appear red and clear, then enough has been drawn out, and what remains is pure: so the arm should be immediately wrapped again and64 kept that way until the scar tissue is solid; this solidity develops quickly in a vein.

CHAP. XI. Cupping Therapy.

There are two sorts of cucurbitals: the one of copper, the other of horn. That of copper is open at the one end, and close at the other; that of horn is likewise open at one end, and at the other has a small hole. Into the copper one burning linen is put, and its mouth is clapt close to the body, and is prest down, till it adhere to it. The horn kind is only applied to the body, and after that, when a person has sucked out the air by the small hole, and that is closed with wax, it sticks, as well as the other. Both of these are made not only of these two materials, but of any thing else. Where no better can be got, a small cup with a narrow mouth is fit enough for the purpose. When it adheres, if the skin has been cut before with a scalpel, it will bring out blood: if the skin is whole, air. Wherefore when the offence is from matter contained within, the first method is to be pursued: when it is only a flatulency, the other is commonly used.

There are two types of cupping instruments: one made of copper and the other of horn. The copper type is open at one end and closed at the other; the horn type is also open at one end, but has a small hole at the other. For the copper one, burning linen is placed inside, and its open end is pressed against the body until it sticks. The horn type is simply placed against the body, and then, after a person sucks out the air through the small hole and seals it with wax, it sticks just like the copper one. Both types can be made from these two materials or any other suitable material. If nothing better is available, a small cup with a narrow opening is sufficient for the task. When it adheres, if the skin has been previously cut with a scalpel, it will draw out blood; if the skin is intact, it will draw out air. Therefore, when the issue originates from something inside, the first method is used; when it’s just gas, the second method is typically employed.

Now the principal use of a cucurbital is, when a disorder is not in the whole body, but only in a part, the emptying of which is sufficient to render it sound. And this very thing is a proof, that in the cure of any member, bleeding by a lancet too is to be performed rather in the part which is already hurt: because no body puts the cucurbital upon a different part, unless to divert the flux of blood thither, but on that, which is diseased, and which is to be relieved.

Now, the main purpose of a cupping treatment is when there's an issue in just one part of the body, and draining it is enough to make it better. This shows that when treating any area, bleeding with a lancet should also be done in the affected area. No one places a cupping device on a different area unless they want to redirect the blood flow there; it’s placed on the part that’s ill and needs relief.

There may possibly be a necessity for using the cucurbital in chronic distempers (although they be already of some standing) if there be either corrupted matter, or a flatulency. Likewise in some acute distempers, if at the same time the body requires to be lightened, and the strength will not admit of bleeding from a vein. And this remedy, as it is less violent, so it is more safe; and is65 never dangerous, though it be made use of in the greatest violence of a fever, or even in the time of crudity. For this reason, when there is a necessity for bleeding, if the opening of a vein is very dangerous, or the disorder is fix’d in a noble part of the body, we must also have recourse to this instrument. We must be sensible however, that as it is attended with no danger, so it gives a feebler aid; and that is not possible to relieve a violent distemper, but by an equally violent remedy.

There may be a need to use cucurbital for chronic illnesses (even if they have been present for a while) if there is either corrupted material or flatulence. Similarly, in some acute conditions, if the body needs to be relieved and bleeding isn’t an option due to weakness. This remedy is less aggressive, making it safer; it’s never dangerous, even during the peak of a fever or when the body is unsettled. Therefore, when bleeding is necessary but opening a vein is highly risky, or if the issue is affecting a vital organ, we should turn to this method. However, we must recognize that while it poses no danger, it offers less help; and it’s not possible to treat a severe condition without an equally strong remedy.

CHAP. XII. Cleansing.

In almost every distemper the ancients endeavoured to purge by various medicines and frequent clysters: and they gave either black hellebore, or polypody of the oak, or scales of copper(20), or the milk of sea-spurge(21), a drop of which taken upon bread purges plentifully; or asses, or cow’s, or goat’s milk, with the addition of a little salt; and this they boiled, and taking away what had been curdled, they obliged the patient to drink what remained like whey.

In almost every illness, the ancients tried to cleanse the body with various remedies and frequent enemas. They would use black hellebore, oak polypody, or scales of copper__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, or the milk of sea-spurge__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, a drop of which taken on bread would cleanse effectively; or milk from donkeys, cows, or goats, with a bit of salt added. They boiled this mixture, removed the curds, and made the patient drink what was left, resembling whey.

But generally purging medicines injure the stomach. Wherefore aloes is to be mixed with all cathartics. If the purging be severe, or frequent clysters be administered, it weakens a man. For that reason it is never proper in an illness to give medicines with that view, unless there be no fever concomitant: as when black hellebore is given to those that labour under atrabilis, or a melancholy madness, or any paralytic disorder. But where there are fevers, it is better to take such food and drink for that purpose, as may at once both nourish, and prove laxative. And there are some kinds of disorders, with which purging by milk agrees.

But generally, purging medicines are harmful to the stomach. That's why aloes should be mixed with all laxatives. If the purging is intense or if frequent enemas are given, it weakens a person. For this reason, it's never appropriate to administer these medicines during an illness unless there is no fever involved, such as when black hellebore is given to those suffering from melancholy or any kind of paralysis. However, if there are fevers, it's better to consume foods and drinks that both nourish and help with laxation. There are also certain conditions where purging with milk is effective.

Of clysters.

But for the most part the belly is to be opened by clysters. Which method, somewhat censured, though not entirely laid aside by Asclepiades, I observe to be generally neglected66 in our own age. That moderation, which he seems to have followed, is most proper, that neither this remedy should be often tried, nor be entirely omitted, but used once, or at most twice, if the head is heavy, or the eyes dim; if there is a disorder of the large intestine, which the Greeks call colon; if there are pains of the lower belly, or in the hips; if any thing bilious be accumulated in the stomach, or even any flux of phlegm or a humour like water thither; if the breathing is difficult; if there is no natural discharge from the belly; especially if the excrements are near the anus, and still remain within; or if the patient, while he has no passage, nevertheless perceives the smell of excrements in his breath; or if the stools appear corrupted; or if an early abstinence has not removed a fever; or when a case may require bleeding, and the strength will not allow of it, and the time for that operation is past; or if one has drank much before an illness; or if a person, who was frequently loose, either naturally or by some accident, is suddenly bound in the belly. But the following rules are to be observed, that it be not used before the third day; nor while any crudity remains; nor in a body weak and exhausted by long sickness; nor to a person, whose belly discharges sufficiently every day, or one that is loose; nor during the paroxysm of a fever; because what is injected at this time, is retained within the belly, and being thrown upon the head, greatly increases the danger. On the day before, the patient ought to fast, that he may be prepared for this remedy. On the day of the operation to drink, some hours before, hot water, that his superior parts may be moistened; then the injection is to be performed with pure water, if we be content with a gentle medicine; if somewhat more powerful is required, hydromel(22); if a lenient, a decoction of fœnugreek, or ptisan(23), or mallows, in water: if it be intended to restringe, a decoction of vervains(24). Sea-water, or any other water with the addition of salt, is acrid: but both of these are better boiled. A greater degree of acrimony is given by adding either oil, or nitre, or honey also. The more acrid it is, it evacuates the more; but it is not so easy to bear. The injection ought neither to be cold, nor hot; lest it hurt either way. When it is injected, the patient ought to confine himself as much as possible in bed, and not yield immediately to the first sti67mulus he finds to go to stool; and not till necessity obliges him. And commonly this evacuation by lightning the superior parts mitigates the distemper itself. When a person has fatigued himself by going to stool, as often as he was obliged, he ought to take rest for a little time; and lest he grow faint, even on the same day to take food. The quantity of which ought to be determined by considering the nature of the paroxysm that is expected; or whether there is no danger of any.

But mostly, the stomach should be treated with enemas. This method is somewhat criticized, but not completely dismissed by Asclepiades, and I see that it is largely ignored in our time. The moderation he seemed to advocate is the best approach: this remedy shouldn’t be used too often or completely avoided, but applied once or, at most, twice if there’s heaviness in the head or dullness in the eyes; if there are issues with the large intestine, which the Greeks call the colon; if there’s pain in the lower abdomen or hips; if there’s a buildup of bile in the stomach, or any discharge of phlegm or a watery humor there; if breathing is difficult; if there’s no natural bowel movement; especially if stool is near the anus and hasn’t been passed; or if the patient, while unable to go, notices the smell of stool in their breath; or if the stool appears to be corrupted; or if abstaining from food hasn’t reduced a fever; or when bleeding is necessary but the patient isn't strong enough, and it’s too late for that procedure; or if someone has drunk a lot before becoming ill; or if someone who usually has loose bowels suddenly has constipation. However, the following guidelines should be followed: it shouldn’t be used before the third day; nor while there’s any undigested food; nor in a body weakened by prolonged illness; nor on someone who has regular bowel movements; nor during a fever's peak; because what is injected at this time stays in the stomach and can significantly raise the risk. The day before, the patient should fast to prepare for this remedy. On the day of the procedure, they should drink hot water a few hours in advance to moisten the upper body; then the enema should be administered with plain water if a mild treatment is sufficient; if something stronger is needed, use hydromel; for something soothing, a brew of fenugreek, ptisan, or mallows in water; if the goal is to constrict, use a decoction of vervains. Sea water, or any other water with salt added, is harsh: however, both are better when boiled. The irritation level increases with the addition of oil, nitre, or honey. The more irritating it is, the more it evacuates, but it is harder to tolerate. The enema should neither be cold nor hot, as both can cause discomfort. When it's administered, the patient should stay in bed as much as possible and not rush to the bathroom at the first urge, but wait until it’s absolutely necessary. Usually, this evacuation helps alleviate the discomfort in the upper body. When a person has strained themselves in the bathroom, they should take a little time to rest afterward, and to avoid fainting, they should eat later that same day. The amount should depend on the nature of the expected symptoms or if there’s no risk at all.

CHAP. XIII. Throwing up.

As a vomit even in health is often necessary to persons of a bilious habit; it is likewise so in those distempers, which are occasioned by bile. Upon this account it is necessary to those, that before fevers are distressed with horrors and tremors; to all those, that labour under a cholera; and all, that are attacked with madness, and a concomitant mirth; and those also, who are oppressed with an epilepsy. But if the distemper be acute, as the cholera; if it be a fever, while there are tetani, the rougher medicines are improper, as has been observed above in the article of purging; and it is sufficient to take such a vomit, as I prescribed for people in health. But when distempers are of long standing, and stubborn, without any fever, as an epilepsy or madness, we must use even white hellebore. Which it is not proper to administer in the winter, or summer; it is best in the spring: in the autumn it does tolerably well. Whoever prescribes it, ought first to take care, that the body of his patient be moist. It is necessary to know, that every medicine of this kind, which is given by way of potion, is not always beneficial to sick people, to healthy always hurtful.

Since vomiting can be necessary for people with a tendency to bile, it's also essential for those suffering from bile-related illnesses. For this reason, it's crucial for individuals who experience fear and shivering before fevers, those dealing with cholera, anyone experiencing madness accompanied by inappropriate laughter, and those who suffer from epilepsy. However, if the illness is severe, like cholera, or if there's a fever alongside muscle spasms, harsher treatments are not suitable, as noted earlier regarding purging; it's enough to use the same type of vomiting remedy recommended for healthy individuals. When illnesses are chronic and stubborn, such as epilepsy or madness, even white hellebore may be necessary. This should not be given in winter or summer; spring is the best time, while autumn works reasonably well. Anyone prescribing it should first ensure that the patient's body is moist. It's important to understand that not every medicine of this type, when given as a potion, is always helpful for sick people, and it can be harmful to healthy individuals.

68

68

CHAP. XIV. OF FRICTION.

Concerning friction(25), Asclepiades looking upon himself as the inventor of it, has said so much in that book, which he entitled ‘of general remedies,’ that tho’ he mentions only three things, that, and wine, and gestation, yet he has taken up the greatest part of his treatise upon the first. Now as it is not fit to defraud the moderns of the merit either of their new discoveries or judicious imitations, so it is but just at the same time to assign those things, which were practised among some of the ancients, to their true authors. It cannot indeed be doubted, that Asclepiades has been both fuller and clearer in his directions, when and how friction ought to be used; but he has discovered nothing, which was not comprized in a few words by the most ancient author Hippocrates; who said, that friction, if violent, hardens the body; if gentle, softens it; if plentiful, extenuates; if moderate, increases its bulk: from whence it follows, that it is to be made use of, when a lax body requires to be braced; or to soften one, that is indurated; or to dissipate where the fulness is hurtful; or to nourish that, which is slender and infirm.

Regarding friction__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, Asclepiades considered himself the inventor of it and discussed it extensively in his book titled ‘of general remedies.’ Although he only mentions three topics—friction, wine, and gestation—most of his treatise focuses on the first. It’s important to acknowledge modern contributions and wise imitations, but it’s also fair to credit ancient practices to their rightful authors. There’s no doubt that Asclepiades provided more detailed and clearer instructions on when and how to use friction; however, he didn’t present anything that wasn't already summarized in a few words by the ancient author Hippocrates, who stated that friction, if vigorous, hardens the body; if gentle, softens it; if applied in abundance, reduces it; and if moderate, increases its size. This means it should be used to firm up a lax body, to soften a hardened one, to relieve excess when it’s harmful, or to nourish something that is thin and weak.

Nevertheless, if a person examine more curiously into these different species (which is not here the province of a physician) he will easily understand that the effects of them all proceed from one cause; that is, the carrying off of something. For a part will be bound, when that thing is taken away, the intervention of which had caused it to be lax; and another is softened by removing that, which occasioned the hardness; and the body is filled, not by the friction itself, but by that food, which afterwards makes its way to the skin, relaxed by a kind of digestion(26). And the degree of it is the cause of these effects so widely different.

Nevertheless, if a person looks more closely at these different types (which isn't the job of a physician), they'll easily understand that the effects of all of them come from one cause; that is, the removal of something. One part will be restricted when that thing is taken away, which had caused it to be loose; and another is softened by removing what led to the hardness; and the body is filled, not by the friction itself, but by that nourishment, which later reaches the skin, loosened by a kind of digestion__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. And the extent of it is the reason for these vastly different effects.

But there is a great deal of difference betwixt unction, and friction. For it is necessary for the body to be anointed, and gently rubbed even in acute and recent distempers;69 but this must be done in the time of their remission, and before taking food. But to make use of long friction is not proper, either in acute or increasing disorders; except when the intention of it is to procure sleep in phrenitic patients. This remedy is very agreeable to inveterate distempers, and where they have abated somewhat of their first violence. I am not ignorant that some maintain, that every remedy is necessary for distempers, while they are increasing, not when they are going off spontaneously. But this is not just; for a distemper, though it would come to a period of itself, may notwithstanding be sooner terminated by the application of remedies. The use of which is necessary upon a double account, both that the health may be restored as soon as possible; and that the disorder, which remains, be not irritated again by any slight cause: for a distemper may be less violent, than it has been, and yet not entirely removed; but there may be some remains of it, which the use of remedies may dissipate.

But there's a big difference between anointing and rubbing. It's important for the body to be anointed and gently massaged even when dealing with severe and recent illnesses; 69 but this should be done during their recovery and before eating. However, using prolonged rubbing is not advisable, whether the illness is severe or worsening, except when the goal is to induce sleep in patients with severe mental disturbances. This method works well for chronic illnesses, especially when they've somewhat lessened in intensity. I'm aware that some argue that every treatment is necessary while an illness is worsening, but not when it’s resolving on its own. However, that view is not correct; even if an illness might resolve itself eventually, it can still be ended more quickly with treatments. The use of remedies is essential for two reasons: to restore health as quickly as possible and to ensure that the remaining issues aren't aggravated by any minor triggers. An illness can be less severe than it was and still not completely gone; there may be lingering effects that treatments can help eliminate.

But though friction may be used in the decline of an illness, yet it is never to be practised in the increase of a fever; but if possible, when the body is entirely free of it; if that can’t be done, at least when there is a remission. It ought also to be performed sometimes over the whole body, as when we would have an infirm person take on flesh; sometimes in particular parts, either because the weakness of that part itself, or of some other, requires it. For both inveterate pains of the head are mitigated by the friction of it (yet not during their violence) and any paralytic limb is strengthened by rubbing it: but much more commonly, when one part is pained, a different one is to be rubbed; and particularly, when we want to make a derivation from the upper or middle parts of the body; and with this intention we rub the extremities. And these people are not to be regarded, who prescribe to a certain number, how often a person is to be rubbed: for that is to be estimated from his strength. Thus if one is very weak, fifty times may be sufficient: if of a more robust habit, it may be done two hundred times. And then in different proportions betwixt these two according to the strength. Whence it also happens, that the motion of the hands in friction must be less frequent in a woman than a man; less frequent in a boy or an old man, than a young70 man. Lastly, if particular parts are rubbed, they require much and strong friction. For the whole body cannot be quickly weakened by a part, and there is a necessity for dissipating as much of the matter as we can, whether the intention be to relieve the part we brush, or another by means of it. But where a weakness of the whole body requires this treatment all over, it ought to be shorter and more mild; so as only to soften the surface of the skin, to render it more apt to receive new matter from fresh nourishment. A patient is known to be in a bad situation, when the surface of his body is cold, and the internal part is hot with a concomitant thirst, as I observed above. But even in this case friction is the only remedy, which, if it have brought out the heat, may make way for the use of some medicine.

But while friction can be used during the recovery from an illness, it should never be applied when a fever is worsening; ideally, it should be done only when the body is completely free of it, or at least during a period of recovery. It should also sometimes be performed on the entire body, especially if we want to help a weak person gain weight; other times, it should focus on specific areas, either because that area itself is weak or because another related area needs it. Chronic headaches can be eased through friction on the head (but not during intense pain), and any paralyzed limb can be strengthened by rubbing it. More commonly, when one area is in pain, a different area should be rubbed; this is especially true when we want to draw attention away from the upper or middle parts of the body by rubbing the extremities. People who dictate a specific number of times someone should be rubbed should not be trusted, as it should depend on the individual's strength. For someone very weak, fifty times might be enough; for a stronger person, it could be done two hundred times, adjusted appropriately in between based on strength. Additionally, the rubbing motion should be less frequent for women than for men, and less frequent for boys or older men than for younger men. Finally, if specific parts are being rubbed, they need more vigorous and strong friction. Rubbing one part cannot quickly weaken the whole body, and it is essential to disperse as much of the negative energy as possible, whether the goal is to relieve the pain in the area being rubbed or another area indirectly. However, if the entire body is weak and requires treatment, the friction should be shorter and gentler, just enough to soften the skin and make it more receptive to fresh nourishment. A patient is considered to be in a critical state when their skin feels cold while their internal body is hot, accompanied by thirst, as noted earlier. In this situation, friction is the only remedy that, if it draws out the heat, can pave the way for the use of other medicines.

CHAP. XV. Pregnancy.

Gestation is most proper for chronic distempers, and those that are already upon the decline. And it is useful both to those, who are quite free of a fever, but yet are not able to exercise themselves; and those, that have the slow relicks of distempers, which are not otherwise expelled. Asclepiades said, that gestation was to be used even in a recent and violent, and especially an ardent fever, in order to discuss it. But that is dangerous; and the violence of such a distemper is sustained better by remaining quiet. Yet if any person will make trial of it, he may do it under these circumstances, if his tongue is not rough, if there be no tumour, no hardness, no pain in his bowels, nor head, nor præcordia. And gestation ought never to be used at all in a body that is pained, whether in the whole, or in any part, unless the pain be in the nerves alone; and never in the increase of a fever, but upon its remission.

Gestation is most suitable for chronic ailments and those that are already on the decline. It is beneficial for people who are completely free of fever but are unable to exercise, as well as for those who still have lingering symptoms of illnesses that aren’t otherwise resolved. Asclepiades stated that gestation should be used even for recent and severe fevers, especially for intense ones, to help alleviate them. However, that can be risky; the severity of such an illness is better managed by remaining still. Yet, if someone wants to try it, they can do so under these conditions: if their tongue isn’t coated, if there are no swellings, no hardness, and no pain in their abdomen, head, or chest. Gestation should never be used if there is pain in the body, whether overall or in specific areas, unless the pain is just in the nerves; and it should never be applied during a fever's escalation, only during its decrease.

There are many kinds of gestation: in the use of which the strength and circumstances of the patient are to be considered; that they may neither dissipate too much a weak man, nor be out of the reach of one of small fortune.71 The most mild kind of gestation is in a ship, either in a port, or a river; or in a litter, or a chair; more brisk in a chariot; more violent in a ship on the ocean. And each of them may be rendered both more sharp, and more mild. If none of them can be done, the bed must be suspended and moved to and fro. If even that can’t be accomplished, at least a prop is to be put under one foot(27) of the bed, and thus the bed moved back and forward by the hand. And indeed the mild kinds of exercise agree with the weakest; the stronger with those, who have been for several days free from the fever; or those, who feel the beginnings of severe distempers, but are yet without a fever (which is the case in a consumption, and indispositions of the stomach, and a dropsical disorder, and sometimes in a jaundice) or when some distempers, such as an epilepsy or madness, continue, though for a considerable time, without any concomitant fever. In which disorders, these kinds of exercises also are necessary, which were mentioned in that place, where we prescribed rules for the conduct of sound, but weakly men.

There are different types of movement to consider, depending on the strength and condition of the patient, so that a weak person isn't overly drained, or someone with limited resources isn't left behind. The gentlest form of movement is while on a ship, either in a harbor or on a river; or in a litter or chair; it's more vigorous in a carriage; and it's most intense on a ship out at sea. Each of these can be adjusted to be either more intense or gentler. If none of these options are possible, the bed should be suspended and rocked back and forth. If that can't be done, at least a support should be placed under one foot of the bed, allowing it to be moved back and forth by hand. Gentle types of movement are suitable for the weakest patients; more intense movements are appropriate for those who have been fever-free for several days, or those who are starting to feel the onset of serious illnesses but are still not feverish (as seen in conditions like consumption, stomach issues, dropsy, or sometimes jaundice), or when certain conditions, such as epilepsy or madness, persist for a significant time without any fever. In these cases, these types of exercises are also important, as previously mentioned when we provided guidelines for the care of sound but weak individuals.71

CHAP. XVI. ABSTINENCE.

There are two kinds of abstinence. One, when the patient takes no food at all: the other, when he takes only what is proper. The beginnings of diseases call for fasting and thirst: after that in the distempers themselves moderation is required, so that nothing but what is proper be taken, and not too much of that; for it is not fit after fasting, to enter immediately upon a full diet. And if this be hurtful even to sound bodies, that have been under the necessity of wanting food for some time, how much more is it so to a weak, not to say a diseased one? And there is nothing which more relieves an indisposed person, than a seasonable abstinence. Intemperate men amongst us chuse for themselves the seasons of eating, and leave the quantity of their food to the physicians. Others again compliment the physicians with the times, but reserve the72 quantity to their own determination. Those fancy themselves to behave very genteelly, who leave every thing else to the judgment of the physicians, but insist upon the liberty of chusing the kind of their food; as if the question was, what the physician has a right to do, not what may be salutary to the patient; who is greatly hurt as often as he transgresses either in the time, measure, or quality of his food.

There are two types of abstinence. One is when the patient eats nothing at all; the other is when they only eat what’s appropriate. In the early stages of illness, fasting and restriction of fluids are needed; but when dealing with actual conditions, moderation is essential, meaning only what's suitable should be consumed, and not too much of it. It’s not wise to start eating normally right after fasting. If that’s harmful even to healthy individuals who have had to go without food for a while, how much worse is it for someone weak or ill? Nothing helps someone who’s feeling unwell more than timely abstinence. Indulgent people among us pick their own eating times and let doctors decide how much they should eat. Others praise doctors for the timing but reserve the amount of food for their own choices. Those who think they are acting refined leave everything else to the doctor's judgment but insist on picking their food choices, as if the debate is about the doctor's authority rather than what's best for the patient. A patient is always harmed when they stray from the recommended timing, quantity, or quality of their food.

CHAP. XVII. SWEATING.

A sweat is procured in two ways; either by a dry heat, or a bath. A dry heat is raised by hot sand, the laconicum, and clibanum(28), and some natural sweating places, where a hot vapour exhaling out of the earth is inclosed by a building, as there is at Baiæ amongst the myrtle groves. Besides these, it is solicited by the sun and exercise. These kinds are useful, wherever an internal humour offends, and is to be dissipated. Also some diseases of the nerves are best cured by this method. And the others may be proper for weak people: the heat of the sun and exercise agree only with the more robust; when they are falling into a disorder, or even during the time of distempers not violent, provided they be free of a fever. But care must be taken, that none of these be attempted either in a fever(29), or in the time of crudity.

A sweat can be obtained in two ways: through dry heat or a bath. Dry heat is created by hot sand, the laconicum, and clay oven __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, as well as some natural sweating locations, where hot vapor rises from the ground and is enclosed by a building, like at Baiæ amidst the myrtle groves. In addition to these, sweating can be encouraged by the sun and exercise. These methods are helpful whenever there’s an internal imbalance that needs to be resolved. Certain nervous conditions are also best treated this way. The other methods may benefit those who are weak: the heat from the sun and exercise are suitable only for the stronger individuals; they can engage in these activities when they start to feel unwell or even during mild illnesses, as long as they don’t have a fever. However, caution is necessary to avoid attempting any of these methods during a fever __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ or while experiencing digestive issues.

But the use of the bath is twofold. For sometimes after the removal of fevers, it is a proper introduction to a fuller diet and stronger wine for the recovery of health: sometimes it removes the fever itself. And it is generally used, when it is expedient to relax the surface of the skin, and solicit the evacuation of the corrupted humour, and to change the habit of the body. The ancients used it with greater caution: Asclepiades more boldly. And there is no reason to be afraid of it, if it be seasonable: before the proper time, it does harm. Whoever has been freed of a fever, as soon as he has escaped the fit for one day, on the day following, after the usual time of its coming on, may73 safely bathe. And if the fever used to be periodical, so as to return upon the third or fourth day, whenever it has missed, the bath is safe. And even during the continuance of fevers, if they be of the slow kind, and the patients have splenetic disorders of long standing, it is proper to make trial of this remedy: on this condition however, that the præcordia be not hard nor swelled, nor the tongue rough, and there be no pain either in the trunk of the body or in the head, and the fever be not then increasing. And in these fevers indeed, which have a certain period, there are two opportunities for bathing; the one, before the shuddering; the other, after the fit is ended. In those again, who are long distressed with slow febriculas, either when the fit is entirely off; or if that does not happen, at least when it has remitted, and the body is as sound, as it generally is in that kind of illness.

But using the bath serves two purposes. Sometimes, after a fever has been broken, it helps ease the transition to a fuller diet and stronger wine for recovery: other times, it can actually help get rid of the fever. Generally, it's used when it’s important to relax the skin and encourage the release of toxins, as well as to change the body’s overall condition. The ancients were more cautious about it, whereas Asclepiades was more daring. There's no reason to be afraid of it if the timing is right; using it too early can cause harm. Anyone who has just recovered from a fever can safely bathe the day after they’ve felt fine for a day, once the usual fever time has passed. If the fever typically comes back every third or fourth day and it doesn’t return, then bathing is safe. Even in cases of lingering fevers, if they are mild and the patient has been dealing with chronic spleen issues, trying this remedy can be appropriate, provided the following conditions are met: the chest is not hard or swollen, the tongue isn’t rough, there’s no pain in the torso or head, and the fever isn’t getting worse. In these specific fevers, which have set cycles, there are two good times for a bath: one before the chills start and the other after the fever has ended. For those who have been suffering from low-grade fevers for a long time, they can bathe either when the fever has completely gone away or, if that doesn’t happen, at least when symptoms have lessened and the body feels as normal as it does during that illness.

A valetudinary man, that is going into the bath, ought to be careful not to expose himself to any cold before. When he has come to the bagnio, he is to stand still a little, and try whether his temples are bound, and if any sweat breaks out: if the first has happened, and the other not followed, the bath will be improper that day: he must be anointed slightly, and carried back, and by all means avoid cold, and be abstemious. But if his temples are not affected, and a sweat begins, first there, and then elsewhere, he must wash his mouth with plenty of warm water, then go into the bath; and there he must observe, whether at the first touch of the warm water he feels a shuddering upon the surface of his skin; which can scarcely happen, if the circumstances above-mentioned were as they should be: however, this is a certain sign of the bath’s being hurtful.

A sickly man going into the bath should be careful not to expose himself to any cold beforehand. When he arrives at the bathhouse, he should stand still for a moment and check if his temples feel tight and if any sweat starts to appear. If his temples are tight but he isn’t sweating, it’s not a good day to take a bath: he should apply a light oil and go back, avoiding cold and being moderate in his activities. However, if his temples aren’t tight and he starts to sweat—first in his armpits and then elsewhere—he should rinse his mouth with plenty of warm water before going into the bath. Once there, he should pay attention to whether he feels a shiver on the surface of his skin at the first touch of the warm water; this is unlikely if everything else is as it should be, but it’s a sure sign that the bath would be harmful.

One from the state of his health may know, before he go into the warm water, whether it be proper to anoint himself after it. However for the most part (except in cases where it shall be expressly ordered to be done after) upon the beginning of a sweat the body is to be anointed gently, and then to be dipped in the warm water. And in this case also regard must be had to his strength; and he must not be allowed to faint by the heat, but must be speedily removed, and carefully wrapped up in cloaths, lest74 any cold get to him; and there also he must sweat, before he take any food.

One can determine from their health whether it’s appropriate to apply oil to themselves after entering warm water. However, generally (unless specifically instructed otherwise), at the start of sweating, the body should be gently anointed before entering the warm water. It's also important to consider their strength; they should not be allowed to faint from the heat but should be quickly taken out and carefully wrapped in clothes to prevent any chill. Additionally, they should sweat before consuming any food.

Warm fomentations are millet-seed, salt, sand: any of these heated, and put into a linen cloth: even linen alone, if there be less heat required; but if greater, extinguished coals, wrapt up in cloths, and applied round a person. Moreover bottles(30) are filled with hot oil: and water is poured into earthen vessels, which from their resemblance in shape are called lenticulæ(31): and salt is put into a linen bag, and dipt into water well heated, then set upon the limb that is to be fomented. And at the fire are placed two ignited pieces of iron, with pretty broad heads: one of these is put into dry salt, and water is sprinkled lightly upon it; when it begins to grow cold, it is carried back to the fire: the other is made use of in the same manner; so each of them alternately: and in the mean time, the hot and salt liquor drops down through the cloth, which relieves the nerves contracted by any disease. All of them have this property in common of dissipating that, which either loads the præcordia, or suffocates the fauces, or is hurtful in any limb. When each of these sorts of fomentations is to be used, shall be directed under the particular kinds of distempers.

Warm compresses can be made from millet seeds, salt, or sand: any of these heated and wrapped in a linen cloth. If less heat is needed, just linen can be used; but for more heat, you can use extinguished coals wrapped in cloth and placed around a person. Additionally, hot oil can be poured into bottles, and water can be put into earthen vessels, which are called lenticulæ because of their shape. Salt is put into a linen bag, dipped into well-heated water, and then applied to the limb that needs treatment. At the fire, two heated pieces of iron with fairly broad heads are placed: one is put into dry salt, with water sprinkled lightly on it; when it starts to cool down, it's returned to the fire. The other is used in the same way, alternating between the two. Meanwhile, the hot, salty liquid seeps through the cloth, helping to relieve nerves that have been tensed by illness. They all share the common ability to alleviate anything that weighs on the chest, constricts the throat, or is harmful to any limb. The specific type of fomentation to be used will be directed based on the particular disorders present.

CHAP. XVIII. ABOUT THE VARIOUS TYPES OF FOOD AND BEVERAGE.

Since we have treated of those things, which relieve by evacuation, we must now proceed to those, which nourish us, that is, our food and drink. Now these are not only the common supports in all distempers, but even of health too. And it is of importance to be acquainted with the properties of them all: first, that the healthy may know, in what manner they are to make use of them: secondly, that in treating of the method of curing diseases, it may suffice to mention in general the species of what is to be taken, without being under the necessity of naming each particular upon every occasion.

Since we've covered the things that help us by getting rid of what's unnecessary, we should now talk about what nourishes us, meaning our food and drink. These are not only essential supports in all kinds of ailments but also for maintaining good health. It's important to understand the properties of all of them: first, so that healthy people know how to use them properly; second, so that when discussing how to treat illnesses, we can generally mention the types of what should be consumed without needing to list every specific item every time.

It is fit to know then, that all leguminous vegetables, and those grains, which are made into bread, are of the75 strongest kind of food (I call that the strongest, in which there is the most nourishment) also every quadruped, that is tame, all large wild beasts, such as the wild goat, deer, wild boar, wild ass; every great bird, such as the goose, peacock, and crane; all large fishes, the cetus(32), and others of a like size; also honey, and cheese. So that it is no wonder that particular kind of bread(33) should be very strong, which is made of corn, fat, honey, and cheese. Of a middle nature ought to be reckoned those pot-herbs, whose roots or bulbusses we use for food; amongst quadrupeds the hare; all birds, from the least upwards to the phœnicopter(34); also all fish, that will not bear salt, or such, as are salted whole. Of the weakest kind are all potherbs, and whatever grows on a stalk, such as the gourd, and cucumber, and caper, and all the apple kind, olives, snails(35), and also conchylia(36).

It's important to know that all leguminous vegetables and grains used for bread are among the most nutritious foods (I refer to the strongest as those with the most nourishment). This includes all domesticated quadrupeds, large wild animals like wild goats, deer, wild boar, and wild donkeys; big birds such as geese, peacocks, and cranes; as well as large fish like the cetus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and others of similar size; plus honey and cheese. So, it's no surprise that a specific type of bread__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ made from corn, fat, honey, and cheese would be very hearty. Foods of moderate strength include those pot herbs whose roots or bulbs we eat; among quadrupeds, the hare; all birds, from the smallest to the flamingo __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; and all fish that can't handle salt or those that are salted whole. The weakest kinds are all greens and anything that grows on a stalk, such as gourds, cucumbers, capers, all varieties of apples, olives, snails __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and conch shells __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

But although these are thus distinguished, yet there are great differences between things even of the same class; and one is either more substantial, or weaker than another. For instance, there is more nourishment in bread, than in any thing else. Wheat is more firm than millet: and that again than barley: and the strongest kind of wheat is the siligo(37); after that the finest flour; next, that which has nothing taken from it, which the Greeks call autopyron[ AX ]: still weaker than these is the second flour: the weakest is grey bread. Amongst the leguminous vegetables the bean or lentil is more substantial than pease. Amongst the potherbs, turnep and navew gentle, and all the bulbous kind (in which I rank the onion also, and garlick) are more substantial than the parsnip, or that which is particularly called radicula (garden radish.) Also cabbage, and betes, and leeks, are stronger than lettuce, or gourd, or asparagus. But amongst the fruits of the surculous tribe, grapes, figs, nuts, dates, apples properly so called, are of the firmer kind. And amongst these the juicy are stronger than the mealy(38) fruits. Also of these birds, which are of the middle kind, those are stronger, which make more use of their feet, than their wings: and of those, that trust more to flying, the larger birds are stronger than the small ones, as the beccaficos, and thrush(39). And those also, which live in the water, afford a lighter76 food than those, which cannot swim. Amongst the tame animals pork is lightest; beef heaviest. Also of the wild, the larger any animal is, so much the stronger food it is. And of those fishes also, which are of the middle kind, the heaviest, though we make most use of them, are first all those, that are made salsamenta(40), such as the lacertus(41); next such, as though more tender than the other, yet are in themselves hard, as the aurata, corvus, sparus, oculata; in the next rank are the plani fish, after which lighter still are lupi and mulli: and then all rock fish.

But even though these are categorized, there are significant differences between items in the same group; some are more substantial while others are weaker. For example, bread is more nutritious than anything else. Wheat is sturdier than millet, which is tougher than barley; the strongest type of wheat is the siligo__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; then comes the finest flour, followed by flour that hasn’t been processed much, which the Greeks call autopyron__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__: the second flour is still weaker, and the weakest is gray bread. Among legumes, beans or lentils are more substantial than peas. Among leafy vegetables, turnips, gentle navews, and all bulb plants (including onions and garlic) are hardier than parsnips or what is specifically called radicula (garden radish). Cabbage, beets, and leeks are stronger than lettuce, gourds, or asparagus. Among the fruits, grapes, figs, nuts, dates, and proper apples are firmer. Among these, juicy fruits are sturdier than the mealy __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ones. Also, among birds of medium size, those that rely more on their feet than their wings are stronger; and among those that depend more on flying, larger birds are stronger than smaller ones, like beccaficos and thrush__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Furthermore, birds that live in water provide lighter food than those that cannot swim. Among domesticated animals, pork is the lightest, and beef is the heaviest. In the wild, the larger an animal is, the stronger the food it provides. Among fishes of medium size, the heaviest ones we often use are primarily those that are made into sliced meats __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, such as the lacertus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; next are those that may be more delicate than others but are still firm, like aurata, corvus, sparus, oculata; in the next category are flat fish, followed by lighter lupi and mulli; and finally, all rock fish.

And there is not only a difference in the classes of things, but also in the things themselves; which arises from their age, the different parts of their body, the soil, air, and the case they are in. For every four footed animal(42), that is sucking, affords less nourishment; also a dunghill fowl, the younger it is. In fish too, the middle age, before they have reached their greatest bulk. For the parts, the heels, cheeks, ears, and brain of a hog; of a lamb or kid, the whole head with the petty toes, are a good deal lighter than the other parts; so that they may be ranked in the middle class. In birds, the necks or wings are properly numbered with the weakest. As to the soil, the corn, that grows upon hilly parts, is stronger than what grows upon a plain. Fish got in the midst of rocks, is lighter than those in the sand; those in the sand, than those in the mud. Whence it happens, that the same kinds either from a pond, or lake, or river, are heavier: and that, which lives in the deep, is lighter than one in shoal water. Every wild animal also is lighter than a tame one: and whatever is produced in a moist air, than another in a dry. In the next place, all the same foods afford more nourishment, fat than lean; fresh more than salt; new than stale. Again, the same thing nourishes more, when it is stewed into broth, than roasted, more roasted than fried. A hard egg is of the strongest kind; soft, or sorbile(43) of the weakest. And though all grains, made into bread, are most firm, yet some kinds washed, as alica(44), rice, ptisan, or gruel made of the same, or pulse(45), and bread moistened with water, may be reckoned with the weakest.

And there's not just a difference in the categories of things, but in the things themselves. This difference comes from their age, various parts of their bodies, the soil, the air, and their circumstances. For every four-legged animal__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ that is nursing provides less nourishment; also, a younger dung fowl offers less. The same goes for fish—those that are middle-aged, before they reach their maximum size, have different nutritional value. As for the parts, the heels, cheeks, ears, and brain of a pig; the whole head and little hooves of a lamb or kid are considerably lighter than other parts, placing them in the mid-range. In birds, the necks or wings are usually categorized with the weaker parts. Regarding the soil, corn that grows on hilly terrain is stronger than what's grown on flat land. Fish caught near rocky areas are lighter than those found in sand; those in sand are lighter than those in mud. Consequently, the same species from a pond, lake, or river tend to weigh more, and those living in deep water are lighter than those in shallow water. Every wild animal is also lighter than a domesticated one, and anything produced in moist air is heavier than something grown in dry air. Next, the same types of food provide more nourishment, like fatty over lean, fresh over salted, and new over stale. Furthermore, food nourishes more when it's made into broth than when roasted, and more when roasted than when fried. A hard-boiled egg is the strongest, while a soft or sorbile__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ one is the weakest. Although all grains made into bread are the most solid, some types that are soaked, like alica__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, rice, ptisan, or gruel from the same, or pulse __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and bread made wet with water, can be considered among the weakest.

With regard to drinks, whatever is prepared from grain, also milk, mulse, defrutum, passum(46), wine either sweet77 or strong, or must, or very old wine, are of the strongest kind. But vinegar, and wine a few years old, or austere, or oily, is of the middle kind. And therefore none of these should be given to weak people. Water is weakest of all. And the drink, that is made of grain, is stronger in proportion to the hardness of the grain itself: and that wine, which is produced in a good soil, more so than in a poor soil; or in a temperate air, than one, which is either over moist or too dry, and either over cold or too hot. Mulse, the more honey it contains, defrutum, the more it is evaporated in boiling, and passum, the drier the grape is from which it is prepared, are so much the stronger. Rain water is lightest; next spring water, then river water, then that of a well; after these snow, or ice; water of lakes is heavier than these; and that of fens heaviest of all. The trial is both easy and necessary to those, that want to know its nature. For the lightness appears from weighing it; and amongst those, that are of equal weight, the sooner any of them grows hot or cold, and the more quickly herbs are boiled in it, the better it is.

Regarding drinks, anything made from grain, as well as milk, mulse, defrutum, passum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, sweet or strong wine, must, or very old wine, are all the strongest types. Vinegar and wine that's a few years old, or sour, or oily, are of medium strength. Therefore, none of these should be given to people who are weak. Water is the weakest of all. The drink made from grain is stronger based on how tough the grain is: wine produced in good soil is stronger than in poor soil; wine made in temperate conditions is stronger than that made in very moist or very dry, hot or cold areas. Mulse is stronger the more honey it has, defrutum is stronger the more it has been reduced by boiling, and passum is stronger the drier the grape used to make it. Rainwater is the lightest; next is spring water, followed by river water, then well water; after that comes snow or ice, and lake water is heavier than all of these; fen water is the heaviest. Testing is both simple and necessary for those who want to understand these differences. The lightness can be determined by weighing it, and among liquids of equal weight, the ones that heat up or cool down faster and where herbs boil quicker are considered better.

It is a general rule, that the stronger each kind is, so much the less easily it is concocted; but when once concocted, it nourishes more. Wherefore the nature of the food must be determined by the degree of one’s strength; and the quantity proportioned to the kind. Upon this account weak men must make use of the weakest things; a middle kind best supports those, that are moderately strong; and the most substantial is fittest for the robust. Lastly, A person may take a greater quantity of what is lighter: but in what is most substantial, he ought to moderate his appetite.

It's a general rule that the stronger each type of food is, the harder it is to digest; but once digested, it provides more nourishment. Therefore, the type of food should be determined by how strong a person is, and the amount should match the kind. For this reason, weak individuals should stick to the lightest foods; a moderate strength works best with medium foods; and the strongest individuals are suited for the heaviest options. Lastly, a person can consume more of lighter foods, but they should control their intake of heavier ones.

CHAP. XIX. GENERAL PROPERTIES OF VARIOUS FOODS.

And these above-mentioned are not the only distinctions; but some things afford good juices, others bad, which two kinds the Greeks term euchyma and cacochyma[ AY ]; some78 are mild, others acrid; some generate in us a thicker phlegm, others a more fluid; some agree with the stomach, others not; likewise some produce flatulencies, others have not that property; some heat, others cool; some readily turn sour in the stomach, others are not easily corrupted there; some open the belly, others bind it; some promote urine, others retard it; some are soporiferous, others excite the senses. Now all these must be known for this reason, that different things are proper in different constitutions or states of health.

And the distinctions mentioned above aren't the only ones; some things provide good nutrients, while others provide bad ones, which the Greeks call euchyma and cacochyma__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; some78 are mild, while others are harsh; some cause us to produce thicker mucus, while others lead to a thinner consistency; some are compatible with the stomach, while others are not; likewise, some cause gas, while others do not have that effect; some warm, while others cool; some quickly turn sour in the stomach, while others resist spoilage; some relieve constipation, while others can cause it; some promote urination, while others slow it down; some induce sleepiness, while others stimulate the senses. It's important to understand all these differences because what works well varies depending on individual health conditions or body types.

CHAP. XX. Healthy juice-filled items.

Good juices are afforded by wheat, siligo, alica, rice, starch(47), tragum(48), milk, soft cheese, all venison, all birds of the middle class; of the larger kind also, those that we mentioned above; the middle kind betwixt tender and hard fishes, as the mullus, and lupus; pot-herbs, lettuce, nettle, mallows, cucumber, gourd, purslane, snails, dates; any of the apple kind, that are neither bitter, nor acid; wine sweet or mild, passum, defrutum, olives, or any of this fruit preserved in either of the two last mentioned liquors; the wombs(49), cheeks, and legs of hogs, all fat flesh, and glutinous, all livers, and a sorbile egg.

Good juices come from wheat, fine flour, meal, rice, starch__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, tragum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, milk, soft cheese, all types of game, and all kinds of birds from the mid-range; also the larger kinds we mentioned earlier; the medium type between tender and firm fish, like mullet and sea bass; vegetables like lettuce, nettles, mallows, cucumbers, gourds, purslane, snails, and dates; any kind of apples that are not bitter or sour; sweet or light wine, passum, defrutum, olives, or any of this fruit preserved in either of the last two mentioned liquids; the wombs__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, cheeks, and legs of pigs, all fatty meats, and all livers, along with a soft-boiled egg.

CHAP. XXI. OF FOODS WITH UNHEALTHY INGREDIENTS.

Of bad juices are millet, panick, barley, leguminous vegetables, the flesh of tame animals very lean, and all salt meat, all salt fish and garum(50), old cheese, skirret, radish, turneps, navew gentle, bulbusses(51), cabbage, and more especially its sprouts, asparagus, betes, cucumber, leek, rocket, cresses, thyme, catmint, savory, hyssop, rue, dill, fennel, cumin, anise, dock, mustard, garlick, onion, spleens,79 kidneys, intestines, every kind of apple, that is acid or bitter, vinegar, every thing, that is acrid, acid, or bitter, oil, also rock-fish, and those, that are of the tenderest kind, or those again, which are either too hard and strong tasted, as those found in ponds, lakes, or muddy rivers generally are, or those, that have grown to an excessive bulk.

Bad foods include millet, panic grass, barley, legumes, very lean meat from domesticated animals, all salted meats, all salted fish and garum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, aged cheese, skirret, radishes, turnips, gentle navew, bulbous__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, cabbage, especially its sprouts, asparagus, beets, cucumbers, leeks, rocket, cress, thyme, catmint, savory, hyssop, rue, dill, fennel, cumin, anise, dock, mustard, garlic, onions, spleens,79 kidneys, intestines, any type of apple that is sour or bitter, vinegar, anything that is sharp, sour, or bitter, oil, as well as rock fish and those that are very tender, or those that are either too tough and strong-tasting, like those found in ponds, lakes, or generally muddy rivers, or those that have grown excessively large.

CHAP. XXII. OF MILD AND SOUR THINGS.

The following are mild; gruel, pulse, pancake(52), starch, ptisan, fat flesh, and all glutinous flesh, such as we have in all tame animals, but especially in the heels, and legs of swine, the petty-toes, and heads of kids, calves, and lambs, and the brains of them all. Also milk, and what are properly called sweets, defrutum, passum, pine-nuts.

The following are mild foods: gruel, legumes, pancake__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, starch, broth, fatty meats, and all sticky meats, like those from domestic animals, especially in the hooves and legs of pigs, the toes, and heads of kids, calves, and lambs, as well as the brains of all of them. Also included are milk and what are known as sweets, like defrutum, passum, and pine nuts.

Things acrid are, whatever is too austere, all acids, all salt provisions; and even honey, which is the more so, the better it is: likewise garlick, onion, rocket, rue, cresses, cucumber, bete, cabbage, asparagus, mustard, radish, endive, basil, lettuce, and the greatest part of pot-herbs.

Things that are bitter include anything too harsh, all acids, all salty foods; and even honey, which is more bitter the better it is. This also goes for garlic, onions, arugula, rue, watercress, cucumbers, beets, cabbage, asparagus, mustard, radishes, endive, basil, lettuce, and most of the common herbs.

CHAP. XXIII. OF THOSE THINGS THAT PRODUCE THICK AND LIQUID PHLEGM.

A thick phlegm is generated by sorbile eggs, alica, rice, starch, ptisan, milk, bulbous roots, and almost every thing that is glutinous.

A thick mucus is produced by sorbile eggs, alica, rice, starch, ptisan, milk, bulbous roots, and almost everything that is sticky.

The contrary effect is produced by all salted, and acrid, and acid substances.

The opposite effect is created by all salty, bitter, and sour substances.

80

80

CHAP. XXIV. WHAT IS GOOD FOR THE STOMACH.

Whatever is austere or acid, or whatever is moderately sprinkled with salt, is agreeable to the stomach: also un-leavened bread, and washed alica, or rice, or ptisan; and all birds, and all venison; and both of these either roasted or boiled: amongst the tame animals, beef; if any of the rest is made use of, rather lean than fat; in a swine the heels, cheeks, ears, and barren wombs; amongst pot-herbs endive, lettuce, parsnip, boiled gourd, skirret; of the apple kind, the cherry, mulberry, service fruit, mealy pears, such as are either those called crustumina(53) or næviana, also those called tarentina, or signina; the round apples, or scandiana, or amerina, or quinces, or pomegranates, wormwood(54), jar raisins, soft eggs, dates, pine-nuts, white olives preserved in strong brine or tinctured with vinegar, or the black kind, which have grown thoroughly ripe upon the tree, or been kept in passum or defrutum; austere wine, although it be grown rough, also resinated(55); hard fish of the middle class, oysters, pectines(56), murex and purpura(57), periwinkles; food and drink either cold or hot.

Anything that's bland or a bit sour, or has a moderate amount of salt, is easy on the stomach: also, unleavened bread, rinsed alica (a type of flour), rice, or herbal tea; all types of birds and game meat; and both can be roasted or boiled. Among domesticated animals, beef is preferable; if any others are used, they should be lean rather than fatty; from pigs, the feet, cheeks, ears, and barren wombs are acceptable; among vegetables, endive, lettuce, parsnips, boiled gourds, and skirret. For fruits, cherries, mulberries, service berries, mealy pears—like the ones called crustumina__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ or næviana, as well as those named tarentina or signina; round apples, or scandiana, or amerina, or quinces, or pomegranates; wormwood__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, jar raisins, soft eggs, dates, pine nuts, white olives preserved in strong brine or marinated in vinegar, or black olives that are fully ripe on the tree, or kept in passum or defrutum; sour wine, even if it's rough, and resin-infused __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; hard fish from the middle category, oysters, pectins__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, murex, and purpura__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, periwinkles; food and drink can be served either cold or hot.

CHAP. XXV. THINGS THAT ARE BAD FOR THE STOMACH.

The stomach is offended by every thing tepid, all salt provisions, all meat stewed into broth, every thing too sweet, all fat substances, gruel, leavened bread, and the same made either from millet or barley, oil, roots of pot-herbs, and whatever greens are eaten with oil or garum, honey, mulse, defrutum, passum, milk, all cheese, fresh grapes, figs both green and dry, all leguminous vegetables, and things, that usually prove flatulent; also thyme, cat81mint, savory, hyssop, cresses, dock, nipplewort, and walnuts. From this account it may be inferred, that it is no rule that what affords a good juice, agrees with the stomach; nor that what agrees with the stomach, is for that reason of good juice.

The stomach doesn't tolerate anything lukewarm, any salty foods, any meat cooked in broth, anything too sweet, all fatty substances, gruel, leavened bread, and the same made from millet or barley, oil, root vegetables, and any greens eaten with oil or fish sauce, honey, wine mixed with honey, concentrated grape juice, raisin wine, milk, all cheeses, fresh grapes, both green and dried figs, all types of legumes, and things that usually cause gas; also thyme, catmint, savory, hyssop, cress, dock, nipplewort, and walnuts. From this list, we can conclude that just because something is juicy doesn’t mean it suits the stomach; nor does something that agrees with the stomach necessarily have good juice.

CHAP. XXVI. Of those things that cause flatulence, and the opposite.

Flatulencies are generated by almost all the leguminous vegetables, every thing fat, or over sweet, all stewed meat; must, and even any wine, that has not got age: amongst pot-herbs, garlick, onion, cabbage, and all roots (except skirret and parsnip) bulbusses, dry figs too, but more especially the green, fresh grapes, all nuts, except pine-nuts, milk, and all cheese, and lastly, whatever is too crude.

Flatulence is caused by almost all legumes, anything fatty or overly sweet, all stewed meats, unaged wine, and must. Among herbs, garlic, onions, cabbage, and all roots (except skirret and parsnip), as well as dry figs—especially green, fresh grapes—and all nuts except pine nuts, milk, and all cheeses, and finally, anything too raw.

Little or no flatulency is occasioned by venison, wild fowl, fish, apples, olives, conchylia, eggs either soft or sorbile, old wine. But fennel and dill even relieve flatulencies.

Little to no gas is caused by venison, game birds, fish, apples, olives, shellfish, and both soft and scrambled eggs, as well as aged wine. However, fennel and dill can even help reduce gas.

CHAP. XXVII. ABOUT THOSE THINGS THAT HEAT AND COOL.

Heat is excited by pepper, salt, all flesh stewed into soup, garlick, onion, dry figs, salt fish, wine which is the more heating, the stronger it is.

Heat is stirred up by pepper, salt, all kinds of meat cooked into soup, garlic, onion, dried figs, salt fish, and wine, which is even more warming the stronger it is.

Those greens are cooling, whose stalks are eaten without boiling, as endive, and lettuce: likewise coriander, cucumber, boiled gourd, bete, mulberries, cherries, austere apples, mealy pears, boiled flesh, and especially vinegar mixed either with meat or drink.

Those greens are refreshing, whose stalks can be eaten raw, like endive and lettuce; also coriander, cucumber, cooked gourd, beet, mulberries, cherries, sour apples, mealy pears, cooked meat, and especially vinegar mixed with either meat or drinks.

82

82

CHAP. XXVIII. ABOUT WHAT CAN BE EASILY CORRUPTED IN THE STOMACH, AND THE OPPOSITE.

The following kinds easily corrupt in the stomach, leavened bread, and such as is made of any other grain than wheat, and all kinds of the sweet bread mentioned before(58), milk, honey, also sucking animals, and tender fish, oysters, greens, cheese both new and old, coarse or tender flesh, sweet wine, mulse, defrutum passum; lastly, whatever is either juicy, or too sweet, or over thin.

The following types easily spoil in the stomach: leavened bread, any bread made from grains other than wheat, and all kinds of the sweet bread mentioned before __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, milk, honey, as well as suckling animals, tender fish, oysters, greens, both fresh and aged cheese, tough or tender meat, sweet wine, mulse, defrutum passum; finally, anything that is either juicy, too sweet, or overly thin.

But unleavened bread, birds, especially the harder, hard fish, and not only the aurata for instance, or scarus(59), but even the lolligo, locusta, polypus, do not easily corrupt; also beef and all hard flesh: the same is preferable if it be lean, and salted; and all salt fish; periwinkles, the murex and purpura, austere wine, or resinated.

But unleavened bread, birds, especially tougher fish, and not just the golden seabream, or scarus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, but even the squid, locusts, octopus, don't spoil easily; the same goes for beef and all tough meats: it's better if it’s lean and salted; and all salted fish; periwinkles, the murex, and purple dye; harsh wine, or wine with resin.

CHAP. XXIX. OF WHAT OPENS THE STOMACH.

The belly is opened by leavened bread, and the more so if it be coarse, or made of barley; cabbage if it be not well boiled, lettuce, dill, cresses, basil, nettle, purslane, radishes, capers, garlick, onion, mallows, dock, bete, asparagus, gourd, cherries, mulberries, all mild apples, figs even dry, but more especially green, fresh grapes, fat small birds, periwinkles, salt fish and garum, oysters, pelorides(60), sea-urchins, muscles, and almost all shell fish, and chiefly the liquor of them, rock fish, and all tender fish, blood of the cuttle fish; and any fat meat, and the same stewed, or boiled; birds that swim; crude honey, milk, all sucking animals, mulse, sweet or salt wine, soft water(61), every thing tepid, sweet, fat, boiled, stewed, salt, or diluted.

The stomach is opened up by leavened bread, especially if it’s coarse or made from barley; cabbage if it’s not cooked well, along with lettuce, dill, cress, basil, nettles, purslane, radishes, capers, garlic, onions, mallows, dock, beets, asparagus, gourds, cherries, mulberries, all mild apples, figs—even dried ones, but especially fresh green grapes, fatty small birds, periwinkles, salted fish and garum, oysters, pelorides__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, sea urchins, mussels, and nearly all shellfish, particularly their juices, rock fish, and all tender fish, cuttlefish blood; any fatty meat, either stewed or boiled; swimming birds; raw honey, milk, all suckling animals, mulse, sweet or salty wine, soft water__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and everything warm, sweet, fatty, boiled, stewed, salted, or diluted.

83

83

CHAP. XXX. WHAT BINDS THE BELLY.

On the contrary the belly is bound by bread made of the siligo, or flour of wheat; especially if it be unleavened; and more so if it be also toasted: and this virtue is even increased, if it be twice baked: pulse made either from alica, or panick, or millet; also gruel prepared from the same; and more so, if these have been toasted first. Lentils with the addition of betes, or endive, or cichory, or plantain, and more so, if these have been toasted before: endive also by itself or cichory toasted, with plantain; small greens, cabbage twice boiled; hard eggs, and more so if roasted; small birds, black bird, ring-dove, especially boiled in vinegar and water, crane and all birds that run, more than they fly; hare, wild goat; the liver of those animals, that have suet, especially that of beef, and the suet itself; cheese, which is grown strong by age, or by that change, which we observe in the foreign kind; or if it be new, boiled with honey or mulse; also boiled honey, unripe pears, fruit of the service-tree, more especially those that they call torminalia(62), quinces and pomegranates, olives either white or early ripe, myrtle-berries, dates, the purpura and murex, wine either resinated or rough, and wine undiluted, vinegar, mulse, that has been boiled, also rough defrutum, passum, water either tepid or very cold, and hard, that is, such as keeps long without stinking, therefore particularly rain water, every thing hard, lean, austere, rough, and scorched, and the same flesh rather roasted, than boiled.

On the other hand, the stomach is filled with bread made from fine flour, especially if it's unleavened; even more so if it's toasted; and this benefit increases if it's twice baked. Foods made from durum wheat, panick, or millet; also gruel made from the same, especially when toasted first. Lentils with added beets, endive, chicory, or plantain are even better if they've been toasted beforehand: endive alone or chicory toasted with plantain; leafy greens, cabbage cooked twice; hard-boiled eggs, especially if roasted; small birds such as blackbirds, ring-doves, especially boiled in vinegar and water, cranes, and all birds that run more than they fly; hare, wild goat; the liver of fatty animals, especially beef liver, and the fat itself; cheese that’s aged or has changed due to being foreign; or fresh cheese boiled with honey or mulled wine; also boiled honey, unripe pears, service-tree fruit, especially the ones called torminalia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, quinces, and pomegranates, either white or early ripe olives, myrtle berries, dates, purple murex, wine that’s either resinous or rough, undiluted wine, vinegar, boiled mulled wine, also rough defrutum, passum, water that’s either warm or very cold, and hard water, meaning the type that doesn’t spoil quickly, especially rainwater, everything hard, lean, strict, rough, and burnt, as well as the same flesh roasted rather than boiled.

CHAP. XXXI. Diuretic foods and beverages.

The urine is promoted by whatever grows in the garden of a good smell, as smallage, rue, dill, basil, mint, hyssop,84 anise, coriander, cresses, rocket, fennel. Besides these, asparagus, caper, catmint, thyme, savory, nipplewort, parsnip, especially the wild kind, radish, skirret, onion; of venison principally the hare; small wine, pepper both round and long, mustard, wormwood, pine-nuts.

The urine is influenced by whatever grows in the garden that smells good, like celery, rue, dill, basil, mint, hyssop,84 anise, coriander, cresses, arugula, and fennel. In addition to these, there's asparagus, capers, catmint, thyme, savory, nipplewort, parsnip, especially the wild variety, radish, skirret, and onion; from venison, mainly the hare; light wine, both round and long pepper, mustard, wormwood, and pine nuts.

CHAP. XXXII. OF TEDIOUS AND EXCITING THINGS.

Sleep is procured by the poppy, lettuce, especially the summer kind, when its stalk is replete with milk, mulberries, and leeks.

Sleep can be gained from poppy, lettuce—especially the summer variety when its stalk is full of milky sap—mulberries, and leeks.

The senses are excited by catmint, thyme, savory, hyssop, particularly pennyroyal, rue and onion.

The senses are stimulated by catmint, thyme, savory, hyssop, especially pennyroyal, rue, and onion.

CHAP. XXXIII. Of those things that attract, repel, cool, heat, harden, or soften.

Many things are powerful in drawing out matter: but as these consist principally of foreign medicines, and not so much adapted to the cases of those who are to be relieved by diet, I shall postpone the mention of them for the present: and shall only name those things, which are commonly at hand, and are fit for corroding, and thus extracting whatever is hurtful in those distempers, concerning which I am presently to treat. This virtue resides in the seeds of rocket, cresses, radish; but most of all mustard. The same power is also found in salt, and figs.

Many things are effective at drawing out substances: however, since these mostly consist of foreign medicines and aren't particularly suited for individuals who can be treated through diet, I'll hold off on discussing them for now. Instead, I'll only mention those items that are readily available and suitable for breaking down and removing anything harmful in the conditions I'm about to address. This quality is found in the seeds of arugula, watercress, and radishes; but most notably in mustard. The same effect is also present in salt and figs.

Sordid wool(63) dipt either in vinegar, or wine, with an addition of oil; bruised dates, bran boiled in salt water or vinegar, are all at the same time both restringent and emollient.

Sordid wool__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ soaked in either vinegar or wine, with some oil added; mashed dates, bran cooked in salt water or vinegar, are both tightening and soothing at the same time.

But the following things both restringe and cool, the wall herb (which they call parthenium or perdicium, feverfew) serpyllum, pennyroyal, basil, the blood herb (which85 the Greeks call polygonon[ AZ ],) purslane, poppy-leaves, and clippings of vines, coriander-leaves, henbane, moss, skirret, smallage, nightshade (which the Greeks call struchnos)[ BA ], cabbage-leaves, endive, plantain, fenel-seed, mashed pears or apples, chiefly quinces, lentils; cold water, especially rain water, wine, vinegar; and bread, or meal, or sponge, or pieces of cloth, or sordid wool, or even linen, moistened in any of these liquors; Cimolian chalk(64), tarras(65), oil of quinces(66), or myrtles(67), or of roses(68), bitter oil(69), leaves of vervains bruised with their tender stalks; of this kind are olive, cypress, myrtle, mastich-tree, tamarisk, privet, rose, bramble, laurel, ivy, pomegranate.

But the following things both restrict and cool: the wall herb (which they call parthenium or perdicium, feverfew), creeping thyme, pennyroyal, basil, the blood herb (which the Greeks call polygonon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__), purslane, poppy leaves, and clippings of vines, coriander leaves, henbane, moss, skirret, smallage, nightshade (which the Greeks call struchnos)__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__), cabbage leaves, endive, plantain, fennel seeds, mashed pears or apples, especially quinces, lentils; cold water, especially rainwater, wine, vinegar; and bread, or flour, or sponge, or pieces of cloth, or dirty wool, or even linen, moistened in any of these liquids; Cimolian chalk__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, tarras__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, oil of quinces__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, or myrtles __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, or of roses __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, bitter oil__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, leaves of vervains crushed with their tender stalks; of this kind are olive, cypress, myrtle, mastic tree, tamarisk, privet, rose, bramble, laurel, ivy, and pomegranate.

Boiled quinces, pomegranate bark, a hot decoction of vervains, which I mentioned before, powder from the lees of wine, or myrtle-leaves, bitter almonds, all restringe without cooling.

Boiled quinces, pomegranate bark, a hot brew of vervains, which I mentioned earlier, powder from wine sediment, or myrtle leaves, bitter almonds, all tighten without cooling.

A cataplasm made from any meal is heating, whether it be of wheat, or of far(70), or barley, or bitter vetch, or darnel, or millet, or panick, or lentil, or beans, or lupines, or lint, or fenugreek; the meal after being boiled is laid on hot. But every kind of meal boiled in mulse is more effectual for this purpose, than the same prepared with water. Besides these, Cyprine oil(71), or iris(72), marrow, fat of a cat, mixed with oil, especially if it be old, salt, nitre(73), git, pepper, cinquefoil.

A poultice made from any kind of flour is warming, whether it's wheat, far__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, barley, bitter vetch, darnel, millet, panic grain, lentils, beans, lupines, flax, or fenugreek; the flour should be boiled and then applied hot. However, any type of flour boiled in honey is more effective for this purpose than the same made with water. In addition to these, Cyprine oil__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, iris__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, marrow, and cat fat mixed with oil—especially if it's old—along with salt, nitre__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, git, pepper, and cinquefoil can also be used.

And we may observe in general, that those things, which both restringe violently and cool, are hardening: and those which heat and dissipate, are softening: but the most powerful cataplasm for softening is made from the seeds of lint or fenugreek.

And we can see in general that things that both tighten and cool are hardening, while those that heat and release are softening. However, the most effective poultice for softening is made from the seeds of flax or fenugreek.

Now physicians make use of all these things variously, both by themselves, and mixed; so that we rather see what each of them was strongly persuaded of, than what upon certain trial he found to be useful.

Now doctors use all these things in different ways, both on their own and combined; so we often see what each of them strongly believed, rather than what they found to be genuinely helpful through experience.


86

86

A. CORNELIUS CELSUS

A. Cornelius Celsus

OF

OF

MEDICINE.

Healthcare.


BOOK III.


CHAP. I. GENERAL DIVISION OF DISORDERS.

Having already considered all that relates to distempers in general, I come to treat of the cure of each distinctly. Now the Greeks divided them into two kinds, the one they called acute, the other chronic. And because their process was not always the same, for this reason some ranged the same distempers among the acute, which others reckoned in the number of the chronic. From whence it is plain, that there are more kinds of them. For some are short and acute, which either carry off a person quickly, or are themselves soon terminated. Others are of long continuance, from which there is neither a speedy recovery, nor speedy death. And the third kind are those, which are sometimes acute, and sometimes chronic; and this happens not only in fevers, where it is most frequent; but also in other diseases. And besides these, there is a fourth kind; which can neither be called acute, because they are not mortal; nor yet chronic, because if remedies are used, they are easily cured. When I come to treat of each, I shall point out to what kind they belong.

Having already discussed everything related to illnesses in general, I will now address the treatment of each one individually. The Greeks classified them into two types: acute and chronic. Because their processes weren't always the same, some categorized the same illnesses as acute while others considered them chronic. This shows that there are actually more types. Some are short and intense, which either lead to a quick death or resolve quickly. Others last a long time, with neither a quick recovery nor a fast death. The third type can be both acute and chronic at different times; this is most common in fevers but can also occur in other diseases. In addition to these, there is a fourth type, which can't be labeled as acute since they aren't fatal, nor chronic because they can be easily treated with remedies. When I discuss each illness, I will specify to which category they belong.

Now I shall divide all of them into those, that seem to affect the whole body, and those, which occur in particular parts. After a few general observations upon them all, I shall begin with the first. Though there is no distemper87 in which fortune can pretend to more power than art, or art than nature; since medicine can do nothing in opposition to nature: yet a physician is more excusable for want of success in acute, than in chronic disorders. For in the first, there is but a small space, within which, if the remedies do not succeed, the patient dies: in the other case, there is time both for deliberation, and a change of medicines; so that very seldom, where a physician is called at its beginning, an obedient patient is lost without his fault. Nevertheless, a chronic distemper, when it is firmly rooted, becomes equally difficult with an acute one. And indeed the older an acute distemper is, so much the more easily it is cured; but a chronic one, the more recent it is.

Now I’ll break them down into those that seem to affect the whole body and those that occur in specific parts. After making a few general observations about them all, I’ll start with the first. Although there’s no illness where chance has more influence than skill, or skill than nature—since medicine can’t go against nature—doctors have more excuse for failing with acute illnesses than with chronic ones. For acute cases, there’s a short window of time, and if the treatments don’t work, the patient can die quickly. In chronic cases, there’s time for careful thought and changes in treatment, so it’s rare for a doctor to lose a compliant patient early on without any fault of their own. However, a deeply rooted chronic condition can become just as challenging as an acute one. In fact, the older an acute illness is, the easier it is to treat, while a chronic one is harder to treat the newer it is.

There is another thing we ought not to be ignorant of; that the same remedies don’t agree with all patients. Whence it happens, that the greatest authors extol some one remedy, some another, each recommending his own as the only one, according as they had succeeded with themselves. It is fit therefore, when any thing does not answer, not to pay so much regard to the author of it, as to the patient, and to make trial of one thing after another. Remembering however, that in acute distempers, what does not relieve, must be quickly changed: in the chronic, which time both causes, and removes, whatever has not immediately done service, is not to be hastily condemned; much less must that be discontinued, which does but give a small relief, because its good effects are completed by time.

There's something else we shouldn't overlook: not all treatments work for every patient. As a result, top authors praise one remedy or another, each insisting theirs is the best based on their own success. So, when something doesn’t seem to work, we should focus less on the author and more on the patient, trying out different options one after another. Keep in mind, though, that in acute conditions, if something doesn’t help, it should be changed quickly. In chronic cases, where time can both cause and heal, we shouldn’t rush to criticize anything that hasn’t provided immediate relief; even less should we stop something that offers slight improvement, as its benefits may develop over time.

CHAP. II. GENERAL DIAGNOSTICS OF ACUTE AND CHRONIC, INCREASING AND DECLINING DISEASES; THE DIFFERENCE IN TREATMENT FOR EACH; AND PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED WHEN EXPECTING AN ONCOMING ILLNESS.

It is easy to know in the beginning, whether a distemper be acute, or chronic: not in those only, that are always the same; but in those also, that vary. For when the pa88roxysms and violent pains without intermissions distress, the disease is acute. When the pains are gentle, or the fever slow, and there are considerable intervals betwixt the fits, and those symptoms accede, which have been explained in the preceding book, it is plain, that the distemper will be of long continuance.

It’s easy to tell at the start whether an illness is acute or chronic: not just in cases that are always the same, but also in those that change. When the person suffers from severe spasms and constant pain, the illness is acute. If the pain is mild, the fever is slow, and there are significant breaks between episodes, along with the symptoms described in the previous book, it’s clear that the illness is going to last a long time.

It is necessary also to observe, whether the distemper increases, or is at a stand, or abates: because some remedies are proper for disorders increasing, more for those, that are upon the decline. And those, which are suitable to increasing disorders, when an acute distemper is gaining ground, ought rather to be tried in the remissions. Now a distemper increases, while the pains and paroxysms grow more severe; when the paroxysms return after a shorter interval, and last longer than the preceding did. And even in chronic disorders, that have not such marks, we may know them to be increasing, if sleep is uncertain, if concoction grows worse, if the intestinal excretion is more fetid, if the senses are more heavy, the understanding more slow, if cold or heat runs over the body, if the skin grows more pale. But the contrary symptoms to these are marks of its decrease.

It’s also important to watch whether the illness is getting worse, stable, or improving, because some treatments are better for worsening conditions, while others are more effective for those that are getting better. Treatments that work for worsening conditions, when an acute illness is getting worse, should be used more during times of improvement. An illness is considered to be worsening when the pain and episodes become more intense; when the episodes happen more frequently and last longer than before. Even in chronic conditions that don’t show these signs, we can tell they are worsening if sleep is unpredictable, digestion is worse, bowel movements are smellier, the senses feel duller, thinking is slower, if there are chills or fever, or if the skin appears more pale. The opposite of these symptoms indicates that the illness is improving.

Besides in acute distempers, the patient must not be allowed nourishment so soon, not till they be upon the decline; that fasting by a diminution of matter may break its violence; in chronic disorders, sooner, that he may be able to endure the continuance of the disease. But if the distemper happens not to be in the whole body, but only in a particular part, yet it is more necessary to support the strength of the whole body, than of the part; since by means of that strength the diseased parts may be cured. It also makes a great difference, whether a person has been properly or wrong treated from the beginning: because a method of cure is less successful, where it has been often applied unsuccessfully. If one has been injudiciously treated, but still possesses his natural strength, he is quickly restored by a proper management.

In cases of severe illness, patients shouldn't be given food right away, only after they start to improve; fasting can help reduce the severity of the condition. In chronic illnesses, however, nourishment should be provided sooner so that the patient can better handle the ongoing disease. Even if the illness is localized to a specific area, it's still more important to maintain the overall strength of the body rather than just focusing on the affected part, as the body's strength can aid in healing the diseased areas. It also matters a lot whether a person has been treated correctly or incorrectly from the start; a treatment plan is less effective if it has been repeatedly misapplied. If someone has been treated poorly but still has their natural strength, they can be quickly restored with the right approach.

But since I began with those symptoms, which afford marks of an approaching illness, I shall commence the methods of cure from the same period. Wherefore if any of those things(1), which have been mentioned, happen, rest and abstinence are best of all: if any thing is drunk, it89 should be water; and sometimes it is sufficient to do that for one day; sometimes for two days, if the alarming symptoms continue; and immediately after fasting, very little food must be taken, water must be drunk; the day after, wine; then every other day by turns water and wine, till all cause of fear be removed. For by these means often a dangerous distemper impending is averted. And a great many are deceived, while they hope upon the first day immediately to remove a langour either by exercise, or bathing, or a gentle purge, or vomiting, or sweating, or drinking wine. Not but this may sometimes happen, or answer their expectations, but that it more frequently fails; and abstinence alone may cure without any danger. Especially as that may be regulated according to the degree of one’s apprehensions: and if the symptoms are slight, it is sufficient only to abstain from wine; a diminution of which assists more than lessening the quantity of food: if they are somewhat more dangerous, it may serve the turn not only to drink water (as in the first case), but to forbear flesh too: and sometimes to take less bread than ordinary, and confine one’s self to moist food, especially greens. And it may be sufficient then only to abstain entirely from food, wine and all motion, when violent symptoms give the alarm. And without doubt scarce any body will fall into a distemper, who does not neglect it, but takes care by these means to oppose its beginning in due time.

But since I started with those symptoms that indicate an upcoming illness, I’ll begin the treatment methods from that same time. Therefore, if any of those things__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mentioned occur, rest and taking it easy are the best options: if anything is consumed, it should be water; and sometimes just doing that for one day is enough; other times for two days, if the concerning symptoms persist; and right after fasting, only a small amount of food should be taken, and water should be drunk; the next day, wine; then alternating water and wine every other day until all cause for concern is gone. By using these methods, a potentially serious illness can often be prevented. Many people are misled, thinking they can immediately eliminate fatigue on the first day through exercise, bathing, a gentle purge, vomiting, sweating, or drinking wine. Although this may sometimes work or meet their expectations, it more often fails; abstinence alone can cure without any risks. This can especially be adjusted based on the level of one's anxieties: if the symptoms are mild, simply avoiding wine is enough; reducing wine intake helps more than cutting back on food. If the symptoms are somewhat more serious, it might be necessary not only to drink water (as in the first case) but also to avoid meat; sometimes, eating less bread than usual and sticking to moist foods, especially greens, is sufficient. It may even be necessary to completely abstain from food, wine, and movement when severe symptoms arise. Without a doubt, hardly anyone will fall ill if they don’t ignore it and take steps to combat its onset in a timely manner.

CHAP. III. OF THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF FEVERS.

These are the rules to be observed by such as are in health, that are only apprehensive of the cause. We next proceed to the cure of fevers, which is a kind of disease, that affects the whole body, and is the most common of all. Of these one is a quotidian, another a tertian, and a third a quartan. Sometimes some fevers also return after a longer period, but that seldom occurs. With regard to the former, they are both diseases in themselves, and a cure for others.

These are the rules to follow for those who are healthy but concerned about the cause. Next, we talk about treating fevers, which is a type of illness that impacts the entire body and is the most common of all. There are daily fevers, every-other-day fevers, and those that come every four days. Sometimes, some fevers also come back after a longer time, but that's rare. As for the daily and others, they are both illnesses on their own and a remedy for others.

90

90

But quartan fevers are more simple. They begin commonly with a shuddering; then a heat breaks out; after the paroxysm is over, the patient is well for two days. So that it returns upon the fourth day.

But quartan fevers are more straightforward. They usually start with chills; then a fever sets in; after the episode is over, the patient feels fine for two days. It comes back on the fourth day.

Of tertians again there are two kinds. One of them both beginning and ending like the quartan; with this difference only, that there is one day’s intermission, and it returns upon the third. The other kind is much more fatal, which indeed returns upon the third day, but of forty-eight hours, thirty-six are occupied by the fit (and sometimes either less or more,) nor does it entirely cease in the remission; but is only mitigated. This kind most physicians call semitertian[ BB ].

Of tertians, there are two types. One starts and ends like the quartan, with just one day in between, and it returns on the third day. The other type is much more deadly; it does return on the third day, but out of forty-eight hours, thirty-six are spent having the fit (and sometimes it's less or more), and it doesn’t completely go away during the remission; it only lessens. Most doctors refer to this type as semitertian __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

But quotidians are various, and different in their appearances. For some of them begin with a heat, others with a coldness, others with a shuddering. I call that a coldness, when the extremities of the limbs are chilled; a shuddering, when the whole body trembles. Again, some end, so as to be followed by an interval quite free from indisposition; others so, as that though the fever somewhat abates, yet some relicks remain, till another paroxysm comes on; and others often remit little or nothing, but continue as they began. Some again are attended with a very vehement heat, others more tolerable; some are equal every day, others unequal, and alternately milder one day and more severe another: some return at the same time the following day, others either later or sooner: some by the fit and the intermission take up a day and a night, some less, others more: some, when they go off, cause a sweat, others do not; and in some a sweat leaves the patient well, in others it only renders the body weaker: sometimes also one fit comes on each day, sometimes two or more. Whence it frequently happens, that every day there are several both paroxysms and remissions; yet so as that each of them answers to some preceding one. Sometimes too the fits are so irregular, that neither their durations nor intermissions can be observed. Nor is it true, which is alledged by some, that no fever is irregular, unless it arise from a vomica, or an inflammation, or an ulcer. For the cure would always be easier, if this were fact. For what is occasioned by the evident causes, may91 also proceed from the occult. Nor do those dispute about things, but words, who alledge, that when feverish paroxysms come on in different manners in the same distemper, these are not irregular returns of the fever, but new and different fevers successively arising. Which however would have no relation to the method of cure, though it were true. The intervals also are sometimes pretty long, at other times scarce perceptible.

But everyday ailments vary and look different. Some start with heat, others with coldness, and some with shivers. I call it coldness when the limbs feel cold; I call it shuddering when the whole body trembles. Some conditions end with a complete break from discomfort; others may ease up a bit, but remnants linger until another episode occurs; and some often barely lessen at all, persisting as they began. Some come with a strong heat, while others are more tolerable; some are consistent every day, while others are inconsistent, milder one day and worse the next. Some return at the same time the next day; others come later or earlier. Some last a full day and night, while others do not. Some cause sweating when they go away, others do not; and in some cases, sweating leaves the patient better, while in others, it just makes them weaker. Occasionally, one episode happens each day, sometimes two or even more. This often results in several episodes and breaks happening each day, where each relates to a previous one. Sometimes the episodes are so unpredictable that neither their durations nor breaks can be tracked. Additionally, it's not true, as some claim, that no fever is irregular unless it’s caused by an abscess, inflammation, or ulcer. The treatment would always be simpler if that were the case. For what is triggered by obvious causes can also come from hidden ones. Those who argue that when feverish episodes occur differently within the same illness, they are not irregular patterns of fever but rather new and different fevers arising consecutively, are only debating terminology. However, this would not change the treatment approach, even if it were true. The breaks can also be quite lengthy at times, while at other times they can barely be noticed.

CHAP. IV. OF THE VARIOUS TREATMENT METHODS.

This then is the general nature of fevers. But the methods of cure differ, according to their different authors. Asclepiades says, that it is the duty of a physician to effect the cure safely, speedily, and with ease to the patient. This is to be desired: but generally too great haste and too great indulgence both prove dangerous. What moderation must be used in order to obtain all these ends as far as possible, the principal regard being always had to the safety of the patient, will come into consideration, when we treat of the particulars of the cure.

This is the general nature of fevers. However, the methods of treatment vary based on different practitioners. Asclepiades states that it is a physician's responsibility to treat the patient safely, quickly, and with ease. This is ideal; however, usually, rushing or being too lenient can be risky. We'll discuss the necessary balance to achieve these goals, always prioritizing the safety of the patient, when we cover the specifics of the treatment.

And the first inquiry is, how the patient is to be treated in the beginning of the distemper. The ancients by the use of some medicines endeavoured to promote concoction; for this reason, that they were extremely afraid of crudity: next they discharged by frequent clysters that matter, which seemed to hurt. Asclepiades laying aside the use of medicines, ordered clysters not so frequently as they, but in almost every distemper. And he professed his principal cure for a fever was the disease itself. He thought also, that the strength of the patient was to be worn out by light, watching, and great thirst: insomuch that he would not even allow the mouth to be washed in the first days. So much are those mistaken, who imagine the whole of his regimen to be agreeable. For indeed in the advance of the distemper he even administered to the luxury of the patient; but at the beginning he acted the part of a tormentor.

The first question is how to treat the patient at the onset of the illness. The ancients used various medicines to aid digestion because they were very concerned about the effects of undigested matter. They often used enemas to eliminate anything that seemed harmful. Asclepiades, on the other hand, set aside medicines and recommended enemas less frequently, but still for almost every illness. He believed that the best treatment for a fever was actually the fever itself. He also thought that a patient's strength could be depleted by exposure to light, lack of sleep, and intense thirst. He even went so far as to say that the mouth shouldn't be rinsed during the first few days. Many people misunderstand his approach, thinking it was entirely comfortable. In fact, at the start of the illness, he was quite strict with the patient, but later on, he allowed for more indulgence.

92

92

Now I grant that medicinal potions and clysters, ought to be used but sparingly. And yet I do not think these are to be administered with a view to destroy the patient’s strength: because the greatest danger arises from weakness. Wherefore it is proper only to diminish the redundant matter; which is naturally dissipated, when there is no new accession to it. For this reason the patient must abstain from food in the beginning, and in the day-time be kept in the light, unless he be weak, because even that contributes to the discharge. And he ought to lye in a very large room.

Now, I agree that medicinal potions and enemas should be used sparingly. However, I don’t believe they should be given with the intention of weakening the patient, because the biggest threat comes from weakness. Therefore, it’s important to only reduce the excess matter, which naturally diminishes when there’s no new intake. For this reason, the patient should avoid food at first and should be kept in a well-lit room during the day, unless they are weak, as even that can help with recovery. They should also lie down in a spacious room.

As to thirst and sleep, the best mean is, that he be awake in the day-time, and rest in the night, if possible; and neither drink plentifully, nor be too much tormented with thirst. His mouth also may be washed, when it is both dry, and has a fetid taste; although such time is not seasonable for drinking. And Erasistratus very justly observed, that often the mouth and fauces require moisture, when there is no want of it in the internal parts; and that it is of no consequence, that the patient is uneasy. Such then ought to be the treatment at first.

When it comes to thirst and sleep, the best approach is to stay awake during the day and rest at night, if possible; and neither drink excessively nor suffer too much from thirst. It's also fine to rinse your mouth when it feels dry and has a bad taste, even if it's not the right time to drink. Erasistratus wisely noted that the mouth and throat often need moisture even when the internal organs don’t, and it doesn't matter if the patient is uncomfortable. This should be the initial treatment.

Now the best medicine is food seasonably administered: when that must be given first, is a question. Most of the ancients were slow in giving it; often on the fifth or sixth day: and that perhaps the nature of the climate in Asia or in Egypt admits of. Asclepiades, after he had for three days fatigued the patient in every way, appointed the fourth for food. But Themison of late considered, not when the fever had begun, but when it had gone off, or at least was abated; and waiting for the third day from that time, if the fever had not returned, he gave food immediately; if it did come on, when it had ceased; or if it continued constantly, when at least it was mitigated.

Now the best medicine is food given at the right time: when it should be given first is a question. Most ancient doctors were slow to provide it; often waiting until the fifth or sixth day, likely due to the climate in Asia or Egypt. Asclepiades, after exhausting the patient for three days, scheduled the fourth day for food. But Themison, more recently, considered not when the fever started, but when it had subsided or at least decreased; and after waiting for the third day from that point, if the fever hadn’t returned, he offered food right away; if it did return, then once it stopped; or, if it stayed constant, at least once it eased up.

Now none of these rules is always to be followed. For it may be proper to give food on the first day, it may on the second, it may on the third, it may not before the fourth or fifth; it may after one fit, it may after two, it may after several. For the qualities of the distemper, constitution, air, age, and season of the year make some difference. And no time can be universally fixed in things so widely different from each other. In a distemper that weakens more, food must be sooner allowed; also in an93 air that is more dissipating. Upon this account in Africa for no day it seems proper to prescribe fasting. It should be given also sooner to a boy, than a young man; more quickly in summer, than winter. This one thing must be practised always and every where, that a physician sitting by should now and then observe the strength of the patient, and as long as that continues, encounter the disease by abstinence; if he begins to apprehend weakness, support him by food. For it is his business to be careful neither to load the patient by superfluous matter, nor when he is weaker, to kill him by fasting. And this I find in Erasistratus, who though he did not direct, when the belly, when the body itself was to be evacuated, yet by saying that these were to be regarded, and that food was to be given, when the body stood in need of it, has plainly enough shewn, that it ought not to be given, while there w as a sufficient quantity of strength, and that care should be taken, that it was not too much exhausted.

None of these rules should be followed all the time. It might be appropriate to give food on the first day, the second, or the third, but not before the fourth or fifth; it could be after one fit, two fits, or several. Factors like the nature of the illness, the patient's constitution, the environment, age, and the season can make a difference. There’s no single time that works for every situation so different from one another. In cases where the illness causes more weakness, food should be given sooner; the same applies to more dissipating conditions in the environment. For this reason, in Africa, it seems inappropriate to prescribe fasting on any day. Food should also be given sooner to a boy than to a young man; more quickly in summer than in winter. One thing must always be practiced everywhere: the physician should periodically check the patient's strength, and as long as it holds, manage the illness with abstinence; if he starts to sense weakness, he should provide support through food. It’s essential to be careful not to overwhelm the patient with excess food or, especially when he is weaker, to harm him by fasting. This is supported by Erasistratus, who, even though he didn’t specify when the stomach or body should be evacuated, made it clear that these factors should be considered, and food should be offered when the body needs it. He indicated that food shouldn’t be given when strength is sufficient, and attention should be paid to ensure the patient isn't overly exhausted.

From these things it may be inferred, that many people cannot be attended by one physician; and that the man to be trusted is he, that knows his profession, and is not much absent from the patient. But they, that practise only from views of gain, because their profits arise in proportion to the number of patients, readily fall in with such rules, as do not require close attendance; as in this very case. For it is easy even for such, as seldom see the patient, to count the days and the fits: but it is necessary for him to sit by his patient, who would form a true judgment what is alone fit to be done; when he will be too weak unless he get food. In most people however the fourth day is usually the most proper for beginning to give food.

From this, we can conclude that many people can't be treated by just one doctor; the one to trust is the one who knows their stuff and stays close to the patient. However, those who only care about making money often follow guidelines that don’t need them to be present all the time, just like in this situation. It's easy for those who rarely see the patient to keep track of the days and symptoms. But the doctor who wants to make a real assessment needs to be there for the patient, especially to know when the patient is too weak and needs food. Generally, for most people, the fourth day is usually the best time to start giving food.

But there is still another doubt about the days themselves, because the ancients chiefly regarded the odd days, and called them critical[ BC ], as if on these a judgment was to be formed concerning the patients. These days were the third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, fourteenth, and twenty-first; so that the greatest influence was attributed to the seventh, next to the fourteenth, and then to the twenty-first. And therefore with regard to the nourishment of the sick, they waited for the fits of the94 odd days: then afterwards they gave food, expecting the approaching fits to be easier; insomuch that Hippocrates, if the fever had ceased on any other day, used to be apprehensive of a relapse.

But there is still another question about the days themselves, because the ancients mainly focused on the odd days and called them critical __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, as if these were the days on which a judgment about the patients would be made. These days included the third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, fourteenth, and twenty-first, with the greatest influence attributed to the seventh, followed by the fourteenth, and then the twenty-first. As a result, when it came to feeding the sick, they would wait for the fits on the odd days, and then afterwards provide food, hoping the upcoming fits would be milder; so much so that Hippocrates was concerned about a relapse if the fever had stopped on any other day.

This Asclepiades justly rejected as idle, and said that no day was more or less dangerous to the patients, by its being either even or odd. For sometimes the even days are worse; and food is given more properly after the paroxysm of the fevers: sometimes also in the same distemper the quality of the days is changed: and that becomes more severe, which had used to be more mild: and the fourteenth day itself is even, upon which the ancients laid a great stress. And when they maintained, that the eighth was of the same nature with the first, because the second number of seven began from it, they were inconsistent with themselves in not taking the eighth, or tenth, or twelfth day, as the more important: for they attributed more to the ninth and eleventh. When they had done this without any plausible reason, they passed on from the eleventh, not to the thirteenth, but to the fourteenth. It is a remark of Hippocrates too, that the fourth day is worst to him, that is to be relieved on the seventh. So that even by his own account, upon an even day both the fever may be more violent, and a sure indication given of what is to follow. And the same author elsewhere takes every fourth day to have the strongest influence with regard to both events; that is the fourth, seventh, eleventh, fourteenth, seventeenth: in which he passes from the odd to the even reckoning. Neither in this indeed has he kept to his point: since the eleventh is not the fourth, but the fifth day after the seventh. Whence it appears, in whatever light we consider the number, no true reasoning can be found in his doctrine. But with regard to these the ancients were misled by the Pythagoric numbers at that time in great vogue: whereas here as well as in other cases a physician ought not to count the days, but to consider the paroxysms themselves; and upon them to found his conjecture when food is to be given.

This Asclepiades rightly dismissed as nonsense, stating that no day is inherently more or less dangerous for patients based on whether it's even or odd. Sometimes even days are worse; food is better given after the peak of fevers. Also, within the same illness, the nature of the days can shift—what used to be mild can become more severe. The fourteenth day, which is even, was heavily emphasized by the ancients. They argued that the eighth day is similar to the first since the second number of seven starts from it, yet they were inconsistent by not considering the eighth, tenth, or twelfth days as more significant, instead attributing more importance to the ninth and eleventh. After this illogical reasoning, they moved from the eleventh day, skipping the thirteenth, and went straight to the fourteenth. Hippocrates also noted that the fourth day is the worst for someone expected to recover on the seventh. So, even according to his own account, both the fever can be more intense on an even day, and there’s a clear indication of what’s to come. The same author later states that every fourth day has the strongest impact regarding outcomes: the fourth, seventh, eleventh, fourteenth, and seventeenth days, transitioning from odd to even calculations. However, in this regard, he also lost track, as the eleventh is not the fourth but the fifth day after the seventh. Therefore, it seems that, regardless of how we view the number, no genuine logic exists in his theory. The ancients were misled by the popular Pythagorean numbers at that time. In these matters, as well as others, a physician shouldn’t just count the days but focus on the paroxysms themselves and base their judgment on when to provide food accordingly.

But this is of more importance, to know whether the proper time for giving food be, when the tumultuous motion of the vessels has pretty much subsided, or while some relicks of the fever still remain. For the ancients pre95scribed nourishment, when the body was in the soundest state: Asclepiades, upon the decline of the fit, but before it was over; his reason for which was weak; not but that food is to be given sometimes more quickly, if another paroxysm is apprehended soon; but because certainly it ought not to be given, but when the body is in its best condition: for what is received by a body free from disorder is less liable to corruption. Neither is it true, which Themison imagined, if a patient was to be well for two hours, that it would be better to give it then, that it might be digested(2), while the body was in health. Indeed if it could be so speedily digested, that would be best. But as so short a time is not sufficient, it is better that the beginning of food should be upon the end of one paroxysm, than that any of it should lie in the stomach, when another begins. Thus if a pretty long interval is to follow, it is to be given, when the person is freest of all indisposition; if but a short one, before the patient be quite well. What has been said of the sound state during an intermission, holds likewise with respect to the greatest remission we find in a continued fever. But it is also a question, whether it is necessary to wait so many hours, as use to be taken up by the fit; or whether it is sufficient to pass over the first part of them, that those patients may be more easy, who sometimes have not a perfect intermission. But it is most safe to suffer the whole time of the fit to be over first: although when the paroxysm has been long, the patient may be indulged sooner; nevertheless so that at least the one half be suffered to elapse first. And this is not only to be observed in the kind last mentioned, but in all fevers.

But this is more important: to know whether the right time to provide food is after the intense movement of the vessels has calmed down, or while some remnants of the fever still linger. The ancients prescribed nourishment when the body was in its healthiest state. Asclepiades recommended it upon the decline of the fit but before it was completely gone; his reasoning was weak. Food can sometimes be given more quickly if another episode is expected soon, but it should definitely only be given when the body is in its best condition because what is taken by a body free from disorder is less likely to spoil. It’s also not true, as Themison thought, that if a patient is going to be well for two hours, it’s better to give food then so it can be digested while the body is healthy. If it could be digested that quickly, that would be ideal. But since such a short time isn’t enough, it’s better for food to start after the end of one episode than to have any of it sitting in the stomach when another begins. Therefore, if there is going to be a long interval, it should be provided when the person is free from any illness; if it’s going to be a short one, it should be given before the patient is completely well. What has been said about the healthy state during a break also applies to the greatest reduction we see in a continuous fever. However, there’s also a question of whether it’s necessary to wait as many hours as the fit lasts or if it’s enough to skip the first part of them for the sake of patients who don’t have a complete break. But it’s safest to wait until the whole duration of the fit is over first. Although if the episode has been long, the patient may be given some leeway sooner, it should still be so that at least half of the time has passed. And this applies not just to the last type but to all fevers.

CHAP. V. SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROVIDING FOOD IN VARIOUS TYPES OF FEVERS.

These observations are of a more general nature belonging to all kinds of fevers: I shall now descend to the particular species of them. Wherefore if there has been only one fit, which has gone off, and that arose either from the96 inguen(3), or from fatigue, or from heat, or from some such accident, so that there is no reason to apprehend danger from any internal cause, the following day, when the time of the fit has passed without any disorder, food may be given. But if the heat come from within; and a heaviness of the head or præcordia has followed; and there is no apparent cause for the disturbance of the body; although health has followed one fit, yet because a tertian may be apprehended, the third day is to be expected; and when the time for the fit is over, food is to be given, but very little of it; because a quartan may also be feared. But upon the fourth day, if the body is well, it may be freely used. If indeed the paroxysm has followed upon the second, third, or fourth day, then we may conclude it to be a disease. But the method of cure in tertians and quartans (whose periods are certain, whose fits leave no indisposition, and the intervals are in a good measure calm) is easier: of which I shall speak in their proper place.

These observations are more general and apply to all types of fevers: I will now focus on the specific types. If there has only been one episode that has passed and it was triggered by something like a strain, fatigue, heat, or a similar incident, with no reason to worry about any internal issue, then the following day, when the timing of the episode has passed without any problems, food can be given. However, if the fever is coming from within; and there’s a feeling of heaviness in the head or chest; and there’s no obvious reason for the body’s unrest; even if health follows one episode, there might be concern about a recurring fever, so the third day should be monitored; when the time for the episode has passed, a small amount of food can be provided because there’s also a chance of a longer-lasting fever. On the fourth day, if the person feels well, they can eat freely. If indeed the episodes occur on the second, third, or fourth day, then we can conclude it’s a disease. However, treating tertians and quartans (which have set periods, don’t leave lingering symptoms, and have relatively calm intervals) is easier: I will discuss this in more detail later.

At present I shall treat of those, which distress every day. Wherefore it is most convenient to give food to the patient every third day; that the abstinence of one day may lessen the fever, on the other nourishment may recruit the strength. But when the fever is quotidian, and goes entirely off, it ought to be given as soon as the body becomes well. But if though there are not distinct fits immediately succeeding each other, yet there are feverish heats without intermission, and these daily increase without going entirely off, then it is to be allowed at that point of time, when a greater remission is not to be expected: if on one day the fit is more severe, and on another milder, after the most severe. Now commonly a more severe fit is followed by an easier night: whence it happens also, that a more troublesome night precedes a severer fit.

Right now, I’ll talk about those issues that cause distress every day. It’s best to give the patient food every third day; this way, a day of fasting can help reduce the fever while nourishment can help restore strength. However, when the fever is daily and completely goes away, food should be given as soon as the body feels better. If there aren’t distinct fever episodes occurring right after each other, but there are persistent feverish symptoms that keep worsening without completely going away, then it should be given at that time when a significant improvement isn’t expected: if one day the symptoms are more intense and the next day they're milder, it generally follows that a severe episode is often followed by an easier night. This is also why a more difficult night usually comes before a more intense episode.

But if the fever is continued, and is never mitigated, and there is a necessity for giving food, the proper time for doing this is much disputed. Some, because patients are commonly easier in the morning, think that the opportunity. Which if it be so, is a proper time, not because it is the morning, but because the patients then have a remission. If even at that time the patient has no ease, since upon this very account that time is worse, that whereas from its own nature it ought to be better, from the force of the distemper it is not so;97 and likewise because the middle of the day follows, after which as almost every patient grows worse, there is room to fear, lest he be then more distressed, than he used to be: therefore, some give food to such a patient in the evening. But since at that time sick people are commonly worst, there is cause to be afraid, lest if we raise any commotion then, the disorder may be increased. For these reasons others defer it(4) till midnight, when the severest is just over, and while the same is at the greatest distance. It is more safely given before day-light, when most sick people get the quietest sleep; next to that in the morning, the time which is naturally the easiest of all.

But if the fever persists and never eases up, and there's a need to provide food, there's a lot of debate about the right time to do this. Some people think that since patients usually feel better in the morning, that’s the best time. If that’s true, it’s a good time not just because it’s morning, but because the patients typically have a brief period of relief. However, if the patient still doesn’t feel better then, it's actually worse because it should be a better time, but due to the illness, it isn’t. Also, since the middle of the day comes next, when almost every patient tends to feel worse, there’s a concern that they might be more distressed than usual. Therefore, some choose to feed the patient in the evening. But since patients are generally worse at that time, there’s a risk that if we stir them up, it might worsen their condition. For these reasons, others wait until midnight, when the worst has just passed and is at the farthest distance. It’s safer to provide food before dawn, when most sick people tend to have their best sleep; after that, the morning is naturally the easiest time of all.

But if the fits are irregular, because in such a case there is room to fear, that they may follow immediately after food; whenever a patient is relieved from the paroxysms he ought to eat. But if several paroxysms come on the same day, it is necessary to consider, whether these be in all respects equal (which can scarcely happen) or unequal. If they be in every point equal, food ought rather to be given after that fit, the end of which does not fall betwixt mid-day and the evening. If they are unequal, it must be considered what the difference is. For if one is more severe, and the other more mild, it ought to be given after the more severe fit: if the one is longer, and the other shorter, after the longer: if one is more severe, and the other of longer continuance, it must be examined, which of the two distresses most, the one by its violence, or the other by its continuance; and it must be given after the most weakening. But it is plainly the most important point of all, how great the remissions are, and of what nature, which happen between the fits. For if an uneasiness remains after one paroxysm, and the body feels no indisposition after the other; when the body is well, it is the fitter time for food.

But if the attacks are irregular, there's a risk that they could happen right after eating. Whenever a patient feels relief from the episodes, they should eat. However, if several episodes occur on the same day, it's important to determine whether they are all the same (which is unlikely) or different. If they are exactly the same, food should be provided after the episode that doesn’t fall between midday and evening. If they are different, we need to figure out how. If one is more intense and another milder, food should be given after the more intense episode. If one lasts longer and the other is shorter, it should be after the longer one. If one is more intense while the other lasts longer, we need to assess which one causes more distress—whether it's the intensity or the duration—and food should be given after the one that is more exhausting. But the most crucial factor is how significant and what type of relief occurs between the episodes. If there's discomfort after one episode and the body feels fine after another, it’s better to eat when the body is well.

If a feverishness always continues, but yet one remission is longer than the other, that is rather to be chosen: so that when the fits are continued, food may be administered immediately upon the decline of the first. For this is an universal rule, and may serve for directing all our measures in this article, to give food at the greatest distance always from a future fit; and with this caution to give it in the best state of the body. Which must be observed not only98 between two fits, but also amongst several. But whereas it is most generally proper to give food every third day, yet if the body is weak it must be given every day: and much more so, if the fevers are continued without any remission: and it is the more needful, the more they weaken the body; or if two or more fits attack on the same day. Which occurrence also requires the giving of food every day immediately from the first, if the pulse has presently sunk; and oftener on the same day, if in the midst of several fits the strength of the body now and then fails. Yet in these this observation must be regarded; that after such fits less food be given, where if the strength of the body would admit, none would be given at all. Now as a paroxysm must either be instantly expected, or beginning, or increasing, or at its height, or abating; and again in its abatement either at a stand, or entirely gone off; it is certain the best season for food is, when the fever is ended; next to that, when in its abatement it stops; thirdly, if there be a necessity, whenever it begins to abate: all other times are dangerous. But if upon account of weakness there is an absolute necessity for it, it is better to give somewhat, when its increase is at a stand, than while it still increases; better when it is instantly expected, than when it is beginning. Nevertheless no time is improper for supporting one, who faints for want.

If a feverish condition persists, but one period of reduction lasts longer than another, that longer period is preferred. Therefore, when the fever continues, food should be given immediately after the first decline. This is a general guideline to help us decide when to provide nourishment: always give food at a maximum distance from a future fever episode, and do so when the body is in the best condition. This should be practiced not just between two episodes, but even among multiple episodes. Although it’s generally advisable to feed every third day, if the body is weak, food should be given daily; this is even more critical if the fevers persist without any breaks, as it becomes increasingly necessary as they weaken the body. If multiple episodes strike on the same day, food should be given daily starting from the first episode, especially if the pulse has weakened, and more often throughout the day if the body's strength fluctuates amidst several episodes. In these situations, it’s crucial to remember that less food should be given after such episodes; ideally, none should be provided if the body can handle it. A paroxysm can either be anticipated instantly or be in various stages: starting, increasing, at its peak, or declining; and during its decline, it may either stabilize or fully resolve. Thus, the best time to provide food is after the fever has ended, followed by when it is stabilizing during its decline, and thirdly, if necessary, when it starts to wane. All other times are risky. However, if weakness makes it absolutely necessary to provide nourishment, it’s better to give a little when the fever seems stable rather than when it is actively increasing; and it's preferable to do so when it is expected soon rather than when it’s just beginning. Still, no time is inappropriate for supporting someone who is fainting from lack of food.

Nor indeed is it sufficient for a physician to regard only the fevers, but also the state of the whole body, and direct his cure by that; whether the patient has a sufficient measure of strength or not, whether some troublesome passions affect the mind. And as the sick should always be in a state of tranquillity, that they be distressed in body only, and not in mind at the same time; so it is more especially necessary immediately after food; so that if there be any thing, which would render them uneasy, it is the best way, while they are sick, to conceal it from them; if that cannot be done, at least to forbear after food; and after their time of sleep, and when they have awaked, then to communicate it.

It's not enough for a doctor to only focus on the fevers; they also need to consider the overall condition of the body and guide their treatment based on that. They should assess whether the patient has enough strength and whether any troubling emotions are affecting their mind. Since patients should always be calm, suffering only physically and not mentally at the same time, this is especially important right after eating. If there's anything that might upset them, it's best to keep it from them while they're unwell; if that's not possible, at least wait until after they've eaten. After they've had some rest and when they wake up, then it's appropriate to share any concerns.

99

99

CHAP. VI. THE RIGHT TIMES TO GIVE DRINK TO PEOPLE WITH FEVERS, AND THE TYPES OF FOOD THAT ARE APPROPRIATE FOR DIFFERENT STAGES OF THE ILLNESS, ALONG WITH SOME GENERAL NOTES.

But patients are more easily managed with regard to food; because in spite of some inclination of their own, the stomach then refuses it. But in the article of drink the struggle is hard; and the more violent, the higher the fever is: for this inflames the thirst, and demands water most importunately, when it is most dangerous. But the patient is to be informed, that when the fever has abated, the thirst also will immediately decline; and that the paroxysm will be longer, if any nourishment be given to him: and that he that drinks none, is sooner freed from the thirst. However as even people in health can bear hunger a good deal easier than thirst, it is necessary to indulge the sick more with regard to drink than food. But on the first day no moisture ought to be given, unless the pulse has suddenly sunk so low, that there is a necessity for giving food also; but on the second and following days likewise, where food is not to be allowed, yet if the thirst be violent, drink may be given.

But patients are easier to care for when it comes to food; because even if they have some cravings, their stomach often rejects it. However, with drinks, it's a tough battle; the struggle gets fiercer as the fever rises: the increased fever intensifies their thirst and makes them crave water desperately, especially when it's most risky. Patients should be told that once the fever goes down, their thirst will also lessen right away; and that if they are given any nourishment, the fever will last longer. Those who don’t drink will be relieved from their thirst more quickly. Still, just like healthy people can usually manage hunger better than thirst, it's important to allow the sick to have more fluids than food. On the first day, no fluids should be given unless their pulse drops suddenly and there's a need for food as well; but on the second day and thereafter, while food shouldn’t be given, if their thirst is intense, they can have some drinks.

What was said by Heraclides of Tarentum is not altogether without reason; that when either bile or crudity make a patient uneasy; it is expedient by a moderate quantity of a drink to mix new matter with the corrupted. This rule ought carefully to be observed, that the same times be chosen for drink as for food: when it is to be given without the other, let it be at a time, when we would desire the patient to sleep, which commonly thirst prevents. It is generally allowed, that as too much moisture is hurtful to every person in a fever, it is especially so to such women, as have fallen into fevers after child-bearing.

What Heraclides of Tarentum said makes some sense; when someone feels uneasy due to bile or indigestion, it’s helpful to mix a moderate amount of drink with what’s gone bad. This guideline should be followed carefully: the times for drinking should be the same as for eating. If drinking is to happen without eating, it should be at a time when we want the patient to sleep, which is often prevented by thirst. It’s generally agreed that too much moisture is harmful to anyone with a fever, but it’s especially dangerous for women who have developed fevers after giving birth.

But as the fever and the manner of its remission direct to the proper seasons for food and drink, so it is not very easy to know, when the patient has a fever upon him, when100 he is better, or when his strength fails; without which these cannot be properly administered. For we principally trust the pulse, a most fallacious mark; because this is often slower or more quick from the age, and sex, and difference of constitutions. And generally when the body is in good enough health, if the stomach be weak, sometimes also in the beginning of a fever, it rises and sinks; so that the person may seem to be weak, when he can very well stand a severe fit that is just approaching. On the other hand, the pulse is often raised, and the vessels relaxed by the influence of the sun, and the bath, and exercise, and fear, and anger, and any other passion of the mind. So that, when a physician first comes in, the anxiety of the patient, doubtful how he may think him, accelerates the pulse. For this reason it is the business of a skilful physician not to take hold of the patient’s arm with his hand, as soon as he comes in; but first to sit down with a cheerful countenance, and ask him how he does; and if he has any apprehension, to encourage him with plausible discourse: then to apply his hand to his wrist(5). Now if the sight of the physician quickens the pulse, how easily may a thousand other accidents disorder it! Another mark, to which we trust, is heat, equally deceitful; for this is excited by warmth, labour, sleep, fear, and anxiety.

But just as fever and how it goes away guide us on when to eat and drink, it’s not easy to tell when a patient with a fever is improving or when their strength is fading; without this knowledge, proper care can’t be given. We mainly rely on the pulse, which can be misleading because it often varies depending on age, sex, and individual health differences. Generally, when the body is fairly healthy, if the stomach is weak, it can fluctuate, especially at the onset of a fever, making someone appear weak when they can actually handle an upcoming severe episode. Conversely, the pulse can also speed up and blood vessels can relax due to factors like sun exposure, bathing, exercise, fear, anger, or other emotional states. Therefore, when a doctor arrives, the patient's nervousness about how the doctor perceives them can increase their pulse. For this reason, a skilled physician doesn’t jump right into checking the patient’s pulse upon entering; instead, they sit down with a friendly demeanor, ask how the patient is feeling, and if the patient seems anxious, they provide comforting conversation before checking the wrist. If the sight of the doctor raises the pulse, just think how easily other factors could throw it off! Another sign we rely on is body temperature, which can also be misleading since it fluctuates with warmth, activity, sleep, fear, and anxiety.

Wherefore it is fit to consider those things; but not to trust entirely to them. And we may at once assure ourselves that a person has no fever, whose pulse moves regularly, and who has such a heat as is common to people in health; and that a fever is not necessarily breeding, when there is heat and motion; but only with these circumstances, if the surface of the skin, be unequally dry; if there be a heat in the forehead, and at the same time arising from the internal part of the præcordia; if the breath rushes out of the nostrils very hot; if the colour be changed either for a redness or an unusual paleness; if the eyes are heavy, and either very dry or somewhat moist; if when a sweat comes on, it is partial; if the pulse does not beat at equal intervals. Upon this account the physician ought to sit down neither in the dark, nor at the patient’s head, but in a light place opposite to him, that he may take all the marks from the countenance of the patient as he lies.

Therefore, it's important to consider these factors, but not to rely on them completely. We can be confident that a person does not have a fever if their pulse is steady and their body temperature is similar to that of healthy individuals. A fever is not necessarily developing just because there is warmth and movement; it only indicates a fever if the skin is unevenly dry, if there's heat in the forehead that's also coming from the internal area of the chest, if the breath coming out of the nostrils is very hot, if there’s a change in color such as redness or unusual paleness, if the eyes appear heavy and either very dry or somewhat moist, if sweating occurs in a localized area, and if the pulse doesn't beat at regular intervals. Because of this, the physician should not sit in the dark or at the patient's head, but rather in a well-lit spot facing the patient, so they can observe all the signs on the patient's face as they lie down.

Now where there has been a fever, and it has decreased,101 it is, proper to take notice, whether the temples or other parts of the body grow a little moist, so as to portend an approaching sweat. And if there is any prognostic of it, upon that to give warm water to drink, the effect of which is salutary, if it diffuse a sweat over the whole body. For this purpose the patient ought to keep his hands under a good quantity of clothes; and to cover his legs and feet in the same manner. By laying on such a load many people mismanage patients in the very height of the fever, and especially where it is of the ardent kind. If the body begins to sweat, it is necessary to warm a linen cloth, and slowly to wipe every part. But when the sweat is entirely off, or if it have not come on, when the patient is warmest, and seems fit for food, he is to be gently anointed under the clothes, then wiped, and after that food is to be given him.

Now that the fever has gone down,101 it's important to notice whether the temples or other areas of the body are slightly moist, as this may indicate an impending sweat. If there are signs of this, it's good to give the patient warm water to drink, as it can help induce sweating throughout the body. For this, the patient should keep their hands covered with plenty of blankets, and cover their legs and feet the same way. Many people mishandle patients during the peak of the fever, especially in cases of intense fever, by overloading them. Once the body starts to sweat, it's essential to warm a linen cloth and gently wipe down every part. However, when the sweat is completely gone, or if it hasn’t started and the patient feels warm and ready for food, they should be lightly anointed while still covered, then wiped, and finally given something to eat.

Liquid food is most proper for persons in fevers, at least as near as possible to liquids, and that of the lightest kind, particularly gruel; and even this, if the fever be violent, ought to be very thin. Clarified honey also is properly added to it, that the body may be more nourished: but if that offends the stomach, it should be omitted; and so should the gruel itself in like case. Instead of it may be given either intrita,(6) mixed with hot water, or washed alica; if the stomach is firm, and the belly bound, with hydromel; or if the first is weak, and the other loose, with vinegar and water. And this kind of food is sufficient for the first day: but on the second day something may be added, yet of the same nature, either greens, or conchylia, or apples. And while fevers are increasing, this is the only proper food. But when they either go off, or abate, we must always begin with something of the lightest nature, and make an addition of the middle kind, having in the mean time a regard both to the strength of the patient, and of the disease.

Liquid food is best for people with fevers, as close to liquids as possible, and the lightest kind, especially gruel; even this, if the fever is severe, should be very thin. Clarified honey is also a good addition to nourish the body more; however, if it upsets the stomach, it should be left out, and likewise for the gruel. Instead, either finely ground barley mixed with hot water or washed flour can be given; if the stomach is strong and the bowels are constipated, use honey-water; or if the stomach is weak and the bowels are loose, use vinegar and water. This type of food is enough for the first day, but on the second day, something may be added from the same category, like greens, shellfish, or apples. While fevers are at their peak, this is the only suitable food. But when they start to subside, we should always begin with something very light and gradually add medium-light foods, keeping in mind both the patient's strength and the nature of the illness.

To set a variety of food before a patient (as Asclepiades directs) is never proper, but when he is oppressed with a nausea, and his strength fails; that by tasting a little of each he may escape being famished. But if the patient wants neither strength nor appetite, he must be tempted by no variety; lest he take more than he is able to concoct. Neither is that true, which he alleges, that food102 of various kinds is more easily concocted; it is indeed taken in more easily; but to concoction the genus and quantity of the food are material. Neither is it safe during great pains, nor in an encreasing distemper, for a patient to fill himself with food; but when there is already a turn towards recovery.

It’s never a good idea to present a variety of foods to a patient (as Asclepiades suggests), except when they’re feeling nauseous and weak; in that case, trying a small amount of each can help prevent starvation. However, if the patient neither has strength nor appetite, they shouldn’t be offered any variety, so they don’t consume more than they can digest. It's also not true that a mix of different foods is easier to digest; while they may be easier to eat, the type and amount of food matter for digestion. During severe pain or worsening illness, it’s not safe for a patient to overeat, but it’s okay when they’re starting to recover.

There are also other observations necessary to be made in fevers: and that indeed must be considered, which some regard solely, whether the body be bound or loose: the one of which suffocates, and the other dissipates. For if it is bound, the belly must be opened by clysters, urine promoted, and a sweat sollicited by every method. In this kind of disorder it is serviceable even to let blood, to agitate the body by strong gestations, to keep the person in the light, to enjoin fasting, thirst, and watchfulness. It does good also to take the person into the bath, first to plunge him into the warm bath, then anoint him. Then he should return to the warm bath, and foment his groin plentifully with water; sometimes mix oil in the bath with warm water; take food more seldom, and at greater distances than ordinary, and such as is slight, simple, soft, warm, and small in quantity; especially greens, such as dock, nettles, mallows, or the broth of shell-fish, or muscles, or locustae; and eat no flesh, but what is boiled. But the quantity of drink ought to be more liberal, both before meat, and after it, and while eating too, beyond what thirst will require. And after the bath may be given even fat broth, or wine of the sweeter kind: during which course once or twice salt Greek wine may be used.

There are other important things to notice in fevers, particularly whether the body is constipated or not: one condition causes suffocation, while the other causes exhaustion. If the body is constipated, you need to use enemas to relieve it, promote urination, and encourage sweating by any means necessary. In this situation, it’s also helpful to draw blood, get the person moving with vigorous activity, keep them in a well-lit space, and require fasting, thirst, and alertness. Taking the person to the bath is beneficial as well—first, they should be immersed in a warm bath, then they should be massaged. After that, they should go back into the warm bath and soak the groin thoroughly with water; sometimes, warm water and oil can be mixed in the bath. They should eat less often and have smaller meals that are lighter, simpler, softer, warm, and in small portions, especially greens like dock, nettles, mallows, or broths made from shellfish, mussels, or locusts; and they should eat no meat unless it’s boiled. However, they should drink plenty of fluids both before, during, and after meals, beyond what their thirst suggests. After the bath, they can have rich broth or sweeter wine; during this time, they can also use a little salty Greek wine once or twice.

But on the contrary, if the body incline to discharge excessively, then sweat must be restrained, and rest enjoined; and the patient may have his room darkened, and go to sleep, whenever he shall chuse it; the body is not to be agitated, unless by a gentle gestation, and to be relieved according to the nature of its disorder. For if the belly is loose, or the stomach does not retain, when the fever has abated, it is proper to give warm water to drink plentifully, and make him vomit; unless there is a pain either in the fauces, or praecordia, or side, or the distemper be inveterate.

But on the other hand, if the body is discharging too much, then sweating should be controlled, and rest should be encouraged; the patient can have their room darkened and go to sleep whenever they choose. The body shouldn't be agitated, except for gentle movement, and it should be treated according to the nature of its illness. If the stomach is unsettled or doesn't hold food, when the fever has lessened, it's appropriate to give plenty of warm water to drink and induce vomiting; unless there is pain in the throat, chest, or side, or if the condition is chronic.

If again a sweat prevails, the skin must be hardened, either by nitre or salt, mixed with oil. But if that disor103der is more slight, the body must be anointed with pure oil: if more violent, with oil of roses, or of quinces, or of myrtles, with an addition of austere wine.

If sweating happens again, the skin needs to be toughened up, either with saltpeter or salt mixed with oil. But if the issue is minor, the body should be rubbed with pure oil; if it's more intense, use oil of roses, quinces, or myrtles, with a splash of strong wine.

Whoever is disordered by any discharge, upon coming to the bath, must first be anointed, and then go in. If the disorder is in the skin, it will be better for him to use cold water than warm. As to his meals, his food should be substantial, cold, dry, simple, and the least liable to corruption, toasted bread, roasted flesh, austere wine, or at least inclining to austerity; and if the belly is loose, let him drink it hot; if sweating be the disorder, or vomiting, it must be cold.

Anyone who has an issue with any discharge should first apply some oil before entering the bath. If the problem is on the skin, it's better to use cold water instead of warm. When it comes to meals, they should be solid, cold, dry, simple, and less prone to spoiling—like toasted bread, roasted meat, or very dry wine. If someone has diarrhea, they should drink it hot; if the issue is sweating or vomiting, it should be cold.

CHAP. VII. ON THE TREATMENT OF PESTILENT AND HIGH Fevers.

The case of pestilential fevers demands attention and a peculiar treatment. In this it is by no means good to try fasting, or medicines, or clysters. If the strength will admit, it is best to let blood; especially if the fever be attended with a burning heat. If that is not safe, when the fever is either abated, or less violent, to cleanse the breast by a vomit. But there is a necessity to order the bath sooner in this than in other distempers; to give wine strong and hot, and every thing glutinous; amongst which flesh of the same kind. For the more quickly that such constitutions of the air destroy, so much the sooner must remedies be laid hold of, even with a degree of rashness. But if he be a boy, that labours under it, and have not sufficient strength for bleeding, he must be cupped, and have a clyster either of water, or the cream of ptisan; then lastly he is to be nourished by light food. It is a general rule, that boys ought to be treated altogether in a different method from men. Wherefore in this, as well as in every other kind of distemper, greater caution must be used at that age in the following articles: not to bleed, not to give a clyster without necessity, nor to torment by watching, or fasting, or excessive thirst, nor to attempt the cure by wine. The patient must vomit after the fever: then the104 lightest kind of food is to be given; after that he is to sleep: the day following, if the fever continue, he must fast; on the third day return to the same diet. And we must endeavour, as much as possible in the midst of a seasonable abstinence to nourish him by food at proper times, laying aside every thing else.

The issue of pestilential fevers needs focused attention and specific treatment. It's generally not beneficial to try fasting, medications, or enemas. If the patient's strength allows, bleeding is the best option, especially if the fever comes with intense heat. If that's not safe, it's advisable to induce vomiting once the fever has eased or is less severe. Additionally, it's necessary to use the bath earlier in this situation than in other illnesses, provide strong and warm wine, and anything sticky, including similar types of meat. Since conditions like these can worsen quickly, remedies should be applied promptly, even if it feels a bit reckless. However, if a boy is suffering from this and doesn't have enough strength for bleeding, he should be cupped and given an enema made of water or ptisan cream, followed by light food for nourishment. As a general rule, boys need to be treated differently than adults. Therefore, in this case, as in any other illness, extra care must be taken in the following areas: avoid bleeding, don't give an enema unless it's necessary, and don't stress the patient with unnecessary watching, fasting, or excessive thirst, nor should wine be used as a remedy. After the fever, the patient should vomit, then be given only the lightest food; afterward, he should sleep. The next day, if the fever persists, he should fast; on the third day, return to the same diet. We should aim, as much as possible, to nourish him with food at appropriate times while avoiding everything else during a time of necessary abstinence.

Of an Ardent fever.

If an ardent fever is very violent, no medicinal potion is to be given; but during the paroxysms the patient must be cooled by water and oil: which are to be agitated together, till they grow white. He is also to be kept in a spacious room, where he can draw a great deal of pure air; and not be suffocated by many cloaths, but be covered very lightly. Vine leaves also dipped in cold water may be put upon his stomach. And he is not to be tormented with excessive thirst. He is to be allowed nourishment sooner; that is after the third day: and before meat he must be anointed all over with the above-mentioned liquor. If there is a collection of phlegm in his stomach, upon the decline of the paroxysm he must be forced to vomit; and then he must eat cold greens, or fruit of the apple kind, such as agrees with the stomach. If the stomach remains dry, there must be immediately given the cream either of ptisan, or alica, or rice, boiled with recent fat. When the distemper is at the height, but not before the fourth day, after a great thirst preceding, cold water is to be given copiously, that he may drink even beyond satiety; and when the belly and praecordia are filled above measure, and sufficiently cooled, he ought to vomit. Some indeed do not insist upon vomiting; but make use of cold water as a medicine, given only to satiety. After either of these methods he is to be well covered with cloaths, and laid so as to go to sleep. And commonly after long thirst and wakefulness, after being satiated with full draughts, after a remission of the heat, a sound and long sleep comes on; by means of which a great sweat breaks out, and that is a most immediate relief; but only in those, who have the burning heat, but no pains, nor tumour of the praecordia, and nothing to prevent it in the lungs, or fauces; or have had no ulcer, nor faintings, nor looseness of the belly. But if one in such a fever as this coughs gently(7), he ought neither to struggle with a violent thirst,105 nor drink cold water; but to be treated in the same manner, as is directed in other fevers.

If a severe fever is very intense, no medicinal potion should be given; instead, the patient must be cooled with water and oil, mixed together until they turn white. The patient should be kept in a spacious room with plenty of fresh air and not be overwhelmed with heavy clothing, but covered lightly. Cold, wet vine leaves can be placed on their stomach. They shouldn't be tormented by excessive thirst. They should be allowed to eat sooner, that is, after the third day, and before eating, they must be anointed all over with the mentioned mixture. If there is a buildup of phlegm in their stomach, after the fever subsides, they should be made to vomit; then they can eat cold greens or apples that are easy on the stomach. If the stomach remains dry, they should immediately be given cream from ptisan, alica, or rice boiled with fresh fat. When the fever reaches its peak, but not before the fourth day, after experiencing intense thirst, they should be given plenty of cold water to drink, even until they feel full; and when their belly and chest are overly filled and sufficiently cooled, they should vomit. Some do not insist on vomiting but use cold water as a remedy, giving it only until they feel full. After either of these methods, they should be well-covered and positioned to sleep. Usually, after prolonged thirst and wakefulness, once they are satisfied with large amounts of water, after a reduction in heat, a deep and long sleep occurs, leading to a significant sweat that provides immediate relief; but this is only for those with a high fever who do not experience pain, swelling in the chest, or any issues in the lungs or throat; and have had no ulcers, fainting, or diarrhea. However, if someone with such a fever coughs gently, they should neither struggle with intense thirst nor drink cold water, but should be treated as directed for other fevers.

CHAP. VIII. The Cure of a Semi-Tertian.

But where there is that kind of tertian, which the physicians call semitertian, it requires careful observation to prevent being deceived. For it has generally more frequent paroxysms and intervals, so as it may seem a different kind of distemper; and the fit is protracted to twenty-four hours(8) and thirty-six: that what is really the same, does not seem to be so. And it is highly necessary both that food should not be given, unless in that remission, which is certain: and as soon as that comes, to give it immediately. And many patients die suddenly by the mistake of their doctor either way. And unless there is some important reason against it, blood ought to be let in the beginning; and then food should be given, such as will not raise the fever, and yet support under its long continuance.

But when it comes to that kind of intermittent fever, which doctors refer to as semitertian, it requires close monitoring to avoid being misled. It usually has more frequent episodes and breaks, making it seem like a different illness. The episodes can last up to twenty-four hours__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ or even thirty-six: what is actually the same condition might not appear to be. It's very important that food isn't given unless during the clear remission, and as soon as that happens, it should be given right away. Many patients unexpectedly die due to their doctor's mistake in either direction. Unless there's a significant reason not to, blood should be drawn at the start; then, food should be provided that won't increase the fever but will help sustain the patient throughout its duration.

CHAP. IX. Treating slow fevers.

Sometimes too we find slow fevers continuing without remission, and no room left either for food or any remedy. In this case it ought to be the care of the physician to change the distemper: for perhaps it may become more easy to cure. For this reason the body of the patient is often to be gently rubbed with cold water with oil infused, because sometimes it thus happens, that a shuddering arises, which may be some beginning of a new commotion; after that, when the body has grown hotter, a remission may follow too. In these cases friction with oil and salt seems to be a useful method.

Sometimes we also see persistent fevers that don't go away, leaving no room for food or any treatment. In this situation, it should be the physician's job to change the condition, as it might become easier to treat. For this reason, the patient's body is often gently rubbed with cold water mixed with infused oil, because sometimes this can trigger a shudder, which might indicate the start of a new reaction; after that, when the body gets hotter, a break in the fever may occur as well. In these cases, rubbing with oil and salt seems to be an effective approach.

But if coldness of the extremities, and numbness, and106 restless changes of postures continue long, it is not amiss, even during the fever, to give three or four cyathi of mulse, or well diluted wine together with food. For the fever is often encreased by it; and a greater heat arising at the same time both removes the former disorders, and affords hope of a remission, and from that of a cure.

But if your hands and feet feel cold, and you’re numb with restless changes in your position for a long time, it's a good idea, even during a fever, to have three or four small cups of mead or well-diluted wine along with food. The fever can often get worse from this; a higher temperature can relieve the previous issues and give hope for a break in the fever and, eventually, a cure.

And indeed the method of cure is not new, to make use of contrary medicines, by which at this time some recover patients committed to their charge, who were long under the care of more cautious physicians. For even amongst the ancients before Herophilus and Erasistratus, but after Hippocrates, was one Petron, who, as soon as he was called to a person in a fever, laid a great many cloaths upon him, that he might at once excite a great heat and thirst. After that, when the fever began to be a little abated, he gave cold water to drink; and if it once raised a sweat, he pronounced the patient to be out of danger: if it had not procured that discharge, he gave still more cold water, and then obliged him to vomit. If by either method he freed the person from the fever, he immediately gave him roast pork and wine. If it did not give way to these methods, he boiled water with salt, and obliged him to drink it, that by vomiting he might cleanse his belly(9).

And actually, the method of treatment isn’t new. It involves using opposing medicines, which some practitioners still use today to help patients who have been under the care of more cautious doctors for a long time. Even in ancient times, after Hippocrates but before Herophilus and Erasistratus, there was a physician named Petron. When he was called to treat someone with a fever, he would pile on a lot of blankets to generate intense heat and thirst. Once the fever started to go down, he would offer cold water to drink; if that triggered sweating, he would declare the patient out of danger. If it didn’t lead to sweating, he would provide even more cold water and then encourage the patient to vomit. If either approach successfully eliminated the fever, he would quickly feed them roast pork and wine. If those methods didn’t work, he would boil water with salt and make them drink it, aiming to induce vomiting to cleanse their system.

And these particulars made up his whole practice. Which was not less acceptable to those, whom the successors of Hippocrates had not recovered, than it is to those in this age, who have been long unsuccessfully treated by the followers of Herophilus or Erasistratus. Nor is this kind of medicine upon this account not to be esteemed rash; because if it has been pursued from the beginning, it kills more, than it cures. But since the same things cannot agree with every body, those commonly, who are not restored by a rational method, are relieved by temerity; and for that reason physicians of that class manage another’s patients better than their own. But it is a practice not unbecoming even the man of circumspection, at times both to change a distemper, and to increase one, and to inflame fevers; because where the disorder, that is present, does not admit of a cure, another may, which is to succeed in its place.

And these details made up his entire approach. It was equally acceptable to those whom Hippocrates’ successors had failed to help, just as it is today for those who’ve been unsuccessfully treated by the followers of Herophilus or Erasistratus. This type of medicine isn’t considered reckless for this reason; if it had been pursued from the start, it would kill more than it cures. However, since the same treatments don’t work for everyone, those who aren’t helped by a rational method often find relief through risky practices. For this reason, physicians of that type often do better with other people’s patients than their own. Yet, it’s not inappropriate for even a cautious person to sometimes change an illness, worsen one, or increase fevers; because when the current condition can’t be cured, another one might emerge that can be treated.

107

107

CHAP. X. REMEDIES FOR THE CO-OCCURRING SYMPTOMS OF FEVERS.

It is necessary also to consider, whether fevers are simple, or whether other disorders are not likewise concomitant; that is, whether the head be pained, the tongue rough, or the præcordia tense. If there be pains in the head, it is proper to mix oil of roses with vinegar, and to apply that(10); then to have two pieces of cloth, which are as broad and as long as the forehead; to have one of these alternately in the vinegar and rose-oil, and the other on the forehead; or to put on sordid wool dipped in the same. If vinegar is offensive, pure oil of roses must be used. If even the rose-oil is offensive, bitter oil. If these do little service, dry iris, or bitter almonds, or any of the cooling herbs may be powdered. Any of them mixed with vinegar and laid upon the part lessens the pain: but in some one of these is more successful, and in others another. Relief is also procured by bread laid on with poppies, or with oil of roses, cerus, or litharge. It is also not improper to smell at either serpyllum or dill.

It’s important to consider whether fevers are straightforward or if there are other issues at play; that is, whether there’s a headache, a rough tongue, or tightness in the chest. If there are headaches, it’s good to mix rose oil with vinegar and apply that__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; then take two pieces of cloth that are as wide and as long as the forehead. One should be soaked alternately in vinegar and rose oil, and the other placed on the forehead; or you can use dirty wool soaked in the same mixture. If vinegar is too harsh, use pure rose oil. If rose oil is also too strong, switch to bitter oil. If these don’t help much, you can use powdered dry iris, bitter almonds, or any cooling herbs. Mixing any of these with vinegar and applying them to the area can relieve pain: sometimes one works better than the others. You can also get relief by placing bread with poppy seeds or with rose oil, cerus, or litharge on the area. It’s also helpful to smell either serpyllum or dill.

But if there is an inflammation and pain in the præcordia, in the first place restringent cataplasms must be applied; and not the hotter kind, lest there should be a greater flux of matter thither. After that, as soon as the inflammation has abated, recourse must be had to hot and moist, in order to discuss what remains. Now the marks of inflammation are four, redness, and swelling, together with heat, and pain. So much was Erasistratus mistaken, when he declared there was no fever without it.

But if there's inflammation and pain in the chest area, first, you should apply restrictive poultices, avoiding the hotter types to prevent increased discharge in that area. After that, once the inflammation has decreased, use hot and moist treatments to address what’s left. The signs of inflammation are four: redness, swelling, heat, and pain. Erasistratus was mistaken when he said there’s no fever without it.

Wherefore if there is pain without inflammation, nothing is to be applied at all; for the fever itself will presently remove that. But if there is neither an inflammation, nor fever, but only a pain of the præcordia, warm and dry fomentations may be immediately used. If the tongue is dry and scabrous, it is first to be wiped with a penecillum dipped in hot water; and then anointed with a mixture of rose-oil and honey. The honey cleanses, and the oil of108 roses restringes, and at the same time does not suffer it to grow dry. But if it is not rough, but only dry, after wiping it with the penecillum it ought to be anointed with rose-oil mixed with a little wax.

If there's pain without inflammation, don’t apply anything; the fever will take care of it. But if there's no inflammation or fever, just a pain in the chest, you can use warm, dry compresses right away. If the tongue is dry and rough, start by wiping it with a swab dipped in hot water, then apply a mix of rose oil and honey. The honey cleanses, while the rose oil helps it stay moist and prevents it from drying out. If the tongue is just dry but not rough, after wiping it with the swab, you should apply a mixture of rose oil and a little wax.

CHAP. XI. REMEDIES FOR COLD EXTREMITIES BEFORE A FEVER.

It is common also for a coldness to precede fevers, which of itself is a very troublesome kind of disorder. When it is expected, the patient must be forbid all drink: for giving this a little before much increases the malady. He is also to be timely covered with many cloaths. Dry and hot fomentations are to be used to those parts, for which we are apprehensive; in such a manner that the most violent heat may not begin immediately, but increase gradually. And those parts are to be rubbed with the hands anointed with old oil, and some of the warming medicines may be added to it. And some physicians are content with one friction with any kind of oil. In the remissions of such fevers some give three or four cyathi of gruel, while the fever still continues; and then, when it is quite over, refresh the stomach with cold and light food. I think this ought to be then tried, when food once given, and that after the fever, does little service.

It’s also common for chills to come before fevers, which is a very troublesome condition on its own. When this happens, the patient should be forbidden from drinking any liquids because even a little before too much can worsen the illness. They should also be covered warmly with several layers of clothing. Dry and hot compresses should be applied to the areas of concern, gradually increasing the heat rather than starting with the most intense heat immediately. Those areas should be rubbed with hands coated in warmed oil, and some warming remedies can be added. Some doctors are satisfied with just one rubbing using any type of oil. During the breaks in such fevers, some give three or four doses of gruel while the fever is still present; and then, once it completely subsides, they recommend light and cold foods to help the stomach recover. I believe this should be attempted, especially when food given after the fever isn’t helpful.

But great care must be taken, that we be not deceived as to the time of the remission; for even in this kind of distemper, often the fever seems to abate, and again increases. Wherefore we must trust no remission, but that, which both continues, and lessens the restlessness, and excessive heat of the body, which the Greeks call(11) zesis[ BD ]. This is a rule generally received, if every day the fits are equal, to give a little food every day: if unequal, food must be given after the most severe; after the milder hydromel.

But we need to be very careful not to be misled about the timing of the recovery. Even with this type of illness, the fever can seem to go down and then rise again. Therefore, we shouldn't trust any improvement unless it both lasts and reduces the restlessness and high body temperature, which the Greeks call __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ zesis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. A commonly accepted rule is that if the symptoms are consistent every day, we should provide a little food daily; if they vary, food should be given after the most severe symptoms and after the milder ones, hydromel.

109

109

CHAP. XII. THE CURE FOR A SHUDDERING BEFORE FEVER.

A shuddering commonly precedes those fevers, that have a certain period, and a perfect remission, and for this reason are the most safe, and most easily admit of a cure: for where the periods are uncertain, neither clysters, nor the bath, nor wine, nor any other remedy can be duly administered. For it is uncertain when the fit will come: so that if it come on suddenly, the greatest detriment may happen to accrue from that, which was intended to give relief. And nothing else can be done, than that the patient practise a strict abstinence in the first days of the disease: then upon the decline of that fit, which is most severe, let him take food.

A shuddering usually comes before those fevers that have a specific pattern and a complete break, and for this reason, they are the safest and easiest to treat. When the patterns are unpredictable, neither enemas, baths, wine, nor any other remedy can be properly administered. It's unclear when the next episode will occur, so if it happens suddenly, the intended relief might lead to more harm. The only thing to do is for the patient to stick to a strict diet in the first few days of the illness; then, as the most severe episode starts to decrease, they can begin to eat.

But where the period is certain, all these things are more easily tried; because we can more readily inform ourselves of the succession both of the fits and the intervals. Now in this kind, when they are of long standing, fasting is not good: in the first days only we are to make use of it to oppose the distemper; after that the cure is to be divided, and first the shuddering, then the fever is to be removed. Wherefore as soon as a person has shuddered, and after the shuddering has grown hot, it is fit to give him warm water to drink a little salt, and force him to vomit: for generally such a shuddering arises from something bilious oppressing the stomach. The same method is to be pursued, if at the next period also it has again appeared: for thus it is often removed. And by this time one may find out the species of the fever.

But when the timing is clear, it's easier to assess these issues, since we can more easily track the sequence of both the chills and the breaks in between. In situations like this, especially when they have persisted for a while, fasting isn't beneficial: it should only be used in the early days to counteract the illness; after that, the treatment should be divided, first addressing the chills, then the fever. Therefore, as soon as someone experiences chills and then starts to feel hot, it's advisable to give them warm water mixed with a little salt and encourage them to vomit: usually, these chills are caused by something bilious weighing down the stomach. The same approach should be taken if the chills occur again in the following cycle: this often helps resolve the issue. At this point, one can start to identify the type of fever.

Wherefore when the third fit is expected, which may possibly come on, the patient must be brought to the bagnio, and care must be taken that he be in the bath at the time of shuddering. If he have felt it there also, let him do the same nevertheless, when the fourth fit is expected: for by this repetition it is often removed. If the bath proves unsuccessful, before the fit let him eat garlick, or drink hot water with pepper: for these too raise a heat,110 which repels the shuddering. After that, before the shuddering has time to come on, let him cover himself up in the manner above directed under the article of coldness: and it is proper immediately to apply all round his body pretty hot fomentations, and chiefly extinguished tiles, and coals wrapped up in cloths.

When the third shake is expected, which might happen, the patient should be taken to the bath, and it’s important to make sure he is in the water when the shaking starts. If he feels it there as well, he should still do the same when the fourth shake is anticipated because repeating this often helps. If the bath doesn’t work, before the shake, he should eat garlic or drink hot water with pepper, as these can also create heat, which helps to fend off the shivering. After that, before the shivering has a chance to set in, he should wrap himself up as previously advised under the coldness section: and it’s advisable to immediately apply warm compresses all around his body, especially using heated tiles and coals wrapped in cloth.

If notwithstanding the shuddering has broke out, he must be anointed within the cloaths plentifully with hot oil; to which also may be added some of the warming substances: and friction may be used, to as great a degree as he is able to bear, and especially in his hands and feet, and let him hold in his breath. And it must not be given over, although the shuddering do return: for often the perseverance of the physician overcomes the distemper of the body.

If shaking occurs, he should be generously anointed with hot oil while still dressed; you can also add some warming agents. Friction can be applied as much as he can tolerate, especially on his hands and feet, and he should hold his breath. This should not stop, even if the shaking returns, because often the physician's persistence can overcome the body's illness.

If he has vomited, warm water must be given, and he obliged to vomit again; and the same methods must be repeated, till the shuddering is removed. But beside these a clyster must be given, if the shuddering gives way slowly: for that has a good effect by exonerating the body. The last remedies after these are gestation and walking. Now in distempers of this kind, the fittest food is such as may prove laxative, and glutinous flesh. When wine is given, let it be austere.

If he has vomited, he should be given warm water, and he needs to vomit again; the same methods should be repeated until the shuddering stops. Additionally, an enema should be administered if the shuddering subsides slowly, as it helps clear the body effectively. The final remedies after these are rest and walking. In cases like this, the best foods are those that can help relieve constipation, along with tender meats. If wine is given, it should be dry.

CHAP. XIII. THE CURE FOR A COMMON FEVER,

Now these observations relate to the periodical returns of all fevers: but the several species of them are to be distinctly treated, according to their different natures. If it be a quotidian, for the first three days by all means abstinence should be observed; then food be taken every other day. If the distemper has become inveterate, after the fit it is proper to try the bath and wine, especially if, when the shuddering is removed, the fever remains.

Now, these observations relate to the regular occurrences of all fevers: but the different types of fevers should be addressed separately, based on their unique characteristics. If it’s a daily fever, for the first three days, complete abstinence from food should be maintained; after that, food can be consumed every other day. If the illness has become chronic, after the fit, it’s advisable to try using the bath and wine, especially if the fever persists even after the shivering has subsided.

111

111

CHAP. XIV. THE TREATMENT OF A TERTIAN FEVER.

But if the fever be either a tertian, which has a perfect intermission, or a quartan, on the intermediate days, it is proper to walk, and make use of other exercises and unctions. Cleophantus, one of the more ancient physicians, in these distempers used to pour a great quantity of hot water upon the head of the patient long before the fit, and then to give him wine. Yet Asclepiades, though he adopted most of his precepts, has justly omitted this: for it is of doubtful effect.

But if the fever is either a tertian, which has a full break, or a quartan, on the days in between, it's good to walk and engage in other exercises and treatments. Cleophantus, one of the older physicians, used to pour a lot of hot water on the patient's head well before the episode and then give him wine. However, Asclepiades, although he followed most of Cleophantus's recommendations, wisely left this out, as its effectiveness is uncertain.

When there is a tertian fever, he says it is proper to administer a clyster the third day after the fit; on the fifth, after the shuddering to procure a vomiting; then after the fever, according to Cleophantus’s practice, to give the patients food and wine, while they are yet hot; on the sixth day to keep them in bed: for thus it will happen, that the fit will not return on the seventh day. That this may often answer is very probable. Yet it is safer in this order to make trial of these three remedies, vomiting, purging by clysters, and drinking of wine, for three days, that is, on the third, and fifth, and seventh; and not to drink wine, till after the fit upon the seventh day.

When someone has a tertian fever, he advises giving an enema on the third day after the attack; on the fifth day, after the shivering, to induce vomiting; then after the fever, following Cleophantus’s method, to provide food and wine while they are still warm; on the sixth day, to keep them in bed: this way, the attack is less likely to return on the seventh day. It's quite likely that this approach works often. However, it's safer to try these three remedies—vomiting, enemas, and drinking wine—over three days, specifically on the third, fifth, and seventh days; and to refrain from drinking wine until after the attack on the seventh day.

But if the distemper is not removed in these first days, and it grows inveterate, on the day the fit is expected, let the patient keep his bed; after the fit be rubbed; and after eating let him drink water: the day following, when he takes no food, let him intermit his exercise and unction, and rest content with water alone. And this indeed is best. But if his weakness bear hard upon him, he ought both to take wine after the fit, and a little food on the intermediate day.

But if the illness isn’t treated in the first few days, and it becomes chronic, on the day the symptoms are expected, the patient should stay in bed. After the episode, he should be gently rubbed down, and after eating, he should drink water. The next day, while fasting, he should skip exercise and any ointments, and be satisfied with just water. This is really the best approach. However, if he feels very weak, he should have some wine after the episode and eat a little on the day in between.

112

112

CHAP. XV. THE CURE FOR QUARTAN FEVER.

The same method is to be followed in a quartan. But since this is very slowly terminated, unless it have been removed in the beginning, greater accuracy must be observed in prescribing from its first appearance, what ought to be done it. Wherefore if a person is attacked with a fever and shuddering, and it has gone off, all that day and the following, and the third, he ought to confine himself to a stricter regimen, and on the first day drink only warm water after the fever; the two following days to abstain from that as much as possible; on the fourth day, if the fever returns with the shuddering, to vomit, as has been directed before; then after the fit, to eat sparingly, and drink a quadrans of wine; the day after that, and the third to abstain; taking only warm water if he be thirsty. On the seventh day he should prevent the coldness, by going into the bath before its time, fast and observe the former regimen strictly(12); if the fever has returned, have a clyster: when the body has rested after that, he should be anointed and brushed briskly; take food and wine in the same way, and for the two following fast, not neglecting the friction. On the tenth day he must try the bath again; and if the fit has come on after, brush in the same manner, and drink wine more plentifully. And thus the consequence is, that a rest of so many days, and abstinence, with the practice of the other injunctions, may remove the fever.

The same approach should be taken with a quartan. However, since it lasts for a long time, unless it’s dealt with early on, more care needs to be taken when deciding what to do from the moment it first appears. So, if someone experiences a fever and chills that go away, they should stick to a stricter routine for that day and the next two days. On the first day after the fever, they should only drink warm water; for the next two days, they should avoid that as much as possible. On the fourth day, if the fever returns with chills, they should vomit as previously instructed; afterward, they should eat lightly and drink a quadrans of wine. On the following day and the next, they should abstain, only having warm water if they feel thirsty. On the seventh day, they should prevent chills by going into the bath earlier than usual, fasting, and strictly following the previous regimen. If the fever has returned, they should use an enema. After resting, they should be anointed and brushed vigorously; they can eat and drink wine as before, continuing to fast for the next two days without neglecting the brushing. On the tenth day, they should try the bath again; if the fit occurs afterward, they should brush in the same way and drink more wine. Consequently, taking this many days of rest and abstinence, along with following these other recommendations, can help eliminate the fever.

If notwithstanding these it continues, another method of cure entirely different is to be pursued; and all our measures must be directed to this point, that the body may easily bear what is to be long endured. For this reason the practice of Heraclides of Tarentum ought to be less approved, who prescribed clysters in the beginning, after that fasting to the seventh day. Which course though a person should be able to undergo, yet when he is even freed of the fever, he will scarcely have strength to recruit;113 and so if the fever frequently returns, he must sink under it. Wherefore if the distemper shall continue upon the thirteenth day, the bath must neither be tried before the fever nor after it, unless sometimes when the shuddering is already removed. Now the shuddering is to be repelled by the same means, as have been directed before. Then after the fever it is proper to be anointed, and rubbed briskly; to eat heartily of substantial food; to take as much wine as he inclines; the day following, when he has rested sufficiently, to walk, take exercise, be anointed, and stoutly brushed; to take food without wine; on the third day to abstain.

If it continues despite these measures, another completely different treatment should be pursued; and all our efforts must focus on ensuring the body can easily handle what must be endured for a long time. For this reason, the method of Heraclides of Tarentum should be viewed with less approval, as he recommended enemas at the start, followed by fasting until the seventh day. Even if someone can endure this, once they are free of the fever, they will hardly have the strength to recuperate; and if the fever frequently returns, they will ultimately succumb to it. Therefore, if the illness lasts until the thirteenth day, bathing should not be attempted before or after the fever, unless perhaps when the shivering has passed. The shivering should be treated with the same methods previously mentioned. After the fever, it is appropriate to apply ointment and rub the body vigorously; to eat plenty of nourishing food; to drink wine as desired; the next day, after resting enough, to walk, exercise, be anointed, and brushed thoroughly; to eat without wine; and on the third day to fast.

On the day that he shall expect the return of the fever, it is proper for him to rise before its hour, and exercise himself, and to endeavour to have its time coinciding with his exercise: for thus it is often dispelled. But if it has seized him in the midst of his exercise, in that case to give over. In a disorder of this kind the remedies are unction, friction, exercise, food and wine. If the belly is bound, it must be opened.

On the day he expects the fever to return, he should get up before its hour, exercise, and try to align its timing with his workout, as this often helps to get rid of it. But if the fever hits him during exercise, he should stop. For this type of condition, the treatments are lotion, massage, exercise, food, and wine. If he’s constipated, he needs to relieve it.

Now these things are easily performed by the more robust; but if the patient be grown weak, gestation must stand instead of exercise. If he cannot even bear this, yet friction must be used. If this also when vehement distresses him, the cure must be confined to rest, unction, and diet: and care must be taken, lest any crudity change the distemper into a quotidian. For a quartan kills no body: but if it be changed into a quotidian, the patient is in a bad way: which however never happens, unless by the fault either of the patient or the physician.

Now, these things are easily done by stronger individuals; however, if the patient has become weak, then rest should replace exercise. If they can't even handle that, then massage is necessary. If that also causes them discomfort, treatment should focus on rest, ointments, and diet, while ensuring that no undigested food turns the illness into a daily fever. A quartan fever won’t kill anyone, but if it turns into a daily fever, the patient is in serious trouble, which only happens due to mistakes made either by the patient or the doctor.

CHAP. XVI. THE CURE FOR A DOUBLE QUARTAN.

But if there are two quartans, and those exercises, which I have prescribed cannot be used, there is a necessity either entirely to rest, or if that is difficult, to walk gently, then sit down, with the feet and head carefully wrapped up; as often as the fit has come on, and gone off, to eat spa114ringly, and drink a little wine; at other times, unless the weakness be very great, to abstain. But if there is hardly any intermission between two fits, to take food after both are over: then in the interval both to move a little, and after unction to eat. Now since an inveterate quartan is very seldom cured unless in the spring, in that season especially attention must be given, that nothing be done, which may obstruct the recovery of health. And it is of service in an old quartan to alter now and then the manner of living, to change from wine to water, from water to wine, from mild food to such as is acrid, and on the contrary; to eat radish, then vomit, or open the belly by chicken broth; to add warming medicines to the oil for friction; before the fit to take two cyathi of vinegar, or one of mustard, with three of Greek salt wine; or pepper, castor, laser(13), and myrrh, mixed in equal proportions, and diluted with water; for by these, and such like the body must be agitated, that so a change may be made from its present state.

But if there are two quartan fevers, and the exercises I suggested can’t be done, you need to either completely rest or, if that’s too hard, walk gently, then sit down, with your feet and head carefully wrapped up. After each fit comes and goes, eat sparingly and drink a little wine; at other times, unless you feel really weak, try to avoid food. If there’s hardly any break between the two fits, eat after both are over. In the meantime, move around a bit, and after applying ointment, eat. Since a long-lasting quartan is rarely cured except in the spring, you must be especially careful during that season not to do anything that might hinder your recovery. It helps to occasionally change your routine with an old quartan, switch from wine to water, from water to wine, from mild foods to spicy ones, and vice versa. You can eat radish, then vomit, or relieve constipation with chicken broth; add warming medicines to the oil for massages; before the fit, drink two cyathi of vinegar or one of mustard mixed with three cyathi of Greek salt wine; or a mixture of pepper, castor, laser, and myrrh, all in equal amounts, diluted with water. These methods and others like them should stimulate the body to change its current state.

If the fever has disappeared, it is proper to be long mindful of its periodical day; and on that day to guard against cold, heat, crudity, and fatigue: for it easily returns, unless it be feared for some time after the recovery of health.

If the fever has gone away, it's important to keep track of its periodic day and on that day to protect yourself from cold, heat, unhealthy food, and exhaustion. It can easily come back unless you stay cautious for a while after you feel better.

CHAP. XVII. THE CURE OF A COMMON ISSUE CAUSED BY A QUARTAN.

But if a quotidian is formed from a quartan, when that has happened in the beginning(14), it is proper to abstain for two days; in the evening to make use of friction, and give only water to drink. On the third day it often happens, that the fit does not come. But whether it has appeared or not, food must be given after the time for the fit: and if it continue, the strictest abstinence possible must be enjoined for two days, and friction used every day.

But if a daily routine is created from a fever that occurs every fourth day, when that happens at the beginning__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, it's best to avoid food for two days; in the evening, you should use friction and only drink water. On the third day, it's common for the fever not to occur. But whether it does or not, food should be given after the time for the fever: and if it continues, the strictest possible abstinence should be enforced for two days, with friction applied every day.

115

115

CHAP. XVIII. ON THE VARIOUS TYPES OF MADNESS AND HOW TO CURE THEM.

I have now gone through the treatment of fevers. There remain other disorders of the body, which come on after them: some of which, that cannot be assigned(15) to any certain part, I shall immediately subjoin. I shall begin with madness, and treat of the first kind of it, which is both acute, and happens in a fever; the Greeks call it phrenitis[ BE ].

I have now covered the treatment of fevers. There are other body disorders that occur afterward: some of which can't be assigned __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ to any specific part, I will discuss next. I will start with madness and focus on the first type of it, which is both severe and occurs during a fever; the Greeks call it phrenitis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

First of all it is necessary to know, that sick people sometimes in a febrile paroxysm lose their judgment, and talk incoherently. Which, though it be not trifling, and cannot happen unless in a violent fever, yet is not equally dangerous; for it is commonly of short continuance: and when the violence of the fit is abated, the judgment presently returns. Nor does this kind of distemper require any other remedy, than what has been already directed for curing a fever.

First of all, it's important to know that sick people can sometimes lose their judgment and speak incoherently during a feverish episode. While this is serious and only happens during a high fever, it’s not equally dangerous because it usually doesn’t last long. Once the intensity of the fever decreases, their judgment typically comes back. This type of condition doesn’t need any other treatment besides what has already been suggested for treating a fever.

It becomes then a phrenitis, when the delirium begins to continue without interruption; or when the patient, though he still have his reason, yet forms to himself some vain images: it is perfect, when the mind gives itself up to these images. Now there are several kinds of it: for amongst phrenitic people some are merry, others sad; some are more easily commanded, and their disorder goes no farther than words; others grow outrageous, and do acts of violence; and of these last again some only employ force, others even make use of cunning, and present a specious appearance of judgment, while they are catching at opportunities of doing mischief; but they are discovered by the issue.

It becomes a fever of the mind when the delirium continues nonstop; or when the patient, even if still somewhat rational, creates false images in their mind: it reaches its peak when the mind completely succumbs to these images. There are several types of this condition: among people with this fever, some are cheerful, while others are sorrowful; some can be easily directed, and their turmoil stays limited to just words; others become wild and commit acts of violence. Among these last ones, some only use brute force, while others may even act cunningly and seem to display good judgment while seeking opportunities to cause harm; however, they reveal their true nature in the end.

Such of them as only rattle, or do no harm but in trifles, it is needless to load with severe restraints. Those, who are more violent in their actions, it is proper to bind, lest they should hurt either themselves or any other person.116 Nor should we trust any of them, if in order to get rid of his chains he pretends to be well, though he speak sensibly, and make lamentable complaints; because this is nothing else but the cunning of a mad person.

Those who just make noise or only do minor harm don’t need strict restrictions. However, those who act more violently should be restrained to prevent them from hurting themselves or others.116 We shouldn’t trust any of them if someone tries to escape their restraints by pretending to be fine, even if they sound reasonable and share sad complaints; this is simply the deception of a mad person.

Generally the ancients kept such patients in the dark; for this reason, that it hurts them to be terrified: and they judged, that darkness of itself contributed something to the quiet of the mind. But Asclepiades, alleging that darkness itself strikes terror, ordered them to be kept in the light. But neither of these holds always. For one person is more disturbed by the light, and another by darkness: and some are to be met with, in whom no difference can be found either the one way or the other. Therefore it is best to try both methods; and to keep him, that has a horror at darkness, in the light; and him, that is afraid of light, in darkness. But where there is no such difference, if the patient have strength, he must be confined in a light place; if not, in a dark one.

Generally, the ancients kept patients in the dark because they thought it hurt them to be scared, and they believed that darkness helped calm the mind. However, Asclepiades argued that darkness itself causes fear, so he advised keeping them in the light. Yet, neither approach works for everyone. Some people are more disturbed by light, while others are more affected by darkness; there are also some who react the same to both. Therefore, it's best to try both methods: keep someone who fears darkness in the light, and someone who is afraid of light in darkness. If there’s no clear preference, and the patient has strength, they should be placed in a well-lit area; if not, they should be kept in a dark space.

To make use of remedies in the greatest violence of the phrenzy is needless: for at the same time the fever also increases. Wherefore nothing is to be done then, besides confining the patient. But when the circumstances allow, speedy help must be administered. Asclepiades asserted, that to bleed such was just the same as to murder them: upon this principle, that there was no madness, but when the fever was very high; and that bleeding could not be properly performed, unless in its remission. He himself endeavoured to procure sleep in such cases by much friction. But since both the violence of the fever prevents sleep, and friction is not useful unless in its remission, he ought to have omitted this remedy too. What then is to be said to this case? Many things are properly done in imminent danger, which should not be practised on any other occasion. And even a continued fever has times, in which, though it does not remit, nevertheless it does not increase. And this though not the best, yet is a pretty favourable season for the application of remedies. And if the strength of the patient admits of it, he may also lose blood.

Using remedies during the peak of a frenzy is pointless because the fever increases at the same time. Therefore, the only thing to do is to keep the patient confined. However, when the situation allows, prompt treatment should be provided. Asclepiades believed that bleeding such patients was akin to murder because he thought there was no true madness except when the fever was extremely high; and that bleeding could only be done properly when the fever was receding. He himself tried to induce sleep in these cases through vigorous rubbing. But since the intensity of the fever prevents sleep and rubbing is only effective when the fever is diminishing, he should have avoided this remedy as well. So, what can be said about this situation? There are many actions that are appropriate in cases of imminent danger that shouldn’t be applied at other times. Even a continuous fever has periods when, although it doesn’t lessen, it doesn’t get worse. This, while not ideal, is still a fairly good time to apply remedies. And if the patient's condition allows, bloodletting may also be considered.

There may be the same reason(16) for doubting whether a clyster should be administered. Then after the interval of a day, it is fit to clip the hair of the head close to the117 skin; then to foment it with a decoction of some of the restringent herbs; or to foment it first, after that clip, and foment it again; and lastly to embrocate the head and nostrils with oil of roses; to hold also to the nostrils rue bruised with vinegar, and to provoke sneezing by medicines efficacious for that purpose. These things however are to be done only to persons, who don’t want strength. If there be a weakness, the head is only to be moistened with oil of roses, adding to it serpyllum or something of the like nature. Also whatever be the degree of strength, two herbs are useful, nightshade and the wall-herb, if the head be bathed with the expressed juice of them both. When the fever has remitted, friction must be used; but more sparingly in those, that are too merry, than in those, that are too sad.

There might be the same reason__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ for questioning whether a enema should be given. Then, after a day, it’s appropriate to cut the hair on the head close to the117 skin; then either steam it with a brew made from some of the astringent herbs, or first steam it, then cut, and steam again; finally, apply rose oil to the head and nostrils; also hold bruised rue soaked in vinegar to the nostrils and induce sneezing with medicines that are effective for that. However, these actions should only be taken for those who don’t need strength. If there’s weakness, just moisten the head with rose oil, adding thyme or something similar. Regardless of strength, two herbs are helpful: nightshade and wall-herb, if the head is bathed with their fresh juice. Once the fever has lessened, friction should be applied, but more gently to those who are overly cheerful than to those who are too downcast.

It is necessary to apply to the minds of people thus mad in a manner suitable to the temper of each. For the groundless apprehensions of some are to be alleviated: as was done to a very rich man in fear of starving, whom they relieved by frequent accounts of estates bequeathed to him. The audaciousness of others must be restrained, as is practised in the case of those, who require even stripes to keep them under government. The unseasonable laughter of some must be checked by chiding and threats. The sorrowful thoughts of others must be dispelled: for which purpose concerts of music, and cymbals and noise are useful. Yet these patients must be oftener humoured than contradicted: and the mind is to be led by slow degrees, and not evidently, from their irrational assertions to better notions. Sometimes also the attention of the person must be strongly engaged; a method taken with studious men, to whom a book is read, either with propriety of accent, if they be pleased with it, or with an improper tone of voice, if that offends them: for by correcting they begin to give their attention. Moreover they must be obliged to repeat any thing they may remember. Some also have brought those to eat, that had no inclination for it, by placing them in the midst of people at a feast.

It's important to approach the minds of people who are out of touch in a way that fits each person's mood. For some, their unfounded fears need to be eased, like the wealthy man afraid of starvation, who was calmed by being told about the estates left to him. Others, who are overly bold, need to be restrained, similar to how one would discipline those who need strict control. The inappropriate laughter of some should be stopped with reprimands and warnings. The gloomy thoughts of others need to be lifted; concerts and loud music can help with that. However, these individuals should be encouraged more than opposed, and their minds should be gently guided from their irrational beliefs to more sensible ideas. At times, it's crucial to capture their attention; for example, with studious people, you can read them a book, using the correct tone if they like it or a deliberately off-putting tone if they don't, as this gets them to focus. Additionally, they should be encouraged to repeat anything they can remember. Some have even managed to get people who weren’t interested in eating to join in by placing them in the middle of a festive gathering.

To every body thus affected, sleep is both hard to be obtained, and highly necessary; for by this most of them recover. For this purpose, and at the same time for composing the mind, the ointment of saffron(17) with that of iris118 rubbed upon the head is useful. If notwithstanding they continue wakeful, some endeavour to procure them sleep by giving them to drink a decoction of poppies or henbane; others put mandrake apples under their pillow: others apply to their forehead either amomum or sycamine tear. This name I find among the physicians. But why do the Greeks call the mulberry-tree sycaminus[ BF ], when there is no tear of the mulberry-tree? But this name they give to the tear of a tree growing in Egypt, which they call sycomorum[ BG ]. Many physicians now and then foment the face and head with a sponge dipt in a decoction of poppy-heads.

For anyone dealing with this issue, sleeping is both hard to come by and absolutely essential because it helps most of them recover. To aid in this and at the same time calm the mind, rubbing ointment made from saffron __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and iris on the head can be helpful. If they still can't sleep, some try to help by giving them a drink made from poppies or henbane; others place mandrake apples under their pillow; and some use either amomum or sycamine tear on their forehead. I find this term used among doctors. But why do the Greeks call the mulberry tree sycaminus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ when there’s no tear from the mulberry? They actually refer to the tear of a tree from Egypt, which they call sycomore __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Many doctors sometimes soak a sponge in a poppy-head decoction and apply it to the face and head.

Asclepiades affirmed these things to be hurtful: because they often change the distemper into a lethargy. His advice is, that the first day the patient should abstain from meat, drink, and sleep; on the evening water should be given him to drink; then friction should be used so gentle, that even the hand that rubbed, should not press strongly; the day after, all these things being repeated, on the evening gruel and water should be allowed him, and the friction again repeated: for by this we would procure sleep. This sometimes happens; insomuch that by his own confession, too much friction may even endanger a lethargy. But if by these means sleep is not obtained, then at last it must be procured by the medicines above-mentioned: still with the same moderation, which is also necessary in this case; lest it be not in our power afterwards to wake the person, whom we desire to sleep. A fall of water near is also some help to sleep; or gestation after meat, and in the night time; especially the motion of a suspended bed.

Asclepiades claimed that these things can be harmful because they often turn the condition into lethargy. His advice is that on the first day, the patient should avoid food, drink, and sleep; in the evening, they should be given water to drink; then gentle rubbing should be used, so lightly that the hand doing the rubbing doesn’t apply too much pressure. The next day, all these steps should be repeated. In the evening, gruel and water should be given, and the rubbing repeated again: this is to help induce sleep. This sometimes works; so much so that he admitted that too much rubbing could even risk causing lethargy. But if sleep isn’t achieved through these methods, then medications mentioned earlier must be used, still with the same moderation needed in this situation; otherwise, it may not be possible to wake the person we want to sleep. The sound of nearby water can also aid sleep, or gentle movement after eating at night, especially the motion of a suspended bed.

Nor is it improper, if bleeding has not gone before, and the understanding be still disturbed, and there be no sleep, to make an incision in the occiput, and apply a cucurbital: because this, by lessening the distemper, may bring on sleep. Moderation must also be used as to his diet: for the patient must neither be full-fed, lest he grow outrageous, nor must he be tormented with hunger, lest from his weakness he fall into a cardiac disorder. He must use weak food, and especially gruel, and drink hydromel, three119 cyathi of which are sufficient in winter, and four in summer.

It's not inappropriate, if there hasn't been any bleeding beforehand, if the person's mind is still disturbed, and if they can't sleep, to make an incision at the back of the head and apply a cupping glass. This, by reducing the discomfort, may help induce sleep. Moderation should also be exercised regarding his diet: the patient shouldn't be overfed, as that may lead to agitation, nor should he be left hungry, as weakness could cause heart issues. He should eat light foods, especially gruel, and drink hydromel, with three cyathi being enough in winter and four in summer.

There is another kind of madness, which continues a longer time; because generally it begins without a fever, afterwards excites slight feverish fits; and goes no farther than a sadness, which seems to proceed from atrabilis. In this bleeding is useful. If there be any reason against that, the first remedy is abstinence; the second to purge by white hellebore and vomiting: after either of these friction is to be used twice a day; if the patient be pretty strong, frequent exercise too, a vomit fasting, food of the middle kind is to be given without wine. As often as I mention this kind of food, I would be understood, that it may be given even of the weakest, provided one be not confined to that alone: that only the strongest is to be refrained. Besides, the belly is to be kept as soft as possible: terrors are to be dispersed, and rather good hopes are to be given. Entertainment must be sought in amusing stories and diversions, such as the person in health used to be most pleased with. If there are any works of his performing, they must be commended, and placed before his eyes. His groundless sorrow is to be mildly reprimanded. Arguments must be offered now and then to persuade him, that in those very things, which disturb him, there is more matter for joy than anxiety. If a fever has also come on, it must be cured in the same manner as other fevers.

There’s another type of madness that lasts longer; it usually starts without a fever, then causes mild feverish episodes and leads to a sadness that seems to come from a buildup of black bile. In such cases, bleeding is helpful. If there are reasons against that, the first remedy is to practice abstinence; the second is to use white hellebore and induce vomiting. After either of these, friction should be applied twice a day; if the patient is relatively strong, regular exercise is also recommended. A fasting purge should be done, and food of a moderate nature should be provided, without wine. When I mention this type of food, I mean it can be given even to the weakest, as long as one isn’t limited to that alone; only the strongest should be avoided. Additionally, the belly should be kept as soft as possible; fears should be alleviated, and positive hopes should be encouraged. The person should find entertainment in funny stories and activities they used to enjoy. If they have any achievements, those should be praised and brought to their attention. Their unwarranted sadness should be gently addressed. Arguments should be presented from time to time to convince them that in the very things that upset them, there is more to celebrate than worry. If a fever has also set in, it should be treated in the same way as other fevers.

The third kind of madness is the longest of all; insomuch that it does not shorten life. Which kind is most incident to people of strong constitutions. Now there are two species of this: for in some the deception arises from false images, not from the understanding: such a madness the fables of the poets represent that of Ajax, or Orestes(18): others are disordered in their judgment. If imaginations mislead, first of all it must be observed, whether they be melancholy or merry. If melancholy, black hellebore ought to be given as a purge; in the merry kind, the white as an emetic. And if the patient will not take it in a potion, it must be added to bread, that it may the more easily deceive. For if he be thoroughly purged, it will in a great measure lessen the distemper. And therefore if hellebore once given has done little service, after a proper120 interval it ought to be repeated. And it should be known that this distemper is more mild, when attended with laughter, than with gravity. And this rule also is universal in all diseases, when any person is to be purged in the inferior parts(19), that the belly be first opened; when the superior parts, it must be bound.

The third type of madness lasts the longest and doesn’t shorten life. This type usually affects people with strong health. There are two types of this madness: in some cases, the delusion comes from false images rather than understanding. The poets’ fables, like those of Ajax or Orestes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, illustrate this type. In other cases, people have a disorder in their judgment. If the delusions are misleading, we first need to determine if they are causing sadness or happiness. If it’s sadness, black hellebore should be given as a purgative; if it’s happiness, the white hellebore should be used as an emetic. If the patient refuses to take it in liquid form, it can be mixed into bread for easier consumption. If they are properly purged, it will significantly reduce the illness. Therefore, if the first dose of hellebore doesn’t help much, it should be given again after a suitable period. It’s also important to note that this condition is milder when accompanied by laughter than by seriousness. This rule applies universally in all illnesses: when a person needs to be purged in the lower parts, the belly should be opened first; for the upper parts, it should be bound.

But if the madness affect the judgment, the patient is best treated by some kind of tortures. When he has said or done any thing wrong, he is to be punished by hunger, chains, and stripes: he must be forced both to attend and get something by heart, and retain it in his memory. For thus it will happen, that gradually by fear he may be obliged to consider, what he does. It is also serviceable in this disorder to be put into sudden consternation and fear; and the same tendency commonly has every thing, that disturbs the mind greatly; for some change may be brought about, when the mind is withdrawn from that state, in which it was before. It likewise makes a difference, whether the patient laugh now and then without cause, or be sorrowful and dejected. For the merriment of a mad person is better cured by those terrours, which I mentioned above. If sadness be his extreme, gentle, but long friction twice a day is useful; also pouring of cold water upon the head, and dipping the body in water and oil.

But if the madness affects the judgment, the patient is best treated with some form of torture. When he says or does anything wrong, he should be punished with hunger, chains, and whippings: he must be made to attend and memorize something and keep it in his mind. This way, over time, fear might force him to think about his actions. It can also help to put the patient into sudden fear and alarm; anything that greatly disturbs the mind usually has the same effect, as some change might occur when the mind is taken out of its previous state. It also matters whether the patient laughs unexpectedly or feels sad and down. The laughter of a mad person is better addressed with the terrors I mentioned earlier. If sadness is his main issue, gentle but prolonged rubbing twice a day is helpful; pouring cold water on his head, and immersing his body in water and oil, are also beneficial.

The following are general rules: that mad people ought to be strongly exercised; to make much use of friction; to take neither fat flesh nor wine; to take food, after purging, of the middle kind, and as light as possible; that they should neither be alone, nor amongst strangers, nor those which they either despise, or look upon with indifference: they ought to go into other countries, and, if their judgement returns, to take a journey into distant parts once a year.

The following are general rules: that people with mental health issues should get plenty of exercise; they should use friction regularly; they should avoid fatty foods and alcohol; they should eat light, moderate meals after clearing their system; they should not be alone, nor among strangers, nor around people they dislike or feel indifferent towards; they should travel to other countries, and if their judgment improves, they should take a trip to far-off places once a year.

Sometimes, though seldom, a delirium arises from fear; which kind of madness is of a similar species, and is to be cured by a like diet: except that in this kind of madness alone wine is properly given.

Sometimes, though rarely, a delirium comes from fear; this type of madness is similar and can be treated with a similar approach: except that in this kind of madness, wine is actually appropriate.

121

121

CHAP. XIX. ON HEART DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

That kind of distemper, which by the Greeks is called cardiacus[ BH ], is directly contrary to the last mentioned; although phrenitic people often fall into it: for the mind in that is disordered, in this it is sound. This is nothing else but an excessive weakness of the body; which from a languishing stomach is dissipated by immoderate sweating. And one may immediately know that this is the disease, when the pulsations of the arteries are small and weak, and sweat uncommon both in degree and continuance, breaks out from the whole breast, and neck, and even from the head, the feet only and legs being more dry and cold. This distemper is of the acute kind.

That kind of illness, which the Greeks call cardiac __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, is completely different from the one we just mentioned; however, people with fevers often experience it too: the mind is clear in this case, unlike in the fevers. This is simply an extreme weakness of the body; it comes from a weak stomach and is worsened by excessive sweating. You can tell this is the illness when the pulse feels small and weak, and sweat pours out in an unusual amount and duration from the chest, neck, and even the head, while the feet and legs feel dry and cold. This illness is acute.

The first step in the cure is to apply restringent cataplasms to the præcordia; the second to restrain the sweat. That is accomplished by bitter oil, or that of roses, or quinces, or myrtles. With any of these the body is to be gently anointed; and then a cerate of some one of them is to be applied.

The first step in the treatment is to apply tightening poultices to the chest area; the second is to reduce sweating. This can be done using bitter oil, or oil of roses, quinces, or myrtles. Gently massage the body with any of these, and then a balm made from one of them should be applied.

If the sweat nevertheless prevails, the person is to be rubbed over with gypsum, or litharge, or Cimolian chalk, or to be sprinkled now and then with the powder of these. The same purpose is answered by the powder of dry myrtle or bramble-leaves, or the dried lees of austere and strong wine. And there are a great many more things of the same nature, which if they cannot be had, sprinkling of common dust will have a good effect. And besides these, that the body may sweat less, the person ought to be covered with a light garment, and set in a place not hot, with the windows open, so that he may be even sensible of the stream of air.

If the sweating continues, the person should be rubbed down with gypsum, litharge, or Cimolian chalk, or be sprinkled occasionally with the powder of these substances. The same effect can be achieved with the powder of dried myrtle or bramble leaves, or the dried residue from strong, harsh wine. There are many other similar options, and if none of those are available, a sprinkle of ordinary dust will also work well. Additionally, to help reduce sweating, the person should wear a light garment and be in a cool place with the windows open, so they can feel the breeze.

The third remedy is to succour the weakness of the patient by eating and wine. Food is not to be given in great quantity indeed, but often, both in the night and day; so122 as it may nourish, and not load. It ought to be of the weakest kind, and agreeable to the stomach: and unless there be a necessity, we ought not to be in haste to give wine. If there is reason to fear the person is fainting, then both intrita with wine, and wine itself, austere but small, and somewhat diluted, with the cold taken off it, may be given pretty frequently and freely; with the addition of polenta(20), provided the patient takes little food. And the wine ought to be neither very weak nor very strong: and the patient in a day and a night may very well drink two or three heminæ; if it be a person of a large make, even more: if he has no appetite for food, it is fit first to anoint him, then to pour cold water all over him, and then give it him.

The third remedy is to help the patient's weakness with food and wine. Food shouldn't be given in large amounts, but rather frequently, both at night and during the day, so it can nourish without overwhelming. It should be light and easy on the stomach. Unless it's necessary, we shouldn't rush to give wine. If there’s a concern that the person might faint, then both wine mixed with food and wine on its own—light and slightly diluted, warmed up—can be offered fairly often and generously, along with polenta, as long as the patient isn't eating much. The wine shouldn't be too weak or too strong, and in a day and night, a person can easily drink two or three heminæ; if they're larger, even more. If they have no appetite for food, it’s best to first rub them down, then pour cold water over them, and finally give them the food.

But if his stomach be so relaxed, that it hardly retains, both before meat and after it, he ought to vomit spontaneously(21); and again after vomiting to take food. If even that do not stay, to sup a cyathus of wine, and at the distance of an hour to eat again. If the stomach return that too, the whole body must be rubbed over with bruised bulbous roots(22): when these have grown dry, the effect is, that the wine may be retained in the stomach, and from that, the heat may return to the whole body, and the tone of the vessels be restored.

But if his stomach is so relaxed that it hardly holds anything, both before and after eating, he should vomit spontaneously__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; and then after vomiting, he can try to eat again. If that doesn't stay down either, he should drink a cup of wine and wait an hour before eating again. If his stomach rejects that too, the whole body should be rubbed with crushed bulbous roots__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; once these have dried out, the result is that the wine may be kept in the stomach, restoring warmth to the whole body and bringing back the tone of the blood vessels.

The last remedy is to inject by way of clyster(23) the cream either of ptisan or alica, for that also will support the strength. Nor is it amiss to hold something refreshing, such as rose oil and wine, to the nose of the person, when he is restless and hot: and if there is any coldness in the extremities, to cherish them with hands anointed and warm. By which means if we have been able to gain these points, that the violence of the sweat abates, and life is prolonged, time itself now begins to work a cure. When he seems to be out of danger, yet we must be cautious, that he do not relapse quickly into the same weakness. Therefore omitting only the wine, he ought every day to take more substantial food, till his body recover sufficient strength.

The final remedy is to use a clyster__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ to inject either a cream made of herbal tea or gruel, as this will help support strength. It’s also a good idea to hold something refreshing, like rose oil and wine, to the person's nose when they feel restless and hot. If there’s any coldness in their extremities, warm them up with your hands. If we manage to achieve these things, the severity of the sweating will decrease, and life will be extended; time will then begin to heal. When the person seems to be out of danger, we still need to be careful not to let them quickly slip back into the same weakness. So, aside from the wine, they should eat more substantial food every day until their body regains enough strength.

123

123

CHAP. XX. ABOUT LETHARGY AND ITS CURE.

There is also another distemper, which in a different way is opposite to the phrenitic one. In phrensies sleep is hardly obtained, there is a disposition to fool-hardy enterprises: in this there is a languor, and an almost invincible necessity of sleeping. The Greeks call it lethargus[ BI ]. This too is of the acute kind, and unless it is cured, kills quickly.

There’s also another illness that is quite different from the phrenitic one. In cases of phrenzy, sleep is hard to come by, and there is a tendency for reckless behavior; whereas, in this case, there is a weariness and an almost irresistible need to sleep. The Greeks refer to it as lethargy __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. This too is an acute condition, and if it isn't treated, it can lead to death quickly.

Therefore some endeavour to rouse such patients by holding to their nose those things, which provoke sneezings, and such as excite by their offensive smell; for instance, burnt pitch, sordid wool, pepper, hellebore, castor, vinegar, garlick, onion. They also burn galbanum by them, or hartshorn; if this is not to be got, any other horn; for when these are burnt, they stimulate by their offensive smell.

Therefore, some try to wake up these patients by holding things that make them sneeze up to their nose, as well as things with a strong bad smell; for example, burnt pitch, dirty wool, pepper, hellebore, castor, vinegar, garlic, and onion. They also burn galbanum near them, or hartshorn; if that's not available, any other type of horn will do; because when these are burned, they stimulate with their strong odor.

But a certain author, Tharrias, affirmed, that this disposition to sleep is concomitant upon a febrile paroxysm, and that it abates, when the latter is gone off: and therefore that such practitioners, as rouse them frequently, give them unnecessary pain. Now it makes a considerable difference whether the patient awakes upon the termination of the fit, or whether the weight of sleep oppresses him, when the fever is abating, or even after its going off. For if he awakes, it is needless to treat him as one asleep: for he is not made better by being awake; but if he be better, he will keep awake of himself. If his sleep is continual, he must in such a case be roused; but at those times, when the fever is lowest, that he may discharge somewhat, and take food. Cold water suddenly poured on excites more powerfully than any thing. After the remission therefore the whole body must be anointed over with a great quantity of oil, and three or four amphorae of water must be poured upon the head, so as to stream over all the body.124 But this we shall make use of, if the patient’s breathing be equal, if the præcordia be soft. But if the case shall be different, the other remedies are preferable, which were mentioned before. And as to the sleep, this method is the most suitable.

But a certain author, Tharrias, stated that the tendency to sleep happens alongside a febrile episode and that it lessens when the episode subsides. Therefore, practitioners who frequently wake them cause unnecessary discomfort. It makes a significant difference whether the patient wakes up after the episode ends or whether they’re still feeling heavy with sleep as the fever goes down or even after it’s gone. If they wake up, there’s no need to treat them as if they’re asleep; being awake doesn’t help them feel better. However, if they feel better, they’ll stay awake on their own. If their sleep is continuous, they should be roused; but this should happen when the fever is lowest, so they can discharge something and eat. Pouring cold water suddenly stimulates more effectively than anything else. After the episode, the entire body should be massaged with a lot of oil, and three or four amphorae of water should be poured on the head so that it streams over the entire body.124 We will use this approach if the patient’s breathing is even and the chest is soft. If the situation is different, the other remedies previously mentioned are preferable. Regarding sleep, this method is the most suitable.

With regard to the cure of the distemper, the head must be shaved; then fomented with a decoction of bay-leaves, or of rue in vinegar and water. And the day after, castor must be applied, or rue bruised with vinegar, or bay-berries, or ivy with rose-oil and vinegar. And mustard is of singular use, both held to the nostrils in rouzing the patient, and if applied to the top of the head or forehead, in removing the distemper itself. Gestation is also useful in this distemper, and especially food seasonably given, that is, in the greatest remission, that can be found. Now gruel is most proper till the distemper begins to decline. And if every day there is a severe fit, this may be given daily: if every other day, gruel after the most severe; after the milder hydromel. Wine also given with seasonable food is of no small use.

For treating the illness, the head should be shaved, then soaked with a mixture of bay leaves or rue in vinegar and water. The next day, apply castor oil, or bruised rue mixed with vinegar, or bay berries, or ivy blended with rose oil and vinegar. Mustard is particularly effective, as it can be held to the nostrils to awaken the patient, and if applied to the top of the head or forehead, it helps eliminate the illness itself. Rest is also helpful during this sickness, especially with properly timed meals, which should be given during the greatest period of recovery. Gruel is the best option until the illness starts to improve. If there is a severe episode daily, this can be given every day; if every other day, serve gruel after the worst episodes, and follow it with milder hydromel. Wine given with timely meals is also quite beneficial.

But if such a torpor has come after long fevers, all the other rules are to be observed: but three or four hours before the fit, if the belly be bound, castor with a mixture of scammony must be given; if that is not the case, castor alone must be given with water. If the præcordia are soft, the diet must be pretty full; if hard, we must keep to the gruels above-mentioned; something being applied to the præcordia, which can at once repel and soften.

But if such a sluggishness has come after prolonged fevers, all the other guidelines should still be followed: three to four hours before the episode, if the stomach is constipated, a mix of castor oil with scammony should be given; if not, castor oil alone should be given with water. If the area around the stomach is soft, the diet should be somewhat substantial; if hard, we should stick to the previously mentioned soups; something should be applied to the stomach area that can both soothe and relieve.

CHAP. XXI. THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF DROPSY AND THEIR TREATMENTS.

The foregoing is an acute distemper; but the case of those, who are troubled with water under the skin, may turn to a chronical disease: for unless it is speedily cured, such patients fall into what the Greeks call hydrops[ BJ ] (dropsy). There are three species of it; for at times the125 belly is very tense, and there is a frequent rumbling within from the motion of the air: sometimes the surface of the body is unequal, with tumours of different sizes rising over the whole: sometimes water is confined within the abdomen, and upon the body’s being moved, it moves in such a manner, that the course of it may be seen. The first the Greeks call tympanites[ BK ]; the second leucophlegmatia, or hyposarca[ BL ]; the third ascites[ BM ]. An excess of moisture however is common to them all: for which reason ulcers in such patients are not easily healed. This disease often begins of itself; and often succeeds another distemper of long standing, and especially a quartan.

The above condition is a serious illness, but for those who have swelling due to water under the skin, it may develop into a chronic disease. If it’s not treated quickly, patients risk developing what the Greeks call hydrops__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (dropsy). There are three types of it: sometimes the belly feels very tight, and there’s a lot of rumbling inside from air movement; sometimes the body surface is uneven, with lumps of different sizes appearing all over; and sometimes fluid collects in the abdomen, moving visibly when the body is shifted. The first type is known in Greek as tympanites __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; the second is leucophlegmatia, or hyposarca__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; the third is ascites__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Excess moisture is common to all three types, which is why ulcers in these patients are difficult to heal. This illness can start on its own or may follow a long-standing condition, particularly a quartan fever.

It is more easily cured in slaves, than in free people; because as it requires fasting, enduring of thirst, and a thousand other hardships, and long patience, such are more readily relieved, that are easily commanded, than those, whose liberty is hurtful to them. But even those, that are under the authority of another, if they cannot entirely command themselves, are not to be recovered. And upon this account no inconsiderable physician, a disciple of Chrysippus, residing with king Antigonus, declared that a certain friend of that prince, of known intemperance, though not very ill of this disease, could not possibly be cured: and when another physician, Philip of Epirus, undertook to cure him, he answered, that the other considered only the distemper of the patient; he, his dispositions. And he was not deceived; for though he was watched with the greatest diligence not only by the physician, but even by the king too, yet by devouring his malagmas(24), and drinking his own urine, he quickly killed himself.

It’s easier to cure slaves than free people because it requires fasting, enduring thirst, and a lot of other hardships, along with long patience. Those who can be easily controlled tend to respond better than those whose freedom actually harms them. But even those who are under someone else's authority won’t recover if they can't fully manage themselves. For this reason, a well-respected physician, a student of Chrysippus, who lived with King Antigonus, stated that a certain friend of the king, known for his lack of self-control, although not very ill from this disease, could not be cured at all. When another physician, Philip of Epirus, tried to treat him, he replied that the other physician only looked at the patient’s illness, while he focused on the patient’s character. He was right; even though the patient was watched closely by both the physician and the king, he quickly killed himself by consuming his malagmas__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and drinking his own urine.

However at the beginning the cure is not very difficult, if rest, thirst, and fasting be strictly enjoined. But if the disease has continued long, it is not removed without great trouble. Yet they tell us, that Metrodorus, a disciple of Epicurus, when he was afflicted with this distemper, and could not patiently endure the necessary thirst, after refraining long, used to drink, and then vomit it again. Now if whatever has been taken, be brought up again, it lessens the uneasiness considerably: if it is retained in the sto126mach, it increases the disorder; therefore it must not be attempted in every one.

However, at the beginning, the cure isn't very difficult if rest, restriction of fluids, and fasting are strictly followed. But if the illness has lasted a long time, it can't be cured without a lot of trouble. They tell us that Metrodorus, a student of Epicurus, when he was suffering from this condition and couldn't bear the necessary thirst, would drink after holding back for a long time, and then vomit it up again. Now, if whatever has been consumed is brought back up, it significantly reduces the discomfort; if it stays in the stomach, it makes the problem worse. Therefore, this approach shouldn't be attempted by everyone.

But if it be attended with a fever, that in the first place must be removed by such means as have been prescribed for the cure of that distemper. When the patient is free of a fever, then we may apply the usual remedies of the dropsy. And with regard to this, whatever species it is, if it has not got too deep root, the very same remedies are necessary. The person must walk much, run sometimes, and his superior parts especially must be rubbed, so as to bring a warmth into the skin. In the mean time he must keep in his breath. Sweat is likewise to be procured, not by exercise only, but also by hot sand, or the laconicum, or clibanum, and such like means: and natural and dry sweating places are very beneficial: such as we have at Bajæ amongst the groves of myrtles. The bath and all moisture is hurtful. Catapotia(25), composed of two parts of wormwood and one of myrrh, are properly given to the patient fasting.

But if there’s a fever, it needs to be treated first with the prescribed methods for that illness. Once the patient is free from the fever, we can use the usual treatments for dropsy. No matter what type it is, as long as it hasn't taken too deep a hold, the same treatments will work. The person should walk a lot, run occasionally, and specifically rub their upper body to warm up the skin. In the meantime, they should control their breathing. Sweating is also important, which can be achieved not just through exercise, but also by using hot sand, or the sweating rooms like the laconicum or clibanum, and similar methods. Natural and dry sweating areas are very helpful, such as those we have at Bajæ among the myrtle groves. Baths and any kind of moisture are harmful. Catapotia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, made of two parts wormwood and one part myrrh, should be given to the patient on an empty stomach.

The food ought to be of a middle nature, but of the harder kind of it. No more drink given than to support life: and that is best, which provokes urine. It is better to attempt that by diet(26), than medicine. However, if there is a necessity, some of the things, which have that effect, must be boiled, and the decoction of them given to drink. This faculty seems to be possessed by the iris, nard(27), saffron, cinnamon, cassia, myrrh, balsam(28), galbanum, labdanum, flower of the wild vine, panaces(29), cardamom(30), ebony, cypress seed, stavesacre, which the Greeks call staphis agria[ BN ], southernwood, rose-leaves, acorum(31), bitter almonds, goat’s marjoram, storax, costus, the flower of long and round cyperus(32); the first of these the Greeks call cyperus[ BO ], and the other schœnus[ BP ]. Whenever I mention these, I intend not such as grow here, but those that are imported amongst the spices. However the mildest of these must be tried first, that is the rose-leaves, or spikenard. Austere wine also, but very weak, is good.

The food should be of a moderate type, but on the tougher side. Only enough drink should be given to sustain life, and what's best is that which encourages urination. It's better to achieve this through diet__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ rather than medicine. However, if necessary, some items that have that effect should be boiled, and the infusion should be given to drink. This property seems to be found in iris, nard__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, saffron, cinnamon, cassia, myrrh, balsam__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, galbanum, labdanum, wild vine flowers, panaceas __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, cardamom __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, ebony, cypress seeds, stavesacre, which the Greeks call staphis agria__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, southernwood, rose leaves, acorum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, bitter almonds, goat’s marjoram, storax, costus, and the flowers of long and round cyperus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; the first of these is called cyperus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ by the Greeks, and the other schœnus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. When I mention these, I mean the ones that are imported among the spices, not those that grow locally. However, the mildest ones should be tried first, like rose leaves or spikenard. Very weak but austere wine is also good.

It is convenient likewise to measure the belly every day with a thread, and to put a mark upon this, where it meets: and each succeeding day to observe, whether the bulk be enlarged or diminished; for that which lessens, feels the127 effect of the medicine. And it is not improper to measure the patient’s drink, and his urine; for if more moisture is excreted, than is taken, in such a case there is hope of recovery. Asclepiades tells us in his writings, that to a person, who had fallen into a dropsy after a quartan, he prescribed abstinence for two days, and friction; on the third he gave him food and wine, finding him free both of the fever and dropsy. Thus far general rules may be laid down for all the species of the distemper: if the malady rises to a greater height, different methods of cure are required in each.

It's also helpful to measure the waist every day with a thread and mark it where it meets, then check each day to see if it has gotten bigger or smaller. If it decreases, that indicates the medicine is working. It's also a good idea to track the patient's intake of fluids and their urine output; if they lose more fluid than they consume, there's a chance of recovery. Asclepiades mentions in his writings that for someone who developed dropsy after a quartan fever, he recommended two days of fasting and then some massage. On the third day, he provided food and wine, and found the patient free from both fever and dropsy. General guidelines can be established for all types of the illness, but if the condition worsens, different treatment approaches are necessary for each case.

Wherefore if there is a flatulency, and from that frequent pain, a vomit after meat every day, or every other day, is of service. After that dry and warm fomentations must be used. If the pain is not removed by these means, cupping without scarification is necessary. If the pain does not even yield to that, the skin must be cut, and the cucurbitals applied again. The last remedy, if the cupping has done no service, is to inject into the belly plenty of warm water, and to take it back again. Moreover it is necessary to make use of friction three or four times a day, with oil and some heating medicines. But in this friction the belly must be avoided; mustard must be applied to it frequently, till it corrode the skin; and several ulcers must be made in the belly with hot irons, and these kept open for some time. Boiled squils also bound upon the skin(33) are good. But for a long time after these flatulencies all windy food must be avoided.

If there is gas, and it causes frequent pain, vomiting after meals every day or every other day can help. After that, dry and warm compresses should be used. If the pain doesn't go away with these methods, cupping without making cuts is necessary. If the pain still doesn't subside, the skin must be cut, and the cupping should be done again. If cupping doesn't help, the last resort is to inject a lot of warm water into the abdomen and then remove it. Additionally, friction should be applied three or four times a day using oil and some warming medications. However, when doing this friction, avoid the belly; mustard should be applied to it regularly until it causes skin irritation, and several ulcers should be created in the abdomen with hot irons, keeping them open for a while. Boiled squill also applied to the skin__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is beneficial. For a long time after experiencing gas, all gas-producing foods should be avoided.

But if the distemper be what is called leucophlegmatia, it is fit to expose the swelled parts to the sun; but not too much, lest it inflame the fever. If the sun is too powerful, the head must be covered, and friction made use of, the hands being only moistened with water mixed with salt, and nitre, and a little oil; and that by the hands either of a child or a woman, as their touch is softer: and if the strength will allow, it may be continued a whole hour in the forenoon; in the afternoon for half an hour. Restringent cataplasms also are good; especially if the body be pretty tender. An incision must likewise be made on the inside of the leg, about four fingers breadth above the ancle; from which for some days a good quantity of water may be discharged, and it is proper also to make deep128 gashes in the tumours: and the body must be well agitated by frequent gestation; and when the wounds are cicatrized, the exercise and food must be increased, till the body return to its former habit. The food ought to be strong and glutinous, and chiefly flesh. The wine pretty sweet, if the stomach will bear it; but in this course, that alternately for two or three days together, sometimes water and sometimes wine be drunk. It is proper also to give the seed of sea spurge, which grows large near the sea, to drink with water. If the person be strong, boiled squills may be tied upon his belly at the same time. And many authors advise, that the tumours be beat with inflated bladders.

But if the condition is what’s known as leucophlegmatia, it’s good to expose the swollen areas to the sun; but not for too long, so it doesn’t worsen the fever. If the sun is too strong, the head should be covered, and you should use friction, with the hands only moistened in a mixture of saltwater, nitre, and a bit of oil; and this should be done by the hands of a child or a woman, as their touch is gentler. If the condition allows, this can be continued for a whole hour in the morning; in the afternoon, for half an hour. Restrictive poultices are also beneficial, especially if the skin is pretty tender. An incision should also be made on the inner side of the leg, about four fingers above the ankle; from this, a good amount of fluids can be released for several days. It's also advisable to make deep cuts in the tumors, and the body should be kept active with frequent movement; and once the wounds heal, exercise and food intake should be increased until the body returns to its normal state. The diet should consist of rich and glutinous foods, primarily meat. The wine should be somewhat sweet, as long as the stomach can tolerate it; however, during this time, it’s good to drink alternately for two or three days, sometimes water and sometimes wine. It’s also appropriate to take the seeds of sea spurge, which grows large near the sea, mixed with water. If the person is strong, boiled squills can be tied to their abdomen at the same time. Many authors also recommend that the tumors be pounded with inflated bladders.

But if the disease be of that kind, in which there is a large collection of water within the abdomen, it is fit to walk, but more moderately; to keep a discutient malagma applied to the part, with a triple cloth above it, and to bind it on with a roller, though not too tight. Which practice, introduced by Tharrias, I observe is still continued by the greatest number of physicians. If it is evident, that the liver or spleen is affected, it is proper to apply over it a mellow fig bruised, with the addition of honey. If by such remedies the belly is not dried, but the water notwithstanding abounds, a more speedy method must be taken to relieve, that is, to discharge it by the belly itself. Nor am I ignorant, that Erasistratus disapproved of this method of cure: for he imagined this to be a distemper of the liver; and therefore that means should be used to restore that part to a sound state, and that it was to no purpose to draw off the water, which, while that bowel is distempered, Would be presently collected again. But in the first place, this bowel is not only the seat of this disease: for it arises both in the case of an affected spleen, and a bad habit of the whole body. And secondly, supposing it to have begun thence, yet unless the water be discharged, which stagnates there preternaturally, it hurts both the liver and the other internal parts. And it is granted, that care should be taken nevertheless to cure the whole body. For discharging of the water does not work a cure, but makes room for the operation of medicine, which that obstructs, while it remains there. Neither does this admit of any dispute, that all in this disease are not to be thus treated: but robust young men may, who are either entirely free of a fever,129 or at least have pretty long intermissions: for those, who have a vitiated stomach, or have fallen into this disorder from the atrabilis, or those, who are in a bad habit of body, are not fit subjects for this treatment. On the day, that the water is first discharged, giving of food is improper, unless the patient feels a want of strength. In the following days indeed wine not much diluted ought to be given, but not in a large quantity, and the patient must be again gradually accustomed to exercises, frictions, the heat of the sun, sweatings, fatigues, and proper food, till he be entirely well. The case requires seldom bathing, and frequent vomits when fasting. If it be the summer-time, it is proper to swim in the sea. For a long time after his recovery venery is hurtful.

But if the illness involves a significant buildup of fluid in the abdomen, it's advisable to walk, but more gently; to apply a dispersing poultice to the area, covered with a triple layer of cloth, and secured with a bandage, though not too tightly. This practice, introduced by Tharrias, is still commonly used by most physicians. If it's clear that the liver or spleen is affected, it's appropriate to apply a mashed ripe fig mixed with honey over it. If these remedies don’t reduce the swelling and the fluid continues to accumulate, a quicker approach is necessary to relieve it, meaning it should be drained from the abdomen. I know that Erasistratus disagreed with this treatment, believing it to be a liver issue; therefore, he thought restoration of that organ was essential, and draining the fluid would be pointless, as it would just build up again while the organ remained unwell. However, this organ isn’t the only one involved in this condition, as it can also arise from a troubled spleen or a generally poor state of health. Moreover, even if the issue begins there, unless the stagnant fluid is removed, it can damage both the liver and other internal organs. It’s acknowledged that care should be taken to treat the entire body. Draining the fluid isn’t a cure in itself but allows for medication's effectiveness, which is hindered while the fluid is present. It’s also clear that not everyone with this illness should be treated this way: robust young men who are free from fever, or at least have significant breaks from it, can be treated this way; however, those with a dysfunctional stomach or who have developed this condition due to black bile, or those in poor health, are not suitable candidates for this approach. On the day the fluid is first drained, feeding the patient isn’t recommended unless they feel weak. In the following days, lightly diluted wine should be provided, but in small amounts, and the patient must gradually resume physical activity, massages, sun exposure, sweating, exercise, and appropriate meals until fully recovered. The situation demands rarely bathing and frequent vomiting while fasting. If it's summer, swimming in the sea is beneficial. For a long time post-recovery, sexual activity is harmful.

CHAP. XXII. OF THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF CONSUMPTION AND THEIR TREATMENT.

A consumption is a distemper often of longer continuance, and attended with greater danger. And of this also there are several species. One of them is, where the body is not nourished, and as something is naturally always flying off, and nothing comes in to supply its place, the person becomes extremely emaciated, and unless it be removed, it proves mortal. This the Greeks call atrophia[ BQ ]. It commonly proceeds from one of two causes: for one man through excessive fear takes less, another from too great voraciousness takes more food, than he ought to do: so that either the defect of aliment weakens, or what is redundant is corrupted.

A consumption is an illness that often lasts longer and poses greater risks. There are several types of it. One type occurs when the body isn't getting enough nourishment, and as something is constantly leaving the body without anything coming in to replace it, the person becomes extremely thin, and if it isn’t treated, it can be fatal. The Greeks call this atrophy __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It usually results from one of two causes: either a person eats less due to excessive fear, or they eat more than they should because of strong hunger; thus, either the lack of nutrition weakens the body, or the excess food becomes harmful.

There is another species, which the Greeks call cachexia[ BR ], where the habit of the body is bad, and therefore all the aliments are corrupted: which commonly happens, when bodies depraved by a long distemper, although they have got quite rid of it, yet do not receive any recruit; or when the body has been disordered by bad medicines; or130 when one has long wanted the necessaries of life; or has made use of victuals to which he is not accustomed, and bad, or from some such accident. In this last case besides the consumption it sometimes happens, that the skin is exasperated with frequent pimples(34), or ulcers, or some parts of the body swell.

There is another type, which the Greeks call cachexia __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, where the body is unhealthy, and as a result, all the food becomes spoiled. This usually occurs when a body has been damaged by a long illness, and even after recovering, it still doesn't gain strength; or when the body has been harmed by poor medications; or 130 when someone has been without the basic necessities of life; or has eaten foods that they're not used to, which are also bad, or due to some similar circumstance. In this last situation, in addition to the wasting away, it can sometimes happen that the skin becomes irritated with frequent acne __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, or ulcers, or certain parts of the body swell.

The third and by far the most dangerous species is that, to which the Greeks give the name of phthisis[ BS ]. It generally takes its rise from the head(35): and thence falls down upon the lungs. From this an exulceration proceeds, and there comes a slight fever, which, although it may have abated, yet returns; in this also there is a frequent cough, and pus expectorated, and sometimes something bloody. Whatever comes up, if it be thrown upon the fire, has a bad smell. Therefore those, that are doubtful of the distemper, try it by this mark.

The third and definitely the most dangerous type is what the Greeks call tuberculosis __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It typically starts in the head__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and then spreads down to the lungs. This leads to an ulceration, and a mild fever occurs, which might reduce but then comes back; there is also a persistent cough, with pus being expelled, and sometimes even blood. Anything that is coughed up, if thrown into the fire, has a foul odor. So, those who are uncertain about the illness often use this as a way to test it.

As these are the several species of a consumption, it is necessary first to consider, which of them is the disease of the patient. Then if it appears, that the body is only not supplied with nourishment, to attend to the cause of that; and if the person has taken less food, than he ought to have done, it is proper to make an addition: but gradually, lest, if he overload the body unaccustomed to it by too great a quantity at once, the stomach be oppressed, and and that retard concoction. If a person has been used to take more than what was proper, he should fast for one day; then begin with a little food; making every day some small addition, till he come to a just measure. It is like-wise proper to walk in places as cold as possible, and avoid the heat of the sun; to use those exercises, which employ the hands: if he is weaker, to use gestation, unction, and friction, by his own hands rather than other if he be able, frequently in the day, both before meat and after it; and sometimes to add some of the warming medicines to the oil, till he sweats. It does service too when he is fasting to take hold of his skin in many parts, and to draw it out, that it may be relaxed; or to do the same by often impressing a bit of resin upon it, and quickly pulling it away again. Bathing also is sometimes good, but after a small meal; and even in the bath itself, some food is properly given;131 or if without the bath friction has been used, it may be immediately after. The food ought to be of that kind, which is easily concocted and most nourishing. Therefore the use of wine also, but austere, is necessary to promote urine.

Since there are several types of consumption, it's essential to first identify which one the patient has. If it turns out that the body simply isn't getting enough nourishment, we need to address the cause of that. If the person has eaten less than they should, it's appropriate to gradually increase their food intake; this way, if the body is unaccustomed to a sudden overload, the stomach won’t be overwhelmed, which could hinder digestion. If someone has been used to eating too much, they should fast for a day, then start with a small amount of food, increasing it slightly each day until they reach a reasonable amount. It's also good to walk in cool places and stay out of the sun, and to engage in activities that use the hands. If the person is weaker, they should use gestation, oil, and rubbing, preferably with their own hands as much as possible, often throughout the day, both before and after meals, and sometimes add warming medicines to the oil until they sweat. While fasting, it can also be helpful to pinch the skin in various areas and pull it out to help it relax, or to press a piece of resin onto it and quickly pull it away. Bathing can be beneficial too, but only after a light meal; even in the bath, it’s suitable to have some food. If friction has been used outside of the bath, it can be done immediately afterward. The food should be easy to digest and nourishing. Therefore, using wine, albeit in moderation, can be beneficial for promoting urine production.131

But if the habit of the body is bad, the first thing to be done is to fast; then a clyster must be administered; next we should give food, adding exercises, unctions, and frictions. Frequent bathing is more beneficial to such, but when they are fasting, even till they sweat. Their diet should be plentiful and varied, of good juices, and such as does not very easily corrupt, and austere wine. If these methods do not relieve, blood must be let; but by small quantities, and every day for some days together, the other rules above laid down being also observed.

But if the body's habits are bad, the first thing to do is fast; then a cleansing enema should be given; next, we should provide food, along with exercise, oils, and massages. Regular bathing is more beneficial for them, even while they are fasting, until they start to sweat. Their diet should be abundant and diverse, consisting of healthy juices that don’t spoil easily, and light wine. If these methods don’t help, blood should be drawn, but in small amounts, and every day for several days, while also following the other guidelines mentioned above.

But if the distemper is more violent, and there is a true phthisis, it is necessary to oppose its beginnings: for if this distemper continue long, it is not easily overcome. If the patient’s strength allow, he must take a long voyage, change his climate, taking care to remove into a grosser air, than that he leaves; and therefore from Italy to Alexandria is a very agreeable change. And generally at the beginning the body may be well supposed able to stand that fatigue, since this distemper generally comes on at the strongest age, that is, from the eighteenth year to the thirty-fifth. If the weakness will not admit of that, it is very proper however to sail in a ship, but not far. But if any circumstance render the sailing unfit, the body must be moved in a litter or some other way; then business must be laid aside, and every thing, which disturbs the mind; sleep must be indulged; catarrhs avoided, lest they exasperate, what may have been mitigated by care; and for that reason crudity must be guarded against, and at the same time both the heat of the sun and cold, the face defended, the throat wrapped up, and the cough removed by its peculiar remedies. And as long as the fever continues to attack, it must be treated sometimes by abstinence, sometimes also by seasonable food: and at such time water must be drunk. Milk likewise, which is poison in pains of the head, and acute fevers, and excessive thirst, occasioned by these, and when the præcordia are swelled, or the urine is bilious, or132 in hæmorrhages; yet in a phthisis, as well as in all tedious and obstinate febriculas, it may very well be given.

But if the illness is more severe and there’s a real tuberculosis, it’s important to address it early: because if this illness persists for a long time, it’s difficult to treat. If the patient has the strength, they should go on a long trip and change their environment, making sure to move to a denser atmosphere than the one they’re leaving; for example, traveling from Italy to Alexandria is a favorable shift. Generally, at first, it’s reasonable to think that the body can handle this effort since this illness typically occurs between the ages of eighteen and thirty-five. If the weakness doesn't allow for travel, it's still beneficial to take a shorter boat ride. However, if sailing is not feasible, the patient should be transported in a litter or some other way; then they must put aside work and anything else that causes stress; sleep should be prioritized; avoid colds to prevent aggravating any conditions that may have improved with care; therefore, careful management of diet is important, avoiding heavy foods while also protecting against the sun and cold, covering the face, wrapping the throat, and addressing coughs with appropriate remedies. As long as the fever continues, it should be managed sometimes with fasting, sometimes with suitable food; and during this time, water should be consumed. Milk, which can be harmful in cases of headaches, severe fevers, and intense thirst from these conditions, as well as when the abdomen is swollen or urine is discolored, or in cases of bleeding; yet in tuberculosis, as well as in all prolonged and stubborn fevers, it can be given effectively.

But if a fever does not yet come on, or has already remitted, recourse must be had to moderate exercise, and especially walking and gentle friction. The bath is hurtful. The food at first ought to be pungent, such as garlick, leeks, and the same in vinegar, or in the same way endive, basil, lettuce; afterwards mild, as gruel(36) made from ptisan, or alica, or from starch, with the addition of milk. Rice also, and, if there is nothing else, far will answer the same end. Then these two sorts of food are to be alternately used; and something of the middle kind is to be added, and especially brains(37), and small fish, and such like. Flour also mixed with mutton or goat’s suet, and boiled, serves for a medicine. Wine ought to be taken light and austere.

But if a fever hasn't started yet, or has already gone down, it's important to engage in moderate exercise, especially walking and gentle rubbing. Baths are not recommended. Initially, the food should be spicy, like garlic, leeks, and similar items in vinegar, or endive and basil, or lettuce prepared in the same way. Later on, the food should be mild, like gruel made from ptisan, or alica, or starch with added milk. Rice can also be used, and if nothing else is available, far will suffice. These two types of food should be alternated, with something in between added in, especially brains, small fish, and similar options. Flour mixed with mutton or goat's fat and boiled can serve as a remedy. Wine should be consumed lightly and in a simple manner.

Thus far the distemper is combated with no great difficulty. If it is more grievous, and neither the fever nor the cough abate, and the body appears to be wasting, there is a necessity for more powerful remedies. An ulcer must be made with a hot iron in one place under the chin, another in the throat, two at both breasts, and under the extremity of the blade-bones, which the Greeks call omoplatæ[ BT ]; and these ulcers must not be allowed to heal, unless the cough should cease: which, it is plain, must also require a distinct method of cure. Then the extremities are to be brushed briskly three or four times a day; the chest must be rubbed gently with the hand; after meat, at the interval of an hour, the legs and arms must also be rubbed. After ten days the patient is to be put into a bath consisting of warm water and oil. On the other days he is to drink water; at that time wine must be given to drink cold, if the cough is gone; if it is not, with the cold taken off. It is proper also in the remissions to give food every day; to make use of friction and gestation in like manner; on the fourth or fifth day to take sometimes the blood herb with vinegar, or to eat plantain. The juice of plantain alone, or that of horehound boiled up with honey, is a remedy; of the first of which a cyathus may be supped, and a spoonful of the other may be licked at times; or one133 part of turpentine, and another of butter and honey, mixed together and boiled. But the most material of all these things, are the diet, gestation, sailing, and gruel. A loose belly is particularly to be avoided. A frequent vomiting in this distemper, and especially of blood, is pernicious. When a person begins to grow a little better, he ought to increase his exercises, friction and food; and then keeping in his breath to rub himself; to abstain long from wine, the bath, and venery.

So far, the illness is being managed without too much trouble. If it gets worse, and neither the fever nor the cough lessens, and the person seems to be losing weight, stronger treatments are needed. An ulcer should be created with a hot iron in one spot under the chin, another in the throat, two on both sides of the chest, and one under the shoulder blades; these sores should not be allowed to heal until the cough stops, which clearly requires a different treatment approach. The extremities should be brushed vigorously three or four times a day; the chest should be gently rubbed by hand; after meals, about an hour later, the legs and arms should also be rubbed. After ten days, the patient should take a bath with warm water and oil. On other days, they should drink water; cold wine can be offered if the cough is gone; if not, it should be warmed up. It's also important during recovery to provide food daily and to continue with rubbing and movement; on the fourth or fifth day, they can take the blood herb with vinegar or eat plantain. The juice of plantain alone, or horehound boiled with honey, can be used as a remedy; one could take a cup of the first or lick a spoonful of the second occasionally, or mix one part turpentine with one part butter and honey, and boil it together. However, the most important factors are the diet, movement, sailing, and gruel. It's crucial to avoid diarrhea. Frequent vomiting during this illness, especially if it includes blood, is very harmful. When someone starts to feel a bit better, they should increase their exercise, rubbing, and food intake; then, while holding their breath, they should rub themselves and refrain from wine, baths, and sexual activity for a while.

CHAP. XXIII. ON EPILEPSY AND ITS TREATMENT.

Amongst the best known distempers is that, which is called comitial(38), or the greater. A man falls suddenly down, foams at the mouth; then after some time returns to himself, and rises of his own accord. This disorder more frequently attacks men than women; and it commonly continues long, even to the dying day, and is not dangerous to life. Sometimes however, when it is recent, it kills a person; and if it has not been removed by remedies, it is often cured in boys by their first venereal liberties, in females by the first appearance of the menses. Sometimes a person falls down with a convulsion of the limbs or nerves, sometimes without it.

Among the most well-known conditions is what's called comitial__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, or the greater. A person suddenly collapses, foams at the mouth, then after a while comes back to themselves and gets up on their own. This disorder affects men more often than women, and it usually persists for a long time, even until death, but it's not life-threatening. However, when it's recent, it can be fatal. If it hasn't been treated, it's often resolved in boys by their first sexual experience and in girls by the onset of their periods. Sometimes a person collapses with convulsions of the limbs or nerves, and sometimes without.

Some endeavour to rouze these by the same means as lethargic people; which is quite needless: both because even a lethargic person is not cured by this method; and because he may never awake, and thus perish for want, whereas the other returns to himself.

Some try to wake these people up using the same methods as for lethargic individuals, which is unnecessary. This is because even a lethargic person doesn’t get better with this approach, and they might never recover, potentially leading to their demise from lack of care, while the other person comes back to themselves.

When one falls down, if the fit be not attended with a convulsion, blood ought to be let immediately: if it is, that is not to be done, unless other circumstances also encourage it. But it is necessary to give clysters, or to purge with black hellebore, or to do both, if the strength will allow; then to clip the hair of the head close, and anoint it over with oil and vinegar; to give food the third day after, as soon as the hour, at which the patient fell down, is past. Neither are gruels, or victuals otherwise soft and easy of134 digestion, or flesh, and least of all pork, fit for such persons; but diet of the middle kind: for the case requires strength; and crudities are to be guarded against. At the same time they should avoid the heat of the sun, the bath, fire, and every thing heating; also cold, wine, venery, the sight of a precipice, and every thing that terrifies, vomiting, lassitude, anxieties, all business; and when food has been given on the third day, they should intermit the fourth, and so on every other day; observing the same hour for food for fourteen days. When the distemper has proceeded so far, it has lost the force of an acute one; and if it continues, it must be treated as a chronic.

When someone falls, if there’s no convulsion, blood should be let immediately; if there is a convulsion, that shouldn’t be done unless other factors suggest it. It’s important to give enemas or to use black hellebore for purging, or both, if the person's strength allows. Then, cut the hair on the head short and apply oil and vinegar on it; start giving food on the third day after the fall, as soon as the hour when the patient fell has passed. Gruels or any soft, easily digestible foods, especially pork, aren’t suitable for these patients; they need a moderate diet to regain strength, so avoid anything that can upset the stomach. Additionally, they should stay away from heat, such as direct sunlight, baths, fire, and anything that warms them up; they should also avoid cold, wine, sexual activity, sights that can frighten them, vomiting, fatigue, anxiety, and work. After food has been given on the third day, they should skip the fourth day, and continue this pattern every other day, keeping the same time for meals for fourteen days. When the illness has progressed this far, it has lost its acute nature; if it persists, it must be managed as a chronic condition.

But if a physician has not been called on the day, that the person first fell, but has a man recommended to his care, who is already used to these falling fits; first of all the regimen above prescribed being followed, the day is to be expected, on which the fit may return: and then either bleeding must be used, or a clyster, or black hellebore, as has been already directed. Then in the following days, he is to be nourished by the food mentioned before, omitting all such as I said were to be avoided.

But if a doctor hasn't been called on the day the person first had a seizure, but instead a man is recommended to take care of them, who already knows about these seizures, then first of all, the prescribed regimen should be followed. The day may come when the seizure returns, and then either bleeding should be done, or an enema, or black hellebore, as previously directed. In the following days, the person should be nourished with the foods mentioned earlier, avoiding all the ones I said should be avoided.

If the distemper should not be removed by these means, recourse must be had to the white hellebore; and that must be used three or four times, at the distance of a few days betwixt doses; provided however that he never repeat it, unless the fit have recurred. On the intermediate days his strength must be supported by adding some other things to those, which have been mentioned before. When he has waked in the morning, his body may be gently rubbed over with old oil, excepting his head and belly; then let him take a walk, as long and as straight as possible; after the walk let him be rubbed, in a tepid place briskly and long, and not less than two hundred times; unless he be infirm; then let a good quantity of cold water be poured over his head; let him eat a little; and rest; take a walk again before night; be briskly rubbed a second time, without touching either his belly or head; afterwards let him take supper, and with intervals of three or four days, let him for a day or two together make use of a pungent diet.

If the illness doesn’t go away with these methods, you should try white hellebore. Use it three or four times, spaced a few days apart; however, don’t repeat it unless the symptoms come back. On the days in between, you should support his strength by adding other things to what was mentioned earlier. When he wakes up in the morning, gently rub his body with old oil, avoiding his head and belly. Then, let him take a walk as long and straight as he can; after the walk, rub him thoroughly in a warm place for no less than two hundred times, unless he is weak. In that case, pour a good amount of cold water over his head. Let him eat a little and rest. He should then take another walk before night, be rubbed briskly a second time without touching his belly or head, and finally have supper. With gaps of three or four days, he should have a spicy diet for a day or two.

If the patient should not be cured even by these means, let his head be shaved, anointed with old oil, adding to it135 vinegar and nitre, and salt water poured upon it; when he is fasting, let him drink castor and water; make use of no water for drink, unless it has been boiled. Some have cured themselves of such a disorder by drinking the warm blood of a gladiator slain. With such people a miserable remedy is rendered tolerable by a more miserable distemper. As to the assistance of medicine, the last remedy is to let a little blood from both legs near the ancle; to make an incision on the back of the head, and apply cucurbitals; with a hot iron also to make an eschar in two places, in the back of the head, and below, where the first vertebra is joined to the head; that by these the noxious humour may be discharged. If by this method the distemper has not been removed, it will probably continue for life. To alleviate it, exercise must only be used, and such food, as has been directed above; and especially every thing avoided, against which we have given cautions.

If the patient isn't cured by these methods, shave his head and rub it with old oil, mixing in vinegar and nitre, and pour salt water over it. While he's fasting, he should drink castor oil mixed with water and avoid drinking any water unless it has been boiled. Some people have managed to cure themselves of such conditions by drinking the warm blood of a slain gladiator. For those affected, a miserable remedy becomes bearable due to a more severe ailment. Regarding medical assistance, the last resort is to let a small amount of blood out from both ankles, make an incision at the back of the head, and use cupping. Also, two scorching spots should be made on the back of the head and below where the first vertebra connects to the skull to help draw out the harmful substances. If this approach fails to resolve the condition, it will likely persist for life. To ease symptoms, only exercise should be done, and the diet should follow the earlier recommendations, especially avoiding anything we've advised against.

CHAP. XXIV. ON JAUNDICE AND ITS TREATMENT.

The distemper is equally known, which is called sometimes arquatus(39), sometimes regius. If this comes on after the seventh day of a fever, Hippocrates pronounces the patient to be safe, provided only the præcordia be soft. Diocles declares without reserve, that if it comes after a fever, it even does good; if a fever follows it, it is mortal. Now this distemper is discovered by the colour, especially of the eyes, in which, what ought to be white, becomes yellow. And it is generally attended by a thirst, pain of the head, frequent hiccough, hardness of the præcordia on the right side; and upon violent motion, a difficulty of breathing, and relaxation of the limbs: and when the distemper continues long, the whole body turns white, with a certain sickly paleness.

The illness is also known, sometimes called arquatus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, sometimes regius. If it appears after the seventh day of a fever, Hippocrates states that the patient is safe, as long as the abdomen is soft. Diocles boldly claims that if it occurs after a fever, it can even be beneficial; if a fever follows it, it is fatal. This illness is identified by the color, particularly in the eyes, where what should be white turns yellow. It is typically accompanied by thirst, headaches, frequent hiccups, hardness in the abdomen on the right side; and during intense movement, there may be difficulty in breathing and weakness in the limbs. When the illness persists for a long time, the entire body becomes pale with a certain unhealthy look.

For the first day it is proper to enjoin the patient to abstinence; on the second to give a clyster; then if there is a fever, to remove it by proper diet; if there is not, to give scammony to drink, or white betes shred in water,136 or in hydromel bitter almonds, wormwood, anise, but of the last the smallest quantity. Asclepiades ordered also the drinking of salt water, and that for two days, with an intention to purge, rejecting the use of diuretics. Some omitting the former, by the latter and extenuating diet affirm they obtain the same purpose.

On the first day, the patient should refrain from eating; on the second day, a cleansing enema should be given. If there is a fever, it should be treated with the right diet; if not, the patient should drink scammony or white beet shredded in water,136 or in honey water with bitter almonds, wormwood, and anise, but only a small amount of anise. Asclepiades also recommended drinking salt water for two days as a way to cleanse, avoiding diuretics. Some people skip the salt water and rely on diuretics with a lighter diet, claiming they achieve the same result.

For my part if there be sufficient strength, I prefer the stronger medicines; if but little, the weaker remedies. If the patient has been purged, after that it is fit for the three first days to eat sparingly food of the middle kind, and drink Greek salt wine, that the belly may continue lax; then for other three days to eat more substantial food and some flesh too; and hold to the use of water for drink; then to return to the former diet, only eating more freely of it; and omitting the Greek, to drink black austere wine; and vary this course by using sometimes acrid food, sometimes returning to the salt wine. But through the whole time exercise and friction must be used, and if it be winter, the bath, if summer, swimming in cold water; a bed and room elegant, company, place, diversions, frolicks, and every thing else, that has a tendency to exhilarate the mind: upon which accounts it seems to be called the royal distemper. A discutient malgama also applied to the præcordia has a good effect; or a dry fig laid on there, if the liver or spleen be affected.

For my part, if there's enough strength, I prefer stronger medicines; if not much, then the weaker remedies. If the patient has been purged, for the first three days, they should eat sparingly of moderate foods and drink Greek salt wine, to keep the stomach loose; then for the next three days, they can eat more solid food, including some meat; and continue to drink water. After that, go back to the previous diet but eat more freely; instead of Greek wine, drink black, strong wine; and mix things up by sometimes eating spicy foods and sometimes returning to the salt wine. Throughout this time, exercise and rubbing should be done, and in winter, a bath, while in summer, swimming in cold water; along with a nice bed and room, good company, fun places, activities, and everything else that helps to uplift the spirit: for these reasons, it's thought to be called the royal illness. A soothing poultice applied to the chest also works well; or a dry fig placed there, if the liver or spleen is affected.

CHAP. XXV. ON ELEPHANTIASIS AND ITS CURE.

That distemper, which the Greeks call elephantiasis[ BU ], is almost entirely unknown in Italy, but in some countries is very common, and is ranked amongst the chronic kind. The whole body is affected with it in such a manner, that even the bones are said to be spoilt. Upon the surface of the body are spots and tumours. Their redness by degrees degenerates into a black colour, the skin is unequally thick and thin, hard and soft, and is roughened with something137 resembling scales, the body wastes, the face, legs, and feet swell. When the distemper is inveterate, the fingers and toes are hid under the swelling; a slight fever comes on, which easily destroys the person sunk under so many maladies.

That disease, which the Greeks call elephantiasis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, is almost completely unknown in Italy, but in some countries, it’s quite common and classified as a chronic condition. It affects the entire body to the point that even the bones are said to be damaged. The skin displays spots and tumors. Their redness gradually turns black, the skin varies in thickness—some areas are thick while others are thin, some hard while others are soft—and it becomes rough with something resembling scales. The body loses weight, and the face, legs, and feet swell. In severe cases, the fingers and toes are hidden beneath the swelling; a mild fever develops, which can easily lead to death for someone suffering from so many ailments.

Wherefore without delay, at the beginning of the disease, blood ought to be let two days successively; or the belly purged with black hellebore. For three days the person should fast, or eat no more than is necessary to support him; then the strength is to be recruited a little, and a clyster administered. After that, when he is somewhat relieved, exercise must be used, especially running; sweat must be procured, first by pure labour, and then by dry sweating-rooms; friction applied; but these with such moderation, that the strength may be preserved; bathing should be rare; the food without any thing fat, or glutinous, or flatulent. It is fit to allow wine, but not in the first days of the disorder. Plantain bruised and rubbed upon the body seems to be an excellent defence for it.

Therefore, without wasting any time, at the onset of the illness, blood should be drawn for two consecutive days; or the stomach should be cleansed with black hellebore. The person should fast for three days, or eat only what's necessary to sustain him; then gradually restore his strength and administer an enema. After that, once he feels somewhat better, he should exercise, especially by running; sweating should be encouraged, first through physical activity, and then by using dry sweat rooms; friction should be applied, but done in moderation to preserve strength; bathing should be infrequent; food should be free of anything fatty, sticky, or gas-producing. Wine is permissible, but not during the initial days of the illness. Fresh plantain crushed and rubbed on the body seems to provide excellent protection against it.

CHAP. XXVI. ON APOPLECTIC PATIENTS AND THEIR TREATMENT.

In this country we sometimes, though rarely see apoplectic people, who are stupified both in body and mind. It happens sometimes from being thunderstruck, sometimes from a distemper. The last case the Greeks call apoplexia[ BV ]. Such people must be bled. And either white hellebore be made use of, or a clyster given. Then friction is to be applied; and food taken of the middle kind, by no means fat; some of the acrid kinds too; and wine must be refrained.

In this country, we sometimes, though rarely see people who are so upset that they seem frozen in both body and mind. This can happen from being shocked or from an illness. The Greeks refer to the latter as apoplexy __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Such individuals need to be bled. Either white hellebore should be used, or an enema administered. Next, friction should be applied, and they should eat a balanced diet, avoiding anything fatty; some spicy foods may also be included, and they must avoid wine.

138

138

CHAP. XXVII. ABOUT THE PALSY AND HOW TO TREAT IT.

But a relaxation of the nerves is a distemper every where common. But sometimes it attacks the whole body, sometimes particular parts. Ancient authors called the first apoplexia, the other paralysis: now I observe the name of paralysis is given to both. And it is common for those, who have all their limbs extremely relaxed, to be quickly carried off. And if they are not snatched away, they live indeed for some time, but yet seldom recover their health; and for the most part draw out a miserable life, with the loss of their memory too. When it is partial, it is sometimes an acute distemper, often chronic, generally incurable.

But a relaxation of the nerves is a condition that's common everywhere. Sometimes it affects the whole body, and other times only specific parts. Ancient authors referred to the first as apoplexy and the other as paralysis; nowadays, I notice that the term paralysis is used for both. It's common for those with all their limbs extremely relaxed to be quickly taken away. If they don't pass away immediately, they might live for a while longer, but they rarely regain their health; instead, they mostly lead a miserable life and often suffer from memory loss as well. When it’s localized, it can be an acute condition, often chronic, and generally incurable.

If all the limbs are greatly affected, bleeding either kills or cures. Any other method scarcely ever restores health; often only delays death; in the mean time renders life uneasy. After bleeding, if both motion and the judgment don’t return, there is no hope left: if they do return, there is a prospect of recovery.

If all the limbs are seriously affected, bleeding can either be fatal or healing. Any other method rarely brings back health; it often just postpones death and makes life uncomfortable in the meantime. After bleeding, if both movement and judgment don’t come back, there’s no hope left: but if they do return, there’s a chance of recovery.

But where a particular part is relaxed, either blood is to be let, or a clyster administered, according to the strength of the body and the distemper. All the other methods to be pursued are the same in both cases. For the principal thing is to avoid cold: and the patient must return gradually to exercise, so as immediately to apply to walking, if he can. If the weakness of his legs be too great for that, he may either use gestation, or be agitated by moving his bed to and fro: then that member, which is diseased, may be moved of itself if possible; if that cannot be done, let another person move it, and so return it to its ordinary habit by a kind of force. It does good also to irritate the skin of the benumbed limb, either by beating it with nettles, or keeping mustard upon it, till the part begins to grow red; when they may be removed. Bruised squills likewise, or bulbous roots bruised with frankincense, are proper applications. Neither is it amiss, to vellicate the skin139 with resin for some time every third day, and that in several places; and sometimes to make use of cupping without scarification. Old oil is fittest for unction, or nitre mixed with vinegar and oil. Further, it is highly necessary to foment with warm sea-water; or if that is not to be got, with salt-water at least. And if any where there is a natural or artificial place for swimming in this kind of water, by all means to make use of it; and the limbs, which are most disordered, are to be principally agitated there. If that conveniency cannot be had, nevertheless the bath is useful. The food ought to be of the middle kind, and chiefly venison; the drink warm water, without wine. But if the distemper is of long standing, Greek salt wine may be given as a purge every fourth or fifth day. A vomit after supper is good.

But where a specific area is relaxed, either blood should be drawn, or an enema given, depending on the body's strength and the illness. All other methods to be followed are the same in both cases. The main thing is to avoid cold, and the patient should gradually return to exercise, starting with walking if possible. If weakness in the legs is too great for that, he can either use gentle movement or be jostled by moving his bed back and forth. The affected limb should be moved on its own if possible; if not, another person should help move it to restore its usual function through a bit of force. It's also beneficial to stimulate the skin of the numb limb by either striking it with nettles or applying mustard until the area becomes red; then they can be removed. Bruised squills or smashed bulbous roots combined with frankincense are appropriate treatments. It’s also good to irritate the skin with resin for a while every third day in several spots, and sometimes to use cupping without making incisions. Old oil is best for applying, or a mix of nitre with vinegar and oil. Furthermore, it's very important to soak with warm seawater; if that isn't available, at least use saltwater. If there's a natural or artificial spot for swimming in this type of water, it should be used, focusing on the limbs that are most affected. If that isn’t possible, a bath is still beneficial. The diet should be moderate, primarily consisting of venison, and the drink should be warm water without wine. However, if the illness has been long-standing, Greek salt wine may be given as a purge every four or five days. Taking a purgative after dinner is also a good idea.

Of pain of the nerves.

Sometimes there occurs also a pain of the nerves. In this case it is not convenient, either to vomit, or promote urine by medicines, or sweats by exercise, a practice advised by some physicians. Water must be drunk twice a day. The body must be rubbed all over gently in bed for a pretty long time; then the upper parts especially are to be moved, keeping in the breath even in the time of the exercise. Bathing must be seldom practised. The air must be changed now and then by travelling. If there is a pain in any part, it must be anointed with nitre and water without oil, then wrapped up, and a small quantity of live coals with sulphur held below it; and thus it is to be fumigated; and this is to be continued for some time, but when the patient is fasting, and after he has concocted well. Cucurbitals also are to be often applied to the part pained, and the same place is to be beat gently with inflated ox-bladders. It is good also to mix suet with the powdered seed of cummin or nettle, in equal quantities, and apply that; to foment with a decoction of sulphur in water. Bottles filled with warm water are also proper to be clapped on, or bitumen mixed with barley. Violent gestation must be used, especially in the very article of the pain, which in other pains is very pernicious.

Sometimes there is also nerve pain. In this case, it's not a good idea to vomit, take medications to urinate, or induce sweating through exercise, as some doctors recommend. You should drink water twice a day. The body should be gently rubbed all over in bed for a good amount of time; then especially the upper parts should be moved while keeping your breath steady during the exercise. Baths should be taken infrequently. The air should be refreshed occasionally by traveling. If there is pain in any area, it should be treated with a mixture of saltpeter and water without oil, wrapped up, and a small amount of live coals with sulfur held beneath it for fumigation; this should continue for some time, especially when the patient is fasting and has digested well. Cupping should be applied frequently to the painful area, and the same spot should be gently tapped with inflated animal bladders. It’s also helpful to mix suet with equal amounts of crushed cumin or nettle seeds and apply that, or to soak with a sulfur water decoction. Warm water bottles can also be placed on the area, or a mixture of bitumen and barley can be used. Vigorous movement should be done, especially directly over the site of the pain, which in

Of a tremour of the nerves.

A tremour of the nerves is equally increased by vomiting, and diuretic medicines. The bath and dry sweatings also are hurtful. Water must be drunk; the patient140 must walk briskly, also anoint, use friction, chiefly performed by himself; his superior parts must be opened by playing at the ball and the like exercises. He may take any food he chuses, only consulting the concoction. After meat he must avoid cares; make very little use of venery. If at any time he falls into that, after it he ought to be rubbed for a long time in his bed with oil, by the hands of a boy rather than a man.

A nervous tremor is also worsened by vomiting and diuretic medications. Baths and dry sweating treatments can be harmful too. The patient should drink water; they must walk briskly and also massage themselves, focusing on self-treatment. They should engage in activities like playing ball to exercise their upper body. They can eat whatever food they want, as long as it agrees with their digestion. After eating, they should avoid worries and limit sexual activity. If they do engage in it at any point, they should have a long oil rub in bed afterward, done by a boy rather than a man.

Of internal sup­pur­ations.

As for suppurations(40), which happen in any internal part, when they begin, our first business is to endeavour by repellent cataplasms to prevent a hurtful collection of matter; and then, if these have no effect, to disperse it by discutient malagmas. If we fail in that, it follows that it be encouraged; next, that it be maturated. And then the end of every vomica is, that it breaks; and the symptom of this is an evacuation of matter, either by the mouth or anus. But nothing ought to be done, by which a full discharge of the pus may be prevented. Gruels and warm water must be chiefly used. When the pus has ceased to be discharged, we are to change to such food, as is indeed of easy concoction, but yet more substantial and cold; also cold water, but beginning with taking the cold off both: and at first some things may be eaten with honey, as pine-nuts, or sweet almonds, or hazel-nuts. Afterwards even the honey must be omitted, that a cicatrix may be the sooner formed. At that time the proper medicine for the ulcer is taking the juice of leeks or horehound, and adding leeks to every meal. It will be convenient also to use frictions in those parts, that are not affected, and gentle walks. And care must be taken not to irritate the healing ulcers either by struggling or running, or any other means; for in this distemper, a vomiting of blood is destructive, and therefore by all means to be guarded against.

As for suppurations __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, which occur in any internal area, when they begin, our first job is to try to use repellent poultices to stop a harmful buildup of pus; if these don’t work, we need to disperse it with dispersing treatments. If that fails, we have to encourage it, and then let it mature. Ultimately, the outcome of every abscess is that it breaks open, and the sign of this is a release of pus, either through the mouth or anus. However, we must not do anything that would prevent a complete discharge of the pus. We should mainly use gruels and warm water. Once the pus has stopped discharging, we should switch to a diet that is easy to digest but still more filling and cooling; also, cold water, starting with it warmed up a bit. Initially, some foods can be eaten with honey, such as pine nuts, sweet almonds, or hazelnuts. Later, we should even cut out the honey to help speed up the healing of the scar. At that point, a good remedy for the ulcer is to take leek juice or horehound, and to include leeks in every meal. It will also be beneficial to use gentle massages on unaffected areas and take easy walks. Care must be taken not to irritate the healing ulcers with any rough activity like struggling or running, as this can lead to serious issues, like vomiting blood, which must be avoided at all costs.


141

141

A. CORNELIUS CELSUS

A. Cornelius Celsus

OF

OF

MEDICINE.

Health care.


BOOK IV.


CHAP. I. ABOUT THE INTERNAL PARTS OF THE HUMAN BODY.

Thus far we have spoken of those kinds of distempers, which so affect the whole body, that no certain seats can be assigned to them: I shall now treat of those which belong to particular parts. Now the diseases of all the internal parts, and their method of cure will be more easily understood, when I shall have first given a short description of the parts they afflict.

So far, we have discussed those types of illnesses that impact the whole body, making it hard to pinpoint their exact locations. Now, I will focus on the ones that affect specific areas. The diseases of all the internal parts and their treatment will be clearer once I first provide a brief description of the areas they affect.

The head then and what is contained in the mouth are bounded not only by the tongue and palate, but by the external parts, which lie exposed to view. On the right and left side about the throat are large veins, which are called sphagitides[ BW ]; and arteries, named carotides[ BX ], running upwards, which reach beyond the ears. And in the neck itself are placed small glands, which sometimes swell, and are painful. Then two passages begin: one of which is called the aspera arteria, or wind-pipe; the other the gullet. The wind-pipe is more external, and goes to the lungs; the gullet more internal, and leads to the stomach. The former receives the breath, the latter the food. Their courses being different, where they meet there is something like a small tongue(1) in the wind-pipe at the entrance of the fauces: when we breathe this stands erect;142 when we take meat or drink, it shuts the wind-pipe. Now the wind-pipe being hard and cartilaginous, is prominent in the throat; and elsewhere falls back. It is composed of certain circles formed like the vertebræ in the spine, yet so, that it is rough on the external part, on the internal smooth like the gullet; and thus descending to the præcordia it is connected with the lungs: these are of a spongy nature, and therefore capacious of air; and behind being joined to the spine, they are divided into two lobes like an ox’s hoof. With these the heart is connected, being muscular, situated in the thorax under the left breast: and it has what we may call two ventricles. But under the heart and lungs is the transverse septum, consisting of a strong membrane equally nervous, which divides the abdomen from the præcordia, many vessels also being dispersed over it: it separates from the superior parts not only the intestines, but the liver and spleen too. These bowels are next to it, but placed below it, the one on the right side, and the other on the left. The liver having its origin under the præcordia from the very septum itself, on the inside is concave, and the outside gibbous. This projecting rests gently upon the stomach, and is divided into four lobes. On the lower part, the gall-bladder adheres to it. But in the left side the spleen is not connected with the septum, but to an intestine; it is of a soft and loose texture, of a moderate length and thickness; and this proceeding a little beyond the region of the ribs into the abdomen, is chiefly covered by them. And these indeed are joined. But the kidneys are divided: which adhere to the loins below the last ribs(2), and the sides next these are round, on the other they turn inward; they are both stocked with vessels, and covered over with coats(3). These then are the situations of the bowels. But the gullet, which is the beginning of the intestines, arises nervous from the seventh vertebra of the spine, and about the præcordia is united with the stomach. The stomach, which is the receptacle of food, consists of two coats, and is placed betwixt the spleen and liver, each of these going a little over it. There are also some fine membranes, by which these three are connected together, and are joined to the transverse septum above-mentioned. After that the lower part of the stomach turning a little to the right143 side grows narrower, till it meet the first intestine. This juncture the Greeks call pylorus[ BY ]; because like a gate it emits into the lower parts, what we are to discharge by excrement. There begins the intestine jejunum, not much folded: this name is given to it, because it never retains what it has received; but immediately transmits it into the lower parts. Next to this, is the smaller intestine, very much folded into sinuses: each of whose rings are by small membranes connected with the more internal, which being turned toward the right side, and ending at the right hip, yet fill more the superior parts. Then this intestine is joined with another thicker, and running across; which beginning on the right side, towards the left is open and long; to the right is not so; and therefore it is called cæcum. But that, which is open, is of large compass and sinuous, and less nervous than the former intestines, on both sides rolled different ways, but occupying more of the left and lower parts, it touches the liver and stomach: then it is joined with some small membranes, that come from the right kidney; and there turning to the right, it is directed downward, where it discharges the excrements: and therefore at that place it takes the name of the intestinum rectum. All these parts are covered by the omentum, which on the lower part is smooth and contracted, and on the upper softer. Fat also grows to it, which like the brain and marrow is insensible. From each kidney proceeds a tube of a white colour to the bladder; the Greeks call them ureteres[ BZ ], because by them they believe the urine to be distilled into the bladder. The bladder in its sinus is nervous and double; in the neck full and fleshy, and joined by veins to the intestine and to that bone, which is under the pubes: itself is loose, and more at liberty. It is differently placed in men and in women: for in men it is close to the intestine rectum, rather inclined to the left side: in women it is situated above their genital parts, and as it hangs, is sustained by the womb. Then in men the passage of the urine is extended longer and narrower from its neck to the penis: in women it is shorter, and wider, and shows itself above the neck of the womb. Now the womb in virgins is very small: in wo144men, when not pregnant, not much larger, than to be held in the hand. It begins with a straight and small neck, which is called the vagina[ CA ], in a line with the middle of the belly, then is turned a little to the right hip; then mounting above the intestine rectum, its sides are connected to the ilia of the woman. The ilia are situated betwixt the hips and pubes in the lower belly. From which and the pubes the abdomen reaches upwards to the præcordia; on the external side the skin appears; on the inside it is lined by a thin membrane, which is joined to the omentum, and is called by the Greeks peritonæum[ CB ].

The head and the contents of the mouth are bordered not just by the tongue and palate, but also by the outer parts that are visible. On both sides of the throat are large veins known as sphagitides__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; and arteries called carotenoids __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, which extend upwards and reach past the ears. In the neck are small glands that can sometimes swell and become painful. Two passages begin here: one is called the trachea or windpipe; the other is the esophagus. The windpipe is more external, leading to the lungs; the esophagus is more internal, leading to the stomach. The windpipe takes in air, while the esophagus handles food. Their paths are different, and where they meet is a small tongue __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ at the entrance of the throat: this stands upright when we breathe; when we eat or drink, it closes off the windpipe. The windpipe is firm and cartilaginous, prominent in the throat, and further down flattens out. It consists of rings, similar to the vertebrae in the spine, but is rough on the outside and smooth on the inside like the esophagus; it descends towards the chest and connects with the lungs, which are spongy and can hold a lot of air; these are attached to the spine and divided into two lobes like an ox's hoof. The heart, which is muscular and located in the chest under the left breast, is connected to the lungs and has what we might call two ventricles. Below the heart and lungs is a strong membrane called the diaphragm, which contains many nerves and separates the abdomen from the chest, also separating the intestines, liver, and spleen. These organs are next to each other but positioned below, one on the right and the other on the left. The liver begins under the chest from the diaphragm itself, is concave on the inside, and bulges out on the outside. This bulge rests on the stomach and is divided into four lobes. Attached to the lower part is the gallbladder. The spleen, on the left side, isn’t connected to the diaphragm but to an intestine; it has a soft and loose structure, moderate in length and thickness, extending a bit beyond the ribs into the abdomen, mostly covered by them. These parts are joined. The kidneys, however, are separate: they are located in the lower back beneath the last ribs __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, with rounded sides and inward-curving sides; both have vessels and are encased with coats. These are the locations of the organs. The esophagus, which is the start of the intestines, begins nervously from the seventh vertebra of the spine and connects with the stomach around the diaphragm. The stomach, which holds food, has two layers and is positioned between the spleen and liver, each slightly overlapping it. Delicate membranes connect these three organs and attach them to the aforementioned diaphragm. The lower part of the stomach turns slightly to the right, narrowing as it connects to the first intestine. The Greeks call this point pylorus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, because it acts like a gate that releases what we need to expel as waste. Here begins the jejunum, which is not very folded; it gets this name because it doesn't retain what it receives, but quickly passes it on to the lower sections. Following this is the small intestine, tightly folded into loops, where small membranes connect each loop with the inner ones, turning towards the right side and ending at the right hip while filling the upper regions more. Then, this intestine connects to another thicker one, running across; it starts on the right side and opens longer to the left, while the right side is shorter, hence called the cecum. The open part is large and winding, less nervous than the previous intestines, with loops on both sides curving differently, but taking up more space on the left and in the lower abdomen, touching the liver and stomach. It then combines with some small membranes that come from the right kidney, curving to the right and directed downward, where it releases waste; this section is known as the rectum. All these areas are covered by the omentum, which is smooth and tight on the bottom, and softer on the top. Fat also accumulates on it, which, like the brain and bone marrow, is insensible. Each kidney has a tube that is white and leads to the bladder; the Greeks refer to these as ureters __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, as they believe urine is funneled into the bladder through them. The bladder itself is nervous and double at its base, firm and fleshy at the neck, and is connected by veins to the intestine and the bone beneath the pubic area: it is loose and has more freedom of movement. Its position differs in men and women: in men, it is close to the rectum, leaning slightly to the left; in women, it is above the reproductive organs, supported by the uterus. In men, the urine passage is longer and thinner from the bladder neck to the penis; in women, it is shorter and wider, opening just above the base of the uterus. In virgins, the uterus is quite small; in women, when not pregnant, it is not much larger than can be held in one hand. It starts with a straight and narrow neck called the vagina__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, aligning with the center of the abdomen, then bends a little to the right hip; it rises above the rectum, connecting its sides to the woman's iliac bones. The ilia are positioned between the hips and pubic bones in the lower abdomen. From there, the abdomen extends upwards to the chest; externally, the skin is visible, while inside, it is lined with a thin membrane that connects to the omentum, known in Greek as peritoneum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

CHAP. II. OF HEAD DISORDERS AND THEIR TREATMENT.

Having as it were presented these parts to view, as far as it is necessary for a physician to know them, I shall proceed to the remedies of the disorders of each, beginning with the head: under which name I now intend that part, which is covered with hair: for pains of the eyes, ears, and teeth, and such like, will be treated of elsewhere.

Having presented these parts for observation, as far as a physician needs to know them, I will now move on to the remedies for the disorders of each, starting with the head: by which I mean the area covered with hair; issues related to the eyes, ears, teeth, and similar conditions will be discussed separately.

Of pains of the head, and a hydro­ceph­alus.

Now in the head there is sometimes an acute and dangerous distemper, which the Greeks call cephalæa[ CC ]. The marks of which are a strong shuddering, relaxation of the nerves(4), dimness of the eyes, delirium, vomiting, and withal a suppression of the voice; or an hæmorrhage from the nose, and with that a coldness of the body, and fainting; besides these an intolerable pain, especially about the temples, or occiput. Sometimes too there is a long weakness of the head, but neither severe nor dangerous, through the whole life. Sometimes the pain is more violent, but short, yet not fatal; which is contracted either by drinking wine, or crudity, or cold, or heat of a fire or the sun. And all these pains are sometimes accompanied with a fever, and sometimes not: sometimes they afflict the whole head, at other times a part of145 it; sometimes the pain extends to a contiguous part of the face. Besides these there occurs another disorder, which may continue long: where a humour inflates the skin, and it swells, and yields to the impression of the finger. This the Greeks call hydrocephalus[ CD ].

Now in the head, there can sometimes be an acute and dangerous condition that the Greeks call cephalalgia __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The symptoms include strong shivering, relaxation of the nerves, blurred vision, delirium, vomiting, and a loss of voice; or bleeding from the nose, along with a feeling of coldness in the body and fainting. Additionally, there is often unbearable pain, especially around the temples or back of the head. Sometimes, there is a prolonged weakness in the head, but it’s neither severe nor life-threatening throughout life. At times, the pain is more intense but short-lived, yet not fatal; it can be triggered by drinking wine, eating unhealthy food, or exposure to cold, heat from a fire, or the sun. These pains can sometimes be accompanied by a fever, and sometimes they aren't: sometimes they affect the whole head, while other times just a part of it; sometimes the pain spreads to a nearby part of the face. Alongside these symptoms, there is another condition that can last a long time, where a fluid builds up under the skin, causing swelling that gives way to finger pressure. The Greeks refer to this as hydrocephalus __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

I have already spoken of the treatment of the second of these kinds, while it is slight, where I laid down rules to be observed by men in health, troubled with a weakness in any part. What remedies also are proper, when the pain is attended with a fever, has been shewn in that place, where the cure of fevers was considered. Now I shall treat of the rest.

I have already talked about how to treat the second type, even though it's minor, and I've outlined rules for healthy individuals who have a weakness in any area. I've also discussed what remedies are appropriate when the pain comes with a fever in that section where I covered the treatment of fevers. Now, I will address the rest.

That, which is acute, and that, which rises to an unusual height, and that, which proceeds from some sudden cause, and though not mortal, yet is very violent, demands venesection for the first step in the cure. But unless the pain be intolerable, that is needless. And it is better to abstain from food; if possible, from drink too; if not, to drink water. If the pain continues the following day, to give a clyster, to procure sneezings, to take nothing but water: for this discipline often removes it in a day or two, especially if the origin be from wine, or crudity.

If the pain is sharp, goes to an unusual intensity, comes on suddenly, and is very intense but not life-threatening, bloodletting is the first step in treatment. However, if the pain isn't unbearable, this isn't necessary. It's better to avoid food and, if possible, drinks as well; if not, just drink water. If the pain goes on to the next day, use an enema, induce sneezing, and stick to water only. This approach often alleviates the pain within a day or two, especially if it originates from drinking wine or from indigestion.

But if these methods afford small relief, it is proper to clip the hair close to the skin: then it must be considered, what was the cause of the pain. If heat, it is expedient to pour a great quantity of cold water over the head, to apply a concave sponge frequently dipped in cold water and squeezed, to anoint with rose-oil and vinegar, or rather to apply sordid wool dipped in these, or some other cooling cataplasms. But if cold has brought on the disorder, it is proper to pour upon the head sea water, or at least salt water warm, or a decoction of laurel; then to rub the head briskly; next to embrocate it with warm oil, and to cover it. Some even bind it up; others clap on cervicalia(5) and cloaths, and thus are relieved; others are assisted by hot cataplasms. And therefore, where the cause is not known, it is proper to try, whether cooling things, or heating give most relief, and to use those, which upon experiment shall be found best.

But if these methods provide little relief, it's a good idea to cut the hair short. Then, consider what caused the pain. If it’s due to heat, it's best to pour a lot of cold water over the head, use a concave sponge frequently soaked and squeezed in cold water, apply a mix of rose oil and vinegar, or even use some dirty wool soaked in these or some other cooling poultices. But if the disorder is caused by cold, it’s right to pour seawater or at least warm saltwater over the head, or a decoction of laurel; then rub the head vigorously, follow up with warm oil, and cover it. Some even wrap it up, while others apply neck cloths and other coverings, and find relief that way; others benefit from hot poultices. Therefore, when the cause isn’t known, it’s best to try both cooling and heating methods to see which provides the most relief and use what works best based on experience.

146

146

But if the cause cannot be discovered, it is proper to pour over the head first warm water, as has been prescribed, or salt water, or a decoction of laurel, then cold vinegar and water. The following methods are of general use in all inveterate pains of the head: to excite sneezings, to rub the lower parts briskly, to use gargarisms of such things as promote saliva, to apply cucurbitals to the temples and back of the head, to sollicit an hæmorrhage from the nose, to vellicate the temples now and then with resin, and by applying mustard to ulcerate those parts, that are affected, first putting linen below, that it may not corrode too severely, or to make ulcers where the pain is, by hot irons, to eat always moderately, and drink water; when the pain is abated, to go into the bath, there to pour over the head first a great quantity of hot water, and then cold. If the pain is wholly removed, to return even to the use of wine; but ever after to drink water before any thing else.

But if the cause can't be identified, it's advisable to pour warm water over the head first, as recommended, or salt water, or a laurel decoction, then rinse with cold vinegar and water. The following methods are generally effective for chronic headaches: induce sneezing, rub the lower parts vigorously, use mouth rinses that stimulate saliva, apply cupping glasses to the temples and back of the head, encourage nosebleeds, occasionally rub the temples with resin, and apply mustard to irritate the affected areas, making sure to place linen underneath to prevent excessive irritation, or create ulcers in the painful areas with hot instruments. Maintain moderate eating and drink water; once the pain decreases, take a bath, pouring a large amount of hot water over the head first, followed by cold water. If the pain completely goes away, you can go back to drinking wine, but always drink water before anything else after that.

That kind is different, where a humour is collected within the head. In this it is necessary to clip to the skin; then to apply mustard, so as to ulcerate it; if that does not prove effectual, the knife must be made use of. The management must be so far the same with dropsical cases, that the patient must be exercised, sweated, briskly rubbed, and take such food and drink, as are powerful diureticks.

That type is different, where a humor is stored in the head. In this case, it's necessary to shave the area down to the skin; then apply mustard to create an ulcer. If that doesn’t work, a knife must be used. The management should be similar for cases of dropsy, where the patient must be exercised, made to sweat, vigorously rubbed, and given food and drink that act as strong diuretics.

Of the cyni­cus spas­mus.

There is a distemper incident to the face, which the Greeks call cynicus spasmus[ CE ]. It comes on an acute fever. The mouth is turned aside with a kind of grin, and therefore it is nothing else than a distortion of the mouth. There is also a frequent change of colour in the face and the whole body, and a great propensity to sleep.

There’s a facial illness that the Greeks refer to as cynicus spasm __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It occurs during a high fever. The mouth twists to one side with a sort of grin, making it essentially a distortion of the mouth. Additionally, there is often a rapid change in color across the face and body, along with a strong tendency to sleep.

It is very proper to let blood in this disorder. If it is not removed by this, to give a clyster. If it does not yield even to that, to vomit by white hellebore. Besides it is necessary to avoid the heat of the sun, fatigue, and wine. But if it is not cured by these methods, running must be used, and gentle and long friction upon that part, which is diseased; in the other parts shorter, but brisk. It does service also to procure sneezings, to shave the head, and to pour upon it hot, either sea water, or at147 least salt water, with sulphur added to it: after this bathing, to rub again, to chew mustard, and at the same time to apply cerate to the parts of the face that are affected, and to the sound parts mustard, till it corrode them. The most proper diet is of the middle kind.

It’s very appropriate to draw blood in this condition. If that doesn’t help, then you should give an enema. If that still doesn’t work, induce vomiting with white hellebore. Additionally, it’s important to avoid sunlight, overexertion, and alcohol. If these methods don’t cure it, running must be used, along with gentle and prolonged massage on the affected area; for the other areas, shorter but firmer strokes. Sneezing is also beneficial, as well as shaving the head and pouring hot seawater or at least saltwater mixed with sulfur over it. After this bathing, rub the area again, chew mustard, and at the same time, apply ointment to the affected areas of the face and mustard on the healthy areas until it irritates them. The best diet is a balanced one.

Of a palsy of the tongue.

But if the tongue be paralytick, which sometimes happens of itself, sometimes is occasioned by distemper, so that the pronunciation is indistinct; it is necessary to use a gargarism of a decoction of thyme, or hyssop, or catmint; to drink water; to rub briskly the head, mouth, and the parts under the chin, and the neck; to rub the tongue itself with laser; to chew the most acrid things, such as mustard, garlick, onion; to make strong efforts to articulate words clearly; to take exercise, keeping in the breath; to pour cold water upon the head often; sometimes to eat plentifully of radishes, and then to vomit.

But if the tongue is paralyzed, which can sometimes happen on its own or due to illness, making speech unclear; it's important to use a mouthwash with a herbal infusion of thyme, hyssop, or catmint; drink water; briskly rub the head, mouth, chin, and neck; rub the tongue with laser; chew on really spicy things like mustard, garlic, and onion; make strong efforts to pronounce words clearly; exercise while holding your breath; frequently pour cold water on your head; and sometimes eat a lot of radishes and then induce vomiting.

Of a catarrh and gravedo.

A humour distils from the head sometimes into the nose, which is a slight disorder; sometimes upon the fauces, which is worse; sometimes even upon the lungs, which is worst of all. If it have fallen upon the nose, a thin rheum flows from the nostrils, the head is slightly pained, a weight is felt in it, and there are frequent sneezings. If upon the fauces, it irritates them, and raises a slight cough. If upon the lungs, beside the sneezings and cough, there is also a weight in the head, lassitude, thirst, heat, and bilious urine.

A humor sometimes drips from the head into the nose, which is a minor issue; sometimes it affects the throat, which is worse; and sometimes it even reaches the lungs, which is the worst case. If it has settled in the nose, a thin mucus flows from the nostrils, there's a slight headache, a feeling of heaviness in the head, and frequent sneezing occurs. If it hits the throat, it irritates it and causes a mild cough. If it reaches the lungs, along with sneezing and coughing, there's also a heaviness in the head, fatigue, thirst, heat, and dark urine.

Another (though not very different) disorder is a gravedo. This obstructs the nostrils, blunts the voice, raises a dry cough: at the same time the saliva is salt, there is a sounding in the ears, the veins of the head move, and the urine is turbid. All these disorders Hippocrates calls coryzæ[ CF ]. I observe that this is now by the Greeks appropriated to the gravedo: and catarrhs are called by them catastagmi[ CG ]. These are common, and of short continuance; but if they be neglected, are usually lasting. None of them is dangerous, but such as ulcerate the lungs.

Another (although not very different) disorder is a gravedo. This blocks the nostrils, dulls the voice, and causes a dry cough. At the same time, the saliva becomes salty, there is a ringing in the ears, the veins in the head throb, and the urine is cloudy. Hippocrates refers to all these disorders as coryza__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. I notice that the Greeks now associate this with the gravedo and refer to catarrhs as catastrophic __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. These are common and tend to be brief, but if neglected, they usually last longer. None of them is dangerous, except for those that ulcerate the lungs.

When we perceive any such symptoms, we ought immediately to avoid the heat of the sun, the bath, and venery(6).148 And at the same time nevertheless unction may be used, and the ordinary diet. The patient should take a straight, but not too quick walk; and after it the head and face must be rubbed above fifty times. And it seldom happens, if we have restricted ourselves for two days or three at most, that the disorder is not mitigated. When it is abated, if in the catarrh the phlegm turns thicker, or in a gravedo, if the nostrils are more open(7), the bath is to be used, and the face and head fomented plentifully first with hot water, and then with egelid; after that, the patient may eat heartily and drink wine. But if on the fourth day the phlegm is equally thin, or the nostrils appear equally obstructed, austere Arminæan wine(8) is to be taken; then again for two days successively water; after which the person may return to the bath, and his usual way of living.

When we notice any of these symptoms, we should immediately avoid direct sunlight, bathing, and sexual activity. At the same time, we can use ointments and stick to a normal diet. The patient should take a moderate walk, but not too fast; afterward, their head and face should be rubbed more than fifty times. It usually happens that if we limit ourselves for two to three days at most, the issue will improve. When it starts to get better, if in the case of a cold the mucus becomes thicker, or if there's a blockage in the nostrils, then a bath should be taken, and the face and head should be abundantly soaked first with hot water, followed by cool water; after that, the patient can eat well and drink wine. But if on the fourth day the mucus remains thin, or if the nostrils still feel blocked, they should have some strong Armenian wine; the next two days should be just water; after that, the person can return to bathing and their regular routine.

Neither even on these days, in which some things are to be refrained, is it proper to live like sick people; but in all other respects the same liberties may be taken as in health, except by one, who uses to be long and severely afflicted with these disorders; for such a person requires a management somewhat nicer. Therefore if the defluxion be upon his nose or fauces, besides what I mentioned before, he ought immediately in the first days of his indisposition to walk much, to rub the inferior parts briskly, the friction must be more gentle upon the thorax, and gentler still upon the head, the ordinary diet must be diminished to half the quantity, eggs must be used, starch, and such like things, which generate a thicker phlegm; thirst, as much as he can bear, must be one part of the cure. When by these means one has been rendered fit for the bath, and has used it, a small fish, or flesh is to be added to his diet; with this caution however, that he do not immediately take his ordinary quantity of victuals. Pure wine must be used pretty plentifully.

Even on these days when certain things should be avoided, it's not appropriate to live like sick people; in all other ways, the same freedoms can be taken as in good health, except for someone who is usually seriously affected by these conditions; that person needs a more careful approach. So if the discharge affects the nose or throat, in addition to what I mentioned earlier, they should try to walk frequently during the first days of feeling unwell, rub the lower parts of the body vigorously, use gentler friction on the chest, and be even more gentle on the head. The usual diet should be cut down to half, including eggs, starches, and similar items that produce thicker mucus; staying hydrated as much as possible is an important part of recovery. Once someone is ready for the bath and has used it, they can add a little fish or meat to their diet, but with the caution that they shouldn't immediately return to their usual amount of food. They should drink plenty of pure wine.

But if it distils also upon the lungs, there is a much greater necessity for walking and friction, still observing the same rules in diet. If these have not the desired effect, he must use the more acrid kinds, indulge sleep more, and abstain from all business, sometimes try the bath, but not soon.

But if it gathers in the lungs as well, there’s an even greater need for walking and rubbing, while still following the same diet guidelines. If these don’t work as hoped, he should use sharper remedies, get more sleep, and avoid all work, sometimes trying a bath, but not right away.

In a gravedo it is necessary for the first day to rest, neither to eat nor drink, to cover the head, and put wool149 round the throat; the day following to rise, to abstain long from drinking, or if he is obliged to do it, not to take above a hemina of water; on the third day to take a little soft bread with a small fish or some light flesh, and to drink water. If a person should not be able to forbear eating heartily, he must vomit: when he comes into the bath, he is to foment his head and face plentifully with warm water, till he sweat, then return to the use of wine. After which it can scarcely happen, that the same indisposition will continue. But if it remain, use must be made of cold, dry, and light food, as little moisture as possible, friction and exercise being still continued, which are necessary in every indisposition of this nature.

In a fast, it's important to rest on the first day, avoid eating and drinking, cover your head, and wrap wool around your neck. The next day, you should get up and avoid drinking for a while; if you must drink, limit it to no more than half a pint of water. On the third day, have a little soft bread with some light fish or meat, and drink water. If someone can't help but eat a lot, they should make themselves vomit. When they go to the bath, they should soak their head and face well with warm water until they sweat, then go back to drinking wine. After this, it's unlikely that the same issue will persist. But if it does, they should focus on cold, dry, and light foods, keeping moisture to a minimum, while also continuing with friction and exercise, which are important for this sort of ailment.

CHAP. III. OF NECK DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.

From the head we proceed to the neck, which is liable to very severe diseases. Nor is there a more troublesome or more acute distemper than that, which by a kind of spasm of the nerves draws sometimes the head to the shoulders, sometimes the chin to the breast, sometimes stretches the neck and holds it straight and immoveable. The first the Greeks call opisthotonus[ CH ], the second emprosthotonus[ CI ], and the last tetanus[ CJ ], although some with less accuracy make use of these names indiscriminately. They often kill within four days: if the patients have escaped that time, they are out of danger.

From the head, we move to the neck, which can suffer from very serious conditions. There’s no more annoying or intense issue than one that causes a kind of spasm in the nerves, pulling the head towards the shoulders, the chin towards the chest, or keeping the neck straight and immobile. The first condition is called opisthotonus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ by the Greeks, the second emprosthotonus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and the last tetanus __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, although some people less accurately use these terms interchangeably. They often lead to death within four days; if the patients survive that period, they are out of danger.

All these are cured by the same method; so far physicians agree. But Asclepiades believed, that blood should be let: some again affirmed that ought by all means to be avoided: for this reason, that the body then stood most in need of heat; and that this resides in the blood of the veins. This indeed is false. For it is not the nature of the blood to be peculiarly hot; but amongst the several things, which compose the human body, it most quickly grows either hot or cold. Whether or no it be proper to150 make this discharge, may be understood from the general directions, which were given about bleeding. But it is evidently proper to give castor, and with it pepper or laser. Then a moist and hot fomentation is needful. Therefore most physicians pour warm water frequently upon the neck. That relieves for the present; but renders the nerves more liable to cold, which is to be particularly avoided.

All these are treated by the same method; so far, doctors agree. However, Asclepiades believed that blood should be let; others insisted it should definitely be avoided because the body needs heat the most at that time, and that heat comes from the blood in the veins. This idea is actually incorrect. Blood isn't inherently hot; rather, among the various components that make up the human body, it can change temperature more rapidly than others. Whether or not it's appropriate to make this discharge can be understood from the general guidelines regarding bleeding. However, it's clearly appropriate to administer castor oil, along with pepper or laser. Then, a moist and warm compress is necessary. That's why most doctors often pour warm water over the neck. It provides immediate relief but makes the nerves more susceptible to cold, which should be specifically avoided.

It is more proper then first to anoint the neck over with liquid cerate(9): next to apply ox-bladders or bottles filled with hot oil, or a hot cataplasm made of meal, or pepper bruised with a fig. But it is most suitable to foment with moist salt; the manner of doing which I have already shewn. When any of these has been done, it is fit to bring the patient to the fire, or if it be the summer-time to the sun; and to rub his neck, and shoulders, and spine with old oil, which is fittest for that purpose; if that cannot be had, with Syrian(10); if that cannot be got neither, with the oldest fat.

It's best to first rub the neck with liquid cerate__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Next, apply hot oil using ox bladders or bottles, or a hot poultice made from flour or crushed pepper mixed with a fig. However, it's most effective to use moist salt for fomentation; I've already explained how to do that. After doing any of these, it's appropriate to move the patient near the fire, or in summer, to the sun; and rub their neck, shoulders, and spine with aged oil, which is ideal for this purpose. If that's not available, use Syrian; and if that isn't obtainable either, use the oldest fat.

As friction is serviceable to all the vertebræ, so it is particularly to those of the neck. Wherefore day and night, but at proper intervals, this remedy must be used. When it is intermitted, some heating malagma must be applied. And cold is of all things to be avoided. And upon that account there ought to be a constant fire in the chamber, where the patient is nursed, and especially in the morning before day-light, when the cold is most intense. Neither will it be improper to keep the head close clipped, and to moisten it with hot ointment of iris, or the cyprine, and to keep it covered with a cap; sometimes to dip the whole body in warm oil, or in a warm decoction of fenugreek, with the addition of a third part of oil. A clyster also often relaxes the superior parts.

As friction benefits all the vertebrae, it is especially helpful for those in the neck. Therefore, this treatment should be applied day and night, but at appropriate intervals. When it's not used, some heat should be applied. Cold should be avoided at all costs. For this reason, there should always be a fire in the room where the patient is cared for, especially in the morning before dawn, when the cold is strongest. It’s also advisable to keep the head closely shaved and to apply hot iris ointment or cyprine to it while keeping it covered with a cap. Occasionally, the entire body can be soaked in warm oil or a warm fenugreek decoction mixed with one-third part of oil. An enema can also help relax the upper body.

But if notwithstanding the pain has grown more severe, cucurbitals are to be applied to the neck, and an incision made in the skin. Eschars are to be made either by irons, or mustard. When the pain has abated, and the neck has begun to move, we may know, that the disease yields to the remedies. But all food that requires chewing must be long avoided. Gruels must be used, also sorbile eggs, or broth made of chickens, or some other tender flesh. If this has succeeded, and the neck shall appear to be en151tirely well, we must begin with pulse or intrita well moistened. But the patient may sooner venture to chew bread than taste wine; for the use of this is very dangerous, and therefore to be deferred for a longer time.

But if despite everything the pain has gotten worse, apply cupping to the neck and make an incision in the skin. Burns should be created either with hot irons or mustard. When the pain eases and the neck starts to move, we can tell that the condition is responding to treatment. However, all solid foods that require chewing must be avoided for a while. Stick to gruels, soft boiled eggs, chicken broth, or some other tender meat. If this works and the neck looks completely healed, we can start with pulses or well-moistened mashed foods. However, the patient can try chewing bread before attempting wine, as wine is very dangerous and should be avoided for a longer period.

CHAP. IV. OF THE DISEASES IN THE THROAT AND THEIR TREATMENT.

As the former kind of distemper afflicts the whole neck, so there is another common one equally dangerous and acute, the seat of which is in the fauces. Our authors call it angina: amongst the Greeks the name varies according to the species. For sometimes there appears neither any redness nor tumour; but the body is dry, the breath is fetched with difficulty, the limbs are relaxed. This they call [ CK ]synanche(11). Sometimes the tongue and fauces are red and swelled, the voice is stopped, the eyes are turned, the face is pale, and there is a hiccough. That is called quasi synanche[ CL ]. These symptoms are common to both: the patient is not able to swallow either food or drink; his breathing is obstructed. It is more slight, when there is only a swelling and redness, and the rest of the symptoms do not follow. That they call parasynanche[ CM ].

As the first type of illness affects the entire neck, there’s another common one that is equally dangerous and severe, which originates in the throat. Our experts refer to it as angina; among the Greeks, the name varies based on its type. Sometimes, there’s no redness or swelling visible, but the throat feels dry, breathing is difficult, and the limbs feel weak. This condition is called __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__synanche__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__. At other times, the tongue and throat are red and swollen, the voice is hoarse, the eyes are averted, the face is pale, and there may be hiccups. This is called quasi synanche__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. These symptoms are common to both conditions: the patient struggles to swallow food or drink, and their breathing is compromised. It’s less severe when there’s only swelling and redness, and the other symptoms don’t appear. This condition is referred to as parasynanche__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Whatever species it be, if the patient’s strength will allow, blood must be let, although there is not a plethora; the next thing is to give a clyster. A cucurbital also is properly applied below the chin, and about the fauces, in order to evacuate the suffocating matter. Then there is a necessity for moist fomentations. For dry ones cut the breath. Therefore it is fit to apply sponges, which are better dipped now and then in warm oil, than in warm water. And it is of great efficacy in this case too, to put on salt in warm bags. Then it is convenient to make a decoction of hyssop, or cat mint, or thyme, or152 wormwood, or even bran, or dry figs, in hydromel, and use it as a gargarism; after that to touch the palate either with ox-gall, or the medicine, which is composed of mulberries. Fine flour of pepper is also proper to sprinkle upon it.

Whatever the species, if the patient's strength allows, blood should be drawn, even if there isn’t an excess; next, an enema should be administered. Applying a poultice under the chin and around the throat is appropriate to clear the suffocating material. Moist compresses are necessary, as dry ones can hinder breathing. Therefore, it's suitable to use sponges, which should be dipped occasionally in warm oil rather than warm water. It’s also very effective in this case to apply warm bags filled with salt. Additionally, it’s advisable to prepare a decoction of hyssop, catmint, thyme, wormwood, or even bran or dried figs in honey water, and use it as a gargle; after that, touch the palate with ox bile or a remedy made from mulberries. Finely ground pepper is also suitable to sprinkle on it.

If from these things there is little benefit, the last remedy is to make pretty deep incisions under the jaws above the neck, and in the palate about the uvula, or to open the veins, that lie under the tongue, that the distemper may be discharged through these wounds. If this method don’t relieve the patient, we may be assured, that the distemper has got the better of him. But if the disorder is mitigated by them, and his throat is capable of admitting meat and drink, health will be easily recovered again. And sometimes nature assists too, if the disorder passes from a more contracted place to a larger. For this reason, when a redness and swelling begins in the præcordia, it is a sign that the malady has begun to leave the throat.

If these things provide little relief, the last option is to make deep cuts under the jaw above the neck and in the palate near the uvula, or to open the veins under the tongue, allowing the illness to drain through these wounds. If this method doesn’t help the patient, we can be sure that the illness has taken over. But if the condition improves from these actions, and the person can swallow food and drinks, recovery will be straightforward. Sometimes nature helps too, if the illness moves from a smaller area to a larger one. For this reason, when redness and swelling start in the chest, it signifies that the illness is beginning to leave the throat.

Whatever has relieved it, he must begin with a moist diet, and especially hydromel; then take soft food, and not acrid, till the fauces return to their former soundness. It is a vulgar opinion, that if a person eats a young swallow, he will be in no danger of an angina for the whole year: and that if it be preserved in salt, to burn it, and powder the coal of it, and give it to drink in hydromel, does service in this distemper. And as this is confidently reported by men of good credit among the common people, and the practice can be attended with no danger, although I have not read of it in medical treatises, yet I thought fit to give it a place in this work.

Whatever has helped, he should start with a moist diet, especially hydromel; then eat soft food that isn’t spicy until the throat returns to its normal health. There’s a common belief that if someone eats a young swallow, they won’t be at risk for a sore throat for the entire year. Also, if it’s preserved in salt, burning it and turning it into charcoal, then mixing that with hydromel to drink, is said to help with this condition. Since this is often claimed by respected individuals among the public, and the method carries no risk, even though I haven't found it in medical texts, I felt it was worth including in this work.

Of a dif­fi­culty of breath­ing.

There is also a disorder about the fauces, which amongst the Greeks has different names, according to its different degrees. The whole consists in a difficulty of breathing: but while it is moderate, and does not wholly suffocate, it is called dyspnœa[ CN ]; when it is more severe, that the patient cannot breath without a noise, and quick fetches, asthma[ CO ]; when the difficulty is so great, that respiration cannot be performed, unless the neck be kept153 erect, orthopnœa[ CP ]. The first of these may be of long continuance without endangering life: the two following are commonly acute. These symptoms are common to them all, that by the straitness of the passage, through which the breath comes, a wheezing is occasioned; there is a pain in the breast and præcordia, sometimes also in the shoulders, and that goes and comes; besides these there is a slight cough.

There’s also a condition related to the throat, which the Greeks refer to by different names depending on its severity. It mainly involves difficulty in breathing: when it's moderate and doesn't completely suffocate the person, it's called breathlessness__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; when it's more severe, to the point where the person can’t breathe without making noise and gasping, it’s referred to as asthma __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; and when the difficulty is so intense that breathing can only happen with the neck held upright, it's known as orthopnea__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The first condition can last a long time without threatening life, while the latter two are usually acute. All these conditions share common symptoms: the narrowing of the airway causes wheezing, along with pain in the chest and around the heart, which can sometimes radiate to the shoulders, and this pain can come and go; in addition, there may be a mild cough.

Now the remedy, unless there be some contra-indication, is letting of blood. Nor is that sufficient; but goat’s milk must be given warm to the patient fasting, and if he has no fever, his belly must be opened(12); and sometimes purged; and sometimes a clyster must be given, by which means the body being extenuated, the patient begins to breathe more freely. The head also ought to be placed high on the bed, and the thorax assisted with fomentations, and hot cataplasms, either dry or moist; and after that a malagma applied, or a cerate of the cyprine ointment, or that of iris. Then the patient must drink fasting either hydromel, or a decoction of hyssop, or bruised caper-roots in water. It is proper also to give nitre, or cresses, or garlick, toasted, and then ground and mixed with honey: another medicine is thus prepared, honey, galbanum, resin, and turpentine are boiled up together: and when they have come to a consistence, the bigness of a bean is put every day in the mouth, and suffered to lie under the tongue, till it be dissolved: or p. *. & a quadrans of crude sulphur, and p. *. of southernwood are powdered, and mixed in a cyathus of wine, and that is supped warm. And it is not an idle opinion, that a fox’s liver dried ought to be beat, and the powder of it sprinkled upon the drink; or that the lungs of the same animal should be eaten roasted as soon as possible after he is killed, but nothing of iron used in the dressing. Besides these, gruels and light food must be used, sometimes also small austere wine, and sometimes a vomit taken. Whatever is diuretic, is also good; but nothing more so, than walking slowly almost to lassitude, much friction, especially of the lower parts, either in the sun or at the fire,154 and both by the patient himself and by others, till he sweat.

Now the treatment, unless there are any contraindications, is bloodletting. But that’s not enough; warm goat’s milk should be given to the patient on an empty stomach, and if he has no fever, his abdomen must be opened__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; sometimes he should be purged, and sometimes he needs an enema, which helps lighten the body and allows the patient to breathe more freely. The head should also be elevated on the bed, and the chest treated with warm compresses and hot poultices, whether dry or moist; after that, apply a poultice or a salve made with cyprine ointment or iris ointment. Then the patient should drink on an empty stomach either honey-water, a tea made from hyssop, or water with crushed caper roots. It is also advisable to give him saltpeter, or watercress, or roasted garlic that has been ground and mixed with honey: another medicine is prepared this way, combining honey, galbanum, resin, and turpentine, which are boiled together; when it reaches a consistency, take a piece the size of a bean each day and let it dissolve under the tongue. Alternatively, powdered crude sulfur and southernwood can be mixed in a cup of wine and consumed warm. It's not an unfounded belief that dried fox liver should be crushed, and the powder sprinkled on the drink; or that the lungs of the same animal should be eaten roasted as soon as possible after being killed, but nothing made of iron should be used in the preparation. Additionally, gruels and light foods should be consumed, sometimes with a small amount of sour wine, and occasionally an emetic should be taken. Anything that promotes urination is also beneficial, but nothing is more effective than walking slowly to the point of exhaustion, frequent rubbing, especially of the lower body, either in the sun or by the fire,154 and this should be done both by the patient himself and by others, until he sweats.

Of an ulcer in the fauces.

In the internal part of the fauces there sometimes happens an exulceration. In this case most people make use of hot cataplasms externally, and moist fomentations. They advise also the warm vapour to be received by the mouth: by which, others say these parts are rendered softer, and more fit to afford entertainment to the disorder, that already possesses them. But if the distemper can be prevented by these methods, those remedies are safe: if there is reason to fear it is already begun, they are improper. It is undoubtedly dangerous to rub the fauces, for it ulcerates them. Neither are diuretics good: because as they pass, they may possibly attenuate the phlegm of the part affected, which it is better to repel.

In the back of the throat, sometimes sores can develop. In this situation, most people use hot compresses on the outside and warm cloths. They also recommend inhaling warm steam, which some believe helps soften the tissue and makes it easier to deal with the problem that's already there. However, if the issue is already starting, these methods may not be suitable. It’s definitely risky to rub the throat because that can cause more irritation. Diuretics aren't helpful either; as they work through the body, they might thin out the mucus in the affected area, which is something we want to avoid.

Asclepiades, to whom we are indebted for many useful discoveries, in which I have also followed him, recommends the sipping of very strong vinegar, and asserts, that this without any danger suppresses the ulcers. That may possibly prevent a flux of blood, but cannot heal the ulcers. A more proper application is lycium(13), which the same author also equally approves; or the juice of leek, or horehound, or sweet almonds rubbed with tragacanth, and mixed with passum, or lint-seed bruised, and mixed with sweet wine. The exercise also of walking and running is necessary. And smart friction is to be used from the breast downwards to all the inferior parts.

Asclepiades, to whom we owe many useful discoveries and from whom I have also taken inspiration, suggests sipping very strong vinegar and claims that it safely suppresses ulcers. While it might help prevent bleeding, it won't heal the ulcers. A more suitable treatment is lycium__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, which the same author recommends; or the juice of leek, horehound, or sweet almonds mixed with tragacanth and combined with passum, or bruised linseed mixed with sweet wine. It’s also important to exercise by walking and running. Additionally, vigorous rubbing should be done from the chest down to all the lower parts.

The food ought to be neither too acrid, nor rough: honey, lentils, tragum, milk, ptisan, fat flesh, and especially leeks, and whatever is mixed with the latter. The drink ought to be as little as possible, water may be given, either pure, or boiled to a decoction with a quince or dates. Also mild gargarisms: but if these are not successful, repellent ones are good.

The food should be neither too bitter nor coarse: honey, lentils, tragum, milk, herbal teas, fatty meat, and especially leeks, along with anything mixed with them. The drink should be minimal; water can be served, either plain or boiled with a quince or dates. Mild gargles are also recommended; if those don't work, stronger ones are effective.

This disease is not acute, and yet may not continue long: but requires a speedy cure, lest it turn very severe and tedious.

This disease isn't severe right now, but it may not last long. It needs a quick treatment before it becomes really serious and difficult to manage.

Of a cough.

A cough, which is contracted in many different ways, is generally a troublesome concomitant of an exulceration of the fauces; and in this case, when the fauces are cured, the cough155 ceases. Yet it is sometimes found by itself without any other distemper: and when it becomes inveterate, it is hardly possible to remove it entirely. And sometimes it is dry, sometimes it either generates or discharges phlegm.

A cough can be caused by many different factors and is usually an annoying symptom of an irritation in the throat. In such cases, when the throat is healed, the cough155 goes away. However, it can occasionally occur on its own without any other illness. Once it becomes chronic, it's often very difficult to get rid of completely. Sometimes the cough is dry, while other times it produces or brings up mucus.

In this it is proper to drink hyssop every other day; to keep in the breath and run, but by no means in dusty places; and to read aloud, which at first is obstructed by the cough, but afterwards overcomes it; then to walk; then to use also those exercises that employ the hands, and to rub the breast for a long time: after these to eat three ounces of the mellowest figs stewed over the fire.

In this case, it's recommended to drink hyssop every other day; to take deep breaths and run, but definitely avoid dusty areas; and to read aloud, which might be tough at first because of the cough, but will eventually help it go away. Then, proceed to walk, and also do some exercises that involve your hands, and rub your chest for a long time. After that, eat three ounces of the softest figs that have been cooked over the fire.

Besides if it be moist, strong frictions are good with some heating medicines, the head being briskly rubbed at the same time; also cucurbitals used to the breast, mustard applied to the external part of the fauces, till it be a little ulcerated; the drink may be prepared from mint, and sweet almonds, and starch; and beginning with dry bread he may proceed to any other light food.

Besides, if it's damp, strong rubbing is good with some warming medicines, while the head is being vigorously rubbed at the same time; also, cupping can be used on the chest, and mustard applied to the outside of the throat until it becomes slightly irritated; the drink can be made from mint, sweet almonds, and starch; and starting with dry bread, he can move on to any other light food.

But if it be a dry cough, when it is most severe, taking a cyathus of austere wine relieves; provided that be not oftener done than three or four times after proper intervals. It is likewise necessary to swallow a little of the best laser, to take the juice of leeks or horehound, to lick squils, to sup vinegar of squills, or at least sharp vinegar, or two cyathi of wine with a clove of bruised garlick infused in it.

But if it's a dry cough, when it's at its worst, taking a small cup of strong wine helps; just make sure not to do it more than three or four times with proper breaks in between. It's also important to swallow a bit of the best laser, take the juice from leeks or horehound, lick squills, drink squill vinegar, or at least sharp vinegar, or two small cups of wine with a clove of bruised garlic soaked in it.

In every cough it does service to take journies, long voyages, and to live near the sea, and to swim. The diet must be sometimes soft, as mallows and nettles; sometimes acrid, as milk boiled with garlick; gruels, to which laser has been added, or such as have had leeks boiled in them, till they have lost all their verdure. A sorbile egg also with an addition of sulphur may be supped; for drink warm water may be taken first, then alternately, some days water, and other days wine.

With every cough, it's helpful to take trips, go on long journeys, live near the sea, and swim. The diet should sometimes include soft foods, like mallows and nettles; other times it should be sharp, like milk cooked with garlic; and gruels that have laser added or ones that have had leeks boiled in them until they lose all their green color. A soft-boiled egg with a bit of sulfur can also be eaten; for drinks, start with warm water, then alternate between water some days and wine on others.

Of a spitting of blood.

A spitting of blood may strike a greater terror. But that sometimes is less, and sometimes more dangerous. For it issues sometimes from the gums, sometimes from the mouth; and indeed from the latter very plentifully at times, but without a cough, without an ulcer, or any distemper of the gums, and without expectorating any thing; but breaks156 out from the mouth in the same manner, as from the nose. And sometimes pure blood is discharged, at other times something like water, in which fresh meat has been washed. Sometimes it comes from the upper part of the fauces, which may happen by means of an exulceration in that part; or when it is not ulcerated, either from the mouth of some vein opened, or tubercles rising there, and discharging the blood. When this is the case, neither meat nor drink do harm, nor is any thing expectorated, as from an ulcer. But sometimes, when the throat and wind-pipe are ulcerated, a frequent cough forces out blood too. Neither is it uncommon for it to come either from the lungs, or the breast, or the side, or the liver. Women, whose menses are suppressed, often have these spittings. And medical writers say, that blood is discharged either by the erosion, or the rupture of some part, or the dilatation of the mouth of some vein. The first they call diabrosis[ CQ ], the second rhegmochasmus[ CR ], the third anastomosis[ CS ]. The last does least hurt; the first is most dangerous. And it often happens, that the blood is followed by pus.

A spitting of blood can be quite frightening. However, it can be less or more dangerous at different times. Sometimes it comes from the gums, and other times from the mouth; often it flows out from the mouth abundantly, but without a cough, ulcer, or any gum disease, and nothing is coughed up. It just spills out from the mouth like it does from the nose. At times, pure blood is released, while other times it looks like water that has been used to rinse fresh meat. Blood can also come from the upper part of the throat, which might happen due to an ulcer in that area or from an opened vein or due to the formation of tubercles that release blood. In these situations, eating or drinking doesn't cause harm, and nothing is coughed up like with an ulcer. However, sometimes when the throat and windpipe have ulcers, a frequent cough can also bring up blood. It's not uncommon for blood to come from the lungs, chest, side, or liver. Women with suppressed menstruation often experience these spit-ups. Medical writers explain that blood is expelled due to the erosion or rupture of a part, or the dilation of a vein's opening. The first is referred to as diabrosis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, the second as rhegmochasmus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and the third as anastomosis __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The last is the least harmful; the first is the most dangerous. It’s also common for blood to be accompanied by pus.

Now sometimes stopping the blood is alone sufficient to effect a cure. But if ulcers have followed, if pus, if there be a cough, diseases are formed, which differ in nature and danger according to the parts they possess. If blood only is discharged, both the remedy is easier, and the termination of the distemper quicker. And we ought not to be ignorant, that a moderate discharge of blood, is not hurtful to those, who are accustomed to hæmorrhages, or such, whose spine or hips are pained, or to any after violent walking or running, provided there be no fever: and that passing off in the urine, it removes even the lassitude. And that it is not terrible in the case of a person, who has fallen from a height, if nothing else appears uncommon in his urine. That neither is a vomiting of blood dangerous, although it return, if opportunity has been allowed to strengthen and fill up the body beforehand: and in general that no such discharge can hurt, when it happens in a strong body, and is neither excessive, nor raises a cough, nor heat. These observations are universal. Now I shall return to those particular places, which I have mentioned.

Now sometimes just stopping the bleeding is enough to cure the issue. But if ulcers develop, if there’s pus, or if there’s a cough, those are signs of different diseases that vary in nature and severity depending on the affected areas. If only blood is lost, treating it is easier, and recovery is faster. We should also recognize that a moderate amount of bleeding isn’t harmful for those who are prone to hemorrhages, people with back or hip pain, or anyone after strenuous walking or running, as long as there’s no fever involved. Additionally, when the blood is expelled through urine, it even alleviates fatigue. It's not alarming for someone who has fallen from a height, as long as there’s nothing unusual in their urine. Similarly, vomiting blood isn’t dangerous, even if it recurs, provided the body has had time to recover and replenish. Generally, such discharges are not harmful when they occur in a healthy body, as long as they are not excessive, or accompanied by a cough or fever. These observations apply broadly. Now I will return to the specific cases I previously mentioned.

157

157

If it comes from the gums, it is sufficient to chew purslane; if from the mouth, to hold pure wine in it; if that is not effectual, vinegar. If notwithstanding these it breaks out with violence, because it may waste a person, it is most proper to divert its force by applying a cucurbital to the back of the head, and making an incision in the skin; if this happens to a woman, whose menses are stopped, to apply the cucurbital to her groin, with scarification.

If it's coming from the gums, just chew on purslane; if it's from the mouth, hold pure wine in it; and if that doesn't work, use vinegar. If it still becomes severe and could be harmful, it's best to counteract it by placing a squash on the back of the head and making a small cut in the skin; if this happens to a woman who has stopped menstrual bleeding, apply the squash to her groin and make a small incision.

But if it has proceeded from the fauces, or the more internal parts, there is more to be feared, and greater care must be taken in the cure. Blood must be let: and if notwithstanding that, it breaks out from the mouth, the operation must be repeated a second, and a third time, and every day a little taken away: the patient ought immediately to sup either vinegar, or the juice of plantain, or leek with frankincense(14): and some sordid wool dipped in vinegar and squeezed, should be applied externally upon the place, which is diseased, and it must be cooled now and then with a sponge. Erasistratus made many ligatures in the legs, and thighs, and arms of such patients. Asclepiades was so far from thinking this useful, that he even judged it hurtful. But a number of experiments gives proof of its often answering very well.

But if it has come from the throat or deeper areas, there's more to worry about, and greater care must be taken in the treatment. Blood needs to be drawn: and if, despite that, it continues to come from the mouth, the procedure should be repeated a second and third time, taking a little each day. The patient should immediately drink either vinegar, or the juice of plantain, or leek with frankincense __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__: and some dirty wool soaked in vinegar and wrung out should be applied externally to the affected area, which should be cooled occasionally with a sponge. Erasistratus made many ties in the legs, thighs, and arms of such patients. Asclepiades thought this was unhelpful and even considered it harmful. However, many experiments show that it often works very well.

Nevertheless there is not a necessity for making ligatures in many places: but it is sufficient to do it below the groin, and above the ancles, and near the top of the shoulders, and fore arms. Then if the patient have a fever, gruel must be given; and for drink some astringent decoction. But if there is no fever, either washed alica, or bread dipped in cold water, and a soft egg too may be given; and for drink either what was above-mentioned, or sweet wine, or cold water. But in the allowance of drink we must remember, that thirst is serviceable in this disorder.

However, there’s no need to make ligatures in many places; it’s enough to do it below the groin, above the ankles, and near the tops of the shoulders and forearms. If the patient has a fever, they should be given gruel, and for a drink, some astringent decoction. But if there’s no fever, either washed alica or bread dipped in cold water, along with a soft egg, may be offered; and for drinks, either what was mentioned earlier, sweet wine, or cold water. We should also keep in mind that thirst can be beneficial in this condition.

Besides these, rest, security from apprehensions, and silence are necessary. The patient’s head, when he lies, should also be high, and it is proper to clip it close. The face is to be often bathed with cold water. But wine, the bath, venery, oil amongst meat, all acrid things, warm fomentations, a hot and close room, many cloaths thrown upon the body, are all prejudicial; also frictions, unless when bleedings have entirely ceased. Then indeed he158 may begin with the arms and legs, but not touch the chest. In this case he should reside near the sea-coast in the winter time, and in the inland places in the summer.

In addition to these, rest, protection from worries, and quiet are essential. The patient’s head should be elevated when lying down, and it’s advisable to keep the hair trimmed short. The face should be frequently washed with cold water. However, wine, bathing, sexual activity, eating oily foods, any spicy substances, warm compresses, a hot and stuffy room, and piling on too many clothes are all harmful; as are massages, unless the bleeding has fully stopped. At that point, he may start with the arms and legs, but should not touch the chest. In this situation, he should stay close to the coast in winter and move inland during the summer.

CHAP. V. ABOUT STOMACH DISORDERS AND THEIR TREATMENT.

The stomach(15) is below the fauces; to this many tedious disorders are incident. For sometimes a great heat affects it, sometimes a flatulency, or an inflammation, or an exulceration; at other times phlegm or bile attacks it. But the most frequent disease is a relaxation: nor is there any thing from which the stomach either suffers more itself, or more affects the whole frame.

The stomach__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is located just below the throat, and it's prone to many bothersome issues. Sometimes it gets really hot, other times it deals with gas, inflammation, or ulcers; there are also times when mucus or bile can be a problem. However, the most common issue is a relaxation of the stomach. This condition is particularly troublesome because it not only causes significant discomfort in the stomach itself but also affects the entire body.

As its disorders are different, so are the remedies. Where it is distressed with heat, it must be embrocated now and then with vinegar and rose oil, and a powder(16) with oil applied, and such cataplasms as at the same time both repel and soften. Cold water may be given to drink, unless there be some particular reason against it.

As its issues vary, so do the solutions. When it's suffering from heat, it should be occasionally massaged with vinegar and rose oil, and a powder__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ with oil should be applied, along with poultices that can both soothe and cool. Cold water can be offered to drink, unless there’s a specific reason not to.

When there is a flatulency, the application of cucurbitals does service, and there is no necessity for scarification. Dry and warm fomentations, but not very strong, are serviceable. Abstinence must be enjoined at times. To drink wormwood, or hyssop, or rue fasting is good. Exercise must be used, at first gentle, and afterwards stronger; especially such as may move the superior parts, which kind is most proper in all disorders of the stomach. Exercise should be followed by unction and friction; also the bath sometimes, but seldom, and sometimes clysters; after these warm food, and not flatulent; and in the same manner warm drink, first water, afterwards when the inflation has subsided, austere wine. This rule must be laid down in all distempers of the stomach, that by whatever means any patient has been recovered, he must pursue the same method when he is well: for his weakness returns, unless health be preserved by the same regimen, by which it was restored.

When bloating occurs, using bottles or jars can help, and there's no need for bleeding. Gentle warm compresses are useful but shouldn’t be too strong. Sometimes, fasting is necessary. Drinking wormwood, hyssop, or rue on an empty stomach is beneficial. You should start with light exercise and gradually increase the intensity, especially movements that engage the upper body, as this is most effective for stomach issues. After exercising, apply oil and massage; a bath can be taken occasionally, and enema treatments can be used as well. Follow this with warm meals that aren’t gas-inducing, and similarly for drinks—start with water and, once the bloating decreases, move to dry wine. It’s important to remember that for any stomach condition, whatever method helped a patient recover should be continued after they feel better; otherwise, their weakness will return unless they stick to the regimen that restored their health.

But if there be any inflammation, which is commonly159 followed by a swelling and pain, the chief remedies are, rest, and abstinence, sulphurated wool(17) applied round it, the use of wormwood fasting. If there is a burning heat in the stomach, it must be embrocated now and then with vinegar and rose-oil; and then food must be taken sparingly; and the external applications must be such, as both repel and soften; then withdrawing these, warm cataplasms of meal must be used, to discuss the remains of it; a clyster must be given now and then; exercise must be used, and a fuller diet.

But if there’s any inflammation, usually followed by swelling and pain, the main remedies are rest and avoiding certain activities, applying sulphurated wool around it, and using wormwood while fasting. If there’s a burning sensation in the stomach, it should be rubbed occasionally with vinegar and rose oil; then, food should be consumed in small amounts, and external treatments should both soothe and protect. After that, warm poultices made of meal should be applied to help reduce the remaining symptoms; a cleansing enema should be given from time to time; exercise should be incorporated, and a more substantial diet should be adopted.

But if the stomach is infested with an ulcer, the same course almost must be pursued, as has been prescribed in ulcerated fauces. Exercise and friction of the lower parts must be practised. Light and glutinous food must be used, but not to satiety. Every thing acrid and acid is to be avoided. If there is no fever, sweet wine may be used, or if that inflates, at least mild; but neither very cold, nor too hot.

But if the stomach has an ulcer, the same approach should be followed as with an ulcer in the throat. Exercise and gentle rubbing of the lower body should be done. Light and sticky foods should be eaten, but not until full. Anything spicy or sour should be avoided. If there is no fever, sweet wine can be consumed, or if that causes bloating, at least something mild; but it should not be too cold or too hot.

If the stomach is loaded with phlegm, a vomit is necessary, sometimes fasting, sometimes after meat. Exercise, gestation, sailing, friction, are good. Nothing is to be eaten or drunk, but what is warm; only avoiding such things, as usually generate phlegm.

If the stomach is full of mucus, vomiting is needed, sometimes after fasting and sometimes after eating meat. Exercise, pregnancy, sailing, and rubbing the body are beneficial. Only consume warm food and drinks, while avoiding things that commonly produce mucus.

It is a more troublesome disorder, where the stomach is vitiated with bile. Those that are thus affected, usually at the interval of some days throw it up, and indeed, which is worst of all, of a black colour. It is proper to give such patients clysters, and potions of wormwood; gestation, and sailing are necessary, and vomiting by sea sickness, if it can be procured; crudity must be avoided; food used easy of concoction, and not ungrateful to the stomach, and austere wine.

It's a more serious condition where the stomach is upset by bile. People who have this usually throw it up every few days, and worst of all, it's black. It's best to give these patients enemas and wormwood drinks; they need to rest and go sailing, and inducing vomiting through seasickness can help if possible. Avoid heavy food; stick to easy-to-digest foods that are gentle on the stomach, along with dry wine.

The most common and worst disorder of the stomach is a relaxation, that is, when it is not capable of retaining food, and the body ceases to be nourished, and thus is wasted by a consumption. The bath is very hurtful in this species. Reading, and exercising of the superior parts are necessary, also unctions and frictions; then to have cold water poured all over the body, and to swim in cold water, and to lay the stomach itself under canals, and more especially that part below the shoulders, which is opposite to the stomach; to stand in cold and medicinal springs is160 a salutary practice, such as those of Cutiliæ(18) and Subruinæ; food is also to be used cold, and such rather, as is of difficult concoction than what is easily corrupted: for this reason most people, that can concoct nothing else, concoct beef. Whence we may infer, that neither birds, nor venison, nor fish ought to be given, except the harder kinds. Cold wine indeed is fittest to drink, or at least the strong well warmed, particularly the Rhetic or Allobrogic(19), or any other, which is both austere, and seasoned with resin; if that is not to be had, the roughest possible, and especially Signine(20).

The most common and serious stomach issue is a relaxation, meaning it can’t hold food, which leads to malnutrition and wasting away. Baths are very harmful in this case. It’s important to read and exercise the upper body, as well as use oils and massages; then have cold water poured over the body, swim in cold water, and lay the stomach under water channels, especially the area below the shoulders, opposite the stomach. Standing in cold and medicinal springs is a helpful practice, like those at Cutiliæ __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and Subruinæ; the food consumed should also be cold and more difficult to digest rather than easily spoiled: for this reason, most people who can digest nothing else can manage beef. Therefore, we can conclude that neither birds, nor game, nor fish should be consumed, except for the tougher varieties. Cold wine is indeed the best to drink, or at least the strongest when warmed, particularly the Rhetic or Allobrogic __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, or any other that is both dry and flavored with resin; if that isn’t available, choose the roughest possible wine, especially Sign in __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

If the food does not stay upon the stomach, water is to be drunk, and a plentiful vomiting procured; and food must be given a second time, and then cucurbitals are to be applied two fingers breadth below the stomach, and kept there for two or three hours. If there is both a vomiting and pain at the same time, sordid wool, or sponge dipped in vinegar, or a cooling cataplasm, must be applied to the stomach. The arms and legs must be rubbed briskly, but not long, and heated.

If the food doesn't settle in the stomach, drink some water and induce vomiting. Then, offer food again, and place cupping jars about two finger widths below the stomach, keeping them there for two to three hours. If there’s vomiting and pain at the same time, use dirty wool, a sponge soaked in vinegar, or a cooling poultice on the stomach. The arms and legs should be rubbed briskly, but not for too long, to warm them up.

If the pain is more severe, the cupping must be performed four fingers below the præcordia; bread dipped in cold vinegar and water must be given immediately; if it has not staid, then after the vomiting, some light thing not ungrateful to the stomach; if even that is not retained, a cyathus of wine every hour, till the stomach be settled. The juice of radishes is also a powerful medicine; but a stronger is the juice of the acid pomegranate, with an equal quantity of the juice of the sweet pomegranate, and an addition also of the juice of endive and mint, but the least proportion of this; with which it is very proper to mix as much cold water, as equals the quantity of them all together. For that is more efficacious for composing the stomach than wine. A vomiting, which comes of itself, is to be stopped, although there be a nausea.

If the pain is worse, cupping should be done four fingers below the chest. Immediately give bread soaked in cold vinegar and water. If that doesn't work, after vomiting, provide something light that isn’t hard on the stomach. If even that isn't kept down, give a small cup of wine every hour until the stomach calms down. Radish juice is also a strong remedy, but even stronger is the juice of sour pomegranate, mixed with an equal amount of sweet pomegranate juice, plus a bit of endive and mint juice—just a small amount of the latter. Mix this with enough cold water to equal the total volume of these juices. This combination works better for settling the stomach than wine. If someone is vomiting on their own, it should be stopped, even if there’s nausea.

But if the food has grown sour or putrid within the stomach, both which accidents are known by the eructations, it must be evacuated; and the stomach must be immediately recruited by taking the same kind of food, that I have just mentioned. When the present danger is removed, we must return to those things which have been prescribed before.

But if the food has soured or spoiled in the stomach, which can be recognized by belching, it needs to be expelled; and the stomach should be quickly replenished by eating the same type of food I just mentioned. Once the current issue is resolved, we should go back to the things that were recommended earlier.

161

161

CHAP. VI. OF SIDE PAINS AND HOW TO CURE THEM.

The stomach is surrounded by the sides; and in these there happen sometimes violent pains. They arise either from cold, or a blow, or from excessive running, or from a distemper. But sometimes the disorder goes no farther than a pain; which is sometimes slowly, and sometimes quickly removed. At other times it grows extremely dangerous; and there arises an acute distemper, which by the Greeks is called pleuriticus[ CT ]. To this pain of the side is added a fever and cough: and by the last is expectorated, if the distemper be tolerable phlegm; if severe, blood. Sometimes also the cough is dry, and brings up nothing, and this is worse than the first, but more tolerable than the second.

The stomach is surrounded by the sides, and sometimes there are intense pains there. These can be caused by cold, a blow, excessive running, or illness. But sometimes the issue is just a pain, which can go away slowly or quickly. Other times, it can become very serious, leading to an acute illness that the Greeks call pleuriticus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. This pain in the side is accompanied by a fever and a cough: if the illness is manageable, the cough brings up phlegm; if it’s severe, it brings up blood. Sometimes, the cough is dry and produces nothing, which is worse than the first case but more manageable than the second.

Now the cure of a violent and recent pain is letting of blood. But if the case is more slight or of a longer standing, that remedy in the first is needless, and for the other is too late; and recourse must be had to cupping, first making an incision in the skin. Mustard with vinegar is also proper to apply upon the breast, till it produce ulcuscles and pimples; and after that, a medicine which can derive the humour thither. Besides these it is fit first to put sulphurated wool round the side; and then when the inflammation has a little abated, to make use of dry and warm fomentations. From these a transition is made to malagmas.

Now, to treat a sudden and intense pain, bloodletting is the way to go. However, if the situation is less serious or has persisted for a longer time, the first remedy isn't necessary, and it's too late for the other; instead, cupping should be performed, starting with an incision in the skin. Applying mustard mixed with vinegar on the chest is also appropriate until it causes small sores and pimples; afterward, a treatment should be used to draw out the fluid to that area. Additionally, it's advisable to wrap the side with sulphurated wool; and once the inflammation has lessened a bit, dry and warm compresses can be used. From there, transition to mixing applications.

If an inveterate pain still continues, in the last place it is discussed by the application of resin. Warm food and drink must be used, and cold avoided. In the mean time, it is not amiss to rub the extremities with oil and sulphur: if the cough has abated to read softly: and by that time to take both acrid food and stronger wine. Such then are the prescriptions of the physicians. But without these it162 is said, that our peasants find it sufficient for their cure to drink germander in water.

If a persistent pain continues, finally it's treated with the application of resin. Warm food and drinks should be consumed, while cold ones should be avoided. In the meantime, it's also a good idea to rub the extremities with oil and sulfur; if the cough has improved, read softly. At that point, you can start to eat spicy foods and drink stronger wine. These are the recommendations from the physicians. However, it's said that our peasants find it effective to simply drink germander in water for their cure.

These rules are common in every pain of the side: the cure is more difficult, if the distemper has grown acute. In such a case, besides what has been already directed, these cautions are to be observed: that the food be extremely thin and mild, especially gruel, and particularly that, which is made of ptisan; or chicken broth with leeks, and that is not to be given till the third day, and with this condition then, that the strength will admit of it: and for the drink a decoction of hyssop, or rue in hydromel. Now the seasons for giving these will appear from the consideration of the fevers increasing or abating, so that they be given in the greatest remission. At the same time however we should know, that in a cough of this kind we are not to allow the fauces to be dry. For often, where there is nothing to be expectorated, it continues and suffocates: for which reason I said, that a cough, which evacuates nothing, was still worse than one, which brought up phlegm. But the distemper itself in this case will not allow wine, which we prescribed before: instead of it the cream of ptisan is to be used.

These guidelines are common for any side pain: the treatment is tougher if the condition has become severe. In this situation, in addition to what has already been mentioned, the following precautions should be taken: the food should be very thin and gentle, especially porridge, particularly the kind made from herbal tea; or chicken broth with leeks, which should not be given until the third day, and only if the patient's strength allows it. For drinks, a brew of hyssop or rue in honeyed water is recommended. The timing for administering these will depend on whether the fevers are getting worse or better, so they should be given during the times of greatest relief. However, we should also ensure that the throat doesn't dry out with this type of cough. Often, when there's nothing to cough up, it continues and can cause choking; for this reason, I pointed out that a cough that doesn’t bring anything up is even worse than one that does. But the condition in this case won’t allow for wine, which we recommended earlier: instead, the cream of herbal tea should be used.

As the patient is to be supported in the violence of the distemper by these things; so when it has abated a little, a fuller diet and also some wine may be allowed; provided nothing be given, which may either refrigerate the body, or irritate the fauces. If the cough remains upon the recovery, it will be proper to intermit for one day, and the day after to take a little more wine with meat. But if the cough still prevails, it will not be amiss, as above directed, to drink some cyathi of wine. But in this kind of disorder sweet wine, or at least mild is more proper. If it grows inveterate, the body must be strengthened by a robust diet.

As the patient needs support while dealing with the severity of the illness, once it has lessened a bit, a more substantial diet and some wine can be introduced. However, nothing should be given that either cools the body or irritates the throat. If the cough persists during recovery, it's advisable to take a break for one day, and then the next day have a bit more wine with food. If the cough still continues, it's appropriate, as mentioned before, to drink a few cups of wine. In this type of situation, sweet wine, or at least something mild, is better. If the condition becomes chronic, the body should be fortified with a hearty diet.

CHAP. VII. ON PERIPNEUMONIA AND ITS TREATMENT.

From the frame of the body we must proceed to the bowels; and first of all to the lungs. Whence a violent163 and acute distemper arises, which the Greeks call peripneumonia[ CU ]. The nature of it is this. The whole lungs are affected. And their disorder is followed by a cough bringing up bile, or pus, a weight of the præcordia and the whole breast, difficulty of breathing, violent fevers, continual watching, prostration of appetite, and a consumption. This kind of distemper is attended with more danger than pain.

From the body’s framework, we need to move on to the internal organs, starting with the lungs. This can lead to a severe and intense illness that the Greeks refer to as peripneumonia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It manifests as an issue affecting the entire lungs. The symptoms include a cough that produces bile or pus, a feeling of heaviness in the chest, difficulty breathing, high fevers, constant restlessness, loss of appetite, and weight loss. This type of illness poses more risk than discomfort.

It is fit, if the strength will admit of it, to let blood: if not, to make use of dry cupping to the præcordia; and if the patient can endure it, by gestation to dissipate; if he cannot bear that, to move him gently within the house; to give him in drink hyssop boiled with a dry fig; or a decoction of hyssop or rue in hydromel; to use friction longest upon the shoulders, a little shorter on the arms, and feet, and legs, gentle over the lungs, and to do this twice every day.

It’s a good idea to let blood if the person is strong enough; if not, use dry cupping on the chest. If the patient can handle it, try gentle movement; if that’s too much, move them gently around the house. Offer a drink made with hyssop boiled with a dry fig, or a mixture of hyssop or rue in honeyed water. Apply friction for the longest time on the shoulders, a bit less on the arms, feet, and legs, and be gentle over the lungs, doing this twice a day.

As to diet, he ought never to have salt things, nor acrid, nor bitters, nor astringents; but what is of the milder kind. Therefore at the beginning is to be given gruel either of ptisan, or alica, or rice, in which recent fat has been boiled; along with it a sorbile egg, pine-nuts, bread with honey, or washed alica with hydromel. After that, not only pure water must be allowed to drink, but hydromel too egelid; or if it be the summer time, even cold; unless there be some particular reason against it. It is sufficient to give these every other day, when the distemper is increasing.

In terms of diet, he should never eat salty foods, spicy items, bitter things, or astringents; only milder options. So, at the start, he should have gruel made from barley, wheat flour, or rice, cooked with fresh fat; along with that, a poached egg, pine nuts, bread with honey, or washed flour with honey water. After that, he should only be allowed to drink plain water, but he can also have honey water that's cool; or, if it's summer, even cold, unless there's a specific reason not to. It's enough to offer these every other day when his condition is worsening.

When it ceases to increase, as much as the circumstances will allow, he must abstain from every thing, except egelid water. If the strength fails, it must be supported by hydromel. And against the pains the application of hot fomentations is good, or such things as both repel and soften. It does good also to lay salt ground fine upon the breast, mixed with cerat; because it corrodes the skin gently, and thus diverts the course of the matter, which oppresses the lungs. Some malagmas too of such things as make a derivation are useful. And it is not improper, during the violence of the distemper, to keep the windows close upon the patient: when it has a little abated, three164 or four times a day to open them a little and let in fresh air. Then when he begins to recover, for several days to abstain from wine: to use gestation and friction; to add to the gruels and former diet, amongst the pot-herbs leeks; of flesh, the heels, and trotters; and small fish; so that for a long time nothing else be taken, but what is soft and mild.

When it stops getting worse, as much as the situation allows, he should avoid everything except cold water. If he becomes weak, he should be supported with mead. For pain relief, applying hot compresses is helpful, or things that both soothe and alleviate. It’s also beneficial to sprinkle finely ground salt on the chest, mixed with ointment, because it gently irritates the skin and helps redirect the issue affecting the lungs. Some poultices made from substances that promote drainage are useful too. It's also advisable, during the peak of the illness, to keep the windows closed for the patient: once the symptoms slightly improve, open them a little three or four times a day to let in fresh air. Then, as he starts to get better, he should avoid wine for several days; engage in gentle movement and massage; and add to the soups and previous diet, including leeks among the vegetables; meat cuts like heels and trotters; and small fish; ensuring that for an extended period, only soft and mild foods are consumed.

CHAP. VIII. ON LIVER DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

The distemper of another bowel, that is the liver, in like manner happens to be sometimes long and sometimes acute. The Greeks call it hepaticus[ CV ]. There is a violent pain to the right below the præcordia; and the same reaches to the right side, and to the clavicle, and the shoulder of the same side: sometimes also the right hand is benumbed, and there is a strong shuddering. When it is severe, bile is vomited; sometimes the hiccough almost suffocates. And these are its symptoms, when it is acute. But it is chronical, when there is a suppuration in the liver; and the pain sometimes ceases, at other times increases; on the right side the præcordia are hard and swelled; after eating, the difficulty of breathing is increased. There is also a sort of paralytic relaxation of the jaws. When the disorder has continued long, the belly, and legs, and feet swell; the breast, and arms, and the parts about both clavicles are emaciated.

The illness of another organ, specifically the liver, can be either chronic or acute. The Greeks refer to it as hepatic__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. There is intense pain on the right side below the chest; it can radiate to the right side, the collarbone, and the shoulder on that side. Sometimes, the right hand feels numb, and there is a strong shivering sensation. In severe cases, bile may be vomited, and hiccups can almost lead to choking. These are the symptoms when it's acute. It's chronic when there’s an infection in the liver; the pain may fade at times and flare up at others. On the right side, the area below the ribcage feels hard and swollen; after eating, breathing becomes more difficult. There is also a kind of weakness in the jaw muscles. If the condition persists, the stomach, legs, and feet swell, while the chest, arms, and areas around both collarbones become skinny.

In the beginning, the best thing is to let blood: then the belly must be opened; if that cannot be done otherwise, by means of black hellebore. Cataplasms are to be applied externally; first such as may repel, then hot ones, which can discuss; to these it is proper to add iris, or wormwood; after them a malagma. The diet should be gruels, and all the food should be warm, not very nourishing, and generally such as is proper in a peripneumony; and those besides that are diuretic, and such drink as will promote the same end. Thyme is good in this distemper, savory, hyssop,165 catmint, sweet marjoram, sesamum(21), bay-berries, pine-flowers, blood herb, mint, the pulp of a quince, the fresh and raw liver of a pigeon. Of these some may be eaten alone, and others added to the gruel, or the drinks, but in small quantities; and it is not improper to swallow every day a catapotium composed of powdered wormwood, honey, and pepper. But all cold things must be refrained, for nothing hurts the liver more. The extremities must be rubbed. All labour and violent motion avoided: even the breath must not be long kept in. Anger, flutter, lifting any thing weighty, throwing, running are hurtful. Pouring water plentifully upon the body does good, if it be the winter time, hot; if the summer, tepid; also plentiful unction, and sweating in the bath.

At first, it's best to draw blood; then the abdomen should be opened; if that’s not possible, use black hellebore. Apply poultices externally; start with those that repel, then use hot ones to draw out. It's good to add iris or wormwood to these, followed by a malagma. The diet should consist of gruels, and all food should be warm, not overly nourishing, and generally suitable for someone with peripneumony; include diuretic foods and drinks that promote this effect. Thyme, savory, hyssop, catmint, sweet marjoram, bay-berries, pine flowers, blood herb, mint, quince pulp, and fresh raw pigeon liver are beneficial in this condition. Some can be eaten alone, while others can be mixed into gruel or drinks, but in small amounts; it's also fine to take a daily mix of powdered wormwood, honey, and pepper. Avoid all cold items, as they are harmful to the liver. The extremities should be rubbed, and all strenuous activity and heavy lifting must be avoided; even holding your breath for too long isn’t recommended. Anger, excitement, lifting heavy objects, throwing, and running are all detrimental. Pouring plenty of water on the body is helpful, using hot water in the winter and lukewarm in the summer; also, ensure plenty of lubrication and sweating in the bath.

If the liver is oppressed with a vomica, the same method must be followed as in other internal suppurations. Some even make an incision over it(22), and cauterize the vomica itself.

If the liver is affected by a pus-filled cavity, the same approach should be taken as with other internal infections. Some people even make an incision over it__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and burn the cavity itself.

CHAP. IX. ON THE DISORDER OF THE SPLEEN AND HOW TO CURE IT.

But when the spleen is affected, it swells, and together with it the left side, which is both hard and resists pressure; and the belly is tense: there is some swelling also in the legs. Ulcers either do not heal at all, or at least scarcely cicatrize. In walking briskly or running, there is a pain, and some difficulty.

But when the spleen is impacted, it enlarges, and along with it, the left side becomes hard and resistant to touch; the abdomen feels tight, and there's some swelling in the legs as well. Ulcers either fail to heal completely or heal very slowly. When trying to walk quickly or run, there's pain and difficulty.

This malady is increased by rest. Therefore there is a necessity for exercise and labour: care being taken however that these be not carried too far, lest they produce a fever. Unction and friction, and sweatings are necessary. Every thing sweet is hurtful; also milk, and cheese. Acids are most agreeable; therefore it is good to sup sharp vinegar alone, and more especially that, which is tinctured with squills. Salt fish is to be eaten, or olives in hard brine; lettuce in vinegar; endive also, and betes in the same manner; and mustard, wild radish, and parsnips: of animal food the heels, and cheeks, lean birds, and veni166son of the same kind. A decoction of wormwood in water may be given for drink fasting: but after meat the water, in which a smith has often extinguished hot iron, for this very powerfully contracts the spleen: the discovery of which property we owe to an observation made upon animals bred in the houses of smiths, that they have very small spleens. Small and austere wine may also be given; and every thing in food or drink, which is diuretic: of great efficacy for that purpose is trefoil seed, or cummin, or smallage, or serpyllum, or cytisus(23), or thyme, or hyssop, or savory: for these seem very proper to promote a discharge of the humour from it. It is good also to eat of the spleen of beef: and rocket and cresses are remarkable for attenuating the spleen. There must be some external application to ease the pain. Such is composed from a kind of acorns(24) used by the Unguentarii, which the Greeks call myrobalani[ CW ]: or the seeds of lint, and cresses mixed with wine and oil: also of green cypress and dry figs: or of mustard and a fourth part of the suet of a goat’s kidneys, and this is rubbed in the sun and applied immediately. And the caper too is fit for this disorder in many forms; for it may both be eaten itself with meat, and its pickle with vinegar supped. Moreover the root powdered or its bark with bran, or the caper itself powdered, and mixed with honey, may be applied externally. There are also malagmas calculated for this purpose.

This condition worsens with rest. Therefore, exercise and work are necessary, but it’s important not to overdo it, as that could lead to a fever. Ointments, rubbing, and sweating are essential. Anything sugary is harmful, along with milk and cheese. Acids are more beneficial; so, it's good to drink sharp vinegar on its own, especially if it’s infused with squills. You should eat salted fish or olives in brine; lettuce with vinegar; endive and beets in the same way; plus mustard, wild radish, and parsnips. Among animal foods, have the heels and cheeks, lean poultry, and venison of the same type. A decoction of wormwood in water can be consumed while fasting; but after meals, drink the water used to cool hot iron in a smith's forge, as it strongly contracts the spleen. We learned this property from observing animals raised in blacksmith shops, which have very small spleens. Light and sour wine can be offered as well, along with anything that promotes urination: trefoil seeds, cumin, smallage, thyme, hyssop, and savory are particularly effective in helping to reduce excess fluids. Eating beef spleen is also good, and rocket and cress are known for their ability to help reduce spleen size. There should also be some external remedy to relieve the pain. This can be made from a type of acorn used by ointment makers, known by the Greeks as myrobalani; or from lint seeds and cress mixed with wine and oil; or from green cypress and dried figs; or a mixture of mustard and a quarter of goat kidney fat, rubbed in the sun and applied immediately. Capers are suitable for this condition in various forms, as you can eat them with food or sip their vinegar brine. Furthermore, the root and bark can be powdered or the capers themselves ground and mixed with honey for external application. There are also therapeutic pastes designed for this purpose.

CHAP. X. DISEASES OF THE KIDNEYS AND THEIR TREATMENT.

But where the kidneys are affected, the disorder continues long. It is worse if attended with a frequent bilious vomiting. It is proper to rest; to lie soft; to open the belly; and even to give a clyster if it will not do without it; to sit down often in warm water; to take neither meat nor drink cold; to abstain from every thing salt, acrimo167nious, acid, and fruit of the apple kind; to drink freely; to add sometimes to the meat, and sometimes to the drink, pepper, leeks, ferula(25), white poppies, which usually cause a great discharge of urine from the kidneys.

But when the kidneys are affected, the condition lasts a long time. It gets worse if there's frequent vomiting of bile. It's important to rest, lie down comfortably, relieve the bowels, and even use an enema if necessary. Soak in warm water often, and avoid eating or drinking anything cold. Stay away from anything salty, spicy, sour, and apples; drink plenty of fluids; and sometimes add pepper, leeks, ferula, and white poppies to your food and drink, which usually help increase urine output from the kidneys.

If they be ulcerated, and the ulcers are to be cleansed, the remedy is sixty seeds of cucumber blanched, fifteen kernels of the wild pine, as much anise as can be held betwixt three fingers, a little saffron; all these powdered, and divided into two draughts of mulse.

If they are ulcerated and the ulcers need to be cleaned, the remedy is sixty blanched cucumber seeds, fifteen wild pine nuts, as much anise as can be held between three fingers, and a bit of saffron; all of these should be powdered and divided into two doses of mead.

If the pain only is to be relieved, the medicine is thirty seeds of cucumber, and twenty of the kernels mentioned before, five sweet almonds, a little saffron powdered, and given to drink with milk. And besides these it is proper to apply some malagmas; especially such as are fit for drawing out moisture.

If the goal is just to relieve the pain, the remedy is thirty cucumber seeds, twenty of the previously mentioned kernels, five sweet almonds, a bit of powdered saffron, and mixed with milk for drinking. Additionally, it’s advisable to apply some poultices, especially those that are effective at drawing out moisture.

CHAP. XI. ON CHOLERA AND ITS TREATMENT.

From the bowels we proceed to the intestines, which are obnoxious both to acute and chronic distempers. And first of all we shall make mention of the cholera; because that seems at once to affect equally the stomach and intestines. For at the same time there is both a purging and vomiting: besides these, there are flatulencies, the intestines are racked, bile is forced both upwards and downwards, first resembling water, then as if fresh meat had been washed in it, sometimes white, sometimes black, or variously coloured. Upon this account the Greeks gave this distemper the name of cholera[ CX ]. And besides what we have taken notice of already, the legs and hands too are often contracted, thirst torments, and there are faintings. Where all these concur, it is not to be wondered, if the patient die suddenly. And nevertheless there is no distemper obviated with less trouble.

From the bowels, we move on to the intestines, which can be severely affected by both acute and chronic ailments. First, we need to mention cholera, as it seems to impact both the stomach and intestines simultaneously. There’s purging and vomiting happening at the same time: in addition, there are gas pains, the intestines are cramping, and bile is forced up and down, sometimes appearing as water, other times looking like it’s been mixed with fresh meat, and it can be white, black, or various colors. For this reason, the Greeks named this condition cholera__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Besides what we've already noted, the legs and arms often cramp as well, thirst is unbearable, and fainting can occur. With all these symptoms combined, it's no surprise that the patient may die suddenly. Yet, surprisingly, there are few ailments that are less complicated to manage.

Wherefore upon the first appearance of these symptoms it is proper to drink plenty of tepid water and to vomit.168 That scarce ever fails to vomit: but although it miscarries in that, yet it is of use to mix new matter with the corrupted; and it is a step in the recovery, if the vomiting be stopped. If that happens, all drink must immediately be abstained from. But if there be bloody stools, it is fit to bathe the stomach with something cold, or if the belly be pained, with the same egelid, the belly itself being assisted by medicines moderately warm. But if the vomiting, and purging, and thirst, all at once torment greatly, and what is vomited is yet somewhat crude, it is not a proper time to give wine: water must be given, and that not cold, but rather egelid. And penny-royal with vinegar must be applied to the nostrils, or polenta sprinkled with wine, or mint, or what is comfortable or refreshing to nature(26).

When these symptoms first appear, it's best to drink plenty of lukewarm water and induce vomiting.168 This rarely fails to cause vomiting; however, even if it doesn't work, it's helpful to mix fresh material with the contaminated. Stopping the vomiting is a step towards recovery. If that happens, all drinking should be stopped immediately. But if there are bloody stools, it’s advisable to cool the stomach with something cold, or if there’s pain in the belly, to use something cool while also applying moderately warm medicines to the abdomen. If vomiting, diarrhea, and thirst are all severely troubling at once, and the vomit is somewhat undigested, it’s not the right time to give wine: instead, offer water, but not cold water—rather, lukewarm. You should apply pennyroyal with vinegar to the nostrils, or sprinkle polenta with wine, or use mint, or anything that is comforting or refreshing to nature__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

But when the crudity is removed, then there is more apprehension of the person fainting. Wherefore at such time recourse must be had to wine: which ought to be small, aromatic, and mixed with cold water, either with the addition of polenta, or a piece of bread, which also it is proper to eat: and as often as the stomach or belly has discharged, so often to recruit the strength by these means. Erasistratus directed to mix at first three or five drops of wine with every draught, and then to add more wine by degrees. He was in the right, if he gave wine from the beginning, and then found reason to fear a crudity: but if he imagined a great weakness could be relieved by three drops of wine, he was mistaken.

But when the crude elements are removed, there's a greater chance of the person fainting. Therefore, at such times, you need to turn to wine, which should be light, aromatic, and mixed with cold water, possibly with some polenta or a piece of bread, which should also be eaten. And each time the stomach or abdomen has emptied, you should replenish strength with these methods. Erasistratus advised mixing three to five drops of wine with each sip at first, then gradually adding more wine. He was right if he gave wine from the start and then had reason to worry about crude elements; however, if he thought that a great weakness could be fixed with just three drops of wine, he was mistaken.

But if the patient be empty, and his legs contracted, wormwood must be given to drink now and then. If the extremities be cold, they must be anointed with hot oil, with the addition of a little wax; and cherished with hot fomentations. If even by these relief has not been procured, a cucurbital must be applied externally over the stomach itself, or mustard put upon it. When that is composed, it is proper for him to sleep; and on the day following to abstain from drinking; on the third day to go into the bath; to recruit himself gradually by food; and sleep, if he can rest easily; and to avoid fatigue and colds. If after the suppression of the cholera a feverishness remains, it is necessary to give a clyster, then to take food and wine. Now this distemper is both acute, and so much seated be169twixt the intestines and the stomach, that it is hard to say, to which it peculiarly belongs.

But if the patient is empty and has contracted legs, wormwood should be given to drink from time to time. If the extremities are cold, they should be rubbed with hot oil, mixed with a little wax, and treated with hot compresses. If these do not provide relief, a cupping glass should be applied externally over the stomach, or mustard could be placed on it. Once that is done, it’s best for him to sleep; the next day he should avoid drinking; on the third day, he should take a bath; gradually introduce food; and sleep if he can rest comfortably; also, he should steer clear of fatigue and cold drafts. If after the cholera subsides there is still a fever, it’s essential to administer an enema, then allow him to eat food and drink wine. This illness is both acute and deeply seated between the intestines and the stomach, making it difficult to determine which it primarily affects.

CHAP. XII. OF THE COELIAC DISTEMPER OF THE STOMACH, AND ITS CURE.

At the lower orifice of the stomach is seated a distemper, which is usually long, called cœliacus[ CY ] by the Greeks. In this the abdomen grows hard, and is pained; there is no passage by stool, and not so much as wind can escape; the extremities grow cold; and there is a difficulty in breathing.

At the lower opening of the stomach, there is a condition that generally lasts a long time, referred to as celiac __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ by the Greeks. In this condition, the abdomen becomes hard and painful; there’s no bowel movement, and even gas cannot escape; the limbs become cold; and breathing becomes difficult.

It is most proper in the beginning to apply warm cataplasms over all the belly to ease the pain; after meat to vomit, and thus to empty the belly; then on the following days to apply cucurbitals (without making any incision) to the belly and hips: to loosen the belly itself by giving milk and salt wine cold; green figs also, if it be the season for them; with this caution however, that neither the allowance of food nor drink be given all at once, but gradually. Wherefore at intervals it is sufficient to take two or three cyathi, and food in proportion to this. And a cyathus of milk mixed with an equal quantity of water, and so given, does very well. Warm and acrid food is proper; so that even bruised garlic with milk is no bad mixture.

At the start, it’s best to use warm compresses on the entire stomach to relieve the pain. After eating, induce vomiting to clear the stomach. In the following days, apply cupping glasses (without making any cuts) to the stomach and hips. To help with digestion, offer cold milk and diluted wine, and if it's the right season, green figs too. However, it's important to give food and drink gradually, not all at once. So, it's enough to have two or three small servings at a time, along with food in moderation. A cup of milk mixed with the same amount of water works well. Warm and spicy foods are suitable, so even crushed garlic mixed with milk isn't a bad combination.

In a little time the case requires gestation, and especially sailing; to be rubbed three or four times a day with oil and nitre together; to have warm water poured on after meat; then to apply mustard to all the parts of the body, except the head, till they be corroded and grow red; and more especially if the body be firm and strong. Then there must be a gradual change to such things as bind the belly. Strong roasted flesh is to be given, and such as is not easily corrupted: boiled rain water may be given to drink, to the quantity of two or three cyathi at a time.

In a little while, the case needs to be nurtured, especially with sailing; it should be rubbed three or four times a day with oil and saltpeter; warm water should be poured after meals; then apply mustard to all parts of the body, except the head, until the skin is irritated and turns red; especially if the body is firm and strong. After that, there should be a gradual switch to things that help firm the stomach. Strong roasted meat should be given, particularly those that don’t spoil easily: boiled rainwater can be offered to drink, in amounts of two or three cyathi at a time.

If the disorder be of long standing, it is proper to swal170low the bulk of a pepper-corn of the best laser; and every other day to drink wine or water, at times to sup single cyathi of wine, taking food between; to give a clyster of rain-water egelid; and more especially if the pain continues in the lower parts.

If the condition has been around for a long time, it's advisable to swallow a whole peppercorn of the best laser; and every other day, drink wine or water, occasionally sipping small amounts of wine while eating in between; give an injection of cool rainwater, especially if the pain persists in the lower areas.

CHAP. XIII. ON THE ILLNESS OF THE SMALL INTESTINE AND ITS TREATMENT.

To the intestines themselves two distempers are peculiar; one of which is in the small, and the other in the large gut. The first is acute: the other may continue long. Diodes the Carystian called the distemper of the small intestine chordapsus[ CZ ], that of the larger he named ileus[ DA ]. But I observe, that most people now call the first ileus, and the other colicus[ DB ]. Now the first occasions a pain, sometimes above, sometimes below the navel. In either place there is an inflammation: neither the excrements nor wind can pass downwards. If the upper part is affected, the food, if the lower, the excrements are returned by the mouth: in either case there is danger; which is increased, if the vomiting be bilious, fetid, or various, or black.

To the intestines, there are two specific disorders: one affecting the small intestine and the other the large intestine. The first is acute, while the second can linger for a long time. Diodes the Carystian referred to the small intestine disorder as chordapsus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and the large intestine disorder as ileus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. However, I notice that most people today call the first ileus and the second colic __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The first causes pain, sometimes above, sometimes below the navel. In either location, there is inflammation: neither stool nor gas can move downwards. If the upper part is affected, food is vomited; if the lower part is impacted, stool is vomited. In either case, there's a risk, which increases if the vomit is bilious, foul-smelling, varied, or black.

The cure is letting of blood; or applying cucurbitals in several places, but not to make incisions of the skin every where; for that is sufficient in two or three places: from the rest it suffices to evacuate air. Then it is proper to observe, where the seat of the disorder is; for there is commonly a swelling over it. And if it be above the navel, a clyster signifies nothing: if it is below, it is most proper, in the opinion of Erasistratus, to give clysters sometimes; and this remedy is often of very great service in these parts. The liquor proper for this is strained cream of ptisan, with the addition of oil and honey without any thing else. If there is no swelling, it is most proper to apply the two hands to the top of the belly, and to bring them down gradually; for thus the seat of the disorder will be discovered, as it will necessarily resist the pressure:171 and from thence it may be determined, whether it is fit to use clysters or not.

The treatment involves bloodletting or applying cupping in various spots, but there’s no need to make cuts all over; doing so in just two or three areas is enough. For the rest, just releasing the trapped air is sufficient. It's important to identify where the problem is located, as there will usually be swelling in that area. If the issue is above the navel, using an enema won’t help; but if it’s below, Erasistratus suggests that enemas can be quite effective at times, and this method can be very beneficial in those regions. The best solution for this is strained cream of ptisan, mixed with oil and honey, without anything else. If there is no swelling present, it’s most effective to place both hands on the upper belly and gradually move them down; this will help identify the source of the problem, as it will naturally resist pressure:171 and from there, it can be determined if enemas are appropriate or not.

The following remedies are general: to apply hot cataplasms from the breasts as far as the groin and spine, and to change them often; to rub the legs and arms; to dip the patient all over in warm oil. If the pain does not abate, to give even a clyster of three or four cyathi of warm oil. When by these means we have procured a passage for the wind downward, to give tepid mulse to drink, but in small quantity, for before great care must be taken that he drink nothing: if that has succeeded well, to add gruel.

The following remedies are general: apply hot compresses from the chest all the way to the groin and spine, and change them frequently; rub the legs and arms; and soak the patient all over in warm oil. If the pain doesn’t go away, give a clyster with three or four cyathi of warm oil. Once these methods have helped relieve the pressure, give the patient warm honey-water to drink, but in small amounts, as they shouldn’t have anything to drink beforehand; if that goes well, add some gruel.

When the pain and feverishness have ceased, then we may venture upon a fuller diet; but neither flatulent nor strong, lest the intestines yet weak be hurt. Nothing should be drunk but pure water; for every thing either vinous or acid is prejudicial in this distemper. And even afterwards it is proper to avoid the bath, walking, gestation, and other motions of the body: for the disease is apt to return upon slight occasions; and cold, or any violent motion, before the intestines have fully recovered their strength, brings it back again.

When the pain and fever have stopped, we can start eating a more varied diet, but we should avoid both gassy and heavy foods, as the intestines may still be weak. Only drink plain water; anything alcoholic or acidic can harm you in this condition. Even afterwards, it’s best to avoid baths, walking, carrying heavy things, and other physical activities, as the illness can easily come back from minor triggers. Cold temperatures or any vigorous movement before the intestines have completely healed can bring the illness back.

CHAP. XIV. ABOUT THE DISEASE OF THE LARGE INTESTINE AND ITS TREATMENT.

That distemper, which is seated in the large intestine, principally affects that part, where I mentioned the cæcum to be situated. There is a violent inflation; vehement pains, especially on the right side: the intestine seems to be inverted, which almost forces out the wind. In most people it comes after colds and crudity, then ceases; and while they live, it often returns, and torments, but does not shorten life.

That illness, which is located in the large intestine, mainly affects the area where the cecum is found. There is severe swelling and intense pain, especially on the right side: the intestine seems to be twisted, which nearly forces out gas. For most people, it follows colds and indigestion, then goes away; however, it often comes back and causes distress throughout their lives, but it doesn't shorten their lifespan.

When this pain has begun, it is proper to apply dry and warm fomentations, but first of all mild, and then stronger; and at the same time by friction to make a derivation of the matter to the extremities, that is, the legs and arms: if it is not removed, to make use of dry cupping, where172 the pain is. There is also a medicine calculated for this distemper, which is called colicon[ DC ]. Cassius claimed the glory of this invention. It has the best effect given by way of potion; but even externally applied by dispersing the wind it eases the pain.

When this pain starts, it's best to use dry and warm compresses, beginning with mild ones and then progressing to stronger ones. At the same time, rub the area to help move the discomfort to the extremities, which means the legs and arms. If the pain doesn’t go away, use dry cupping where the pain is located. There’s also a medicine for this condition called colicon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Cassius took credit for this invention. It works best when taken as a potion, but even when applied externally, it helps relieve the pain by dispersing the wind.

Neither food nor drink should be given, till the pain be over. The regimen for such patients I have already mentioned(27). The composition, which is called colicon, consists of the following ingredients: of costus, anise, castor, each p. * iii. parsley, p. * iv. long pepper and round, each p. * v. tears of poppy, round cyperus, myrrh, nard, of each p. * vi. these are incorporated in honey. Now this may be both swallowed alone, and taken with warm water.

Neither food nor drink should be given until the pain is over. The regimen for such patients I have already mentioned__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The mixture, known as colicon, contains the following ingredients: costus, anise, and castor, each at 3 grams; parsley at 4 grams; long and round pepper, each at 5 grams; and tears of poppy, round cyperus, myrrh, and nard, each at 6 grams. These are mixed with honey. This can be swallowed on its own or taken with warm water.

CHAP. XV. ABOUT DYSENTERY AND HOW TO TREAT IT.

The next disorder of the intestines to this is by us called tormina, and by the Greeks dysenteria[ DD ]. The intestines are ulcerated within; blood flows from them; and together with that either excrements, which are always liquid, or something mucous are discharged; sometimes along with it, something fleshy is excerned. There is a frequent desire of going to stool, and a pain in the anus: with this pain a very small quantity is excreted; and even by that the pain is increased; and after some time it abates, and there is a small interval of ease; sleep is interrupted; a slight fever comes on; and when this distemper grows inveterate, it either kills a man in time, or though it terminates at last, torments him long.

The next intestinal disorder we refer to is called tormina, and by the Greeks dysentery __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The intestines have ulcers; blood flows from them, and along with that, either liquid stools or some mucous substances are expelled; sometimes, something fleshy is also discharged. There is a constant urge to go to the bathroom, accompanied by pain in the anus: with this pain, only a very small amount is passed, which only worsens the pain. After a while, the pain eases, creating a brief moment of relief; sleep is disturbed; a mild fever sets in; and when this condition becomes chronic, it either eventually leads to death or, although it may resolve, it causes prolonged suffering.

The first rule to be observed, is to rest; for all kinds of agitation ulcerate: then to sup a cyathus of wine fasting, with the bruised root of cinquefoil; to apply restringent cataplasms over the belly, which is not expedient in the abovementioned disorders of this part; and as often as he has gone to stool, to wash his lower parts with a173 warm decoction of vervains; to eat purslane, either boiled or preserved in strong brine; to take such food and drink as bind the belly.

The first rule to follow is to rest; because all kinds of agitation can make things worse. Then, have a cup of wine on an empty stomach, along with the crushed root of cinquefoil. Apply soothing poultices to the belly, which isn’t recommended for the previously mentioned issues in that area; and each time he has a bowel movement, wash the lower parts with a173 warm herbal mixture of vervains. Eat purslane, either cooked or preserved in salty brine; and consume foods and drinks that help firm up the stool.

If the distemper is of longer standing, it is fit to administer a tepid injection of the cream of ptisan or milk, or melted fat, or deer’s marrow, or oil, or butter with rose oil, or the raw whites of eggs with the same, or a decoction of lintseed; or if there is no sleep, the yolks with a decoction of rose leaves: for these ease the pain, and render the ulcers milder, and are especially useful, if the disorder be also attended with a nausea. Themison asserts, that the roughest brine should be used in the same manner.

If the illness has been present for a longer time, it's appropriate to give a lukewarm injection of herbal tea, milk, melted fat, deer marrow, oil, butter mixed with rose oil, or raw egg whites with the same, or a mixture made from flaxseed; or if there's insomnia, the yolks combined with a rose leaf infusion: these help relieve pain, make ulcers less severe, and are especially helpful if there's also nausea. Themison states that coarse brine should be used in the same way.

The food ought to be such, as is gently astringent to the belly. But diureticks, if they have their natural effect, are useful by making a derivation of the humour: if they do not gain that point, they increase the malady; therefore they must not be administered, but to such, as they usually affect in that way easily. If there be a fever, pure warm water must be given to drink, or such as has an astringent quality: if that is not to be got, light, austere wine. If for several days these remedies have done no good, and the distemper is now inveterate, drinking of water pretty cold binds the ulcers, and begins a recovery. But when the belly is once bound, they must immediately return to warm drink.

The food should be somewhat astringent for the stomach. Diuretics can be helpful if they work as intended by redirecting the fluid; if not, they can worsen the condition. So, they should only be given to those who are typically affected that way. If there’s a fever, drink pure warm water, or something with astringent properties. If that isn’t available, light, dry wine will do. If these remedies haven’t worked after several days and the illness is now chronic, drinking water that's fairly cold can help tighten the ulcers and start the healing process. But as soon as the stomach is constricted, it's important to switch back to warm drinks.

Sometimes also there happens to be a discharge of putrid sanies, which has an intolerable stench: and sometimes pure blood comes away. In the first of these cases, the belly should be washed with hydromel; after that the injections above prescribed must be used. And a piece of minium(28) powdered with a hemina of salt, is powerful against a gangrene of the intestines: or they may be mixed with water, and given for a clyster. But if pure blood is evacuated, the food and drink ought to be astringent.

Sometimes, there's a discharge of foul-smelling pus, which has a terrible odor; other times, pure blood is passed. In the first case, the abdomen should be cleaned with honey-water; after that, the previously recommended injections should be used. A mixture of minium__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ powdered with half a hemina of salt is effective against intestinal gangrene, or it can be mixed with water and used for an enema. However, if pure blood is expelled, the food and drink should be astringent.

174

174

CHAP. XVI. OF A LIENTERY AND HOW TO CURE IT.

From a dysentery sometimes proceeds a lientery, in which the intestines can retain nothing, and whatever is taken they presently pass unconcocted. This sometimes is tedious, and sometimes carries off people quickly.

From dysentery can sometimes develop a lientery, where the intestines can't hold onto anything, and whatever is consumed is quickly passed without being digested. This can be a lengthy issue and sometimes leads to rapid health decline.

Now in this disorder it is proper to administer astringents, to enable the intestines to retain. Wherefore mustard should be applied over the breast; and when the skin is ulcerated, a malagma to discharge the humour: and let the patient sit down in a decoction of the vervains; and take such food and drink as bind the belly, and have cold water poured over him.

Now, in this situation, it's appropriate to use astringents to help the intestines retain contents. Therefore, mustard should be applied to the chest; and if the skin is broken, a poultice should be used to draw out the excess fluid. The patient should sit in a vervain decoction and consume foods and drinks that are binding, while having cold water poured over them.

Care should be taken, however, that upon the application of all these remedies at once, there do not arise a malady on the contrary extreme by means of immoderate flatulencies. Wherefore the intestines will require to be strengthened gradually by the daily addition of somewhat. And as in every flux of the belly, so in this, it is particularly necessary to go to stool not as often as there is a motion, but as often as there is an absolute necessity, that this very delay may bring the intestines to a habit of bearing their burden.

Care should be taken, though, that when using all these remedies at once, you don’t create an opposite extreme problem due to excessive gas. Therefore, the intestines need to be strengthened gradually with a small amount added each day. And just like in any kind of stomach upset, it’s especially important to go to the bathroom not as frequently as there is an urge, but only when it’s absolutely necessary, so this delay can help the intestines get used to carrying their load.

There is another direction, which belongs equally to all similar disorders, to be principally regarded in this; that since most of the things proper for the disorder are disagreeable to the palate, such as plantain, and bramble berries, and whatever is mixed with pomegranate bark, such of these are to be chosen as the patient prefers. Then if he has an aversion to them all, let something less beneficial, but more grateful, be given at times to excite his appetite. Exercise and friction are necessary also in this distemper: and with these, according to Hippocrates, the heat of the sun, the fire, the bath, and vomiting, even by white hellebore, if the other means for that purpose prove unsuccessful.

There’s another aspect, common to all similar conditions, that should be mainly considered here: since most remedies for the condition taste unpleasant, like plantain, bramble berries, and anything mixed with pomegranate bark, you should choose the ones that the patient actually likes. If the patient dislikes all of them, then offer something less effective but more palatable at times to stimulate their appetite. Exercise and massage are also important in this situation: and along with these, according to Hippocrates, exposure to sunlight, fire, baths, and even vomiting induced by white hellebore should be considered if other methods don’t work.

175

175

CHAP. XVII. WORMS IN THE STOMACH AND HOW TO TREAT THEM.

Worms too sometimes infest the belly; and they are sometimes discharged downwards, at other times, which is more disagreeable, from the mouth: and sometimes we observe them to be broad, which are the worst kind, and sometimes round.

Worms can also invade the stomach; sometimes they come out from the bottom, and at other times, which is more unpleasant, from the mouth. We sometimes notice them as broad, which are the worst type, and other times they appear round.

If they are broad, a decoction of lupines, or mulberry bark in water may be given to drink: or either hyssop, or an acetabulum of pepper powdered, and a scammony with water. Or let the patient on one day, after eating plentifully of garlick, vomit; and the day following take a handful of the small stalks of the pomegranate, and boil these, after bruising them, in three sextarii of water, till a third part remains; let him add to this a little nitre, and drink it fasting: then after the interval of three hours let him take two draughts of this decoction, or the same with the addition of hard brine; then go to stool, having hot water in a vessel below him.

If they are wide, a brew of lupines or mulberry bark in water can be given to drink; or either hyssop or a cup of powdered pepper, along with scammony and water. On one day, let the patient eat a lot of garlic and then vomit; the next day, take a handful of the small stalks of the pomegranate, bruise them, and boil them in three sextarii of water until a third remains; then add a little nitre and drink it on an empty stomach. After three hours, let him take two servings of this brew, or the same with some hard brine added; then have a bowel movement with hot water in a vessel underneath him.

If again they are round, which chiefly molest children, both the same medicines may be given, and something more gentle, as the seed of nettles powdered, or of cabbage, or cummin with water, or mint with the same, or a decoction of wormwood, or hyssop in hydromel, or the seed of cresses powdered with vinegar. It is good also to eat lupines, and garlick, or to have clysters of oil administered.

If they are round again, which mainly bother children, the same medicines can be given, along with something gentler, like powdered nettle seeds, cabbage seeds, or cumin mixed with water, or mint with the same, or a decoction of wormwood, or hyssop in honeyed water, or powdered cress seeds mixed with vinegar. It's also good to eat lupines and garlic, or to have oil enemas.

CHAP. XVIII. ABOUT TENESMUS AND ITS TREATMENT.

There is also another distemper, which is more mild than any I have been treating of, called by the Greeks tenesmus[ DE ].176 This ought to be ranked neither with the acute nor the chronic disorders, since it may be easily removed, and by itself never proves mortal. In this, as well as in a dysentery, there is a frequent motion to stool; and equal pain, when any thing is excreted. Something like to phlegm and mucus is discharged, sometimes too, slightly tinctured with blood; but with these is sometimes mixed what has been duly concocted from the food.

There’s another condition that’s milder than the ones I've been discussing, known by the Greeks as tenesmus __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.176 This shouldn't be classified as either an acute or chronic illness, as it can be easily treated and isn’t usually life-threatening. In this condition, like in dysentery, there’s a frequent urge to have a bowel movement, and there’s similar pain when passing anything. The discharge is somewhat like phlegm and mucus, sometimes slightly tinged with blood; occasionally, it also includes partially processed food.

It is proper to sit down in warm water; to apply something to the anus itself pretty often. For which purpose many medicines are suitable: butter with oil of roses; acacia dissolved in vinegar; that plaister, which the Greeks call tetrapharmacum(29), melted with rose oil; alum wrapped in wool, and thus applied; and the same injections which relieve in the dysentery; the same decoction of vervains to foment the lower parts. Every other day, water and light austere wine are to be drunk alternately. The drink ought to be egelid, and nearer to cold: the diet of the same nature as we have directed for a dysentery.

It’s advisable to sit in warm water and regularly apply something to the anus. Many remedies can help with this: butter mixed with rose oil, acacia dissolved in vinegar, a plaster that the Greeks call tetrapharmacum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, melted with rose oil, alum wrapped in wool, and used in that way; the same injections used for relief in dysentery; and the same decoction of vervain to soothe the lower part of the body. Every other day, alternate drinking water and light sour wine. The drink should be lukewarm and closer to cold; the diet should be similar to what we recommended for dysentery.

CHAP. XIX. ABOUT A SIMPLE CLEANSING AND ITS TREATMENT.

A purging, while recent, is still a more gentle distemper, in which the discharge is both liquid, and more frequent than ordinary. In this the pain is sometimes tolerable, at other times very severe; and that shews a greater violence of the disease. But for the belly to be loose for one day is often salutary; and even for several days, provided there be no fever, and it cease in seven days. For thus the body is cleansed; and what would have hurt internally, is advantageously evacuated. But the continuance of it is dangerous; for sometimes it brings on a dysentery, and febriculas, and wastes the strength.

A recent purging is still a milder condition, where the discharge is both liquid and more frequent than usual. Sometimes the pain is manageable, but at other times it can be quite intense, indicating a more serious illness. However, having loose bowels for one day can often be beneficial, and even for several days, as long as there’s no fever and it stops within a week. This helps cleanse the body, getting rid of anything that could be harmful inside. But if it continues too long, it can be dangerous; sometimes it leads to dysentery and fevers, which can weaken the body.

It is sufficient to rest the first day; and not to stop the flux of the belly. If it has ceased spontaneously, to make use of the bath, to take a little food: if it continues, to abstain, not only from food, but from drink also. On the day following, if the belly still be loose, to continue at rest;177 and take a very little astringent food. On the third day to go into the bath; to rub every part of the body briskly, except the belly; to expose the loins and shoulders to the heat of the fire; to take food, but such as is astringent to the belly; a little wine undiluted. If on the day following the purging shall continue, to eat more, but likewise to vomit. Upon the whole, to struggle against it by thirst, fasting, and vomiting, till it ceases: for it is scarcely possible, that after this care the belly should not be bound.

It's enough to rest on the first day and not stop diarrhea. If it stops on its own, take a bath and eat a little food; if it continues, avoid food and drink entirely. The next day, if diarrhea is still happening, keep resting and eat very little astringent food. On the third day, go take a bath; rub down your whole body vigorously, except for your belly; expose your lower back and shoulders to the heat; eat food that helps firm up your stomach; and have a little undiluted wine. If diarrhea still persists the next day, eat more, but also try to vomit. Overall, fight against it with thirst, fasting, and vomiting until it stops: it’s unlikely that after this care, your stomach won’t be firmed up.

There is another method, when one has a mind to stop the flux, to take supper, and then to vomit; on the day after, to rest in bed; to be anointed in the evening, but gently; then to eat half a pound of bread in neat Aminaean wine; next, something roasted, and especially a bird; and afterwards to drink the same wine mixed with rain water; and to continue in this course till the fifth day, and vomit again. Asclepiades, contrary to former authors, affirmed, that the drink ought always to be cold, and indeed as cold as possible. My opinion is, that every one may determine by his own experience, whether he should use it hot or cold.

There’s another way to stop the flow: eat dinner, then make yourself vomit. The next day, stay in bed. In the evening, apply some ointment, but do it gently. Then eat half a pound of bread with good Aminaean wine. After that, have something roasted, especially a bird. Following this, drink the same wine mixed with rainwater. Stick to this routine until the fifth day and vomit again. Asclepiades, unlike earlier writers, insisted that the drink should always be cold—preferably as cold as possible. In my opinion, everyone can decide for themselves whether to drink it hot or cold based on their own experience.

But it sometimes happens, that this disorder, neglected for several days, may be more difficult to cure; it is proper to begin with a vomit; then on the evening of the following day, to be anointed in a tepid place; to eat moderately, and drink wine undiluted and as rough as can be got; to keep rue with cerate applied over the belly. And in this state of the body, neither walking nor friction are proper: riding in a chariot is good, on horseback much better; for nothing strengthens the intestines more.

But sometimes, if this condition is left untreated for several days, it can be harder to heal. It’s best to start with a dose of medicine to induce vomiting; then, on the evening of the next day, to have a soothing application in a warm area; eat in moderation, and drink wine straight and as strong as possible; keep rue with ointment applied over the stomach. In this condition, neither walking nor rubbing the body is recommended: riding in a carriage is good, but riding a horse is even better because nothing strengthens the intestines more.

If medicines are to be made use of, those composed of the apple kind are most suitable. At the time of vintage, pears and crab apples are to be thrown into a large vessel; if these cannot be had, green tarentine pears, or signine, the apples called scandiana or amerina, or pears called myrrhapia(30); and to these quinces must be added, and pomegranates with their bark, service fruit, and, which are more used, the torminalia, and let these take up the third part of the jar; after that it must be filled with must, and boiled till the whole contents being dissolved unite into one mass. This is not unpleasant to the taste; and whenever the case requires it, taken mode178rately, without any prejudice to the stomach it binds the belly: it is sufficient to take two or three spoonfuls in one day. Another stronger medicine is, to gather myrtle berries, and press the wine from them, to boil it to the tenth part, and sup a cyathus of that. The third, which may be got at any time, is to scoop a pomegranate, and taking out all the seeds, to put in again the membranes, that were betwixt them; then to drop in raw eggs, and mix them up with a small wooden stirrer; then to put the shell over the fire, which does not burn, while there is any moisture within; when it begins to grow dry, it is proper to remove it, and taking out the contents with a spoon, to eat them. This acquires great efficacy by the addition of some other things: therefore it is even put into pepper wine, and mixed with salt, and pepper, and eaten with these: and pulse may be taken also boiled with some old honeycomb. And lentils boiled with pomegranate bark, and bramble tops boiled in water, and eaten with oil and vinegar, are efficacious: as also to drink the decoction either of dates, or quinces, or dry service fruit, or bramble berries; and I mean this kind of liquor, whenever I direct such drink to be given as is astringent. A hemina of wheat also is boiled in austere Aminaean wine; and the wheat is given to a person fasting and thirsty, and after that the wine is supped: this may justly be ranked amongst the most powerful medicines. And the signine wine is given also to drink, or resinated austere, or any other austere kind. And the pomegranate is bruised with its shells and seeds, and is mixed with such wine; and a person either sups this alone, or drinks it mixed. But the use of medicines is needless, unless where the disorder is violent.

If you're going to use medicines, those made from apples are the best choice. During harvest time, throw pears and crab apples into a large container; if you can't find those, use green Tarentine pears, or Signine, along with the apples known as Scandiana or Amerina, or pears called myrrhapia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; add quinces, pomegranates with their peels, service fruit, and more commonly, torminalia, filling one-third of the jar with these ingredients. After that, fill it up with must and boil it until everything blends into a single mixture. It tastes quite good; when needed, taking it moderately won’t upset your stomach and helps with constipation: just two or three spoonfuls a day is enough. Another stronger remedy is to gather myrtle berries, press the juice from them, and boil it down to a tenth of its volume, then sip a cyathus of that. A third option you can make anytime is to scoop out a pomegranate, remove all the seeds, and put the membranes back in; then drop in raw eggs and mix them with a small wooden stirrer. Next, place the shell over a fire that doesn’t burn while there’s still moisture inside; once it starts to dry out, take it off, scoop out the contents, and eat them. This becomes even more effective with the addition of other ingredients: you can mix it into pepper wine with some salt and pepper and eat it along with that; pulses can also be boiled with some old honeycomb. Lentils boiled with pomegranate peels, and bramble tops boiled in water, eaten with oil and vinegar, are effective too. Drinking a decoction made from dates, quinces, dry service fruit, or bramble berries is what I mean when I mention such astringent drinks. You can also boil a hemina of wheat in sour Aminaean wine; give the wheat to someone who's fasting and thirsty, and then they can sip the wine afterward: this can be regarded as one of the most powerful remedies. Signine wine can also be consumed, or resinated sour wine, or any other sour type. Crush the pomegranate with its skin and seeds and mix it with that wine; you can either sip this alone or drink it mixed. However, using medicines is unnecessary unless the condition is severe.

CHAP. XX. OF THE DISEASES OF THE UTERUS, AND THEIR TREATMENT.

From the womb in women proceeds a violent distemper; and next to the stomach, this part both suffers most sensibly itself, and most affects the rest of the body. Sometimes it destroys the senses, so as to occasion their falling179 as in an epilepsy: but with this difference, that the eyes are not turned, nor is there any discharge of froth, nor convulsions: there is only a profound sleep. In some women this distemper returns frequently, and attends them during the whole course of their lives.

From a woman's womb comes a severe illness; and after the stomach, this area is the most affected and it also impacts the rest of the body the most. Sometimes it harms the senses, leading to their loss179, similar to epilepsy: but with one key difference, the eyes don’t roll back, there’s no foaming at the mouth, and no convulsions; it just leads to a deep sleep. In some women, this illness recurs often and stays with them throughout their lives.

When it attacks, if there be sufficient strength, bleeding relieves: if there is not, yet cucurbitals must be applied to both sides of the groin. If the patient lies long in this state, or used to do so, it is proper to hold to the nostrils the extinguished wick of a lamp, or some other of these things I have mentioned of a remarkably bad smell, in order to rouse the woman. The same purpose is obtained by the pouring on of cold water. And rue bruised small with honey is good, or cerate of cyprine oil, or any other hot and moist cataplasm, applied from the pudenda up to the pubes. In the mean time, the hips and hams ought also to be rubbed.

When it strikes, if there's enough strength, bleeding can help: if not, cucurbitals should be applied to both sides of the groin. If the patient stays in this condition for a long time, it's advisable to hold the extinguished wick of a lamp or something else with a really strong smell to her nostrils to wake her up. You can also achieve the same effect by pouring cold water on her. A mixture of crushed rue and honey works well, or you can use a cerate made from cyprine oil, or any other hot and moist poultice applied from the genitals up to the pubic area. In the meantime, the hips and thighs should also be massaged.

After this, when she returns to herself, she must be forbid wine for a whole year, even although the disorder do not return. Friction must be practised every day over the whole body, but chiefly on the belly and hams. Food of the middle kind must be given: mustard be applied to the lower belly every third or fourth day, till the skin grow red.

After this, when she comes back to her senses, she must avoid wine for an entire year, even if the condition doesn't come back. She should have daily friction over her entire body, especially on her stomach and thighs. She should be given a moderate diet: mustard should be applied to her lower abdomen every third or fourth day until the skin turns red.

If the hardness continue(31), nightshade dipt in milk, and then rubbed small, seems to be a proper emollient, and white wax and deers marrow with iris ointment, or beef suet, or goat’s, mixed with rose oil. In drink must be given either castor, or git, or dill. If she is not in good habit, she may be purged with the cyperus. If the womb is ulcerated, a cerate may be made of rose oil, also fresh hogs lard mixed with whites of eggs may be applied: or the white of an egg mixed with rose oil, with the addition of some powder of roses to help the consistence. But when the womb is pained, it ought to be fumigated with sulphur.

If the hardness continue__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, nightshade soaked in milk and then crushed seems to be a suitable soothing agent, along with white wax and deer marrow mixed with iris ointment, or beef fat, or goat fat, combined with rose oil. For drinking, either castor oil, or git, or dill should be given. If she is not in good health, she may be treated with cyperus. If the womb is ulcerated, a salve can be made from rose oil, and fresh pig fat mixed with egg whites can be applied; or the egg white mixed with rose oil, along with some rose powder for better texture. But when the womb is in pain, it should be treated with sulfur fumes.

But if an excessive discharge hurts a woman, the remedy is to make an incision in the skin, and apply cucurbitals either to the groin or below the breasts. If the discharge is malignant,(32) restringents must be used. This intention is answered by white olives, black poppies taken with honey, and gum liquified, together with the180 powdered seed of smallage, and given in a cyathus of passum.

But if an excessive discharge harms a woman, the solution is to make a cut in the skin and apply cupping either to the groin or under the breasts. If the discharge is serious,__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ you need to use restraining agents. This can be addressed with white olives, black poppies mixed with honey, and liquefied gum, along with the180 powdered seeds of celery, given in a small cup of sweet wine.

Besides these, in all disorders of the womb, such drink is proper as is made of the aromaticks, that is, spikenard, saffron, cinnamon, cassia, and the like. The mastich tree boiled to a decoction has the same effects. But if the pain be intolerable, and blood is discharged, even bleeding is proper; or at least the application of cucurbitals to the hips, after making an incision in the skin.

Besides these, for any issues related to the womb, a drink made from aromatics like spikenard, saffron, cinnamon, cassia, and similar ingredients is suitable. A decoction made from the mastic tree produces the same effects. However, if the pain is unbearable and there is bleeding, then bleeding may be appropriate; or at the very least, applying cupping glasses to the hips after making a small incision in the skin can be done.

Of an ex­ces­sive dis­charge of urine.

But when urine is made beyond the measure of what is drunk, and coming away without pain emaciates, and creates danger, if it be limpid, there is a necessity for exercise and friction, especially in the sun, or at the fire. The bath ought to be seldom used, and the stay in it but short; the food astringent; the wine austere and undiluted, in summer cold, in winter egelid, but as little as possible. The belly should be either opened by a clyster, or purged with milk. If the urine is thick, both the exercise and friction ought to be more violent; the stay in the bath longer; the food tender; wine as above directed: in both cases, every thing that provokes urine must be avoided.

But when urine is produced in excess compared to what’s consumed, and it flows easily without pain, leading to weight loss and danger, especially if it’s clear, then getting regular exercise and some friction, particularly in the sun or near a fire, is necessary. Baths should be used rarely and for a short time; the food should be binding; wine should be strong and undiluted, cold in summer, and lukewarm in winter, but as little as possible. The bowels should either be opened with an enema or cleansed using milk. If the urine is thick, then both the exercise and friction should be more intense; the time spent in the bath should be longer; food should be soft; and wine should be as noted above: in both situations, anything that stimulates urine production should be avoided.

CHAP. XXI. ON AN EXCESSIVE RELEASE OF SEMEN AND HOW TO TREAT IT.

There is also a distemper about the parts of generation, an excessive profusion of semen, which without venery or dreams, runs off in such quantities, that in time it destroys a man by a consumption.

There’s also a disorder related to reproduction, an excessive overflow of semen that, without sexual activity or dreams, releases in such amounts that, over time, it weakens a man to the point of causing physical decline.

In this disorder brisk frictions, pouring water over the body, and swimming in water extremely cold are salutary: no food nor drink but what is taken cold. It is proper also to avoid crudities, and every thing flatulent; and to take nothing that seems to generate semen: such are siligo, fine flour of wheat, eggs, alica, starch, all glutinous flesh, pepper, rocket, bulbous roots, pine nuts. And it is not improper to foment the lower parts with a decoction of the astringent vervains, and to apply a cataplasm com181posed of the same to the lower belly and groin; and especially rue with vinegar(33); and the person should be cautious not to sleep supine.

In this condition, brisk rubbing, pouring cold water over the body, and swimming in very cold water are beneficial. Avoid any food or drink that isn't cold. It's also important to stay away from raw foods and anything that causes bloating, and to avoid anything that seems to promote semen production. This includes items like fine flour, eggs, starch, all sticky meats, pepper, arugula, bulbous roots, and pine nuts. It’s also advisable to apply a warm compress to the lower areas using a decoction of astringent vervains, and to place a poultice made from the same herbs on the lower abdomen and groin, especially with rue mixed with vinegar. Additionally, one should be careful not to sleep on their back.

CHAP. XXII. ON HIP DISEASE AND ITS TREATMENT.

It remains that I come to the extremities, which are connected together by articulations. I shall begin with the hips. In these a violent pain arises, which often weakens, and some people it never leaves: and for this reason that species is most difficult to cure, which after long diseases turns upon this part with a pernicious force: and as it relieves other parts, so it takes a fast hold of this, which it affects.

I still need to talk about the limbs, which are connected by joints. I'll start with the hips. There's a sharp pain there that can often weaken some people, and for some, it never goes away. This is why this particular condition is so hard to treat, especially when it flares up in this area after a long illness: while it may ease other areas, it firmly takes hold of this one and affects it.

Fomentations of hot water must be used first; then warm cataplasms. The applications, which appear to be most useful in this case, are the bark of capers cut small and mixed with barley-meal, or with a fig boiled in water; or the meal of darnel boiled with diluted wine, and mixed with dry lees. It is more convenient to apply these malagmas in the night-time, because they are apt to grow cold. The root of elicampane also bruised, and after boiled with austere wine, and spread all over the hip is amongst the most powerful remedies. If these do not discuss the malady, hot and moist salt must be made use of.

First, apply hot water compresses, followed by warm poultices. The most effective treatments in this case include finely chopped caper bark mixed with barley flour or a fig boiled in water; or darnel flour boiled with diluted wine and mixed with dry lees. It's more practical to apply these poultices at night, as they tend to cool down quickly. The bruised root of elecampane, boiled with sour wine and spread over the hip, is one of the strongest remedies. If these treatments do not alleviate the condition, try using hot, moist salt.

If the pain is not removed by this method neither, or a swelling comes on, the skin must be cut and cucurbitals applied; urine must be promoted; and if the belly be bound a clyster must be given. The last remedy, which is also of great efficacy in disorders of the womb, is to make ulcers in the skin with hot irons in three or four places above the hip. To make use of friction too, chiefly in the sun, and several times in one day: that this hurtful collection of humours may be more easily discussed. The hips themselves may be rubbed, if there be no ulcer; if there is, the other parts of the body. Now since an ulcer is frequently to be made with hot iron, that noxious matter may be evacuated, this is always to be observed, that ulcers182 of this kind be not healed, as soon as may be; but kept open, till the distemper, which we propose to cure by them ceases.

If this method doesn’t relieve the pain, or if a swelling appears, the skin needs to be cut and suction cups applied; increase urine flow; and if the abdomen is constipated, a enema should be given. The last remedy, which is also very effective for womb disorders, is to create ulcers in the skin with hot irons in three or four places above the hip. It’s also important to do friction, especially in the sun, several times a day: this helps to more easily disperse the harmful buildup of fluids. The hips themselves can be rubbed if there are no ulcers; if there are, then rub other parts of the body. Since an ulcer is often made with hot iron to remove harmful matter, it should always be noted that ulcers182 of this type should not be healed too quickly; they should be kept open until the illness we’re trying to treat resolves.

CHAP. XXIII. ON KNEE PAIN AND ITS TREATMENT.

The knees are next to the hips, in which there sometimes happens to be a pain. The cure consists in the same cataplasms and cupping: which are the remedies also when any pain arises in the shoulders, or the other joints. It is most hurtful of all things for one, whose knees are pained, to ride on horseback. Now all pains of this kind, when they have continued long, are scarcely cured without the use of the actual cautery.

The knees are next to the hips, where pain can sometimes occur. The treatment involves the same poultices and cupping, which are also remedies for any pain in the shoulders or other joints. It is particularly harmful for someone with knee pain to ride a horse. Any pain of this sort that lasts a long time is nearly impossible to cure without using actual cautery.

CHAP. XXIV. ON THE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE JOINTS OF THE HANDS AND FEET, AND THEIR TREATMENT.

In the hands and feet the diseases of the joints are more frequent, and continue longer. Such as happen to gouty people in these places, seldom disturb either eunuchs, or boys before coition, or women unless their menses be suppressed.

In the hands and feet, joint diseases are more common and last longer. Conditions that occur in gout sufferers in these areas rarely affect eunuchs, boys before they have sex, or women unless their periods are irregular.

When they begin to feel them, blood must be let. For this done immediately at the beginning often procures good health for a whole year, sometimes for life. Some too by cleansing themselves thoroughly by drinking asses milk, have prevented its ever returning; Others by abstaining from wine, mulse and venery for a year, have rendered themselves secure from it for their whole life. And this method is to be pursued after the first attack of the pain, although it has ceased. But if the fits of it are grown customary, one may indeed be more secure at such times as the pain has remitted: but more care ought to be taken183 at such seasons, as it returns(34), which happens commonly in the spring or autumn.

When they start to feel the symptoms, blood needs to be drawn. Doing this right at the beginning can often lead to good health for a whole year, sometimes even for life. Some have managed to prevent it from returning by thoroughly cleansing themselves with donkey's milk. Others have kept it at bay for their entire lives by avoiding wine, sweet drinks, and sexual activities for a year. This method should be followed after the first onset of the pain, even if it stops. However, if the episodes become frequent, one may feel more secure during times when the pain subsides, but it's important to be more cautious during these periods, especially since it usually comes back in spring or autumn.

Now when the pain is not violent, the patient ought to use gestation in the morning; then to be carried, or to exercise himself by walking gently, and if the gout be in the foot, at small intervals alternately sometimes to sit, sometimes to walk; next before he takes food, without bathing to be rubbed gently in a warm place, to sweat, and have egelid water poured over him; after that to take food of the middle kind, making use at times of diuretics; and whenever he turns plethoric to vomit.

Now, when the pain isn't severe, the patient should rest in the morning; then be carried, or gently exercise by walking. If the gout is in the foot, they should alternate between sitting and walking for short periods. Before eating, without taking a bath, they should be gently massaged in a warm area to sweat, and have cold water poured on them. After that, they should eat moderate meals, sometimes using diuretics; and whenever they feel too full, they should induce vomiting.

When the pain is very violent, it makes a difference, whether there be no swelling, or a tumour with heat, or a swelling already grown callous. For if there is no tumour, hot fomentations are required. It is proper to heat sea-water, or strong brine, then to pour it into a bason, and when the patient can bear it, to put his feet into it, and spread his gown over them, and cover them beside with cloaths, pouring in gradually at the edge of the vessel some of the same liquor, that the heat within may not decrease; and then in the night-time to apply heating cataplasms, and especially the root of marshmallows boiled in wine. But if there be a swelling and heat, coolers are more proper, and it is fit to keep the joints in the coldest water; but neither every day, nor long at a time, lest the nerves be indurated. And a cooling cataplasm must be applied: nor must even that be continued long; but a change must be made to those things, which are repellent, and at the same time emollient.

When the pain is extremely intense, it matters whether there is no swelling, or a hot tumor, or a swelling that has become hard. If there is no tumor, hot compresses are needed. It's best to heat seawater or strong brine, then pour it into a basin. When the patient can handle it, they should put their feet in and cover them with a gown, also adding blankets, pouring in more of the same liquid at the edge of the basin so that the heat stays consistent. At night, apply warm poultices, especially using marshmallow root boiled in wine. However, if there is swelling and heat, cooling treatments are better. The joints should be kept in cold water, but not every day or for too long, to avoid hardening the nerves. A cooling poultice should be used, but it shouldn’t be kept on for too long; there should be a switch to remedies that are both repellent and soothing.

If the pain be more severe, the bark of poppies must be boiled in wine, and mixed with cerate made of rose-oil: or equal quantities of wax and hogs lard must be melted together, then wine mixed with them; and whenever an application of this medicine has grown hot, it must be removed, and another put on immediately.

If the pain is more intense, the bark of poppies should be boiled in wine and mixed with a balm made from rose oil; or equal parts of wax and lard should be melted together, then mixed with wine. Whenever this medicine gets too hot during application, it should be taken off, and a new one should be applied right away.

But if the tumours have grown callous, and are painful, they are relieved by the application of a sponge squeezed now and then out of oil, or vinegar, or cold water; or by equal parts of pitch, wax and alum mixed together. There are also several malagmas proper for the hands and feet. But if the pain will allow nothing to be laid on, it is fit to foment the part, which is not swelled, with a sponge dip184ped in a warm decoction of poppy-bark, or the roots of wild cucumber; then to put over the joints saffron with the juice of poppies and ewes milk.

But if the tumors have become hard and painful, you can relieve them by applying a sponge soaked in oil, vinegar, or cold water from time to time, or by mixing equal parts of pitch, wax, and alum. There are also several ointments suitable for the hands and feet. However, if the pain prevents anything from being placed on it, it's best to moisten the unaffected area with a sponge dipped in a warm brew of poppy bark or wild cucumber roots; then apply saffron mixed with poppy juice and sheep’s milk over the joints.

But if there is a swelling, it ought to be fomented with an egelid decoction of mastic-tree, or any other of the restringent vervains; and be covered with a medicine composed of bitter almonds powdered, and vinegar; or ceruss with an addition of the juice of the wall-herb bruised. The stone also, which eats flesh, by the Greeks called [ DF ]sarcophagus(35), cut into such a form as to receive the feet, usually relieves their pain, when they are put into it and kept there. Of this they make sepulchres in Assus. And the Asian stone(36) also has its merit for giving ease.

But if there's swelling, it should be treated with a cool decoction made from mastic tree, or other tightening vervains; and covered with a remedy made from powdered bitter almonds and vinegar; or white lead mixed with the juice of bruised wall-herb. The stone that eats flesh, called by the Greeks __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__coffin__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, is shaped to fit the feet and usually helps relieve pain when they are placed inside and kept there. They use these to make tombs in Assus. The Asian stone__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is also known for providing relief.

When the pain and inflammation have remitted (which happens within thirty days, unless the patient has been faulty) moderate exercises, abstinence, gentle unctions must be used, the joints being at the same time rubbed with an acopon(37), or liquid cerate of cyprine oil. Riding is hurtful, to those that have the gout in their feet.

When the pain and inflammation have subsided (which usually happens within thirty days, unless the patient hasn't followed instructions), moderate exercise, rest, and gentle ointments should be applied, while also rubbing the joints with an acopon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ or liquid cerate of cyprine oil. Riding is harmful for those who have gout in their feet.

Those, who have stated returns of this pain, before them ought both by a strict regimen to take care to prevent the redundancy of hurtful matter in the body, and to use frequent vomiting, and if there is reason to apprehend a present plethora, either clysters, or purging by milk. Which Erasistratus declared against, when the feet were gouty; lest the course of the humours downward should occasion a redundancy in the feet: though it is evident in every purgation, that not only the superior parts, but the inferior also are emptied.

Those who have reported experiencing this pain should strictly follow a regimen to prevent excess harmful substances in the body and use frequent vomiting. If there's a concern about an immediate overload, they should consider enemas or purging with milk. Erasistratus advised against this when the feet were affected by gout, fearing that directing the humors downward could cause an overload in the feet. However, it's clear that during any purging, both the upper and lower parts are emptied.

CHAP. XXV. ON THE TREATMENT OF PATIENTS IN RECOVERY.

From whatever distemper a person is recovering, if he gathers strength slowly, he ought to awake at day-light, nevertheless to lie still in bed; about the third hour to rub185 his body gently with his hands anointed. Then to amuse himself by walking as long as he finds it agreeable, laying aside all attention to business; then to use gestation for a long time, much friction; to change often his situation, air, and food. When he has drunk wine for three or four days, for one or even two to interpose water. For by these methods he shall both escape those distempers, that bring on a consumption, and may quickly recover his strength. But when he is entirely recovered, it will be dangerous for him to change his course suddenly, and turn irregular. Therefore he ought by slow degrees to lay aside these restraints, and change to the way of life most agreeable to his humour(38).

Regardless of the illness a person is recovering from, if they regain strength slowly, they should wake up at dawn but remain still in bed. Around the third hour, they should gently rub their body with their hands coated in oil. Then, they can keep themselves entertained by walking as long as it feels comfortable, setting aside all work-related thoughts. Next, they should engage in relaxation for an extended period, focusing on a lot of friction, and frequently change their position, environment, and diet. If they drink wine for three or four days, they should take a break with water for one or even two days. By following these methods, they can avoid ailments that lead to a decline in health and quickly regain their strength. However, once they have fully recovered, it’s risky for them to suddenly change their routine and become irregular. So, they should gradually ease away from these restrictions and transition to a lifestyle that suits their temperament best.


186

186

A. CORNELIUS CELSUS

A. Cornelius Celsus

OF

OF

MEDICINE.

Healthcare.


BOOK V.


PREFACE.

Having gone through those disorders of the body, which are principally relieved by diet, we must now proceed to that branch of physic, which depends more upon medicines. The ancient authors put great confidence in them; so did Erasistratus, and those, who stiled themselves empiricks. Their efficacy was still more extolled by Herophilus and his followers; insomuch that they attempted to cure no distemper without them. They have written a great deal too concerning the virtues of medicines: such are the treatises of Zeno, or Andreas, or Apollonius, who was sirnamed Mus. Not without reason Asclepiades in a great measure laid aside the use of them: and because almost all medicines offend the stomach, and afford bad juices, he chose to apply all his care to the management of the diet. But though this be more useful in most distempers, yet many disorders are incident to our bodies, which cannot be totally removed without medicines. It is fit to observe in the first place, that all the branches of medicine are so connected together, that they cannot be entirely separated; but each derives its appellation from that, which is principally made use of in it. And therefore as that, which cures by diet, sometimes employs medicines; so the other, which chiefly works by medicines, ought also to take in the diet, which is of great service in all disorders of the body. But since all medicines have some peculiar powers, and often give relief single, often mixed, it seems187 not improper first of all to mention both their names and virtues, and the compositions of them; that our work may be shortened, when we come to the curative part.

Having dealt with those physical issues that are mainly fixed by diet, we now need to move on to the area of medicine that relies more on drugs. The ancient writers placed a lot of trust in them; so did Erasistratus and others who called themselves empirics. Their effectiveness was praised even more by Herophilus and his followers, to the point that they tried to treat every ailment with them. They have written extensively about the properties of medicines, like the works of Zeno, Andreas, or Apollonius, who was nicknamed Mus. There's a good reason Asclepiades largely abandoned their use: since most medicines upset the stomach and produce unpleasant juices, he preferred to focus all his efforts on managing diet. While this is more helpful for many conditions, there are still various ailments that can’t be completely resolved without medicines. It’s important to note that all branches of medicine are interconnected and can’t be completely separated; each gets its name based on what is primarily used within it. Therefore, just as diet-based treatments sometimes use medicines, those that primarily rely on medicines should also consider diet, which is extremely beneficial for all body disorders. Since all medicines have unique properties and often provide relief on their own or in combinations, it seems appropriate to first mention their names, qualities, and compositions, so that our work may be easier when we reach the treatment part.

CHAP. I. Medicines to stop bleeding.

A bleeding is stopped by copperas, which the Greeks call chalcanthus[ DG ], chalcitis(1), acacia, lycium with water, frankincense, aloes, gum(2), calcined lead(3), leeks, blood herb, either Cimolian, or potter’s chalk, misy(4), cold water, wine, vinegar, allum(5), melinum(6), scales both of iron(7) and copper; and of this last there are two species, the one of common copper, the other of red copper.

A bleeding can be stopped using copperas, which the Greeks call chalcanthus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, chalcitis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, acacia, lycium mixed with water, frankincense, aloes, gum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, calcined lead__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, leeks, blood herb, either Cimolian or potter’s chalk, misy__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, cold water, wine, vinegar, allum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, melinum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and scales of both iron__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and copper; and for the latter, there are two types: one of common copper and the other of red copper.

CHAP. II. Binders and thickeners.

A wound is agglutinated by myrrh, frankincense, gum, especially acanthine, fleawort, tragacanth, cardamom, bulbusses, lintseed, cresses, white of an egg, glue, isinglass, the white vine(8), snails bruised with their shells, boiled honey, sponge squeezed out of cold water or wine or vinegar; or sordid wool dipped in the same, if the wound be slight; also cobwebs.

A wound is sealed with myrrh, frankincense, gum, especially acanthus, fleawort, tragacanth, cardamom, bulbus, linseed, cresses, egg whites, glue, isinglass, the white vine, snails crushed with their shells, boiled honey, sponge soaked in cold water, wine, or vinegar; or dirty wool dipped in the same, if the wound is minor; also cobwebs.

Both scissile alum, which is called schiston[ DH ] and the liquid are restringent, also melinum, orpiment, verdigrease, chalcitis, copperas.

Both scissile alum, known as schiston__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and the liquid are astringent, as well as melinum, orpiment, verdigrease, chalcitis, and copperas.

188

188

CHAP. III. Medicines for promoting pus formation.

Maturating and suppurating medicines are nard, myrrh, costus, balsam, galbanum, propolis(9), storax, both the soot of frankincense(10) and its bark, bitumen, pitch, sulphur, resin, suet, fat, and oil.

Maturing and purifying medicines include nard, myrrh, costus, balsam, galbanum, propolis __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, storax, both the soot of frankincense and its bark, bitumen, pitch, sulfur, resin, suet, fat, and oil.

CHAP. IV. Wound care medications.

Wounds are opened like mouths in bodies, which in Greek is called anastomoun[ DI ], by cinnamon, balsam, panaces, long cyperus, penny-royal, white violet flowers, bdellium, galbanum, turpentine and pine resin, propolis, old oil, pepper, pellitory, ground pine, stavesacre, sulphur, alum, seed of rue.

Wounds open up like mouths in bodies, which in Greek is called anastomosis __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, through the use of cinnamon, balsam, panaces, long cyperus, pennyroyal, white violet flowers, bdellium, galbanum, turpentine and pine resin, propolis, old oil, pepper, pellitory, ground pine, stavesacre, sulfur, alum, and rue seeds.

CHAP. V. Face Wash.

Cleansers are verdigrease, orpiment, which by the Greeks is called arsenicon[ DJ ] (this in all respects has the same properties with sandarach(11), but is stronger) copper scales, pumice, iris, balsam, storax, frankincense, incense bark, both pine and turpentine resin liquid, flower of the wild vine, lizard’s dung, blood of a pigeon, and ring-dove, and swallow, ammoniacum, bdellium (which has the same189 virtues with the ammoniacum, but is not so strong) southern-wood, dry figs, gnidian berry(12), shavings of ivory, omphacium(13), radish, the coagulum of blood, but especially that of a hare (which has the same properties of others, but in this case is more efficacious) ox gall, raw yolk of an egg, hartshorn, glue, crude honey, misy, chalcitis, saffron, stavesacre, litharge, galls, copper scales(14), blood-stone, minium, costus, sulphur, crude pitch, suet, fat, oil, rue, leeks, lentils, vetches.

Cleansers include verdigrease, orpiment, which the Greeks call arsenicon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (this has the same properties as sandarach __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, but is stronger), copper scales, pumice, iris, balsam, storax, frankincense, incense bark, both pine and liquid turpentine resin, flower of the wild vine, lizard's dung, pigeon blood, and blood of the ring-dove and swallow, ammoniacum, bdellium (which shares the same189 virtues as ammoniacum but is not as strong), southern-wood, dry figs, gnidian berry __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, ivory shavings, omphacite __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, radish, coagulated blood, especially that of a hare (which has similar properties but is more effective in this case), ox gall, raw egg yolk, hartshorn, glue, raw honey, misy, chalcitis, saffron, stavesacre, litharge, galls, copper scales__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, blood-stone, minium, costus, sulfur, raw pitch, suet, fat, oil, rue, leeks, lentils, and vetches.

CHAP. VI. Corrosive medications.

Corrosives are liquid alum, but more especially the round, verdigrease, chalcitis, misy, copper scales, especially of the red kind, calcined copper(15), sandarach, minium from Sinope, cassia, balsam, myrrh, incense bark, galbanum, liquid turpentine resin, both kinds of pepper, but chiefly the round, cardamom, orpiment, lime, nitre, and aphronitre(16), seed of smallage, narcissus-root, omphacium, bastard sponge, oil of bitter almonds, garlic, crude honey, wine, mastich-tree, iron scales, ox-gall, scammony, stavesacre, cinnamon, storax, seed of rue, resin, seed of narcissus, salt, bitter almonds, as well as their oil, copperas, chrysocolla(17), calcined shells.

Corrosives include liquid alum, but especially round verdigris, chalcitis, misy, copper scales, particularly the red type, calcined copper__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, sandarach, minium from Sinope, cassia, balsam, myrrh, incense bark, galbanum, liquid turpentine resin, both types of pepper, but mainly round pepper, cardamom, orpiment, lime, nitre, and aphronitre__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, seed of smallage, narcissus root, omphacium, bastard sponge, oil of bitter almonds, garlic, crude honey, wine, mastic tree, iron scales, ox gall, scammony, stavesacre, cinnamon, storax, seed of rue, resin, seed of narcissus, salt, bitter almonds and their oil, copperas, chrysocolla__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and calcined shells.

CHAP. VII. Taking medicine.

The medicines, which eat flesh, are the juice of acacia, ebony, verdigrease, copper scales, chrysocolla, Cyprus ashes(18), nitre, cadmia(19), litharge, hypocistis(20), diphryges(21), salt, orpiment, sulphur, rocket, sandarach, salamander(22), bastard sponge, flour of copper(23), chalcitis, copperas, ochre, lime, vinegar, galls, alum, milk of the wild fig-tree, or of190 sea spurge, which by the Greeks is called tithymallus[ DK ], animal gall, soot of frankincense, spodium(24), lentil, honey, olive-leaves, horehound, blood-stone, and the Phrygian(25), and Asian, and Scissile(26) stones, misy, wine, and vinegar(27).

The medicines that consume flesh include acacia juice, ebony, verdigrease, copper scales, chrysocolla, Cyprus ashes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, nitre, cadmium __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, litharge, hypocistis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, diphryges__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, salt, orpiment, sulphur, rocket, sandarach, salamander__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, bastard sponge, flour of copper __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, chalcitis, copperas, ochre, lime, vinegar, galls, alum, milk from the wild fig tree or from 190 sea spurge, which the Greeks call tithymallus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, animal gall, soot of frankincense, spodium__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, lentil, honey, olive leaves, horehound, bloodstone, and the Phrygian __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and Asian, and Scissile __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ stones, misy, wine, and vinegar__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

CHAP. VIII. CAUSTICS.

Caustics are orpiment, copperas, chalcitis, misy, verdigrease, lime, burned paper(28), salt, copper scales, burned lees, myrrh, dung of a lizard, and pigeon, and ring-dove, and swallow, pepper, gnidian berry, garlick, diphryges, both the milks mentioned in the last chapter, hellebore both white and black, cantharides, coral, pellitory, frankincense, salamander, rocket, sandarach, stavesacre, chrysocolla, ochre, scissile alum, sheep’s dung, flower of wild vine.

Caustics include orpiment, copperas, chalcitis, misy, verdigris, lime, burned paper__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, salt, copper scales, burned lees, myrrh, lizard dung, pigeon dung, ring-dove dung, swallow dung, pepper, gnidian berry, garlic, diphryges, both types of milk mentioned in the last chapter, hellebore (both white and black), cantharides, coral, pellitory, frankincense, salamander, rocket, sandarach, stavesacre, chrysocolla, ochre, scissile alum, sheep’s dung, and flower of wild vine.

CHAP. IX. MEDICINES FOR CREATING CRUSTS ON ULCERS.

The same medicines form crusts upon ulcers, as if they were burnt by fire, but particularly chalcitis, especially if it be calcined, flower of copper, verdigrease, orpiment, misy, and the efficacy of the last is increased by calcination.

The same medicines create crusts on ulcers, as if they were burned by fire, but especially chalcitis, particularly if it's calcined, flower of copper, verdigris, orpiment, and misy, with the effectiveness of the last one enhanced by calcination.

CHAP. X. Resolvents for crusts.

The crusts (eschars) of ulcers are resolved by wheat meal with rue or leeks or lentils, with the addition of some honey.

The crusts (eschars) of ulcers are treated with wheat flour mixed with rue, leeks, or lentils, along with some honey.

191

191

CHAP. XI. Discussions.

For discussing any collections, which have been formed in any part of the body, the following things are very powerful, southernwood, elicampane, sweet marjoram, white violet, honey, lilies, sansucus(29), cyperus, milk, mellilot, serpyllum, cypress, cedar, iris, purple violet, narcissus, roses, saffron, white horehound, long rooted cyperus, nard, cinnamon, cassia, ammoniacum, wax, resin, stavesacre, litharge, storax, dry figs, goat’s marjoram, seeds of lint, and of narcissus, bitumen, the dust of the gymnasium, the pyrites-stone, or mill-stone, raw yolks of eggs, bitter almonds, and sulphur.

For discussing any collections that have formed in any part of the body, the following items are very effective: southernwood, elicampane, sweet marjoram, white violet, honey, lilies, sansucus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, cyperus, milk, mellilot, serpyllum, cypress, cedar, iris, purple violet, narcissus, roses, saffron, white horehound, long-rooted cyperus, nard, cinnamon, cassia, ammoniacum, wax, resin, stavesacre, litharge, storax, dried figs, goat’s marjoram, seeds of lint, and of narcissus, bitumen, gymnasium dust, pyrites stone, or millstone, raw egg yolks, bitter almonds, and sulfur.

CHAP. XII. Evacuating and dispensing medications.

Evacuant and drawing are labdanum, round alum, ebony, lintseed, omphacium, gall, chalcites, bdellium, turpentine and pine resin, propolis, dry figs boiled, pigeon’s dung, pumice, meal of darnel, green figs boiled in water, elaterium, bay-berries, nitre, and salt.

Evacuant and drawing are labdanum, round alum, ebony, linseed, omphacium, gall, chalcites, bdellium, turpentine and pine resin, propolis, dry figs boiled, pigeon’s dung, pumice, meal of darnel, green figs boiled in water, elaterium, bay-berries, nitre, and salt.

CHAP. XIII. LENIENTS.

Lenients for what is exasperated are spodium, ebony, gum, white of eggs, milk, tragacanth.

Lenients for what is aggravated are spodium, ebony, gum, egg whites, milk, and tragacanth.

192

192

CHAP. XIV. INCARNATION MEDICINES.

Pine resin, attic ochre, honey, asteriace(30), wax, and butter, incarn and fill up ulcers.

Pine resin, ochre, honey, asteriace__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, wax, and butter, heal and soothe wounds.

CHAP. XV. Moisturizers.

Emollients are, calcined copper, Eretrian earth(31), nitre, poppy-tears(32), ammoniacum, bdellium, wax, suet, fat, oil, dry figs, sesamum, mellilot, the root and seed of narcissus, rose-leaves, coagulum, yolk of egg raw, bitter almonds, all marrow, antimony(33), pitch, boiled snails, hemlock-seed, dross of lead(34), by the Greeks called scoria molybdou[ DL ], panaces, cardamom, galbanum, resin, stavesacre, storax, iris, balsam, dust of the gymnasium, sulphur, butter, rue.

Emollients include calcined copper, Eretrian earth__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, nitre, poppy-tears, ammoniacum, bdellium, wax, suet, fat, oil, dry figs, sesame, sweet clover, the root and seed of narcissus, rose leaves, raw egg yolk, bitter almonds, all forms of marrow, antimony __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, pitch, boiled snails, hemlock seed, lead dross, known as scoria by the Greeks molybdenum __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, panaces, cardamom, galbanum, resin, stavesacre, storax, iris, balsam, dust from the gymnasium, sulfur, butter, and rue.

CHAP. XVI. Skin Cleansers.

The skin is cleansed by honey, for which purpose it is more effectual when mixed with galls, or vetches, or lentils, or horehound, or iris, or rue, or nitre, or verdigrease.

Honey cleanses the skin, and it works even better when combined with galls, vetches, lentils, horehound, iris, rue, nitre, or verdigris.

193

193

CHAP. XVII. OF THE MIXTURE OF SIMPLE SUBSTANCES; AND OF THE RATIO OF THE WEIGHTS.

Having mentioned the virtues of the simples, we are next to shew in what manner they are to be mixed, and what compositions are made from them. Now they are mixed variously, and there is no certain method for it, since of similar ingredients some are taken away, and others are added; and though the very same simples are all used, the proportion of their weights may be changed. And therefore though the number of medicinal simples be not so very great, there are innumerable kinds of mixtures; which it would be needless to enumerate, though it were possible: both because the same effects are found within the compass of a few compositions; and because it is easy for any person, who is acquainted with their virtues, to change them. I shall therefore confine myself to the most esteemed. Now in this book I shall give an account of those, which may either have been wanted in the preceding, or are employed in the cures, which I am to treat of, only throwing together these compositions, which are of more general use. Such as are accommodated to one particular disorder, or even to a few, I will insert in their proper places.

Having talked about the benefits of the simple ingredients, we will now show how they can be mixed and what combinations can be created from them. They can be mixed in various ways, and there is no definite method for it, since some similar ingredients may be removed while others are added; and even if the same simple ingredients are used, their proportions can vary. Therefore, although the number of medicinal simples isn't huge, there are countless types of mixtures; it would be pointless to list them all, even if it were possible, because similar effects can be achieved with just a few combinations, and anyone familiar with their properties can easily modify them. I'll focus on the most respected ones. In this book, I'll discuss those that may have been missing from the previous sections or are used in the treatments I'll cover, while also compiling these more commonly used combinations. Mixtures tailored for specific disorders, or just a few, will be included in their appropriate sections.

But before I proceed, I would have it understood, that in an ounce is contained the weight of seven denarii. Next, that I divide each denarius into six parts, that is sextantes, so that I have the same quantity in the sextans of a denarius, that the Greeks have in their obolus[ DM ]. That being reduced to our weights makes a little more than half a scruple.

But before I go further, I want to clarify that an ounce weighs the same as seven denarii. Next, I divide each denarius into six parts, called sextantes, so that I have the same quantity in the sextans of a denarius that the Greeks have in their obolus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. When converted to our weights, this amounts to a little more than half a scruple.

Of the dif­fer­ence be­twixt malag­mas, plai­sters, and troches.

Now malagmas, and plaisters, and troches, which the Greeks call trochischi[ DN ], though in many things they are the same, differ in this, that malagmas are chiefly made from flowers, and even their stalks, plaisters and troches are more generally com194posed of some metallic ingredients. Then malagmas being beat up are abundantly soft: for they are applied, where the skin is unbroken: but those things, of which plaisters and troches are made, are carefully powdered; lest they hurt wounds, when they are laid on. Betwixt a plaister and a troche there is this difference, that a plaister admits of something melted: in a troche there are only dry medicines united by some liquid. Again, a plaister is made in this manner: The dry medicines are powdered by themselves: when they are mixed, vinegar is dropped into them, or any other liquor belonging to the composition, that is not greasy; and they are again rubbed with that. Those things, that are capable of being melted, are melted altogether at the fire; and if any oil is to be in the mixture, it is then poured in. Sometimes too, some one of the dry ingredients is first boiled with oil. When these things are finished, which ought to be done separately, the whole is mixed together into one mass. But the way of making troches is this: The dry medicines being powdered are formed into one body with a liquor not greasy, such as wine or vinegar, and again after being brought to a consistence, grow dry: and when they are to be used, are diluted by a liquor of the same kind. There is also a difference in the manner of using these: for a plaister is simply applied, a troche is rubbed on, or else mixed with something softer than itself, or with cerate.

Now malagmas, plasters, and troches, which the Greeks call trochisci__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, while they are similar in many ways, differ in that malagmas are mainly made from flowers and even their stalks, whereas plasters and troches usually contain some metallic ingredients. Malagmas are very soft when prepared because they are applied to unbroken skin, but the materials for plasters and troches are carefully ground into powder to avoid harming wounds when applied. The difference between a plaster and a troche is that a plaster can include melted substances, while a troche contains only dry medicines combined with some liquid. A plaster is made this way: the dry ingredients are ground separately. Once mixed, vinegar or another non-greasy liquid is added, and they are blended again. Ingredients that can melt are heated together, and if oil is needed, it’s added at this stage. Sometimes one of the dry ingredients is first boiled with oil. After these steps, which should be done separately, everything is combined into one mixture. The method for making troches is as follows: the dry ingredients are ground into powder and formed into a single mass with a non-greasy liquid like wine or vinegar, and once they reach the right consistency, they dry out. When it’s time to use them, they’re diluted with a similar liquid. There is also a difference in how they are used: a plaster is simply placed on the skin, whereas a troche is rubbed on or mixed with something softer, like cerate.

CHAP. XVIII. OF MALAGMAS.

1.
A cooling malagma for the hot gout.

These particulars being premised, I shall first subjoin malagmas, which are commonly contrived not with an intention to cool, but to heat. There is one however, which is cooling, adapted to the hot gout in the feet. It contains of galls both unripe, and otherwise, of coriander-seed, hemlock, poppy-tears, gum, of each an acetabulum, of washed cerate, which the Greeks call peplumenon[ DO ], half a pound.

These details being established, I will first add malagmas, which are usually made not to cool but to warm. However, there is one that is cooling and suitable for hot gout in the feet. It includes both unripe galls and others, coriander seeds, hemlock, poppy tears, and gum, each in a small cup, along with half a pound of washed cerate, which the Greeks call peplumenon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

195

195

The other malagmas are mostly heating. But some of them discuss matter, others draw it out, which are called epispastica[ DP ]: most of them are adapted to particular parts of the body.

The other malagmas mainly focus on heating. However, some talk about matter, while others extract it, which are referred to as epispastica__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__: most are suited for specific parts of the body.

2.
A drawing malagma.

If matter(35) is to be drawn out, as in a dropsical case, pleurisy, a beginning abscess, and even a moderate suppuration, that is proper, which consists of dry resin, nitre, ammoniacum, galbanum, each p. *. wax, p. *. Or that, which contains rasile verdigrease, frankincense, each p. ii. *. Sal ammoniac p. vi. *. copper scales, wax, each p. viii. *. dry resin p. xii. *. and vinegar a cyathus. The same end is obtained by the meal of cummin-seed with struthium(36) and honey p. ii. *.

If matter__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ needs to be drawn out, like in cases of dropsy, pleurisy, an early abscess, or even moderate pus buildup, a suitable treatment consists of dry resin, saltpeter, ammoniacum, and galbanum, mixed each in equal parts with wax. Alternatively, a mix that includes rasile verdigrease and frankincense, each in two parts, along with six parts of sal ammoniac, eight parts of copper scales, twelve parts of dry resin, and a cup of vinegar can be used. The same result can be achieved with powdered cumin seed combined with struthium__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and honey in equal parts.

3.
Malagma for the liver.

If the liver is pained, the proper malagma is that, which contains balsam-tears p. xii. *. costus, cinnamon, cassia bark, myrrh, saffron, round cyperus, balsam-seed, Illyrian iris, cardamom, amomum, nard, of each p. xvi. *. To these is added nard ointment(37), till it be of the consistence of cerate. And this must be used, while it is recent: but if it be to be kept for some time, turpentine resin p. xvi. *. wax p. x. *. must be beat up with mild wine, and mixed with it.

If the liver is in pain, the right poultice is one that contains balsam tears, costus, cinnamon, cassia bark, myrrh, saffron, round cyperus, balsam seed, Illyrian iris, cardamom, amomum, and nard, each in a quantity of 16 parts. To these, nard ointment ointment__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is added until it reaches a waxy consistency. This should be used while it's fresh; however, if it needs to be stored for a while, 16 parts of turpentine resin and 10 parts of wax should be mixed with it using mild wine.

4.
Malagma for the spleen.

But if the spleen is pained, the bark of that acorn, which the Greeks call myrobalanus, and nitre are beat together in equal quantities, and are sprinkled over with the sharpest vinegar: when it comes to the consistence of cerate, it is spread upon a linen cloth first moistened in cold water, and thus applied, and over it is laid barley meal; but it ought not to lie there above six hours, lest it waste the spleen; and it is better to do it twice or thrice.

But if you have spleen pain, mix equal parts of the bark from that acorn, which the Greeks call myrobalanus, and nitre, and sprinkle it with the strongest vinegar. Once it reaches a consistency similar to ointment, spread it on a linen cloth that has been dampened with cold water, apply it, and then place barley meal on top of it. However, it shouldn't stay there for more than six hours to avoid harming the spleen, and it’s better to repeat the process two or three times.

5.
Lysias’s ma­lag­ma for several parts.

Lysias composed a malagma, at once calculated for the liver, and spleen, and for abscesses, and the scrophula, and parotid swellings, and the joints, and heels suppurating, or otherwise painful, likewise to assist the concoction of the stomach, of the following materials:196 opopanax, galbanum, resin, of each p. ii. *. ammoniacum, bdellium, wax, beef suet, dry iris p. iv. *. with an acetabulum of cachrys(38) and forty grains of pepper: which being powdered are brought to a proper consistence by iris ointment.

Lysias created a treatment that targets the liver, spleen, abscesses, scrofula, swollen parotid glands, painful joints, and heels that are either festering or otherwise hurtful. It also helps with digestion, using the following ingredients: opopanax, galbanum, resin, each at 2 parts; ammoniacum, bdellium, wax, beef fat, and dry iris at 4 parts; along with a scoop of cachrys and forty grains of pepper. These ingredients are ground into a fine powder and mixed to the right consistency using iris ointment.196

6.
Apollophanes’s malagma.

The composition of Apollophanes is calculated for pains of the sides. It consists of turpentine resin, soot of frankincense, each p. iv. *. bdellium, ammoniacum, iris, suet from the kidneys either of veal or a goat, viscum(39), each p. iv. *. Now this relieves all pains, mollifies what is hard, and is moderately heating.

The formula by Apollophanes is meant for side pains. It contains turpentine resin, frankincense soot, each 4 parts, bdellium, ammoniacum, iris, suet from the kidneys of either veal or goat, mistletoe__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, each 4 parts. This mixture relieves all pains, softens what is hard, and has a mild warming effect.

7.
Andreas’s malagma.

The malagma of Andreas also has the same effect; it likewise relaxes, draws out humour, maturates pus, and when that is ripe, it breaks the skin, and brings it to cicatrize. It does good applied either to small or large abscesses; also to pained joints, hips, and feet: it restores too any part, that has been damaged by bruises; softens hard and inflated præcordia; extracts bones; and in fine is efficacious in every case, where heat can be of service. It contains wax p. xi. *. viscum, sycaminum (which others call sycamore) tears, each p. i. *. pepper both round and long, ammoniacum thymiama(40), bdellium, Illyrium iris, cardamom, xylobalsam, male frankincense, myrrh, dry resin, each p. x. *. pellitory, gnidian berries, aphronitre, sal ammoniac, root of Cretan birthwort, root of wild cucumber, liquid resin of turpentine, of each p. xx. *. to these is added a sufficient quantity of iris ointment to soften and reduce them to a proper consistence.

The malagma of Andreas has the same effect; it also relaxes, draws out fluid, ripens pus, and when it’s ready, it breaks the skin and helps it heal. It works well on both small and large abscesses; it also helps painful joints, hips, and feet: it restores any part that has been hurt by bruises; softens hard and swollen areas; removes bones; and in short, it is effective in any situation where heat can be beneficial. It contains wax p. xi. *. viscum, sycaminum (which others call sycamore) tears, each p. i. *. pepper both round and long, ammoniacum thymiama__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, bdellium, Illyrium iris, cardamom, xylobalsam, male frankincense, myrrh, dry resin, each p. x. *. pellitory, gnidian berries, aphronitre, sal ammoniac, root of Cretan birthwort, root of wild cucumber, liquid resin of turpentine, of each p. xx. *. and a sufficient amount of iris ointment is added to soften and bring them to the right consistency.

8.
Malagma for Poly­arch­us.

The principal composition for relaxing what is bound, softening what is hard, and discussing any collection, is that, which is ascribed to Polyarchus. It contains of long cyperus, cardamom, soot of frankincense, amomum, wax, liquid resin, equal parts.

The main mixture for relaxing what’s tense, softening what’s rigid, and addressing any collection is attributed to Polyarchus. It consists of long cyperus, cardamom, soot of frankincense, amomum, wax, and liquid resin, in equal parts.

9.
Malagma of Nileus.

There is another by Nileus for the same purposes: of crocomagma(41), which is, as it were, the refuse of saffron p. iv. *. ammoniacum thymiama, wax, each p. xxx. *. the two first of these are rubbed down with vinegar, the wax197 is melted with oil of roses, and then the whole is mixed together.

There’s another one by Nileus for the same purposes: of crocomagma__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, which is basically the leftover from saffron p. iv. *. ammoniacum thymiama, wax, each p. xxx. *. The first two are crushed with vinegar, the wax197 is melted with rose oil, and then everything is mixed together.

10.
Moschus’s emollient malagma.

The malagma, that passes under the name of Moschus, has only the property of softening what is hard. It contains of galbanum one ounce, soot of frankincense p. iii. *. wax, ammoniacum thymiama, each a triens, dry pitch p. ii. *. vinegar three heminae.

The malagma, known as Moschus, only has the ability to soften what is hard. It consists of one ounce of galbanum, three parts of incense soot, three parts of wax, three parts of ammoniacum, two parts of dry pitch, and three heminae of vinegar.

11.
Medus’s discutient malagma.

Medus’s malagma is used to discuss any collection. This contains wax p. iii. *. panaces 1/2 p. *. copper scales, round alum, scissile alum, of each p. i. *. calcined lead p. i. *. and 1/2.

Medus’s malagma is used to refer to any collection. This includes wax p. iii. *. panaces 1/2 p. *. copper scales, round alum, scissile alum, of each p. i. *. calcined lead p. i. *. and 1/2.

12.
Panthemus’s malagma.

Panthemus for the same intention made use of lime 1/2 p. *. mustard powdered, fenugreek, alum, each p. i. *. beef suet p. ii. *. and 1/2.

Panthemus used lime 1/2 p. *. powdered mustard, fenugreek, alum, each p. i. *. beef suet p. ii. * and 1/2.

13.
Andreas’s malagma for the scroph­ula.

For the scrophula I find many malagmas. I believe indeed, that the more malignant that distemper is, and the more difficult to discuss, the greater number of remedies have been tried; which have succeeded variously in different persons. Andreas is the author of the following mixture: Nettle-seed p. i. *. round pepper, bdellium, galbanum, ammoniacum thymiama, dry resin, of each p. iv. *. liquid resin, wax, pellitory, long pepper, sea spurge-seed, crude sulphur, which is called apyron[ DQ ], equal parts.

For scrofula, I’ve found many remedies. I truly believe that the more severe the condition and the harder it is to treat, the more treatments have been attempted, with varying success in different individuals. Andreas is the author of the following mixture: Nettle-seed p. i.*, round pepper, bdellium, galbanum, ammoniacum, thymiama, dry resin, of each p. iv.*, liquid resin, wax, pellitory, long pepper, sea spurge-seed, crude sulfur, which is called apyron__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, in equal parts.

14.
Mico’s for the same.

Mico’s malagma is this: of dry lees, vinegar, aphronitre, sal ammoniac, mustard, cardamom, wild cucumber-root, resin, each p. iv. *. which are beat up with mild wine.

Mico’s malagma is this: dry leftovers, vinegar, aphronitre, salt ammoniac, mustard, cardamom, wild cucumber root, resin, each p. iv. *. which are mixed together with mild wine.

15.
Three others.

A more expeditious for the same purpose is that, which contains of viscum, cat’s dung, resin, crude sulphur, equal parts. And another, in which are of sulphur p. i. *. pyrites-stone p. iv. *. of cummin an acetabulum. Likewise that, which consists of one part of pyrites, two of sulphur, and three of turpentine resin.

A quicker way to achieve the same goal involves a mixture of mistletoe, cat dung, resin, and crude sulfur in equal parts. Additionally, there's another mixture that includes one part sulfur, four parts pyrite, and a bit of cumin. Similarly, you can use a blend of one part pyrite, two parts sulfur, and three parts turpentine resin.

198

198

16.
Malagma of an Ara­bian for the scroph­ula, &c.

There is a malagma of a certain Arabian for the scrophula, and rising tubercles, which are called phymata, which discusses them. It contains myrrh, sal ammoniac, frankincense, resin both liquid and dry, crocomagma, wax, of each p. i. *. the pyrites-stone p. iv. *. to which some add sulphur p. ii. *.

There is a mixture from a certain Arabian source for scrofula and rising lumps, which are called phymata, that discusses them. It includes myrrh, sal ammoniac, frankincense, both liquid and dry resin, crocomagma, and wax, each at a rate of p. i. *. The pyrites stone is at p. iv. *. Some also add sulfur at p. ii. *.

17.
Another for the same.

There is another of service in the scrophula, and in those tubercles, which are with difficulty brought to maturate; and in those, that are called carcinodea[ DR ], which consists of these things: sulphur p. ii. *. nitre p. iv. *. myrrh p. vi. *. soot frankincense 1/2 p. *. sal ammoniac p. iii. *. wax p. i. *.

There is another treatment for scrofula and for those hard-to-mature lumps, as well as for those called carcinodea__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, which includes the following ingredients: sulfur p. ii. *. saltpeter p. iv. *. myrrh p. vi. *. soot, frankincense 1/2 p. *. ammonium chloride p. iii. *. wax p. i. *.

18.
Protarchus’s malagma.

Protarchus for parotid swellings, and those tubercles, which are called melicerides[ DS ], that is, honey-combs, or phymata, and for malignant ulcers, made this mixture: of pumice, liquid pine resin, soot of frankincense, aphronitre, iris, each p. viii. *. with wax p. ix. *. and to these he added a cyathus and half of oil.

Protarchus treated parotid swellings and those lumps known as melicerides __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, or honey-combs, as well as malignant ulcers, by creating this mixture: pumice, liquid pine resin, soot from frankincense, aphronitre, and iris, each at a dose of p. viii. *, combined with wax at p. ix. *. He also added a cyathus and a half of oil.

19.
Malagma for a panus, &c.

But against the panus upon its first appearance, which the Greeks call phygethlon[ DT ], and any tubercle, which is called phyma, a mixture is made of attic ochre, with two parts of flour, and to these, while they are beat up, honey is now and then dropped in, till it acquire the consistence of a malagma.

But against the swelling when it first appears, which the Greeks call phygethlon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and any lump, known as phyma, a mixture is made of Attic ochre with two parts flour, and as they are mixed, honey is occasionally added until it reaches the consistency of a paste.

20.
A ma­lag­ma against all phy­mata.

That also discusses all the tubercles, that have the name of phyma, which contains of lime, aphronitre, round pepper, each p. i. *. galbanum p. ii. *. salt p. iv. *. which are incorporated with cerate made of rose-oil.

That also talks about all the tubercles, known as phyma, which contain lime, aphronitre, round pepper, each p. i. *. galbanum p. ii. *. salt p. iv. *. These are mixed with cerate made from rose oil.

21.
Malagma for begin­ning ab­scess­es.

That malagma suppresses all beginning abscesses, which is composed of galbanum, bruised beans, each p. i. *. myrrh, frankincense, bark of caper-root, each p. iv. *. And the murex burnt, and reduced to a fine199 powder, dropping in now and then a little vinegar, powerfully discusses all beginning abscesses.

That malagma prevents all initial abscesses, which is made from galbanum, crushed beans, each p. i. *, myrrh, frankincense, and bark of caper-root, each p. iv. *. Additionally, the burnt murex, reduced to a fine powder, is occasionally mixed with a little vinegar, effectively addressing all initial abscesses.199

22.
Malagma for blood.

But if in such tumours, too great a quantity of blood is extravasated, it is proper to use an application, which is also efficacious against tubercles. It has the following ingredients: bdellium, storax, ammoniacum, galbanum, pine resin both dry and liquid. Also mastich, frankincense, iris, of each p. ii. *.

But if too much blood leaks out in such tumors, it's appropriate to use a treatment that's also effective against tubercles. It includes the following ingredients: bdellium, storax, ammoniacum, galbanum, pine resin in both dry and liquid forms. Also, mastich and frankincense, with each at a dosage of p. ii. *.

23.
Malagma for cancers, &c.

Cancers and tubercles are in a good measure eased by this composition: galbanum, viscum, ammoniacum, turpentine resin, each p. i. *. beef suet 1/2 p. *. burned lees as great a proportion as may be, without making it drier than a malagma ought to be.

Cancers and growths are significantly relieved by this mixture: galbanum, mistletoe, ammoniac gum, and turpentine resin, each in equal parts. Beef fat should be used in a quantity of 1/2 part, and add as much burned lees as possible, without making it drier than a poultice should be.

24.
Malagma for the face.

But if there be a contusion in the face and a livor from an extravasation of blood, the following composition, applied night and day, removes it. Birthwort, thapsia(42), of each p. ii. *. bdellium, storax, ammoniacum thymiama, galbanum, dry resin, and liquid, resin of the mastich-tree, male frankincense, Illyrian iris, wax, of each p. iv. *. The application of a bean also will do good in the same case.

But if there’s a bruise on the face and discoloration from bleeding, the following mixture, applied morning and night, will help. Birthwort, thapsia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, two parts each of bdellium, storax, ammoniacum thymiama, galbanum, dry resin, and liquid resin from the mastic tree, male frankincense, Illyrian iris, and four parts of wax. Using a bean will also be beneficial in this situation.

25.
Opening malagmas.

There are also some malagmas, which by the Greeks are called anastomotica[ DU ], because they have the power of opening. Such is that, which is composed of the following things: long pepper, aphronitre, of each p. ii. *. hedge mustard p. iv. *. which are mixed with honey: they are also proper for opening scrophulous tumours. Of the same kind with this, but stronger, is that, which contains lime p. iv. *. pepper six grains, nitre, wax, of each p. x. *. honey p. iii. *. and a hemina of oil.

There are also some malagmas, which the Greeks call anastomotica__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ because they can help open things up. One example is made from the following ingredients: long pepper, aphronitre, two parts each, and four parts of hedge mustard, all mixed with honey. These are also suitable for relieving scrofulous tumors. A stronger version of this contains four parts of lime, six grains of pepper, ten parts each of nitre and wax, three parts of honey, and half a measure of oil.

26.
Mico’s re­lax­ing, &c. ma­lag­ma.

There is one of Mico’s, which is relaxing, opening, and cleansing. It contains of bastard sponge, sulphur, nitre, pumice, equal parts; to these is added of pitch and wax a sufficient quantity to make it the consistence of cerate.

There’s one from Mico that’s soothing, refreshing, and detoxifying. It includes equal parts of bastard sponge, sulfur, nitre, and pumice; then you add enough pitch and wax to give it the consistency of a salve.

200

200

27.
Aristogenes’s malagma for the bones, &c.

Aristogenes’s malagma for the bones consists of these ingredients: of sulphur p. i. *. turpentine resin, aphronitre, and the pulp of a squil, washed lead(43), each p. ii. *. soot of frankincense p. viii. *. the mellowest dry figs, beef suet, each p. viii. *. wax p. xii. *. Macedonian iris p. vi. *. sesamum toasted and acetabulum. And this malagma is very agreeable to the nerves and joints.

Aristogenes’s bone treatment includes these ingredients: sulfur p. i. *, turpentine resin, aphronitre, and the pulp of a squill, washed lead __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, each p. ii. *. soot of frankincense p. viii. *, the ripest dry figs, beef suet, each p. viii. *. wax p. xii. *, Macedonian iris p. vi. *, toasted sesame, and acetabulum. This treatment is very soothing for the nerves and joints.

28.
Euthycleus’s malagma for the joints, &c.

That, which was invented by Euthycleus, is proper for the joints, and for all pains, particularly in the bladder, and any contraction of the joints from a recent cicatrix, which the Greeks call anchyla[ DV ]. It contains soot of frankincense an acetabulum, the same quantity of resin, galbanum without its stalks an ounce and half, ammoniacum, bdellium, of each p. *. wax 1/2 p. *——There is also another, which consists of iris, ammoniacum, galbanum, nitre, each p. xiv. *. liquid resin p. vi. *. wax p. xvi. *.

What Euthyculeus invented is good for the joints and all kinds of pain, especially in the bladder, and any joint stiffness from a recent scar, which the Greeks call anchyla__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It includes soot from frankincense, an acetabulum, equal amounts of resin, one and a half ounces of galbanum without its stalks, ammoniacum, bdellium, and each p. *. wax 1/2 p. *——There is also another mixture, made of iris, ammoniacum, galbanum, and nitre, each p. xiv. *. liquid resin p. vi. *. wax p. xvi. *.

29.
Sosagoras’s for the same.

Sosagoras’s malagma for pains of the joints: of calcined lead, poppy-tears, bark of henbane, storax, hog’s fennel, suet, resin, and wax, equal parts.

Sosagoras’s remedy for joint pain: a mixture of calcined lead, poppy tears, henbane bark, storax, hog’s fennel, suet, resin, and wax, in equal parts.

30.
Chrysippus’s.

Chrysippus also composed one: of liquid resin, sandarach, pepper, each p. xii. * to these a little wax is added.

Chrysippus also created one: of liquid resin, sandarach, pepper, each p. xii. * a bit of wax is added to these.

31.
Ctesiphon’s.

Ctesiphon’s: of Cretan wax, turpentine resin, the reddest nitre, each 1/2 p. *. three cyathi of oil. But the nitre is first rubbed for three days with water dropped in upon it, and boiled with a sextarius of it, till all the moisture be consumed.——This composition is also good for parotids, tubercles, and the scrophula, and for softening every collection of humour.

Ctesiphon’s: made from Cretan wax, turpentine resin, and the reddest nitre, each 1/2 p. *. three cyathi of oil. First, the nitre is rubbed for three days with water poured over it and boiled with a sextarius of it until all the moisture is gone. This mixture is also effective for treating parotids, tubercles, and scrofula, and for softening any buildup of fluids.

32.
For the joints.

To the joints one may properly apply a part of a dry fig mixed with cat-mint; or staveacre without the seeds, with penny-royal.

To the joints, you can correctly apply a part of a dry fig mixed with catnip, or stavesacre without the seeds, along with pennyroyal.

201

201

33.
Ariston’s for the gout in the feet.

The same composition is useful for the gout in the foot. But for that ailment Ariston has also composed one, containing of nard, cinnamon, cassia, chamaeleon, round cyperus, each p. viii. *. goat’s suet melted in iris ointment p. xx. *. iris p. i. *. which ought to lie in the strongest vinegar for twenty days. The same also discusses recent tubercles, and all pains.

The same recipe is effective for gout in the foot. However, Ariston has created another version for that condition, which includes nard, cinnamon, cassia, chamaeleon, and round cyperus, each p. viii. *. goat’s suet melted in iris ointment p. xx. *. iris p. i. *. This mixture should sit in strong vinegar for twenty days. It also addresses recent tubercles and all types of pain.

34.
Theoxenus’s for pained feet.

But for pains of the feet Theoxenus mixed, of kidney suet a third part, of salt two parts, and applied them spread upon a piece of leather; then put over it ammoniacum thymiama dissolved in vinegar.

But for foot pain, Theoxenus mixed one part kidney fat, two parts salt, and applied it spread on a piece of leather; then he put ammoniacum thymiama dissolved in vinegar over it.

35.
Numenius’s for the gout, &c.

But Numenius mollified the gout in the feet, and other indurated joints with the following composition: southernwood, dry roses, poppy-tears, of each p. iii. *. turpentine resin p. iv. *. frankincense, aphronitre, each p. viii. * iris, birthwort, each p. xii. *. wax p. iii. * to these is added one cyathus of cedria(44), three cyathi of laurel oil(45), and a sextarius of bitter oil.

But Numenius eased the pain of gout in the feet and other stiff joints with the following mixture: southernwood, dried roses, and poppy tears, each - 3 parts. Turpentine resin - 4 parts. Frankincense and aphronitre, each - 8 parts. Iris and birthwort, each - 12 parts. Wax - 3 parts. To this, add one cyathus of cedria__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, three cyathi of laurel oil__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and a sextarius of bitter oil.

36.
Dexius’s malagma for a callus, &c.

For a callus formed upon the joints, Dexius directed the following application: of lime, p. iv. *. ceruss, p. viii. *. pine resin xx. *. pepper thirty grains, wax p. ii. *. And while these are beat up a hemina of mild wine is poured in.

For a callus formed on the joints, Dexius recommended the following treatment: 4 parts lime, 8 parts cerussa, 20 parts pine resin, 30 grains of pepper, and 2 parts wax. While these ingredients are being mixed, a half-pint of mild wine is added.

CHAP. XIX. OF PLASTERS.

Of plaisters there are none more useful, than those, which are immediately applied to bloody wounds; the Greeks call them enaima[ DW ]. For these repel an inflammation, unless it be excited by something very violent, and even then they diminish its force, and agglutinate wounds, which are202 not inflamed, and cicatrize them. They consist of medicines not fat, and therefore by the Greeks are called alipaina[ DX ].

Of dressings, none are more useful than those that are applied directly to bleeding wounds; the Greeks call them enaima__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. These help prevent inflammation, unless it’s caused by something very severe, and even then, they reduce its intensity and help close wounds that aren’t inflamed, promoting healing. They are made from non-fat medicines, which is why the Greeks refer to them as alipaina__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

1.
Barbarium plaister.

The best of these plaisters is that, which is called barbarum. It contains of rasile verdigrease(46) p. xii. *. litharge p. xx. *. alum, dry pitch, dry pine resin, each p. i. *. to which is added of oil and vinegar each a hemina.

The best of these plasters is the one called barbarum. It contains rasile verdigrease__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ p. xii. *. litharge p. xx. *. alum, dry pitch, and dry pine resin, each p. i. *. plus a hemina of oil and vinegar each.

2.
The choacon.

There is another for the same, which is called choacon; it contains of litharge p. x. *. dry resin as much. But the litharge is first boiled in three heminæ of oil. The colour of both these plaisters is black, which generally results from pitch and resin, as the blackest is from bitumen; from verdigrease, or scales of copper, green; from minium, red; from ceruss, white.

There’s another one for the same purpose, called choacon; it consists of ten parts litharge and an equal amount of dry resin. However, the litharge is first boiled in three heminae of oil. The color of both these plasters is black, which usually comes from pitch and resin, while the blackest one is from bitumen; green ones come from verdigris or copper scales; red from minium; and white from ceruss.

3.
The basilicon.

There are a very few compositions, in which the variety of the mixture causes some different appearance; therefore that also is black, which is called basilicon. It contains of opopanax p. i. *. galbanum p. ii. *. pitch and resin, of each p. x. *. half a cyathus of oil.

There are very few mixtures where the variety causes a different appearance; therefore, what is called basilicon is also black. It contains opopanax p. i. *, galbanum p. ii. *, pitch and resin, each p. x. *, and half a cyathus of oil.

4.
The smaragdine.

But that, which is very green, is called smaragdine, in which there are of pine resin. p. iii. *. wax p. i. *. verdigrease 1/2 p. *. flour of frankincense p. ii. *. as much oil and vinegar, with which last the flour and verdigrease are united.

But that which is very green is called smaragdine, which contains pine resin. p. iii. *. wax p. i. *. verdigrease 1/2 p. *. flour of frankincense p. ii. *. as much oil and vinegar, with which last the flour and verdigrease are mixed.

5.
The rufum.

There is also one of a reddish colour, which seems to bring wounds to cicatrize quickly: it consists of frankincense p. i. *. resin p. ii. *. copper scales p. iii. *. litharge p. xx. *. wax p. c. *. of oil a hemina.

There is also one that is reddish in color, which seems to help wounds heal quickly: it contains frankincense p. i. *, resin p. ii. *, copper scales p. iii. *, litharge p. xx. *, wax p. c. *, and oil of a hemina.

6.
The para­colleticon.

Besides, there is another, which from agglutinating is called paracolleticon[ DY ] It contains bitumen, scissile alum, p. iv. *. litharge p. iv. *. and a hemina of old oil.

Besides, there’s another one that’s called paracolleticon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ because it’s agglutinating. It includes bitumen, scissile alum, p. iv. *, litharge p. iv. *, and half a measure of old oil.

203

203

7.
Philotas’s cephalic plaister.

Besides these there are some of the same kind, which, because they are particularly adapted to fractures of the skull, are by the Greeks called cephalica[ DZ ]. Philotas’s composition contains of Eretrian earth, chalcitis, each p. iv. *. myrrh, calcined copper, each p. x. *. isinglass p. vi. *. rasile verdigrease, round alum, crude misy, birthwort, each p. viii. *. copper scales p. xx. *. male frankincense p. ii. *. wax p. i. *. rose and bitter oil three cyathi, and a sufficient quantity of vinegar for rubbing down all the dry ingredients.

Besides these, there are some similar ones that are specifically suited for skull fractures, which the Greeks call cephalica__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Philotas’s mixture consists of Eretrian earth, chalcitis, each p. iv. *. myrrh, calcined copper, each p. x. *. isinglass p. vi. *. rasile verdigrease, round alum, crude misy, birthwort, each p. viii. *. copper scales p. xx. *. male frankincense p. ii. *. wax p. i. *. rose and bitter oil three cyathi, and enough vinegar to mix all the dry ingredients.

8.
A green one.

There is another for the same purpose green; which consists of calcined copper, copper scales, myrrh, isinglass, each p. vi. *. crude misy, rasile verdigrease, birthwort, round alum, each p. viii. *. wax p. vi. *. a hemina of oil, and of vinegar a sufficient quantity.

There is another one for the same purpose that is green, made up of calcined copper, copper scales, myrrh, isinglass, each p. vi. *. crude misy, rasile verdigrease, birthwort, round alum, each p. viii. *. wax p. vi. *. a hemina of oil, and a sufficient quantity of vinegar.

9.
The tetra­pharma­cum.

For promoting a suppuration there is nothing better than that, which is very quickly prepared, and by the Greeks is called tetrapharmacum[ EA ]. It contains equal parts of wax, pitch, resin, and beef suet; if the last cannot be had, veal suet.

For promoting an infection, nothing works better than a quick remedy known by the Greeks as tetrapharmacum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It consists of equal parts of wax, pitch, resin, and beef tallow; if beef tallow isn’t available, you can use veal tallow.

10.
Ennea pharmacum.

There is another for the same intention, which is called ennea pharmacum[ EB ], which cleanses more; it consists of nine ingredients, wax, honey, suet, resin, myrrh, rose oil, marrow either of a deer or calf, or beef, or œsypum(47), and butter. These also are mixed in equal quantities.

There’s another for the same purpose, called ennea pharmacy __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, which cleanses even more. It consists of nine ingredients: wax, honey, suet, resin, myrrh, rose oil, marrow from either a deer, calf, or beef, or œsypum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and butter. These are also mixed in equal amounts.

But there are some plaisters, that answer both these intentions at once; which, unless the case requires distinct applications for each, are preferable; otherwise they are worse, and never to be made use of, but either when both intentions are proposed together, or when, though the plaisters are wanted singly, they are not to be had by themselves. But where there is choice, they are to be rejected, and such only applied as are peculiarly suited to the end to be obtained. For example I will mention two.

But there are some bandages that serve both purposes at once; unless the situation calls for separate applications for each, they're better; otherwise, they're less effective and should only be used when both purposes need to be addressed together, or when, even though the bandages are needed separately, they aren't available on their own. But when there's a choice, they should be avoided, and only those that are specifically suitable for the intended outcome should be used. For example, I will mention two.

204

204

11.
Attallum plaister.

There is then the Attalum plaister for wounds: which contains of copper scales p. vii. *. soot of frankincense p. xv. *. ammoniacum as much, liquid turpentine resin p. xxv. *. beef suet the same quantity, three heminæ of vinegar, a sextarius of oil.

There is then the Attalum plaster for wounds: which contains copper scales p. vii. *, soot of frankincense p. xv. *, ammoniacum the same amount, liquid turpentine resin p. xxv. *, beef fat the same quantity, three heminæ of vinegar, a sextarius of oil.

12.
Judæus’s plaister.

But amongst those, which are proper for a fractured skull, some use that, which is said to be invented by Judæus. It consists of the following ingredients: salt p. iv. *. red copper scales, calcined copper, each p. xii. *. ammoniacum thymiama, soot of frankincense, dry resin, each p. vi. *. Colophonian resin, wax, veal suet cured, each p. xx. *. a cyathus and half of vinegar is added, and less than a cyathus of oil. What the Greeks call tetherapeumena[ EC ], we call curata, cured; when for instance from the suet all the little membranes are carefully taken away, and so in any other medicine.

But among those suitable for a fractured skull, some use what is said to have been invented by Judæus. It consists of the following ingredients: salt 4 parts, red copper scales, calcined copper, each 12 parts, ammoniacum thymiama, soot of frankincense, dry resin, each 6 parts, Colophonian resin, wax, veal suet cured, each 20 parts. A cup and a half of vinegar is added, along with less than a cup of oil. What the Greeks call tetherapeumena__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, we call curata, cured; for instance, when all the little membranes are carefully removed from the suet, as they are in any other medicine.

13.
Diadaph­ni­don.

There are also some plaisters greatly celebrated for drawing, which are likewise distinguished by the name of epispastica[ ED ]. Such as is that, which because bay-berries are among the ingredients, is called diadaphnidon[ EE ]. In it there is turpentine resin p. x. *. nitre, wax, dry pitch, bay-berries, each p. xx. *. and a little oil. Now as often as I shall mention a berry or a nut, or any thing of that nature, it will be proper to know, that before it be weighed, the exterior, pellicle is to be taken from it.

There are also some highly praised ointments known for their drawing properties, which are referred to as epispastica__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. One of these is called diadaphnidon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ because it contains bay-berries among its ingredients. It includes turpentine resin p. x. *. nitre, wax, dry pitch, bay-berries, each p. xx. *, and a bit of oil. Whenever I mention a berry or a nut, or anything similar, it's important to know that the outer skin should be removed before weighing it.

14.
Another.

There is another of the same name, which is also for promoting a suppuration. Of veal suet, ammoniacum thymiama, pitch, wax, nitre, bay-berries, dry resin, birthwort, pellitory, of each equal parts.

There is another one with the same name, which is also meant to promote pus formation. It consists of equal parts of veal fat, ammoniacum, incense, pitch, wax, saltpeter, bay-berries, dry resin, birthwort, and pellitory.

15.
Philocrates’s.

Besides these there is one of Philocrates: which contains sal ammoniac p. vii. *. birthwort p. viii. *. wax, turpentine resin, soot of frankincense, each p. xv. *. litharge p. xxxii. *. To these, that it may serve also for promoting a suppuration, are added iris p. iii. *. galbanum p. vi. *.

Besides these, there's one by Philocrates: it includes sal ammoniac (p. vii), birthwort (p. viii), wax, turpentine resin, and soot of frankincense (each on p. xv), and litharge (p. xxxii). To this, iris (p. iii) and galbanum (p. vi) are added to help promote suppuration.

205

205

16.
Rhypodes.

However that is best for drawing, which from its resemblance to sordes, the Greeks call rhypodes[ EF ]. It contains myrrh, saffron, iris, propolis, bdellium, the heads of pomegranates, scissile and round alum, misy, chalcitis, boiled copperas(48), opopanax, sal ammoniac, viscum, each p. iv. *. birthwort p. viii. *. copper scales p. xvi. *. turpentine resin p. lxxv. *. wax, and suet, either beef or goat’s, each p. c. *.

However, the best material for drawing, which the Greeks call rhypodes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ due to its resemblance to dirt, includes myrrh, saffron, iris, propolis, bdellium, the seeds of pomegranates, both scissile and round alum, misy, chalcitis, boiled copper sulfate __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, opopanax, sal ammoniac, viscum, each p. iv. *. birthwort p. viii. *. copper scales p. xvi. *. turpentine resin p. lxxv. *. wax, and suet, either from beef or goat, each p. c. *.

17.
Hecatæus’s.

Hecatæus also is the author of a plaister of the same kind, which is thus composed: galbanum p. ii. *. soot of frankincense p. iv. *. pitch p. v. *. wax and turpentine resin, each p. viii. *. with these a little iris ointment is mixed.

Hecatæus is also the writer of a similar plaster, which is made up of: galbanum 2 parts, soot of frankincense 4 parts, pitch 5 parts, wax and turpentine resin, each 8 parts, mixed with a little iris ointment.

18.
The green Alexandrian.

The green Alexandrian drawing plaister is efficacious for the same purpose. It contains scissile alum p. viii. *. sal ammoniac p. vii. *. copper scales p. xvi. *. myrrh, frankincense, each p. xviii. *. wax p. cl. *. colophonian or pine resin p. cxc. *. a hemina of oil, and a sextarius of vinegar.

The green Alexandrian drawing plaster works for the same purpose. It includes scissile alum 8 parts, sal ammoniac 7 parts, copper scales 16 parts, myrrh and frankincense, each 18 parts, wax 100 parts, colophonian or pine resin 190 parts, half a hemina of oil, and a sextarius of vinegar.

19.
An eating plaister.

Some plaisters are eating, which the Greeks call septica[ EG ], such as is that, which contains turpentine resin, soot of frankincense, of each p. ii. *. copper scales p. i. *. labdanum p. ii. * the same quantity of alum, litharge p. iv. *.

Some poultices are corrosive, which the Greeks call septica__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, like the one that contains turpentine resin, soot from frankincense, two parts each of those, one part of copper scales, two parts of labdanum, and the same amount of alum, four parts of litharge.

20.
Another for eating, &c.

This plaister also eats away flesh vehemently, and even dissolves the bones, and keeps down fungous flesh. It contains litharge, copper scales, of each an ounce; nitre that has not felt the fire, Asian stone, birthwort, of each a sextans, wax, turpentine resin, frankincense, old oil, copperas, sal ammoniac, 1/2 p. rasile verdigrease p. bessis, of squill vinegar a hemina, and a like quantity of Aminæan wine.

This plaster also aggressively eats away at flesh and can even dissolve bones, while preventing the growth of unhealthy flesh. It contains one ounce each of litharge and copper scales; unburnt nitre, Asian stone, and birthwort, each in a sextans; along with wax, turpentine resin, frankincense, old oil, copperas, sal ammoniac, 1/2 parts of rasile verdigrease and bessis, half a hemina of squill vinegar, and the same amount of Aminæan wine.

21.
Diogenes’s black plaister.

There are also some calculated against bites; such as the black one of Diogenes: which contains of bitumen, wax, dry pine resin, each p. xx. *. litharge p. c. *. of oil a sextarius. Or that, which consists of copper scales p. iv. *. ceruss and rasile verdigrease each p.206 viii. *. ammoniacum p. xii. *. wax, pine resin, each p. xxv. *. litharge p. c. *. of oil a sextarius. Or that, which is composed of copper scales p. xiv. *. galbanum p. vi. *. ceruss and rasile verdigrease, each p. viii. *. ammoniacum p. xii. *. wax, pine resin, of each p. lv. *. with these the litharge is boiled.

There are also some formulations for bites; like the black one from Diogenes: which contains bitumen, wax, dry pine resin, each 20 parts. Litharge is used as needed, along with a sextarius of oil. Or the one made of 4 parts copper scales, 8 parts ceruss and rasile verdigrease each, 12 parts ammoniacum, and 25 parts wax and pine resin. Litharge is added as needed, with a sextarius of oil. Another version is made of 14 parts copper scales, 6 parts galbanum, 8 parts ceruss and rasile verdigrease each, 12 parts ammoniacum, and 55 parts wax and pine resin. Litharge is boiled with these ingredients.

22.
Red Ephesian plaister.

There is a red plaister of the same virtues, which is called Ephesian. It contains turpentine resin p. ii. *. galbanum p. iv. *. Sinopian minium p, vi. *. soot of frankincense p. vi. *. wax p. viii. *. litharge, p. lvi. *. old oil a hemina.

There is a red plaster with the same qualities, known as Ephesian. It includes turpentine resin p. ii. *. galbanum p. iv. *. Sinopian minium p. vi. *. soot of frankincense p. vi. *. wax p. viii. *. litharge, p. lvi. *. old oil a hemina.

23.
Another.

Likewise that which consists of the following materials; copper scales, soot of frankincense, of each p. iv *. galbanum p. vi. *. sal ammoniac p. xii. z. *. wax p. xxv. *. with three heminæ of oil. These also are proper applications for other recent wounds.

Likewise, the mixture includes the following materials: copper scales, soot from frankincense, 4 parts of galbanum, 12 parts of sal ammoniac, 25 parts of wax, along with three hemina of oil. These are also suitable for treating other fresh wounds.

24.
A white lenient plaister.

There are also white lenient plaisters, by the Greeks, from their colour, called leuca[ EH ], generally calculated for slight wounds, and especially those of old men: such as is that, which contains of ceruss p. lii. *. veal suet cured and wax, each p. lviii. *. three heminæ of oil, with which the ceruss is boiled up.

There are also gentle white ointments, referred to by the Greeks as leuca__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, based on their color, typically used for minor wounds, especially in older men. This includes a recipe that has 52 parts of white lead and 58 parts of cured veal fat and wax, along with 3 heminae of oil, with which the white lead is processed.

25.
Elephantine plaister.

Another, which consists of ceruss p. xx. *. wax p. lv. *. a hemina of oil, and a sextarius of water. Now as often as these are added, to ceruss or litharge, we may take it for granted, that they are to be boiled with them. This last composition is very white, and therefore it is called elephantine.

Another recipe includes ceruss p. xx. *., wax p. lv. *, a hemina of oil, and a sextarius of water. Whenever these ingredients are added to ceruss or litharge, we can assume they should be boiled together. This final mixture is very white, which is why it is referred to as elephantine.

26.
A lenient plaister.

There are also some lenient plaisters, which the Greeks commonly call lipara[ EI ], as that which contains minium p. iv.*. litharge, p. xxv. *. wax and hog’s lard, each p. xxxv. *. and the yolks of four eggs.

There are also some mild plasters, which the Greeks usually call lipara__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, like the one that includes minium p. iv.*, litharge, p. xxv.*, wax and hog’s lard, each p. xxxv.*, and the yolks of four eggs.

27.
Another.

Another composition of the same kind: wax, turpentine resin, of each p. v. *. ceruss p. viii. *. litharge, dross of lead (scoria mo207lybdi the Greeks call it) each p. x. *. cicine(49) and myrtle oil, each the third part of a hemina.

Another composition of the same kind: wax, turpentine resin, each part as needed; ceruss, part eight; litharge, lead dross (what the Greeks call scoria) each part ten; and myrtle oil, one-third of a hemina each.

28.
Archagathus’s.

Another, which is said to be invented by Archagathus: burnt misy, calcined copper, each p. iv. *. burnt(50) ceruss p. viii. *. turpentine resin p. x. *. litharge p. vi. *.

Another, which is said to have been invented by Archagathus: burnt misy, calcined copper, each p. iv. *. burned __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ceruss p. viii. *. turpentine resin p. x. *. litharge p. vi. *.

29.
Another for the same purpose.

For the same purpose: litharge, wax, hog’s lard, of each p. xxvii. *. boiled yolks of eggs, with a hemina of rose oil. Or this composition: cerate made of myrtle oil three parts, hog’s lard a fourth part, a little lead dross. Or the following composition; of litharge half a pound boiled with a hemina of oil, and a like quantity of sea water, till it cease to bubble, with the addition of a little wax. Or this: equal parts of wax, suet, antimony, litharge, and ceruss.

For the same purpose: litharge, wax, hog's lard, each in equal parts. Boiled yolks of eggs mixed with a hemina of rose oil. Or this mixture: a cerate made of three parts myrtle oil, one part hog's lard, and a bit of lead dross. Alternatively, the following mixture: half a pound of litharge boiled with a hemina of oil and the same amount of seawater, until it stops bubbling, along with a little wax. Or this: equal parts of wax, suet, antimony, litharge, and ceruss.

CHAP. XX. OF TROCHES.

1.
Troche for ag­glu­tin­at­ing.

Troches also have different virtues. For there are some adapted to agglutinate and heal recent wounds: such is that, which contains chalcitis, misy, aphro-nitre, flower of copper, galls, scissile alum moderately burnt, of each p. i. *. calcined copper, the heads of pomegranates, each p. iii. *. This should be diluted with vinegar, and so laid on, when a wound is to be agglutinated. But if it be a nervous or muscular part, it is better to mix it with cerate, so as to have a ninth part of the latter with eight of the other.

Troches have various benefits. Some are designed to close and heal fresh wounds: such is the one that contains chalcitis, misy, aphro-nitre, flower of copper, galls, and moderately burnt scissile alum, each in proportions of p. i. *. Also included are calcined copper and the heads of pomegranates, each in proportions of p. iii. *. This should be diluted with vinegar and applied when a wound needs to be closed. However, if it’s a nerve or muscle area, it’s better to mix it with cerate, using one part cerate to eight parts of the other mixture.

2.
Another.

Another for the same purpose. It consists of the following materials: bitumen, scissile alum, of each p. i. *. calcined copper p. iv. *. litharge p. xi. *. and a sextarius of oil.

Another for the same purpose. It consists of the following materials: bitumen, scissile alum, each p. i. *, calcined copper p. iv. *, litharge p. xi. *, and a sextarius of oil.

3.
The sphragis of Polybus.

But that of Polybus(51) is by far the most celebrated: it is called sphragis[ EJ ]. Which contains of scissile alum p. iv. *. copperas p. ii. *. myrrh p. v. *. aloes a like quantity;208 the heads of pomegranates, ox gall, each p. vi. *. which being rubbed together, are incorporated with austere wine.

But Polybus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__’s recipe is by far the most famous: it’s called sphragis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It includes four parts of scissile alum, two parts of copperas, five parts of myrrh, and an equal amount of aloes; 208 it also has six parts of pomegranate heads and six parts of ox gall, all of which are ground together and mixed with strong wine.

4.
Troche for foul ulcers.

For foul ulcers, and blackness in the ears, nose, obscene parts, and inflammation in any of these places: of chrysocolla p. i. *. copperas, scissile alum, each p. ii. *. bark of winter cherry p. iv. *. minium p. vi. *. litharge p. xii. *. ceruss p. xvi. *. these are compounded with vinegar, and diluted when used.

For bad ulcers, dark spots in the ears, nose, private areas, and inflammation in any of these spots: take chrysocolla p. i. *, copperas, scissile alum, each p. ii. *, bark of winter cherry p. iv. *, minium p. vi. *, litharge p. xii. *, ceruss p. xvi. *. These should be mixed with vinegar and diluted before use.

5.
Andro’s troche.

Andro’s is for an inflamed uvula, for foulness in the obscene parts, or gangrenes in the same; of galls, copperas, myrrh, each p. i. *. birthwort, scissile alum, each p. ii. *. heads of pomegranates p. xxv. *. compounded with passum, and when they are to be used, diluted with vinegar or wine, according as the disorder, which is to be cured, is more or less violent.

Andro’s is for a swollen uvula, for bad odors in the private parts, or gangrene in the same area; it contains galls, copperas, myrrh, each p. i. *. birthwort, scissile alum, each p. ii. *. heads of pomegranates p. xxv. *. mixed with passum, and when they're to be used, diluted with vinegar or wine, depending on how severe the condition that needs treatment is.

6.
A troche for fissures of the anus, &c.

For fissures in the anus, or an effusion of blood from the hæmorrhoidal veins, or a gangrene, the following is of peculiar efficacy; of verdigrease p. ii. *. myrrh p. iv. *. gum p. viii. *. frankincense p. xii. *. antimony, poppy tears, acacia, each p. xvi. *. which are both rubbed down with wine, and when used, diluted with the same liquor.

For tears in the anus, or bleeding from the hemorrhoidal veins, or gangrene, the following is particularly effective: verdigris p. ii. *, myrrh p. iv. *, gum p. viii. *, frankincense p. xii. *, antimony, poppy tears, acacia, each p. xvi. *. These ingredients are ground down with wine, and when used, are diluted with the same liquid.

7.
Troche for ex­pel­ling a stone from the bladder.

This composition seems proper to expel a stone out of the bladder along with the urine: equal parts of cassia, saffron, myrrh, costus, nard, cinnamon, liquorice root, balsam, hypericum are powdered; then mild wine is dropped in, and the troches are formed. Each may contain p. i. *. and one of these may be swallowed every day in the morning fasting.

This mixture seems suitable for flushing a stone out of the bladder along with urine: equal parts of cassia, saffron, myrrh, costus, nard, cinnamon, liquorice root, and balsam are ground into a powder; then gentle wine is added, and the lozenges are formed. Each may contain p.i.* and one of these can be taken every morning on an empty stomach.

CHAP. XXI. Pessaries.

These three kinds of compositions, that is, malagmas, plaisters, and troches, are extensive and various in their209 uses. But there are other things also useful: as those, which are applied below to females: the Greeks call them pessi[ EK ]. The manner of them is this: the composition is received in soft wool, and this wool put into the vagina.

These three types of compositions—malagmas, plaisters, and troches—are broad and diverse in their uses. But there are other things that are also helpful, like those applied to females; the Greeks call them pessimist __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The way they work is this: the composition is absorbed into soft wool, and this wool is placed into the vagina.209

1.
Pessary for evacu­at­ing blood.

For evacuating blood, to two of the small kind of figs called cauneæ(52) is added nitre p. i. *. Or the seed of garlick is powdered, and a little myrrh added and mixed with susine ointment(53). Or the pulp of a wild cucumber is diluted in woman’s milk.

For drawing out blood, add nitre to two of the small type of figs called cauneæ__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Alternatively, you can powder garlic seeds, mix in a bit of myrrh, and combine it with susine ointment__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Another option is to dilute the pulp of a wild cucumber in women's milk.

2.
For soft­en­ing the womb.

To soften the womb, the yolk of an egg, and fenugreek, and rose oil, and saffron are mixed together. Or of elaterium p. iii. *. as much salt, and stavesacre p. vi. *. are incorporated with honey.

To soften the womb, mix the yolk of an egg, fenugreek, rose oil, and saffron together. Alternatively, combine elaterium p. iii. *, the same amount of salt, and stavesacre p. vi. * with honey.

3.
Boethus’s for the same.

There is another invented by Boethus, which contains saffron, turpentine resin, each p. iv. *. myrrh p. iii. *. rose oil p. i. *. veal suet p. iii. *. wax p. ii. *. mixed together.

There is another one created by Boethus, which has saffron, turpentine resin, myrrh, rose oil, veal fat, and wax mixed together.

4.
Numenius’s for an in­flam­ma­tion.

The best composition against an inflammation of the womb, is that of Numenius, which contains saffron p. iii. *. wax p. i. *. butter p. viii. *. goose fat p. xii. *. two boiled yolks of eggs, with less than a cyathus of rose oil.

The best mixture for treating inflammation of the womb is from Numenius, which includes saffron p. iii. *, wax p. i. *, butter p. viii. *, goose fat p. xii. *, and two boiled egg yolks, along with less than a cyathus of rose oil.

5.
For expel­ling a dead fœtus.

If a fœtus has died within the womb, that it may be the more easily expelled, the bark of pomegranates must be rubbed down with water, and then made use of.

If a fetus has died in the womb, to make it easier to expel, the bark of pomegranates should be ground up with water and then used.

6.
For hysterick fits.

If a woman from an hysterick disorder is subject to fits, snails together with their shells must be burnt and powdered, and then honey added to them.

If a woman with hysteria has fits, you need to burn snails along with their shells, then grind them into a powder and mix in honey.

7.
For conception.

If a woman does not conceive(54), lions fat must be softened with rose oil.

If a woman doesn't conceive __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, lion's fat should be softened with rose oil.

210

210

CHAP. XXII. MEDICINES USED EITHER IN A DRY FORM OR MIXED WITH LIQUIDS.

1.
Powder for fungous flesh.

There are some mixtures of medicines made use of dry without being brought to any consistence, which we sprinkle on, or mix with some liquid, and lay them on. Such as that for eating down fungous flesh, which contains of copper scales, soot of frankincense, each p. i. *. verdigrease p. ii. *. Now this same composition with honey cleanses ulcers; and with wax fills them up. Also, if misy, galls, and cadmia be mixed in equal proportions, they consume the flesh; and these may either be sprinkled on dry(55), or brought to a consistence and spread on.

There are some medicine mixtures used dry without any consistency, which we sprinkle on or mix with some liquid and apply. For example, there's a mixture for removing excess flesh that includes copper scales and soot from frankincense, each in equal parts. Adding verdigris in double the amount also works. This same mixture combined with honey cleanses ulcers, and mixing it with wax helps fill them in. Additionally, if you combine myrrh, galls, and cadmia in equal amounts, they will reduce flesh. These can either be applied dry dry__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ or mixed to a paste and spread on.

2.
For restrain­ing putrid flesh.

Honey mixed either with lentils, or with horehound, or with olive leaves first boiled in wine, restrains putrid flesh, and does not suffer it to spread, and is gently corrosive. Also mellilot boiled in mulse, and then rubbed small. Or lime with cerate. Or bitter almonds with a third part of their quantity of garlick, and a little saffron added to them. Or that, which contains litharge p. vi. *. burnt ox horn p. xii. *. myrtle oil and wine, each three cyathi. Or that, which consists of the following things: the flowers of pomegranate, copperas, aloes, of each p. ii. *. scissile allum, frankincense, each p. iv. *. galls p. viii. *. birthwort p. x. *. The following is stronger, and even caustic; orpiment with chalcitis, and either nitre, or lime, or burnt paper. Also salt with vinegar. Or that composition, which contains chalcitis, pomegranate tops, aloes of each p. ii. *. scissile alum, frankincense, each p. iv. *. galls p. viii. *. birthwort p. x. *. and a sufficient quantity of honey to bring them to a proper consistence. Or cantharides, sulphur, of each p. i. *. darnel p. iii. *. with the addition of as much liquid pitch as will keep them together. Or even chalcitis mixed with resin and rue: or diphryges with the same resin; or stavesacre with liquid pitch. There is the same property in burnt lees of wine,211 and equal parts of lime and nitre. Or scissile alum p. i. *. frankincense, sandarach, nitre, each p. i. *. galls p. viii. *. birthwort p. x. *. and a sufficient quantity of honey.

Honey mixed with lentils, horehound, or olive leaves that have been boiled in wine keeps rotten flesh from spreading and is mildly corrosive. Similarly, boiled mellilot in mead, then crushed. Or lime with ointment. Or bitter almonds with a third of their amount of garlic, plus a little saffron. Or a mixture that includes litharge, burnt ox horn, myrtle oil, and three cyathi of wine each. Another mixture contains: pomegranate flowers, copperas, and aloes, each two parts; and scissile alum and frankincense, each four parts; galls eight parts; and birthwort ten parts. The following is stronger and even caustic: orpiment with chalcitis, and either nitre, lime, or burnt paper. Salt mixed with vinegar. Or a composition that includes chalcitis, pomegranate tops, and aloes, each two parts; scissile alum and frankincense, each four parts; galls eight parts; birthwort ten parts; and enough honey for the right consistency. Or cantharides, sulphur, each one part; darnel three parts; with enough liquid pitch to hold them together. Or chalcitis mixed with resin and rue; or diphryges with the same resin; or stavesacre with liquid pitch. Burnt wine lees, equal parts of lime and nitre, have the same effect. Or scissile alum one part; frankincense, sandarach, and nitre, each one part; galls eight parts; birthwort ten parts; and enough honey.

3.
Hera’s composition.

There is also a composition of Hera’s, which contains myrrh, chalcitis of each p. ii. *. aloes, frankincense, scissile alum, each p. iv. *. birthwort, unripe galls, each p. viii.*. pomegranate bark powdered p. xx. *.

There is also a recipe by Hera’s, which includes myrrh, chalcitis of each p. ii. *. aloes, frankincense, scissile alum, each p. iv. *. birthwort, unripe galls, each p. viii.*. powdered pomegranate bark p. xx. *.

4.
Judæus’s.

There is likewise one by Judæus: in which are two parts of lime, and a third of the reddest nitre; which are mixed with the urine of a young boy, till they be of the consistence of strigment. But the part, upon which this is spread, must be moistened now and then.

There’s also one by Judæus: it includes two parts lime and one part the reddest nitre, mixed with the urine of a young boy until it reaches the consistency of strigment. However, the area where this is applied needs to be moistened from time to time.

5.
Jollas’s.

But Jollas mixed of burnt paper, sandarach, each p. i. *. lime p. ii. *. and the same quantity of orpiment.

But Jollas mixed burnt paper, sandarach, each p. i. *. lime p. ii. *. and the same amount of orpiment.

6.
For an hæm­or­rhage.
7.
For cica­triz­ing ulcers.

But if there is blood discharged from that membrane, which covers the brain, the yolk of an egg ought to be burnt, powdered, and sprinkled upon it. If the hæmorrhage is from any other part, orpiment, copper scales, of each p. i. *. sandarach p. ii. *. burnt marble(56) p. iv. *. ought to be sprinkled on. The same things also resist a gangrene. To bring on a cicatrix, copper scales, soot of frankincense, of each p. ii. *. lime p. iv. *. p. The same mixture also keeps down fungous flesh.

But if there is blood coming from the membrane that covers the brain, the yolk of an egg should be burnt, ground into a powder, and sprinkled on it. If the bleeding is from any other area, mix orpiment and copper scales, both at p. i. *, with sandarach at p. ii. *, and burnt marble__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ at p. iv. *. These same substances also help prevent gangrene. To promote scab formation, use copper scales and soot of frankincense, each at p. ii. *, along with lime at p. iv. *. This mixture also helps control abnormal flesh growth.

8.
Timæus’s for the ignis sacer.

Timæus made use of the following composition for the ignis sacer(57) and a gangrene; of myrrh p. ii. *. frankincense, copperas, each p. iii. *. sandarach, orpiment, copper scales, each p. iv. *. galls p. vi. *. burnt ceruss p. viii. *. These have the same effect whether sprinkled on dry, or mixed with honey.

Timæus used the following mixture for the sacred fire sacred __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and gangrene: myrrh p. ii. *, frankincense, copperas, each p. iii. *, sandarach, orpiment, copper scales, each p. iv. *, galls p. vi. *, burnt ceruss p. viii. *. These have the same effect whether sprinkled on dry or mixed with honey.

Sternu­ta­tory medi­cines.

Sneezings are excited by putting into the nose either white hellebore, or struthium. Or this mixture: of pepper, white hellebore each p. iii. *. castor p. i. *. aphronitre p. ii. *. struthium p. iii. *.

Sneezes are triggered by putting either white hellebore or struthium into the nose. Or by using this mixture: of pepper, white hellebore each p. iii. *. castor p. i. *. aphronitre p. ii. *. struthium p. iii. *.

Gargarisms.

Gargarisms are used either to alleviate, or to repel, or to evacuate. Milk cream of212 ptisan, or bran, are lenients. A decoction either of lentils, or roses, or brambles, or quinces, or dates, are repellent. Mustard and pepper are evacuants.

Gargarisms are used either to soothe, or to repel, or to purge. Milk cream of212ptisan, or bran, are gentle remedies. A brew made from lentils, roses, brambles, quinces, or dates serves to repel. Mustard and pepper are cleansing agents.

CHAP. XXIII. Antidotes and their uses.

Antidotes, though seldom wanted, are sometimes extremely necessary, because they relieve in the most dangerous cases. They are properly exhibited, when bodies are bruised either by blows, or by falling from a height, or in pains of the bowels, sides, fauces, and more internal parts. But their principal use is against poisons either injected into our bodies by bites, or received with meat or drink.

Antidotes, while not often needed, can be crucial at times because they help in the most critical situations. They are appropriately given when the body is hurt from blows, falls from heights, or in cases of pain in the stomach, sides, throat, and other internal areas. However, their main purpose is to counteract poisons that enter our bodies through bites or are consumed with food or drink.

1.
Antidote.

There is one, which contains poppy tears p. *. z. acorum, malobathrum(58) p. v. *. Illyrian iris, gum, of each p. ii. *. anise p. iii. *. Gallican nard, dry rose leaves, cardamom, each p. iv. *. parsley p. *. iii. z. trefoil p. v. *. black cassia(59), silis, bdellium, balsam fruit, white poppy seed, each p. *. z. storax p. *. v. z. myrrh, opopanax, Syrian nard, male frankincense, juice of hypocistis, each p. vi. *. castor p. vi. *. costus, white pepper, galbanum, turpentine resin, saffron, flower of round cyperus, each p. vi. *. z. liquorice p. viii. *. z. these are incorporated with honey or passum.

There’s one that contains poppy tears, p. *. z. acorum, malobathrum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ p. v. *. Illyrian iris, gum, each p. ii. *. anise p. iii. *. Gallican nard, dried rose leaves, cardamom, each p. iv. *. parsley p. *. iii. z. trefoil p. v. *. black cassia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, silis, bdellium, balsam fruit, white poppy seed, each p. *. z. storax p. *. v. z. myrrh, opopanax, Syrian nard, male frankincense, juice of hypocistis, each p. vi. *. castor p. vi. *. costus, white pepper, galbanum, turpentine resin, saffron, flower of round cyperus, each p. vi. *. z. liquorice p. viii. *. z. these are mixed with honey or passum.

2.
Antidote called ambrosia.

Another antidote, which Zopyrus is said to have compounded for king Ptolemy, and called it ambrosia, consists of the following things: costus, male frankincense, of each p. v. *. white pepper p. *. z. flower of round cyperus p. ii. *. cinnamon p. iii. *. black cassia p. iv. *. Cilician saffron p. *. iv. z. the myrrh called stacte(60) p. v. *. Indian nard p. *. v. z. which being powdered separately, are incorporated with boiled honey: then when it is used, the bigness of an Egyptian bean must be diluted in a draught of wine.

Another antidote, which Zopyrus is said to have created for King Ptolemy and called ambrosia, consists of the following ingredients: costus, male frankincense, each p. v. *, white pepper p. *. z., flower of round cyperus p. ii. *, cinnamon p. iii. *, black cassia p. iv. *, Cilician saffron p. *. iv. z., the myrrh called stacte__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ p. v. *, Indian nard p. *. v. z. These ingredients, when powdered separately, are mixed with boiled honey. When it is used, the amount should be the size of an Egyptian bean, diluted in a glass of wine.

213

213

3.
Mithridates’s antidote.

But the most celebrated is that of Mithridates: by taking which every day, this king is said to have rendered his body secure against the danger or poisons. It contains the following things: of costus p. *. z. acorus p. v. *. hystericum, cummin, sagapenum, juice of acacia, Illyrian iris, cardamom, each p. ii. * anise p. iii. * Gallican nard, gentian-root, dry rose leaves, each p. iv. *. poppy tears, parsley, each p. *. iv. z. cassia, siler, darnel, long pepper, each p. vi. *. storax p. *. v. z. castor, frankincense, juice of hypocistis, myrrh, opopanax, each p. vi. *. malobathrum leaves p. vi. *. flower of round cyperus, turpentine resin, galbanum, seed of Cretan carrot, each p. *. v. z. nard, opobalsam, each p. *. vi. z. treacle mustard p. *. vi. pontic root(61) p. vii. *. saffron, ginger, cinnamon, each p. *. viii. These are powdered and mixed with honey, and against poison the bigness of a sweet almond is given in wine. In other disorders of the body, according to their violence, either the bigness of an Egyptian bean, or a vetch, will be sufficient.

But the most famous one is that of Mithridates: by taking this daily, it's said the king made his body safe from the threat of poisons. It contains the following ingredients: costus, acorus, hystericum, cumin, sagapenum, juice of acacia, Illyrian iris, cardamom, each in a quantity of 2 parts; anise in 3 parts; Gallican nard, gentian root, and dry rose leaves, each in 4 parts; poppy tears, parsley, each in 4 parts; cassia, siler, darnel, long pepper, each in 6 parts; storax in 5 parts; castor, frankincense, juice of hypocistis, myrrh, opopanax, each in 6 parts; malobathrum leaves in 6 parts; round cyperus flowers, turpentine resin, galbanum, seed of Cretan carrot, each in 5 parts; nard, opobalsam, each in 6 parts; treacle mustard in 6 parts; pontic root in 7 parts; saffron, ginger, cinnamon, each in 8 parts. These are ground into a powder and mixed with honey, and for protection against poison, a quantity the size of a sweet almond is taken in wine. For other bodily disorders, depending on their severity, either a size equivalent to an Egyptian bean or a vetch will suffice.

CHAP. XXIV. OF ACOPA.

Acopon for the nerves.

Acopa(62) are useful to the nerves. Such is that, which contains flower of round cyperus p. *. ii. z. z. costus, long cyperus, bay berries, ammoniacum, cardamom, each p. *. iv. z. myrrh, calcined copper, each p. vii. *. Illyrian iris, wax, each p. iv. *. Alexandrian reed, round cyperus, calambac wood, xylo-balsam, each p. xviii. *. suet p. i. *. iris ointment a cyathus.

Acopa __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ are beneficial for the nerves. This includes round cyperus flower, costus, long cyperus, bay berries, ammoniacum, cardamom, each at p. *. iv. z. myrrh, calcined copper, each at p. vii. *. Illyrian iris, wax, each at p. iv. *. Alexandrian reed, round cyperus, calambac wood, xylo-balsam, each at p. xviii. *. suet p. i. *. iris ointment a cyathus.

Another called elæodes.

There is another, which they call elæodes[ EL ]; it is made in this manner: of wax p. *. z. oil a like quantity, and of turpentine resin the bulk of a walnut; these are boiled together: then being poured into a mortar, are rubbed, and an acetabu214lum of the best honey is gradually dropped into it, then three cyathi of iris ointment and of rose oil.

There’s another one they call elæodes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; it’s made like this: with wax, equal parts of oil, and a chunk of turpentine resin about the size of a walnut. These ingredients are boiled together, then poured into a mortar and mixed. Gradually, the best honey is added in small amounts, followed by three cyathi of iris ointment and rose oil.

Of enchrista. One for cleans­ing and fill­ing ulcers.

The Greeks call liquids, that are daubed on, by the name of enchrista[ EM ]. Such as is that for cleansing and incarning ulcers, especially amongst nerves. It consists of a mixture of equal parts of butter, veal marrow, veal suet, goose fat, wax, honey, turpentine resin, rose and cicine oil. These are all melted separately, then mixed while they are liquid, and afterwards rubbed together. And this composition is indeed more cleansing: but it would be more emollient, if instead of the rose oil, that of cyprus be infused.

The Greeks refer to the liquids that are applied as enchrista__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. This is used for cleaning and treating ulcers, especially around nerves. It’s made from equal parts of butter, veal marrow, veal fat, goose fat, wax, honey, turpentine resin, rose oil, and cicine oil. Each ingredient is melted separately, then combined while still liquid, and finally blended together. This mixture is indeed more effective for cleansing, but it would be even more soothing if cyprus oil were used instead of rose oil.

For the ignis sacer.

For the ignis sacer: of litharge p. vi. *. ox-horn burnt p. ii. *. these are beat up together, and there is added alternately wine, and myrtle wine, till three cyathi of each be used.

For the sacred fire: of litharge p. vi. *. burnt ox-horn p. ii. *. these are mixed together, and alternately add wine, and myrtle wine, until three cyathi of each is used.

CHAP. XXV. OF CATAPOTIA.

1.
Anodyne catapotium for con­coc­tion.

There are catapotia of various kinds, and composed for different intentions. They call those anodyna[ EN ], which mitigate pain by sleep: which it is not fit to use, unless there be a very great necessity. For they consist of medicines strong and ungrateful to the stomach. Yet that even promotes concoction, which contains poppy tears, galbanum, of each p. i. *. myrrh, castor, pepper, each p. ii. Of these it is sufficient to swallow the bigness of a vetch.

There are various kinds of cataplasms, each made for different purposes. They refer to those anodyne __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ that ease pain through sleep; however, they should only be used in cases of great necessity. This is because they contain strong medicines that can upset the stomach. Still, even those that promote digestion include poppy tears, galbanum, each at a dose of p. i. *, myrrh, castor, and pepper, each at a dose of p. ii. For these, it is enough to take a size similar to a vetch.

2.
Another stronger.

Another, which is more powerful to promote sleep, but worse for the stomach, consists of the following ingredients. Of mandrake p. *. z. seeds of smallage and henbane, each p. iv. *. which are rubbed down with wine. The same quantity of this, as was directed of the other, is a plentiful dose.

Another remedy, which is more effective for promoting sleep but has a worse effect on the stomach, consists of the following ingredients: mandrake, smallage, and henbane seeds, each in the quantity of 4 parts, which are ground down with wine. The same amount of this as was recommended for the other is a generous dose.

215

215

3.
A quieting cata­po­tium for pains of the head, &c.

If there be pains of the head, or ulcers, or a lippitude, or tooth-ach, or difficulty of breathing, or pains of the intestines, or inflammation of the womb, or the hip, or a pain in the liver, spleen, or side, or if a woman falls into hysterick fits, and loses her speech, a catapotium of the following kind removes the pain by sleep. Sil(63), acorum, seed of wild rue, each p. ii. *. castor, cinnamon, each p. ii. *. poppy-tears, root of panaces, dry mandrake fruit, flower of round cyperus, of each p. ii. *. pepper lvi. grains. These being powdered separately, are again all rubbed together, dropping in now and then passum, till they acquire the consistence of sordes. A little of this is either swallowed, or diluted in water, and given to drink.

If you have headaches, ulcers, lip issues, toothaches, trouble breathing, intestinal pain, or inflammation of the womb or hip, or if you have pain in the liver, spleen, or side, or if a woman experiences hysterical fits and loses her ability to speak, a concoction made from the following ingredients can alleviate the pain and induce sleep. Sil__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, acorum, wild rue seeds, each 2 parts. Castor, cinnamon, each 2 parts. Poppy tears, panace root, dry mandrake fruit, round cyperus flower, each 2 parts. Pepper, 56 grains. These should be ground separately and then mixed together, adding a little passum gradually until they reach the consistency of paste. A small amount can be swallowed or mixed with water and drunk.

4.
Another of more gen­er­al use.

Moreover a handful of wild poppy, when it is just ripe for gathering the tear, is put into a vessel, and upon it is infused a sufficient quantity of water to cover it, and thus it is boiled. When this handful has been well boiled, let it be squeezed and thrown away; and with the liquor let an equal quantity of passum be mixed, and let them boil together, till it be as thick as sordes. When it has cooled, it is made into catapotia of the bigness of our bean, which have an extensive use. For they both procure sleep, either taken alone, or given in water, and with the addition of a little juice of rue and passum mitigate ear-aches: and dissolved in wine they stop a dysentery: and mixed with cerate made of rose oil, to which a little saffron is added, they restrain an inflammation of the womb. And spread upon the forehead with water, they stop the flux of gum to the eyes.

Additionally, a handful of wild poppy, when it's just ripe for harvesting, is placed in a container, and enough water is added to cover it, then it is boiled. Once this handful has been thoroughly boiled, it should be squeezed out and discarded; the liquid should then be mixed with an equal amount of passum and boiled together until it thickens to a consistency similar to grime. After it cools, it is formed into small pieces the size of a bean, which have various uses. They can induce sleep when taken alone or mixed with water, and adding a little juice of rue and passum can help relieve earaches; when dissolved in wine, they can stop dysentery; and when mixed with a cerate made of rose oil with a bit of saffron, they can help reduce inflammation of the womb. When spread on the forehead with water, they help stop excess mucus production in the eyes.

5.
For a pain of the womb.

Again, if a pain of the womb prevent sleep, a mixture is made of saffron p. ii. *. anise, myrrh, each p. i. *. poppy tears p. iv. *. hemlock seed p. viii. *. and these incorporated with old wine, and the bigness of a lupin is diluted with three cyathi of water. But this is dangerous to give in a fever.

Again, if pain in the uterus prevents sleep, a mixture is made of saffron p. ii. *, anise, myrrh, each p. i. *, poppy tears p. iv. *, hemlock seed p. viii. *, and these combined with old wine, and the amount equal to a lupin is diluted with three cyathi of water. However, this is dangerous to give in a fever.

216

216

6.
Catapo­tium for healing the liver.

For healing the liver, of nitre p. *. z. saffron, myrrh, Gallican nard, each p. i. *. are mixed with honey, and the bigness of an Egyptian bean serves for a dose.

For liver healing, mix equal parts of nitre, saffron, myrrh, and Gallican nard with honey. Use the size of an Egyptian bean as the dose.

7.
For pains in the sides.

For removing pains of the sides, equal parts of pepper, birthwort, nard, and myrrh are mixed together.

For relieving side pains, mix equal parts of pepper, birthwort, nard, and myrrh.

8.
Of the thorax.

For pains of the thorax, of nard p. i. *. frankincense, cassia, each p. iii. *. myrrh, cinnamon, each p. vi. *. saffron p. viii. turpentine resin a quadrans, honey three heminæ.

For chest pain, use 1 part nard, 3 parts frankincense, 3 parts cassia, 6 parts myrrh, 6 parts cinnamon, 8 parts saffron, 1 quarter of turpentine resin, and 3 heminae of honey.

9.
Athenio’s for a cough.

For a cough is that of Athenio: of myrrh, pepper, each p. i. *. castor, poppy tears, each p. i. *. which are bruised separately, and afterwards mixed, and two catapotia of the bulk of our bean are given in the morning, and two, when the patient is going to sleep at night.

For a cough, take the recipe of Athenio: myrrh, pepper, each a p. i. *, castor, poppy tears, each a p. i. *. These are crushed separately and then mixed together, and two catapotia of the weight of our bean are given in the morning and two more when the patient is going to sleep at night.

10.
Heraclides’s anodyne catapotium for a cough.

But if a cough prevents sleep, that of Heraclides the Tarentine is calculated for both disorders: of saffron p. i. *. cinnamon, castor, poppy tears, each p. i. *. myrrh, long pepper, costus, galbanum, each p. *. z.

But if a cough keeps you from sleeping, the one by Heraclides the Tarentine is meant to help with both issues: saffron p. i. *, cinnamon, castor, poppy tears, each p. i. *, myrrh, long pepper, costus, galbanum, each p. *. z.

11.
Catapo­tium for foul ulcers in the fauces.

But if ulcers in the fauces of patients labouring under a cough require to be cleansed, of panaces, myrrh, turpentine resin, each p. v. *. galbanum p. *. z. hyssop p. *. z. are to be rubbed together, and to these a hemina of honey is added, and as much as can be taken upon the finger must be swallowed.

But if ulcers in the throat of patients suffering from a cough need to be cleaned, mix together myrrh, turpentine resin, galbanum, and hyssop. Then add half a pint of honey, and the amount that can be taken on the finger should be swallowed.

12.
The colice of Cassius.

The colice of Cassius consists of the following ingredients: of saffron, anise, castor, each p. iii. *. parsley p. iv. *. pepper both long and round, each p. v. *. poppy-tears, round cyperus, myrrh, nard, each p. vi. *. which are incorporated with honey. And this may be both swallowed alone, and taken in warm water.

The colice of Cassius is made up of the following ingredients: saffron, anise, castor, each p. iii. *. parsley p. iv. *. pepper, both long and round, each p. v. *. poppy tears, round cyperus, myrrh, nard, each p. vi. *. These ingredients are mixed with honey. This can be taken by itself or mixed in warm water.

13.
For expel­ling a dead fœtus.

A draught of water mixed with sal ammoniac p. i. *. or dittany of Crete p. i. *. expels a dead fœtus or the secundines.

A mixture of water and ammonium chloride or Cretan dittany helps to expel a dead fetus or the afterbirth.

217

217

14.
To forward labour.

To women in labour hedge mustard ought to be given in tepid wine, when they are fasting.

To women in labor, hedge mustard should be given in lukewarm wine when they are fasting.

15.
For the voice.

The voice is assisted by p. i. *. of frankincense given in two cyathi of wine.

The voice is supported by a pinch of frankincense mixed in two small cups of wine.

16.
For a dysury.

Against a difficulty of urine: of long pepper, castor, myrrh, galbanum, poppy tears, saffron, costus, each one ounce, storax, turpentine resin, of each a sextans, wormwood, honey, a cyathus. Of these the bigness of an Egyptian bean ought to be given in the morning, and after supper.

Against a problem with urination: take one ounce of long pepper, castor, myrrh, galbanum, poppy tears, saffron, and costus; six ounces each of storax and turpentine resin; wormwood and honey, one cyathus each. The size of these should be equal to an Egyptian bean, and you should take them in the morning and after dinner.

17.
The com­pos­ition of ar­teri­ace.

Arteriace is made in this manner: of cassia, iris, cinnamon, nard, myrrh, frankincense, each p. i. *. saffron, p. i. *. pepper thirty grains, are boiled in three sextarii of passum, till they acquire the consistence of honey. Or saffron, myrrh, frankincense, of each p. i. *. are mixed with the same quantity of passum, and boiled in the same manner. Or three heminæ of the same passum are boiled, till a drop of it grows hard; and p. i. *. of powdered cassia is added to it.

Arteriace is made like this: take cassia, iris, cinnamon, nard, myrrh, and frankincense, each in a pound. Add saffron and pepper, each in a pound, and boil them in three sextarii of passum until they reach a honey-like consistency. Alternatively, mix saffron, myrrh, and frankincense, each in a pound, with the same amount of passum and boil it in the same way. Or, boil three heminæ of the same passum until a drop becomes hard, then add a pound of powdered cassia to it.

CHAP. XXVI. OF FIVE DIFFERENT TYPES OF DISORDERS AFFECTING THE BODY; AND OF THE NATURE, SYMPTOMS, AND TREATMENT OF WOUNDS.

Having explained the virtues of medicines, I shall next consider five different kinds of disorders, to which the body is incident. When it is hurt externally, as in wounds. When any part is corrupted internally, as in a gangrene. When any thing grows within some part, as the stone in the bladder. When any part is preternaturally enlarged, as a vein, which swelling is called a varix. Lastly, when somewhat is deficient, or maimed. In some of these medicines, in others manual operations are most useful. Deferring the consideration of the disorders, which chiefly require manual operations, I shall now treat of such, as stand mostly in need of medicines. And I shall divide218 this part of medicine in the same manner as the former, and first speak of those, which may happen in any part of the body; next of these, which attack certain parts. I shall begin with wounds.

Having discussed the benefits of medicines, I will now look at five different types of disorders that can affect the body. First, when the body is injured externally, like in wounds. Second, when part of the body is damaged internally, like in gangrene. Third, when something grows inside a part of the body, like a stone in the bladder. Fourth, when a part is unnaturally enlarged, like a swollen vein, which is called a varicose vein. Lastly, when a part is lacking or injured. Some of these conditions respond well to medicines, while others require manual treatments. Skipping over those disorders that primarily need manual intervention, I will now focus on those that mostly require medicines. I will divide this section of medicine the same way as the previous one, starting with those that can occur in any part of the body, and then moving on to those that affect specific areas. I will begin with wounds.218

Rules for the conduct of the phys­ician.

Now a physician should above all things know, what are incurable, what difficult to cure, and what more easy. For it is the part of a prudent man first, not to undertake one, whose case is desperate, lest he appear to have killed him, whom his own destiny has destroyed. Next, in a case of great danger, but not quite desperate, to discover to the friends of the patient, that it is a matter of difficulty: that if the malady should prevail against the art, he may neither seem to have been ignorant himself, nor to have deceived them. But as this is the proper conduct for a prudent person, so on the contrary it is the part of a quack to exaggerate a small matter, that he may appear to have performed the greater cure. Where a case is easy, it is reasonable that the physician by a free declaration of its easiness be obliged to the greater diligence and circumspection; that what is in itself small may not by his negligence become more considerable.

A doctor should primarily understand what conditions are incurable, which are hard to treat, and which are easier to handle. It's wise for a responsible physician not to take on a case that's hopeless, so they don't end up appearing responsible for a patient's death that fate has already sealed. In cases that are serious but not entirely hopeless, the doctor should let the patient's family know that the situation is challenging: if the illness overcomes medical intervention, the doctor shouldn't seem unaware or have misled them. While this is the right approach for a careful doctor, a fraud will tend to blow small issues out of proportion to make their successes seem more impressive. In situations that are manageable, the doctor should be more diligent and cautious, ensuring that a minor issue doesn't become more serious due to their negligence.

Incurable wounds.

A person cannot be preserved, when the basis of the brain, or the heart, or the gullet, or the portæ of the liver, or the spinal marrow is wounded; or when the middle of the lungs, or the jejunum, or smaller intestine, or stomach, or kidneys are wounded; or when the large veins or arteries about the throat are cut through.

A person can't survive if the brain, heart, throat, liver, spinal cord, or any vital organs like the lungs, small intestine, stomach, or kidneys are injured. Also, cutting the major veins or arteries in the neck will lead to death.

Wounds difficult to cure.

The cure is difficult in such as are wounded either in any part of the lungs, or the thick part of the liver, or the membrane that contains the brain, or in the spleen, or womb, or bladder, or any intestine, or the diaphragm. Such also are in a very dangerous situation, in whom the point of a weapon has penetrated as far as the large blood vessels, that lie deep in the arm-pits and hams. And all wounds are dangerous, wherever there are large blood-vessels, because they may exhaust a person by the profusion of blood. And this happens not only in the arm-pits and hams, but likewise in the veins, which go to the anus and testicles. Besides these, any wound in the arm-pits, or the inside of the219 thighs, or in any cavity, or between the fingers(15) is bad. Also by which a muscle, or nerve, or artery, or membrane, or bone, or cartilage, is hurt.

The recovery is tough for those wounded in any part of the lungs, the liver, the membrane surrounding the brain, the spleen, womb, bladder, or any intestine, or the diaphragm. Those who have a weapon's point that has penetrated deep into the major blood vessels in the armpits and hamstrings are also in a very risky situation. All wounds are perilous wherever large blood vessels are involved, as they can lead to significant blood loss. This risk is present not just in the armpits and hamstrings, but also in the veins connected to the anus and testicles. Furthermore, any injury to the armpits, the inside of the thighs, any cavity, or between the fingers is serious. Similarly, injuries to muscles, nerves, arteries, membranes, bones, or cartilage are concerning.

Safe wounds.

A wound in the flesh is safest of all, and these again from their situation are either worse or better. But a wound when large is dangerous from its size.

A wound on the skin is the safest of all, and the severity of these wounds can vary based on their location. However, a large wound is more dangerous because of its size.

The nature and figure of wounds.

The nature of the wound also and its figure make some difference; for when a part is both cut and bruised, it is worse than when it is only cut asunder; so that it is better to be wounded by a sharp weapon, than a blunt one. And that wound is worse, out of which any substance is cut, or where the flesh is carried off on one part, and hangs on the other. In general, those wounds are the worst, that are crooked: and those safest that are of a straight direction. And then, the nearer the wound approaches to the first or second of these forms, it is more or less dangerous.

The nature and shape of a wound also make a difference; when a part is both cut and bruised, it's worse than when it's just cut. So, it's better to be injured by a sharp weapon than a blunt one. A wound is worse if it cuts out any material, or if the flesh is torn away on one side and still hangs on the other. Generally, the worst wounds are crooked, while straight wounds are safer. The closer a wound is to the first or second of these forms, the more or less dangerous it is.

Consid­er­ation of the age, con­sti­tu­tion, and season.

Moreover the age, constitution, the way of life of the patient, and the season of the year, are of some importance: for a boy or a youth recovers more easily than one that is older; the strong than the infirm; one, that is neither too slender nor too plethoric, than one, that is on either of these extremes; one of a sound than one of a corrupt habit; one, that takes exercise, than an indolent person; the sober and temperate than one given to wine and venery. Again, the most convenient season of the year for curing a wound is the spring; or at least when it is neither hot nor cold: for both excessive heat and intense cold are prejudicial to wounds; but most of all an alternate change of these: and for that reason the autumn is very hurtful.

Also, the age, health, lifestyle of the patient, and the time of year are important factors: a boy or young man recovers more easily than an older person; a strong person recovers better than someone weak; someone who has a balanced physique recovers better than someone who is either too thin or too heavy; someone who is healthy recovers better than someone with health issues; someone who exercises recovers better than someone who is sedentary; and a sober, moderate person does better than someone who indulges in drinking and other excesses. Furthermore, the best time of year to heal a wound is spring, or at least when the weather is moderate—not too hot or too cold. Both extreme heat and severe cold can worsen wounds, but the most harmful condition is rapid changes between these extremes; for this reason, autumn is particularly detrimental.

Of wounds of the internal parts.

Most wounds are exposed to our view: but there are some, of which we judge from the situation of the parts, which we explained elsewhere, when we demonstrated the position of the internal parts. Nevertheless, because some of these lie superficial, and it makes a difference, whether a wound be in the surface, or has penetrated deeper; it is necessary to mention the appearances, by which we may220 know what is hurt within; and from which we are either to hope or despair.

Most wounds are visible to us, but there are some that we can only understand based on the location of the body parts, which we explained elsewhere when we discussed the placement of the internal organs. However, since some of these wounds are superficial, it’s important to recognize whether the wound is just on the surface or has gone deeper. We need to talk about the signs that can help us identify what’s injured inside, as these signs will lead us to either hope or despair.

Symptoms of the heart being wounded.

When the heart is wounded, there is a great effusion of blood, the pulse is languid, the skin very pale, cold sweats with a bad smell come on, the same as in sickness: the extremities grow cold, and death quickly follows.

When the heart is injured, there is a heavy loss of blood, the pulse becomes weak, the skin turns very pale, and cold sweats with a foul odor appear, similar to sickness: the extremities get cold, and death soon follows.

Of the lungs.

When the lungs are wounded, there is a difficulty of breathing; frothy blood is discharged from the mouth, and red blood from the wound; also along with the latter the air issues with a noise; the patient has an inclination to lie upon the wound; some start up without any reason. Many when they are lying upon the wound, are able to speak: if upon another part, they lose that faculty.

When the lungs are injured, breathing becomes difficult; frothy blood comes out of the mouth, and bright red blood flows from the wound; along with the latter, air escapes with a sound; the patient tends to lie on the wound; some suddenly sit up for no apparent reason. Many who lie on the wound can still speak: if they lie on another part, they lose that ability.

Of the liver.

The symptoms of a wounded liver are these: there is a great effusion of blood under the right side of the præcordia; the præcordia are drawn backward towards the spine; there is a pleasure in lying upon the belly; there are prickings and pains reaching as far as the clavicle and the broad bone of the shoulder, that is joined to it; to these there is sometimes added also a bilious vomiting.

The symptoms of a damaged liver are as follows: there is significant bleeding under the right side of the chest; the chest is pulled back toward the spine; there is a comfort in lying on the stomach; there are sharp pains that extend up to the collarbone and the shoulder bone connected to it; sometimes, this is also accompanied by vomiting that is gallbladder-related.

Of the kidneys.

When the kidneys are wounded, the pain reaches to the groin and testicles; the urine is made with difficulty; and it is either bloody, or grumous blood is voided.

When the kidneys are injured, the pain extends to the groin and testicles; urination becomes difficult; and the urine may be bloody, or it may contain clotted blood.

Of the spleen.

But when the spleen is wounded, black blood issues out from the left side; the præcordia and stomach on the same side grow hard; a great thirst ensues; and a pain strikes up to the clavicle, as when the liver is wounded.

But when the spleen is injured, dark blood flows from the left side; the area around the heart and the stomach on that side become rigid; intense thirst follows; and a pain radiates up to the collarbone, similar to when the liver is injured.

Of the womb.

But when the womb is wounded, there is a pain in the groin, and hips, and inside of the thighs; the blood is partly discharged by the wound, partly by the vagina; and a bilious vomiting follows. Some women lose their speech; some are delirious; others sensible, but complain, that they are tormented with a pain of their nerves and eyes: and when dying, have the same symptoms, as attend a wounded heart.

But when the womb is injured, there's pain in the groin, hips, and inner thighs; some blood comes from the wound, and some from the vagina; and then there’s nausea and vomiting. Some women lose their ability to speak; some become delirious; others are aware but say they are tortured by pain in their nerves and eyes: and when they are dying, they have the same symptoms as those who have a wounded heart.

221

221

Of the brain or its mem­brane.

If the brain or its membrane has received a wound, blood is discharged by the nose, in some also by the ears and generally a bilious vomiting follows. The senses of some are impaired, and they do not perceive when they are called upon: the countenance of others is fierce; and their eyes roll different ways, as in a palsy; and commonly on the third or fifth day a delirium comes on. Many are likewise convulsed. Before death most of them tear the bandages, with which their head is bound up, and expose the naked wound to the cold.

If the brain or its protective membrane gets injured, blood can come out of the nose and, in some cases, from the ears, and usually, there's also a lot of vomiting. Some people might have trouble with their senses and won’t respond when called; others may have a wild look in their eyes, and their eyes might move in different directions, similar to someone with paralysis; typically, on the third or fifth day, they experience delirium. Many also have convulsions. Before death, most of them rip off the bandages around their heads and expose the open wound to the cold.

Of the gullet.

When the gullet is wounded, a hiccough and bilious vomiting follow; if any meat or drink has been taken, it is quickly returned; the pulse grows languid; thin sweats come on, in which the extremities grow cold.

When the throat is injured, a hiccup and nausea occur; if any food or drink has been consumed, it is quickly expelled; the pulse becomes weak; light sweating starts, causing the limbs to feel cold.

Of the stomach and je­junum, and other in­tes­tines.

The signs of a wound in the jejunum and stomach are the same; for the food and drink pass through the wound: the præcordia grow hard; sometimes bile is vomited. Only it must be observed, that the jejunum is situated lower than the stomach. When the other intestines are wounded, they emit either excrement, or its smell.

The signs of a wound in the jejunum and stomach are the same; food and drink pass through the wound, the area around the heart becomes hard, and sometimes bile is vomited. It's important to note that the jejunum is located lower than the stomach. When other intestines are wounded, they produce either feces or its odor.

Of the spinal marrow.

When the spinal marrow is cut through, there follows either a palsy or convulsions; the patient becomes insensible; and after some time, the lower parts discharge involuntarily either seed, or urine, or excrement.

When the spinal cord is severed, it leads to either paralysis or convulsions; the patient loses consciousness, and after a while, the lower body releases urine, semen, or feces involuntarily.

Of the diaphragm.

But if the diaphragm is wounded, the præcordia are drawn upward; there is a pain in the spine, an oppression of the breath, and a discharge of frothy blood.

But if the diaphragm is injured, the chest is pulled upward; there is pain in the spine, difficulty breathing, and a discharge of frothy blood.

Of the bladder.

When the bladder is wounded, the groin is pained, there is a tension of the parts immediately above the pubes; instead of urine comes blood; and the urine is discharged at the wound; the stomach is affected, so that the patients either vomit bile, or have a hiccough; a coldness seizes them, and after that death.

When the bladder is injured, there is pain in the groin, and tension is felt in the area just above the pubes; instead of urine, blood emerges; and urine leaks from the wound; the stomach is impacted, causing patients to either vomit bile or experience hiccups; they feel cold, and soon after, death occurs.

222

222

Of the discharge from wounds and ulcers.
Blood, sanies, and pus.

These things being known, there still remain some other particulars to be observed relating to the wounds and ulcers, which we are to treat of. From wounds then and ulcers are discharged blood, sanies, and pus. Blood is known to every one. Sanies is thinner than blood, unequally thick, glutinous, and coloured. Pus is very thick and white, also more glutinous than either blood or sanies. Now blood is discharged from a recent wound, or one that is just healing: sanies appears betwixt these times: pus in an ulcer beginning to heal. Further, both sanies and pus are distinguished into several species by Greek names; for there is one kind of sanies, which is called ichor[ EO ], another melicera[ EP ]. There is also a species of pus called elæodes[ EQ ]. Ichor.Ichor is thin, of a whitish colour, and proceeds from a bad ulcer, and especially where a nerve has been hurt, and an inflammation has followed. Melicera is thicker, more glutinous, whitish,Melicera. and somewhat resembling white honey: this also is discharged from malignant ulcers, where the nerves about the joints are hurt; and amongst the joints principally from the knees. Elæodes is thin, whitish, somewhatElæodes. unctuous, in colour and fatness not unlike to white oil; and appears in large ulcers, that are healing. Now blood is bad that is either too thin or too thick, in colour either livid or black; or mixed with phlegm, or of various colours: the best is warm, red, moderately thick, and not glutinous. Therefore from the first the cure of a wound, which has yielded good blood, is more easy and quick: and afterwards there is more hope of those, from which the several discharges have been of the best kind. Sanies then is bad, where it is in great quantity, over thin, livid, or pale, or black, or glutinous, or fetid, or such as corrodes the ulcer itself and the adjacent skin. It is better, when the quantity is small, indifferently thick, of a reddish colour, or inclining to white. Ichor again is the worst, that is plentiful, thick, inclining to a livid or pale colour, glutinous, black, hot, fetid. It is more tolerable, if inclining to white, and when in all other respects it is the reverse of the former. But melicera is bad, when it is in great quantity, and very thick; better, when thinner,223 and less in quantity. Pus is the best amongst these. But even that too is bad, when it is copious, thin, diluted; and the more so, if it be such from the beginning; also if in colour it resemble serum, if it be pale, or livid, or feculent; moreover if it be fetid; unless the smell arises from the nature of the particular part, where the ulcer is. The less there is of it, and the thicker, and whiter, so much the better; and also if it be smooth, if it have no smell, if it be homogeneous. In quantity, however, it ought to correspond both with the size and age of the wound: for a greater quantity is discharged naturally from a larger one; and more before the inflammation is removed, than afterwards. Elæodes also when plentiful, and containing but little fat, is bad: but the less there is of it, and the more oily so much the better.

Knowing all this, there are still some additional details to consider regarding the wounds and ulcers we will discuss. From wounds and ulcers, blood, sanies, and pus are discharged. Blood is familiar to everyone. Sanies is thinner than blood, unevenly thick, sticky, and colored. Pus is very thick and white, also stickier than both blood and sanies. Blood comes from a recent wound or one that's just healing; sanies appears in between; pus is found in an ulcer that's beginning to heal. Additionally, both sanies and pus are classified into several types with Greek names; one type of sanies is called ichor__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, another melicera__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. There is also a type of pus known as elæodes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Ichor.Ichor is thin, whitish, and comes from a bad ulcer, especially where a nerve has been damaged and inflammation has followed. Melicera is thicker, stickier, whitish,Melicera. and somewhat resembles white honey; this also comes from malignant ulcers where nerves around the joints are affected, primarily from the knees. Elæodes is thin, whitish, and somewhatElæodes. oily, resembling white oil in both color and texture, and appears in large ulcers that are healing. Blood is considered bad if it is too thin or too thick, if it is livid or black, mixed with phlegm, or shows various colors; the best blood is warm, red, moderately thick, and not sticky. Therefore, healing a wound that has bled good blood is easier and faster; afterwards, there is greater hope for those with the best kinds of discharges. Sanies is considered bad when it is abundant, overly thin, livid, pale, black, sticky, foul-smelling, or corrosive to the ulcer and surrounding skin. It is better when the amount is small, moderately thick, and reddish or leaning towards white. Ichor is the worst when it is abundant, thick, and inclined towards livid or pale colors, sticky, black, hot, and foul-smelling. It is more tolerable if it leans towards white and is the opposite of the previously mentioned characteristics. Melicera is detrimental when it is abundant and very thick, but better when thinner,223 and in lesser amounts. Pus is the best among these. However, it is still concerning when it is plentiful, thin, diluted; more so if it was like that from the start; or if its color resembles serum, if it is pale, livid, or foul-smelling; unless the odor arises from the nature of the specific area where the ulcer is. The less of it there is, and the thicker and whiter, the better; it should also be smooth, have no smell, and be uniform. In terms of amount, it should correspond with the size and age of the wound; more discharge is naturally expected from a larger wound, and more before inflammation has diminished than after. Elæodes, when abundant and containing little fat, is bad; but the smaller the amount and the more oily it is, the better.

Cure of a hæm­or­rhage from a wound.

These things being considered, when any person is wounded, that can be cured, two things are immediately to be regarded: that he do not perish either by a hæmorrhage, or an inflammation. If we are afraid of a hæmorrhage (which may be known from the situation of the wound and its largeness, and from the force of the stream of blood) the wound is to be filled with dry lint, and over it a sponge squeezed out of cold water must be applied, and pressed down with the hand. If this does not stop the blood, the lint is to be frequently changed: and if it have not strength enough dry, it must be moistened with vinegar. This is very powerful in stopping blood: and therefore some people pour it into the wound. But here again it is to be feared, that the matter being too forcibly retained there, may afterwards raise a great inflammation. Which is the reason why neither corroding medicines, nor such as are caustic, and therefore forming a slough, are to be used, although most of these stop blood: but if recourse is ever had to them, such ought rather to be employed, as are the mildest in their operation. But if even these do not prevail against the hæmorrhage, the vessels, which discharge the blood are to be taken hold of, and tied in two places about the wounded part, and cut through, that they may both unite together, and nevertheless have their orifices closed. When the circumstances do not even allow of this measure, they may224 be cauterized with a hot iron. And in this case too, when there is a considerable hæmorrhage from a part, where there is neither nerve, nor muscle, in the forehead for instance, or upper part of the head, it is very proper to apply a cupping vessel to the opposite part, that the current of blood may be diverted thither.

Considering these points, when someone is injured and can be treated, two things must be prioritized: preventing death from blood loss or inflammation. If there's a risk of bleeding (which can be identified by the wound's location and size, as well as the strength of the blood flow), the wound should be packed with dry lint, and a sponge soaked in cold water should be pressed down on top. If this doesn’t stop the bleeding, the lint should be changed frequently; if it isn’t absorbing enough, it can be dampened with vinegar. Vinegar is very effective at stopping bleeding, which is why some people pour it into the wound. However, this could also cause significant inflammation later on. For this reason, corrosive or caustic medicines, which create a slough, should not be used, even though many stop bleeding. If they must be used, they should be the mildest options available. If these do not stop the bleeding, the blood vessels that are bleeding should be clamped and tied in two places around the injury and then cut to allow them to close both ends. If this approach isn’t an option, cauterization with a hot iron may be necessary. In cases of severe bleeding from an area lacking nerves or muscle, like the forehead or upper head, it's effective to apply a cupping device to the opposite side to redirect the blood flow.

Cure of the in­flam­ma­tion in wounds.

These then are the remedies against a haemorrhage: but for an inflammation the flux of blood itself is the cure. This may be apprehended, when either a bone has been hurt, or a nerve, or a cartilage, or a muscle, or when the haemorrhage has been too small in proportion to the size of the wound. Therefore when any thing of this kind happens, it will not be proper to stop the blood quickly, but to suffer it to flow as long as it is safe; insomuch that if the discharge has appeared small, it ought also to be taken from the arm; especially if the patient be young and robust, and used to exercise; much more, if he was intoxicated before he received the wound. And if a muscle shall appear to be wounded, it must be cut through: for when it is only divided in part, it is mortal; cut quite through it admits of a cure.

These are the remedies for a hemorrhage: but for an inflammation, the outflow of blood itself serves as the cure. This can be understood when a bone, a nerve, cartilage, or a muscle has been injured, or when the bleeding is too small compared to the size of the wound. Therefore, when something like this occurs, it’s not advisable to stop the bleeding quickly, but rather to let it flow as long as it’s safe; so much so that if the bleeding seems minimal, it should also be taken from the arm; especially if the patient is young and fit, and is used to exercising; even more so if they were intoxicated before the injury. If a muscle appears to be wounded, it must be completely cut through: because if it’s only partially severed, it can be fatal; if cut all the way through, it allows for healing.

The ag­glu­tin­ation of wounds.

The blood then being either stopped, when the haemorrhage is excessive, or more taken away by phlebotomy when too small, it is far the best method to agglutinate the wound. Now this may be done, either when it is in the skin, or even in the flesh, if nothing else is hurt. It may be done, where the flesh is hanging down in one part, and adhering in another; provided however it be still sound, and nourished by its continuity with the body.

The bleeding can either be controlled when the loss of blood is severe, or more blood can be drawn through phlebotomy when it’s insufficient. The best approach is to close up the wound. This can be done whether the wound is in the skin or deeper in the flesh, as long as no other parts are damaged. It can be performed even if some flesh is hanging down in one area and attached in another, as long as it’s still healthy and receiving nourishment from its connection to the body.

In wounds to be agglutinated there is a double method of cure. For if the wound be in a soft place, it ought to be sewed: and especially, if the extremity of the ear, or the lower part of the nose be cut, or the forehead, or the cheek, or the eye-brow, or the lip, or the skin about the throat, or the belly. But if the wound is in the flesh, and gapes, and its lips cannot be easily brought together, a suture is improper: and in this case fibulæ(64) are to be put on (the Greeks call them ancteres[ ER ]) to draw the lips a225 little closer; that the cicatrix may be the less broad after the cure.

In wounds that need to be closed, there are two ways to treat them. If the wound is in a soft area, it should be stitched up; this is especially true if the cut is on the tip of the ear, the lower part of the nose, the forehead, the cheek, the eyebrow, the lip, the skin around the throat, or the belly. However, if the wound is in the flesh, gaping, and the edges can’t be easily brought together, stitching is not suitable. In this case, fibulas__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ should be used (the Greeks call them ancteres__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__) to pull the edges a225 little closer so the scar will be narrower after healing.

Hence now it may be collected, whether a wound, in which the flesh is in one part depending, and in another adhering, if it is not yet corrupted, requires a suture, or a fibula. But neither of them ought to be applied before the wound be cleansed within, lest any concreted blood be left there. For that turns to pus, raises an inflammation, and prevents the wound from being agglutinated. Even the lint, that is put into it to stop the bleeding, must not be left there; for that also inflames.

So, it can be concluded now that if a wound has some flesh hanging and some sticking together, and it's not yet infected, it needs either stitches or a clamp. But neither should be used until the wound is cleaned out, to avoid leaving any clotted blood inside. That can turn to pus, cause inflammation, and stop the wound from healing properly. Even the gauze used to stop the bleeding shouldn't be left in there, because that can cause inflammation too.

It will be necessary to take up with the needle, or the fibula, not only the skin, but also some of the flesh below it, that it may adhere the more strongly, and not break away the skin. Both of them are best done with soft thread(65), not too much twisted, that it may be the less uneasy to the part. Neither of them are to be applied at too great distances, nor too frequently: if at too great distances they will not hold; if too frequently they are very hurtful; because the oftener the needle has passed, and the more places are gauled by the fibula, so much the greater will the inflammation be; and especially in the summer-time. Neither of them requires any force; but the operation is only so far useful, as the skin follows the hand as it were of its own accord. Now the fibula commonly allows a wound to be broader: a suture joins its lips, but these should not touch one another in every part; that if any humour be collected within, there may be a passage for it to escape. But if a wound admits of neither of these, it ought nevertheless to be cleansed.

It's important to stitch not just the skin, but also some of the underlying flesh, so it adheres better and doesn't pull away from the skin. Both tasks are best performed with soft thread__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ that's not overly twisted, making it easier on the area. They shouldn’t be applied too far apart or too closely: if they're too far apart, they won't hold; if they're too close, they can cause damage. The more often the needle goes through, and the more places the fibula injures, the greater the inflammation will be, especially in the summer. Neither requires much force; the operation is only effective if the skin moves with the hand as if it wants to. The fibula generally allows for a wider wound: a suture brings its edges together, but they shouldn't completely touch everywhere; this way, if any fluid collects inside, there’s a way for it to escape. If neither method is applicable to a wound, it still needs to be cleaned.

In the next place, upon every wound should be applied first a sponge squeezed out of vinegar: if any patient is not able to bear the strength of vinegar, wine must be made use of: a slight wound is helped by laying on a sponge squeezed even out of cold water. But in whatever way it is put on, it does good no longer than it is moist: therefore it must not be suffered to dry. A wound may be cured without foreign, scarce, and compound medicines. But if one has not confidence in that method, he ought to apply a medicine, that is composed, without suet, of those things, which I mentioned to be proper for bloody wounds; and particularly if it be in the flesh, the barbarum: if it226 be a nerve, or cartilage, or any of the prominent parts, as the ears, or lips, the sphragis of Polybus. The green Alexandrian also is fit for the nerves; and for the prominent parts that, which the Greeks call rhuptousa[ ES ].

Next, for every wound, first apply a sponge soaked in vinegar. If the patient can't tolerate vinegar, use wine instead. A minor wound can be treated with a sponge soaked in cold water. However, it’s important to keep the application moist, as it only helps while wet; it shouldn’t be allowed to dry out. A wound can heal without needing rare or complicated medicines. But if you’re hesitant about that method, you should use a compound medicine made without fat, using the ingredients I mentioned that are suitable for bloody wounds; especially if it’s in the flesh, use the barbarum. If it’s a nerve, cartilage, or any prominent areas like the ears or lips, then use Polybus’s sphragis. The green Alexandrian is also good for nerves, and for the prominent areas, use what the Greeks call rhuptousa__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

It is common also, where there is a contusion, for the skin to be a little broken. When this happens, it is not improper to make a larger opening with a knife; unless there be muscles and nerves near to it, which it is not fit to cut. When it is sufficiently opened, a medicine must be applied. But if the bruised part cannot admit the opening, though too small, to be enlarged, upon account of nerves or muscles, such applications are to be used, as may draw out the humour gently; and of that kind the fittest for the present purpose is the composition, which I said was called rhypodes. It is not improper also, wherever there is a severe wound, after applying(66) what is agreeable to it; to cover the whole with sordid wool moistened with vinegar and oil; or if the part be soft, a mild restringent cataplasm; if nervous, or muscular, an emollient.

It's also common for the skin to be slightly broken when there's a bruise. When that happens, it’s okay to make a larger cut with a knife, unless there are muscles or nerves nearby that shouldn't be cut. Once it’s opened enough, you need to apply a treatment. However, if the bruised area can't be opened up further due to nerves or muscles, you should use treatments that can gently draw out any fluid. The best option for this situation is the mixture I mentioned called rhypodes. Additionally, whenever there's a serious wound, after applying __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ what's appropriate, it's good to cover it with dirty wool soaked in vinegar and oil; or if the area is soft, a mild tightening poultice; and if it's near nerves or muscles, an emollient.

The proper bandages for wounds.

For binding up a wound a linen roller is most convenient: and this ought to be bandages for so broad, that a single application of it may not only cover the wound, but take in a little on each side of it. If the flesh has shrunk away more on one side, it is better to begin the rolling from thence; if equally on both sides, it ought to lay hold of the lips transversely; or if the nature of the wound does not admit of that, the middle of it is first put on, that it may be drawn afterwards both ways. Now it is to be bound on in such a manner, that it may both hold, and not be over tight. When it does not hold, it slides off; and that, which is over tight, hazards a gangrene. In the winter-time the roller ought to be carried round oftener; in the summer, no more than necessity requires. Then the extremity of it is to be sewed to the lower part of the bandage. For a knot hurts a wound, unless it be at a distance from it.

For wrapping a wound, a linen roller is the most practical option. It should be wide enough so that a single pass can not only cover the wound but also include a bit of the skin on each side. If the flesh has pulled away more on one side, start wrapping from that side. If it’s even on both sides, position the bandage across the edges. If the type of wound doesn’t allow for that, start by placing the bandage in the middle so it can be adjusted later in both directions. Make sure to secure it in a way that it stays in place but isn’t too tight. If it’s too loose, it will fall off, and if it’s too tight, it can cause gangrene. In winter, the roller should be changed more often; in summer, only as needed. Finally, the end of the roller should be stitched to the bottom part of the bandage. Avoid tying a knot close to the wound, as it can cause irritation.

227

227

Moreover every person ought to know, that the viscera, which I mentioned before, require a particular method of cure. For the external wound is to be cured either by a suture, or some other method. In the bowels nothing is to be touched, unless some bit in the extremity of the liver, or spleen, or lungs be hanging out, which may be cut away. Otherwise the internal wound is to be cured by the diet and medicines, which I mentioned in the former book as agreeable to each viscus.

Moreover, everyone should understand that the internal organs I mentioned before need a specific treatment approach. The external wound can be treated either with stitches or another method. As for the intestines, nothing should be touched unless a part of the liver, spleen, or lungs is protruding, in which case it can be cut away. Otherwise, the internal wound should be treated with the diet and medications I discussed in the previous book that are suitable for each organ.

Directions for the patient’s diet.

These steps being taken on the first day, the patient must be put to bed: and if the wound be severe, he ought to abstain from food, as much as his strength will permit, before the inflammation comes on; to satisfy his thirst with warm water, or if it be in summer, and he have neither fever nor pain, the water may be cold. However no rule is so constant, but that a regard must always be had to the strength of the patient; so that his weakness may render it necessary to take food immediately, but such as is thin, and in small quantity, just sufficient to support him. And many sinking under a hæmorrhage, before any thing else be done, are even to be refreshed with wine; which is otherwise very prejudicial to a wound.

Once these steps are taken on the first day, the patient should be put to bed. If the wound is severe, they should avoid food as much as their strength allows before inflammation sets in, and quench their thirst with warm water. If it's summer and they have no fever or pain, the water can be cold. However, there's no strict rule; always consider the patient's strength. If they are weak, it might be necessary to give them some food right away, but it should be light and in small amounts, just enough to sustain them. Many people who are fainting from blood loss should be given wine first, even though it can be harmful to a wound otherwise.

Good and bad symptoms in wounds.

It is dangerous for a wound to swell too much: not to swell at all is extremely dangerous. The first is a sign of a violent inflammation; the other of a mortification. If the patient be sensible, and no fever has come on, we may at once conclude, that the wound will be soon healed: and even a fever ought not to alarm us, if in a large wound it continue, while the inflammation subsists; it is bad, when it either supervenes to a slight wound, or lasts longer than the inflammation, or brings on a delirium; or if it does not remove a tetanus, or convulsion, that arose from the wound. Also an involuntary bilious vomiting coming on either immediately after the wound is received, or while the inflammation continues, is a bad symptom in those only, whose nerves, or nervous parts are wounded. However to take a vomit is not hurtful; especially in those, who have been accustomed to it; but neither immediately after meat, nor when the inflammation has begun, nor when the wound is in the superior parts.

It’s risky for a wound to swell too much, but not swelling at all is extremely dangerous. The first indicates a severe inflammation, while the latter shows signs of tissue death. If the patient is alert and hasn’t developed a fever, we can assume that the wound will heal soon. A fever isn't a cause for concern if it persists in a large wound while inflammation is present; it’s problematic if it appears in response to a minor wound, lasts longer than the inflammation, causes delirium, or fails to resolve muscle stiffness or convulsions from the wound. Additionally, involuntary nausea or vomiting that occurs right after the injury or during swelling is a bad sign, but this only applies to those whose nervous system is affected. Taking something to induce vomiting isn’t harmful, especially for those used to it; however, it’s best to avoid doing this immediately after eating, when inflammation has started, or if the wound is in the upper body.

228

228

Dressings for wounds.

The wound being kept thus for two days, on third it must be opened, and the sanies must be wiped off with cold water, and the same kind of dressings put on. On the fifth day it will be easy to judge to what height the inflammation is to rise. On which day the wound must be uncovered again, and its colour observed. And if it be livid, or pale, or variegated, or black, we may be sure it is a bad wound: and whensoever this appearance is observed, it may alarm us. It is best for a wound to be white, or ruddy. Also a hard, thick, and painful skin denotes danger. It is a good sign, when this is free from pain, thin and soft. But if the wound is closed, or there be a slight swelling, the same application must be used as at first.

The wound should be kept like this for two days. On the third day, it needs to be opened, and the pus must be wiped off with cold water, then the same type of dressings should be applied again. By the fifth day, it will be easier to judge the level of inflammation. On this day, the wound should be uncovered again, and its color should be observed. If it looks purple, pale, multicolored, or black, we can be sure it's a serious wound, and whenever this appearance is seen, it should concern us. It's best for a wound to be white or red. A hard, thick, and painful skin indicates danger. A good sign is when the area is painless, thin, and soft. However, if the wound is closed or there's slight swelling, the same treatment used initially should be applied again.

If the inflammation is violent, with no hopes of an agglutination, and does not yield, the use of warm water too is necessary, that it may dissipate the matter, and soften the hardness, and promote a suppuration. It must be of such a degree of warmth, as to be agreeable to the hand; and be continued so long, till it appear to have diminished in some measure the swelling, and restored a more natural heat to the ulcer. After this fomentation, if the wound does not gape much, a plaister should be applied immediately, and if it be a large wound, the tetrapharmacum would be best; in the joints, fingers, or cartilaginous parts, the rhypodes. But if it gapes pretty much, that same plaister must be softened with ointment of iris, and lint spread with it must be laid over the wound; then the plaister applied above, and over that sordid wool; and the rollers must be also less tight than at first.

If the inflammation is intense, with no hope of healing through adhesion, and doesn't improve, using warm water is also necessary to help break up the debris, soften the hardness, and encourage pus formation. The water should be warm enough to feel comfortable to the touch and should be applied until it noticeably reduces the swelling and brings the ulcer to a more natural temperature. After this warm compress, if the wound isn’t gaping too much, a bandage should be applied immediately. For larger wounds, the tetrapharmacum is best; for those in joints, fingers, or cartilage, use the rhypodes. However, if the wound is gaping quite a bit, that same bandage should be softened with iris ointment, and then lint treated with it should be placed over the wound; next, apply the bandage over that and top it off with clean wool. The wrapping should also be less tightly bound than before.

Peculiar directions for wounds in the joints.

But there are some peculiarities to be attended to in the joints. If the nerves, which secure them, are cut through, a weakness of that part follows. If that is uncertain, and the wound is from a sharp weapon, and that in a transverse direction, it is more easy to cure: and if it be from a blunt and heavy one, the figure of it makes no difference: but it must be observed whether the pus comes from above or below the joint. If it come from under it, and continue a long time white and thick, it is probable that a nerve is cut through, and the more so, the greater the pains and inflammations are, and the sooner they began. But al229though the nerve be not cut through, yet if a hard tumour continue round it long, the ulcer of necessity must be tedious, and even when that is healed, the tumour will remain; and it will be a considerable time before that limb recover its power either of extension or contraction. And it is longer before it can be extended, when the cure has been conducted with the joint bent, than it is before one can be bent, which we have kept straight. The limb, that is wounded, ought to be placed also in a certain position: if it is to be agglutinated, it must be laid high; if it is inflamed, so as to incline to neither side; if the pus has begun to flow, it must be kept in a depending posture.

But there are some details to consider in the joints. If the nerves that hold them together are severed, it results in weakness in that area. If there's uncertainty about that, and the injury is from a sharp weapon and comes from a sideways angle, it’s easier to treat. However, if it’s from a blunt, heavy object, the shape doesn’t matter, but it’s important to observe whether the pus is coming from above or below the joint. If it comes from underneath and remains thick and white for a long time, it’s likely that a nerve has been cut, especially if there’s a lot of pain and inflammation that starts quickly. Even if the nerve isn’t cut, if a hard lump persists around it for a long time, the ulcer will likely take a while to heal, and even once it does, that lump will remain; it will take a considerable amount of time before that limb regains its ability to move, whether to stretch out or bend. It takes longer to regain the ability to stretch when the healing has been done with the joint bent than it does to regain the ability to bend when it has been kept straight. The injured limb should also be positioned correctly: if it needs to heal together, it should be elevated; if it’s inflamed, it should be kept neutral; if pus is flowing, it should be kept in a lowered position.

Rest too is an excellent remedy. Motion and walking are prejudicial, except to people in health: however, less dangerous to such as are wounded in the head or arms, than those, that are wounded in the lower parts. And walking is least of all proper, when the hurt is in the thigh, or the leg, or the foot. The place, where the patient lies, ought to be warm. Bathing also, while the wound is not clean, is extremely bad: for that renders it both tumid and foul; from whence the transition to a gangrene is common. Gentle friction is good; but in those parts, that are at a great distance from the wound.

Rest is a great remedy. Movement and walking can be harmful, except for healthy people; however, it's less risky for those with injuries to the head or arms than for those with injuries to the lower body. Walking is least appropriate when the injury is in the thigh, leg, or foot. The area where the patient rests should be warm. Bathing is also very bad while the wound is still unclean because it can make it swollen and dirty, leading to a common transition to gangrene. Gentle rubbing is beneficial, but only on areas far from the wound.

Deterging of wounds.

After the inflammation is gone, the wound must be deterged. That end is best obtained by lint dipt in honey; and over that must be applied either the tetrapharmacum plaister, or the enneapharmacum. Now that ulcer is clean, which appears red, and is neither too dry nor too moist. But any ulcer that is deprived of its sensibility, or whose feeling is unnaturally exquisite, or that is either too dry or too moist, or that is either whitish or livid, or black, that ulcer is not clean.

After the inflammation is gone, the wound needs to be cleaned. The best way to do that is with lint soaked in honey; and over that, either the tetrapharmacum plaster or the enneapharmacum should be applied. Now that the ulcer is clean, it should look red and neither be too dry nor too moist. However, any ulcer that lacks sensation, or has an unusually heightened sensitivity, or is either too dry or too moist, or appears whitish, bluish, or black, is not clean.

Incarning of wounds.

After a wound is deterged, it must next be incarned; and for that purpose warm water is so far necessary, as to remove the sanies. The use of sordid wool is improper; it is better to cover it with such as has been washed. And there are also some medicines, which conduce to the filling up of the wound; therefore it is not amiss to make use of them: such as butter with oil of roses, and a small proportion of honey; or the plaister tetrapharmacum with the same pro230portion of honey, or with the oil of roses; or lint dipped in oil of roses. But the bath used sparingly is more efficacious; and food of a good juice, avoiding every thing acrid. When they are almost filled up, birds and venison and boiled pork may be given. Wine is always hurtful, while there is a fever or inflammation; and indeed, till it be cicatrized, if either nerves or muscles are wounded; or even the flesh, if it be deep. But if the wound is of the safer kind, and only superficial, wine not very old, given in moderate quantities however, may promote the incarnation. If any thing is to be softened, which is necessary in nervous and muscular parts, cerate must also be laid upon the wound. But if fungous flesh has grown upon it, dry lint restrains it gently; copper scales more powerfully. If the quantity to be taken away be more considerable, things still stronger must be applied to eat down the flesh. After these a cicatrix is very well formed by lycium diluted in passum or milk; or dry lint laid on alone is still more efficacious.

Once a wound is cleaned, it needs to be filled in next; warm water is essential for washing away any discharge. Using dirty wool is not suitable; it's better to cover it with washed wool. There are also some treatments that help to close the wound, so it’s a good idea to use them, like butter mixed with rose oil and a little honey; or the tetrapharmacum plaster with the same amount of honey or rose oil; or lint soaked in rose oil. However, using a bath sparingly is more effective, and nutritious food should be consumed, avoiding anything spicy. Once the wound is nearly healed, you can introduce birds, game, and boiled pork. Alcohol is always harmful during a fever or inflammation, and until the wound is fully healed, especially if nerves or muscles are affected, or if the flesh is deep. But if the wound is less serious and merely superficial, a moderate quantity of not-too-old wine can help the healing process. If anything needs to be softened, especially in nerve and muscle areas, ointment should be applied to the wound. If excessive growth occurs on the wound, dry lint can gently hold it back, while copper scales are more effective. If a larger amount needs to be removed, stronger treatments should be applied to reduce the flesh. After that, a scar can form well with lycium diluted in sweet wine or milk; or just dry lint on its own is even more effective.

Bad con­se­quences from un­suc­cess­ful cures.

This then is the process of a successful cure. But at times things will happen to take a dangerous turn. For sometimes the ulcer grows ancient, a callosity comes over it, and its lips are thick, and of a livid colour: after which, whatever medicine is applied, does little good; and this generally happens to an ulcer negligently treated.

This is the process of a successful cure. However, sometimes things can take a dangerous turn. Occasionally, the ulcer becomes chronic, develops a hardened layer, and its edges become thick and discolored. After that, any medicine applied is unlikely to help; this usually occurs with an ulcer that has been neglected.

Sometimes from an excessive inflammation, or violent heats, or excessive cold, or too tight bandages, or the old age or bad habit of the patient, a gangrene seizes upon it. This kind of disorder by the Greeks is divided into several species, for which we have no terms in our language. Now every gangrene not only corrupts that, which it has seized upon, but also spreads. But then the distinction is to be made between the species by different symptoms. For sometimes beyond the inflammation a redness surrounds the ulcer, and spreads with pain; the Greeks call it erysipelas[ ET ].; sometimes the ulcer is black, because the flesh of it is corrupted, and the blackness is greatly increased as the putrefaction goes on, when the wound is moist, and231 from the black ulcer is discharged a pale fetid liquor, and the flesh within is corrupted(67): sometimes also the nerves and membranes are dissolved, and a probe put in descends either laterally or downwards; sometimes the bone is affected with that disorder: and sometimes there follows what the Greeks call gangræna[ EU ].

Sometimes, due to too much inflammation, extreme heat, excessive cold, tight bandages, the patient's old age, or bad habits, gangrene can develop. This type of condition is divided into several types by the Greeks, for which we don't have names in our language. Every gangrene not only destroys the area it affects but also spreads. However, the different types can be distinguished by various symptoms. Sometimes, beyond the inflammation, there's a redness surrounding the ulcer that spreads with pain; the Greeks refer to this as erysipelas. At other times, the ulcer appears black due to the decay of the tissue, and the darkness intensifies as it continues to rot, particularly when the wound is moist, and from the black ulcer, a pale, foul-smelling fluid seeps out, indicating that the flesh inside is corrupted __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Sometimes, the nerves and membranes break down, and when a probe is inserted, it goes in sideways or downward; there can also be involvement of the bone with this condition, and sometimes it leads to what the Greeks call gangrene __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

The former kinds happen in any part of the body: the last mentioned about the extremities, that is, the nails, the armpits, or groin; and generally in old people, or in such as are in a bad habit of body. The flesh of such an ulcer is either black or livid, but dry and withered, and the contiguous skin is for the most part covered with pustules of a dark brown colour; then the next to that is either pale or livid, and commonly of an æruginous colour, and void of sensation; the skin a little farther off(68) is inflamed. And all these spread at once; the ulcer into the pustulous part; the pustules to the part that is pale or livid; the paleness or livor to that which is inflamed; and the inflammation proceeds to that which is sound. In the mean time an acute fever comes on, and a vehement thirst; some are also delirious; others, though they be sensible, stammer, and with great difficulty can make their meaning understood; the stomach begins to be affected; the breath itself acquires a fetid smell. Now this disorder in the beginning admits of a cure; but when it is thoroughly rooted, it is incurable; and most of them die with a cold sweat.

The earlier types can occur anywhere in the body, while the last ones are found in areas like the nails, armpits, or groin; they typically affect older adults or those who are in poor health. The tissue of such an ulcer appears either black or dark purple, but is dry and shriveled, and the surrounding skin is usually covered with dark brown pustules. The area next to this may look pale or livid, often having a bluish tint, and lacks sensation; the skin slightly farther away is inflamed. All of these conditions spread simultaneously: the ulcer expands into the pustulous area, the pustules spread to the pale or livid region, the paleness or darkness affects the inflamed skin, and the inflammation moves toward the healthy skin. Meanwhile, there is a sharp fever and intense thirst; some may experience delirium, while others, despite being aware, struggle to communicate and express themselves clearly. The stomach begins to be impacted, and the breath takes on a foul odor. Initially, this condition can be treated, but once it takes hold, it becomes untreatable, and many end up dying with a cold sweat.

The cure of an old ulcer.

These are the dangers, to which wounds are liable. But when the ulcer is old, it must be cut round with a knife, and its lips cut off, and whatever beyond them is livid, must likewise be scarified. If there be a small varix within, which prevents its healing, that also must be cut out. Afterwards when blood has been discharged, and a new face thus given to the wound, the same method of cure must be pursued, which has been directed for recent wounds. If any person does not chuse to make use of a knife, the plaister, which is composed of labdanum, may incarn it, and when the ulcer has been eaten down by that, a plaister, which brings on a cicatrix.

These are the risks associated with wounds. But when an ulcer has been there for a long time, it needs to be cut around with a knife, and its edges trimmed off, and anything beyond that that looks unhealthy must also be scraped. If there's a small varicose vein inside that’s stopping it from healing, that should be removed too. After the blood has been drained and the wound has a fresh appearance, the same treatment used for new wounds should be applied. If someone doesn’t want to use a knife, a plaster made of labdanum can help it heal, and once the ulcer has been treated with that, another plaster can be applied to help form a scar.

232

232

Of an erysipelas.

Now that, which I said has the name of an erysipelas, is not only consequent upon a wound, but often happens without it, and is sometimes very dangerous; especially if its seat be about the neck or head.

Now, what I mentioned called erysipelas can occur not just after a wound, but often happens without one and can sometimes be very dangerous, especially if it's located around the neck or head.

It is proper, if the strength will admit, to bleed; then to apply at once repellents and coolers, and particularly cerus with the juice of nightshade, or cimolian chalk with rain water; or meal made into a paste with the same water, with the addition of cypress, or if it be in a tender part, with lentils. Whatever is applied, must be covered with a beet leaf, and upon that must be laid a linen cloth dipped in cold water. If coolers alone do little service, the following mixture must be made; of sulphur p. i. *. ceruss, saffron, each p. x. *. and these to be rubbed down with wine, and spread over the part: or if the place is not tender, leaves of nightshade powdered must be mixed with hog’s lard, and applied spread upon linen.

If the body can handle it, it's okay to draw blood; then immediately use coolants and repellents, especially cerus mixed with nightshade juice, or cimolian chalk with rainwater; or make a paste from meal with the same water, adding cypress, or if it’s a sensitive area, use lentils. Whatever is applied should be covered with a beet leaf, and then a linen cloth soaked in cold water should go over that. If coolants don't help much, make the following mixture: combine sulphur p.i. *, ceruss, and saffron, each at p. x. *, and grind them together with wine to spread over the area; or if the site isn’t sensitive, mix powdered nightshade leaves with hog’s lard, and apply it on linen.

But if there be a blackness, which does not yet spread, such applications must be used, as will gently eat away the putrid flesh; and the ulcer being thus cleansed, must be dressed in the same manner as others. If it be more putrid, and already begins to advance and spread, there is a necessity for stronger corrosives. If even these do not overcome it, the part must be cauterized, till no moisture flow from it; for whatever is sound, is dry when it is burnt. After the burning of a putrid ulcer, such applications must be used, as may separate the sloughs from the quick part; the Greeks call them apescharotica[ EV ]. When they have fallen off, the ulcer must be cleansed, particularly with honey and resin; but it may be cleansed also by those things with which purulent ulcers are dressed, and healed up by the like methods.

But if there's a blackness that hasn't spread yet, you need to use treatments that will gently eat away at the rotting flesh; once the ulcer is cleaned up, it must be treated like any other. If it’s more rotten and has started to spread, you'll need stronger corrosives. If those don’t work, the area must be cauterized until there’s no moisture left; anything healthy is dry when it’s burned. After burning a putrid ulcer, you should use treatments that can separate the dead tissue from the healthy part; the Greeks call them apescharotica__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Once they fall off, the ulcer must be cleaned, especially with honey and resin; but it can also be cleaned with the same things used for purulent ulcers and healed using similar methods.

Of a gangrene.

It is not very difficult to cure a gangrene, if it has not got full possession, but is only beginning, especially in a young person: and easier still, if the muscles are sound; or if the nerves are either untouched, or but slightly affected; and no large joint laid bare; or there be but little flesh in that part, and consequently not much to putrify, and if the disorder is233 confined to one place, which chiefly happens in a finger. In such a case the first thing to be done, if the strength will allow, is to let blood: after that, to cut through to the sound flesh, whatever is dry, which by a kind of tension is uneasy to the contiguous parts.

It's not very hard to treat gangrene if it hasn't fully taken over and is just starting out, especially in young people. It's even easier if the muscles are healthy, the nerves are either unharmed or only slightly affected, and there’s no major joint exposed. If there's only a little flesh in that area, there's not much to rot, and if the condition is confined to one spot, which usually happens in a finger, then it’s manageable. In that case, the first thing to do, if the patient has enough strength, is to draw blood. After that, cut through to the healthy flesh, removing anything dry that pulls on the nearby areas.

While the disorder is spreading, no suppurating medicines are to be applied; and for that reason not so much as warm water. Ponderous medicines also, although they be repellent, are hurtful; but the lightest of that nature are required; and over the parts, which are inflamed, coolers must be applied. If the disease is not stopped by these, so much as is betwixt the sound and corrupted parts, ought to be cauterized.

While the infection is spreading, don’t apply any ointments that oozing; and for that reason, not even warm water. Heavy medications, even if they repel, can be harmful; instead, lighter options are needed. For the inflamed areas, cool treatments should be used. If these don’t stop the disease, then the area between the healthy and infected parts should be cauterized.

And in this case particularly help must be sought not from medicines alone, but from a due regimen: for this disease never appears but in a corrupt and vitiated habit. Wherefore in the first place, unless weakness forbid, the patient must live abstemiously: and then for food and drink must be given what will bind the belly, and consequently the body also; but these must be of a light nature. Afterwards if the disorder stop, the same applications must be used as have been prescribed in a putrid ulcer. And then also a fuller diet may be allowed of the middle class: only such however as tends to dry the belly and the whole body; and the drink must be cold rain water. The bath, unless we are confident of a cure, is hurtful; for the ulcer softened by that means is quickly affected again with the same disorder. But sometimes it happens, that all these remedies do no service, and notwithstanding all their force, the gangrene spreads. In which case the miserable but sole remedy is to cut off that limb, which is perishing by degrees, to save the rest of the body.

In this case, help should not come from medicines alone, but also from a proper regimen: this disease only occurs in a corrupt and unhealthy state. Therefore, first, unless weakness prevents it, the patient should eat moderately. For food and drink, they should have items that help firm up the stomach and consequently the body; however, these should be light. If the issue subsides, the same treatments prescribed for a putrid ulcer should be used. At that point, a more substantial diet can be allowed, but it should still be something that helps dry out the stomach and the whole body; cold rainwater should be the drink. Baths, unless we are sure of a cure, can be harmful; because the ulcer can soften and quickly be affected again by the same problem. However, sometimes none of these remedies work, and despite all their efforts, the gangrene spreads. In that case, the only grim but necessary solution is to amputate the limb that is gradually dying to save the rest of the body.

The cure of more slight wounds.

This then is the method of treating the most severe wounds. But even such are not to be neglected, where the skin is entire, but the flesh within(69) is bruised; or where any thing is razed or rubbed off the surface; or when a splinter is fixed into the flesh; or when a wound, though small, has penetrated deep.

This is the method for treating the most serious wounds. However, even when the skin is intact, we should not ignore cases where the flesh within__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is bruised; or where something has been scraped or rubbed off the surface; or when a splinter is embedded in the flesh; or when a wound, even if small, has gone deep.

In the first case it is a very proper remedy to boil pomegranate bark in wine, and bruising the inner part of it, to mix it with a cerate of the oil of roses, which is to be laid234 upon the part; then where the skin is razed, to cover it with a mild medicine, such as the lipara[ EW ].

In the first case, it's a good idea to simmer pomegranate bark in wine, then crush the inner part and mix it with a rose oil ointment to apply it to the area. If the skin is scraped, cover it with a gentle treatment, like the lipara__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Upon the part, that has its surface razed and rubbed off, the tetrapharmacum plaister must be applied, and the quantity of food diminished, and wine denied. Nor should such a hurt be looked upon as contemptible, because the wound is not deep: for from such accidents gangrenes often arise. But if it be slight and of small extent, the mild medicine abovementioned may be sufficient for the cure.

Upon the area where the skin is scraped and worn away, the tetrapharmacum plaster should be applied, food intake should be reduced, and wine should be avoided. One should not underestimate such an injury just because the wound isn't deep, as these types of injuries can often lead to gangrene. However, if the injury is minor and small, the mild medicine mentioned above may be enough for healing.

A splinter, if possible, must be extracted either by the hand or by an instrument: if it has either broke or penetrated deeper than to admit of this, it must be drawn out by a medicine. Now the best application for that purpose is the root of a reed; which if tender, must be immediately bruised; if grown hard, it may be first boiled in mulse: to this honey must always be added; or birthwort with honey must be applied. The worst splinter is that of a reed, on account of its asperity: the fern is also equally hurtful: but it has been found by experience, that each of these bruised and applied is a cure for the other. Every medicine, that has the faculty of drawing, has the same effect in all splinters. The same kind of medicine is also finest for deep and small wounds: the plaister of Philocrates is best adapted to the former, that of Hecatæus to the latter case.

A splinter should be removed using your fingers or a tool if possible; if it’s broken or embedded too deep for that, it needs to be taken out with a remedy. The best treatment for this is the root of a reed; if it's soft, it should be crushed right away; if it’s hard, it can be boiled in honey-wine. Honey must always be added; alternatively, you can use birthwort with honey. The worst kind of splinter is from a reed because it’s sharp, and a fern is also very painful. However, experience shows that bruising and applying each one can heal the other. Any remedy that can draw will work effectively on all splinters. The same type of remedy is also ideal for deep and small wounds: Philocrates' plaster is best for deeper wounds, while Hecatæus' is more suited for smaller ones.

Of cica­triz­ing ulcers.

In any wound, when we are to form the cicatrix (which is necessary after the ulcers are thoroughly cleansed and incarned) in the first place lint dipped in cold water must be applied, while the growth of flesh is encouraged; afterwards when that is to be restrained, it must be put on dry, till a cicatrix be formed; then white lead ought to be bound over it, which both compresses the cicatrix, and gives it a colour resembling the sound part of the body. The root of wild cucumber has the same effect. Also the composition, which contains of elaterium p. i. *. litharge p. ii. *. myrobalans p. iv. *. to which is added turpentine resin, till the whole be brought to the consistence of a plaister. But black cicatrices are gently cleansed by a mixture of equal parts of235 verdigrease, and washed lead, and the same resin boiled, whether the cicatrix be anointed with this, which may be practised in the face, or it be applied like a plaister, which is more convenient in other parts of the body.

In any wound, when we need to form a scar (which is necessary after the ulcers are fully cleaned and healed), we should first apply lint soaked in cold water to promote flesh growth. After that, when we need to control it, we should switch to dry lint until a scar forms. Then, we should cover it with white lead, which helps compress the scar and gives it a color similar to healthy skin. The root of wild cucumber has a similar effect. Additionally, there's a mixture that includes elaterium, litharge, and myrobalans, which should be combined with turpentine resin until it has the consistency of a plaster. For dark scars, gently cleanse them with a mixture of equal parts verdigris and washed lead, along with the same boiled resin. This can either be applied directly to the scar, which is suitable for the face, or used as a plaster, which works better on other parts of the body.

But if the cicatrix is either protuberant or hollow, it is ridiculous, merely in regard to the appearance to submit a second time to the pain and trouble of a cure; otherwise both cases might be remedied. For either of these cicatrices may be converted into a wound by the knife. If one rather chuses a medicine, the same purpose is answered by those compositions, which eat down flesh. When the skin is taken off, upon the prominent one must be applied eating medicines, upon the hollow one such as tend to fill up, till both these kinds of ulcers be brought to the level of the sound skin, and then they may be cicatrized.

But if the scar is either raised or indented, it’s pointless to go through the pain and hassle of a treatment just for appearance’s sake; otherwise, both issues could be fixed. Either of these scars can be turned into a wound with a knife. If someone prefers a medicine, there are treatments that dissolve flesh that serve the same purpose. When the skin is removed, you should apply treatments that dissolve on the raised scar, and those that help fill in the indentation on the hollow one, until both types of sores are even with the healthy skin, at which point they can be healed over.

CHAP. XXVII. OF WOUNDS FROM BITES; POISONS INGESTED; AND BURNS.

I have treated of those wounds, which are most commonly inflicted by weapons. It follows, that I speak concerning those, which are occasioned by the bite, sometimes of a man, sometimes of an ape, often of a dog, sometimes of wild beasts, or other animals, or serpents. Now almost all bites(70) are in some degree venomous.

I have discussed the wounds that are most often caused by weapons. Next, I’ll talk about those caused by bites—from humans, sometimes from apes, frequently from dogs, and occasionally from wild animals or snakes. Almost all bites are somewhat venomous.

Therefore if the wound be severe, a cupping vessel must be applied; if slight, a plaister must be immediately put on, particularly that of Diogenes; if that is not to be had, any of those, which I have prescribed against bites; if these are not to be got, the green Alexandrian; if that is not at hand neither, any of those, which are not greasy, that are calculated for recent wounds. Salt is also a remedy for them, and particularly for the bite of a dog, if it be applied dry, and the part be chaffed with two fingers; for it brings out the sanies. It is also of use to bind salt fish over such a wound.

If the wound is serious, you should use a cupping glass; if it's minor, put on a plaster right away, especially Diogenes’ plaster. If that isn’t available, use any of the ones I recommended for bites; if those aren’t available either, use the green Alexandrian plaster. If that’s not on hand, use any non-greasy ones meant for fresh wounds. Salt is also good for these wounds, especially for dog bites, when applied dry and rubbed with two fingers, as it helps draw out the nasty fluid. It can also help to cover the wound with salt fish.

236

236

The bite of a mad dog.

If the dog was mad, it is more especially necessary to extract the poison by cupping. After that, if the part is neither nervous nor muscular, the wound must be cauterized. If it cannot be cauterized, it is proper for the patient to be bled. Then upon the wound, after burning, must be applied what is proper for other cauterized ulcers. Such as have not been cauterized must be treated with those medicines, that powerfully corrode the flesh. After which the wound must be filled up, and healed by no other than the common method already laid down. Some presently after the bite of a mad dog order such a patient into the bath, and allow him to sweat there as long as he is able, with the wound bare, that the poison may the more readily be discharged; then they refresh him with plenty of strong wine, which is an antidote to all poisons. And when this method has been pursued for three days, the patient is thought out of danger.

If the dog was rabid, it's especially important to remove the poison using cupping. After that, if the affected area isn't nervous or muscular, the wound should be cauterized. If it can't be cauterized, it's best for the patient to be bled. Then, after cauterization, something appropriate for treating other cauterized ulcers should be applied to the wound. Those wounds that haven't been cauterized need to be treated with strong corrosive medicines. After that, the wound should be filled in and healed in the usual way outlined earlier. Some people recommend putting a patient in the bath right after being bitten by a rabid dog, allowing them to sweat as much as possible with the wound exposed, so the poison can be expelled more easily; then they refresh them with lots of strong wine, which acts as an antidote to all poisons. After following this method for three days, the patient is considered to be out of danger.

But it is usual for such a wound, if not effectually treated, to produce a fear of water. The Greeks call it hydrophobia[ EX ]: a most miserable kind of disease, in which the patient is tormented at once with thirst, and a dread of water. When this happens, there is very little hope left. But yet there is one remedy: to throw the patient unawares suddenly into a pond, and if he cannot swim, to suffer him to sink sometimes, and thus drink, and sometimes to lift up his head; if he can swim, to keep him down at times, that even against his will he may be satiated with water: for thus at once both the thirst and dread of water is removed. But this practice is attended with another danger, which is, that a weak body fatigued in cold water, may be destroyed by a convulsion. To prevent which, from the pond he must immediately be put into warm oil. An antidote (particularly that which I mentioned first, or in its stead another) if the patient is not possessed with the horror of water, may be given to drink in water; if he be offended with its bitterness, honey must be added; but if that disease has already come on, it may be taken in the form of catapotia.

But it's common for such a wound, if not properly treated, to lead to a fear of water. The Greeks call it water fear __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__: a truly miserable illness, where the patient struggles with both thirst and a fear of water. When this occurs, there's very little hope left. However, there is one remedy: to unexpectedly throw the patient into a pond, and if he can't swim, let him sink a bit to drink, and then lift his head up for air; if he can swim, hold him underwater at times so that he might be forced to drink, which helps to alleviate both his thirst and his fear of water. But this method comes with another risk: a weak body can become exhausted in cold water and may have a convulsion. To prevent this, he should be moved from the pond into warm oil immediately. An antidote (especially the one I mentioned first, or another in its place) can be given to drink in water if the patient isn't terrified of it; if he finds it too bitter, honey should be added; but if he already has the disease, it can be administered in the form of a poultice.

237

237

Of the bites of serpents in general.

The bites of serpents do not require a very different treatment: although in this the ancients varied greatly; in so much that they prescribed as many distinct methods as there were kinds of snakes; in which too they differed widely from each other. But generally the same remedies have the best success in all of them. Wherefore in the first place the limb must be tied above the wound; but not too tight, lest it become torpid. Then the poison must be extracted. This is best done by cupping. Neither is it improper to cut round the wound first with a knife, that the more of the blood already vitiated may be extracted. If a cupping vessel cannot be had (which can scarcely happen) then any other similar vessel will do, which will serve the same purpose. If none such can be got, a person must be employed to suck the wound.

The bites from snakes don't need a very different treatment: although the ancient methods varied a lot; in fact, they suggested as many distinct methods as there were types of snakes, and they often disagreed with each other. However, generally, the same remedies work best for all of them. So first, the limb should be tied above the wound, but not too tight so it doesn't go numb. Then the poison should be removed. The best way to do this is by cupping. It’s also fine to cut around the wound first with a knife, to help remove more of the contaminated blood. If a cupping vessel isn't available (which is rare), then any similar vessel can be used for the same purpose. If none are available, someone may need to suck the wound.

Nor indeed have those, that are called Psylli(71), any peculiar skill, but a boldness confirmed purely by custom. For the poison of a serpent, as also some of those, which hunters make use of, and especially in Gaul(72), are not hurtful, taken in by the mouth, but injected by a wound: and for that reason even a snake itself is safely eaten: its bite is mortal, and when it is in a state of stupidity (which dealers in legerdemain can produce by the force of some drugs) if one puts his finger into its mouth, and is not bit, he receives no hurt from the saliva. Therefore any person that, like a Psyllus, shall suck the wound, will both be safe himself, and save the patient. In the mean time he ought to attend to this first, that he have no ulcer either in his gums, or palate, or any other part of his mouth. Afterwards the patient must be laid in a warm place, in such a posture, that the part, which is wounded, may be in a depending posture.

Nor do those known as Psylli__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ actually have any special skills; their confidence comes solely from practice. The venom of a snake, as well as some types used by hunters, especially in Gaul __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, isn't harmful when ingested but is dangerous when injected through a bite. For this reason, even a snake can be safely eaten: its bite is deadly, and if it’s in a stupor (which tricksters can induce with certain drugs), a person can put their finger in its mouth without getting bitten, thus avoiding any harm from its saliva. So, anyone who, like a Psyllus, sucks the wound will be safe and can help the patient. First and foremost, they must ensure they have no sores in their gums, palate, or any other part of their mouth. Then, the patient should be placed in a warm area, lying down so that the injured part is lower than the rest of the body.

If no body can be got to suck the wound, nor a cupping vessel is at hand, the patient ought to sup goose or veal broth, till he vomit. A chicken must also be cut through the middle alive, and immediately applied warm over the wound, with the internal part next the body. The same effect is produced by a kid, or a lamb cut up, and the warm flesh immediately laid upon the wound, and by the plaisters, that have been mentioned before: the most proper of which is the Ephesian, or that, which238 follows it. To take some antidote too immediately, is a powerful protection against the danger. But if that cannot be had, it is necessary to sup a little pure wine with pepper, or any thing else, which serves to excite heat, and does not suffer the humour to coagulate within. For the greatest part of poisons kills by cold. All diuretics too, because they attenuate the humour, are useful.

If no one can be found to suck the wound, and there's no cupping vessel available, the patient should drink goose or veal broth until they vomit. A chicken should also be cut in half while alive and immediately placed warm over the wound, with the inside part against the body. The same effect can be achieved with a kid or lamb that has been cut up, with the warm flesh laid directly on the wound, as well as with the plasters mentioned earlier; the most effective of these is the Ephesian one, or the one that follows it. Taking some antidote right away is a strong defense against danger. But if that’s not possible, it’s important to sip a little pure wine with pepper, or anything else that helps create heat and prevents the moisture from solidifying inside. Most poisons are lethal because of cold. All diuretics, as they thin out the moisture, are also helpful.

Of the bite of an aspis.

The former remedies are general, and good against bites: but experience itself has taught us, that a person, who has been bit by an aspis, ought rather to drink vinegar. Which is said to have been discovered by the case of a certain boy, who, when he had been wounded by one, and partly from the wound itself, and partly from the excessive heat of the weather, was tormented with thirst, and the country being dry, could find no other liquor, drank off vinegar, which he chanced to have by him, and was cured. The reason of the effect in my opinion is, that vinegar, though it refrigerate, yet has a faculty of dissipating at the same time. Whence it happens, that earth sprinkled with it rises in a froth. From the same virtue therefore it is very probable, that the fluids of the human body beginning to be coagulated are dissipated by it, and health thereby restored.

The previous remedies are general and effective against bites, but experience has shown that someone bitten by an aspis should instead drink vinegar. This was reportedly discovered by a boy who, after being bitten and suffering from the wound and the intense heat, was extremely thirsty. Since the land was dry and he couldn’t find any other drink, he consumed the vinegar he had on hand and was cured. In my opinion, the reason for this effect is that vinegar, although it cools, also has the ability to disperse at the same time. This is why earth sprinkled with it bubbles up. Similarly, it's likely that vinegar can break down the coagulated fluids in the human body, restoring health.

Of the scorpion.

Against the poison of some other serpents also peculiar remedies are well known. For the scorpion is a most excellent remedy against itself. Some drink it bruised with wine. Some apply it in the same form to the wound. Others laying it upon live coals fumigate the wound with it, keeping a cloth all round it, that the smoke may not escape; and then bind it on when burnt to a coal. Now it is proper to drink in wine the seed, or at least the leaves of turnsole (which the Greeks call heliotropium[ EY ].) And over the wound it is fit to apply bran with vinegar, or wild rue, or salt toasted with honey. But I have known physicians, who have done nothing else to people stung by a scorpion, but bled them in the arm.

Against the poison of some other snakes, there are specific remedies that are well known. For example, the scorpion is actually a great remedy for its own sting. Some people drink it crushed in wine. Others apply it directly to the wound in the same form. Some place it on hot coals to create smoke around the wound, wrapping it tightly with cloth so the smoke doesn't escape, and then bind it on once it's burned to a coal. It's also advisable to drink the seed or at least the leaves of turnsole (which the Greeks call heliotropium__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__). For the wound, it's suitable to apply bran mixed with vinegar, or wild rue, or toasted salt mixed with honey. However, I've seen doctors who only bled people in the arm when they were stung by a scorpion.

For the sting of a scorpion also, and a spider, garlick mixed with rue, and rubbed down with oil, is a proper application.

For the sting of a scorpion or a spider, a mix of garlic and rue, ground up with oil, is a good remedy.

239

239

Of the cerastes, dipsas, and hæmorrhois.

For a wound given by a cerastes(73), or dipsas(74), or hæmorrhois(75), the remedy is dried asphodel, about the bigness of an Egyptian bean, with the addition of a little rue given in drink, and divided into two doses. Trefoil also and horse-mint, and panaces with vinegar are equally good. Also costus, and cassia, and cinnamon are proper to take in drink.

For a wound caused by a cerastes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, or dipsas __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, or hemorrhoids __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, the remedy is dried asphodel, about the size of an Egyptian bean, mixed with a little rue given as a drink, and split into two doses. Trefoil, horse-mint, and panaces with vinegar are also effective. Additionally, costus, cassia, and cinnamon are suitable to consume as a drink.

Of a chersydrus.

Against the wound of a chersydrus(76), panaces or laser, or each scruples p. ii. *. Or the juice of a leek is to be taken with a hemina of wine, and savory eaten plentifully. And let goat’s dung boiled in vinegar be laid upon the wound; or barley meal in the same manner with vinegar; or rue, or cat-mint, powdered with salt and mixed with honey. And this is equally efficacious against the bite of a cerastes.

Against the wound of a chersydrus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, use panaceas or a laser, or whatever is needed. You can take the juice of a leek with half a pint of wine and eat plenty of savory. Additionally, apply goat’s dung boiled in vinegar to the wound; or use barley meal prepared the same way with vinegar; or powdered rue or cat-mint mixed with salt and honey. This is also effective against the bite of a cerastes.

Of a pha­lan­gium.

When a phalangium(77) has given a wound, beside the chirurgical part of the cure, the patient should be frequently plunged into the warm bath, and an equal quantity of myrrh and stavesacre is to be given in a hemina of passum; or radish-seed, or darnel-root with wine; let there be also applied to the wound bran boiled with vinegar, and he must be ordered to continue quiet.

When a phalangium__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ has caused an injury, along with the surgical treatment, the patient should be frequently immersed in a warm bath. An equal amount of myrrh and stavesacre should be mixed with half a cup of sweet wine; alternatively, radish seeds or darnel root with wine can be used. Additionally, boiled bran mixed with vinegar should be applied to the wound, and the patient should be advised to rest quietly.

Of Italian snakes.

But the kinds of serpents mentioned hitherto are foreign, and much more dangerous than ours; especially those, which are in very hot countries. Italy and the colder climates, besides that they are more healthful in other respects, have the advantage in this, that they produce snakes less formidable. Their bites are well enough cured by the herb betony, or bindweed, or centory, or agrimony, or germander, or burdock, or pastinaca fish(78), either singly, or any two of them taken together powdered, and thus given to drink in wine, and also applied upon the wound. It is necessary to observe, that the bite of every serpent is more hurtful, when either the animal or the wounded person is fasting, and therefore they are most pernicious when they are hatching; and it is adviseable, when any one is apprehensive of meeting serpents, not to go out, before he has taken some food.

But the types of snakes mentioned so far are foreign and much more dangerous than ours, especially those found in very hot countries. Italy and colder climates, in addition to being healthier in other ways, have the advantage of producing less dangerous snakes. Their bites can be treated well with the herb betony, or bindweed, or centory, or agrimony, or germander, or burdock, or pastinaca fish__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, either alone or in pairs, ground up and mixed with wine for drinking, or applied directly to the wound. It's important to note that the bite of any snake is more harmful if either the snake or the bitten person is fasting, making them especially dangerous when they are breeding. Therefore, it’s advisable for anyone worried about encountering snakes not to go out until they have eaten something.

240

240

Of poisons.

It is not so easy to relieve those, who have swallowed poison, either in their food or drink. In the first place, because they do not perceive it immediately, as those do, who are bit by a snake; and therefore cannot instantly apply the remedy. In the next place, because the hurt does not begin in the skin, but in the internal parts. However it is best, as soon as one discovers it, immediately to drink largely of oil, and to vomit. And then, when he has emptied his praecordia, to take an antidote in his drink; if that is not to be got, pure wine.

It's not easy to help someone who has swallowed poison, whether in their food or drink. For one, they don’t realize it right away like someone bitten by a snake does, so they can’t quickly apply a remedy. Additionally, the damage starts inside, not on the skin. However, as soon as you notice it, it’s best to drink a lot of oil and then vomit. After emptying their stomach, they should take an antidote in their drink; if that’s not available, use pure wine.

Remedies against cantharides.

Nevertheless there are some peculiar remedies against certain poisons, and chiefly of the milder kind. For if any person has drunk cantharides, he ought to take panaces bruised with milk, or galbanum, with the addition of wine, or milk by itself.

Nevertheless, there are some unusual remedies for specific poisons, mainly the milder ones. If someone has consumed cantharides, they should take crushed panaces mixed with milk, or galbanum, along with some wine, or just milk on its own.

Against hemlock.

If hemlock, let the patient drink as much hot pure wine with rue as he can; then he must be forced to vomit; after that, laser with wine must be given; and, if he be free of a fever, he must be put into the warm bath; if not, be anointed with warm ingremedies. After these, rest is necessary for him.

If someone has ingested hemlock, the patient should drink as much hot, pure wine with rue as possible; then they must be made to vomit. After that, they should be given laser mixed with wine. If they don’t have a fever, they should take a warm bath; if they do have a fever, they should be treated with warm remedies. After these treatments, it's important for them to rest.

Henbane.

If henbane, hot mulse must be drunk, or any kind of milk, but more particularly asses milk.

If henbane must be drunk as a hot drink, or any type of milk, but especially donkey's milk.

Ceruss.

If ceruss, the juice of mallows, or of a bruised walnut with wine are most serviceable.

If ceruss, the juice of mallows, or the crushed walnut mixed with wine are the most useful.

A leech.

If one happens to swallow a leech in drinking, vinegar with salt must be given. If milk has curdled in the stomach, either passum, or laser with vinegar.

If someone accidentally swallows a leech while drinking, they should be given vinegar mixed with salt. If milk has curdled in the stomach, either passum or laser mixed with vinegar should be given.

Poisonous mushrooms.

If a person has eaten poisonous mushrooms, let him take radish either out of vinegar and water, or salt and vinegar. These may both be distinguished from the good by their form, and also be rendered innocent by the manner of dressing. For they are perfectly freed from all noxious qualities, by boiling them in oil, or with a twig of a pear-tree.

If someone has eaten poisonous mushrooms, they should take radishes either soaked in vinegar and water or in salt and vinegar. These can be recognized as different from the safe ones by their shape, and they can also be made safe through how they are prepared. Boiling them in oil or with a pear tree twig completely removes all harmful substances.

Of burns.

Burns are also to be reckoned amongst the effects of external violence. The plan241 laid down, therefore, seems to oblige me to speak of them in this place. They are best cured by the leaves either of lilly, or hound’s-tongue, or betes boiled in wine and oil. Any of these presently applied heals them.

Burns are also considered one of the effects of external injuries. The plan241 we've established requires me to address them here. They heal best with leaves from either lily, hound's-tongue, or betes boiled in wine and oil. Applying any of these right away will help them heal.

But the method of cure may also be divided into those things, which being gently eating and repellent, at first both prevent pustules, and excoriate the part; and those, which being lenient, restore the part to its soundness. Of the former is the meal of lentils with honey, or myrrh with wine; or Cimolian chalk, powdered with the bark of frankincense, and worked up to a paste with water, and when it is to be used, diluted with vinegar. Of the second class any of the lipara. But the most suitable is that, which contains the dross of lead, or yolks of eggs.

But the method of treatment can also be divided into two categories: those that are mildly soothing and repellent, which initially prevent sores and irritate the area; and those that are gentle, which heal the area back to health. The first category includes lentil meal with honey, or myrrh with wine; or Cimolian chalk, ground with frankincense bark, mixed into a paste with water, and when used, diluted with vinegar. The second category includes any of the lipara. However, the most appropriate option is one that contains lead dross or egg yolks.

Another way also of treating burns is, while the inflammation continues, to apply to them lentils with honey; when that is gone off, meal with rue, or leeks, or horehound, till the crusts fall off, then vetches with honey, or iris, or turpentine resin, till the ulcer be clean; last of all, dry lint.

Another way to treat burns is to apply lentils mixed with honey while the inflammation is still present. Once the inflammation goes down, use flour with rue, or leeks, or horehound until the scabs fall off. Then apply vetches with honey, or iris, or turpentine resin, until the ulcer is clean; finally, use dry lint.

CHAP. XXVIII. OF EXTERNAL DISORDERS ARISING FROM AN INTERNAL CAUSE, AND THEIR TREATMENT.

Of a car­bun­cle.

From external injuries, we proceed to disorders which have an internal origin, when some part of the body is corrupted. Amongst these none is worse than a carbuncle. The marks of it are these. There is a redness, and above that pustules rise, not very high, mostly black, sometimes inclining to a livid colour, or pale. There seems to be sanies in them; below, the colour is black. The flesh is parched, and harder than it ought to be naturally. And about it, there is a sort of crust; which is surrounded with an inflammation. Neither can the skin be lifted up in that place, but is, as it were, bound down to the flesh below. There is a propensity to sleep. Sometimes a shuddering, or fever comes on, or both. And this disease shoots out roots, as it were, below, and242 spreads, sometimes quickly, sometimes more slowly. At the surface also it spreads and grows white; then becomes livid; and all round it small pustules break out. And if it happen to be near the gullet or fauces, it often stops the breath suddenly.

From external injuries, we move on to conditions that come from inside the body when a part of it becomes damaged. Among these, none is worse than a carbuncle. Its signs are as follows: there is a redness, accompanied by pustules that don't rise very high, mostly black, and sometimes turning a bluish or pale color. They appear to have a foul discharge, and beneath the surface, the color is black. The flesh is dry and harder than it should be. There is a sort of crust around it, along with inflammation. The skin in that area can't be lifted; it's tightly bound to the flesh underneath. There’s a tendency to feel sleepy, and sometimes shivering or fever can occur, or both. This disease sends down roots, so to speak, and spreads, sometimes quickly, sometimes more slowly. At the surface, it also spreads and turns white; then it becomes bluish, and small pustules form all around it. If it happens to be near the throat or mouth, it can suddenly obstruct breathing.

Nothing is better than to sear it immediately. Neither is that painful, for it has no feeling, because such flesh is mortified. And the burning should be continued, till there is a sense of pain on every side. After this, the ulcer is to be cured in the same manner, as other burns. For by eating medicines is produced an eschar, which being entirely separated from the quick flesh, draws with it whatever was corrupted; and the sinus, by this time clean, may be dressed with incarning medicines. But if the disorder be in the surface of the skin, medicines barely eating, or at most caustic, may be sufficient. The violence of the cure is to be proportioned to the malady. Whatever medicine is applied, if it has the desired effect, will immediately separate the corrupted part from the quick.

Nothing is better than to sear it right away. It doesn’t hurt either, since it has no feeling because that flesh is dead. The burning should continue until there’s a sense of pain all around. After that, the ulcer should be treated like any other burn. Eating certain medicines creates a scab, which, once fully separated from the healthy flesh, pulls out everything that was infected; and by this time, the cavity can be treated with healing medicines. But if the issue is on the skin surface, simply using medicines that eat away the tissue, or at most, caustic ones, may be enough. The intensity of the treatment should match the severity of the condition. Whatever medicine is applied, if it works, will quickly detach the infected part from the healthy tissue.

And we may generally be confident of success, if the corrupted flesh falls off, wherever such medicine eats down; if that does not happen, and the medicine is overcome by the disease, an immediate recourse must be had to the actual cautery. But in such a case, the patient must abstain from food and wine. It is also proper to drink water plentifully. And these directions are to be observed more strictly, if a febricula be added to the other complaints.

And we can generally be confident of success if the infected tissue breaks down wherever the treatment is applied; if that doesn't happen and the treatment fails against the illness, we must immediately resort to cauterization. However, in that case, the patient must avoid food and alcohol. It's also important to drink plenty of water. These guidelines should be followed more strictly if a mild fever occurs along with the other symptoms.

Of a Cancer.

There is not so great danger of a cancer[ EZ ], unless it be irritated by the imprudence of the physician. This disease generally happens in the superior parts, about the face, the nose, ears, lips, and breasts of women. It also rises from the liver, or spleen. About the place there are pricking pains; it is immoveable, and unequally swelled; it is also sometimes insensible. Around it the veins are inflated, and tortuous; and either pale or livid; in some also, they are concealed from view. Touching the part gives pain to some, to others none. Sometimes it is harder, or softer, than it ought naturally to be, without any ulcer; at other times, all other circumstances being as above described, there is likewise an ulcer. Some243times it has no peculiar characteristic to distinguish it; at other times it resembles those which the Greeks call condylomata[ FA ], but has an asperity and magnitude peculiar to itself. And its colour is red, or resembling that of a lentil. Neither is it safe to cut it; for immediately there follows either a palsy, or a convulsion. Often when a person receives a blow upon it, he loses his speech and faints. In some also if the tumour itself be compressed, the contiguous parts grow tense and swell. Now this is a very bad kind(79). Its general progress is this; first appears what the Greeks call a cacoethes[ FB ], then it becomes a carcinoma, without an ulcer. From that an ulcer; and from an ulcer a thymium.

There isn't a huge risk of a cancer __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, unless a physician’s negligence irritates it. This disease usually occurs in the upper parts of the body, like the face, nose, ears, lips, and women's breasts. It can also stem from issues with the liver or spleen. The area may feel prickly, is immovable, and has uneven swelling; at times, it may not be sensitive at all. The veins around it can become enlarged and twisted, appearing either pale or bluish; in some cases, they might not be visible. Touching the area can cause pain for some, while others feel nothing. Sometimes, it’s harder or softer than it should be naturally, without any ulcer; at other times, it has an ulcer alongside the previously mentioned symptoms. Occasionally, it lacks distinctive features; at other times, it looks similar to what the Greeks call condylomas__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, but has its own roughness and size. Its color can be red or similar to that of a lentil. Cutting it is also risky; it often leads to paralysis or convulsions. Frequently, if someone gets hit on it, they may lose their speech and pass out. In some cases, if the tumor itself is pressed, the surrounding areas become tight and swell. This is a very serious kind __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Its typical progression is as follows: first, what the Greeks call a cacoethes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ appears, then it turns into a carcinoma without an ulcer. From that, an ulcer develops, and from an ulcer, a thymium.

None of these can be removed but the cacoethes(80); the rest are irritated by every method of cure; and the more violent the operations are, the more angry they grow. Some have made use of caustic medicines; others of the actual cautery; others cut them out with a knife. Nor was any person ever relieved by medicine; but after cauterizing, the tumours have been quickened in their progress, and increased till they proved mortal; when they have been cut out, and cicatrized, they have, notwithstanding, returned, and occasioned death. Whereas, at the same time, most people, by using no violent methods to attempt the extirpation of the disease, but only applying mild medicines, to sooth it, protract their lives, notwithstanding the disorder, to an extreme old age. But no body can pretend to distinguish a cacoethes, which is curable, from a carcinoma, which is not, otherwise than by time and experiments.

None of these can be removed except the cacoethes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; the rest get worse with every treatment method, and the more aggressive the procedures are, the angrier they become. Some have used caustic medications; others have used actual cauterization; some have removed them with a knife. No one has ever found relief through medication; instead, after cauterizing, the tumors have sped up in their growth and worsened until they became fatal. When they have been cut out and healed, they have still come back and caused death. However, many people, by avoiding violent methods to try to eliminate the disease and only using gentle treatments to soothe it, manage to extend their lives, despite the condition, into very old age. But no one can claim to distinguish a curable cacoethes from an incurable carcinoma, except through time and experience.

Therefore, so soon as this disease is perceived, caustic medicines ought to be applied; if the disorder is alleviated, and its symptoms grow milder, we may proceed both to incision and the actual cautery; if it is immediately irritated, we may conclude, that it is already a carcinoma; and every thing acrid and severe is to be taken away. But if the part is hard, without any ulcer, it is sufficient to apply a very mellow fig, or the plaister called rhypodes. If there is an ulcer, but not rising above the surface of the skin, the cerate of rose oil is to be put on, with the addition of a powdered shell, with smith’s forge water. If it grows fungous,244 copper scales (which is the gentlest caustic) must be tried, till there is no rising above the other parts; provided still that it does not exasperate; if it does, we ought to be content with the same cerate.

Therefore, as soon as this disease is noticed, strong medicines should be used; if the condition improves and its symptoms become milder, we can move on to incision and cauterization; if it becomes irritated quickly, we can conclude that it’s already a carcinoma, and everything harsh and severe should be avoided. However, if the area is firm and there’s no ulcer, it’s enough to apply a very soft fig or the plaster known as rhypodes. If there’s an ulcer that doesn’t rise above the skin's surface, apply rose oil ointment, mixed with powdered shell and forge water. If it starts to grow fungus-like,244 copper scales (which is the mildest caustic) should be used until there’s no elevation compared to the surrounding skin; however, we must ensure it doesn’t irritate further; if it does, we should stick with the same ointment.

Of a theri­oma.

There is also an ulcer, which the Greeks call therioma[ FC ]. This both comes of itself, and sometimes is consequent upon an ulcer produced from another cause. The colour is either livid or black; the smell is bad; it discharges copiously a humour like mucus; it is sensible neither of the touch, nor of medicine; and is only disturbed by itching. About it there is a pain and inflammation. Sometimes also a fever comes on. Sometimes there is a haemorrhage from the ulcer, and this disorder spreads, by which all the symptoms often increase. From these proceeds the ulcer which the Greeks call herpes esthiomenos[ FD ], voracious herpes; because by spreading quickly, and penetrating even to the bones, it devours the body. The surface of this ulcer is unequal, resembling dirt; and there is in it a great quantity of glutinous humour, an intolerable smell, and an inflammation more violent, than is found in an ulcer of that size. Both of them, as indeed all the kinds of gangrenes, happen chiefly to old people, or those, who are in a bad habit of body.

There’s also an ulcer, which the Greeks call therioma__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. This can develop on its own or sometimes follows an ulcer caused by something else. The color is either a dark purple or black; it has a foul smell; it releases a lot of mucus-like fluid; it’s not sensitive to touch or treatment; and it mainly itches. There's pain and inflammation around it. Sometimes, a fever can occur. Occasionally, there’s bleeding from the ulcer, and this condition spreads, causing all the symptoms to worsen. This leads to an ulcer the Greeks call herpes esthiomenos__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, voracious herpes; because it spreads quickly and digs deep into the bones, consuming the body. The surface of this ulcer is uneven, looking filthy; it has a large amount of sticky fluid, an unbearable odor, and inflammation that is more intense than what you’d find in a typical ulcer of that size. Both of these types, like all kinds of gangrene, mainly occur in older people or those who have poor health.

The manner of curing both is the same; but the greater disease requires the sharper remedy. And the regimen must first be regulated; the patient must rest in his bed, for some days abstain from food, drink water very plentifully, and have a clyster given him. Then, when the inflammation is gone, let him take food of a good juice(81), avoiding every thing acrid; he may drink as much as he will, provided he be content in the day-time with water but at supper, he may also drink some rough wine. But the abstinence should not be equally severe in a herpes, and a therioma. This then is the regimen necessary.

The way to treat both conditions is the same; however, the more serious illness needs a stronger treatment. First, the patient's routine must be adjusted; they should stay in bed for a few days, avoid solid food, drink plenty of water, and receive an enema. Once the inflammation subsides, they can eat food that is easy to digest, avoiding anything spicy; they can drink as much as they like, but during the day they should stick to water, and at dinner, they can also have some rough wine. The level of abstinence shouldn't be as strict for herpes as it is for therioma. This is the necessary regimen.

Externally upon the ulcer, must be sprinkled powder of dry aloes, and if that does but little service, chalcitis. But if any nerve, by the flesh being destroyed, be laid bare, it must be covered first with linen, lest it be burnt by that medicine. If there is need of remedies still more powerful, we must make use of those compositions, that cauterize245 more strongly. Now when any medicine is sprinkled on, it ought to be done by the broad end of a probe(82). Over it should be applied either lint with honey, or olive leaves boiled in wine, or horehound: and these must be covered with linen dipped in cold water, and then well squeezed. And all round, where there is a tumour from the inflammation, repellent cataplasms must be applied. If by these methods it grows no better, the place ought to be cauterized with a hot iron; the nerves that are in view being first covered. By what has been said on other occasions, it will be clear enough to any body, that a part, which is burned either by medicines or the actual cautery, must first be cleansed, and then filled up.

On the ulcer, you should sprinkle some dry aloe powder, and if that doesn't help much, use chalcitis instead. If any nerve is exposed due to the flesh being destroyed, it needs to be covered with linen first to prevent it from getting burned by the medicine. If stronger treatments are necessary, we should use preparations that cauterize more effectively. When applying any medicine, it should be done using the broad end of a probe __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Then, cover it with either lint mixed with honey, or olive leaves boiled in wine, or horehound. These should be placed under a linen cloth soaked in cold water and well wrung out. Around the area where there's swelling from inflammation, you should apply repellent cataplasms. If these methods don't improve the situation, the area should be cauterized with a hot iron, after making sure to cover any visible nerves. From what has been mentioned before, it's clear that a part burned by medicines or cauterization must first be cleaned and then filled in.

Of the ignis sacer.

The ignis sacer ought also to be numbered amongst bad ulcers. There are two species of it. The one is of a colour inclining to ruddy, or a mixture of red and pale, and the surface is roughened by contiguous pustules, of which no one is bigger than another, but they are very numerous, and exceeding small. In these there is almost always pus, and often a redness attended with heat; and that spreads, sometimes when the part first affected is healing, sometimes when it is ulcerated, in which case, the pustules breaking, one continued ulcer is formed, discharging a humour, which seems to be betwixt sanies and pus. It attacks chiefly the breast, or sides, or extremities, and particularly the soles of the feet. The other kind comes with an ulceration in the surface of the skin, but without going deep, broad, inclining to a livid colour, but unequal; and the middle part of it heals, while the extremities spread; and often that, which seemed to be sound, ulcerates again. But the skin round about it, which is to receive the disease, grows tumid, and hardish, and the colour of it is a blackish red. And this disease too generally attacks old people, or those, that are in a bad habit, but chiefly in their legs.

The sacred fire should also be considered among serious ulcers. There are two types. One type has a reddish color, or a mix of red and pale, and the surface is roughened by small pustules that are all about the same size, but there are a lot of them and they are very tiny. There is almost always pus, and often the area looks red and feels warm; this can spread, sometimes while the initially affected area is healing, and other times when it is ulcerated, leading to the pustules bursting and forming one continuous ulcer that discharges a fluid that looks like a mix of blood and pus. It mostly affects the chest, sides, or extremities, especially the soles of the feet. The other type appears as an ulcer on the skin's surface, but it doesn’t go deep; it’s broad, a bit bluish in color, and uneven. The center heals while the edges spread; often, what seemed healthy starts to ulcerate again. Also, the skin nearby, which is about to be affected, becomes swollen and somewhat hard, and it turns a dark red color. This condition generally affects older individuals or those in poor health, primarily on their legs.

Now every ignis sacer, though it be the least dangerous of those disorders, which have the disposition to spread, yet is, I had almost said, the hardest to cure of them all. The most effectual remedy is a fever for one day, which consumes the noxious humour. The thicker and whiter the pus is, so much the less is the danger. It does good also to excoriate the part below the ulcer by scourging,246 that the more pus may be evacuated, and the matter drawn out, which corrupts the flesh there. But notwithstanding if a slight fever comes on, there is a necessity for abstinence, lying a-bed, and clysters. In every ignis sacer, neither mild and glutinous food, nor salt and acrid are proper; but what is betwixt these: such as unleavened bread, fish, kid, birds, and except the wild boar, almost all venison. If there is no febricula, both gestation and walking are serviceable, and rough wine, and the bath; and in this disorder, as well as that mentioned before, the drink ought to be more plentiful than the food.

Now, every ignis sacer, even though it’s the least dangerous of those conditions that tend to spread, is, I might say, the hardest to treat of them all. The most effective remedy is a one-day fever, which eliminates the harmful humor. The thicker and whiter the pus is, the less danger there is. It also helps to irritation the skin below the ulcer through scraping, to allow more pus to drain out and the matter that is damaging the flesh to be expelled. However, if a slight fever occurs, it’s necessary to abstain from food, stay in bed, and use enemas. In every ignis sacer, neither mild, sticky foods nor salty and sharp ones are suitable; rather, something in between: like unleavened bread, fish, young goat, birds, and almost all game except for wild boar. If there’s no slight fever, both movement and walking can be beneficial, along with rough wine and bathing; and in this condition, as well as the one mentioned earlier, the drink should be more abundant than the food.

As for the ulcers themselves, if their progress be moderate, they must be fomented with hot water; if more rapid, with hot wine. Next wherever there are any pustules, they must be opened with a needle. Then such applications used, as may consume the putrid flesh. When the inflammation is removed, and the ulcer cleansed, a lenient medicine ought to be applied. In the second species, quinces boiled in wine and bruised may do good; as likewise the plaister of Hera, or the tetrapharmacum, with the addition of a fifth part of frankincense; likewise black ivy boiled in a rough wine, and if the disorder spread fast, nothing is more efficacious. When the ulcer, which I observed to be in the surface of the skin, is cleansed, the same lenient medicines are sufficient to the cure.

Regarding the ulcers themselves, if they're progressing slowly, they should be treated with hot water; if they're worsening quickly, use hot wine. Next, where there are any pustules, they should be punctured with a needle. Then apply treatments that can eliminate the dead tissue. Once the inflammation is gone and the ulcer is clean, a mild medicine should be applied. For the second type, quinces boiled in wine and mashed can be beneficial; similarly, the Hera plaster, or tetrapharmacum, with a fifth part of frankincense added; as well as black ivy boiled in rough wine, which is very effective if the condition is spreading quickly. When the ulcer, which I noticed on the surface of the skin, is cleaned, the same mild medications are sufficient for healing.

Of the Chironian ulcer.

The ulcer named Chironian(83) is large, and has hard, callous, and swelled lips. A sanies is discharged not copious, but thin; the smell is bad. There is no inflammation either in the ulcer or in the tumour about it. The pain is tolerable. It does not spread, and therefore is not dangerous; but it does not easily heal. Sometimes a thin cicatrix comes on, and then breaks again, and the ulcer is renewed. It occurs chiefly in the feet and legs.

The ulcer called Chironian__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is large, with thick, hardened, and swollen edges. The discharge is not abundant but thin, and it has a foul smell. There’s no inflammation in either the ulcer or the surrounding mass. The pain is manageable. It doesn’t spread, so it’s not dangerous; however, it doesn’t heal easily. Occasionally, a thin scar forms, only to break again, and the ulcer reappears. It mainly occurs on the feet and legs.

The application to it ought to contain both something lenient, and something strong, and repellent. Such as the following composition made for the purpose: of copper scales, calcined lead washed, each p. vi. *. cadmia, wax, each p. viii. *. oil of roses a sufficient quantity to soften the wax with the other ingredients.

The mixture for the application should include a combination of something gentle and something strong and repulsive. For example, consider this formula designed for that purpose: copper scales, calcined lead washed, each 6 parts; cadmia, wax, each 8 parts; and enough rose oil to soften the wax with the other ingredients.

247

247

Of ulcers occasioned by cold.

There is a kind of ulcer occasioned by the cold of the winter. It is most common in children, chiefly in their feet and toes, sometimes also in their hands. There is a redness with a moderate inflammation. Sometimes pustules break out, which are followed by an ulceration. The pain is not great, the itching greater. Sometimes a humour is discharged, but in small quantity, which seems to resemble either pus or sanies.

There’s a type of ulcer caused by the cold of winter. It’s most common in children, primarily on their feet and toes, and sometimes in their hands as well. There's redness along with some moderate swelling. Sometimes blisters form, which can lead to an ulcer. The pain isn’t severe, but the itching is more intense. Occasionally, a small amount of fluid is discharged that looks like either pus or a watery discharge.

In the first place it must be fomented plentifully with a hot decoction of turnips, or if these are not to be had, some of the repellent vervains. If it is not yet ulcerated, copper, as hot as a person is able to bear it, must be applied. When it is already ulcerated, allum, powdered with an equal quantity of frankincense, ought to be put to it, with the addition of wine; or pomegranate bark boiled in water, then beat. If the surface of the skin be excoriated, in that case lenient medicines succeed best.

First, it should be treated generously with a hot infusion of turnips, or if turnips aren’t available, some of the deterrent vervains. If it's not yet ulcerated, apply copper that’s as hot as a person can tolerate. Once it has ulcerated, mix powdered alum with an equal amount of frankincense and add some wine; alternatively, use pomegranate bark boiled in water and then crushed. If the skin's surface is scraped, then gentle treatments work best.

Of the scrophula.

The scrophula is a tumour, in which there are formed some concretions of pus and blood, resembling small glands. These are extremely troublesome to physicians, because they both generate fevers, and never maturate kindly; and whether they be cured by incision or medicines, for the most part they rise again close to the cicatrices; which they are much more ready to do, after being treated with medicines; and what is more, they are of long continuance. They grow chiefly in the neck; but also in the armpits, the groin and the sides. Meges the surgeon assures us, that he has met with them in the breasts of women too.

The scrofula is a tumor that forms lumps of pus and blood, which look like small glands. These are very bothersome for doctors because they cause fevers and rarely heal well. Even if they’re treated with surgery or medication, they often come back near the scars, and they're more likely to do so if treated with medicine. Plus, they can last a long time. They mainly grow in the neck, but also in the armpits, groin, and sides. Meges the surgeon claims he has seen them in women's breasts as well.

For these reasons, it is proper to give internally white hellebore, and that even frequently, till they be discussed; and externally to apply medicines which may either draw out the humour, or discuss it; such as have been mentioned before. Some also make use of caustics, which eat down and constringe the part with an eschar; and then treat it like an ulcer. Whatever method of cure be pursued, when the ulcer is clean, the body must be exercised and nourished, till it come to a cicatrix. These are the methods prescribed by physicians(84): but the experience of some peasants has discovered, that eating a snake cures a scrophulous patient.

For these reasons, it's proper to give white hellebore internally, even frequently, until it’s resolved; and to apply medicines externally that can either draw out the fluid or resolve it, like those mentioned earlier. Some also use caustics, which break down and tighten the area with a scab; then they treat it like an ulcer. Whatever treatment is chosen, once the ulcer is clean, the body must be exercised and nourished until it heals completely. These are the methods recommended by doctors__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__: but some peasants have found that eating a snake can cure someone with scrofula.

248

248

Of a furuncle.

A furuncle is an acute tubercle, attended with inflammation and pain; and especially when it is just turning to pus. When this is opened, and the pus is discharged, part of the flesh below appears converted into pus, part corrupted, of a whitish colour, and reddish; which some call the ventricle of the furuncle. There is no danger in it, though no means be used for its cure, for it maturates of itself, and breaks. But the pain makes a medicine, that can hasten the cure, eligible.

A furuncle is an acute bump that comes with inflammation and pain, especially when it’s about to turn into pus. When it’s opened and the pus is released, part of the flesh underneath looks like it's turned to pus, some is damaged, appearing whitish and reddish; this is sometimes referred to as the ventricle of the furuncle. There’s no danger even if nothing is done to treat it, as it will mature on its own and burst. However, the pain makes a medication that can speed up the healing process appealing.

The proper medicine for it is galbanum, but other things have also been mentioned before. If none of these can be had, the first application ought to be a plaister not greasy, to repel it; then if that has not succeeded, something to promote a suppuration. If that cannot be got, either resin or leaven(85). When the pus is squeezed out, no further cure is necessary.

The right treatment for it is galbanum, but other options have been mentioned too. If none of these are available, the first step should be a non-greasy plaster to push it away; then, if that doesn't work, use something to encourage the buildup of pus. If that's not available, you can use either resin or leaven__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Once the pus is drained, no additional treatment is needed.

Of phymata.

The name of phyma is given to a tubercle resembling a furuncle, but rounder, and flatter in the surface, and often larger. For a furuncle seldom rises to the bulk of half an egg, and never exceeds it: a phyma is commonly of greater extent; but the inflammation and pain in it are less. When it is broken, the pus appears in the same manner; no ventricle is found here, as in the furuncle; but all the corrupted flesh is turned into pus. Now this grows more frequently in children, and is more easily cured; in young men it occurs more seldom, and is more difficult to cure: when age has given firmness to the body, it does not appear at all. The proper medicines for discussing it have been mentioned before.

The term "phyma" refers to a lump that looks like a boil but is rounder and flatter on the surface and often larger. A boil rarely grows to the size of half an egg and never exceeds that; a phyma is usually more extensive, but the inflammation and pain are less severe. When it breaks open, pus comes out in a similar way; there’s no cavity like in a boil, but all the damaged tissue changes to pus. This is more common in children and is easier to treat; in young men, it occurs less often and is harder to treat. As a person ages and their body becomes more resilient, it doesn’t show up at all. The right treatments for resolving it have been mentioned earlier.

Of a phygethlon.

A phygethlon is a low, but broad tumour, in which there is something like to a pustule. The pain and tension are violent, and greater than in proportion to the size of the tumour; sometimes also attended with a slight fever. It ripens slowly, and no great part of it is converted into pus. It is formed chiefly either in the neck, or in the armpits, or the groin. From its figure our authors call it panus(86). The proper medicine for this also we have pointed out before.

A phygethlon is a low but wide tumor that resembles a pustule. The pain and tension are intense and greater than what you'd expect from the size of the tumor; it can also come with a mild fever. It develops slowly, and not much of it turns into pus. It mainly occurs in the neck, armpits, or groin. Because of its shape, our authors refer to it as panus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The appropriate treatment for this has also been mentioned earlier.

Of abscesses.

But though all the foregoing are nothing else but small abscesses, yet a larger collection, that tends entirely to suppuration, appropriates to itself the general name of abscess. And this collection hap249pens generally after fevers or pains of some particular parts, and especially after pains in the belly. It commonly shews itself externally, for it sometimes swells to a pretty large compass, like the phyma, and is red and hot, and in a little time contracts a hardness. It is more troublesome as it advances, and occasions thirst and watchfulness. But sometimes there is none of these appearances in the skin; and more especially when the suppuration is pretty deep; but inward prickings are felt, attended with thirst and watchfulness. It is more kindly when it does not become hard of a sudden; and when, though it be ruddy, yet it is changing to a white colour. Which symptoms occur when the suppuration is beginning; for the swelling and redness comes on long before.

But even though all of the previous ones are just small abscesses, a larger collection that is entirely focused on pus is commonly called an abscess. This collection usually occurs after fevers or pain in specific areas, especially after abdominal pain. It often becomes visible on the outside, swelling to a considerable size, similar to a boil, and appears red and hot, eventually developing a hardness over time. As it progresses, it becomes more bothersome and leads to feelings of thirst and restlessness. However, sometimes these signs aren't visible on the skin, particularly when the pus forms deeper; instead, you feel internal prickling along with thirst and restlessness. It's more manageable when it doesn't harden suddenly and, although it may be red, it starts turning white. These symptoms appear at the onset of pus formation; the swelling and redness typically develop well beforehand.

If the abscess be forming in any of the nobler parts, the accession of matter there must be prevented by cataplasms, which are at the same time repellent and cooling; such as I have mentioned under the erysipelas and elsewhere. If it is grown pretty hard, we must have recourse to discutients and resolvents; such as a dry fig bruised, or lees of wine mixed with cerate, made up with hog’s lard; or the root of wild cucumber, with the addition of two parts of meal, first boiled in mulse. We may also mix equal parts of ammoniacum, galbanum, propolis, viscum, adding of myrrh not half the quantity of any of the other ingredients: and the plaisters and malagmas I have mentioned before, have the same effect.

If an abscess is forming in any important area, we need to prevent the buildup of pus by using poultices that are both repellent and cooling, like those I've mentioned for erysipelas and in other places. If it's become quite hard, we should apply treatments that break it down and resolve it, such as a bruised dry fig or wine lees mixed with ointment made with hog's lard. We can also use the root of wild cucumber, adding two parts of flour that has been boiled in honey water. Additionally, we can mix equal parts of ammoniacum, galbanum, propolis, and mistletoe, adding myrrh in a quantity that's less than half of any of the other ingredients. The poultices and pastes I've discussed earlier will have the same effect.

What is not discussed by these, must necessarily maturate. And to hasten this, must be applied barley meal mixed with water; to which also it will be proper to add some herbs. The same applications(87) are fit for the lesser abscesses too, whose names and properties I have recited above. The general method of cure is the same in them all; and only differs in the degree. Now that tumour is crude, in which there appears a strong pulsation of the arteries, a weight, heat, tension, pain, redness, and hardness; and if the abscess be large, a shuddering, as also a slight fever continues; and the suppuration being pretty deep and concealed, instead of the marks, which otherwise shew themselves in the skin, there are prickings. When these have abated, and the part begins to itch, and either becomes somewhat livid or whitish, the suppuration, is per250fected. And when it either breaks of itself, or is opened by medicines, or by incision, the pus ought to be discharged. And if it happens in the armpits or groin, it must be dressed without lint. In other parts too, if it is narrow at the bottom, if the suppuration has been moderate, if it has not penetrated deep, if there is no fever, if the patient be strong, lint is equally needless. In other circumstances it ought to be used, sparingly however, and not unless the wound be large. It does well to spread honey upon the lint; or without it, to apply lentils with honey, or pomegranate bark boiled with wine. And these things are proper both alone and mixed.

What isn't talked about must eventually come to a head. To speed this up, you should use barley meal mixed with water, and it’s also good to add some herbs. The same applications__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ work for smaller abscesses, which I mentioned earlier. The overall treatment method is the same for all of them; it just varies in intensity. A tumor is considered immature when there’s a strong pulsation from the arteries, along with weight, heat, tension, pain, redness, and hardness; if the abscess is large, there can also be shivering and a slight fever. If the pus is deep and hidden, instead of the typical signs visible on the skin, there will be prickling sensations. When these symptoms lessen, and the area starts to itch and may appear a bit bluish or whitish, that indicates the pus is ready to be expelled. When it either bursts on its own or is opened by treatment or incision, the pus should be drained. If it occurs in the armpits or groin, it should be treated without lint. Similarly, in other areas, if the opening is narrow at the bottom, if the pus accumulation is moderate, if it hasn't gone too deep, if there’s no fever, and if the patient is strong, you don’t need lint. In other cases, it should be used sparingly and only if the wound is large. It’s beneficial to spread honey on the lint or, alternatively, apply lentils with honey, or use pomegranate bark boiled in wine. These treatments work well both on their own and in combination.

If any parts round it should be too hard, to soften them may be applied either mallows beat, or fenugreek, or lintseed boiled in passum. And then whatever is to be applied, ought to be secured not by a tight, but an easy bandage. Every body ought to know, that in this kind of disorder cerate may be used. What else belongs to the cleansing of the ulcer, filling it up, and bringing on a cicatrix, and equally relates to wounds, has been already pointed out.

If any surrounding areas are too tough, you can soften them with beaten mallows, fenugreek, or flaxseed boiled in raisin wine. After that, whatever you apply should be secured with a loose bandage, not a tight one. Everyone should know that in this type of issue, ointment can be used. Everything else related to cleaning the ulcer, filling it in, and promoting healing, which also applies to wounds, has already been discussed.

Of fistulas.

But sometimes from abscesses of this kind and other ulcers, arise fistulas. That is the name of a deep, narrow and callous ulcer. It occurs almost in every part of the body; and it has some peculiarities in each place. I shall first treat of the general properties. There are then several kinds of fistulas; for some are short, others deeper; some point inward in a straight line; others, and by far the greatest part, are transverse; some are simple, others are double, or triple, which beginning from one orifice, branch out within, into three or more sinuses; some straight, others bent and tortuous; some end in the flesh, others penetrate to bones or a cartilage; or where neither of these lies beyond them, reach to the more internal parts; some again are easily cured, others with difficulty, and some are even found incurable.

But sometimes, from this type of abscess and other ulcers, fistulas develop. A fistula is a deep, narrow, and hardened ulcer. It can occur in almost any part of the body, and it has specific characteristics in each location. I will first discuss the general properties. There are several types of fistulas; some are short, while others are deeper. Some extend straight inward, while many are transverse. Some are simple, while others are double or triple, starting from one opening and branching out into three or more sinuses. Some are straight, while others are bent and twisted. Some end in flesh, while others reach bones or cartilage; or, if neither is present, they extend to deeper internal areas. Some can be easily treated, others are more difficult, and some are even found to be incurable.

The cure of a simple and recent fistula in the flesh is easy. It is an advantage to it, if the person be young, and the constitution firm: the contrary are very unfavourable circumstances; as also if the fistula has injured a bone, or cartilage, or nerve, or muscles; if it have seized upon a joint, or has penetrated either to the bladder, or the lungs,251 or to the womb, or to the large veins or arteries, or to the jaw-bones, throat, stomach, or thorax. When it points towards the intestines too, it is always dangerous, and often mortal. In these cases it greatly increases the malady, if the patient be either sick, or old, or of a bad habit.

The treatment for a simple and recent fistula in the skin is straightforward. It's easier to manage if the person is young and has a strong constitution; the opposite conditions make it much more challenging. This is especially true if the fistula has damaged a bone, cartilage, nerve, or muscles, or if it has affected a joint, or penetrated to the bladder, lungs,251 womb, large veins, arteries, jawbones, throat, stomach, or chest. If it points toward the intestines, it is always risky and can often be fatal. In these situations, the illness worsens significantly if the patient is sick, elderly, or in poor health.

First of all, it is proper to put a probe into the fistula, that we may find its direction and depth: and at the same time whether it be altogether moist, or drier than it should be, which appears upon drawing out the probe. It may also be determined, whether the bone be affected or not; and if the fistula has penetrated there, how far it has injured it. For if that part is soft, which is touched by the end of the probe, the disorder is confined to the flesh; if it resists more, it has made way to the bone. And again, if the probe slides, there is no caries begun: if it does not slip out(88) of the point where it is placed, the caries is begun, but is slight yet: if it feels unequal also, and rough, the bone is very much corroded. The situation itself shews when there is a cartilage below; and that the fistula has reached it, appears by its resistance.

First of all, it's important to insert a probe into the fistula so we can determine its direction and depth. At the same time, we should check if it's completely moist or drier than it should be, which will show when we pull out the probe. We can also figure out if the bone is affected; if the fistula has reached there, we can gauge how much damage has been done. If the area touched by the end of the probe is soft, the issue is limited to the flesh. If it feels firmer, that means it has reached the bone. Additionally, if the probe slides easily, it indicates that there's no beginning of bone decay. If it doesn't move from where it was inserted, there’s slight bone decay starting; if it feels uneven and rough, the bone is significantly damaged. The location itself indicates if there’s cartilage underneath, and if the fistula has reached it, we can tell by the resistance.

Now from these circumstances may be learnt the seats and extents of fistulas, and what parts they have damaged. From the quantity of the pus it may be known, whether they be simple, or divided into more parts. If more of that comes away, than can issue from a single cavity, it is evident there are more sinuses. And as flesh, nerves, and some nervous substances, such as the greatest part of the coats and membranes are, commonly lie together, the nature of the pus will discover whether the several sinuses have eaten through these different sorts of bodies. For from flesh a smooth and white pus is discharged pretty copiously; from a nervous place the discharge is of the same colour indeed, but thinner, and less in quantity; from a nerve fat and not unlike to oil. Lastly, the posture of the body also discovers whether the fistulas have penetrated into several parts, because often, when one lies down with his body and limb in a different position, the pus begins to flow again, which had before stopped, and shews not only that there is another sinus, from whence it descends, but also that it proceeds in a different direction.

From these circumstances, you can determine the locations and sizes of fistulas and the areas they've affected. By looking at the amount of pus, you can tell whether the fistulas are simple or divided into multiple sections. If more pus comes out than can be produced by a single cavity, it’s clear there are multiple sinuses. Since flesh, nerves, and some nervous tissues, like most layers and membranes, typically lie together, the characteristics of the pus will reveal whether the various sinuses have damaged these different types of tissues. Flesh produces a smooth, white pus that comes out in significant amounts; from a nerve, the discharge is indeed the same color but thinner and less plentiful; from a fat nerve, it resembles oil. Finally, the position of the body can indicate whether the fistulas have penetrated into different areas. Often, when someone lies down with their body and limbs positioned differently, pus that had previously stopped flowing begins again, showing not only that there is another sinus from which it originates but also that it moves in a different direction.

If it be confined to the flesh, and is recent and simple, neither consisting of sinuses, nor having a large cavity:252 also if it be not in a joint, but in a part, which is immoveable by itself, and is never put in motion but with the whole body, a plaister for recent wounds will be sufficient, if that contain either salt, or allum, or copper scales, or verdigrease, or any of the metallic substances. And of this a collyrium(89) ought to be made, at the one end smaller, and at the other somewhat thicker. And this ought to be introduced with the small end foremost into the fistula, till pure blood begins to appear. This is universal in the application of all collyriums for fistulas. And then the same plaister is to be put over it spread upon linen; and above that must be applied a sponge first dipt in vinegar; and it is sufficient to open the dressings on the fifth day. Such diet must be used, as I have recommended for generating flesh.

If it’s limited to the skin and is recent and straightforward, not involving sinuses or having a large cavity:252 and if it’s not in a joint but in a part that can't move on its own and only moves with the whole body, a plaster for recent wounds will be enough if it includes salt, alum, copper scales, verdigris, or any metal substances. A collyrium __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ should be made, narrower at one end and thicker at the other. This should be gently inserted with the narrow end first into the fistula until pure blood starts to show. This is standard for applying all collyriums for fistulas. Then, the same plaster should be spread on linen and placed over it, with a sponge soaked in vinegar applied on top. It's fine to change the dressings on the fifth day. A diet that promotes healing, as I’ve recommended, should also be followed.

But if the fistula is at a distance from the præcordia, it is necessary for the patient now and then to eat radishes fasting and then to vomit.

But if the fistula is far from the chest area, the patient needs to eat radishes on an empty stomach occasionally and then induce vomiting.

When the fistula by time becomes callous (and it is impossible to be mistaken in a callosity, because it is hard, and either white or pale) then there is a necessity for stronger medicines. Such as that composition, which contains of poppy tears p. i. *. gum p. iii. *. cadmia p. iv. *. copperas p. viii. *. these are incorporated with water, and made into a collyrium. Or that, which consists of galls p. i. *. verdigrease, sandarach, Egyptian allum, each p. i. *. calcined copperas p. ii. *. Or that, which is composed of chalcitis and stone-lime, to which is added of orpiment less by one half than each of the other ingredients; and these are mixed up with boiled honey. The most expeditious is the prescription of Meges: to reduce to powder of rasile verdigrease p. ii. *. then to dissolve in vinegar, of ammoniacum thymiama p. ii. *. and with this to bring the verdigrease to a consistence: and this is one of the choicest medicines. But though the foregoing compositions are the most efficacious, yet if these are not to be had, it is easy to destroy the callosity by some caustic medicines: and it is sufficient to arm with these a twisted paper reed, or some part of a penecillum, formed after the manner of a collyrium. Squills also boiled, and mixed with lime consume a callus.

When the fistula eventually becomes hardened (and you can easily recognize a hardening, as it's tough and either white or light in color), then stronger treatments are needed. For example, there's a mixture that includes poppy tears 1 part, gum 3 parts, cadmia 4 parts, and copperas 8 parts. These ingredients are combined with water to create a wash. Another option consists of galls 1 part, verdigrease, sandarach, and Egyptian alum, each at 1 part, plus calcined copperas at 2 parts. Alternatively, you can use a mixture of chalcitis and lime, adding orpiment in half the amount of each of the other ingredients, all mixed with boiled honey. The quickest solution is Meges' prescription: grind verdigrease (2 parts) into powder, then dissolve it in vinegar with ammoniacum thymiama (2 parts), using this to achieve the right consistency for the verdigrease. This is one of the best treatments. However, if these mixtures aren’t available, you can effectively get rid of the hardening with some caustic medicines. It's enough to apply these to a twisted paper reed or a part of a brush, shaped like a wash. Boiled squills mixed with lime also help eliminate a callus.

If the fistula happen to be pretty long, and transverse,253 after introducing a probe, it is very proper to make an incision over against its origin, and to put in any collyrium you chuse.

If the fistula is quite long and horizontal, 253 after inserting a probe, it's best to make an incision at its beginning and apply any eye medicine you prefer.

But if we judge the fistula to have two or more sinuses, provided it be short and confined to the flesh, we ought not to make use of a collyrium, which may cure one part, and not touch the rest; but the same medicines dry are to be put into a writing reed, which being applied to the orifice, the medicines must be blown into the fistula. Or the same things may be dissolved in wine; or if the fistula be somewhat foul, in mulse; if somewhat, callous, in vinegar; and whatever is injected, must be infused in this liquid form. Coolers and repellents must be applied above; for generally the parts about a fistula are a little inflamed. Neither is it improper, when one has removed the dressings, before he make another injection, to wash the fistula by means of a syringe; if there be much matter, with wine; if the callosity be pretty hard, with vinegar; if it is already cleansing, with mulse, or a decoction of vetches in water, with a little honey added to it. It commonly happens that the membrane, which is betwixt the orifice and the sound flesh, being overcome by so many medicines, casts off, and the ulcer is clean below. Whenever this happens, agglutinants are to be applied, and especially spunge armed with boiled honey. I know it is a practice approved of by many in this case, to have lint rolled up into the form of a collyrium, and dipt in honey, introduced for incarning. But this method more quickly agglutinates, than incarns. And there is no fear, that clean flesh brought into contact with clean flesh can fail to unite, especially when medicines proper for that purpose are made use of; since often an ulceration of the fingers, unless great care is taken to prevent it, will join them together in the healing.

But if we find the fistula has two or more sinuses, and it’s short and limited to the flesh, we shouldn't use a collyrium because it might fix one part but leave the rest untouched. Instead, the same medicines in dried form should be placed in a writing reed; when applied to the opening, the medicines need to be blown into the fistula. Alternatively, the same substances can be dissolved in wine; if the fistula is somewhat foul, use mulse; if it's somewhat hardened, use vinegar; and anything injected should be in this liquid form. Coolants and repellents should be applied above, as the areas around a fistula are generally a bit inflamed. It’s also advisable, after removing the dressings and before making another injection, to wash the fistula with a syringe; if there's a lot of pus, use wine; if the hardness is pretty tough, use vinegar; and if it’s already cleansing, use mulse or a decoction of vetches in water with a little honey added. Typically, the membrane between the opening and the healthy flesh gets overwhelmed by so many remedies and sheds away, leaving the ulcer clean beneath. When this occurs, agglutinants should be applied, especially a sponge coated with boiled honey. Many recommend using lint rolled into a collyrium shape and dipped in honey for incarming. However, this method tends to agglutinate faster than it heals. There's no concern that clean flesh touching clean flesh won’t bond, especially when suitable medicines are used; since often a finger ulcer, if not carefully managed, will cause the fingers to stick together during healing.

Of the cerion ulcer.

There is also a kind of ulcer, which from its resemblance to a honeycomb, by the Greeks is called cerium[ FE ]. And of this there are two species: the one is of a whitish colour, and like to a furuncle, but larger, and attended with great pain. When it maturates, it has openings, through which is discharged a glutinous and purulent matter; nevertheless it254 does not come to a due ripeness. If it be divided by incision, there appears to be a great deal more corruption within, than in a furuncle, and it reaches deeper. It seldom occurs but amongst the hair of the head.

There’s also a type of ulcer that looks like a honeycomb, which the Greeks call cerium __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. There are two types of this: one is whitish, larger than a boil, and comes with a lot of pain. When it matures, it has openings that release a sticky, pus-like substance; however, it doesn’t fully ripen. If it’s cut open, there seems to be much more infection inside than with a boil, and it goes deeper. It rarely happens except in the hair on the head.

The other is less, and eminent upon the top of the head, hard, broad, of a pale green colour, and more ulcerated; for there are openings at the roots of each of the hairs, through which issues a glutinous, palish humour, in consistence like honey, or viscum, or sometimes oil; and if an incision be made upon it, the flesh within appears green. There is a great pain and inflammation, insomuch that they often bring on an acute fever.

The other one is smaller and noticeable on the top of the head, hard, broad, pale green in color, and more ulcerated; there are openings at the roots of each hair, from which a thick, pale fluid, similar to honey, or mistletoe, or sometimes oil, comes out. If an incision is made, the flesh inside looks green. There is a lot of pain and inflammation, often resulting in a severe fever.

To that kind, which has fewer openings, it is proper to apply dry figs, and lintseed boiled in mulse, and drawing plaisters and malagmas, or the medicines, of that quality above recited.

To that type, which has fewer openings, it’s appropriate to use dry figs, flaxseed boiled in honey, and drawing plasters and pastes, or the previously mentioned medicines of that quality.

Upon the other, the same medicines, likewise meal boiled in mulse, and half the quantity of turpentine resin added to it; and a fig boiled in mulse; to which a little powdered hyssop is added; likewise a fourth part of stavesacre added to the fig. But if medicines do but little service in either kind, the whole ulcer must be cut out to the sound flesh. When the ulcer is taken away, medicines must be applied over the wound; first such as promote pus, next detergents, then such as incarn.

On the other hand, the same medicines, plus porridge cooked in honey wine, and half the amount of turpentine resin added to it; and a fig cooked in honey wine; to which a little powdered hyssop is added; as well as a quarter part of stavesacre mixed with the fig. But if the medicines aren't very effective in either case, the entire ulcer must be cut out down to the healthy flesh. After the ulcer is removed, medications should be applied over the wound; first those that promote pus, then cleansers, and finally those that help in healing.

Of the acro­chor­don, acro­thy­mium, myr­mecia, and the clavus.

There are also some resembling warts, which have different names, as they are different disorders. The Greeks call that an acrochordon[ FF ], where a substance pretty hard is collected within the skin, which sometimes is rough, and of the same colour with the adjacent parts; near the skin it is narrow, and broader above. This is small, rarely exceeding the size of a bean. They are hardly found to grow single; generally a number together, and chiefly in children. They sometimes suddenly disappear, sometimes they excite a moderate inflammation. Some are also converted into pus.

There are also some conditions that look like warts, but they have different names because they are different disorders. The Greeks call that an acrochordon __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, where a firm substance collects under the skin, which can sometimes be rough and the same color as the surrounding area; it is narrow near the skin and wider at the top. These are small and rarely larger than a bean. They hardly ever occur individually; usually, there are several together, especially in children. They can sometimes disappear suddenly, and other times they cause mild inflammation. Some may also turn into pus.

That is called acrothymium[ FG ], which rises like a small wart above the flesh, broader at the skin, smaller above,255 hardish and very rough upon the top, where in colour it resembles thyme, whence it has its name; and it is easily divided there, and made bloody; sometimes it discharges some blood; and is generally about the bigness of an Egyptian bean, seldom larger, sometimes very small. Sometimes only one, at other times more grow in the palms of the hands, and soles of the feet; they are worst in the private parts, and aptest to bleed there.

That is called acrothymium__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, which protrudes like a small wart above the skin, wider at the base and narrower at the top,255 firm and very rough on the surface, where its color is similar to thyme, which is how it got its name; it's easy to break apart there, which can cause bleeding; sometimes it bleeds a bit; and it’s generally about the size of an Egyptian bean, rarely larger, and sometimes quite small. Occasionally only one appears, but other times multiple ones can grow on the palms of the hands or the soles of the feet; they are particularly troublesome in private areas and tend to bleed there the most.

Those called myrmecia[ FH ] are lower and harder than an acrothymium, fix their roots deeper, and occasion a greater pain; below they are broad, and above small, and less blood comes from them: in size they scarce ever exceed a lupine. These likewise grow either in the palms of the hands, or lower parts of the feet.

Those known as myrmecia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ are shorter and tougher than an acrothymium, anchor their roots deeper, and cause more pain; at the bottom, they are wide, while at the top, they are small, and they produce less blood: in size, they hardly ever grow larger than a lupine. They also tend to grow either in the palms of the hands or the soles of the feet.

The clavus grows elsewhere sometimes, but chiefly in the feet, and principally form a contusion, though sometimes from other causes; and it gives pain, if not at other times, at least when one is walking.

The callus sometimes develops in other areas, but mainly on the feet, and usually comes from a bruise, although it can also arise from other factors; it causes pain, if not at other times, at least when walking.

Of these the acrochordon, and the acrothymium often terminate of themselves, and the more readily, the less they are. Myrmecia and clavi are scarce ever removed without medicine. If the acrochordon be cut off, it leaves no root, and for reason does not grow again. When the acrothymium and clavus are cut off, a small roundish root grows, which descends deep into the flesh, and that being left, they sprout up again. The myrmecia adhere by very broad roots, and therefore cannot be taken off without a great ulceration. It is very proper to pare the clavus now and then: for thus without any violence it grows soft: but if a little blood be let out, it often dies away. It is also removed, if one cleans it round, and then applies to it resin mixed with a little of the powder of a milstone. But the other kinds are to be eaten away by medicines. For the two first, that which is made from the lees of wine; for the myrmecia the most proper is that, which consists of alum and sandarach. But the contiguous parts ought to be covered with leaves, lest they also be corroded; and after that a lentil must be applied. A fig also boiled in water destroys an acrothymium.

Among these, the acrochordon and the acrothymium often resolve on their own, especially when they are smaller. Myrmecia and clavi are rarely removed without medication. If the acrochordon is cut off, it leaves no root and does not grow back. However, when the acrothymium and clavus are removed, a small round root remains that goes deep into the flesh, and if it's left, they can sprout again. The myrmecia cling onto very broad roots, making them difficult to remove without causing a significant ulcer. It's advisable to occasionally trim the clavus; this softens it without inflicting damage, and sometimes releasing a little blood can lead to its disappearance. It can also be removed by cleaning around it and then applying a resin mixed with a bit of powdered millstone. The other types need to be dissolved with medications. For the first two, one can use a preparation made from wine lees; for the myrmecia, the best solution is a mixture of alum and sandarach. Additionally, the surrounding areas should be protected with leaves to prevent them from being damaged, and afterward, a lentil should be applied. Boiling a fig in water can also eliminate an acrothymium.

256

256

Of pustules.

Pustules break out chiefly in the spring season. Of these there are several kinds. For sometimes there is a certain asperity over the whole body, or a part, resembling those pustules, which are occasioned by a nettle, or from sweat; the Greeks call them exanthemata[ FI ]. And they are sometimes red, at other times of the same colour with the skin. Sometimes a great many grow resembling vari, sometimes larger. The pustules are livid or pale, or black, or otherwise different from the natural colour; and there is a humour contained in them. When they are broke, the flesh below appears as it were ulcerated. By the Greeks they are called phlyctænæ helcodes[ FJ ]. They arise either from cold, or from fire, or from medicines.

Pustules mainly appear in the spring. There are several types. Sometimes, there's a roughness all over the body or a part that resembles pustules caused by nettles or sweat; the Greeks refer to them as exanthems __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. They can be red, or sometimes match the skin color. Occasionally, many develop that look like variola, sometimes even larger. The pustules can be purple, pale, black, or otherwise different from the normal color, and they contain a fluid. When they burst, the flesh underneath looks ulcerated. The Greeks call them phlyctænæ helcodes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. They can be caused by cold, heat, or medications.

The phlyzacium[ FK ] is a pustule somewhat harder, of a whitish colour, and sharp pointed. What is squeezed from it is moist. The pustules sometimes turn to small ulcers, either dry or moist; and sometimes attended only with an itching, at other times with an inflammation and pain: pus or sanies issues from them, or both. And this occurs in children chiefly; seldom in the trunk of the body; often in the extremities.

The phlyzacium__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is a firm, white pustule with a sharp point. When pressed, it releases a moist substance. These pustules can sometimes develop into small ulcers, which may be dry or moist; they can cause itching sometimes, and at other times, they lead to inflammation and pain. Pus or a watery discharge comes from them, or both. This condition mainly affects children; it rarely appears on the trunk of the body and is often seen on the extremities.

The worst kind of pustule is that, which is called epinyctis[ FL ]. Its colour either inclines to livid, or is a dark brown, or white. There is a violent inflammation round it; and when it is opened, a mucous ulceration is found within, in colour resembling its humour. The pain of this is greater than in proportion to its bulk; for it is not larger than a bean. And this likewise grows in the extremities, and generally in the night-time: whence the Greeks have given it the name of epinyctis.

The worst type of pustule is called epinyctis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Its color can either be a bluish tint, a dark brown, or white. There's a strong inflammation around it, and when it bursts, a mucous ulceration is found inside that matches its color. The pain it causes is much more intense than you'd expect given its size, since it's only about the size of a bean. This type also tends to occur on the extremities and usually at night, which is why the Greeks named it epinyctis.

Now in the cure of all pustules, the first thing is to walk much, and to take exercise: if that cannot be complied with, to use gestation. The second rule is, to lessen the quantity of food; to abstain from every thing acrid and extenuating. And nurses ought to observe the same rules, if their sucking child is thus affected. Besides these, one, that can bear it, if the pustules be small, ought to sweat in the bagnio; and at the same time to sprinkle nitre over257 them; and to anoint the part with a mixture of wine and oil; then to go into the bath. If no benefit accrues from these, or if the pustules be of a larger kind, a lentil must be applied, and when the surface of the skin is taken off, we must have recourse to lenient medicines. After the lentil, the epinyctis is to be treated with blood-herb, or green coriander.

To treat all types of pustules, the first step is to get plenty of walking and exercise; if that's not possible, then try gentle movement. The second rule is to reduce how much you eat; avoid anything harsh or irritating. Nurses should follow the same guidelines if their breastfeeding child is affected. Additionally, for those who can handle it, if the pustules are small, they should sweat in the bathhouse while sprinkling nitre over them. It's also good to rub the area with a mixture of wine and oil, then go into the bath. If these methods don't work or if the pustules are larger, you should apply a lentil, and once the skin is removed, turn to soothing medications. After the lentil treatment, the epinyctis should be treated with blood-herb or fresh coriander.

The ulcers formed from pustules are cured by litharge mixed with fenugreek seed; and in compounding them, rose oil, or juice of endive, are used alternately, till the mixture have the consistence of honey. The proper composition for those pustules, which attack, infants, is of that stone, which the Greeks call pyrites p. viii. *. with fifty bitter almonds, and an addition of three cyathi of oil. But the pustules ought to be first rubbed with ceruss, and then anointed with this.

The ulcers created from pustules are treated with litharge mixed with fenugreek seeds. When combining them, use rose oil or endive juice alternately until the mixture has the consistency of honey. The right formula for pustules that affect infants includes the stone the Greeks call pyrites p. viii. *, along with fifty bitter almonds and an additional three cyathi of oil. However, the pustules should be rubbed first with ceruss and then treated with this mixture.

Of the scabies.

The scabies is a hardness of the skin, of a muddy colour, from whence pustules arise, some of them moist, others dry; from some of them issues a sanies; and in these there follows a continued itching ulceration, which in certain cases spreads very fast. In some people it goes entirely off, in others it returns at a certain season of the year; the greater its asperity, and the more it itches, the more difficult it is to cure. And therefore this species of it the Greeks call agria[ FM ], that is, cruel.

The scabies is a tough patch on the skin, with a muddy color, from which pustules form—some are wet, others dry. Some of them have a discharge, and these can lead to persistent itchy sores that can spread quickly in some cases. For some people, it completely clears up, while for others, it returns during certain times of the year; the worse it feels and the more it itches, the harder it is to treat. Because of this, the Greeks call this type of it agria__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, meaning cruel.

In this also the same diet is necessary, as above prescribed. The medicine proper for this in its beginning, consists of spodium, saffron, verdigrease, each p. i. *. white pepper, verjuice, each p. i. *. cadmia p. viii. *. But where there is already an ulceration, that, which is composed of sulphur p. i. *. wax p. iv. *. liquid pitch a hemina, two sextarii of oil. These must be boiled together to the consistence of honey. There is also another, which is said to have been invented by Protarchus. It contains a sextarius of lupine meal, four cyathi of nitre, a hemina of liquid pitch, half a pound of liquid resin, and three cyathi of vinegar. It is also proper to mix saffron, lycium, verdigrease, myrrh, ashes, in equal quantities, and boil them in passum. This heals every kind of scabies. And if there be nothing258 else at hand, lees of oil boiled to a third part, or sulphur mixed with liquid pitch, as I prescribed for cattle, relieve men also labouring under the scabies.

In this case, the same diet is necessary as mentioned above. The initial medicine for this consists of spodium, saffron, verdigrease, each in equal parts; white pepper and verjuice, each in equal parts; and cadmia in eight parts. However, if there is already an ulcer, the treatment is made up of one part sulphur, four parts wax, half a hemina of liquid pitch, and two sextarii of oil. These ingredients should be boiled together until they reach the consistency of honey. There is also another remedy, reportedly created by Protarchus. It includes a sextarius of lupine meal, four cyathi of nitre, half a hemina of liquid pitch, half a pound of liquid resin, and three cyathi of vinegar. It’s also helpful to mix saffron, lycium, verdigrease, myrrh, and ashes in equal amounts and boil them in passum. This will heal all types of scabies. If nothing else is available, boiled oil lees reduced by a third, or sulphur mixed with liquid pitch, as I suggested for cattle, can also help humans suffering from scabies.

Of the impetigo.

Of the impetigo there are four species. The least malignant is that, which resembles the scabies. For it is red, hardish, ulcerated, and corrosive. But it differs widely from that, which is more ulcerated(90), and has pustules like to vari; and there appear to be in it somewhat like air bubbles, from which, after a time, something like scales come off; and this is more certain in its returns.

Of impetigo, there are four types. The least severe one looks similar to scabies. It's red, somewhat hard, ulcerated, and painful. However, it’s very different from the one that is more ulcerated __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, which has pustules similar to those of chickenpox; it also seems to have air bubbles, and after a while, something like scales peel off. This type is more likely to come back.

The second kind is worse, and is not unlike the papula, but of greater asperity and a more ruddy colour, having various figures; scales fall off from the surface of the skin, there is a greater erosion, it spreads more quickly, and broader, and both comes and goes at more certain intervals than the former. It is called the red.

The second type is worse and is similar to the papule, but it’s rougher and has a redder color, featuring various shapes. Scales peel off the skin's surface, there's more erosion, it spreads more quickly and widely, and it appears and disappears at more regular intervals than the first type. It's called the red.

The third kind is still worse. For it is both thicker and harder, and more swelled; it causes fissures in the surface of the skin, and corrodes more vehemently. This also is scaly, but black; it spreads wide(91), and does not stay long at a time; but is less uncertain as to its periods of coming and going; and is not to be entirely removed. This has the epithet of the black.

The third kind is even worse. It's thicker, harder, and more swollen; it causes cracks on the skin's surface and irritates more intensely. It’s also scaly, but black; it spreads wide__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and doesn’t linger for long; however, its cycles of appearing and disappearing are more predictable, and it can't be completely eliminated. This is referred to as the black.

There is a fourth kind absolutely incurable, very different from the rest in colour. For it is whitish, and resembling a recent cicatrix; it has scales of a pale colour, some whitish, others resembling a lentil; which being taken off, blood sometimes follows. Otherwise the humour of it is white, the skin is hard and chopped, and it spreads wider.

There is a fourth type that is completely incurable, very different from the others in color. It is whitish and looks like a recent scar; it has pale scales, some white and others resembling a lentil. When these are removed, blood can sometimes be seen. Otherwise, its fluid is white, the skin is hard and cracked, and it spreads more widely.

All these kinds happen chiefly in the feet and hands; and they also infest the nails. There is no medicine more efficacious than that I mentioned for the scabies, which bears the name of Protarchus. Serapion made use of the following composition, nitre p. ii. *. sulphur p. iv. *. incorporated with plenty of resin.

All these types mainly occur in the feet and hands, and they also affect the nails. There's no treatment more effective than the one I mentioned for scabies, called Protarchus. Serapion used the following mixture: 2 parts nitre, 4 parts sulfur, combined with a lot of resin.

Of the papula.

There are two species of the papula. One is, where the skin is made rough by very small pustules, and is both red, and gently corroded; in the midst of them is a space somewhat smoother; it spreads slowly. And this disorder is of259 a round form in its beginning, and proceeds in the same manner circularly.

There are two types of papulae. One type has a rough texture on the skin due to tiny pustules, which are red and have a slight erosion; there's an area in the middle that is a bit smoother, and it spreads slowly. This condition starts out round and continues to develop in a circular pattern.

The second, the Greeks call agria: which has a similar appearance, but the skin is more unequal and ulcerated, and it corrodes more vehemently, is redder, and sometimes also loosens the hairs.

The second one, the Greeks call agria: it looks similar, but its skin is bumpier and has sores, and it eats away more aggressively, appears redder, and sometimes also causes hair to fall out.

That which is less round, heals with greater difficulty; and unless it be cured, it turns to an impetigo. But a slight papula, if it be rubbed every day with fasting spittle, will heal. The greater kind is very well cured by feverfew rubbed over it. But for the compound medicines, that same prescription abovementioned of Protarchus is so much the more powerful here, as the distemper is less. There is another of Mico’s for the same purpose; of red nitre, frankincense, each p. i. *. cantharides cleansed p. ii. *. crude sulphur a like quantity, liquid turpentine resin p. xx. *. meal of darnel three sextantes, three cyathi of git, and one sextans of crude pitch.

What is less round heals more slowly; and if it isn't treated, it can turn into an impetigo. However, a small bump can heal if you rub it daily with saliva from a fast. The larger type can be effectively treated with feverfew applied to it. When it comes to compound medicines, the same recipe mentioned earlier by Protarchus is even more effective here, as the disorder is milder. There’s another recipe from Mico for the same issue, which includes red nitrate, frankincense, each in equal parts; cleaned cantharides in double the amount; crude sulfur in the same quantity; liquid turpentine resin in twenty parts; darnel meal three sextants; three cyathi of git; and one sextans of crude pitch.

Of the vitiligo.

The vitiligo also, though of itself not dangerous, yet is both nasty, and proceeds from a bad habit of body. There are three species of it. It is called alphos[ FN ], when it is white; it is commonly a little rough, and not continued, but appears like drops dispersed here and there. Sometimes it spreads wider, leaving some, places between free. The melas[ FO ] differs from that in colour, being black, and like a shadow. In other respects it is the same. The leuce[ FP ] has some resemblance to the alphos, but is whiter, and penetrates deeper; and has white downy hairs in it. All these spread; but in some more quickly, in others slower. The alphos and melas come and go in some people without any regularity. The leuce does not easily quit a person it has once seized.

Vitiligo, while not dangerous on its own, is unpleasant and results from an unhealthy body habit. There are three types of it. It’s called alphos__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ when it appears white; it tends to be a bit rough, not uniform, and shows up like scattered drops. Sometimes it spreads wider, leaving some areas unaffected. The melas differs in color as it is black, resembling a shadow. Other than that, it is similar. The leuce__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ looks somewhat like alphos but is whiter, penetrates deeper, and has fine white hairs. All these types can spread; some do so more quickly, while others are slower. The alphos and melas can appear and disappear in some people inconsistently. However, the leuce tends to stay with a person once it has taken hold.

The two first are not very difficult to cure; the last scarce ever heals; and though the disorder be in some degree mitigated, yet the natural colour is never fully restored. Whether any of these be curable or not, is easily known from an experiment. For the skin should be cut, or pricked with a needle. If blood issues, which generally happens in the two former, there is room for a remedy; if a white260 humour starts, it will not admit of a cure. And therefore it should not he meddled with.

The first two are not very hard to treat; the last one hardly ever gets better, and even though the condition is somewhat improved, the natural color is never fully restored. Whether any of these can be cured is easily determined through a simple test. The skin should be cut or pricked with a needle. If blood comes out, which usually happens with the first two, there’s a chance for a remedy; if a white fluid appears, it can't be cured. So, it’s best not to interfere with it.

To the curable kinds must be applied lentils mixed with sulphur and frankincense, the lentils being bruised and dipped in vinegar. Another composition for the same purpose is that, which goes under the name of Irenæus. Bastard spunge, nitre, cummin, dry fig-leaves, of each equal parts, are bruised with the addition of vinegar. With this the part affected is anointed in the sun; and in a little time, it is washed off, lest it corrode too much. Some following the practice of Mico, anoint the alphi with the following medicine; they mix of sulphur p. ii. *. nitre p. iv. *. dry myrrh powdered an acetabulum; then in the bath sprinkle upon the vitiligo bean flour, and afterwards put the other over it. Those which I called melanes, are cured by the following things beat up together; bastard spunge, frankincense, barley, and beans; these are sprinkled upon them without oil in the bagnio, before a sweat comes on, and then that species of vitiligo comes off by rubbing.

To treat curable types, apply lentils mixed with sulfur and frankincense, with the lentils bruised and soaked in vinegar. Another remedy known as Irenæus consists of equal parts of bastard sponge, saltpeter, cumin, and dry fig leaves, all crushed together with added vinegar. This paste is applied to the affected area in the sun, and after a short time, it is washed off to prevent excessive corrosion. Some, following Mico's method, treat the spots using the following mixture: 2 parts sulfur, 4 parts saltpeter, and powdered dry myrrh, combined in a bowl. In the bath, sprinkle bean flour on the vitiligo, then apply the mixture on top. The types I referred to as melanes are treated with a mixture of bastard sponge, frankincense, barley, and beans; these are sprinkled on without oil in the bath before sweating begins, allowing the vitiligo to come off with rubbing.


261

261

A. CORNELIUS CELSUS

A. Cornelius Celsus

OF

OF

MEDICINE.

Healthcare.


BOOK VI.


CHAP. I.

Having done with the disorders, which break out in any part of the body indifferently, and require the assistance of medicines; I shall now proceed to those, that are confined to particular parts, beginning with the head.

Having addressed the ailments that can occur anywhere in the body and need medication, I will now move on to those that are specific to certain areas, starting with the head.

Of hairs falling off the head.

When the hairs of the head fall off, the principal remedy is frequent shaving: though labdanum mixed with oil, conduces also towards keeping them on. I here speak of the hair, which falls off after an illness. For no remedy whatever can prevent the heads of some people from becoming bald by age.

When hair falls out, the main solution is to shave often; however, labdanum mixed with oil can also help to keep it. I'm referring to the hair that falls out after an illness. No remedy can stop some people from going bald as they age.

CHAP. II. OF A PORRIGO.

We call that disorder a porrigo, scurf, when certain small scales arise amongst the hair, and are loosened from the skin; they are sometimes moist, much more frequently dry.262 It happens sometimes without any ulcer, sometimes in a part that is ulcerated, and is sometimes attended with a bad smell, sometimes with none. It usually occurs in the hair of the head, more rarely in the beard, sometimes also in the eye-brows. And as it never comes without some antecedent disorder in the body, so it is not altogether useless. For when the head is free from disorders, then it does not appear: when there is any disorder there, it is more expedient, in such a case, that the surface of the skin should be here and there corrupted, than that the noxious matter should be turned in upon a more noble part.

We refer to this condition as porrigo, scurf, when small scales form in the hair and detach from the skin; they can be moist but are usually dry. 262 It sometimes occurs without any ulcers, at times in areas that are ulcerated, and can have a foul smell or none at all. It typically appears on the scalp, less often in the beard, and sometimes in the eyebrows. It never occurs without some prior issue in the body, so it serves a purpose. When the head is healthy, it doesn’t show up; but when there is some problem, it's better for the skin to be affected in that area than for harmful substances to affect a more important part of the body.

It is more proper then to cleanse it by frequent combing, than to repel it entirely. But if that method makes it more offensive (which may happen by the excessive discharge of humour, and more so, if the humour be fetid) the head is to be shaved often; and treated with some gentle repellents, such as nitre with vinegar, or labdanum with myrtle oil, and wine, or myrobalans with wine. If these have little effect, we may use some of the more powerful ones; but, at the same time, we should be aware, that this practice is hurtful, when the disorder is recent.

It’s better to keep it clean by combing it often rather than trying to get rid of it completely. But if that method makes it smell worse (which can happen with too much discharge, especially if it smells bad), the head should be shaved regularly and treated with some gentle repellents, like nitre mixed with vinegar, or labdanum with myrtle oil and wine, or myrobalans with wine. If these don’t work well, we can try some stronger ones; however, we should keep in mind that this approach can be harmful if the issue is new.

CHAP. III. OF THE SYCOSIS.

There is an ulcer, which from its resemblance to a fig, by the Greeks, is called sycosis[ FQ ], because flesh sprouts up from it. And this is the general name. Under it are included two species. The one is a hard and round ulcer; the other is moist and unequal in its surface. From the hard one the discharge is very small and glutinous; from the moist, it is in greater quantity and fetid. Both kinds occur in the parts covered with hair: but that which is callous and round, most frequently in the beard; the other, which is moist, chiefly in the hair of the head.

There is an ulcer that looks like a fig, and that's why the Greeks call it sycosis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, because it has flesh growing from it. This is the general name for it. There are two types included under this name. One type is a hard, round ulcer; the other is moist and has an uneven surface. The hard one produces a very small and sticky discharge, while the moist one has a larger and foul-smelling discharge. Both types occur in hairy areas: the hard and round type most often appears in the beard, while the moist type mostly shows up in the hair on the head.

To both of them it is proper to apply elaterium, or lintseed powdered, and made into a paste with water, or a fig263 boiled in water, or the tetrapharmacum plaister softened with vinegar. Eretrian earth also liquified with vinegar is proper to lay upon them.

To both of them, it’s appropriate to use elaterium, or ground linseed mixed into a paste with water, or a fig boiled in water, or the tetrapharmacum plaster softened with vinegar. Eretrian earth, also mixed with vinegar, is suitable to apply to them.

CHAP. IV. OF AREA.

There are two kinds of areae. Both of them agree in this, that the surface of the skin mortifying, the hairs first decay, and then fall off; and if the part is wounded, thin and fetid blood is discharged; and both kinds increase in some people quickly, in others slowly. It is then worst, when it has rendered the skin thick and fat, and entirely smooth. That, which is called alopecia[ FR ], spreads in no certain form. It is found both in the hair of the head, and in the beard. But that, which from its likeness to a serpent is called ophiasis[ FS ], begins at the hinder part of the head; its breadth not exceeding two fingers; it creeps with two heads to the ears; in some, even to the forehead, till the two heads are joined in the fore part. The former species happens at any age; the latter commonly to infants. The first hardly ever terminates without medicine; the other often goes away of itself.

There are two types of areas. Both types agree that when the skin's surface deteriorates, the hair first thins out and then falls off; and if the area is injured, a thin and foul-smelling blood is released. Both types can spread quickly in some people and slowly in others. It is at its worst when it makes the skin thick, oily, and completely smooth. The condition known as alopecia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ spreads in an unpredictable manner. It can occur both on the scalp and in the beard. The type that resembles a serpent, known as ophiasis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, starts at the back of the head; its width doesn't exceed two fingers. It spreads with two leading edges towards the ears, and in some cases, even towards the forehead, until the two edges meet at the front. The first type can happen at any age, while the second type usually affects infants. The first type rarely resolves on its own without treatment; the second type often disappears on its own.

Some scarify these kinds of areae gently with a knife. Others anoint them with escharotic medicines mixed with oil; and especially burnt paper. Others apply turpentine resin with thapsia. But nothing is better than daily shaving with a razor; because, when the cuticula is gradually cut off, the small roots of the hairs are laid bare. Nor should this be given over, till it appears, that the hair grows thick. It is sufficient to rub the part, that is frequently shaved, with copperas.

Some people gently scrape these areas with a knife. Others put on medicinal ointments mixed with oil, especially burnt paper. Some apply turpentine resin with thapsia. But nothing works better than daily shaving with a razor; because as the outer layer of skin is gradually removed, the small hair roots are exposed. This should continue until it’s clear that the hair is growing back thicker. It’s enough to rub the area that gets shaved often with copperas.

264

264

CHAP. V. OF VARI, LENTICULARS, AND EPHELIDES.

It is almost a folly to cure vari, lenticulae, and ephelides: but it is impossible to prevent women from being nice in what regards their beauty. Of these disorders, which I have just mentioned, vari and lenticulae are universally known; however, that species is more rare, which the Greeks call phacia[ FT ], though that is only of a more ruddy colour, and more unequal surface than the common lenticula. The ephelis[ FU ] is unknown to most people; and is nothing else than a certain ill coloured asperity and hardness. The others are peculiar to the face; the lenticulae sometimes appear in other parts, of which I did not think it worth while to treat separately elsewhere.

It’s almost ridiculous to try to treat age spots, freckles, and liver spots, but it’s impossible to stop women from caring about their looks. Among these conditions I just mentioned, age spots and freckles are well-known. However, the one the Greeks call phacia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is rarer; it has a redder color and a more uneven surface than the typical freckle. The ephelis __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is unfamiliar to most people and is basically just a rough, discolored patch. The other conditions mainly affect the face, while age spots can show up in other areas, which I thought wasn’t worth discussing in detail elsewhere.

But vari are well cured by the application of resin mixed with an equal quantity of scissile alum, and a little honey. Equal quantities of galbanum and nitre, beat up with vinegar to the consistence of honey, remove a lenticula. The part is to be rubbed with these, and after an interval of several hours, washed clean in the morning, and gently anointed with oil.

But blemishes can be effectively treated by using a mixture of resin and an equal amount of scissile alum, along with a bit of honey. Combining equal parts of galbanum and saltpeter, mixed with vinegar to reach the consistency of honey, can help remove a small spot. The area should be rubbed with this mixture, and after several hours, washed clean in the morning and gently rubbed with oil.

An ephelis is cured by resin, with the addition of a third part of fossile salt and a little honey. And for all these disorders, and likewise for giving a proper colour to cicatrices, that composition is good, which is said to be invented by Tryphon the father. In it there are equal parts of myrobalans crocomagma, the bluish Cimolian chalk(92), bitter almonds, flour of barley, and vetches, white struthium, seed of mellilot: all these are powdered and brought to a consistence with the bitterest honey, and being rubbed on in the evening, are always washed off in the morning.

An ephelis is treated with resin, mixed with a third part of fossil salt and a little honey. This mixture is also effective for treating various disorders and for giving a proper color to scars, which is said to have been created by Tryphon the elder. It includes equal parts of myrobalans crocomagma, the bluish Cimolian chalk, bitter almonds, barley flour, vetches, white struthium, and melilot seeds. All these ingredients are ground into a powder and combined with the bitterest honey to form a paste, which is applied in the evening and washed off in the morning.

265

265

CHAP. VI. OF THE EYE DISORDERS.

The foregoing are indispositions of small account. But our eyes are exposed to grievous and various maladies. And because they contribute so large a share both to the conveniency and pleasure of life, they deserve our utmost care to preserve them.

The issues mentioned above are minor. However, our eyes are vulnerable to serious and various illnesses. Since they play such a significant role in both the convenience and enjoyment of life, we should take great care to protect them.

Presently after the appearance of a lippitude, there are certain indications, from which we may form a presage of the event. For, if a discharge of tears, and a tumour, and a thick gum too(2) have commenced at once; if that gum is mixed with tears, and the tears are not hot, also if the gum is white and soft, and the tumour not hard, there is no danger of the disorder continuing long. But if the tears are copious, and hot, the gum little in quantity, the tumour small, and these are confined to one eye; the case will prove tedious, but without danger. And this species of lippitude is not at all painful; but is hardly ever removed before the twentieth day; sometimes it continues for two months, and sometimes not so long.

Right after the onset of a lippitude, there are certain signs we can use to predict what will happen. If tears are flowing, there's swelling, and a thick discharge too__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ has started at the same time; if that discharge is mixed with tears, the tears aren’t hot, the discharge is white and soft, and the swelling isn't hard, then there's no risk of the issue lasting long. However, if the tears are excessive and hot, the discharge is minimal, the swelling is small, and these symptoms are only affecting one eye, the situation will take time to resolve, but it’s not dangerous. This type of lippitude is not painful at all; it rarely clears up before the twentieth day; sometimes it lasts for two months, and sometimes even less.

If the gum begins to be white and soft, and is mixed with tears, or both these have attacked the two eyes at once; the lippitude may be of shorter continuance, but there is a danger of ulcers. Now a dry and parched gum occasions pain, but terminates sooner; unless it have produced some ulcer.

If the gum starts to look white and soft, and is mixed with tears, or if both issues affect both eyes at the same time, the discomfort might be shorter-lived, but there's a risk of ulcers. A dry and parched gum causes pain but resolves more quickly, unless it has caused an ulcer.

A large tumour, if it be without pain, and dry, is void of all danger; if it be dry, but attended with pain, it commonly ulcerates; and sometimes, from this case it happens, that the eye-lid is agglutinated to the eye. There is room also to fear an ulceration in the eye-lids or the pupil, when besides great pain, there is a discharge of salt and hot tears; or even when after the tumour is removed, the tears flow for a long time mixed with the gum.

A large tumor, if it's painless and dry, poses no danger; if it's dry but painful, it often ulcerates. Sometimes, this can cause the eyelid to stick to the eye. There is also concern about ulceration in the eyelids or pupil if, in addition to intense pain, there's a discharge of salty, hot tears; or even when tears flow for a long time mixed with mucus after the tumor is removed.

It is worse still, where the gum is pale or livid, the tears are scalding, or in great quantity, the head hot, and the pain reaches from the temples to the eyes, also if the per266son is distressed with wakefulness in the night; for in such circumstances, generally the eye bursts, when it were to be wished, it would only ulcerate. A slight fever is of service to an eye that bursts inwardly. If it breaks and is protruded externally, the case admits of no remedy. If from a black colour, some part of it has become whitish, it continues long. But if it be rough and thick, even after the cure, it leaves some mark.

It gets even worse when the gums are pale or bluish, the tears are hot or excessive, the head is hot, and the pain extends from the temples to the eyes. Also, if the person is troubled by insomnia at night; in these situations, the eye is likely to burst when it would be better if it only ulcerated. A slight fever can actually help an eye that is bursting inward. If it breaks and protrudes outward, there’s no remedy available. If some part of it has turned from black to whitish, it can take a long time to heal. But if it’s rough and thick, even after healing, it leaves a lasting mark.

Hippocrates, the most ancient author we have, has observed in his writings, that the eyes are cured by bleeding, by medicines, the bath, fomentations, and drinking of wine. But he has not explained the proper time for these, and the reasons for their use; in which the principal part of medicine consists. There is also much benefit received from abstinence and clysters.

Hippocrates, the earliest author we have, noted in his writings that the eyes can be treated through bleeding, medication, baths, compresses, and drinking wine. However, he didn’t clarify the right timing for these methods or the reasons behind their use, which is a key part of medicine. There are also significant benefits from abstaining and using enemas.

They are sometimes seized with an inflammation; in which they are at once pained and swelled; and there follows a discharge of gum; sometimes more, sometimes less plentiful, or acrid. In such a case, the principal remedies are rest and abstinence. Wherefore, for the first day, the patient ought to lie in a dark place, and even refrain from speaking; to take no food at all; if he can command himself, not so much as water; if he cannot do that, at least as little of it as possible.

They sometimes experience swelling and pain due to inflammation, which leads to a discharge of gum that can vary in amount and can be more or less irritating. In these situations, the main remedies are rest and avoiding certain activities. Therefore, on the first day, the person should lie down in a dark place and avoid talking; they should not eat anything at all, and if they can manage it, they should also not drink any water; if that’s not possible, they should have as little as they can.

But if the pains are severe, blood must be taken away, and preferably on the second day; but if the case be urgent, on the first; especially if the veins in the forehead swell, the patient be strong, and there is a redundancy of matter: but if the illness be less severe, it calls for a milder cure. It is not necessary to give a clyster, till the second or third day. But a small inflammation requires neither of these remedies; and it is sufficient to rest and fast.

But if the pain is intense, blood should be drawn, ideally on the second day; but if the situation is critical, do it on the first day; especially if the veins in the forehead are swollen, the patient is strong, and there is an excess of fluid: however, if the illness isn’t as serious, a gentler treatment is needed. It’s not necessary to give an enema until the second or third day. But a minor inflammation doesn’t need either of these treatments; just resting and fasting is enough.

Nevertheless, long fasting is not proper in lippitudes, lest it render the gum more fetid and acrid; but on the second day, some of the gentlest of those things, that generate a thicker phlegm(3), ought to be given, such as sorbile eggs; if the disorder be but slight, pulticula, or bread sopped in milk. On the following days, as much as the inflammation decreases, so much may the quantity of food be increased; but of the same kind; so that above all, nothing salt, or acrid, or extenuating be taken; and nothing267 be used for drink but water. And with respect to diet, such a regimen is highly necessary.

Nevertheless, long fasting isn't ideal for indigestion, as it can make the gums smell worse and become more irritating. On the second day, it’s best to introduce some mild foods that can help produce thicker mucus, like soft-boiled eggs. If the issue is minor, you can also use small amounts of porridge or bread soaked in milk. In the following days, as the inflammation goes down, you can gradually increase the amount of food you eat, but it should still be the same type. Above all, avoid anything salty, spicy, or harsh, and drink only water. A careful diet is very important.

Now on the first day of the distemper, it is proper to mix p. i. *. of saffron, and p. ii. *. of the finest, whitest flour, with the white of an egg to the consistence of honey; and to spread this upon a piece of linen, and apply it to the forehead, that by compressing the veins, it may restrain the violent flux of gum. If saffron cannot be had, frankincense has the same effect. It makes no difference whether it be spread upon a bit of linen, or wool. The eyes ought to be anointed with the following composition: as much saffron as can be held with three fingers, myrrh, the bigness of a bean, of poppy tears, the bigness of a lentil, are rubbed down together with passum, and daubed over the eyes with a probe. Another for the same purpose consists of myrrh, p. i. *. mandrake juice p. ii. *. poppy tears p. ii. *. rose leaves, hemlock seed, each p. iii. *. acacia p. iv. *. gum p. viii. *. And these are applied in the day time; but in the night, for promoting rest, it is not improper to lay on the crumb of white bread mixed up with wine. For that both restrains the flux of gum, and if any tears are discharged, it absorbs them, and does not suffer the eyes to be glued up.

On the first day of the condition, you should mix 1 part of saffron with 2 parts of the finest, whitest flour, along with the white of an egg until it has a honey-like consistency. Spread this mixture on a piece of linen and place it on the forehead to compress the veins and reduce the excessive discharge of moisture. If saffron isn't available, frankincense works just as well. It doesn’t matter if it’s applied on linen or wool. For the eyes, use this mixture: as much saffron as can be held with three fingers, a bean-sized amount of myrrh, and a lentil-sized amount of poppy tears, all ground together with passum and applied to the eyes using a probe. Another option includes myrrh, 1 part mandrake juice, 2 parts poppy tears, 2 parts rose leaves, hemlock seed, 3 parts acacia, 4 parts gum, and 8 parts. These should be applied during the day, but at night, for better sleep, it's fine to apply a crumb of white bread mixed with wine. This helps control the discharge and absorbs any tears, preventing the eyes from sticking together.

If the pain of the eyes be so great as to make this application uneasy and too hard, both the white and yolk of an egg must be dropped into a cup, and a little mulse added to them, and these mixed with the finger; when they are incorporated, soft wool combed, ought to be dipped in it, and saturated with it, and applied over the eyes. This is light, and by cooling restrains the gum; besides, it does not grow dry, nor suffer the eye to be glued. Barley-meal also boiled and mixed with a boiled quince is a proper application. And it is no absurd practice to use rather a pencillum squeezed out of water, if the disorder be less severe, if more so, out of vinegar and water. The former applications are to be bound on with a roller, lest they fall off in the time of sleep: but it is sufficient to lay the pencillum on the eyes; both because it can be conveniently replaced by the patient himself, and because, when it has grown dry, it must be moistened again. If the disorder is so great as to prevent sleep for a long time, some of the medicines are to be given, which the Greeks call anodyne268: and for a boy, the bigness of a vetch is a sufficient dose; for a man, the bigness of a bean. On the first day, it is not fit to inject any thing into the eye, unless the inflammation be very great: for the gum is often rather invited than diminished by that means. But on the second day, even in a severe lippitude, it is proper to relieve by the injection of medicines, when either the patient has been bled, or a clyster has been given; or it appears, that neither of these was necessary.

If the pain in the eyes is intense enough to make this treatment uncomfortable and difficult, you should crack an egg and drop both the white and yolk into a cup, then add a little honey and mix it with your finger. Once combined, dip some soft, combed wool into the mixture until it's soaked, and place it over your eyes. This is gentle and helps cool the area to reduce irritation; plus, it won’t dry out or stick to the eye. Boiled barley flour mixed with a boiled quince is also a good option. It’s not unreasonable to use a sponge soaked in water if the issue isn’t too severe; if it is more serious, soak it in vinegar and water. The earlier applications should be secured with a bandage to keep them in place while sleeping, but for the sponge, just laying it on the eyes is enough; the patient can easily replace it himself, and when it dries out, it needs to be dampened again. If the pain is severe enough to keep someone awake for a long time, some of the medicines called anodyne by the Greeks can be used: for a child, the size of a pea is a sufficient dose; for an adult, the size of a bean. On the first day, it’s best not to put anything in the eye unless the inflammation is really bad, as that can often make things worse rather than better. However, on the second day, even with a serious case, it’s appropriate to use medicinal injections if the patient has been bled or received an enema, or if it seems that neither was needed.

There are many collyriums proper for this purpose, invented by different authors; and new ones may still be made; since lenient and gently repelling medicines may be easily mixed in various proportions. I shall mention the most celebrated of them.

There are many eye drops suitable for this purpose, created by different authors; and new ones can still be developed since gentle and mildly repelling medicines can easily be mixed in various proportions. I will mention the most well-known of them.

Philon’s collyrium.

The collyrium of Philon contains of washed ceruss, spodium, gum, each p. i. *. poppy tears toasted p. i. *. It is fit to know, that all the ingredients must first be powdered separately, after that mixed and beat up again, dropping in from time to time, either water or some other liquid. Gum, as it possesses some other qualities, so has this peculiar effect upon collyriums, that when they have been long made, and are grown dry, they continue firmly united, and are not friable.

The eye lotion from Philon contains washed lead white, spodium, and gum, each in equal parts. It’s important to know that all the ingredients must be ground separately first, and then mixed and blended again, adding water or another liquid gradually. Gum has some unique qualities that affect eye lotions; when they’ve been made for a long time and have dried out, they remain firmly combined and aren't crumbly.

Dionysius’s.

Dionysius’s collyrium: of poppy tears toasted till tender p. i. *. toasted frankincense, gum, each p. ii. *. spodium p. iv. *.

Dionysius’s eye drops: made from poppy tears, roasted until soft p. i. *. roasted frankincense, gum, each p. ii. *. spodium p. iv. *.

Cleon’s.

Cleon’s is a very famous one: of poppy tears toasted p. i. *. saffron p. i. *. gum p. *. v. to these, while they are powdered, is added juice of roses. Another, by the same, stronger; of iron scales, which is called stomoma[ FV ] p. i. *. saffron p. ii. *. spodium p. iv. *. lead, both washed and calcined p. i. *. and the same quantity of gum. There is still another of the same author’s, chiefly useful where there is a great flux of gum: of castor p. *. i. aloes p. *. i. myrrh p. *. ii. prepared cadmia p. viii. *. a like quantity of antimony, juice of acacia p. xii. *. the mixture may be kept in a small box. But Theodotus added to this composition toasted poppy tears p. *. i. copper calcined and washed p. ii. *. date kernels toasted p. x. *. gum p. xii. *.

Cleon's recipe is very well-known: it includes toasted poppy tears p. i. *, saffron p. i. *, gum p. *. To these, while they are powdered, juice of roses is added. Another recipe from the same source is stronger; it contains iron scales, called stomoma__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ p. i. *, saffron p. ii. *, spodium p. iv. *, and washed and calcined lead p. i. *, along with the same amount of gum. There’s yet another recipe from the same author, especially useful for excessive gum flow: it comprises castor p. *. i., aloes p. *. i., myrrh p. *. ii., prepared cadmia p. viii. *, an equal quantity of antimony, and juice of acacia p. xii. *. This mixture can be stored in a small box. However, Theodotus added to this formula toasted poppy tears p. *. i., calcined and washed copper p. ii. *, toasted date kernels p. x. *, and gum p. xii. *.

269

269

The achar­is­tum of Theodotus.

But Theodotus’s own, which by some is called acharistum[ FW ], is thus made: of castor, Indian nard, each p. i. *. lycium p. *. poppy tears the same quantity; myrrh p. ii. *. saffron, washed ceruss, aloes, each p. iii. *. cadmia botryitis washed, calcined copper, each p. viii. *. gum p. xviii. *. juice of acacia, p. xx. *. antimony the same quantity; to these is added rain water.

But Theodotus’s recipe, which some refer to as acharistum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, is prepared as follows: mix castor, Indian nard, each at p. i. *, lycium at p. *, and poppy tears in the same amount; myrrh at p. ii. *, saffron, washed ceruss, and aloes, each at p. iii. *; cadmia botrytis, washed, and calcined copper, each at p. viii. *; gum at p. xviii. *; juice of acacia at p. xx. *; and the same quantity of antimony. Finally, add rainwater.

The cythion, or tephrion.

Besides these, amongst the most common collyriums is that, which some call cythion, others from its ash colour, teprion. It contains of starch, tragacanth, acacia juice, gum, each p. i. *. poppy tears p. ii. *. washed ceruss p. iv. *. washed litharge p. viii. *. these in the same manner are beat up with rain water.

Besides these, one of the most common eye drops is what some call cythion, while others refer to it as teprion due to its ash color. It includes starch, tragacanth, acacia juice, and gum, each in equal parts. Poppy tears are included in two parts, washed ceruss in four parts, and washed litharge in eight parts. These ingredients are mixed in the same way with rainwater.

The trygodes of Euelpides.

Euelpides, who was the greatest oculist in our age, made use of one, which he had composed himself, and called it trygodes. It contains of castor p. ii. *. lycium, nard, poppy tears, each p. i. *. saffron, myrrh, aloes, each p. iv. *. calcined copper p. viii. *. cadmia and antimony, each p. xii. *. acacia juice p. xxvi. *. gum the same quantity.

Euelpides, the best eye doctor of our time, created a remedy that he named trygodes. It includes two parts castor, one part lycium, nard, and poppy tears; each one part saffron, myrrh, and aloes; eight parts calcined copper; twelve parts cadmia and antimony; and twenty-six parts acacia juice, with the same amount of gum.

The more violent any inflammation is, so much the more it requires to be alleviated by medicines, with the addition either of the white of an egg, or breast milk. But if neither a physician nor a medicine can be got, it mitigates the disorder to infuse either of these into the eyes by a penecillum made for the purpose. But when relief is obtained, and the flux of gum stops, the slight relics of the disorder, that might perhaps otherwise continue, are discussed by bathing and drinking wine. Therefore the patient ought to bathe moderately, being first rubbed over with old oil, and longer in his legs and thighs than the rest of his body; and to foment his eyes with plenty of warm water; next to have warm water first, and afterwards water with the cold just taken off, poured over his head; after bathing, he must guard against being exposed to cold, or wind. After this, his diet ought to be somewhat fuller than formerly(4); but he should abstain from all extenuants of phlegm: the270 wine he drinks should be mild, inclining to rough, of a moderate age; and in this he ought neither to indulge to excess, nor be too sparing, that the former extreme may not occasion crudity, but that by a just quantity sleep may be procured, and the acrimony lurking within may be sheathed. But if a person in the bath has felt more uneasiness in his eyes than he did before (which usually happens to those, who have made too much haste to get into it, while the flux of gum still continued) he ought to come out immediately; to drink no wine that day; and eat even less than he did the day before. Afterwards, as soon as the discharge of gum is sufficiently stopt, he must return again to the use of the bath.

The more severe the inflammation, the more it needs to be treated with medicine, either with egg whites or breast milk. If there's no doctor or medicine available, it helps to put either of these into the eyes using a special brush made for that purpose. Once relief is achieved and the discharge of mucus stops, any lingering effects of the condition can be treated by bathing and drinking wine. Therefore, the patient should bathe moderately, first being rubbed down with old oil and spending more time on the legs and thighs than on the rest of the body; they should also rinse their eyes with plenty of warm water. Next, warm water should be poured over their head first, followed by water that has just cooled down. After bathing, they must avoid exposure to cold or wind. After this, their diet should be somewhat more substantial than before; however, they should avoid anything that could thicken phlegm. The wine they drink should be mild, slightly rough, and of moderate age; they should neither overindulge nor be too restrictive, to avoid discomfort from excess but allow for proper sleep and reduce any internal irritation. If someone feels more discomfort in their eyes after bathing than they did before (which often happens to those who rush in while mucus is still flowing), they should exit immediately, avoid wine that day, and eat even less than the day before. Once the discharge of mucus is sufficiently stopped, they can return to using the bath.

Nevertheless, it sometimes happens, from some unfavourable circumstance either in the weather, or habit of the patient, that for several days neither the pain, nor the inflammation, and least of all, the discharge of gum ceases. When this is the case, and time itself has brought the disorder to a full maturity for it, relief is to be sought from the same remedies, that is, the bath and wine. For though they are hurtful, while these complaints are recent, because they may irritate and inflame them; yet in the inveterate, which have not yielded to any other remedies, they are commonly very efficacious. For in this, as well as in other cases, when seemingly proper medicines have been tried in vain, those of a contrary nature give relief. But it is expedient for the patient, in the first place, to have his hair clipped close to the skin; next, to foment his head and eyes in the bath, very plentifully, with warm water; then to wipe both with a penecillum, and anoint his head with ointment of iris; to lie in bed, till all the heat acquired in the bath is gone off, and the sweat cease, which was necessarily collected in his head. Then he should make use of the same kind of food and wine above recommended, the latter undiluted; and cover his head, and continue at rest. For after these, either a sound sleep, or a sweat, or a purging, often puts an end to the discharge of gum. If the disorder abates (which sometimes does not happen soon) the same course ought to be pursued for several days, till the cure be completed. If, on these days, he has no stool, a clyster must be injected for relieving the superior parts.

However, sometimes it happens, due to some unfavorable circumstance like the weather or the patient's habits, that for several days the pain, inflammation, and especially the discharge of gum do not stop. When this occurs, and time has allowed the issue to reach its peak, relief should be sought from the same remedies, which are the bath and wine. While these can be harmful when the issues are new, as they may irritate and worsen them, in chronic cases that haven’t responded to other treatments, they are often very effective. In these situations, just as in others where seemingly appropriate medications have failed, remedies that are contrary can provide relief. It’s important for the patient to start by having their hair cut very short; then, they should soak their head and eyes abundantly in the bath with warm water; after that, they should wipe both with a cloth and apply iris ointment to their head; and rest in bed until the heat from the bath dissipates and the sweat that gathered in their head stops. After that, they should stick to the same type of food and undiluted wine that was recommended earlier, keep their head covered, and stay at rest. After this, either a good sleep, a sweat, or a bowel movement often stops the discharge of gum. If the condition begins to improve (though this may not happen quickly), the same routine should be followed for several days until the cure is complete. If during these days there is no bowel movement, an enema must be used to relieve the upper parts.

271

271

But sometimes a great inflammation arises, and of so violent a nature, that it propels the eyes from their cavity. The Greeks call this proptosis[ FX ], because the eyes fall forward. It is plain such patients require bleeding, if their strength will admit of it: if that cannot be done, a clyster is necessary, and long fasting. The mildest medicines are required in this case. Therefore, some use the first of Cleon’s two collyriums mentioned above. But that of Nileus is the best, and all authors agree to give it the preference to any other.

But sometimes a severe inflammation occurs, so intense that it pushes the eyes out of their sockets. The Greeks refer to this as proptosis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, because the eyes protrude forward. It’s clear that such patients need to be bled, if their strength allows for it: if that’s not possible, an enema is necessary, along with prolonged fasting. Gentle medications are essential in this case. Therefore, some people use the first of Cleon’s two eye drops mentioned earlier. However, Nileus's is the best, and all authors agree that it should be preferred over any other.

Nileus’s collyrium.

It is this: Indian nard, poppy tears, of each p. *. gum p. i. *. saffron p. ii. *. fresh rose leaves, p. iv. *. which are brought to a consistence, either by rain water, or light wine, inclining to rough. And it is not improper to boil pomegranate bark, or melilot, in wines, then to bruise it; or to mix black myrrh with rose leaves; or henbane leaves boiled with the white of an egg; or meal, with acacia juice, or passum, or mulse. And if poppy leaves too be added, they will be somewhat more efficacious. When some one of these is prepared, the eyes ought to be fomented with a penecillum squeezed out of a warm decoction of myrtle or rose leaves in water; after that, the medicine is to be applied. Besides, the skin in the back of the head is to be cut, and a cupping vessel applied to it.

It is this: Indian nard, poppy tears, of each p. *. gum p. i. *. saffron p. ii. *. fresh rose leaves, p. iv. *. which are mixed to a paste, either with rainwater or light wine that leans towards being rough. And it's not improper to boil pomegranate bark or melilot in wine, then crush it; or to combine black myrrh with rose leaves; or henbane leaves boiled with egg white; or flour with acacia juice, or passum, or honeyed wine. And if poppy leaves are added, they will be a bit more effective. Once one of these mixtures is ready, the eyes should be soaked with a soft cloth squeezed from a warm infusion of myrtle or rose leaves in water; after that, the treatment should be applied. Additionally, the skin on the back of the head should be cut, and a cupping vessel should be placed on it.

If, by these means, the eye is not restored to its place, but continues prominent as before, we may conclude the eye-sight is gone; and that the eye will next grow hard, or be converted into pus. If the suppuration appears in that angle, which is next the temple, an incision must be made in the eye, that vent being given to the matter, the inflammation and pain may cease, and the coats of the eye fall inward, so that the face may be less disfigured afterwards. And then must be used, either the same collyriums with milk, or an egg; or else saffron mixed with the white of an egg. But if it has grown hard, and is mortified, without turning to pus, so much of it must be scooped out, as to prevent a shocking projection; which must be done thus. The external coat must be laid hold of with272 a hook, and below that the incision made with a knife; then these medicines are to be injected, till the pain be entirely gone. The same medicines are also necessary for an eye, that is first protruded, and afterwards bursts in several places.

If the eye isn't brought back to its normal position through these methods and stays bulging like before, we can conclude that the eyesight is lost, and the eye will likely become hardened or turn to pus next. If pus forms in the area near the temple, an incision should be made in the eye to release the fluid, which will help reduce inflammation and pain, allowing the layers of the eye to withdraw inward, making the face look less disfigured later on. After this, either the same eye drops can be used with milk or an egg, or saffron mixed with egg white. However, if it has become hardened and started to decay without turning to pus, you need to scoop out enough of it to avoid a dreadful bulge. To do this, hold the outer layer with a hook and make an incision below with a knife; then inject these medications until the pain completely disappears. The same treatments are also required for an eye that is initially protruding and then bursts in several spots.

Of car­bun­cles of the eyes.

It is not uncommon for carbuncles to proceed from an inflammation, sometimes in the eyes themselves, sometimes in their lids; and in the last, they are sometimes in the inside, at other times on the outside. In this case, a clyster must be given; the quantity of food lessened; milk allowed for drink; that the offending acrimony may be sheathed. As to cataplasms and medicines, we must use such as have been proposed against inflammations. And here also the collyrium of Nileus is the best. But if the carbuncle be on the external part of the eye-lid, lintseed boiled in mulse is the most proper for a cataplasm; or if that is not to be had, wheat meal boiled in the same manner.

Carbuncles can often develop from inflammation, sometimes in the eyes themselves and sometimes in the eyelids. When it's in the eyelid, it can be on the inside or the outside. In this case, an enema should be administered, the amount of food should be reduced, and milk can be consumed to help neutralize the irritation. For poultices and medications, we should use those recommended for inflammation. The best option here is Nileus' eye wash. If the carbuncle is on the outside of the eyelid, a poultice made from flaxseed boiled in honey is most suitable; if that isn’t available, wheat flour boiled in the same way can be used.

Of pustules of the eyes.

Sometimes pustules also proceed from inflammations. If this happens in the beginning of the inflammation, the former directions about bleeding and rest are even to be more punctually observed; if later than to admit of bleeding, yet a clyster must be given. If for any reasons that likewise is impracticable, at least the proper diet must be used. In this case too, the mild medicines are necessary; such as that of Nileus or Cleon.

Sometimes pustules can also develop from inflammations. If this occurs at the start of the inflammation, the earlier guidelines about bleeding and rest should be followed even more carefully; if it’s too late for bleeding, then a clyster must be administered. If, for any reason, that cannot be done, at the very least, a proper diet should be maintained. In this situation as well, gentle medicines are essential, like those of Nileus or Cleon.

Collyrium of Philes.

The collyrium which takes its name from Philes, is also suited to this disorder. For it contains of myrrh, poppy tears, each p. i. *. washed lead, Samian earth, which is called after, tragacanth, each p. iv. *. burnt antimony(5), starch, each p. vi. *. washed spodium, washed ceruss, each p. viii. *, which are incorporated with rain water. This collyrium is used mixed either with an egg, or milk.

The eye wash named after Philes is also good for this condition. It includes myrrh, opium tears, each p. i. *, washed lead, Samian earth, known as tragacanth, each p. iv. *, burned antimony__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, starch, each p. vi. *, washed spodium, and washed ceruss, each p. viii. *, all mixed with rainwater. This eye wash can be used blended with either an egg or milk.

From pustules sometimes are generated ulcers; and these, when recent, are to be dressed with the like lenient medicines, and mostly the same as I have prescribed above for pustules. There is also a particular application for them, which is called dialibanou[ FY ]. It contains of copper273 calcined and washed, poppy tears toasted, each p. i. *. spodium washed, frankincense, antimony calcined and washed, myrrh and gum, each p. ii. *.

From pustules, ulcers can sometimes form; and when they are new, they should be treated with similar gentle medicines, mostly the same ones I mentioned earlier for pustules. There's also a specific treatment for them called dialibanou__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It includes washed and calcined copper, toasted poppy tears, each in equal parts, washed spodium, frankincense, washed and calcined antimony, myrrh, and gum, each in double portions. 273

Wasting of the eyes.

It happens likewise, that the eyes, either one or both, become less than they ought to be naturally. And this is caused by an acrid flux of gum in a lippitude, also by continual weeping, and wounds badly cured. In such cases, the same mild medicines with breast milk are to be used; and such food as most nourishes and fills the body; and the patient must carefully avoid whatever occasions weeping, and all the anxiety of domestic affairs: and if any misfortune happens likely to disturb him, it must be concealed from his knowledge: acrid medicines and acrid food hurt by occasioning tears, as much as any other way.

It also happens that one or both eyes can become less than they should naturally be. This can be caused by a painful discharge from the gums, excessive crying, or poorly healed wounds. In these cases, the same gentle remedies mixed with breast milk should be used, along with food that nourishes and strengthens the body. The patient must carefully avoid anything that may cause crying and all the stress from home life. If any misfortune arises that could upset them, it should be kept from their awareness. Harsh medicines and spicy foods can provoke tears and cause harm just as much as anything else.

Lice in the eye-lids.

There is a peculiar kind of disorder, in which lice are generated amongst the hair of the eye lids. This the Greeks call phthiriasis[ FZ ]. Which arising from a bad habit of body, seldom stops there; but generally after some time there follows a smart flux of gum; and the eyes themselves being greatly ulcerated, it even destroys the sight.

There’s a strange condition where lice form in the hair of the eyelids. The Greeks refer to this as phthiriasis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. This usually comes from an unhealthy body habit and rarely ends there; typically, after some time, there’s a painful discharge of mucus, and the eyes become severely ulcerated, which can even lead to loss of vision.

Such patients must be purged by clysters; the hair of their head clipped close to the skin, and the head rubbed for a long time every day fasting. They must diligently practise walking, and other exercises; gargle with a decoction of catmint and a mellow fig in mulse; foment the head often in the bath with plenty of warm water; avoid acrid food; use good milk and wine, and also drink more freely than they eat. Medicines too are to be given internally, of a mild nature, that they may not generate any acrid gum; and others externally applied to kill the lice, and prevent the production of more. For this purpose, of aphronitre p. i. *. sandarach p. i. *. stavesacre p. i. *. are powdered together, and then equal quantities of old oil and vinegar are added, till the whole come to the consistence of honey.

Patients like these need to be treated with enemas; their hair should be shaved close to the scalp, and their heads should be rubbed daily while fasting for a long time. They need to make a habit of walking and doing other exercises; they should gargle with a brew of catmint and a ripe fig in mulled drink; and often soak their heads in the bath with plenty of warm water. They should avoid spicy foods, consume good quality milk and wine, and drink more than they eat. They should also take mild medicines internally to avoid producing any harsh substances, and apply others externally to eliminate lice and prevent new ones from appearing. To do this, take equal parts of aphronitre, sandarach, and stavesacre, grind them together, and then mix equal amounts of old oil and vinegar until the mixture reaches a honey-like consistency.

Thus much of those distempers of the eyes, which are cured by mild medicines. There are besides these, other kinds, which require a different treatment, commonly proceeding from inflammations, but continuing even after they

Thus, many of those eye issues can be treated with gentle remedies. In addition to these, there are other types that need different treatments, usually stemming from inflammations but persisting even after they

274

274

Collyrium of Andreas.

are gone. And in the first place, a flux of thin gum continues in some. To such patients clysters should be given, and their quantity of food diminished. Neither is it improper to anoint the forehead with the composition of Andreas: which consists of gum p. i. *. ceruss, antimony, each p. ii. *. litharge boiled and washed p. iv. *. the litharge is boiled in rain water; and the dry medicines are rubbed with the juice of myrtle. These being spread upon the forehead, a cataplasm of meal is also to be applied over it, made into a paste with cold water, and with the addition either of acacia juice or cypress. It is proper also to make an incision on the top of the head, and apply a cupping vessel there; or to bleed at the temples. The eye ought to be anointed with that composition, which contains of copper scales, poppy tears, each p. *. hartshorn calcined and washed, washed lead, gum, each p. iv. *. frankincense p. xii. *. Now this collyrium, because horn is one of the ingredients, is called diaceratos[ GA ]. As often as I do not subjoin what kind of moisture is to be added, I would be understood to intend water.

are gone. And in the first place, a flow of thin discharge continues in some. For these patients, enemas should be given, and their food intake should be reduced. It's also okay to apply the mixture of Andreas on the forehead, which includes gum, ceruse, antimony, each in equal parts, and litharge boiled and washed in four parts. The litharge is boiled in rainwater, and the dry ingredients are mixed with myrtle juice. Once this is applied to the forehead, a poultice made from flour and mixed with cold water, along with either acacia juice or cypress, should also be placed over it. It's also advisable to make an incision on the top of the head and apply a cupping vessel there or to bleed at the temples. The eye should be treated with a mixture that contains copper scales, poppy tears, each in equal parts, along with calcined and washed hartshorn, washed lead, gum, each in four parts, and frankincense in twelve parts. This eye wash, because horn is one of the ingredients, is called diaceratos__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Whenever I don't specify what type of liquid should be added, I'm referring to water.

The memig­me­non of Euelpides.

For the same purpose is that of Euelpides, which he called memigmenon[ GB ]. In it there are poppy tears and white pepper, of each an ounce, gum a pound, calcined copper p. i. *. During this course, with some intervals, the bath and wine are serviceable. And as extenuating food must be avoided by all that labour under a lippitude; so particularly by those that have for a long time a flux of thin humour. But if they be surfeited with such food as generates a thicker phlegm, as is most common in this kind of diet, they must have recourse to that, which because it binds the belly, constringes the body too.

For the same purpose as Euelpides, which he called memigmenon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It contains an ounce each of poppy tears and white pepper, a pound of gum, and calcined copper p. i. *. During this time, taking baths and drinking wine can be beneficial. Moreover, anyone suffering from a lippitude should especially avoid light foods, particularly those who have been dealing with a prolonged thin discharge. However, if they are overloaded with foods that produce thicker phlegm, which is typical for this type of diet, they should turn to remedies that bind the belly, as they also tighten the body.

But ulcers, that do not go off with the inflammation, generally either grow fungous, or foul, or at least inveterate. Their excrescences are best suppressed by the collyrium called memigmenon. The foul ones are deterged both by the same, and by that, which is called smilion.

But ulcers that don’t heal with the inflammation usually either become fungous, infected, or at least chronic. Their growths are best treated with the eye wash called memigmenon. The infected ones can be cleaned with both that and another treatment called smilion.

275

275

Smilion.

This contains of verdigrease p. vi. *. gum the same quantity, ammoniacum, minium from Sinope, each p. xvi. *. these are rubbed down by some with water, by others, to make them stronger, with vinegar.

This contains verdigrease p. vi. *. gum the same amount, ammoniacum, minium from Sinope, each p. xvi. *. Some people grind these with water, while others use vinegar to make them stronger.

Phynon of Euelpides.

That of Euelpides, which he called phynon, is also suitable to this case; of saffron p. i. *. poppy tears, gum, each p. ii. *. copper calcined and washed, myrrh, each p. iv. *. white pepper p. vi. *. But the application of this must be preceded by an ointment.

That of Euelpides, which he called phynon, is also suitable for this case; of saffron, poppy tears, gum, each copper calcined and washed, myrrh, each white pepper. But before applying this, you must use an ointment.

Sphærion of the same author.

The collyrium of the same author, to which he gave the name of sphærion, is of like virtue; of bloodstone washed p. ii. *. pepper six grains, cadmia washed, myrrh, poppy tears, each p. iii. *. saffron p. iv. *. gum p. viii. *. which are rubbed down with Aminæan wine.

The eye drop from the same author, which he called sphærion, has similar properties; it contains bloodstone, six grains of pepper, washed cadmia, myrrh, poppy tears, each of which is combined with saffron and gum, all ground together with Aminæan wine.

A liquid medicine by the same.

He likewise compounded a liquid medicine for the same purpose, in which were the following things; of verdigrease p. *. minium calcined, copperas, cinnamon, each p. iii. *. saffron, nard, poppy tears, each p. i. *. myrrh p. ii. *. calcined copper p. iii. *. aromatick ashes p. iv. *. pepper fifteen grains. These are rubbed with a rough wine, and then boiled with three heminæ of passum, till the whole unites. And this medicine becomes more efficacious by keeping.

He also mixed a liquid medicine for the same purpose, which included the following ingredients: verdigris, p. *, calcined minium, copperas, and cinnamon, each p. iii. *; saffron, nard, and poppy tears, each p. i. *; myrrh p. ii. *; calcined copper p. iii. *; and aromatic ashes p. iv. *; plus fifteen grains of pepper. These are ground together with rough wine and then boiled with three heminæ of passum until everything blends together. This medicine becomes more effective the longer it is kept.

For filling the cavities of ulcers of the eyes, the best of all those we have mentioned are the sphærion and the collyrium of Philes. The same sphærion is an excellent medicine for inveterate ulcers, and such as can scarcely be brought to cicatrize.

For treating the cavities of eye ulcers, the best options we've mentioned are the sphærion and Philes' collyrium. The same sphærion is also a great remedy for long-lasting ulcers that are tough to heal.

Hermon’s.

There is also a collyrium, which though it be serviceable in many cases, yet seems to be most efficacious in these ulcers. It is said to be invented by Hermon. It contains of long pepper p. i. *. z. *. white pepper p. *. cinnamon, costus, each p. i. *. copperas, nard, cassia, castor, each p. ii. *. galls p. v. *. myrrh, saffron, frankincense, lycium, ceruss, each p. viii. *. poppy tears p. xii. *. aloes, calcined copper, cadmia, each p. xvi. *. acacia, antimony, gum, each p. xxv. *.

There is also an eye wash that, while useful in many cases, seems to work best for these ulcers. It's said to have been created by Hermon. It includes long pepper, white pepper, cinnamon, costus, each a certain amount, along with copperas, nard, cassia, and castor, each in another specified amount. It also contains galls, myrrh, saffron, frankincense, lycium, ceruss, each in yet another specified amount, along with poppy tears, aloes, calcined copper, and cadmia in further amounts. Lastly, acacia, antimony, and gum are included, each in the final specified amount.

Asclepias.

Cicatrices formed from ulcers are liable to two defects; of being either concave, or protuberant. If they be con276cave, they may be filled by the sphærion collyrium; or that called asclepias. This consists of poppy tears p. ii. *. sagapenum, opopanax, each p. iii. *. verdigrease p. iv. *. gum p. viii. *. pepper p. xii. *. cadmia washed, ceruss, each p. xvi. *. Canopite.But if the cicatrices are thick, they are rendered thin by the smilion, or canopite collyrium, which last contains cinnamon, acacia, of each p. i. *. cadmia washed, saffron, myrrh, poppy tears, gum, each p. ii. *. white pepper, frankincense, each p. iii. *. calcined copper p. ix. *. with rain water. Pyxinum of Euelpides.Or the pyxinum of Euelpides, which consists of the following ingredients; of fossile salt p. iv. *. ammoniacum thymiama p. viii. *. poppy tears p. xiii. *. ceruss p. xv. *. white pepper, Cilician saffron, each p. lii. gum p. xiii. *. cadmia washed p. ix. *. Yet the composition, which contains gum p. iii. *. verdigrease p. i. *. crocomagma p. iv. *. seems to be the best for removing a cicatrix.

Scars from ulcers can have two issues: they can either be concave or raised. If they're concave, you can fill them with something called sphærion collyrium or asclepias. This treatment includes poppy tears, sagapenum, opopanax, verdigrease, gum, pepper, and washed cadmia, along with ceruss. If the scars are raised, they can be made thinner using smilion or canopite collyrium, which contains cinnamon, acacia, washed cadmia, saffron, myrrh, poppy tears, gum, white pepper, frankincense, calcined copper, and rainwater. Alternatively, you can use the pyxinum of Euelpides, made up of fossile salt, ammoniacum thymiama, poppy tears, ceruss, white pepper, Cilician saffron, gum, and washed cadmia. However, a formulation that includes gum, verdigrease, and crocomagma seems to be the most effective for removing a scar.

There is also another kind of inflammation, in which if the patient’s eyes swell, and are distended with pain, it is necessary to bleed in the forehead; and to foment the head and eyes plentifully with hot water; to gargle with lentils, or cream of figs; to anoint with the acrid medicines mentioned above; particularly that, which is called sphærion, and which has blood-stone in it. And others are useful too, which are calculated to lessen the roughness; of which I am going to speak.

There’s another type of inflammation where if the patient’s eyes swell and are painful, it’s necessary to bleed them from the forehead. It’s also important to apply hot water compresses to the head and eyes generously, to gargle with lentils or fig paste, and to use the harsh medicines mentioned earlier, especially the one called sphærion that contains bloodstone. There are also other remedies that can help smooth things out, which I will discuss next.

This commonly follows an inflammation of the eyes; sometimes it is more violent, at other times more slight. Sometimes too a roughness occasions a lippitude, and that again increases the roughness, and in some is short, in others it continues long, and so as to be hardly ever cured.

This usually comes after eye inflammation; sometimes it’s more intense, while other times it's milder. Occasionally, a rough patch leads to chapping, which then worsens the roughness. For some, it's brief, but for others, it lasts a long time and can be difficult to fully heal.

In this kind of disorder some scrape the thick and hard eye-lids both with a fig-leaf and a specillum asperatum(6), and sometimes with a knife; and turning them up, they rub them every day with medicines. Which ought not to be practised, unless in a considerable and inveterate roughness, nor that often. For the same end is better obtained by a suitable regimen and proper medicines. Therefore we shall use exercises and the bath more fre277quently: and foment the eye-lids with plenty of warm water. The food must be acrid and extenuating.

In this type of condition, some people scrape the thick and tough eyelids using a fig leaf and a rough tool asperatum__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and sometimes with a knife; then, they lift them up and apply medicines every day. This practice should only be done in cases of significant and persistent roughness, and not too often. The same outcome can be more effectively achieved with a suitable diet and proper medications. Therefore, we will use exercises and baths more frequently, and soak the eyelids in plenty of warm water. The food should be spicy and light.

Cæsarian.

The medicine, which is called Cæsarian, contains of copperas p. i. *. misy p. *. white pepper p. v. *. poppy tears, gum, each p. ii. *. cadmia washed p. iii. *. antimony p. vi. *. And this collyrium is allowed to be a good remedy against every kind of disorder in the eyes, except those, that are treated by mild medicines.

The medicine, called Cæsarian, contains copperas p.i.*, misy p.*, white pepper p.v.*, poppy tears, gum, each p. ii.*, washed cadmia p. iii.*, antimony p. vi.*. This eye treatment is considered an effective remedy for all types of eye disorders, except for those treated with milder medicines.

Hierax’s.

That also, which is called Hierax’s, is powerful against a roughness. It consists of myrrh p. *. ammoniacum thymiama p. ii. *. rasile verdigrease p. iv. *. with rain water. For the same purpose that also is proper, which is called canopite, and the smilion, and the pyxinum, and the sphærion. But if compound medicines are not at hand, a roughness may be easily enough cured by goat’s gall or the best honey.

That, known as Hierax’s, is effective against roughness. It consists of myrrh, ammoniacum, thyme, and verdigris mixed with rainwater. For the same purpose, canopite, smilion, pyxinum, and sphærion are also suitable. However, if you don't have these compound remedies available, goat’s gall or the best honey can easily treat roughness.

Dry lippitude.

There is likewise a kind of dry lippitude, which the Greeks call xerophthalmia[ GC ]. In this the eyes neither swell, nor run, but are only red, and heavy with some pain, which is commonly slight, also an itching, and the eye-lids without any hardness stick together in the night-time by means of a very troublesome gum: and the less violent in its degree this species is, so much the longer does it continue.

There’s also a type of dry eye condition that the Greeks call xerophthalmia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. In this case, the eyes don’t swell or water, but they are red and feel heavy, usually with mild pain, along with some itching. The eyelids stick together at night due to a bothersome discharge, but there’s no hardening. The milder this condition is, the longer it tends to last.

In this disorder it is necessary to walk much, to take much exercise, to bathe often, and sweat in the bagnio, to use much friction. The proper diet is neither such as is filling, nor over acrid, but the middle kind betwixt these. In the morning, when it is evident that the concoction is completed, it is not improper to gargle with mustard, and alter that to rub the head and face a considerable time.

In this condition, it's important to walk a lot, get plenty of exercise, take frequent baths, sweat in the sauna, and use a lot of friction. The right diet isn't one that's too heavy or overly spicy, but something balanced in between. In the morning, when it's clear that digestion is complete, it's okay to gargle with mustard and then rub the head and face for a good amount of time.

Rhinion.

The collyrium best adapted to this case is that called rhinion. Which contains of myrrh p. i. *. poppy tears, acacia juice, pepper, gum, each p. i. *. blood-stone, Phrygian stone, lycium, scissile stone, each p. i. *. calcined copper p. iv. *. The pyxinum also is suitable for the same purpose.

The best eye drops for this case are the ones called rhinion. They contain myrrh, poppy tears, acacia juice, pepper, and gum, all in equal parts. They also include blood-stone, Phrygian stone, lycium, and scissile stone, each in equal parts, along with calcined copper in a quantity of four parts. The pyxinum is also appropriate for the same use.

But if the eyes be scabrous, which mostly happens in the angles, the rhinion mentioned already may be service278able. For the same purpose that may be useful, which contains, of rasile verdigrease, long pepper, poppy tears each p. ii. *. white pepper, gum, each p. iv. *. cadmia washed, ceruss, each p. vi. *. Basilicon of Euelpides. However, there is none better than that of Euelpides, which he called basilicon. It contains of poppy tears, ceruss, Asian stone, each p. ii. *. gum p. xiii. *. white pepper p. iv. *. saffron p. vi. *. psoricum(7) p. xiii. *. Now there is no simple, which by itself is called psoricum; but a certain quantity of chalcitis and a little more than half its quantity of cadmia are rubbed together with vinegar; and this being put into an earthen vessel, and covered over with fig leaves, is deposited under ground for twenty days, and being taken up again it is powdered, and thus is called psoricum. The basilicon collyrium too is generally allowed to be proper for all disorders of the eyes, that are not treated by mild medicines.

But if the eyes are sore, which usually happens in the corners, the rhinion mentioned earlier might be useful. For the same purpose, a mixture containing green vitriol, long pepper, and poppy tears, each in a quantity of two parts; white pepper and gum, each in four parts; and washed cadmia and ceruss, each in six parts, may also be helpful. However, there’s nothing better than that of Euelpides, which he called basilicon. It consists of poppy tears, ceruss, Asian stone, each in two parts; gum in thirteen parts; white pepper in four parts; saffron in six parts; and psoricum in thirteen parts. Now, there isn’t a simple remedy called psoricum by itself; instead, a certain amount of chalcitis and a little more than half its amount of cadmia are ground together with vinegar. This mixture is then placed in an earthen vessel, covered with fig leaves, and buried for twenty days. After that period, it’s taken up again and powdered, and that’s what is called psoricum. The basilicon eye wash is generally recognized as suitable for all eye disorders that aren’t addressed by milder treatments.

But when compound medicines are not to be had, both honey and wine mitigates an asperity in the angles. These and a dry lippitude too are relieved by an application of bread, softened with wine, over the eyes. For since there is generally a humour, which exasperates sometimes the eye itself, sometimes the angles, or eyelids; by this application, if any humour is discharged, it is drawn away, and if it happens to be lodged near, is repelled.

But when you can’t get compound medicines, both honey and wine help ease a roughness in the corners of the eyes. These, along with dry lips, can also be treated by placing bread softened with wine over the eyes. Since there’s usually some fluid that irritates either the eye itself or the corners and eyelids, this treatment can draw out any fluid that is discharged, and if any is nearby, it gets pushed away.

Of a dimness of the eyes.

A dimness comes upon the eyes, sometimes from a lippitude, at other times even without that, from old age, or weakness. If the disorder proceeds from the relics of a lippitude, the collyrium called asclepias is serviceable. Likewise that, which is composed of crocomagma.

A darkness falls over the eyes, sometimes due to a cold, and other times even without that, because of old age or weakness. If the issue comes from the remnants of a cold, the eye remedy called asclepias is helpful. Likewise, the one made from crocomagma.

The collyrium which is called diacrocou[ GD ] is composed peculiarly for this. It contains of pepper p. i. *. Cilician saffron, poppy tears, ceruss, each p. ii. *. psoricum, gum, each p. iv. *.

The eye medicine known as diacrocou__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is specially made for this purpose. It includes pepper (p. i.), Cilician saffron, poppy tears, and ceruss, each in the amount of (p. ii.), psoricum, and gum, each at (p. iv.).

But if it arises from old age, or weakness, it may be proper to anoint with the best honey, and cyprine and old oil. But it is most expedient to mix together one part of balsam, and two of old, or cyprine oil, and three parts of the most pungent honey. The medicines prescribed above279 for a dimness from a lippitude, and those mentioned before for diminishing cicatrices, are useful in this case too.

But if it comes from aging or weakness, it might be right to apply the best honey, along with cyprine and old oil. However, it's best to mix one part of balsam with two parts of old or cyprine oil and three parts of the strongest honey. The remedies mentioned above279 for issues caused by a skin condition, and those listed earlier for reducing scars, are also helpful in this situation.

Whoever is troubled with a dimness must walk much, use exercise, frequent bathing, at which time the whole body must be rubbed, but principally the head, with iris ointment till it sweat; after that it must be veiled, and not uncovered, till after he has got home, and the sweat and heat have ceased. Then he must keep to an acrid and extenuating diet; and after the interval of some days use a gargarism of mustard.

Whoever has trouble with dimness should walk a lot, exercise, and bathe regularly. During the bath, the entire body should be rubbed down, especially the head, with iris ointment until it sweats. After that, the head should be covered and not uncovered until they get home and the sweat and heat have stopped. Then, they should stick to a sharp and light diet, and after a few days, use a mustard gargle.

Of a cataract.

A suffusion also, which the Greeks call hypochysis[ GE ], sometimes obstructs the pupil of the eye, where vision is performed. If this disorder be inveterate, it requires an operation to remove it. At the beginning sometimes it is discussed by certain methods adapted to the case. It is expedient to bleed in the forehead, or nose; to cauterize the veins in the temples; by the use of gargarisms to evacuate phlegm; to use fumigations; to anoint the eyes with acrid medicines. The best diet is such as extenuates phlegm.

A suffusion, which the Greeks call hypochysis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, can sometimes block the pupil of the eye, affecting vision. If this condition is chronic, it requires surgery to fix it. Initially, it can sometimes be treated with certain methods suited to the situation. It's advisable to draw blood from the forehead or nose, to cauterize the veins in the temples, to use mouth rinses to clear phlegm, to apply fumigations, and to apply strong medicines to the eyes. The best diet is one that reduces phlegm.

A palsy of the eyes.

Nor is a palsy of the eyes (which the Greeks call paralysis) to be cured by any different diet, or different medicines, so that it is needless to do more than describe the distemper. It happens then sometimes in one eye, sometimes in both, either from a blow, or from an epilepsy, or spasms, where the eye itself is strongly convulsed, so that it can neither be directed to any particular object, nor be kept fixed; but moves to and fro involuntarily; and therefore cannot see any thing distinctly.

Nor can a twitching of the eyes (which the Greeks call paralysis) be treated with any different diet or medications, so it’s unnecessary to do more than explain the condition. It can occur in one eye or both, sometimes due to a blow, epilepsy, or spasms, where the eye itself is strongly convulsed, so that it can’t focus on any specific object or stay fixed; instead, it moves back and forth involuntarily, making it impossible to see anything clearly.

Of a mydriasis.

What the Greeks call a mydriasis[ GF ] is not very different from this distemper. The pupil is dilated, the sight grows dull, and almost dim. This kind of weakness is extremely difficult to remove. Against both disorders, that is, the palsy and mydriasis, we must use the same remedies as have been prescribed in the dimness of the eyes, with a few alterations; thus for the head, to the iris oil must be added sometimes vinegar, sometimes nitre; it is sufficient to anoint the eyes with honey. In the latter disorder some have280 made use of hot waters(8), and been relieved; others without any apparent cause have suddenly lost their sight. Some of these, after continuing blind for some time, from a sudden purging have recovered their sight: whence it seems the less improper, both when the disorder is recent, and when it is of some standing, to procure stools by medicines, in order to force all the noxious matter into the lower parts.

What the Greeks call a dilated pupils __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is not very different from this condition. The pupil is dilated, vision becomes dull, and almost hazy. This type of weakness is very hard to treat. For both issues, that is, the paralysis and mydriasis, we should apply the same remedies that have been suggested for blurry vision, with a few modifications; thus, for the head, we must sometimes add vinegar or nitre to iris oil; it's enough to apply honey to the eyes. In the case of the latter condition, some have used hot waters__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and found relief; others have suddenly lost their sight without any clear reason. Some of these individuals, after being blind for a while, regained their sight after a sudden purge: hence, it seems reasonable, both when the condition is new and when it has persisted for some time, to induce bowel movements with medicines to expel all the harmful substances from the body.

A weakness of the eyes.

Besides these, there is a kind of weakness of the eyes, in which patients see well enough in the day-time, but not at all in the night: which never happens to a woman, when her menstrual discharge is regular. But persons labouring under this disorder ought to be anointed with the blood of a liver (particularly the liver of a he-goat; if that cannot be had, of a she-goat) that drops from it while roasting; and they ought to eat the liver itself. They may nevertheless not improperly make use of the same medicines, that extenuate either cicatrices, or an asperity. Some powder the seed of purslane, and add honey to it, till the mixture be of such a consistence, as not to drop off a probe, and anoint with that. They must also use exercises, bathing, frictions.

Besides these, there’s a type of eye weakness where patients can see well during the day but not at all at night. This never happens to a woman when her menstrual cycle is regular. People with this condition should be treated with the blood of a liver (preferably a male goat's liver; if that’s not available, then a female goat's liver) that drips out while it’s being roasted, and they should also eat the liver itself. They can also use the same remedies that reduce either scars or roughness. Some grind the seeds of purslane and mix them with honey until the consistency is thick enough not to drip from a stick, and use that for anointing. They should also engage in exercises, baths, and massages.

Of external hurts in the eyes.

These disorders all arise from internal causes. But externally the eye may be hurt by a blow, so as to become bloodshot. There is nothing more proper for this case than anointing with the blood of a pigeon, or ringdove, or swallow. Nor is this practice without reason; since the sight of these birds being hurt by some accident, in a little time is restored, and that of the swallow soonest; which gave rise to the fable, that their parents perform by an herb the cure, which is really the work of nature. Their blood therefore is a very proper remedy for our eyes in external hurts, in these different degrees of efficacy; the blood of a swallow is best, next to that of a ringdove; that of a pigeon is least medicinal both to itself and us.

These disorders all come from internal causes. But externally, the eye can be injured by an impact, causing it to become bloodshot. A great remedy for this is to apply the blood of a pigeon, ringdove, or swallow. This practice is not without reason; since the sight of these birds, when injured by an accident, quickly recovers, with the swallow healing the fastest. This inspired the story that their parents use an herb to cure them, but it's really just nature at work. Therefore, their blood is a very suitable remedy for our eyes when they are externally hurt, with varying degrees of effectiveness: swallow blood is the best, followed by ringdove blood, and pigeon blood is the least effective for both itself and us.

Over an eye that has received a blow, in order to assuage the inflammation, it is also proper to apply cataplasms. Now sal ammoniac, or any other, ought to be very finely powdered, oil being dropped in by degrees, till it acquire the consistence of strigment. Then this is to be281 mixed with barley-meal boiled in mulse. Upon a review of all the cures published, even by physicians, it is easy to see, that there is hardly one of the abovementioned disorders of the eyes, which may not be sometimes removed by very simple and obvious remedies.

To reduce inflammation on an eye that has been injured, it's also suitable to apply poultices. First, sal ammoniac or any similar substance should be finely powdered, with oil added gradually until it reaches the consistency of a paste. Then, this mixture should be281 combined with barley flour boiled in honey water. After reviewing all the treatments published, even by doctors, it's clear that very few of the eye disorders mentioned can't sometimes be treated with straightforward and obvious remedies.

CHAP. VII. OF EAR DISEASES.

Thus far we have recited those disorders of the eyes, in which medicines are most efficacious; we must now proceed to the ears; the part, which nature has bestowed upon us next in usefulness to the eyes. But in these the danger is much greater. For the mischief arising from the distempers of the eyes is confined to themselves; whereas inflammations and pains of the ears sometimes occasion madness and death: which makes it the more necessary to administer speedy relief in their beginnings, to prevent any greater danger.

Up to this point, we have discussed eye disorders where medicine is most effective; now we need to move on to the ears, which nature has given us as the next most useful sense after sight. However, the risks are much higher with ear problems. While eye issues only affect the eyes, inflammation and pain in the ears can sometimes lead to madness and even death. This makes it even more important to provide quick treatment early on to avoid any serious risks.

Wherefore, when a person first feels a pain, he ought to fast, and observe a strict regimen; the day following, if the disorder increases, to clip the hair of his head, and anoint it all over with ointment of iris warm, and to cover it. But a violent pain attended with a fever, and watching, requires also bleeding. If particular circumstances prevent that, the body must be kept open. Hot cataplasms too, frequently changed, are serviceable; either of the meal of fenugreek, or lint-seed, or any other, boiled in mulse. Spunges also squeezed out of hot water are proper to apply now and then. When the pain is eased, cerate made either of iris or cyprine oil ought to be put round it. In some, however, that which is made of oil of roses, succeeds better. If a violent inflammation prevents sleep entirely, to the cataplasm ought to be added half its quantity of poppy heads toasted and powdered; and then these may be boiled together in passum, or mulse. It is proper too to infuse some medicine into the ear: which ought always to be made tepid first, and is most conveniently dropped in by a strigil(9). When the ear is filled, soft wool is to be282 put into it to keep the liquor from returning. And these are general remedies.

When someone first feels pain, they should fast and follow a strict routine. The next day, if the discomfort worsens, they should trim their hair and apply warm iris ointment all over their scalp, then cover it. If the pain is severe and accompanied by fever and sleeplessness, bleeding might also be necessary. If that’s not possible due to certain circumstances, the body must stay open. Hot compresses, changed frequently, can be helpful, made from fenugreek meal, flaxseed, or another suitable ingredient, boiled in honeyed water. Sponges soaked in hot water can also be periodically applied. Once the pain subsides, a cerate made from iris or cyprine oil should be placed around the affected area. In some cases, cerate made from rose oil works better. If a severe inflammation makes it impossible to sleep, half the amount of the compress should include toasted and ground poppy heads, which can then be boiled together in honeyed wine or water. It’s also good to put some medicine in the ear, which should always be warmed first, and it’s easiest to drop in using a strigil __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. Once the ear is filled, soft wool should be placed inside to prevent the liquid from leaking out. These are general remedies.

Now the medicines for injection are the juice of roses, and the roots of reeds, and oil, in which worms have been boiled, and the liquor of bitter almonds, or that, which is pressed from a peach kernel. The compositions for alleviating the inflammation and pain are generally these; of castor, poppy tears, equal quantities powdered, and afterwards mixed with passum. Or equal quantities of poppy tears, saffron, and myrrh are beat, rose oil and passum being added alternately. Or the bitter part of an Egyptian bean is powdered, and rose oil added to it: with which some also mix a little myrrh, or poppy tears, or frankincense with breast milk, or the juice of bitter almonds with rose oil. Or castor, myrrh, and poppy tears in equal quantities, with passum. Or of saffron p. i. *. myrrh, scissile allum, each p. iii. *. and in powdering these, three cyathi of passum are to be gradually mixed with them, and less than a cyathus of honey. This is one of the principal remedies. Or poppy tears with vinegar. We may also use Themison’s composition, which consists of castor, opopanax, poppy tears with vinegar, each p. ii. *. aphronitre p. iv. *. which being powdered are incorporated with passum, till they be of the consistence of cerate; and so laid by. When they are wanted for use, the medicine is again rubbed down by a pistil, with the addition of passum. This is a constant rule, whenever a medicine is too thick for dropping into the ear, that liquor must be added, with which it ought to be compounded, till it be sufficiently fluid.

Now the medicines for injection are the juice of roses, the roots of reeds, and oil from boiled worms, as well as the liquid from bitter almonds or that pressed from a peach pit. The mixtures used to relieve inflammation and pain usually include these: powdered castor and poppy tears in equal amounts, mixed afterward with passum. Alternatively, equal amounts of powdered poppy tears, saffron, and myrrh are combined, adding rose oil and passum alternately. Another option is to powder the bitter part of an Egyptian bean and mix it with rose oil; some also add a bit of myrrh, poppy tears, or frankincense with breast milk, or the juice of bitter almonds with rose oil. Or, take equal quantities of castor, myrrh, and poppy tears, mixing with passum. Another formula consists of saffron p. i. *, myrrh, scissile allum, each p. iii. *, and while grinding these, gradually mix in three cyathi of passum and less than a cyathus of honey. This is one of the main remedies. Or poppy tears mixed with vinegar. We can also use Themison’s formula, which includes castor, opopanax, and poppy tears with vinegar, each p. ii. *, aphronitre p. iv. *. Once powdered, they are combined with passum until they reach a consistency similar to cerate and then set aside. When needed, the medicine is re-ground with a pestle, adding passum. This is a standard practice whenever a medicine is too thick to drop in the ear; liquor must be added until it’s runny enough.

Of pus in the ears.

But if there is pus in the ears, it is proper to infuse lycium by itself; or ointment of iris; or juice of leek, with honey; or juice of centory with passum; or juice of a pomegranate warmed in its own shell, with the addition of a small proportion of myrrh. A proper mixture is also made of the myrrh called stacte p. i. *. the same quantity of saffron, twenty five bitter almonds, a cyathus and half of honey; which being rubbed together, are to be warmed in a pomegranate shell, when they are to be used. Those medicines, which are compounded for an ulcerated mouth, are equally sanative to ulcers of the ears. If these be of pretty long standing, and there is a great discharge of sanies, the283 proper composition is that generally ascribed to Erasistratus. It contains of pepper, saffron, each p. i. *. myrrh, misy calcined, each p. ii. *. calcined copper p. ii. *. These are rubbed down with wine; when they are grown dry, three heminae of passum are added, and they are boiled together. When they are to be used, honey and wine are added to them. There is also a medicine of Ptolemaeus the surgeon; which contains mastich, galls, of each p. i. *. omphacium p. i. *. juice of the pomegranate. That of Menophilus is very efficacious, which consists of the following things; of long pepper p. i. *. castor p. ii. *. myrrh, saffron, poppy tears, Syrian nard, frankincense, pomegranate bark, the inner part of an Egyptian bean, bitter almonds, the best honey, each p. iv. *. When they are powdered, the sharpest vinegar is added, till the whole be of the consistence of passum. There is also a composition of Crato’s; of cinnamon, cassia, each p. i. *. nard, lycium, myrrh, each p. i. *. aloes p. ii. *. honey, three cyathi, wine a sextarius. Of these the lycium is boiled with the wine; after that mixed with the other ingredients. But if the quantity of pus be great, and there is a bad smell; of rasile verdigrease, frankincense, each p. ii. *. honey, two cyathi, of vinegar four, are boiled all together. When the composition is to be used, it is mixed with sweet wine. Or scissile allum, poppy tears, juice of acacia are mixed in equal quantities, and to these is added juice of henbane less than half the quantity of any of the other ingredients; and these being powdered are diluted with wine. The juice of henbane too by itself is pretty good.

But if there is pus in the ears, it’s best to use lycium by itself; or an iris ointment; or leek juice mixed with honey; or centory juice with passum; or juice from a pomegranate warmed in its own shell, along with a small amount of myrrh. A good mixture can also be made with myrrh called stacte, the same amount of saffron, twenty-five bitter almonds, one and a half cyathi of honey; these should be ground together and warmed in a pomegranate shell before use. Remedies made for mouth ulcers are also effective for ear ulcers. If these have persisted for some time and there is a significant discharge, the right mixture is generally credited to Erasistratus. It contains pepper and saffron, each in equal amounts, myrrh and calcined misy, each in double amounts, and calcined copper also in double amounts. These ingredients are ground with wine; when they dry out, three heminae of passum are added and boiled together. When ready to use, honey and wine are mixed in. There’s also a remedy from Ptolemaeus the surgeon, which includes mastich and galls, each in equal amounts, and omphacium in one quantity, along with pomegranate juice. Menophilus has a very effective mixture consisting of long pepper in one amount, castor in two amounts, myrrh, saffron, poppy tears, Syrian nard, frankincense, pomegranate bark, the inner part of an Egyptian bean, and bitter almonds, all in four amounts each. Once ground, the sharpest vinegar is added until the mixture has the consistency of passum. Crato’s formula includes cinnamon and cassia, each in one amount, and nard, lycium, and myrrh, each in one amount, with aloe in two amounts, three cyathi of honey, and a sextarius of wine. The lycium is boiled with the wine and then mixed with the other ingredients. If there is a lot of pus and a foul smell, combine rasile verdigrease and frankincense, each in two amounts, honey in two cyathi, and four of vinegar, boiling everything together. When it’s ready to use, mix it with sweet wine. Alternatively, mix scissile allum, poppy tears, and acacia juice in equal quantities, adding less than half that amount of henbane juice; these should be ground and diluted with wine. Henbane juice alone is also quite effective.

Asclepiades compounded a general remedy against all disorders of the ears, which is now approved by experience. In it there are of cinnamon, cassia, each p. i. *. flowers of round cyperus, castor, white pepper, and long, amomum, myrobalans, each two scruples, male frankincense, Syrian nard, fat myrrh, saffron, aphronitre, each p. ii. *. Which being powdered separately, and afterwards mixed, are rubbed down with vinegar; and being thus preserved are diluted with vinegar when used. In the same manner, the sphragis of Polybus liquified with sweet wine, is a general remedy for disorders in the ears; which composition is contained in the former book.

Asclepiades created a general remedy for all ear disorders, which is now proven effective. It includes cinnamon, cassia, each weighing 1 drachma; flowers of round cyperus, castor, white pepper, long pepper, amomum, and myrobalans, each 2 scruples; along with male frankincense, Syrian nard, fatty myrrh, saffron, and aphronitre, each weighing 2 drachmas. These ingredients are ground separately and then mixed together, combined with vinegar; stored this way, they are diluted with vinegar when needed. Similarly, the sphragis of Polybus, mixed with sweet wine, serves as a general remedy for ear issues; this formula is described in the previous book.

But if sanies is discharged, and there is a tumour, it is284 not improper to wash it with diluted wine by a syringe; and then to infuse rough wine mixed with oil of roses, and the addition of a little spodium, or lycium with milk, or the juice of the blood herb, with oil of roses, or juice of pomegranate with a very small proportion of myrrh.

But if pus is released and there is a tumor, it’s not wrong to rinse it with diluted wine using a syringe; then mix rough wine with rose oil and add a bit of spodium, or lycium with milk, or the juice of the blood herb, with rose oil, or pomegranate juice with a tiny amount of myrrh.

If there are also foul ulcers, it is better to wash them with mulse; and after that, some one of the compositions mentioned above, that contains honey, is infused. If the pus flows more plentifully, in that case, the hair of the head is to be clipped close, and plenty of warm water poured over it; also gargarisms must be used, and walking to lassitude, with a sparing diet. If blood likewise appears from the ulcers, lycium with milk ought to be infused; or a decoction of roses in water; with the addition of the juice either of blood herb, or acacia.

If there are also bad sores, it’s better to wash them with honey-water; after that, infuse one of the mixtures mentioned earlier that contains honey. If the pus flows more abundantly, then the hair should be clipped short and lots of warm water poured over it; also, mouth washes should be used, and walking to the point of exhaustion, along with a light diet. If blood also comes from the sores, lycium should be infused with milk; or a rose decoction in water; with the addition of juice from either blood herb or acacia.

But if a fungus has grown upon the ulcers, which is fetid, and discharges blood, it ought to be washed with tepid water; and after that, the composition infused, which is made of frankincense, verdigrease, vinegar, and honey; or honey boiled with verdigrease. Copper scales too with sandarach, powdered, is proper to be dropped in by a pipe.

But if a fungus has developed on the sores, which is smelly and leaking blood, it should be cleaned with lukewarm water; after that, apply the mixture made of frankincense, verdigris, vinegar, and honey; or honey boiled with verdigris. It's also appropriate to insert powdered copper scales mixed with sandarac through a tube.

Of worms in the ears.

When worms are generated there, if they be within reach, they must be drawn out with a specillum oricularium(10), if farther in, they must be killed by medicines; and means used to prevent the breeding of more. White hellebore powdered with vinegar, answers both these intentions. The ear ought to be washed also with a decoction of horehound in wine. Thus, the worms being killed slide down into the entrance of the ear, from whence they may be taken out with very great ease.

When worms are created there, if they are within reach, they should be pulled out with a specillum oracular __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. If they are deeper, they need to be eliminated with medication, and precautions should be taken to stop more from developing. Ground white hellebore mixed with vinegar serves both purposes. The ear should also be cleaned with a decoction of horehound in wine. In this way, the worms are killed and slide down to the entrance of the ear, from which they can be easily removed.

Obstructions in the ears.

If the orifice of the ear be straitened, and a thick sanies is contained within, the best honey ought to be put into it. If that does little good, to a cyathus and half of the best honey must be added of rasile verdigrease p. ii. *. which are to be boiled together, and made use of. Iris also with honey is good for the same purpose. Likewise of honey and oil of roses two scruples. Also of galbanum p. ii. *. myrrh with honey, and ox-gall, each p. ii. *. wine a sufficient quantity to dilute the myrrh.

If the ear canal is narrowed and there's a thick discharge inside, the best honey should be applied. If that doesn’t help much, you should add a cup and a half of the best honey with some ground verdigris, which should be boiled together and used. An infusion of iris with honey is also effective for the same issue. Mix two scruples of honey and rose oil as well. Additionally, use two scruples of galbanum, myrrh mixed with honey, and ox-gall, along with enough wine to dilute the myrrh.

285

285

Dulness of hearing.

When a person grows dull of hearing, (which most commonly happens after long pains of the head) in the first place, it is proper to inspect the ear itself. For there will appear either a crust, such as grows upon ulcers, or a collection of the cerumen. If there is a crust, either warm oil must be infused, or verdigrease with honey, or juice of leek, or a little nitre with mulse. And when this crust falls forward, it must be washed with tepid water, that after it has fairly disengaged itself it may be the easier pulled out by the specillum oricularium. If there be cerumen, and this is soft, it must be taken out with the same instrument. But if it be hard, vinegar, and a little nitre with it must be injected; and when it is softened, the ear should be washed in the same manner, and cleansed. And if a heaviness of the head remain, the hair must be clipped, and the head gently rubbed, but a long time, with the oil of iris or laurel, and with either of these may be mixed a little vinegar: then the patient must take a long walk, and after anointing, foment the head gently with warm water; and make use of food of the weakest and middle class, and more especially take diluted drinks; sometimes use gargarisms. Into the ear must be infused castor, with vinegar and laurel oil, and the juice of radish rind, or the juice of wild cucumber, with the addition of rose leaves powdered. The juice also of unripe grapes infused with oil of roses, is pretty good against a deafness.

When someone experiences hearing loss, which usually happens after prolonged headaches, it's important to examine the ear itself first. You might find either a crust, similar to what forms on sores, or a buildup of earwax. If there's a crust, you'll need to either apply warm oil, or a mixture of verdigris and honey, or leek juice, or a little nitre with mead. Once the crust softens and comes forward, it should be rinsed with warm water so it can be more easily removed with a small ear tool. If there's earwax and it's soft, it can be taken out with the same tool. But if it's hard, you should inject a mixture of vinegar and a bit of nitre; after it softens, rinse the ear in the same way and clean it. If there's still heaviness in the head, the hair should be trimmed, and the head should be gently rubbed for a while with iris or laurel oil, possibly mixed with a little vinegar. Then, the person should take a long walk, and after applying oil, gently soak the head with warm water. They should eat light and moderate meals and especially drink diluted beverages; gargles can be used occasionally. Into the ear, you should put in castor oil mixed with vinegar and laurel oil, and the juice of radish skin, or wild cucumber juice, along with powdered rose leaves. The juice from unripe grapes mixed with rose oil is also quite effective against deafness.

Of a noise in the ears.

The disorder is of a different nature, where there is a noise within the ears themselves: and this prevents them from receiving an external sound. This is slightest, when it proceeds from a gravedo; worse, when it is occasioned by a distemper or inveterate pains of the head; worst of all, when it is the harbinger of some violent disease, and particularly of an epilepsy. If it happens from a gravedo, the ear ought to be cleansed, and the patient hold in his breath, till some frothy moisture issue from it. If, from a distemper, or pain of the head, the same rules as prescribed in a dulness of hearing, must be practised with regard to exercise, friction, pouring on of cold water, and the use of gargarisms; no food but such as extenuates must be used; juice of radish, with oil of roses, or with the juice of the root of wild286 cucumber, must be infused into the ear, or castor with vinegar and laurel oil. Hellebore is also rubbed with vinegar, then incorporated with boiled honey, and being made into a collyrium, is introduced into the ear. If it has begun without these, and therefore gives reason to fear the approach of some terrible disease, castor ought to be infused into the ear with vinegar, or oil, either of iris or laurel; or together with the last, castor and the juice of bitter almonds; or myrrh and nitre with oil of roses and vinegar. But a proper diet is more serviceable in this case too. And the same rules are to be observed, which I prescribed above, even with greater exactness; besides which, the patient must refrain from wine, till the noise cease.

The condition is different in nature, where there is a sound in the ears themselves, which prevents them from picking up external sounds. It's least severe when it comes from a cold; more serious when it arises from an illness or chronic headaches; and most concerning when it could signal a serious disease, especially epilepsy. If it’s from a cold, the ear should be cleaned, and the person should hold their breath until some foamy fluid comes out. If it’s from an illness or headache, the same guidelines as for hearing loss should be followed regarding exercise, massage, cold water treatment, and mouth rinses; only light, digestible foods should be consumed; and radish juice, mixed with rose oil or juice from wild cucumber root, should be put in the ear, or castor oil mixed with vinegar and laurel oil. Hellebore can also be mixed with vinegar, combined with boiled honey, and used as eye drops in the ear. If the issue has started without these causes and raises concerns about a serious illness, castor oil should be applied in the ear with vinegar, or either iris or laurel oil; or castor combined with bitter almond juice; or myrrh and saltpeter mixed with rose oil and vinegar. A proper diet is also more beneficial in this instance. The same rules as stated earlier should be followed with even greater care, and the patient should avoid wine until the noise stops.

But if, at the same time, there are both a noise and an inflammation, it is sufficient to inject laurel oil, or that, which is expressed from bitter almonds; with which, some mix either castor or myrrh.

But if there is both noise and inflammation at the same time, it’s enough to inject laurel oil or the oil pressed from bitter almonds; some mix it with either castor oil or myrrh.

Of ex­tra­ne­ous bodies in the ears.

It sometimes happens too, that something falls into the ear, as a small stone, or some animal. If a flea has got into it, a little wool must be pressed in; and if it comes upon that, it is drawn out along with it. If it has not followed it, or it be any other animal, a probe wrapt in wool must be dipped in the most adhesive resin, particularly turpentine, and this is to be introduced into the ear, and turned round there: for it will certainly catch hold of it, and bring it away. But if it be any lifeless thing, it must be drawn out by the specillum oricularium, or a blunt hook, but little bent. If these means do not succeed, it may be drawn out by resin, in the same manner as directed in the preceding case. Sternutatories also are very proper to force it out, or water strongly injected by a syringe. The following method is also practised in this case; a board is laid down(11), supported in the middle, with both ends hanging over, and the patient is tied upon that, lying on that side, the ear of which is affected, so that he does not reach over the board; then the end of the board, where his feet are, must be struck with a hammer, and thus by shaking the ear, what is within it drops out.

Sometimes, something can get stuck in your ear, like a small stone or an insect. If a flea gets in there, you need to press a little wool inside; if the flea grabs onto it, it'll come out with the wool. If it doesn't follow or it's another insect, you need to take a probe wrapped in wool and dip it in a sticky resin, especially turpentine, then insert it into the ear and twist it around; it will definitely catch onto it and pull it out. But if it’s something lifeless, you should remove it with a special ear tool or a slightly bent blunt hook. If those methods don’t work, you can use resin to extract it, just as described before. Sneezing powders can also help push it out, or you might use a syringe to inject water forcefully. Another method is also used in this case: lay down a board down__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, supported in the middle with both ends hanging off. The patient is tied to the board, lying on the side with the affected ear, making sure they can’t reach over the board. Then, strike the end of the board where their feet are with a hammer, and the shaking will help whatever's inside drop out.

287

287

CHAP. VIII. OF NOSE DISEASES.

Ulcers in the nostrils must be fomented with the steam of hot water. This is done both by applying a squeezed sponge, and putting under the nostrils a narrow-mouthed vessel filled with hot water. After this fomentation, the ulcers are to be anointed either with dross of lead, or ceruss, or litharge. When a person powders any of these, he may add, while they are rubbed, alternately, wine and myrtle oil, till he make it of the consistence of honey. But if these ulcers be near the mouth, and have several crusts, and a fetid smell, which kind the Greeks call ozaena[ GG ], we may take it for granted, that it is hardly possible to cure that disease. Nevertheless, the following things may be tried; to clip the hair of the head close to the skin, and daily to rub it briskly, and pour plenty of warm water over it; to walk much; to eat sparingly, and such food as is neither acrid nor of the strongest kind. Then to put into the nostril honey, with a very little turpentine resin (which is done by a probe, wrapt up in wool) and let this moisture be drawn in by the breath, till the taste of it be perceived in the mouth. For by these means, the crusts are loosened, which ought then to be discharged by sneezing. The ulcers being thus cleansed must be fumigated with the vapour of hot water; afterwards should be applied, either lycium diluted with wine, or the lees of oil, or omphacium, or juice of mint, or of horehound; or copperas that has been burnt white, and then powdered; or the pulp of a squill bruised; to any of these honey may be added, of which in the other mixtures there ought to be only a very small part; with the copperas so much as to make it liquid; but with the squill a considerable quantity; then the end of a probe must be wrapped in wool, and dipped in the medicine; and by that the ulcers are to be incarned. And further, a piece of lint is to be rolled up288 in an oblong form, and dipped in the same medicine, which is to be introduced into the nostril, and loosely tied at the lower part. This ought to be done twice a day, in the winter and spring, and thrice in the summer and autumn.

Ulcers in the nostrils should be treated with the steam from hot water. This can be done by using a squeezed sponge or placing a narrow-mouthed container filled with hot water under the nostrils. After this treatment, the ulcers should be coated with either lead dross, cerussa, or litharge. When preparing any of these, you can mix in wine and myrtle oil alternately while grinding until it reaches a honey-like consistency. However, if these ulcers are near the mouth, are covered in several crusts, and have a foul odor, often referred to by the Greeks as ozaena__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, it’s generally difficult to cure the condition. Still, you can try the following: cut the hair on your head close to the skin, rub it briskly every day, and pour a lot of warm water on it; stay active; eat less and choose foods that aren’t spicy or too strong. Then, apply honey mixed with a small amount of turpentine resin into the nostril using a wool-wrapped probe and inhale this mixture until you can taste it in your mouth. This will help loosen the crusts, which should then be expelled by sneezing. After cleaning the ulcers, they need to be fumigated with vapor from hot water; then apply either diluted lycium with wine, oil lees, omphacium, mint juice, horehound juice, or burned and powdered copperas. You can also use crushed squill pulp; honey can be added to any of these mixtures in small amounts, using enough copperas to make it liquid, and a larger amount with the squill. Next, wrap the end of a probe in wool, dip it in the medication, and use it to treat the ulcers. Additionally, take a piece of lint, roll it into an elongated shape, dip it in the same medication, and gently insert it into the nostril, tying it loosely at the bottom. This should be done twice a day in winter and spring, and three times during summer and autumn.

Of fleshy caruncles in the nostrils.

Sometimes in the nostrils there grow caruncles resembling womens’ nipples, and these adhere to its extremities, where it is cartilaginous. These ought to be treated with escharotic medicines; by which they are certainly consumed. A polypus[ GH ] is a caruncle sometimes white, sometimes inclining to a red colour, which sticks to the bones of the nostrils; and sometimes spreading towards the lips, it fills the nostril, at other times reaching backward through the opening, by which the breath passes from the nose to the fauces, increases so much, that it may be seen behind the uvula; and almost suffocates the patient, especially when the south or east wind blows. It is generally soft, seldom hard; and the latter obstructs the breath more, dilates the nostrils, and is commonly of the cancerous nature, and therefore ought not to be touched. The other kind is generally cured by cutting; sometimes, however, it withers, if by means of lint or a pencillum, that composition be thrust up into the nose, which contains of Sinopian minium, chalcitis, lime, sandarach, each p. i. *. copperas p. ii. *.

Sometimes in the nostrils, there are growths that look like women's nipples, and these attach to the cartilaginous parts of the nostrils. They should be treated with caustic medicines, which will definitely remove them. A polypus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is a growth that can be white or have a reddish tint, and it sticks to the bones inside the nostrils; sometimes it spreads toward the lips, filling the nostril, or extending back through the opening that connects the nose to the throat, growing large enough to be seen behind the uvula, and nearly suffocating the patient, especially when the south or east wind blows. It is usually soft and only occasionally hard; the hard ones obstruct breathing more, expand the nostrils, and are commonly cancerous, so they should not be touched. The softer ones are usually treated by cutting; sometimes, though, they shrink when a mixture containing Sinopian minium, chalcitis, lime, and sandarach is applied to the nose using lint or a pencil-like tool, each in equal parts, with copperas in double the amount.

CHAP. IX. TOOTHACHE.

In the toothach, a disorder, that may justly be ranked even amongst the greatest torments, the use of wine must be entirely forbid; and at first a total abstinence from food must be observed; afterwards it may be taken sparingly, but soft, lest the teeth be irritated by chewing. Then externally, by means of a sponge, the steam of hot water is to be applied, and a cerate made of cyprine, or iris oil spread upon wool, and the head must also be covered. But289 if the pain be more severe, a clyster is useful, with hot cataplasms applied to the cheek, as also some medicinal hot liquor held in the mouth, and frequently changed. For which purpose is used a decoction of cinquefoil root in diluted wine; and henbane root, either in vinegar and water, or diluted wine, with the addition of a little salt to either of them; and poppy heads not over dry, and mandrake root prepared in the same manner. But in these three, care must be taken not to swallow what is in the mouth. The bark of the root of white poplar, boiled in diluted wine, does very well for this purpose; or hartshorn shavings in vinegar, and catmint with teda(12), and a mellow fig; also a mellow fig, either in mulse or in vinegar and honey, and when the fig is dissolved by boiling, the liquor is strained. A probe also wrapt up in wool is dipped into hot oil; and used to touch the tooth itself. Moreover, something like cataplasms are put into the tooth. For which end the inner part of the shell of an acid and dry pomegranate is powdered, with an equal quantity of galls and pine bark, and with these is mixed minium; which being powdered, are brought to a consistence with rain water; or panaces, poppy tears, hog’s fennel, stavesacre without its seeds, powdered in equal proportions; or three parts of galbanum, and a fourth of poppy tears. Whatever is applied to the teeth, a cerate, such as is directed above, ought, nevertheless, to be kept upon the cheek, and covered with wool. Some also bruise and spread upon linen, myrrh, cardamoms, of each p. i. *. saffron, pellitory, figs, pepper, each p. iv. *. mustard p. viii. *. and apply this to the arm of that side, where the painful tooth is; if it be in the upper jaw, in the part next the scapula; if in the lower, on that next the breast; and this relieves the pain; and when it has given ease, it must be immediately taken away.

In the case of a toothache, a condition that can justifiably be considered one of the greatest sources of pain, you must completely avoid wine. Initially, you should also refrain from eating entirely; later on, you can eat a little bit, but stick to soft foods to avoid irritating your teeth by chewing. Then, externally, you should apply the steam of hot water using a sponge, and spread a balm made of cyprine or iris oil on some wool, while also covering your head. But if the pain is more intense, using an enema might help, along with hot compresses on the cheek, and some warm medicinal liquid held in your mouth and frequently changed. For this purpose, use a decoction of cinquefoil root in diluted wine, and henbane root mixed with either vinegar and water or diluted wine, adding a bit of salt to either mixture; also use poppy heads that are not too dry, and prepare mandrake root the same way. Just make sure not to swallow anything that's in your mouth. The bark of the root of the white poplar, boiled in diluted wine, works well for this; or you can use hartshorn shavings in vinegar, along with catmint and a soft fig. A soft fig can also be used, either in honeyed water or vinegar; when it dissolves from boiling, strain the liquid. You can also dip a probe wrapped in wool into hot oil and touch it directly to the tooth. Additionally, you can use a paste-like mixture placed into the tooth itself. To make this, powder the inner part of a dry, acidic pomegranate shell, mix it with an equal amount of galls and pine bark, and blend it with minium, powdered, and mixed to a paste with rainwater; or use equal parts of panaces, poppy tears, hog’s fennel without seeds, powdered together; or three parts of galbanum and one part of poppy tears. Any mixture applied to the teeth should still be kept on the cheek and covered with wool. Some also mash and spread on a cloth myrrh, cardamom (1 part each), saffron, pellitory, figs, and pepper (4 parts each), and mustard (8 parts), applying this to the arm on the same side as the painful tooth; if it's in the upper jaw, place it near the shoulder blade; if it's in the lower jaw, place it near the chest; this will help relieve the pain, and it should be removed immediately after relief is achieved.

Now if the tooth be spoilt, we need not be hasty in extracting it, unless there be a necessity for it; but in such a case, to all the fomentations directed before, must be added some stronger compositions to ease the pain. Such as is that, which contains of poppy tears p. i. *. pepper p. ii. *. sory(13) p. x. *. these are powdered and mixed up with galbanum, and put round the affected tooth; or that of Menemachus principally for double teeth, in which are of saffron p. i. *. cardamoms, soot of frankincense, figs, pepper,290 pellitory, each p. iv. *. mustard p. viii. *. Some mix of pellitory, pepper, elaterium, each p. i. *. scissile allum, poppy tears, stavesacre, crude sulphur, bitumen, bay-berries, mustard, of each p. ii. *. But if the pain make it necessary to take it out, a pepper corn stript of its bark, and in the same manner an ivy berry put into its opening, splits the tooth, so that it comes away in scales. The prickle of the planus fish also (which we call pastinaca, the Greeks trygon) is toasted, then powdered, and mixed with resin, which being put round the tooth loosens it. Scissile alum likewise put into the opening disposes the tooth to come away. But it is more expedient to wrap this in a little wool, and then put it in: because in that way it both preserves the tooth, and eases the pain. These are the prescriptions of physicians; but the experience of our peasants has discovered, that for the toothach the herb horsemint ought to be pulled up by the roots, and put into a bason, and water infused upon it, and that the patient should sit down close by it, covered all over with clothes; and then red hot flints are to be thrown into the bason, so as to be covered with the water, and the patient with his mouth open must receive the vapour, close wrapt up as before directed. For both a plentiful sweat follows, and a continued stream of rheum runs from the mouth, which secures health for a pretty long time, and frequently for a whole year.

Now, if the tooth is damaged, we shouldn't rush to extract it unless absolutely necessary. In that case, we should add some stronger remedies to the previous ones to relieve the pain. One such remedy includes poppy tears p. i. *, pepper p. ii. *, and sory__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ p. x. *. These ingredients are powdered and mixed with galbanum, then placed around the affected tooth. Another option is Menemachus's remedy, especially for molars, which includes saffron p. i. *, cardamoms, soot of frankincense, figs, pepper, 290 pellitory, each p. iv. *, and mustard p. viii. *. Some mix pellitory, pepper, elaterium, each p. i. *, scissile alum, poppy tears, stavesacre, crude sulfur, bitumen, and bay-berries, each p. ii. *. However, if the pain requires extraction, a stripped peppercorn and an ivy berry placed in the tooth's opening can cause it to split and come out in pieces. The spine of the planus fish, known as pastinaca or the Greek word "trygon," is toasted, ground into powder, and mixed with resin; this mixture, when placed around the tooth, helps loosen it. Scissile alum placed in the opening can also encourage the tooth to fall out. It's more effective to wrap this in a bit of wool before placing it inside, as this method helps protect the tooth while easing the pain. These are the prescriptions of physicians, but the local farmers have found that for a toothache, the herb horsemint should be pulled up by the roots and placed in a basin, with water poured over it. The patient should sit nearby, fully covered with cloth, while red-hot stones are thrown into the basin to heat the water. The patient must then receive the steam with their mouth open, remaining wrapped as instructed. This process leads to heavy sweating and a continuous flow of mucus from the mouth, promoting health for a significant period, often lasting a whole year.

CHAP. X. ON TONSIL DISEASES.

If the tonsils swell from an inflammation without an ulcer, the head must be covered as in the last disorder, and the part fomented externally with the vapour of hot water; the patient must walk much; lie in bed with his head raised; and use gargarisms of the repellent medicines. The liquorice root too bruised, and boiled in passum or mulse, has the same effect. And it is not amiss to touch them gently with some medicines, which are made in this manner: the juice is squeezed from a sweet pomegranate, and a sextarius of this is boiled over a gentle fire to the consistence of ho291ney; then saffron, myrrh, scissile alum, of each p. ii. *. are powdered separately, and to these are added gradually two cyathi of mild wine, of honey one; after that, they are mixed with the first mentioned juice; and again gently boiled; or a sextarius of the same juice is boiled in the same way, and the following things powdered in like manner are added to it; of nard p. *. omphacium p. i. *. cinnamon, myrrh, cassia, each p. i. *. And these same compositions are proper both for purulent ears and nostrils. The food in this disorder also ought to be mild, lest it exasperate the inflammation.

If the tonsils swell due to inflammation without an ulcer, the head should be covered like in the previous condition, and the area should be treated externally with hot water steam. The patient should walk a lot, lie in bed with their head elevated, and use mouth rinses with soothing medicines. Bruised liquorice root boiled in sweet wine or honey has the same effect. It’s also okay to gently apply some medicines made this way: squeeze juice from a sweet pomegranate and boil a sextarius of it over low heat until it thickens like honey; then separately powder saffron, myrrh, and split alum, each in a dose of two parts. Gradually add two cyathi of mild wine and one of honey to these, mix with the previously mentioned juice, and boil gently again; or boil a sextarius of the same juice similarly and add the following powdered ingredients: nard, one part; omphacium, one part; cinnamon, myrrh, and cassia, each one part as well. These same remedies are also suitable for treating purulent ears and nostrils. The diet during this illness should also be mild to avoid aggravating the inflammation.

But if the inflammation is so great as to obstruct the breath, the patient must rest in bed, abstain from eating, and take nothing else but warm water: a clyster must also be given, and a gargarism used of figs and mulse; and the part touched with honey and omphacium. Externally the hot vapour must be applied, but for a longer time, till they suppurate and break of themselves. If pus is contained within, and the tumours do not break, they must be cut. Afterwards the patient must gargle with warm mulse.

But if the inflammation is severe enough to block breathing, the patient should stay in bed, avoid eating, and drink only warm water. An enema should also be administered, and a gargle made of figs and honey water should be used; the affected area should be treated with honey and olive oil. Externally, hot steam should be applied for a longer duration until the areas form pus and burst on their own. If there is pus inside and the swellings don’t burst, they need to be drained. Afterwards, the patient should gargle with warm honey water.

But if with an inconsiderable swelling there is an ulceration, for a gargarism there must be added to the cream of bran a little honey, and the ulcers are to be anointed with the following medicines: three cyathi of the sweetest passum are boiled into one; then is added of frankincense p. i. *. saffron, myrrh, each p. *. and the whole is set upon the fire again, till it boil. When the ulcers are clean, he must gargle with the same cream of bran, or with milk. And in this case also a mild diet is necessary; to which may be added sweet wine.

But if there's a small swelling with an ulcer, to make a gargle, add a little honey to the bran cream, and apply the following treatments to the ulcers: boil together three cyathi of the sweetest passum until it reduces to one; then add p. i. * of frankincense, and p. * each of saffron and myrrh, and put it back on the fire until it boils. Once the ulcers are clean, gargle with the bran cream or with milk. A mild diet is also important in this case, to which sweet wine can be added.

CHAP. XI. Mouth ulcers.

Ulcers of the mouth, if they be attended with an inflammation, and are foul and red, are best treated by the medicines prepared from pomegranates mentioned before. And a repellent cream, with the addition of a little honey, is to be held in the mouth often; the patient must walk,292 and avoid all acrid food. When the ulcers begin to be clean, a mild liquor, and sometimes the best water is to be kept in the mouth: and the use of wine undiluted does service, also a fuller diet, provided it be not at all acrid. The ulcers ought to be sprinkled with scissile allum, and a little more than half its quantity of unripe galls.

Mouth ulcers, if they are red and inflamed, are best treated with the medicines made from pomegranates mentioned earlier. A soothing cream mixed with a bit of honey should be held in the mouth frequently; the patient should also take walks and avoid all spicy foods. Once the ulcers start to heal, a mild solution, and sometimes just plain water, should be kept in the mouth. Drinking undiluted wine can also help, along with a richer diet, as long as it’s not spicy. The ulcers should be sprinkled with crushed alum and a little more than half that amount of unripe galls.292

If they are already covered with crusts, such as we find in burns, the compositions which the Greeks call antherae[ GI ] are to be applied. These contain of long cyperus, myrrh, sandarach, allum, equal parts; or, of saffron, myrrh, each p. ii. *. iris, scissile allum, sandarach, each p. iv. *. long cyperus p. viii. *. Or, of galls, myrrh, each p. ii. *. scissile allum p. ii. *. rose leaves, p. iv. *. But some mix together of saffron p. *. scissile allum, myrrh, each p. i. *. sandarach p. ii. *. long cyperus p. iv. *. The former are sprinkled on dry; the last is applied with honey; and not only to these ulcers, but to the tonsils also.

If they are already covered with crusts, like those we see in burns, the mixtures that the Greeks refer to as antherae__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ should be used. These consist of equal parts long cyperus, myrrh, sandarach, and allum; or, saffron and myrrh, along with p. ii. *. iris, scissile allum, sandarach, each p. iv. *. long cyperus p. viii. *. Alternatively, a mix of galls and myrrh, each p. ii. *. scissile allum p. ii. *. rose leaves, p. iv. *. Some combine saffron p. *. scissile allum, myrrh, each p. i. *. sandarach p. ii. *. long cyperus p. iv. *. The first mixtures are sprinkled on dry, while the latter is applied with honey; these can be used not only on these ulcers but also on the tonsils.

But those ulcers, which the Greek call aphthae, are by far the most dangerous; that is, in children; for they often kill them: in men and women there is not the same danger. They begin at the gums, next possess the palate, and the whole mouth; then descend to the uvula and fauces. When these are affected, it is not easy for the child to recover. And the case is more deplorable, if the infant is yet sucking; because it is more difficult to apply any remedy. But in the first place the nurse must be obliged to exercise by walking and such employments as move the superior parts; she must be sent to the bath, and ordered to pour warm water there over her breasts; next, her food must be mild, and such as is not easily corrupted; and if the child have a fever, she must drink water; if not, diluted wine. And if the nurse is costive, she must have a clyster; if phlegm collects in her mouth, a vomit. Then for the infant, the ulcers must be anointed with honey, to which is added that kind of rhus(14), which is called Syrian, or bitter almonds; or with a mixture of dry rose leaves, pine kernels, and mint incorporated with honey; or that medicine may be used, which is made up with mulberries; the juice of which is boiled in the same manner as that of the pomegranate to the consistence of honey; and in the293 same way, saffron, myrrh, allum, wine and honey are mixed with it. Nor is any thing to be given, which may provoke the discharge of humour. If the child is come to more strength, he ought to gargle with such mixtures, as have been mentioned before. And if the milder medicines do but little service here, such are to be used, as by their caustic quality may cover the ulcers with crusts. The scissile allum is powerful, or chalcitis, or copperas. Fasting too, in as great a degree as the patient can bear, does service. The food ought to be mild; however to cleanse the ulcers, it is proper to give sometimes cheese spread with honey.

But those ulcers, which the Greeks call aphthae, are by far the most dangerous, especially in children, as they can often be fatal. In adults, the risk is not the same. They start at the gums, then spread to the palate and the entire mouth, eventually reaching the uvula and throat. When these areas are affected, it’s hard for the child to recover. It’s even more concerning if the infant is still breastfeeding, as it becomes more challenging to apply any remedy. First, the nurse should be encouraged to walk and engage in activities that move the upper body; she should be sent to the bath and instructed to pour warm water over her breasts. Additionally, her diet should be mild and not prone to spoilage. If the child has a fever, she must drink water; if not, diluted wine. If the nurse is constipated, she should use an enema; if phlegm accumulates in her mouth, she should vomit. For the infant, the ulcers should be treated with honey mixed with a type of rhus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ known as Syrian or bitter almonds, or a blend of dried rose leaves, pine nuts, and mint combined with honey. Another option is a medicine made from mulberries, where the juice is boiled down like pomegranate juice to a honey-like consistency, mixed with saffron, myrrh, alum, wine, and honey. Nothing should be given that might provoke a discharge of fluid. Once the child is stronger, he should gargle with the mixtures mentioned earlier. If the milder treatments provide little relief, stronger caustic agents can be used to form crusts over the ulcers, such as scissile alum, chalcitis, or copperas. Fasting, to the extent that the patient can tolerate, is beneficial as well. The food should remain mild; however, to cleanse the ulcers, it’s suitable to occasionally give cheese spread with honey.

CHAP. XII. Tongue ulcers.

Ulcers of the tongue require no other medicines than those, that have been laid down in the former part of the last chapter. But such as arise upon the side of it continue longest. And it is necessary to inspect whether some tooth opposite to it is not too sharp, which often prevents an ulcer in that part from healing, and for that reason must be filed.

Ulcers on the tongue only need the treatments mentioned earlier in the last chapter. However, those that occur on the side tend to last longer. It's important to check if there's a tooth across from it that might be too sharp, as this often hinders healing in that area, so it may need to be filed down.

CHAP. XIII. OF PARULIDES AND GUM ULCERS.

Some painful tubercles also grow sometimes in the gums, near the teeth; the Greeks call them parulides[ GJ ]. It is proper at the beginning, to rub these gently with powdered salt, or with a mixture of fossile salt calcined, and cypress and catmint; then to wash the mouth with the cream of lentils, withal holding the mouth open, till the phlegm is sufficiently discharged. In a greater inflammation the same medicines are to be used, as were directed before,294 for ulcers of the mouth; and a little soft lint is to be rolled up in one of those compositions, which I said were called antherae, and that must be put betwixt the tooth and the gum. But if the tumour be too hard to admit of that, the steam of hot water, by means of a spunge, must be used externally, and cerate applied. If a suppuration appears, the steam must be used longer; and a hot decoction of figs in mulse, must also be held in the mouth. And the tubercle must be cut before it be quite ripe, lest the pus, by continuing there too long hurt the bone. If the tumour be pretty large, it is better to cut it out entirely, so that the tooth may be freed on both sides. When the pus is discharged, if the wound be slight, it is sufficient to hold warm water in the mouth, and to foment externally with the same vapour; if it be larger, to make use of the cream of lentils, and the same medicines, by which other ulcers in the mouth are cured.

Some painful bumps can sometimes form in the gums near the teeth; the Greeks call them parulides__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. At the beginning, it's best to gently rub these with powdered salt or a mix of calcined fossil salt, cypress, and catmint. Then, rinse your mouth with lentil cream while keeping it open to let out any phlegm. If there's more inflammation, you should use the same treatments as mentioned before,294 for mouth ulcers. A little soft lint should be rolled in one of those mixtures I referred to as antherae and placed between the tooth and the gum. But if the bump is too hard for that, apply steam from hot water with a sponge externally and use a healing ointment. If pus starts to form, keep using the steam longer, and hold a hot fig decoction in your mouth. The bump should be cut before it is fully ripe, to prevent the pus from harming the bone if it stays too long. If the bump is quite large, it's better to cut it out entirely, so the tooth is free on both sides. Once the pus is drained, if the wound is small, swishing warm water in your mouth and applying the same steam externally is enough. If the wound is bigger, use lentil cream and the same treatments that work for other mouth ulcers.

Other ulcers, likewise, frequently arise in the gums, which are relieved in the same manner, as those in the other parts of the mouth. However, it is highly proper to chew privet, and hold the juice of it in the mouth. It sometimes happens, too, that from an ulcer in the gum, whether it be a parulis or not, pus is discharged for a long time, when a tooth is either rotten, or broke, or the bone otherwise spoilt; and that commonly proceeds from a fistula. When this is the case, the part must be opened, and the tooth extracted; if there be any exfoliation, it must be taken out; if any part of it is spoilt, it must be scraped. After which, the same methods must be taken, as were prescribed before in the cure of other ulcers. But if the gums leave the teeth, the same antherae are helpful. It does good also to chew pears or apples not very ripe, and to keep their juice in the mouth. And mild vinegar held in the mouth may have the same effect.

Other ulcers can also commonly occur in the gums, and they can be treated in the same way as those in other parts of the mouth. However, it's advisable to chew on privet and keep the juice in your mouth. Sometimes, an ulcer in the gum, whether it's a parulis or not, may discharge pus for an extended period if a tooth is decayed, broken, or if the surrounding bone is damaged, which usually happens due to a fistula. In this situation, the affected area needs to be opened, and the tooth should be removed; if there are any fragments, they should be extracted; if any part is damaged, it should be scraped away. After that, the same treatment methods used for other ulcers should be followed. But if the gums recede from the teeth, the same remedies are beneficial. Chewing on slightly unripe pears or apples and holding their juice in the mouth can also be helpful. Additionally, mild vinegar held in the mouth may have a similar effect.

295

295

CHAP. XIV. OF AN INFLAMMATION OF THE UVULA.

A violent inflammation of the uvula may justly excite our fears. Therefore, in this case, abstinence is necessary, and it is proper to bleed; and if there is any good reason against that, a clyster is serviceable. Besides, the head must be covered, and kept pretty high; next, a decoction of bramble and lentils in water, must be used as a gargarism; and the uvula itself be touched with honey, mixed either with omphacium, or galls, or scissile allum. The medicine also, which is called andronium is suitable to this case. It consists of scissile allum, scales of red copper, copperas, galls, myrrh, and misy; which are powdered separately, and being mixed, they are again rubbed with the addition of rough wine, to the consistence of honey. It does great service also to apply to the uvula the juice of celandine, by means of a spoon. When the uvula is moistened with any of these, a great quantity of phlegm runs out; and when that ceases, the patient must gargle with hot wine.

A severe inflammation of the uvula can understandably cause concern. So, in this situation, it’s important to avoid eating, and bleeding is recommended; if that’s not possible, an enema can help. Additionally, the head needs to be covered and propped up. Next, a mixture of bramble and lentils boiled in water can be used as a gargle, and honey mixed with either unripe wine, galls, or alum should be applied directly to the uvula. The medicine known as andronium is also appropriate for this condition. It’s made from powdered alum, red copper scales, copperas, galls, myrrh, and misy, all ground separately and then combined with rough wine until it reaches a honey-like consistency. It’s also effective to apply celandine juice to the uvula using a spoon. Once the uvula is treated with any of these, a lot of phlegm will be released; when that stops, the patient should gargle with warm wine.

But if the inflammation be slight, it is sufficient to powder laser, and add to it cold water, and to put this water into a spoon, and hold it below the uvula. And when it is not much swelled, cold water alone, used in the same way, constringes it. The patient must also use a gargarism of water, either with laser, or without it. But the chirurgical cure for a lengthened uvula I shall describe afterwards.

But if the swelling is minor, it's enough to powder laser, mix it with cold water, and then put this mixture into a spoon and hold it under the uvula. If it's not too swollen, just using cold water in the same way will constrict it. The patient should also use a gargle of water, either with laser or without. I will describe the surgical treatment for an elongated uvula later on.

CHAP. XV. OF A GANGRENE OF THE MOUTH.

If a gangrene seizes ulcers of the mouth, it is to be considered in the first place, whether the body be in a bad habit: if it be, that must be rectified; and then we may proceed to the cure of the ulcers. But if that disorder be296 on the surface, it does well enough to sprinkle a dry anthera upon the ulcer, if moist: if it be somewhat dry, it must be laid on with a small portion of honey: if a little deeper, two parts of burnt paper, and one of orpiment: if the disorder is of a considerable depth, three parts of burnt paper, and a fourth of orpiment, or equal parts of salt and iris both toasted; or equal parts of chalcitis, lime, and orpiment. But it is necessary to dip lint in rose oil, and apply over that escharotic medicines, to prevent their hurting the sound contiguous part. Some also throw in so much toasted salt into a hemina of strong vinegar, till it will dissolve no more; next, they boil away this vinegar till the remainder be dry; and powder the salt, and sprinkle it on the ulcers. Now, as often as a medicine is applied, both before and after, the mouth must be washed, either with cream of lentils, or a decoction of vetches, or olives, or vervains in water; and with any of these must be mixed a little honey. Vinegar of squills, also held in the mouth, has no small efficacy against these ulcers; and vinegar mixed again with the salt, boiled in vinegar, as before directed. But when either of these is used, it must be kept in the mouth a long time together, and be repeated twice or thrice in a day, as the malady is more or less severe. And if the patient be a child, a probe must be wrapped in wool, and dipped into a medicine, and held upon the ulcer; lest for want of thought, he should swallow the escharotics. But if there be a pain in the gums, and some of the teeth be loosened, they ought to be pulled out: for they very much obstruct the cure. If medicines do no service, the ulcers will require to be cauterized: which, however, is not necessary in the lips, because it is more convenient to cut them out. And both that which is cauterized, and that which is cut out, are equally incapable of being filled up without the manual operation. Now the bones of the gums, which have but little life in them, when once stripped by burning, continue bare ever after: for the flesh never grows again there. Upon the burnt places, however, lentils must be applied, till they recover their soundness, as far as the case will admit.

If gangrene affects mouth ulcers, first consider whether the body is in poor condition; if it is, that needs to be fixed before treating the ulcers. If the issue is on the surface, it helps to sprinkle a dry powder on the moist ulcer. If it’s a bit dry, apply it with a small amount of honey. For a deeper ulcer, mix two parts burnt paper with one part orpiment. If it goes even deeper, use three parts burnt paper with one part orpiment, or equal parts toasted salt and iris, or equal parts chalcitis, lime, and orpiment. It's important to dip lint in rose oil and place it over these caustic medicines to protect the healthy surrounding tissue. Some people also dissolve toasted salt in a hemina of strong vinegar until no more dissolves, then boil the vinegar until it dries and powder the salt to sprinkle on the ulcers. Each time a treatment is applied, the mouth should be rinsed with cream of lentils, a decoction of vetches, olives, or vervains, mixed with a bit of honey. Squill vinegar, held in the mouth, is also quite effective against these ulcers, as is vinegar mixed with the boiled salt. When using either treatment, it should be kept in the mouth for a long time and repeated two or three times a day, depending on the severity. If the patient is a child, wrap a probe in wool, dip it into a treatment, and hold it on the ulcer to prevent them from swallowing the caustics. If there’s pain in the gums and some teeth are loose, they should be removed since they hinder healing. If treatments don’t help, the ulcers may need to be cauterized, although it’s not necessary for the lips, which can be cut out instead. Both cauterized and cut-out areas cannot heal without surgery. The bones in the gums, once burnt, remain bare forever since the flesh doesn’t grow back. Lentils should be applied to the burnt areas until they heal as much as possible.

297

297

CHAP. XVI. Parotid swelling.

These are the disorders in the head, which generally require the help of medicines, but under the ears, it is common for parotides[ GK ] to arise; sometimes in health, when an inflammation commences there; sometimes after long fevers, when the violence of the disease settles in that part. This is a kind of abscess: and therefore requires no peculiar method of cure. This one caution, however, is necessary, that if the swelling came without any preceding distemper, repellents should first of all be tried: if the disorder proceeds from any illness, that method is hurtful; and it is more expedient to have it maturated and opened as soon as possible.

These are the disorders in the head that usually need medication, but under the ears, it's common for parotid glands__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ to occur; sometimes when there’s inflammation starting there, and sometimes after prolonged fevers, when the severity of the illness settles in that area. This is a type of abscess, so it doesn't need a special treatment method. However, one important note is that if the swelling happens without any preceding illness, it’s best to try repellents first; if the problem comes from an illness, that approach can be harmful, and it's better to have it matured and opened as soon as possible.

CHAP. XVII. OF A NOTABLE NAVEL.

In the case of a prominent navel, to prevent the necessity of any chirurgical operation, trial must first be made of abstinence, and a clyster must be given; over the navel may be applied that composition, which consists of hemlock and soot, each p. i. *. ceruss washed, p. iv. *. lead washed p. viii. *. with two eggs; to which is likewise added the juice of night-shade. This ought to lie on for a pretty long time; and, in the mean while, the patient is to be restrained from motion, use a spare diet, and avoid every thing flatulent.

In the case of a prominent navel, to avoid the need for any surgical operation, you should first try abstaining from certain activities and give an enema. You can apply a mixture over the navel that includes hemlock and soot, each in small amounts, along with washed ceruss, washed lead, and two eggs; also add the juice of nightshade. This should stay on for a while, and during this time, the patient should avoid movement, eat a light diet, and steer clear of anything that causes bloating.

298

298

CHAP. XVIII. OF THE DISEASES OF THE GENITALS.

The next disorders we are to treat of, are those of the private parts. The names of which amongst the Greeks are both more tolerable, and already established by custom; since they are of common use in almost every book and discourse of physicians: with us the terms are more indecent, and have had no sanction from the conversation of modest men to qualify their coarseness. This makes it difficult to treat of them so, as at once to preserve a delicacy of expression, and deliver plainly the precepts of the art. Nevertheless this circumstance ought not to deter me from writing. In the first place, because it is my intention to comprehend every thing, that I have learned to be useful; in the next place, because every body should know how to cure those disorders, which we are so unwilling to expose to another.

The next issues we need to address are those related to the private parts. The terms used by the Greeks are more acceptable and already established by tradition; they're commonly found in nearly every medical text and discussion. In our language, the terms are more inappropriate and lack the approval of respectable conversation to soften their harshness. This makes it challenging to discuss these topics in a way that maintains a level of delicacy while clearly explaining the principles of the practice. However, this shouldn't stop me from writing. First, it's my goal to cover everything I've learned that could be useful. Second, everyone should know how to treat these issues that we are so reluctant to talk about.

Therefore, if the penis be swelled from an inflammation, and the prepuce cannot either be drawn back, or brought forward again, the part must be fomented plentifully with warm water. And when the glans is covered, warm water must also be injected by a syringe, betwixt it and the skin. If the skin, mollified and extenuated by this means, can be drawn back, the subsequent part of the cure is more easy; if the swelling prevails against this remedy, lentils, or horehound, or olive leaves boiled in wine must be applied, and to any of these, while it is rubbed, a little honey is added; and the penis is to be tied up to the belly; which is necessary in the cure of all its disorders; and the patient ought to confine himself to a strict regimen, and abstain from eating, and relieve his thirst by nothing but water. The day following, the fomentation of water must be applied in the same way, and trial made, even with some degree of violence, to pull back the prepuce; if it will not give way, the surface of it must be slightly cut with a knife. For when the sanies is discharged, the part will be extenuated, and the prepuce more easily drawn back.

Therefore, if the penis is swollen due to inflammation and the foreskin cannot be pulled back or pushed forward again, the area should be soaked thoroughly in warm water. When the glans is covered, warm water should also be injected with a syringe between it and the skin. If the skin softens and thins with this method, it can be pulled back more easily; if the swelling resists this treatment, lentils, horehound, or olive leaves boiled in wine should be applied, and a little honey should be added while rubbing one of these. The penis should be tied up to the belly, which is necessary for treating all its disorders; the patient should stick to a strict diet and only drink water to quench thirst. The next day, the warm water soak should be applied in the same way, and an effort should be made, even with some force, to pull back the foreskin; if it doesn't budge, the surface of it should be lightly cut with a knife. Once the discharge occurs, the area will be less swollen, and the foreskin will come back more easily.

299

299

Whether it has yielded to the latter method, or has never resisted, ulcers will be found, either in the inner part(15) of the prepuce, or in the glans, or in the penis beyond that; which must, of necessity, be either clean and dry, or humid and purulent. If they be dry, they must be first fomented with hot water; then lycium, with wine applied, or oil lees boiled with the same, or rose oil with butter. If there is a thin humour in them, they must be washed with wine; then a little honey and oil of roses with butter, and a fourth part of turpentine resin must be used. But if pus is discharged from them, first of all they ought to be washed with warm mulse; after which is applied of pepper p. i. *. myrrh p. ii. *. saffron, calcined milsy, each p. ii. *. which are boiled with a rough wine, to the consistence of honey. The same composition is also proper for the tonsils, a moist uvula, and ulcers of the nostrils and mouth. Another for the same purpose: of pepper p. i. *. myrrh p. i. *. saffron p. ii *. milsy p. i. *. calcined copper p. ii. *. which are first rubbed down with a rough wine, then when they have grown dry, they are again rubbed with three cyathi of passum, and boiled to the consistence of viscum. Verdigrease too, with boiled honey, and those compositions, which were mentioned before, for ulcers of the mouth, cure these. But the composition of Erasistratus, or Crato, is a proper application for purulent ulcers of the parts of generation. Olive leaves also are boiled in nine cyathi of wine(16), and to these are added of scissile allum p. iv. *. lycium p. viii. *. honey a cyathus and half; and if the quantity of pus be pretty great, this medicine is diluted with honey; if small, with wine. This is a constant rule; after dressing, while the inflammation continues, to apply over it such a cataplasm, as before directed, and to dress the ulcers every day in the same manner. But if pus begins to be discharged in a great quantity, and is fetid, the ulcer ought to be washed with cream of lentils, with the addition of a little honey, or a decoction of olive, or mastich leaves; or a decoction of horehound used in the like manner with honey. And the same dressings must be applied; or else omphacium with honey; or that composition for the ears, which is made of verdigrease and honey; or the composition of Andron; or an anthera, with the ad300dition of a little honey. Some dress all the ulcers, which we have yet mentioned, with lycium and wine.

Whether it has given in to the later method or has never fought it, ulcers will be found either on the inner part__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ of the foreskin, on the glans, or on the penis itself; these must either be clean and dry or moist and pus-filled. If they are dry, they should first be soaked with hot water; then use lycium with wine, or boiled oil lees with the same, or rose oil mixed with butter. If there is a thin discharge, they should be rinsed with wine, then a mix of honey and rose oil with butter, along with a quarter part of turpentine resin should be applied. If pus is coming out, they should be washed with warm mulse, and then a mixture of one part pepper, two parts myrrh, two parts saffron, and two parts calcined milsy should be boiled with rough wine until it reaches the consistency of honey. The same mixture is also suitable for tonsils, a moist uvula, and ulcers of the nostrils and mouth. An alternative for the same purpose is one part pepper, one part myrrh, two parts saffron, one part milsy, and two parts calcined copper, which should first be ground with rough wine, and when dried, rubbed again with three cyathi of passum, and boiled until it reaches the consistency of viscum. Verdigrease mixed with boiled honey, along with the previously mentioned compositions for mouth ulcers, can also be used for these. The recipe from Erasistratus or Crato is a suitable treatment for pus-filled ulcers in the genital area. Olive leaves should be boiled in nine cyathi of wine __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, to which four parts of scissile alum, eight parts of lycium, and one and a half cyathi of honey should be added; if there is a significant amount of pus, this mixture should be thinned with honey; if it's less, with wine. This is a general rule; after dressing, while inflammation persists, apply the recommended cataplasm and dress the ulcers daily in the same way. However, if pus starts to come out in large amounts and has a foul smell, the ulcer should be cleaned with a cream of lentils mixed with a little honey, or with a decoction of olive or mastich leaves; or a horehound decoction used the same way with honey. The same dressings should be applied, or omphacium with honey, or the ear mixture made of verdigrease and honey; or the Andron mix; or an anthera with a little honey added. Some treat all the ulcers mentioned with lycium and wine.

If the ulcer increases in breadth and deepness, it ought to be washed in the same manner; and either verdigrease, or omphacium with honey, applied; or Andron’s composition; or of horehound, myrrh, saffron, scissile alum calcined, dry rose leaves, galls, each p. i. *. Sinopian minium, p. ii. *. which are first powdered separately; then mixed and rubbed together in honey, till they acquire the consistence of liquid cerate; after which they are boiled in a copper vessel, gently, so as not to boil over; when the drops of it grow hard, the vessel is taken off the fire; and this medicine, as occasion requires, is softened, either with honey or wine. The same composition, by itself, is also good for fistulas.

If the ulcer gets larger and deeper, it should be cleaned the same way, and either verdigrease or omphacium mixed with honey should be applied; or Andron’s blend; or a mixture of horehound, myrrh, saffron, calcined scissile alum, dry rose leaves, and galls, each in equal amounts. Add Sinopian minium in double the amount. First, grind them all separately, then mix and knead them together in honey until they become the consistency of a liquid ointment. After that, boil the mixture in a copper container on low heat to avoid boiling over. Once the drops harden, remove the container from the heat. This medicine can be softened as needed with either honey or wine. The same blend on its own is also effective for fistulas.

Sometimes too, the ulcer penetrates to the nerves; and there is a plentiful discharge of humour, and thin sanies and fetid, of no consistence, but like water, in which recent flesh has been washed; there are pains and prickings in the parts. Although this be of the purulent kind, yet it must be cured by mild medicines; such as the tetrapharmacum plaister, liquified with rose oil, and mixed with a little frankincense; or that, which is made of butter, rose oil, resin, and honey, already mentioned. Above all, this ulcer is to be fomented with abundance of warm water, and covered, and not exposed to the cold.

Sometimes, the ulcer reaches the nerves, causing a significant discharge of fluid that is thin, foul-smelling, and has no substance, much like water that has washed away fresh flesh; there are pains and tingling sensations in the affected areas. Although this is of the pus-producing type, it should be treated with gentle medicines, such as the tetrapharmacum plaster, liquefied with rose oil and mixed with a bit of frankincense; or that which is made from butter, rose oil, resin, and honey, as previously mentioned. Most importantly, this ulcer needs to be soaked with plenty of warm water and covered up, avoiding exposure to cold.

Sometimes also, by these ulcers, the penis under the skin is so consumed, that the glans falls off. In which case, the prepuce itself must be taken off by circumcision. And it is a general rule, whenever the glans, or any part of the penis falls off, or is cut off, that the skin be kept from falling in contact and uniting with the ulcer(17), so that it cannot be drawn back afterwards, and perhaps may even obstruct the urinary passage.

Sometimes, due to these sores, the penis under the skin is so damaged that the glans falls off. In this situation, the foreskin itself must be removed through circumcision. It's a general rule that whenever the glans or any part of the penis falls off or is cut off, the skin should be kept from coming into contact with and sticking to the ulcer __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, so that it can be pulled back later and not potentially block the urinary passage.

Tubercles likewise, which the Greeks call phymata, arise about the glans; which are cauterized either by medicines, or the actual cautery; and when the sloughs cast off, copper scales are sprinkled upon them, to prevent any thing growing there again.

Tubercles, which the Greeks refer to as phymata, form around the glans. These are treated either with medicines or through cauterization. Once the dead tissue is removed, copper scales are applied to prevent anything from growing back.

301

301

Of a gangrene.

In what we have hitherto described there is still no gangrene; to which, as in the other parts, so more especially here, ulcers are liable. It begins with a blackness. If this seizes the prepuce, a probe must be immediately put under it, and an incision made; then the extremities are to be laid hold of with a vulsella(18), and whatever is corrupted must be cut away, and even some of the sound part taken off, and the place cauterized. Whenever any part is burned, the next step is to apply lentils; afterwards, when the sloughs have cast off, the cure is the same with that of common ulcers.

In what we've described so far, there's still no gangrene; however, just like in other areas, ulcers are particularly prone to occur here. It starts with a dark discoloration. If this affects the foreskin, a probe must be quickly inserted underneath, and an incision made; then the edges should be grasped with a vulsella__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and any infected tissue needs to be excised, even taking away some healthy tissue, and the area should be cauterized. After any tissue is burned, the next step is to apply lentils; later, when the dead tissue has fallen off, the treatment is the same as for regular ulcers.

But if a gangrene has seized the penis itself, some of the escharotic medicines must be sprinkled upon it, chiefly that, which is composed of lime, chalcitis, and orpiment. If medicines fail of success, here also whatever is corrupted is to be cut out with a knife, in such a manner as that some of the sound part be taken with it. This rule is as universal as the former, when a gangrened part is cut away, that the wound must be cauterized. But if either by means of medicines, or the actual cautery, the sloughs have grown callous, there is great danger, that when they cast off, a profusion of blood from the penis may follow. Therefore long rest is necessary, and keeping the body almost immoveable, till the sloughs be gently loosened from it in proper time. But if a person either wittingly, or inadvertently, by walking too soon has separated the sloughs, and there ensues a hæmorrhage, cold water must be applied. If that does not prevail, recourse must be had to those medicines, which stop blood. If even these do not relieve, the part must be cauterized carefully and cautiously; and not afterwards exposed to the same danger by any motion whatsoever.

But if gangrene has affected the penis itself, some caustic medicines should be applied to it, especially one made from lime, chalcitis, and orpiment. If the medicines don’t work, then any dead tissue must be cut away with a knife, ensuring that some healthy tissue is taken along with it. This rule is as universal as the previous one: when a gangrenous area is removed, the wound must be cauterized. However, if the dead tissue grows hard due to either the medicines or the cauterization, there’s a significant risk that when it falls off, it could lead to excessive bleeding from the penis. Therefore, resting for a long time and keeping the body nearly immobile is essential until the dead tissue loosens safely in due course. But if a person, whether intentionally or accidentally, walks too soon and separates the dead tissue, leading to bleeding, cold water should be applied. If that doesn’t help, he must use medicines that stop bleeding. If those also fail to provide relief, the area must be carefully cauterized and kept from moving afterward to avoid further risk.

Of a phagedaena.

Sometimes also in the same place there happens that kind of gangrene, which the Greeks call phagedæna[ GL ]. In which no time is to be lost, but the same remedies must be immediately applied; and if these are not successful, it must be burnt by the actual cautery. There is likewise a certain blackness, which gives no pain, but spreads, and if we do not302 resist it, it makes its way to the bladder; and cannot be cured afterwards. But if it be at the end of the glans near the urinary pipe, a small probe should be introduced into that first, to prevent its closing; and then the actual cautery must be applied to the ulcer. But if it has penetrated deep, whatever is tainted must be cut off. For the rest, it must have the same treatment with other gangrenes.

Sometimes in the same area, a type of gangrene occurs that the Greeks call phagedena__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. No time should be wasted, and the same remedies must be applied immediately; if these don't work, it must be treated with cauterization. There is also a certain blackness that doesn’t cause pain but spreads, and if we don't fight it, it can reach the bladder and become untreatable. However, if it’s at the tip of the glans near the urinary canal, a small probe should be inserted first to prevent it from closing, and then cauterization should be used on the ulcer. If it has penetrated deeply, any affected tissue must be cut away. Otherwise, it should be treated like other gangrenes.

A callosity or carbuncle.

There is likewise sometimes a callous excrescence from the penis, which is almost void of all sensation, and ought to be cut out. A carbuncle, as soon as it appears there, must be washed by means of a syringe; then it must be cauterized too with medicines, particularly chalcitis with honey, or verdigrease with boiled honey, or sheep’s dung toasted and powdered with honey. When it falls off, liquid medicines must be used, which are composed for the lips of ulcers.

There can also be a hard growth from the penis that has very little sensation and should be cut out. If a carbuncle appears there, it should first be washed with a syringe; then it needs to be cauterized with treatments, especially with a mix of chalk and honey, or verdigris combined with boiled honey, or powdered sheep dung mixed with honey. Once it falls off, liquid treatments should be applied, specifically those formulated for the edges of ulcers.

Diseases of the testicles.

If any inflammation begins in the testicles without a blow, blood must be taken from the ancle; the patient must abstain from eating; that composition must be applied, which consists of bean meal boiled in mulse, then mixed with powdered cummin, and worked up to a consistence with honey; or powdered cummin with cerate made of rose oil; or lintseed toasted, powdered, and boiled in mulse; or wheat meal boiled in mulse with cypress; or lily root bruised. But if the testicles are grown hard, lint or fenugreek seed, boiled in mulse, should be applied; or cerate made of cyprine oil; or fine flour rubbed with wine and the addition of a little saffron. If the hardness be already of pretty long standing, the root of wild cucumber boiled in mulse and then bruised does a great deal of service.

If any inflammation starts in the testicles without an injury, blood should be drawn from the ankle; the patient must avoid eating; apply a mixture made of bean flour boiled in honey wine, then combined with powdered cumin, and thickened with honey; or use powdered cumin mixed with a cream made of rose oil; or toasted linseed that’s been powdered and boiled in honey wine; or wheat flour boiled in honey wine with cypress; or bruised lily root. However, if the testicles have become hard, apply lint or fenugreek seeds boiled in honey wine; or a cream made of cyprine oil; or fine flour mixed with wine and a bit of saffron. If the hardness has been present for a while, the root of wild cucumber boiled in honey wine and then bruised can be very effective.

If they are swelled from a blow, it is necessary to let blood, and more so if they are livid besides; and either of these compositions made with cummin above mentioned must be applied; or that composition, which contains of nitre calcined p. i. *. pine resin, cummin, each p. ii. *. stavesacre without the seeds p. iv. *. honey, a sufficient quantity to bring them to a consistence. But if from the blow the testicle ceases to receive nourishment, there is generally a collection of pus at the same time, and there is no other remedy for it, than by making an incision in303 the scrotum, to discharge the pus, and extirpate the testicle itself.

If they are swollen from a blow, it's important to let blood, especially if they're also bruised. You should apply either of the mixtures mentioned above that include cumin, or use the mix made of calcined nitre, pine resin, and cumin, each in a certain amount, and stavesacre without the seeds in a larger quantity. Add enough honey to achieve a suitable consistency. However, if the testicle stops getting blood flow due to the blow, there is usually a buildup of pus at the same time, and the only solution is to make an incision in the scrotum to drain the pus and remove the testicle itself.

Diseases of the anus. Rhagadia.

The anus too is liable to many and very tedious disorders; and these are cured by methods not very different from one another. In the first place it is a common ailment here, that the skin is chopped, and that in several places: the Greeks call it rhagadia[ GM ]. When this is recent, the patient ought to rest, and sit down in hot water. Pigeons eggs are also to be boiled, and when they are hard, the shells taken off, after that one of them ought to lie in water well heated, while the part is fomented with the other warm; and thus each of them must be used alternately for some time. Then the tetrapharmacum or the rhypodes must be softened with rose oil; or recent œsypum mixed with liquid cerate made of rose oil; or to the same liquid cerate must be added washed lead; or myrrh to turpentine resin; or old oil to litharge: and the part anointed with any of these. If the part affected be external, and not concealed within, a piece of lint dipped in the same medicine ought to be applied to it, and whatever is laid first on, must be covered with cerate. In this case neither acrid food, nor austere, nor binding must be used; nothing even dried is good, unless the quantity be very small. Liquid, mild, fat and glutinous food is better. There is no reason to refrain from the use of mild wine.

The anus can be prone to many annoying issues, and they can be treated using similar methods. First, a common problem is that the skin gets torn in several spots; the Greeks refer to this as rhagadia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. When this happens recently, the person should rest and soak in hot water. Pigeon eggs should be boiled, and once they are hard, the shells should be removed. One egg should then be placed in warm water while the other is applied to the affected area, alternating between the two for a while. Next, the tetrapharmacum or rhypodes should be softened with rose oil; or a fresh œsypum mixed with liquid cerate made of rose oil; or washed lead can be added to the same liquid cerate; or myrrh mixed with turpentine resin; or old oil mixed with litharge; and the affected area should be anointed with any of these options. If the issue is external and not hidden inside, a piece of lint dipped in the same treatment should be applied, and whatever is placed on first must be covered with cerate. In this case, it’s best to avoid spicy, sour, or binding foods; even dried foods should be limited, unless in very small amounts. Liquid, mild, fatty, and sticky foods are preferable. There’s no need to avoid mild wine.

Of con­dyl­omata.

A condyloma is a tubercle, which commonly proceeds from some inflammation. When it appears, the directions must be observed, which were just now given, with regard to rest, meat, and drink. It is proper to foment this tubercle with eggs, as in the other case. But the patient should first sit down in a decoction of repellent vervains in water; then it is fit to apply lentils with a small proportion of honey, mellilot boiled with wine, and bramble leaves bruised with cerate made of rose oil; and with the same cerate either a quince bruised, or the inner part of pomegranate bark boiled in wine; and chalcitis burnt, and powdered, then mixed with œsypum and rose oil; and some of that composition, which contains of frankincense p. i. *. scissile a304lum p. ii. *. ceruss p. iii. *. litharge p. v. *. to these, while they are powdered, is instilled alternately oil of roses and wine. The bandage for that part is a square piece of linen or woollen cloth, which at two of its corners has two loops, and at the other as many fillets; and when it is put under the patient, the loops being turned toward the belly, the two fillets from behind are put through them, and when drawn tight, the right one must be extended to the left, and that on the left to the right, and lastly both being brought round are tied in a knot over the belly. But if the condyloma be inveterate, and is grown hard, and does not give way to these methods, it may be cauterized by a medicine, which consists of the following ingredients; of verdigrease p. ii. *. myrrh p. iv. *. gum p. viii. *. frankincense p. xii. *. antimony, poppy tears, acacia, each p. xvi. *. with which medicine some chuse to renew those ulcers of which I was lately treating. If this has no effect upon the condyloma, even stronger caustics may be used. When the tumour is consumed, we must change to the mild applications.

A condyloma is a small bump that usually comes from some inflammation. When it appears, the previously mentioned guidelines about rest, diet, and hydration should be followed. It’s advisable to soothe this bump with eggs, like in the other case. However, the patient should first soak in a mixture of repellent vervains in water; then, it’s appropriate to apply lentils mixed with a little honey, melilot boiled with wine, and crushed bramble leaves combined with cerate made of rose oil. Additionally, either a crushed quince or the inner part of pomegranate bark boiled in wine can be used, along with burnt and powdered chalcitis mixed with gypsum and rose oil. Also, some of that concoction, which contains frankincense p. i. *. scissile a304lum p. ii. *. ceruss p. iii. *. litharge p. v. *. powdered, should have alternating drops of rose oil and wine added. The bandage for that area consists of a square piece of linen or wool cloth, with loops at two corners and fillets at the other two; when positioned under the patient with the loops facing the abdomen, the fillets behind are threaded through them. After tightening, the right fillet should be pulled to the left, and the left fillet to the right, then both should be brought around and tied in a knot over the abdomen. If the condyloma is stubborn, hardened, and does not respond to these treatments, it can be cauterized using a mixture of the following: verdigris p. ii. *. myrrh p. iv. *. gum p. viii. *. frankincense p. xii. *. antimony, poppy tears, acacia, each p. xvi. *. This mixture is also used by some to treat those ulcers I mentioned earlier. If this doesn’t work on the condyloma, even stronger caustics may be applied. Once the tumor is resolved, we need to switch to gentler applications.

Of the hem­or­rhoids.

The third disease of the anus is when the orifices of the hemorrhoidal veins grow turgid, and shoot out something like small heads, which often discharge blood; the Greeks call them the hæmorrhoides[ GN ]. And this frequently happens to women in the mouth of the womb. And it is not safe to stop it in some people, who are not weakened by the discharge of blood: for this serves for a drain, and is not a disease. And therefore some that have been cured, as the blood had no exit, have been seized with sudden and very dangerous distempers, from the matter settling upon the præcordia and bowels. But a man that feels bad effects from this discharge, ought to sit down in a decoction of vervains; and to apply principally pomegranate bark powdered, with dry rose leaves; and some of those things, which stop blood. An inflammation sometimes comes on, especially when hard excrements hurt the part. Then the patient must sit down in pure water, and foment the part with eggs, and apply the yolks with rose leaves beat up with passum; and if the disorder be within, this must305 be put to it with the finger; if without, it must be applied spread upon a cloth. Those medicines too, which are calculated for recent fissures, are suitable here. And the same diet must be used in this, as in the former cases. If these methods give but little relief, it is usual by the application of caustic medicines to consume these small heads. But if they be inveterate, by the direction of Dionysius, sandarach is to be sprinkled upon them; after that the following composition must be applied: of copper scales, orpiment, each p. v. *. stone lime p. viii. *. the next day, they must be punctured with a needle. By cauterizing these small heads a cicatrix is formed(19), which prevents the effusion of blood. But whenever this is stopped, to avoid any dangerous consequence from the suppression, the matter must be dissipated by much exercise; and besides both men, and such women, whose menstrual discharge is stopped, ought sometimes to be bled in the arm.

The third issue related to the anus occurs when the openings of the hemorrhoidal veins become swollen and protrude, often releasing blood; the Greeks refer to these as the hemorrhoids__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. This commonly affects women at the entrance of the uterus. It's risky to stop this in some individuals who are not weakened by blood loss, as it acts as a drain rather than a disease. Consequently, those who have been treated and had no outlet for the blood may experience sudden, severe conditions due to the fluids settling in the chest and abdomen. However, a person suffering from the effects of this discharge should sit in a bath of vervains and apply a mixture of powdered pomegranate bark and dried rose leaves, along with other remedies to stop bleeding. Inflammation can occur, especially if hard stools cause pain in the area. In this case, the patient should soak in clean water and soothe the area with eggs, applying the yolks mixed with crushed rose leaves and passum; if the issue is internal, this should be applied with a finger, and if external, it should be spread on a cloth. Medicines designed for recent fissures can also be effective here, and the same diet should be followed as in previous cases. If these treatments provide little relief, caustic medicines are typically used to eliminate these small growths. For more stubborn cases, following Dionysius's advice, sandarach should be sprinkled on them, and then the following mixture should be applied: copper scales, orpiment, p. v. *, and slaked lime p. viii. *. The next day, they should be pricked with a needle. Cauterizing these small growths creates a scar formed__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, which helps prevent blood loss. However, when this is stopped, to avoid dangerous results from suppression, the matter should be cleared through plenty of exercise; furthermore, both men and women whose menstrual flow is halted should occasionally be bled from the arm.

Of a pro­lap­sus of the anus or womb.

But if the anus itself, or the mouth of the womb fall down (for that sometimes happens) it ought to be considered whether the part, which is protruded, be clean, or covered with a mucous humour. If it be clean, the patient ought to sit down in salt water, or a decoction of vervains or of pomegranate bark in water: but if moist, it must be washed with a rough wine, and rubbed with burnt lees of wine. When it has been treated in either way, it must be replaced; and an application made of bruised plantain, or willow leaves boiled in vinegar; over that, linen and wool: these must be tied on, and the legs bound close together.

But if the anus itself or the opening of the womb slips out (which sometimes happens), it’s important to check if the protruding part is clean or covered in mucus. If it’s clean, the patient should sit in salt water or a herbal mixture with vervain or pomegranate bark in water. If it’s moist, it should be washed with rough wine and rubbed with burnt wine residue. After treating it in either way, it must be put back in place, and an application of crushed plantain or willow leaves boiled in vinegar should be used; on top of that, place linen and wool. These must be secured, and the legs should be tied closely together.

Of a fun­gous ulcer.

There sometimes appears an ulcer in the same part resembling a mushroom. This, if it be the winter-time, must be fomented with water just warm; if any other season, with cold; afterwards it must be sprinkled on copper scales, and over that cerate applied made of myrtle oil, with the addition of a little scales, soot, and lime. If it is not removed in this method, it must be consumed either by stronger medicines(20) or the actual cautery.

Sometimes, an ulcer shows up in the same spot that looks like a mushroom. If it happens in winter, it should be treated with water that’s just warm; during any other season, use cold water. After that, it should be sprinkled with copper scales, and then apply a balm made of myrtle oil, plus a bit of scales, soot, and lime. If this method doesn’t work, it should be dealt with using stronger medications__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ or by using cautery.

306

306

CHAP. XIX. Fingertip ulcers.

The best cure for ulcers of long standing in the fingers is either lycium or lees of oil boiled; to either of which wine is added. A caruncle here also sometimes recedes from the nails with great pain; the Greeks call it pterygion[ GO ]. It is proper to dissolve as much round Melian alum in water, as to make it of the consistence of honey; then to pour into it the same quantity of honey as there was of alum, and to stir it with a spatula, till it becomes of a saffron colour, and rub that over it; some people for the same purpose chuse to mix equal quantities of dry alum and honey, and boil them together to the due consistence. If they are not extirpated by this method, they must be cut off; then the fingers must be fomented with a decoction of vervains, and a medicine applied over them compounded thus; chalcitis, pomegranate bark, and copper scales are incorporated with a mellow fig gently boiled, and honey; or equal quantities of burnt paper, orpiment, and crude sulphur are mixed with cerate made of myrtle oil; or of rasile verdigrease p. i. *. copper scales p. ii. *. are brought to a consistence with a cyathus of honey; or equal parts of stone lime, chalcitis, and orpiment are mixed together. Which ever of these is applied, it must be covered with a linen cloth dipped in water. On the third day, the finger must be opened, and what is dry, must be cut away as before, and the like dressing applied. If it does not yield to this method, it must be cleansed with a knife, and burnt with small irons, and cured like other burns.

The best treatment for long-standing finger ulcers is either lycium or oil lees that have been boiled, with wine added to either option. A painful caruncle can also develop near the nails, which the Greeks call pterygium__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. You should dissolve enough round Melian alum in water to achieve a honey-like consistency, then mix in the same amount of honey as alum and stir with a spatula until it turns a saffron color, then apply that mixture. Some people prefer to combine equal parts of dry alum and honey and boil them together until they reach the right consistency. If these treatments don’t remove the issue, it may need to be cut off; afterwards, soak the fingers in a decoction of vervain and apply a remedy made from a mix of chalcitis, pomegranate bark, and copper scales combined with a gently boiled sweet fig and honey. Alternatively, equal parts of burnt paper, orpiment, and raw sulfur can be mixed with myrtle oil cerate, or a blend of raw verdigris and copper scales can be thickened with a cyathus of honey. Another option is to combine equal parts of lime, chalcitis, and orpiment. Whichever one you use, cover it with a linen cloth soaked in water. On the third day, you should open the finger, remove any dry tissue as before, and apply the same dressing. If it still doesn’t improve, cleanse it with a knife and burn it with small irons, treating it like other burns.

But where the nails are scabrous, they ought to be opened round, where they are joined to the flesh; then307 some of the following composition must be applied over them; of sandarach, sulphur, each p. ii. *. nitre, orpiment, each p. iv. *. liquid resin p. viii. *. And this is to be taken off on the third day. This medicine causes the spoiled nails to fall off and better to grow in their place.

But where the nails are rough, they should be opened round where they connect to the skin; then307 some of the following mixture must be applied over them: sandarach, sulphur, nitre, orpiment, each at p. ii. *, liquid resin at p. viii. *. And this should be removed on the third day. This treatment causes the damaged nails to fall off and allows healthier ones to grow in their place.


308

308

A. CORNELIUS CELSUS

A. Cornelius Celsus

OF

OF

MEDICINE.

Health care.


BOOK VII.


PREFACE.

That surgery makes the third part of medicine, is both universally known, and has been already observed. This does not indeed discard medicines, and a proper regimen; but yet the principal part is accomplished by the hand. And the effect of this is the most evident of all the parts of medicine. For as fortune contributes a good deal to the cure of distempers, and the same things are often salutary, often fruitless; it may be doubted, whether the recovery be owing to physic, or the constitution. In those diseases also, in which we chiefly make use of medicines, although their success be pretty evident, nevertheless it is plain, that health is both sought for by their means in vain, and often restored without them. As may be observed with regard to the eyes, which after having long suffered from the applications of physicians, sometimes recover of themselves. But in surgery it is manifest that the success,309 though it may be somewhat promoted by other means, is chiefly to be ascribed to this. Now this branch, though it be the most ancient, yet has been more cultivated by Hippocrates the father of all medicine, than by his predecessors. Afterwards being separated from the other parts, it began to have its peculiar professors, and received considerable improvements in Egypt, as well as elsewhere, principally from Philoxenus, who has treated of this part fully, and with great accuracy, in several volumes. Gorgias also, and Sostratus, the two Herons, and the two Apollonii, and Ammonius Alexandrinus, and many other celebrated men, have each of them made some discoveries. And at Rome too professors of no small note, and particularly of late Tryphon the father, and Euelpistus the son of Phleges, and Meges the most learned of them all, as appears from his writings, by altering some things for the better have made considerable additions to this art.

Surgery is recognized as a key part of medicine, which is widely known and has been noted before. This doesn’t mean that medicines and proper care are unimportant; however, the main work is done by skilled hands. The results are the most clear among all medical practices. Since luck plays a significant role in healing, and the same treatments can sometimes help and other times fail, it's uncertain whether healing is due to medication or the person's overall health. In diseases where we mainly rely on medications, even when their effectiveness is evident, it's clear that health can sometimes be pursued in vain through their use and often can be restored without them. For instance, the eyes, after long medicinal treatments, sometimes heal on their own. In surgery, however, it's evident that while success might be aided by other factors, it is mainly attributed to surgical skill. This field, although the oldest, was further developed by Hippocrates, the father of medicine, more than by those before him. Eventually, surgery became distinct from other medical practices, leading to its own specialized teachers, and it saw considerable advancements in Egypt and elsewhere, especially from Philoxenus, who comprehensively addressed this field in several detailed volumes. Gorgias, Sostratus, the two Herons, the two Apollonii, Ammonius Alexandrinus, and many other renowned figures have all made significant contributions. In Rome, there were also noteworthy teachers, particularly in more recent times, Tryphon the elder and Euelpistus, the son of Phleges, along with Meges, the most knowledgeable of them all, as shown in his writings, who improved certain aspects, greatly enhancing the practice of surgery.

A surgeon ought to be young, or at most but middle aged, to have a strong and steady hand, never subject to tremble, and be no less dexterous with his left than his right hand; to have a quick and clear sight; to be bold, and so far void of pity, that he may have only in view the cure of him, whom he has taken in hand, and not in compassion to cries either make more haste than the case requires, or his cut less than is necessary; but to do all, as if he was not moved by the shrieks of his patient.

A surgeon should be young or at least middle-aged, so they have a strong and steady hand that doesn’t shake, and they should be just as skilled with their left hand as with their right; they need to have quick and clear vision; they should be bold and so devoid of pity that their only focus is the person they are treating, without being swayed by cries that might make them rush when it’s not needed or cut less than necessary; they should act as if they aren’t affected by their patient’s screams.

Now it may be asked what peculiarly belongs to this branch: because surgeons assume to themselves the curing of many wounds and ulcers, which I have treated of elsewhere. I can very well suppose the same person capable of performing all these: and since they are divided, I esteem him most, whose skill is most extensive. For my part, I have left to this branch those cases, in which the physician(1) makes wound, where he does not find one; and those wounds and ulcers, in which I believe manual operation to be more useful than medicines; lastly whatever relates to the bones. Which things I shall consider in order, and deferring the bones to another book, I shall in this explain the two former; so treating first of these, which are found indifferently in every part of the body, I shall proceed to those, that fall upon particular parts.

Now, one might wonder what specifically pertains to this field: because surgeons take on the treatment of many wounds and ulcers, which I have discussed elsewhere. I can easily imagine the same person being capable of handling all of these. And since they are categorized, I regard as most skilled the one whose expertise is the broadest. As for me, I have set aside for this field those cases in which the doctor__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ creates a wound when there isn't one; and those wounds and ulcers where I think manual intervention is more beneficial than medication; finally, anything related to the bones. I will address these topics in sequence, postponing discussions about bones to another book, and I will explain the first two here. Starting with those that can occur anywhere on the body, I will then move on to those that affect specific areas.

310

310

CHAP. I. OF BRUISES.

Contusions, in whatever part of the body they are, ought as soon as possible to be treated in this manner; the skin of the part, where the pain is, must be cut in several places, and the grumous blood issuing from them must be wiped away with the back of the knife. If it is not taken in time, and there is a redness, so much of the skin as is red must be cut; if there is a tumour too, wherever that extends, the same remedy is still the best. Then repellents are to be applied over it; and particularly sordid wool squeezed out of vinegar and oil. But if the hurt be more slight, the same applications without an incision may perform the cure. And if nothing else is at hand, ashes, especially of burnt twigs; if they are not to be got, any other ashes mixed up with vinegar, or even with water.

Bruises, no matter where they are on the body, should be treated as soon as possible this way: the skin in the painful area needs to be cut in a few places, and the dark blood that flows out should be wiped away with the back of the knife. If it’s not treated in time and there's redness, then the parts of the skin that are red should be cut. If there’s also swelling, the same treatment is still the best. After that, apply repellents to the area, especially dirty wool that has been soaked in vinegar and oil. If the injury is minor, the same treatments can heal it without making any cuts. If nothing else is available, ashes, particularly from burnt twigs, can be used; if those aren’t available, any other ashes mixed with vinegar or even water will do.

CHAP. II. OF THE PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR INFECTED TUMORS.

The foregoing case is easily managed. But there is more trouble with those tumours, that come from an internal cause, and tend to suppuration. That all these are kinds of abscesses, I have elsewhere shewn, and treated of the medicines proper for them: it now remains, that I mention the manual operations necessary for their cure. Wherefore it is requisite, before they grow hard, to cut the skin, and apply a cupping vessel to evacuate any bad and corrupted matter which may have been collected there: and this may be repeated a second and third time, till all the symptoms of an inflammation be gone. Nevertheless, it is not right to trust(2) entirely to the cupping vessel.

The previous case is straightforward. However, there’s more trouble with those tumors that are caused internally and tend to pus formation. I’ve previously shown that all these are types of abscesses and discussed the appropriate medicines for them; now I need to mention the manual procedures necessary for their treatment. Therefore, it’s important, before they become hard, to cut the skin and use a cupping vessel to remove any bad or infected material that may have built up there. This process may be repeated a second and third time until all signs of inflammation have disappeared. Still, it’s not wise to fully rely on the cupping vessel.

311

311

Sometimes also it happens, though rarely, that a collection of pus is inclosed in a covering of its own: the ancients called this a coat. Meges, because every coat is nervous, affirmed a nerve was not generated in a disorder, which destroyed the flesh, but that the pus being lodged below for a long time, was surrounded with a callosity. This however has not the least relation to the method of cure; because the same course, that ought to be pursued if it be a coat, is also necessary if it be a callosity. And though it should be a callosity, yet as it invelops something, there is no reason against calling it a coat. And then again, it is not uncommon for this to be found even before the suppuration is formed(3), and therefore what is below it cannot be extracted by a cupping vessel. But this is easily discovered, when the application of that instrument has made no change. Therefore, where-ever that happens, or when there is already a hardness, nothing is to be expected from this remedy: but as I have directed elsewhere, either the afflux of matter to the part must be diverted, or it must be discussed, or brought to a perfect suppuration. If either of the former has taken place, nothing further is necessary. If the pus has been maturated, in the armpits and groin an incision is rarely to be made: likewise where-ever the abscess is but small; also where-ever the malady is in the surface of the skin, or even in the flesh; unless the weakness of the patient obliges us to lose no time. And it is sufficient by cataplasms to assist the pus to make its own way. For the part, that has not been touched by an instrument, is generally free from a scar. If the malady lies deeper, it ought to be considered whether the part be nervous or not. For if it be nervous, it should be opened by the actual cautery; the reason of which is, that a small wound may keep open longer for evacuating the pus, and the cicatrix afterwards may be small. But if there be nerves near it, the actual cautery is improper, lest convulsions follow, which may debilitate(4) the limb; yet the assistance of the knife is necessary. The others may be opened before they be quite mature: but amongst tendons the utmost ripeness is to be waited for, that the skin may be thin, and the pus brought close to it, that it may be the sooner found. And some again require a wound(5) in a straight direction, as those in the flesh: but312 others render the skin extremely thin; and in such the whole surface of it above the pus must be cut away. Now in all cases where the knife is used, care must be taken, that the wounds be as small and as few in number as possible: with this caution, however, that we do all the case requires, both with regard to size and number: for larger cavities require broader incisions; sometimes even in two or three different directions. And we must endeavour that the deepest part of the sinus shall have a free discharge, lest any of the humour settle within, which by corroding the contiguous parts yet sound, may make sinuses there. Cases also sometimes occur, in which the skin must be taken off to a more considerable breadth. For when after long distempers, the habit of the whole body has been vitiated, and the sinus is enlarged to a great compass, and the skin is pale; we may take it for granted that it is already mortified, and will be useless: therefore it is more proper to cut it off: and especially if this happen about the larger joints, and the patient has been troubled with a purging while he was confined to his bed, and he gains no flesh by the nourishment he takes. But the excision should be made in the form of a myrtle leaf, that it may heal the more easily. And this rule must constantly be observed, whenever a physician upon any account cuts away the skin. After the pus is discharged, in the armpits and groin there is no need of lint, but a sponge squeezed out of wine must be laid on. In the other parts, if lint is equally needless, a little honey must be infused to cleanse it; then agglutinants are to be applied: if lint be necessary, over it also in like manner ought to be laid a sponge squeezed out of wine in the same way. When lint is necessary, and when not, has been determined elsewhere. The other directions are to be observed when the suppurated tumour is cut, which I gave for one, that has been broke by medicines.

Sometimes, though rarely, a collection of pus can be enclosed in its own covering, which the ancients referred to as a coat. Meges suggested that since every coat is related to nerves, a nerve isn't generated in a situation where the flesh is destroyed; instead, the pus, sitting below for a long time, becomes surrounded by a thickened area. However, this doesn't change the treatment approach, as the same method should be used whether it's a coat or a thickened area. Even if it is a thickened area, since it surrounds something, it can still be called a coat. Additionally, it’s not unusual for this to be present even before pus has formed, and therefore what’s beneath it can't be extracted using a cupping instrument. This can be easily discovered if using that tool doesn’t bring any change. Thus, whenever this occurs or when there is already hardness present, we shouldn't expect much from this remedy. As I've indicated elsewhere, we need to either redirect the flow of matter to the area, dissolve it, or encourage it to form pus completely. If either of the first two has happened, no further action is needed. If the pus has matured, cutting in the armpits and groin is typically unnecessary, as well as in cases where the abscess is small or located on the surface of the skin or even in the flesh, unless the patient's weakness requires immediate action. It's usually enough to use poultices to help the pus find its way out. The area that hasn't been touched by a tool is generally scar-free. If the problem is deeper, it’s essential to determine if the area is nerve-rich. If it is, it should be opened with cautery since a small wound can stay open longer for draining the pus and will likely leave a smaller scar. However, if there are nerves nearby, cautery might not be suitable, as it could cause convulsions that weaken the limb; in that case, using the knife is necessary. Others can be opened before they are fully mature, but when dealing with tendons, it's best to wait until they are fully ready, so the skin is thinned, and the pus is nearer to it for easier access. Some cases require a straight incision, like those in the flesh, while others may lead to extremely thin skin that necessitates cutting away the entire surface above the pus. In all instances where a knife is used, care should be taken to make the wounds as small and as few as possible, while also ensuring that we address everything necessary in terms of size and number: larger areas may require wider incisions, and sometimes even in two or three different directions. We must aim for the deepest part of the sinus to have a clear exit to prevent any fluids from settling inside, which can cause neighboring healthy tissues to break down and form sinuses. Sometimes, the skin must be removed over a wider area. If, after prolonged illnesses, the entire body’s condition has deteriorated and the sinus has expanded significantly with pale skin, we can assume it is already dead tissue and will not be useful; in such cases, it’s best to cut it off, especially if this occurs around larger joints and the patient has experienced purging while confined to bed, gaining no weight from their food. The excision should be shaped like a myrtle leaf for easier healing. This rule should be followed whenever a physician removes skin for any reason. After the pus is drained, in the armpits and groin, there's no need for lint, but a sponge soaked in wine should be applied. In other areas, if lint isn't necessary, a bit of honey should be used for cleaning, followed by adhesive dressings; if lint is required, a wine-soaked sponge should be placed on top similarly. Guidelines for when lint is necessary and when it is not have been outlined elsewhere. Other guidelines should be followed when a suppurating tumor is cut, which I previously provided for one that has burst due to treatment.

313

313

CHAP. III. ON THE POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE SIGNS OF SUPPURATIONS.

It is soon known from the nature of the symptoms, how a cure advances, and what event is to be hoped or feared: and these are commonly the same with what have been laid down in wounds. For they are good signs to sleep, to breathe easily, not to be troubled with thirst, not to loathe food, if there has been a slight fever, to be free of it: also that the pus be white, smooth, and not fetid. The bad signs are wakefulness, difficulty in breathing, thirst, loathing of food, a fever, and the pus black, or feculent, and fetid: also a hemorrhage in the process of the cure; or if before the cavity is filled up with flesh, the lips become callous, and the flesh there be dull of sensation, and spongy. But for a person to faint either in the dressing or afterwards, is worst of all. Moreover, if the fever cease suddenly, before the suppuration is begun, or if it continue after the discharge of the pus, these are just grounds for fear. There is room to fear also, if the wound is not sensible of corrosive medicines. But whatever symptoms shall happen to arise, it is the part of a physician to endeavour the recovery of his patient. Therefore, as often as he shall open a wound, he ought to wash it, if it seems necessary to repel the humour, with a mixture of wine and rain water, or with a decoction of lentils in water: if it needs cleansing, with mulse; and to apply the same dressings again. When the humour shall appear to be stopt, and the ulcer clean, it will be convenient to promote the growth of the flesh, and dress the ulcer with equal parts of wine and honey, and apply a sponge dipt in wine and oil of roses, which things are incarning. A proper regimen however, as I have observed elsewhere, is more effectual for this purpose: that is, when the fever is removed, and the appetite restored, bathing now and then, daily but mild gestation, and such kinds of food and drink as are of the most nourishing nature. All which rules also hold with regard to an abscess, that has been broken by314 medicines. But because it is hardly possible to cure a large tumour without the knife, the mention of these has been reserved to this place.

It's soon apparent from the symptoms how a patient's recovery is progressing and what outcomes can be expected, which typically align with established signs in wound healing. Good signs include being able to sleep, breathing easily, not feeling excessively thirsty, not having aversions to food after a mild fever, and the absence of fever altogether; also, pus should be white, smooth, and not foul-smelling. Bad signs are insomnia, difficulty breathing, excessive thirst, food aversions, a fever, and pus that is black, foul, or thick; along with bleeding during recovery; or if the wound edges become hardened and the surrounding tissue is numb and spongy before the cavity is filled with flesh. The most concerning sign is fainting during or after treatment. Additionally, if the fever stops suddenly before pus formation begins, or if it persists after pus is discharged, these are serious concerns. There's also reason for concern if the wound doesn't respond to corrosive treatments. Regardless of the symptoms that arise, it's the physician's job to do everything possible to help the patient recover. Therefore, whenever a wound is opened, it should be cleaned if needed using a mixture of wine and rainwater, or lentil broth; if it requires more thorough cleaning, honey wine can be used; and the same dressings should be reapplied. Once any discharge has stopped and the ulcer appears clean, it’s beneficial to encourage tissue growth by dressing it with equal parts of wine and honey, applying a sponge soaked in wine and rose oil, as these promote healing. A proper regimen, as noted elsewhere, is even more effective for recovery: once the fever is gone and appetite returns, gentle bathing, daily light exercise, and nutritious food and drink are essential. All these rules also apply to an abscess that has been treated with medications. However, because it's often difficult to treat a large tumor without surgical intervention, this topic has been reserved for this discussion.

CHAP. IV. OF FISTULAS.

With regard to fistulas, if they penetrate pretty deep, so that a collyrium cannot reach the bottom of them, if they are tortuous, or consist of several sinuses, operations are more useful than medicines; and those, that run in a transverse direction below the skin, give less trouble than such as go directly inward. Therefore, if the fistula be transverse under the skin, a probe ought to be introduced, and an incision made upon that. If it be tortuous, its windings are to be followed by the probe and knife. And the same course must be taken, if several of them appear like rivulets uniting their streams. When we have reached to the end of the fistula, all the callosity must be cut out, and fibulae applied to it with medicines to agglutinate. But if it points directly inward, when its direction is found by a probe, that sinus must be cut out: then a fibula put upon the lips of the skin, and agglutinating medicines laid over it; or if the ulcer be very foul (which sometimes happens from a carious bone) when that also is cured, medicines to promote a digestion.

When it comes to fistulas, if they go deep enough that a topical treatment can't reach the bottom, or if they're twisted or have multiple openings, surgeries are more effective than medications. Also, fistulas that run sideways under the skin cause less trouble than those that go directly inward. So, if the fistula runs sideways under the skin, a probe should be inserted, and an incision made along that path. If it's twisted, the probe and knife should follow its curves. The same approach applies if there are several openings that look like streams coming together. Once we reach the end of the fistula, all the hardened tissue needs to be removed, and dressings should be applied with medications to help the healing. However, if it goes directly inward, once the direction is determined with a probe, that opening must be removed. Then, a dressing should be placed on the edges of the skin, with healing medications applied over it. If the ulcer is very infected (which can sometimes happen because of a decayed bone), after that is treated, medications should be used to aid in healing.

Of fistulas amongst the ribs.

It is common for fistulas to extend beneath the ribs. When this case occurs, the rib in that part must be cut through on both sides, and taken out, lest any thing corrupt be left within. It is usual for them also, when they have got through the ribs, to penetrate the transverse septum, that divides the intestines from the superior viscera. Which circumstance may be known, both from the situation, and from the violence of the pain, and because sometimes the air comes out with the matter, as it were bubbling, and particularly when the patient keeps in his breath. For this case there is no remedy. In the other kinds about the ribs, which are curable, greasy medicines are hurtful, and there315fore we should use such as are adapted to wounds: but the best application is dry lint, or if any thing requires to be cleansed, the same dipped in honey.

Fistulas often reach beneath the ribs. When this happens, the rib in that area must be cut through on both sides and removed to avoid leaving any infected tissue inside. It's also common for them, after piercing the ribs, to break through the transverse septum that separates the intestines from the upper organs. You can tell this is happening by the location, the severe pain, and sometimes because air escapes with the fluid, almost bubbling, especially when the patient holds their breath. Unfortunately, there’s no remedy for this situation. For other kinds of fistulas around the ribs that can be treated, greasy medicines are harmful, and there315fore we should use those suited for wounds: the best option is dry lint, or if something needs to be cleaned, use the same lint dipped in honey.

Of fistulas in the belly.

There is no bone within the skin of the belly; but fistulas in that part are extremely dangerous; insomuch that Sostratus believed them incurable. That they are not always so, experience has shewn. And indeed, which may seem very wonderful, a fistula opposite to the liver and spleen, and stomach, is more safe than one opposite to the intestines: not that the thing is of its own nature more pernicious there, but because it exposes to a danger of another kind. The reason of which fact some authors have but little understood, though their experience convinced them of this difficulty. For the belly itself is often wounded by a weapon, and the intestines, that have fallen out, are replaced, and the wound united by sutures: the manner of doing which I shall point out presently. Therefore, when a small fistula has even penetrated the abdomen, it may be cut out, and the lips of it joined by a suture. But if the fistula spreads wider within, upon its being cut out, it must necessarily leave a pretty large vacuity, which cannot be sewed up without great violence; especially on the internal side, where there is a kind of membrane, which the Greeks call peritonaeum, that surrounds the abdomen. Therefore, as soon as a person begins to walk or move, the suture breaks, and the intestines are let loose, so that the patient must perish. But the case is not always desperate; and therefore, we must attempt the cure of smaller fistulas there.

There are no bones in the skin of the belly, but fistulas in that area can be very dangerous; in fact, Sostratus believed they were incurable. However, experience has shown that they aren’t always so. Interestingly, a fistula located near the liver, spleen, and stomach is safer than one near the intestines; it's not that it’s inherently less harmful there, but it leads to a different kind of danger. Some authors have struggled to understand the reason for this, even though their experiences confirmed the challenge. The belly itself can often be injured by a weapon, and if the intestines protrude, they can be put back in, and the wound can be stitched up, a procedure I will describe shortly. Therefore, if a small fistula has penetrated the abdomen, it can be removed, and the edges can be sewn together. But if the fistula is more widespread inside, cutting it out will necessarily leave a fairly large opening, which cannot be sewn shut without significant effort, especially on the inside where there’s a membrane that the Greeks call peritoneum that surrounds the abdomen. Consequently, as soon as a person starts to walk or move, the stitches tend to break, and the intestines can become loose, leading to the patient's death. However, the situation isn’t always hopeless; thus, we should try to treat smaller fistulas in that area.

Of fistulas in the anus.

Fistulas in the anus require a particular treatment. A probe being put into them, an incision must be made in the skin at its further end: then the probe must be drawn out at the new orifice with a thread following it, which was put through an eye made in the other end for the purpose. There the thread must be taken hold of, and tied to the other end, that it may gently take hold of the skin above the fistula: and the thread should be made of crude lint(6), double or triple, and so twisted as to make one string. In the mean time the patient may go about his business, walk, bathe, and eat, just as if he were in the most perfect health. Only loosing this knot(7) twice a day, the string must be drawn316 in such a manner, that the part, which was above, may then be within the fistula. And the thread must not be suffered to rot, but every third day, the knot must be untied, and at its one end must be fixed a fresh ligature, which when the old one is drawn out, must be left in the fistula with a like knot. For thus it gradually cuts the skin that is above the fistula: and, at the same time, the part that has been eat through by the thread, heals; whilst the remainder, which is pinched by the thread, continues to be cut by it. This method of cure is long, but is attended with no pain.

Fistulas in the anus require specific treatment. A probe should be inserted into them, and an incision must be made in the skin at the far end. The probe should then be pulled out at the new opening with a thread attached, which was threaded through an eye made at the other end for this purpose. The thread should be held and tied to the other end so it can gently grip the skin above the fistula. The thread should be made of coarse lint__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, doubled or tripled, and twisted to form a single string. In the meantime, the patient can go about their daily activities, walk, bathe, and eat as if they were perfectly healthy. Only the knot__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ should be loosened twice a day, and the string must be pulled in such a way that the part that was above is now inside the fistula. The thread should not be allowed to rot; every third day, the knot must be untied, and a fresh ligature should be attached to one end. When the old one is pulled out, this new one must be left in the fistula with a similar knot. This process gradually cuts through the skin above the fistula, while the area that has been eaten away by the thread heals, and the remaining part, which is pinched by the thread, continues to be cut. This method of treatment is lengthy but causes no pain.

Those, that are for making quick dispatch, ought to tie the skin tight with the string, that it may be the sooner cut; and at night to introduce some small slips of a penecillum, that the skin may be made thin by the same means that it is distended; however this occasions pain. The dispatch, as well as the pain, is increased, if both the string and the penecillum be turned with some one of those medicines, which I mentioned, for consuming a callosity. It may happen, however, that the use of the knife may be necessary, even in this part, if the fistula points inward, or consists of several sinuses. Wherefore in these kinds, the probe must be introduced, and the skin must be cut in two lines, so that betwixt them a very small habenula may be cut out(8), to prevent the lips from uniting presently; and that room may be left for pledgits of lint, as few of which as possible ought to be laid on; and the same course must be pursued as was directed in abscesses. But if, from one orifice, there shall be several sinuses, that sinus, that runs straight, must be opened with a knife, and the others, that branch from it, which will then appear, must be tied with a ligature. If any one penetrate so deeply, that an instrument cannot be safely used, a collyrium must be put in.

Those who want to make a quick recovery should tightly tie the skin with string so it can be easily cut. At night, they should insert small pieces of a penicillium to thin the skin using the same method that caused it to swell; however, this can cause pain. The recovery, as well as the pain, increases if both the string and the penicillium are treated with one of the medicines I mentioned for removing calluses. However, sometimes surgery may be necessary, especially if the fistula points inward or has multiple sinuses. In these cases, a probe must be inserted, and the skin should be cut in two lines, allowing for a small piece of tissue to be removed to prevent the edges from healing together too quickly, leaving space for small pieces of lint, keeping the number to a minimum; the same method should be followed as was instructed for abscesses. But if there are multiple sinuses stemming from one opening, the straight sinus should be opened with a knife, and the branching ones that appear should be tied off. If any passage goes so deep that it’s unsafe to use an instrument, a soothing solution should be applied.

The food, in all these cases, whether the treatment be by an operation, or by medicines, ought to be moist; the quantity of drink pretty liberal, and for a long time water. And when the flesh begins to sprout up, then indeed the bath may be used, but sparingly, and such food as plumps the body.

The food, in all these situations, whether the treatment involves surgery or medication, should be moist; the amount of drink should be quite generous, primarily water for an extended period. And when the flesh starts to grow back, then a bath may be used, but only sparingly, along with food that nourishes the body.

317

317

CHAP. V. OF REMOVING WEAPONS FROM THE BODY.

Weapons, that lodge in the body, are very often troublesome to extract. For there are some difficulties, which arise from their different forms; others from the situation of the parts, into which they have penetrated. Now every weapon is extracted, either on that side, where it entered, or on that, to which it points. In the first case it returns by the way itself made: in the other, it receives one from the knife; for the flesh is cut directly upon the point of the weapon. If the weapon does not lie deep, but is in the surface of the flesh, or at least has not past through large veins and nervous parts, the best method is to pull it out by the way it entered. But if the space, through which the weapon must return, be greater than that, which is to be laid open, and it has already past through veins and nerves, it is more expedient to open what remains, and extract it that way; for it is both nearer at hand, and is drawn out with more safety. And in one of the larger limbs, if the point of the weapon has past beyond the middle of it, it will heal the more readily for being open quite through, as the remedies will act at both extremities of the wound. But if the weapon is to be brought back the same way, the wound must be enlarged, that it may move the more easily, and occasion the less inflammation; which will be considerable, if the body be lacerated by the weapon as it returns. And in like manner, if an opening be made on the opposite part, it ought to be so large, as not to be increased afterwards by the weapon passing through it. In either case, the greatest caution must be used not to cut a tendon, or a large vein, or an artery. When any of these are exposed, it must be laid hold of with a blunt hook, and drawn aside from the knife. When an incision is made large enough, the weapon must be taken out: then also the same method, and the same precaution are to be used, lest any of the abovementioned parts should318 be injured, which lie under the weapon, that is to be extracted.

Weapons that get lodged in the body are often difficult to remove. This is due to various challenges, including their different shapes and the locations they penetrate. A weapon can be extracted either from the side it entered or the side it points to. In the first case, it comes out the same way it went in; in the second, a cut is made with a knife at the tip of the weapon. If the weapon isn't buried deep but is more at the surface of the skin or hasn't gone through major veins or nerves, the best approach is to pull it out the way it came in. However, if the path the weapon must follow back out is longer than the tear it creates, and it has already passed through veins and nerves, it's better to create an incision and retrieve it that way, since it's more accessible and safer. In larger limbs, if the weapon's tip has gone beyond the midpoint, it will heal better if it's opened up fully, allowing treatments to reach both ends of the wound. If the weapon must be removed the same way it entered, the wound needs to be enlarged to allow easier movement and reduce inflammation; significant inflammation can occur if the weapon tears tissue while coming out. Similarly, if an opening is made on the opposite side, it should be sufficiently large to prevent further tearing when the weapon passes through it. In both situations, it's crucial to avoid cutting tendons, major veins, or arteries. If any of these are exposed, they should be gently moved aside using a blunt hook. Once a large enough incision is made, the weapon can be removed, while still exercising the same caution to prevent injury to the structures lying beneath it.

Of arrows.

The foregoing directions are general: besides which, there are some particular rules for the several kinds of weapons, which I shall immediately subjoin. Nothing is so easily lodged in the body as an arrow, and it goes to the greatest depth. The reasons are, both that it moves with great force, and because it is small. Therefore, it must be extracted more frequently on the opposite part, than on that by which it entered, and especially because it is generally surrounded with beards, which lacerate more, if they be drawn backward than forward. But an orifice being made on the opposite part, the flesh ought to be opened by an instrument made in the form of the Greek letter ν; and when the point appears, if the shaft adheres to it, it must be pushed forward, till it can be taken hold of at the opposite part, and extracted. If that is already broke off, and only the iron head is within, the point must be taken hold of by the fingers, or a forceps, and thus pulled out. And there is no other method of extracting it, when it is thought adviseable to pull it out by the orifice it entered at: for after the wound is enlarged, either the shaft, if that be lodged within, must be pulled out; or if that be not there, the iron itself. But if the beards are visible, and they are short and small, they ought to be broke off with a forceps, and the weapon, when freed of them, to be brought out; if they are larger and stronger, they must be covered with writing reeds split, to prevent their lacerating any part, and thus pulled out. This is the method observed in extracting arrows.

The previous instructions are general; in addition, there are specific rules for different types of weapons that I will outline next. An arrow embeds itself into the body more easily than anything else and penetrates deeply. This is due to its powerful force and small size. Consequently, it usually has to be removed from the opposite side rather than from where it entered, particularly because it is often surrounded by barbs that cause more tearing if pulled backward instead of forward. When making an opening on the opposite side, the flesh should be opened using a tool shaped like the Greek letter ν. Once the tip is visible, if the shaft is still attached, it must be pushed through until you can grab it from the other side to extract it. If the shaft has already broken off and only the metal tip remains, it should be grasped with fingers or forceps and pulled out. There is no other way to remove it if it's deemed necessary to extract it from the original entry point; after enlarging the wound, either the shaft must be pulled out if still lodged inside, or the metal itself. If you can see the barbs and they are small and short, they should be broken off with forceps, and then the weapon can be taken out without them. If they are larger and stronger, they must be covered with split writing reeds to avoid causing further injury, and then pulled out. This is the method used for removing arrows.

Of broad weapons.

But if a person has a broad weapon lodged within his flesh, it is not proper to draw it out at the opposite part, lest we add another great wound to the large one already made. It must therefore be pulled out with a certain kind of iron instrument, which the Greeks call the graphiscus of Diocles[ GP ], because it was invented by Diocles, whom I have already taken notice of among the ancient and greatest physicians. This is a plate of iron, or sometimes of copper, at the one end, having two claws turned downwards on each side; the other319 perforated and folded back on each side; bent a little at that extremity, which has the claws; and likewise on the other, which is perforated. This is introduced transversely, hard by the weapon; and then, when it has reached its point, it is turned a little, that it may receive the weapon into the perforation. When the point is in the hole, the operator, clapping two of his fingers to the claws at the other end, draws out at once his instrument and the weapon.

But if someone has a large weapon stuck in their flesh, it’s not right to pull it out from the other side, as that would just create another major wound on top of the existing one. Instead, it should be removed using a specific type of iron tool, which the Greeks call the graphiscus of Diocles__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, named after Diocles, one of the most renowned ancient physicians. This tool is a flat piece of iron, or sometimes copper, with two downward-facing claws on one end; the other end has a hole and is folded back on both sides, bending slightly at both ends where the claws and the hole are. This is inserted crosswise, close to the weapon; once it reaches its point, it’s rotated slightly to catch the weapon in the hole. When the point is in the opening, the operator presses two fingers against the claws on the opposite end, pulling out both the tool and the weapon at the same time.

Of leaden bullets, &c.

A third kind of weapon, which requires sometimes to be pulled out, is a leaden bullet, or a stone, or some such thing, which having broke through the skin, is entirely lodged within. In all these cases, the wound must be enlarged, and what is within must be extracted by a forceps the way it entered.

A third type of weapon that sometimes needs to be removed is a lead bullet, a stone, or something similar, which, after breaking through the skin, becomes completely lodged inside. In all these cases, the wound needs to be enlarged, and what’s inside must be taken out with forceps the same way it entered.

But there is an additional difficulty attending every wound, where the weapon is either fixed in a bone, or has sunk into an articulation between two bones. If, in a bone, the weapon must be moved to and fro, till the part, which gripes the point, gives way, and then the weapon must be extracted, either with the hand, or a forceps. Which is also the method of extracting the teeth. And it is very rare that the weapon does not follow in this way. But if it still remains, it may be forced out with some kind of instrument. The last resource, when it is not extracted, is to make a perforation near it by a terebra, and from that opening, to cut the bone in the form of the letter v, opposite to the weapon, in such a manner, that the opening of the lines be directed towards the weapon; when this is done, it must necessarily give way, and be easily taken out.

But there's an additional challenge with every wound where the weapon is either stuck in a bone or lodged in a joint between two bones. If it's in a bone, the weapon has to be moved back and forth until the part gripping the tip gives way, and then the weapon must be pulled out either by hand or with forceps. This is also how teeth are extracted. It's very rare for the weapon not to come out this way. But if it still doesn't budge, it can be forced out using some kind of tool. The last resort, if it can't be removed, is to make a small hole nearby using a drill and from that opening, to cut the bone into a V shape opposite the weapon, so that the opening of the cut is directed toward the weapon; once this is done, it should give way easily and can be taken out.

If it has made its way into an articulation between two bones, the two limbs must be bound up with rollers and straps, and by means of these drawn contrary ways, to stretch the tendons: which being extended, will leave a larger space between the bones, so that the weapon may be extracted without difficulty. Care must be taken, as I observed in other cases, in its extraction, that no nerve, vein, or artery be wounded by the weapon, whilst it is extracting, which is to be guarded against by the method mentioned before.

If it has gotten into a joint between two bones, the two limbs should be wrapped with rollers and straps, and these should be pulled in opposite directions to stretch the tendons. When the tendons are stretched, it will create more space between the bones, allowing the weapon to be removed easily. Care must be taken, as I noted in other cases, during the removal to ensure that no nerve, vein, or artery gets injured by the weapon while it's being taken out, which can be prevented by the method I mentioned earlier.

320

320

Of poison­ous weapons.

But if a person be wounded by a poisoned weapon, all that is above mentioned being, if possible, still more expeditiously executed, he must also be treated in the method prescribed for one that has drunk poison, or been bit by a serpent. The treatment of the wound itself, after the extraction of the weapon, is the same as if nothing had been lodged there; of which I have said enough elsewhere.

But if someone is injured by a poisoned weapon, everything mentioned above should be done even more quickly, if possible. They also need to be treated as if they have ingested poison or been bitten by a snake. The way to treat the wound itself, after removing the weapon, is the same as if nothing had been stuck there; I have explained this adequately elsewhere.

CHAP. VI. OF A GANGLION, MELICERIS, ATHEROMA, STEATOMA, AND OTHER TUBERCLES OF THE HEAD.

These are cases that occur in any part of the body indifferently: the rest have certain seats, which I am going to speak of, beginning with those in the head. In this a great number and variety of tubercles rise, called ganglia[ GQ ] melicerides[ GR ], atheromata[ GS ]; there are some other kinds, to which authors give different names; to which I shall also add steatomata[ GT ]: which though they often arise in the neck, and in the armpits, and sides, I have not mentioned separately; since all of them differ but little, and neither are threatening, nor require any different treatment from each other. Now all these rise from a very small beginning, and increase gradually for a long time, and are inclosed each in a coat of its own. Some of them are hard, and resist pressure, others are soft and yielding; some of them are bald in a part, others remain covered with hair, and are commonly without pain. What their contents are, though it may be pretty well guessed at, yet cannot be certainly known, till they be taken out. However, generally in these that resist, there are found either some stony substance, or a number of hairs concreted together: but in those that yield, something resembling honey, or thin pulticula, or the scrapings of cartilage, or insensible or bloody flesh; and these are commonly of different colours. And for the most part ganglia are elastic: the atheroma contains321 a liquor like thin pulticula: the meliceris a more liquid one, which therefore fluctuates upon being pressed: there is a fat substance in the steatoma, and that generally has the largest circumference, and so relaxes the whole surface of the skin above it, as to make it slide backward and forward; whereas, in the rest, it is more bound. It is proper first to shave them all if they be covered with hair, and then to cut them through the middle, that whatever was collected within may be evacuated. But the coat of the steatoma must also be cut; because it is not easily separated from the skin and subjacent flesh. In the others the coat is to be preserved entire: and immediately, when it appears white and tense, it must be separated by the handle of the knife from the skin and flesh, and taken out together with its contents. If, however, it should happen, that the lower side of the coat adheres to a muscle, lest that be wounded, the upper side must be taken away, and the lower left in its place. When the whole is extracted, the lips must be brought together, and a fibula put upon them, and over that an agglutinating medicine. When either the whole coat, or any part of it is left behind, medicines to promote a digestion must be applied.

These cases can happen anywhere in the body without any specific preference. The rest have specific locations, which I will discuss, starting with those in the head. In this area, a large number and variety of lumps arise, known as ganglia __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, melicerides__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and atheromata__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; there are a few other types, which different authors refer to by various names; I will also include steatomas __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__: although they often appear in the neck, armpits, and sides, I haven't mentioned them separately since they are quite similar, pose no threat, and don't require different treatment. All these lumps start from a very small point and gradually grow over time, each encased in its own covering. Some are hard and resist pressure, while others are soft and pliable; some are hairless in parts, while others remain covered with hair and usually aren’t painful. While we can make educated guesses about their contents, we can't know for sure until they are removed. Generally, those that are resistant contain either some hard substance or a mass of hair stuck together; those that yield contain something similar to honey or thin mush, bits of cartilage, or either soft or bloody tissue, and they often come in various colors. Most ganglia are elastic; the atheroma contains a liquid like thin mush; the meliceris has a more liquid form that shifts when pressed; and the steatoma typically has a fatty substance, which usually has the largest size, causing the skin above it to slide back and forth. In contrast, the others tend to feel tighter. It’s best to first shave all the hair off if they’re hairy, and then cut them in half so that whatever is inside can be removed. However, the covering of the steatoma must also be cut, as it doesn’t separate easily from the skin and underlying flesh. In the other cases, the covering should be left intact: as soon as it looks white and tight, it should be carefully separated from the skin and flesh using the handle of the knife and extracted along with its contents. If the inner side of the covering sticks to a muscle, to avoid injury, the upper part should be removed, leaving the lower part in place. Once everything is extracted, the edges should be brought together, and a stitch applied, followed by a bonding medicine. If any part of the covering is left behind, digestive-promoting medicines should be used.

CHAP. VII. OF EYE DISEASES THAT CAN BE TREATED WITH SURGICAL PROCEDURES.

But as the foregoing disorders do not differ much either in their nature, or method of cure, so these in the eyes, which require manual operations, are both different in their kinds, and require different methods of cure.

But since the earlier disorders are not very different in either their nature or treatment, the issues related to the eyes, which need manual procedures, are both distinct in their types and require different treatment methods.

Of vesicles in the upper eye-lids.

In the upper eye-lids then it is common for fat and heavy vesicles to rise, which scarcely allow the eye to be raised, and occasion gentle, but constant fluxes of gum in the eyes. And they commonly happen to children. In this case, it is necessary to compress the eye with two fingers, and thus stretching the skin, to cut with the knife in a transverse line, with a very light hand, in such a manner as not to322 wound the vesicle, and so that it may pass out when a way is made for it; then to catch hold of it with the fingers, and pull it out: for it easily separates. After this the part ought to be anointed over with any of these collyriums, that are used in lippitudes; by which means it is covered with a cicatrix in a very few days. It is more troublesome, when the vesicle is cut: for it discharges its humour, and cannot be laid hold of after, because of its smallness. If that accident should happen, one of the medicines that promotes a digestion, may be laid on.

In the upper eyelids, it’s common for fat and heavy sacs to form, which barely allow the eye to open and cause a gentle but constant discharge of mucus from the eyes. This usually happens to children. In this case, you need to press the eye with two fingers to stretch the skin, then carefully cut across with a knife, making sure not to damage the sac so that it can drain out when a path is created. After that, grab it with your fingers and pull it out; it comes off easily. Once done, the area should be treated with any of the ointments used for eye issues, which will cover the area with a scar in just a few days. It’s more difficult if the sac gets cut because it leaks fluid and becomes too small to grab afterward. If that happens, you can apply one of the medicines that help with healing.

Of a crithe.

In the eye-lid, likewise, above the lashes, there grows a small tubercle, which from its resemblance to a barley-corn, is, by the Greeks, called crithe[ GU ]. It is contained in a coat, and seldom maturates. Upon this should be applied hot bread, or wax heated now and then, provided the degree of heat be no more, than the part can easily bear: for by this method it is often discussed, sometimes maturated. If pus appear, it ought to be divided by a knife, and the contained humour squeezed out: and to be afterwards treated with the same warmth, and anointed, till it recover a sound state.

In the eyelid, just above the eyelashes, there’s a small bump that looks like a barley grain, which the Greeks call crithe__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It’s enclosed in a layer and rarely fully develops. You should apply hot bread or occasionally heated wax to it, making sure it’s not too hot for the area. This method can often help it go away or sometimes bring it to a head. If pus appears, it should be cut open with a knife, and the fluid squeezed out. After that, continue to treat it with warmth and apply ointment until it heals properly.

Of chalazia.

Other tubercles not unlike this, grow in the eye-lids; but however not of the same form, and also moveable, when they are impelled this way or that by the finger: which because of their resemblance to hail-stones, the Greeks call chalazia[ GV ]. These ought to be cut on the external side, if they be immediately under the skin; on the internal, if they lie below the cartilage; after that, they must be separated by the handle of the knife from the sound parts. And if the wound be on the internal side, it must be anointed at first with mild, and afterwards more acrid medicines; if, on the external, an agglutinating plaister must be applied over it.

Other lumps similar to this grow on the eyelids; however, they're not the same shape and can move when pushed this way or that with a finger. Because they look like hailstones, the Greeks call them chalazia__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. These should be cut on the outer side if they are just under the skin; on the inner side if they are below the cartilage. After that, they need to be separated from the healthy tissue using the handle of the knife. If the wound is on the inner side, it should be initially treated with mild ointments, followed by stronger medicines; if it’s on the outer side, a binding plaster should be applied over it.

Of the unguis.

The unguis, called by the Greeks, pterygium[ GW ], is a small nervous membrane, which arising from the angle of the eye, sometimes reaches to the pupil, and obstructs the sight. It oftener begins from the angle, near the nose, sometimes too from that towards the temples. It is no difficult matter to discuss this, when recent, by the medicines, which lessen cicatrices in the eyes.323 If it be of long standing, and has acquired some thickness, it ought to be cut out. After an abstinence of one day, the patient must be placed in a seat, either with his face opposite to the physician, or with his back to him, in such a manner, that he may recline his head upon his breast. Some, if the disease be in the left eye, chuse to have him set with his face to the physician; if in the right, in the reclined posture. One eye-lid ought to be opened by an assistant, and the other by the physician. If the physician face him, he must take hold of the lower one; if he be reclined, the upper one. Then the physician is to fix under the extremity of the unguis, a small sharp hook, with its point turned a little inward; and to let go the eye-lid, which is then to be held by an assistant, and taking hold of the hook, he is to lift up the unguis, and pass a needle through, drawing a thread after it; then to lay aside the needle, and take hold of the ends of the thread, and by them raising up the unguis, if it adheres any where to the eye, to separate it by the handle of the knife, till he come to the angle; then alternately sometimes to slacken, sometimes to draw it, that so both its origin and the extremity of the angle may be found. For there is a double danger attends it; either lest some part of the unguis be left, which being ulcerated is hardly ever cured, or lest the caruncle be cut away from the angle; for if the unguis be drawn away with too much force, that also follows, and comes away. If it is torn off, an orifice is opened, through which afterwards a humour always descends, which the Greeks call rhyas[ GX ]. The true termination then of the angle must be found out. When that plainly appears, the knife is to be used, the unguis not being too straight drawn; and then this small membrane is to be cut out in such a manner, that no part of the angle be wounded. Afterwards lint covered with honey must be laid on, and over that a linen cloth, and either spunge, or sordid wool. The following days the eye must be opened daily, lest the eye-lids be agglutinated together by a cicatrix (for that is also a third danger) and lint be put on in the same way: lastly, it must be anointed with a collyrium, that cicatrizes ulcers.

The unguis, known to the Greeks as pterygium__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, is a small membrane connected to the nerves that starts from the corner of the eye and can sometimes extend to the pupil, blocking vision. It usually begins at the corner near the nose but can also start near the temples. If it's recent, it can be treated with medications that reduce scars in the eyes.323 If it's been there for a long time and has thickened, it should be surgically removed. After fasting for one day, the patient should sit down, either facing the physician or with their back to them, allowing their head to be reclined forward. Some prefer to face the physician if the issue is in the left eye; if it's in the right, they prefer to recline. One eyelid should be opened by an assistant and the other by the physician. If the physician is facing the patient, they should lift the lower eyelid; if the patient is reclined, they should lift the upper one. The physician will then place a small sharp hook under the edge of the unguis, with the point turned slightly inward; after releasing the eyelid, held by an assistant, the physician lifts the unguis with the hook and threads a needle through it, pulling a string after it. The needle is then set aside, and the physician uses the ends of the thread to lift the unguis, separating it from the eye using the handle of the knife until reaching the corner. They must alternately let it loosen and pull it to properly locate both its start and the use of the angle. There are two risks involved: either leaving part of the unguis, which can become ulcerated and difficult to treat, or cutting away the caruncle at the corner. If too much force is applied while removing the unguis, the caruncle may also come off. If it is torn off, an opening is created, leading to a constant discharge, which the Greeks refer to as rhyas__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The accurate position of the corner must then be identified. Once visible, the knife can be employed, ensuring the unguis is not pulled too tightly, to cut away the small membrane without damaging any part of the corner. Afterward, a piece of lint covered in honey should be placed over it, followed by a linen cloth and either a sponge or clean wool. On subsequent days, the eye must be opened daily to prevent the eyelids from sticking together due to a scar (which is another risk), with lint applied in the same manner, and finally treated with a collyrium that heals ulcers.

324

324

But this operation should be performed in the spring, or at least before winter. Which circumstance, though it belongs to several places, it will be sufficient to mention once for all. For there are two kinds of cures; one, in which we are not at liberty to chuse a time, but that must be laid hold of, that offers, as in wounds and fistulas; another, in which we are not pressed for time; but it is quite safe and easy to wait the most convenient season; as is the case in these disorders, which both increase slowly, and are not extremely painful. In such, we must defer it till spring; or if there is any urgent circumstance, the autumn however, is better than the winter or summer; and of that the middle, when the excessive heats are gone, and the colds not yet set in. Now the more necessary the part is, whose cure shall be undertaken, the greater will the danger be it is exposed to. And often by how much larger the wound is to be made, so much the more must the season of the year be regarded.

But this procedure should be done in the spring or at least before winter. This applies to several situations, but we can mention it just once. There are two types of treatments: one where we can't choose the timing and must take action immediately, like with wounds and abscesses; the other where time isn't critical, and it’s perfectly fine to wait for a more convenient season, as with certain conditions that develop gradually and aren't extremely painful. In such cases, we should postpone until spring; if there's an urgent need, then autumn is preferable to winter or summer, particularly the time in between, after the intense heat has faded but before the cold sets in. The more vital the area that needs treatment, the greater the risk involved. Often, the larger the wound that needs to be treated, the more we must consider the season of the year.

Of an encan­this.

From the operation for the unguis, as I observed, disorders arise, which may also sometimes proceed from other causes. For sometimes after the imperfect excision of an unguis, or upon some other occasion, a tubercle grows in the angle, which hinders the entire opening of the eye-lids; the Greek name for it is encanthis[ GY ]. It ought to be laid hold of with a hook, and cut round; and here also the operator must be cautious not to cut away any thing from the angle itself. Then a small piece of lint must be sprinkled either with cadmia, or copperas; and the eye-lids being opened it must be introduced into that angle, and bound over in the same manner as the former; and for some following days must be dressed in like manner, first bathing it with water, just warm, or even cold water.

From the procedure for the nail, as I observed, issues arise that can sometimes come from other causes. Sometimes after an incomplete removal of a nail, or at another time, a small growth appears in the corner, which prevents the full opening of the eyelids; the Greek name for it is encanthis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It should be grasped with a hook and cut around; here, too, the surgeon must be careful not to cut anything from the corner itself. Then a small piece of lint should be sprinkled with either zinc or iron sulfate; with the eyelids opened, it must be placed in that corner and secured in the same way as before. For several days afterward, it should be dressed similarly, first rinsing it with warm or even cool water.

Of the ancylo­bleph­aron.

Sometimes the eye-lids grow together, and the eye cannot be opened. Which is often attended with this disorder besides, that the eye-lids adhere to the white of the eye; that is when an ulcer in either of them has been negligently cured. For as it heals, what might, and ought to have been separated, will be agglutinated; both species of the dis325temper is called by the Greeks ancyloblepharon[ GZ ]. When the eye-lids only cohere, they are separated without difficulty; but sometimes to no purpose: for they are agglutinated again. However trial ought to be made; because the case often turns out well. Therefore the broad end of the probe must be introduced betwixt them, and the eye-lids separated by that; then small penecilla are to be put between them, till the ulceration of the part be cured. But when the eye-lid adheres to the white of the eye itself, Heraclides the Tarentine advises to cut under it gently with a knife with great caution, lest any thing be cut away either from the eye, or the eye-lid; and if that cannot be entirely avoided, rather to take something from the eye-lid. After these let the eye be anointed with such medicines as cure an asperity; and the eye-lid be inverted every day, not only that the medicine may be applied to the ulcer, but also to prevent its adhesion: the patient himself must also be charged to raise it often with two fingers. I do not remember an instance of one person cured by this method. Meges too tells us he tried many ways, and never was successful; for the eye-lid always adhered again to the eye.

Sometimes the eyelids stick together, and the eye can't be opened. This condition is often accompanied by another issue where the eyelids adhere to the white part of the eye; this happens when an ulcer in either eyelid has not been treated properly. As it heals, what should have been separated ends up stuck together; the Greeks call both types of this condition ancyloblepharon__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. When the eyelids are only stuck to each other, they can usually be separated without much trouble, but sometimes it doesn't work because they stick together again. Still, an attempt should be made because the situation often improves. Therefore, the broad end of a probe should be inserted between them to separate the eyelids; then small pieces of lint should be placed between until the ulcer heals. However, when the eyelid is stuck to the white of the eye itself, Heraclides from Tarentum recommends gently cutting beneath it with a knife, being very careful not to cut anything from the eye or the eyelid; if something must be removed, it's better to take it from the eyelid. After this, the eye should be treated with ointments that heal roughness, and the eyelid should be turned inside out every day, not only to apply the medicine to the ulcer but also to prevent it from sticking again. The patient should also be advised to lift it frequently with two fingers. I don't recall anyone recovering using this method. Meges also mentioned that he tried many approaches but was never successful since the eyelid always reattached to the eye.

Of the aegi­lops.

Again in that angle, that is next the nose, from some disorder, a kind of small fistula is opened, through which gum(9) perpetually distils; the Greeks call it ægilops[ HA ]. And this gives constant uneasiness to the eye; sometimes also eating through the bone, it penetrates to the nostrils. This sometimes is of a cancerous nature; when the veins are tense and crooked, the colour of it is pale, the skin hard, and irritated by a slight touch, and it raises an inflammation in the contiguous parts. It is dangerous to attempt the cure of those, that are cancerous: for it even hastens death. And it is needless to meddle with such as reach to the nostrils: for neither do they heal. But the cure of these in the angle may be attempted; though it should be known however that it is difficult; and the nearer to the angle the opening is, so much the more difficult, because there is a very little room for the management of the hand; yet it is easier to cure the disorder when recent. The top of the o326pening must be taken hold of with a small hook; and then all the cavity as I directed in fistulas, must be cut out to the bone; and the eye and other contiguous parts being well covered, the bone must be strongly cauterized with a hot iron. But if it be already affected with a caries, that a thicker scale may cast off, some apply caustic medicines; as copperas, or chalcitis, or rasile verdigrease: which method is both slower, and not so effectual. When the bone is cauterized, the remaining part of the cure is the same as in other burns.

Again in that angle next to the nose, a small fistula opens up due to some disorder, through which gum __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ continually drips; the Greeks refer to this as ægilops__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. This causes constant irritation to the eye; sometimes it eats through the bone and reaches the nostrils. This can occasionally be cancerous; when the veins are tight and twisted, the color is pale, the skin hard and sensitive to touch, and it causes inflammation in nearby areas. Trying to cure those that are cancerous is dangerous, as it can hasten death. It's pointless to intervene with those that reach the nostrils, because they don't heal. However, the treatment for those in the angle can be attempted, although it should be understood that it is challenging; the closer the opening is to the angle, the more difficult it is, as there's very little space to maneuver. Still, it's easier to treat if it's recent. Use a small hook to grasp the top of the opening, and then cut out the entire cavity to the bone, just as I instructed for fistulas, while ensuring the eye and surrounding areas are well protected. The bone must then be thoroughly cauterized with a hot iron. If there's already decay in the bone causing a thicker scale to form, some people use caustic medicines like copperas, chalcitis, or green vitriol, which is a slower and less effective method. Once the bone is cauterized, the remaining part of the treatment is the same as for other burns.

Of hairs in the eye lashes ir­ri­tat­ing the eye.

The hairs of the eye-lids sometimes irritate the eye; and that from two causes. For sometimes the skin of the eye-lid is relaxed, and falls down; whence it happens, that the lashes are turned in upon the eye itself, because the cartilage is not also relaxed; at other times, beside the natural row of hairs, another grows under it, which point directly inward upon the eye. The methods of cure are these. If preternatural hairs have grown, an iron needle thin and broad, like a spatha(10), must be put into the fire, and when it is red-hot, the eye-lid being lift up in such a manner, that the offending lashes are in the view of the operator, it must be passed from the angle close to the roots of the hair, till it move over the third part of the eye-lid; then it must be applied a second and third time, as far as the other angle. The consequence of which is, that all the roots of the hairs being burnt, die away. Then a medicine to prevent an inflammation must be applied: and when the eschars have cast off, it must be brought to cicatrize. This kind heals very easily. Some alledge that it is proper to pierce the external part of the eye-lid near the eye-lashes with a needle, which must be passed through with a woman’s hair doubled for a thread; and when the needle has gone through, that the offending hair must be taken up into the loop of the woman’s hair, and by that drawn upward to the superior part of the eye-lid, and there to be glued down to the flesh, and a medicine applied to close up the orifice thus made: for that this will cause the eye-lash to point afterwards externally. This in the first place cannot be practised, but upon a pretty long hair; whereas they generally grow short there. And then if there be several hairs, the patient must suf327fer a long torture, and the needle passing so often through will raise a great inflammation. Lastly, when any humour is settled there, the eye being irritated both before by the hairs, and afterwards by the perforations of the eye-lids, it is hardly possible to prevent the glutinous matter, which fastens the hair, from being dissolved: and thus of course the hair returns to the place, from whence it was drawn away.

The hairs on the eyelids can sometimes irritate the eye, and this happens for two reasons. Occasionally, the skin on the eyelid becomes loose and droops, causing the lashes to turn inward towards the eye itself because the cartilage remains firm. At other times, in addition to the usual row of hairs, another one grows underneath that points directly inward. The ways to treat this are as follows: If unusual hairs have grown, a thin, broad iron needle, like a spatha __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, should be heated in the fire until it’s red-hot. Then, with the eyelid lifted so that the troublesome lashes are visible, the needle must be drawn from the angle close to the hair roots across one-third of the eyelid. It should then be applied a second and third time to the other angle. This process burns the roots of the hairs, causing them to die off. Afterward, a treatment to prevent inflammation must be applied, and once the scabs have fallen off, it should help heal the area. This method generally heals quite easily. Some claim it’s advisable to pierce the outer part of the eyelid near the eyelashes with a needle, which should be threaded with a doubled woman's hair. Once the needle has gone through, the offending hair should be caught in the loop of the woman's hair and pulled upward to the top of the eyelid, where it can be glued down, and a medicine applied to close the opening made; this will make the eyelash point outward afterward. However, this method can only be performed on longer hairs, whereas they usually grow short in that area. Moreover, if there are several hairs, the patient must endure significant discomfort, as the repeated needle passes can cause considerable inflammation. Lastly, when any fluid accumulates there, the irritation caused by the hairs and the eyelid piercings makes it difficult to prevent the sticky substance holding the hair from breaking down, so the hair inevitably returns to its original position.

The method of cure for a relaxed eye-lid, which is universally practised, never fails of success. For the eye being closed, one must take hold of the middle part of the skin of the eye-lid, whether it be the upper or the lower, with his fingers, and raise it; then consider how much must be taken away, to reduce it to its natural condition. For there are two dangers attending this case; lest if too much be cut off, the eye cannot be covered; if too little, the end be not obtained, and the patient have suffered to no purpose. The part, which it shall be thought needful to cut, must be marked by two lines with ink in such a manner, that betwixt the range of hairs and the line nearest to it, some space may be left for the needle to lay hold of. These things being determined, the knife is to be used: and if it be the upper eye-lid, the incision next the eye-lashes must be made first; if the inferior one, last: and it must begin in the left eye, at the angle next the temple; in the right, at the angle next the nose; and what lies between the two lines must be cut out. Then the lips of the wound are to be joined together by a single stitch, and the eye must be covered; and if the eye-lid does not descend far enough, it must be relaxed; if too much, it must be either straiter drawn, or a small habenula again cut off from that lip of the wound, which is farthest from the eye-lashes. When it is cut off, other stitches must be added, not above three. Moreover a scarification must be made in the upper eye-lid, under the roots of the eye-lashes, that being raised from the inferior part they may point upwards: and this alone will be sufficient for the cure, if they are but little turned in. The lower eyelid does not need this process. When these are done, a spunge squeezed out of cold water must be bound on: the day following an agglutinating plaister should be applied. On the fourth, the stitches must be taken away, and the328 wound anointed with a collyrium, to prevent an inflammation.

The method for treating a droopy eyelid, which is commonly practiced, is consistently successful. With the eye closed, you should grasp the middle section of the eyelid skin, whether it's the upper or lower, with your fingers and lift it; then determine how much needs to be removed to bring it back to its normal state. There are two risks in this situation: if too much is cut off, the eye might not be fully covered; if too little is removed, the desired outcome won't be achieved, and the patient will have endured the procedure for no reason. The area that needs to be cut should be marked with two lines of ink, leaving some space between the range of hairs and the nearest line for the needle to grasp. Once these points are decided, a knife should be used: if it’s the upper eyelid, make the incision closest to the eyelashes first; if it’s the lower, do that last. Start the incision in the left eye at the outer corner by the temple, and in the right eye at the inner corner by the nose, cutting out what lies between the two lines. Then, the edges of the wound should be brought together with a single stitch, and the eye should be covered. If the eyelid doesn’t lower enough, it should be relaxed; if it lowers too much, it should be tightened, or a small flap should be cut off from the edge of the wound that’s farthest from the eyelashes. When this is done, a couple more stitches, no more than three, should be added. Additionally, a small cut should be made in the upper eyelid, under the roots of the eyelashes, so they can be raised from below and point upwards: this should be enough for the treatment, provided they aren't turned in too much. The lower eyelid doesn’t require this step. After these procedures, a sponge soaked in cold water should be applied. The next day, a healing plaster should be put on. On the fourth day, the stitches should be removed, and the wound should be treated with an ointment to prevent inflammation.

Of the lag­oph­thal­mus.

Sometimes from this operation, when too much of the skin is cut away, it happens, that the eye cannot be covered. And this sometimes proceeds from another cause. The Greeks call the disorder lagophthalmos[ HB ]. When too much of the eye-lid is wanting, there is no remedy for it; if but a small part, it may be cured. An arched incision must be made in the skin a little below the eye-brow, with its horns pointing downward. The wound ought to go as deep as the cartilage, but without injuring it: for if that be cut, the eye-lid falls down, and cannot afterwards be raised. Let the skin then be only divided, so as to allow it to descend a little in the lower part of the eye; which will be the consequence of the wound’s gaping above. Let lint be put into it to prevent the union of the divided skin, and to generate a little flesh in the middle: and when this has filled up the part, the eye is afterwards properly covered by the eye-lid.

Sometimes after this procedure, when too much skin is removed, it can happen that the eye cannot be closed. This can also occur for another reason. The Greeks refer to this condition as lagophthalmos__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. If too much of the eyelid is missing, there is no fix for it; however, if only a small part is lacking, it can be treated. A curved incision should be made in the skin just below the eyebrow, with the ends pointing downwards. The incision should go as deep as the cartilage but without damaging it, because if the cartilage is cut, the eyelid will sag and cannot be lifted again. The skin should only be cut enough to allow it to lower slightly at the bottom of the eye, which will happen due to the wound opening above. Lint should be placed in the incision to prevent the two sides of skin from healing together and to promote some tissue growth in the middle. Once this area fills in, the eye will be properly covered by the eyelid.

Of an ec­tro­pium.

As it is a disorder of the upper eye-lid not to descend far enough to cover the eye, so there is a disease of the lower, in which it is not raised high enough, but hangs down, and cannot be brought close to the other. And this also sometimes proceeds from a similar fault in the cure, sometimes even from old age. The Greeks call it ectropium[ HC ]. If it happens from a faulty cure, the treatment is the same as in the foregoing case: only the horns of the wound are turned towards the cheeks, and not to the eye. If it proceed from old age, the whole of it must be cauterized externally with a thin plate of iron; then anointed with honey; and from the fourth day fomented with hot water, and anointed with medicines to bring on a cicatrix.

As it is a condition when the upper eyelid doesn't lower enough to cover the eye, there’s also an issue with the lower eyelid, where it doesn't lift high enough, hangs down, and can't come close to the other. This can also sometimes arise from a similar problem during treatment, or even from old age. The Greeks call it ectropion __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. If it occurs due to improper treatment, the approach is the same as before: only the edges of the wound face the cheeks, not the eye. If it’s due to aging, the entire area should be cauterized externally with a thin iron plate; then it should be treated with honey; from the fourth day onward, it should be soaked with hot water and treated with ointments to promote scarring.

Of the sta­phyl­oma.

These then are the general disorders, that commonly occur in the parts about the eye, the angles, and eye-lids. In the eye itself the external coat is sometimes raised, either from the rupture or relaxation of some of the internal membranes; and it resembles a raisin stone in its form, whence the329 Greeks call it a staphyloma[ HD ]. There are two methods of cure for it. One is to pass through the middle, at the root of it, a needle with a double thread; then to tie tight the ends of one of the threads above, and of the other below; which by cutting it gradually may bring it off. The other is, to cut out from its surface about the bigness of a lentil; then to rub in spodium or cadmia. When either of these is done, the white of an egg must be spread upon wool and applied; and afterwards the eye must be fomented with the steam of hot water, and anointed with mild medicines.

These are the common eye disorders that usually happen around the eye, the corners, and eyelids. In the eye itself, the outer layer can sometimes bulge, either due to the tearing or loosening of some internal membranes; it looks like a raisin seed, which is why the Greeks call it a staphyloma __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. There are two treatment methods for it. One involves inserting a needle with double thread through the center at the base, then tightly tying one end of the thread above and the other below; gradually cutting this may help remove it. The other method is to cut out a piece from the surface about the size of a lentil, then apply spodium or cadmia. After either treatment, the white of an egg should be spread on wool and applied, followed by steaming the eye with hot water and applying gentle ointments.

Of clavi.

Callous tubercles in the white of the eye are called clavi; which name is given them from their figure. The best method is to pierce them at their very roots with a needle; and below that to cut them off, and then to anoint with mild medicines.

Callous bumps on the white part of the eye are called clavi, a name that comes from their shape. The best way to treat them is to puncture them at their roots with a needle, then cut them off, and afterwards apply gentle medications.

Description of the eye.

I have already elsewhere mentioned a cataract, because when recent, it is often removed by medicines. But when it is of long standing, it requires a manual operation, and one, which may be reckoned amongst the nicest. Before I treat of this, I shall give a short account of the nature of the eye; the knowledge of which, as it is of importance in several other parts, so it is peculiarly necessary here. The eye then has two external coats; the exterior of which by the Greeks is called ceratoides[ HE ]; and this, where it is white, is pretty thick, but before the pupil is thinner. The interior coat is joined to this, in the middle where the pupil is, and is concave, with a small aperture; round the pupil it is thin, but at a distance from it, something thicker; and by the Greeks is called chorioides[ HF ]. As these two coats surround the internal part of the eye, they again join behind it, and becoming finer, and uniting together, pass through the opening, which is between the bones, to the membrane of the brain, and are fixed to it. Under these, in the part where the pupil is, there is a void space; then again below, is an exceeding fine coat, which Herophilus called arachnoides[ HG ], the middle part of which subsides, and in that cavity is contained somewhat, which from its330 resemblance to glass the Greeks call hyaloides[ HH ]. This is neither liquid, nor dry; but seems to be a concreted humour; from the colour of which, that of the pupil is either black, or grey, though the external coat be white. This is inclosed by a small membrane, which proceeds from the internal part of the eye. Under these is a drop of humour resembling the white of an egg, from which proceeds the faculty of vision. By the Greeks it is called chrystalloides.

I have previously mentioned a cataract because when it's new, it can often be treated with medicine. However, if it has been there for a long time, it needs a surgical procedure, which is considered very delicate. Before I discuss this, I’ll provide a brief overview of the eye's structure, as understanding it is important in many areas, and particularly necessary here. The eye has two outer layers; the outer layer, referred to by the Greeks as ceratoides__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, is quite thick where it appears white, but it becomes thinner at the front, where the pupil is located. The inner layer connects to this one at the pupil and is concave with a small opening; it is thin around the pupil but gets thicker further away. The Greeks call this layer chorioides__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. These two layers surround the inner part of the eye and then meet at the back, becoming finer as they unite and pass through the opening between the bones into the brain's membrane, where they attach. Below these layers, in the area of the pupil, there is an empty space, and beneath that, there is an extremely fine layer known as arachnoides__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, which has a central part that dips down, forming a cavity that holds a substance which, due to its glass-like appearance, the Greeks call hyaloides__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. This substance is neither liquid nor dry but seems to be a condensed fluid; its color affects that of the pupil, which can be black or grey, even if the outer layer is white. This is encased by a thin membrane that comes from the inner part of the eye. Underneath, there is a drop of fluid resembling egg white, which is responsible for vision. The Greeks refer to it as chrystalloides.

Of a cata­ract.

Now a humour concretes under the twoὑαλοειδὴς. coats, where I mentioned the void space to be, either from a disease, or a blow; and being gradually indurated, it obstructs the interior faculty of vision. There are several species of this malady, some of which are curable, and others not. For if the cataract be small, immoveable, of the colour of sea-water, or burnished iron, and leaves some sense of light on its sides, there remains hope. If it is large, if the black part of the eye, losing its natural appearance, is changed into some other, if the cataract be of the colour of wax(11), or gold; if it slides and moves to and fro, it is scarcely ever cured. And for the most part, the more severe the disease, or the greater the pains of the head, or the more violent the blow has been, which gave rise to it, so much the worse it is. Neither is old age a proper time of life for a cure; which without an additional disease causes a dimness of sight: nor even childhood; but the middle age betwixt these. Neither is a very small eye, nor one, that is hollow, fit for this operation. And there is also a certain maturity of the cataract itself: wherefore we must wait till it seems to be no longer fluid, but to have concreted with a certain degree of hardness.

Now a hardening occurs under the two glassy coats, where I mentioned the empty space may be due to either a disease or an injury; and gradually becoming harder, it blocks the internal faculty of vision. There are several types of this condition, some of which can be treated, while others cannot. If the cataract is small, immobile, the color of sea water, or shiny like burnished iron, and still allows some perception of light around its edges, there is hope for treatment. If it is large, and if the black part of the eye has lost its natural appearance and changed to something else, if the cataract is the color of wax__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ or gold; and if it slides and moves back and forth, it is almost never curable. Generally, the more severe the disease, the greater the headaches, or the more intense the injury that caused it, the worse the outcome. Old age is typically not an ideal time for treatment; it often leads to blurry vision even without additional diseases; nor is childhood suitable, but rather the middle age between these two. A very small eye, or one that is hollow, is also not appropriate for this procedure. Additionally, there is a certain maturity of the cataract itself; thus, we must wait until it appears no longer fluid but has solidified to a certain degree of hardness.

Before the operation, the patient must use a spare diet, drink water for three days, the day immediately preceding take nothing at all. After this preparation he must be set in a light place, in a seat facing the light, and the physician must sit opposite to the patient on a seat a little higher; an assistant behind taking hold of the patient’s head, and keeping it immoveable; for the sight may be lost for ever by a slight motion. Moreover the eye itself, that is to be cured, must be rendered more331 fixed by laying wool upon the other, and tying it on. The operation must be performed on the left eye by the right hand, and on the right by the left hand. Then the needle sharp pointed(12), but by no means too slender, is to be applied, and must be thrust in, but in a straight direction, through the two coats, in the middle part betwixt the black of the eye and the external angle opposite to the middle of the cataract, care being taken to wound no vein. And it must not be introduced with timidity(13) neither, because it comes into a void space. A person of very moderate skill cannot but know when it arrives there; for there is no resistance to the needle: when we reach it, the needle must be turned upon the cataract, and gently moved up and down there, and by degrees work the cataract downward below the pupil; when it has past the pupil, it must be prest down with a considerable force, that it may settle in the inferior part. If it remain there, the operation is compleated. If it rises again, it must be more cut with the same needle, and divided into several pieces; which when separate, are both more easily lodged, and give less obstruction. After this the needle must be brought out in a straight direction, and the white of an egg spread upon wool must be applied, and over that something to prevent an inflammation, and then the eye be bound up.

Before the operation, the patient must follow a special diet, drink water for three days, and not consume anything at all the day before. After this preparation, they should be placed in a well-lit area, sitting in a position facing the light, while the doctor sits directly across from them on a slightly higher seat. An assistant should hold the patient's head from behind, keeping it still, as even a slight movement could result in permanent loss of vision. Additionally, the eye that needs treatment should be made more stable by covering it with wool and securing it in place. The operation must be performed on the left eye with the right hand, and on the right eye with the left hand. Then, a sharp but not overly thin needle should be used and inserted straight through the two layers of the eye, in the middle area between the pupil and the outer edge opposite the middle of the cataract, taking care not to puncture any veins. The needle shouldn't be inserted hesitantly either, as it enters an empty space. Even someone with moderate skill can tell when they've reached the correct spot because the needle will meet no resistance. Once here, the needle should be turned toward the cataract and gently moved up and down, gradually pushing the cataract down below the pupil. Once it has passed the pupil, it must be pressed down with significant force to settle in the lower part of the eye. If it remains there, the operation is complete. If it rises again, it should be cut further with the same needle and divided into several pieces, as these will be easier to place and cause less obstruction. Afterwards, the needle should be carefully withdrawn in a straight line, and a coating of egg white applied on wool, followed by a dressing to prevent inflammation, and then the eye should be bandaged.

Afterwards there is a necessity for rest, abstinence, mild unctuous medicines, and food (which it is soon enough to give on the day following) at first liquid, that the jaws may not be too much employed, then when the inflammation is gone, such as was directed in wounds. To which we must add this rule, that the patient’s drink be water for a pretty long time.

Afterward, it's important to rest, avoid certain activities, use gentle ointments, and provide food (which can start the next day). Initially, the food should be liquid to avoid overworking the jaw, and once the inflammation is gone, you can provide food like what’s recommended for wounds. Additionally, we should note that the patient should drink water for quite some time.

Of a flux of gum.

I have already treated of a flux of thin gum, which infests the eyes, so far as the cure depends upon medicines. I now come to these cases, that require manual operation. Now we observe that some people’s eyes never grow dry, but are always moistened with a thin humour; which circumstance occasions a constant asperity, and from slight causes excites inflammations, and lippitudes, and in fine renders a person uneasy all his life. And this disorder in some no remedy can relieve; in others it is curable. Which dif332ference ought first of all to be known, that we may relieve the one, and not meddle with the other.

I have already discussed a condition involving a discharge of thin fluid from the eyes, focusing on treatment options involving medication. Now, I will address cases that need surgical intervention. We note that some people's eyes never dry out and are constantly moist with a thin fluid; this leads to ongoing irritation and can trigger inflammation and other problems, making life uncomfortable for the individual. Unfortunately, some people find no relief from this condition, while others can be treated successfully. It’s important to first recognize this difference so that we can help those who can be treated and avoid interfering with those who cannot.

And in the first place, it is in vain to attempt the operation in those, who have this disorder from their infancy, because it will certainly continue to their dying day. Secondly, it is needless, where the discharge is not great, but acrid; because they are not assisted by a manual operation, but are brought to a sound state by medicines, and a proper diet for generating a thicker phlegm. Broad heads also are hardly susceptible of the remedy. Then it makes a difference whether the gum be discharged by the veins, that lye between the skull and the skin, or by those between the membrane of the brain and the skull: for the former moisten the eyes by the temples; the others by the way of those membranes, that go from the eyes to the brain. Now a remedy may be applied to those veins, that discharge above the bone, but not to those below the bone(14). Neither can relief be given, where the discharge comes from both places; because when one part is relieved, nevertheless the other remains disordered.

And first of all, trying to fix this issue in people who have had it since childhood is pointless because it will definitely last until they die. Secondly, it’s unnecessary if the discharge isn’t significant but just irritating; because they don’t get better with a manual procedure, but instead improve with medication and a proper diet to thicken the mucus. People with broad heads also rarely respond to treatment. It also matters whether the discharge comes from the veins that lie between the skull and the skin, or from those between the brain’s membrane and the skull; because the former help moisten the eyes through the temples, while the latter do so through the membranes that connect the eyes to the brain. A remedy can be applied to the veins that discharge above the bone, but not to those below the bone__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. No relief can be provided if the discharge comes from both locations, as treating one area does not fix the other.

The source of the disorder is discovered by this method. After shaving the head, such medicines, as stop the gum in a lippitude, ought to be laid on from the eye-brows as far as the top of the head: if the eyes begin to be dry, it appears that they are moistened by those veins, which are under the skin: if the moisture is not diminished, it is manifest it descends from below the bone: if a humour still flows(15), but in less quantity, the disorder is from both. In most patients however the complaint is found to be derived from the superior veins; and therefore the greater number may be relieved. And this is very well known, not only in Greece, but amongst other nations too: so that no part of medicine has been more clearly explained in any country.

The cause of the disorder is identified using this method. After shaving the head, medicines that stop the discharge from the gums should be applied from the eyebrows to the top of the head: if the eyes start to feel dry, it indicates that they are being moistened by the veins beneath the skin: if the moisture doesn't decrease, it clearly comes from below the bone: if a fluid is still flowing, but in smaller amounts, the issue is coming from both areas. In most patients, however, the problem is found to originate from the upper veins; and therefore, most people can find relief. This is widely understood, not just in Greece, but in other countries as well: no aspect of medicine has been explained more clearly in any nation.

Some practitioners in Greece cut the skin of the head in nine lines; two straight ones in the occiput, one transverse above these; then two above the ears, one also transverse betwixt them; and lastly three straight ones between the top of the head and the forehead. Others drew these incisions in a straight direction from the top of the head to the temples; and discovering from the motion of the jaws the origins of the muscles, made gentle incisions333 in the skin above these, and separating their lips by means of blunt hooks, they inserted lint in such a manner, as to prevent the edges of the skin from uniting, and to cause flesh to sprout up in the middle, which might bind those veins, from whence the humour passes to the eyes. Others again have drawn a line with ink from the middle of one ear to the middle of the other, and another line from the nose to the crown of the head; and where these lines met, made an incision with a knife; and after the effusion of blood, cauterized the bone in that part. And notwithstanding this, they also applied the actual cautery to the rising veins both in the temples, and betwixt the forehead and crown of the head.

Some practitioners in Greece make nine cuts on the scalp: two straight ones at the back of the head, one horizontal one above those; then two more above the ears, with another horizontal one between them; and finally three straight cuts between the top of the head and the forehead. Others make incisions that run straight from the top of the head to the temples. By observing the movement of the jaws, they identify the muscle origins and make shallow cuts in the skin above these areas. Using blunt hooks to separate the skin, they place lint in a way that keeps the skin edges from closing, allowing new flesh to grow in the middle, which helps seal the veins through which moisture flows to the eyes. Some practitioners draw a line with ink from the center of one ear to the center of the other, and another line from the nose to the crown of the head; where these lines intersect, they make a cut with a knife. After the bleeding, they cauterize the bone in that area. Additionally, they apply the cautery to the prominent veins in the temples and between the forehead and the top of the head.

It is a common method of cure to cauterize the veins in the temples, which indeed are generally turgid in this kind of disorder; but that they may be more inflated and show themselves better, the neck must first be tied pretty strait. And the veins must be cauterized with small and blunt irons; till the flux of gum upon the eyes stop: for that is a sign the passages are blocked up, by which the humour was conveyed.

It is a common treatment to burn the veins in the temples, which are usually swollen in this type of condition; however, to make them more prominent, the neck should be tied fairly tightly first. The veins should be burned with small, blunt instruments until the discharge from the eyes stops, as this indicates that the pathways carrying the fluid have become blocked.

However it is a more effectual method, when the veins are small and lie deep, and therefore cannot be separated(16), to make a ligature about the neck in the same manner, and the patient keeping in his breath, that the veins may rise the more, to mark with ink these in the temples, and between the crown of the head and the forehead; then loosing the neck, to cut the veins, where these marks are, and discharge blood; when a sufficient quantity has flowed, to cauterize them with small irons: in the temples indeed with caution; lest the muscles lying below, which secure the jaws, be hurt; but betwixt the forehead and the crown so strongly, that a scale may cast off from the bone.

However, it is a more effective method when the veins are small and lie deep, so they can't be separated __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It involves making a ligature around the neck in the same way, with the patient holding their breath to help the veins rise more. Then, mark these spots on the temples and between the crown of the head and the forehead with ink. After loosening the neck, cut the veins where the marks are and let the blood flow. Once enough blood has been released, cauterize them with small irons: be careful in the temples to avoid harming the muscles beneath that support the jaws, but do so strongly between the forehead and the crown so that a scale can come off from the bone.

But the method of the Africans is still more efficacious, who cauterize the crown of the head to the bone, so as to make it cast off a scale. But nothing is better than what is done in Gallia Comata, where they separate the veins in the temples, and the upper part of the head. The manner of treating cauterized parts I have already explained. At present I shall add this one direction; that when veins are cauterized, we should not endeavour to hasten the separation of the eschars, nor the filling up334 of the ulcers; lest either an hemorrhage ensue, or the pus be quickly suppressed; since it is fit these parts be dried by the latter, and it is not proper they should be exhausted by the former. If however an hemorrhage should at any time happen, medicines for stopping blood must be rubbed in, but not such as will prove caustic. Now the method of separating veins, and what is to be done, when they are separated, I shall explain, when I come to the varices of the legs.

But the method used by Africans is even more effective; they burn the crown of the head down to the bone to make it shed a scale. However, nothing is better than the technique in Gaul, where they separate the veins in the temples and the upper part of the head. I've already explained how to treat cauterized areas. Currently, I’ll add one more piece of advice: when veins are cauterized, we shouldn't rush the separation of the scabs or the healing of the ulcers; doing so could lead to bleeding or cause the pus to get suppressed too quickly. It's important that these areas dry out properly, and they shouldn't be depleted by bleeding. If bleeding does occur, non-caustic medicines to stop the bleeding should be applied. I will explain how to separate veins and what to do after they are separated when I discuss varicose veins in the legs.

CHAP. VIII. OF THE PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR THE EARS.

But as the eyes require many operations, so in the ears there are very few disorders, which come under this branch of medicine. However it sometimes happens, either immediately from the birth, or some time after, when there has been an ulceration, and the ear has been filled by a cicatrix, that there is no opening in it, and there it is deprived of the faculty of hearing. When this happens, trial must be made with a probe whether it be filled up to any depth, or be only agglutinated in the surface. For if it be deep, it does not yield to the pressure; if superficial, it presently receives the probe. The first ought not to be touched, lest a convulsion follow without any hopes of success, and from that there may be a danger of death; the other is easily cured. For where the foramen ought to be, either some caustic medicine must be applied, or it must be opened by the actual cautery, or even cut with a knife. And when that is opened, and the ulcer is clean, a quill must be introduced there, armed with a cicatrizing medicine; and round something must be applied, to promote the healing of the skin about the quill; the effect of which is, that after it is removed, the patient has the faculty of hearing.

But just like the eyes need many treatments, the ears have very few issues that fall under this branch of medicine. However, sometimes it happens, either right from birth or some time later, that an ulcer forms and fills the ear with scar tissue, leaving no opening and preventing hearing. When this occurs, a probe must be used to check if it's completely blocked or just stuck at the surface. If it's deeply blocked, it won't give way to pressure; if it's just at the surface, the probe will easily slip in. The first case shouldn't be touched, as it could cause convulsions with no chance of success, and that could be life-threatening; the second can be treated easily. For where the opening should be, some caustic medication needs to be applied, or it has to be opened with a cautery, or even cut with a knife. Once it’s opened and the ulcer is clean, a quill should be inserted, coated with a healing medication, and something should be placed around it to help heal the skin near the quill. This way, once it's removed, the patient can regain their hearing.

But where the ears have been bored and give offence, it is sufficient to pass a hot needle through the cavity very quick, that its lips may be slightly ulcerated; or even to ulcerate it with a caustic medicine; then afterwards to ap335ply something to deterge it; next somewhat to fill up the part, and bring on a cicatrix. But if this opening be large, as it generally is in those who have worn heavy ear-rings, it is proper to cut through what remains,(17) to its extremity; then above that to scarify the edges of the foramen with a knife, and afterwards to stitch them, and apply an agglutinating medicine. The third case consists in giving a supply to any part, that is deficient; which as it may also be done in the lips and nose, and the method is the same, it will be best to treat of it once for all.

But where the ears have been pierced and are causing discomfort, it's enough to quickly pass a hot needle through the opening so that the edges become slightly irritated; or even to irritate it with a caustic treatment; then afterward apply something to clean it, followed by a filler to promote healing. However, if this opening is large, which is usually the case for those who have worn heavy earrings, it's best to cut through what's left to the end; then above that, to make small cuts on the edges of the hole with a knife, and afterward stitch them together and apply a bonding treatment. The third situation involves adding to any area that is lacking, which can also be done on the lips and nose; since the method is the same, it’s best to address it all at once.

CHAP. IX. THE PROCEDURE REQUIRED FOR A LACK OF MATERIAL IN THE EARS, LIPS, AND NOSE.

Defects in these three parts, if they be small(18), may be cured: if considerable, they either do not admit of a cure, or by the cure itself are so deformed, that they were less offensive before. And in the ear indeed, and the nose, deformity is the only thing to be feared: but in the lips, if they are too much contracted, there is also a disadvantage in respect of their use; because the food is taken, and the speech is articulated with more difficulty. For flesh is not generated there; but is brought from the adjacent part. Which though in a slight mutilation it may both cause no defect, and escape observation, in a great one cannot. Now an old person is not a proper subject for this operation, nor one in a bad habit of body, nor one in whom ulcers heal with difficulty; because there is no part, where a gangrene more quickly seizes, or is harder to remove.

Defects in these three areas, if they are small__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, can be fixed: if they are significant, they either can't be fixed, or the fix itself makes them look worse than before. In the case of the ear and the nose, deformity is the main concern: but with the lips, if they are too tightly contracted, it also affects their function, as eating and speaking become more difficult. Because flesh isn’t formed there; it comes from the surrounding tissue. While a slight injury might not cause noticeable problems, a serious one definitely will. An older person isn’t a suitable candidate for this procedure, nor someone in poor health, or someone whose wounds heal slowly; because there’s no area where gangrene spreads more quickly or is harder to treat.

The method of cure is this; to reduce that, which is mutilated, into a square; from its interior angles to cut in transverse lines, so as to divide the part, that lies within these lines, from that beyond them; then to draw together the parts we have thus opened: if they do not fully meet, then beyond the lines we made before, to cut in two places in a lunated form, with the horns turned towards the wound, so as only to separate the surface of the skin: for336 by this means what we draw together will be more at liberty to follow; which is not to be forced by violence, but gently drawn, so as it may easily follow, and when let go, not recede far.

The way to treat this is as follows: first, shape the damaged area into a square. From the inside corners, make cuts across to divide the part inside these cuts from the part outside them. Then, bring the separated parts together. If they don’t completely align, make two additional curved cuts beyond the initial lines, with the curved ends facing the wound, just enough to separate the top layer of skin. By doing this, the parts we’re bringing together will be more flexible to move, rather than being forced together violently. They should be gently drawn together so that they can easily align, and when released, they won’t move too far apart.

Sometimes however, the skin not being altogether brought from one side, renders the part, which it has left, deformed(19). In such a place an incision must be made only on one side, and the other kept untouched. Therefore we must not attempt to draw any thing either from the lower part of the ears, or the middle of the nose, or the lower parts of the nostrils, or from the angles of the lips. We may draw on both sides, where there is any defect in the upper parts of the ear, or the lower parts or the middle of the nostrils, or the middle of the lips: which however are sometimes mutilated in two places; but the method of cure is the same. If a cartilage projects in the part where the incision is made, it must be cut off; for it neither unites again, nor is safely pierced by the needle. Neither must much of it be cut away, lest between the two extremities of the skin freed from it on both sides, there should be a collection of pus. Then the lips of the wound being brought into contact, must be stitched together, the skin being taken up on both sides; and where the lines above mentioned are, there also the suture must be used. In dry parts, as the nostrils, the application of litharge does very well. Into the interior and lunated incisions lint must be put; that granulations of flesh may fill up the wound. And that the part thus sewed must be attended to with the greatest care, may appear from what I said before of a gangrene. Therefore every third day, it must be fomented with the steam of hot water, and the same medicine applied again, which commonly on the seventh day unites it. Then the stitches ought to be taken out, and the ulcer healed up.

Sometimes, however, if the skin isn't completely brought from one side, it leaves the remaining part looking deformed. In such cases, an incision should only be made on one side, while the other side remains untouched. Therefore, we shouldn't try to take anything from the lower parts of the ears, the middle of the nose, the lower parts of the nostrils, or the corners of the lips. We can take from both sides if there's a defect in the upper parts of the ear, the lower parts, or the middle of the nostrils, or the center of the lips; although these areas might sometimes be mutilated in two places, the method of treatment remains the same. If there’s any cartilage sticking out where the incision is made, it should be removed, as it won't heal again and can't safely be pierced with a needle. However, we shouldn’t cut away too much, to avoid having a buildup of pus between the two edges of skin freed from it on either side. After that, the edges of the wound should be brought together and stitched up, with the skin gathered on both sides; and the suture should also be used where the earlier lines are. In dry areas like the nostrils, applying litharge works well. For the interior and curved incisions, lint should be placed inside so that tissue can fill the wound. It's important to take care of the stitched area, especially considering the risk of gangrene mentioned earlier. Therefore, every third day, it should be treated with steam from hot water, and the same medication should be reapplied, which usually helps to unite the tissue by the seventh day. After that, the stitches should be removed, and the ulcer allowed to heal.

337

337

CHAP. X. ON REMOVING A POLYPUS FROM THE NOSE.

I have elsewhere said that the knife is the principal cure for a polypus growing in the nostrils. Wherefore it is necessary to separate this from the bone with a sharp iron instrument made in the form of a spatha: care being taken not to hurt the cartilage below, which is difficult to cure. When it is cut off, it must be extracted with an iron hook. Then a piece of lint twisted, or some part of a penecillum must be sprinkled with a styptick medicine, and the nostrils be gently filled with it. The blood being stopped, the ulcer must be deterged with lint. When it is clean, a quill armed with a cicatrizing medicine must be introduced within, in the same manner as was directed in the ear, till it be entirely sound.

I’ve said before that surgery is the main treatment for a polyp in the nostrils. Therefore, it's essential to carefully separate it from the bone using a sharp tool shaped like a sword, while being careful not to damage the cartilage underneath, as that can be hard to heal. Once it’s cut off, it should be removed with a metal hook. Then, a piece of twisted lint or a part of a brush should be dipped in a styptic medicine and gently inserted into the nostrils. After the bleeding stops, clean the wound with lint. Once it’s clean, insert a quill coated with a healing medicine in the same way as instructed for the ear, until it heals completely.

CHAP. XI. ON THE SURGICAL TREATMENT OF OZÆNA.

I do not find in the eminent surgeons any operation for the cure of that disorder, which the Greeks call ozæna, when it does not yield to medicines. I suppose because the operation seldom works a cure, and is nevertheless attended with great pain. By some however it is directed to introduce either a small cannula, or writing reed into the nostril, till it reach up to the bone; then through this to pass a small hot iron to the very bone; next to deterge the cauterized part with verdigrease and honey; and when clean, to heal it up with lycium: Or that an incision be made in the nostril from its extremity to the bone, that the part may be seen, and the hot iron may be more easily applied; then that the nostril be stitched; and the cauterized ulcer cured as in the former method; and litharge or some other agglutinant laid upon the suture.

I don’t see any surgical procedure from the leading surgeons that can cure the condition the Greeks call ozæna when medicines don’t work. I guess it’s because the surgery rarely leads to a cure and is really painful. Some suggest introducing a small tube or writing reed into the nostril until it reaches the bone; then passing a small hot iron through it to the bone; next, cleaning the burnt area with verdigris and honey; and once it’s clean, healing it with lycium. Alternatively, an incision can be made in the nostril from the tip to the bone to make the area visible and allow for easier application of the hot iron; then the nostril is stitched up, and the burned ulcer is treated like in the previous method, with litharge or some other adhesive applied over the suture.

338

338

CHAP. XII. OF THE OPERATIONS NEEDED IN THE MOUTH.

Of the teeth.

In the mouth also some disorders are cured by manual operation. Here in the first place the teeth are sometimes loosened, either by reason of the weakness of their roots, or from the gums decaying. It is proper in both cases to apply a hot iron to the gums, so as to touch them gently, but not to make a deep impression. The gums when cauterized must be rubbed with honey, and washed with mulse. When the ulcers begin to be clean, some dry repellent medicines must be sprinkled upon them.

In the mouth, some issues can also be treated with manual methods. First, teeth can sometimes become loose due to weak roots or decaying gums. In both situations, it’s necessary to apply a hot iron to the gums, making gentle contact without leaving a deep mark. Once the gums are cauterized, they should be rubbed with honey and rinsed with a mixture of honey and water. When the sores start to heal, some dry medicinal powders should be sprinkled on them.

But if a tooth occasions pain, and it seems proper to extract it, because medicines give no relief, it ought to be scraped all round, that the gum may be loosened from it; then it is to be shook; which must be continued till it move easily: for the extraction of a fast tooth is attended with the greatest danger, and sometimes the jaw-bone is dislocated. It is attended with more danger still in the upper teeth; because it may give a shock to the temples or eyes. After these precautions, the tooth is to be taken out, if possible, by the hand, if not, by a forceps.

But if a tooth causes pain and it seems necessary to remove it because medicines aren’t helping, it should be scraped all around to loosen the gum from it. Then, it should be wiggled, which has to be done continuously until it moves easily. Extracting a tightly held tooth is very risky, and sometimes it can dislocate the jawbone. It’s even more dangerous for the upper teeth because it might cause a shock to the temples or eyes. After taking these precautions, the tooth should be removed by hand if possible; if not, then use forceps.

But if it be corrupted before, its cavity must be filled up either with lint, or lead well adapted to it, lest it break under the forceps. The forceps must be drawn out straight, lest the thin bone, to which the tooth adheres, be fractured in some part by its bended roots. Neither is this without danger; especially in the short teeth, which generally have longer roots; for often, when the forceps cannot lay hold of the tooth, or does it without success, it takes hold of the jaw-bone, and breaks that.

But if it’s damaged beforehand, its cavity needs to be filled with either lint or well-suited lead, so it doesn’t break under the forceps. The forceps should be pulled straight out, to avoid fracturing the thin bone that the tooth is attached to due to its bent roots. This isn’t without risk, especially with short teeth that usually have longer roots; often, if the forceps can’t grip the tooth or fails to do so successfully, they end up grabbing onto the jawbone and breaking it.

One may immediately be sure, when there is a large effusion of blood, that something is broken off from the bone. Therefore the scale, that has come off, must be sought for by a probe, and taken out with a vulsella. If it does not come away, the gum ought to be cut, till the scale loosened from the bone can be taken out. And if it be not en339tirely broken, but the external part of the jaw swells, so that the mouth cannot open, on the outside must be applied a warm cataplasm of meal and figs, till it bring on a suppuration there; then an incision must be made in the gum. A copious discharge of pus is also a sign of a fractured bone: so that even then it is proper to extract it. Sometimes too, when it is injured, there is a fissure, which ought to be scraped.

One can be certain right away that when there's a lot of blood, something has broken off from the bone. So, the piece that has come off needs to be found with a probe and removed with a vulsella. If it doesn't come out easily, the gum should be cut until the piece loosened from the bone can be taken out. If it isn't completely broken and the outside of the jaw swells, preventing the mouth from opening, you should apply a warm poultice made of meal and figs on the outside until it causes an infection there; then an incision should be made in the gum. A significant discharge of pus is also a sign of a broken bone: in that case, it's necessary to extract it. Sometimes, when it's injured, there's a crack that needs to be scraped.

A rough tooth ought to be scraped, where it is black, and rubbed with the powder of rose leaves, with an addition of one-fourth part of galls, and another of myrrh; and pure wine must be held in the mouth frequently. And in this case the head must be covered, the patient must walk much, make use of friction to his head, and a diet not acrid.

A rough tooth should be scraped where it’s black, and rubbed with powdered rose leaves, adding a quarter part of galls and another quarter of myrrh; pure wine should be held in the mouth often. In this case, the head should be covered, the patient should walk a lot, use friction on the head, and follow a non-spicy diet.

But if either, from a blow, or some other misfortune, some of the teeth are loosened, they must be tied with gold to those that are firm; and restringents must be held in the mouth, such as wine, in which pomegranate bark has been boiled, or in which hot galls have been infused. And if one tooth should happen to grow in children, before the former has fallen out, that, which should have dropped, must be scraped round and pulled out; that which is growing in the place of the former, must be pushed into its proper place, with the finger, every day, till it come to its just size. Whenever a tooth is extracted, and its root has been left, that also must be immediately taken out by a forceps made for that purpose, which the Greeks call rizagra.

But if any teeth get loose from a hit or some other mishap, they need to be tied with gold to the stable teeth. Also, you should hold something astringent in your mouth, like wine that has had pomegranate bark boiled in it or hot galls infused. If a child has a new tooth grow in before an old one has fallen out, the old tooth needs to be scraped around and pulled out. The new tooth should be gently pushed into its right position with your finger every day until it reaches its normal size. Whenever a tooth is pulled and its root is left behind, that root must be immediately removed using special forceps called rizagra.

Of in­dur­ated tonsils.

Tonsils, that are indurated, after an inflammation, called antiades[ HI ] by the Greeks, when they are covered by a slight coat, should be disengaged all round by the finger, and pulled out. If they are not separated by this method, it is necessary to take hold of them with a small hook, and cut them out with a knife; then to wash the ulcer with vinegar, and rub the wound with a styptic medicine.

Tonsils that are swollen after an infection, referred to as antiades__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ by the Greeks, should be carefully loosened all around with your finger and pulled out if they have a thin covering. If that doesn't work, you need to grab them with a small hook and cut them out with a knife; afterward, wash the wound with vinegar and apply a styptic medication to stop the bleeding.

Of the uvula.

The uvula, if it is inflamed, and falls down, and is painful, and of a ruddy colour, cannot be cut without danger; for there is commonly a340 great effusion of blood: therefore it is better to make use of those remedies I have mentioned elsewhere. But if there be no inflammation, and nevertheless it is relaxed to a great length by a humour, and is small, sharp, and white, a portion of it ought to be cut off: and likewise, if the extremity of it be livid and thick, and the superior part small. There is no better method than to take hold of it with a vulsella (a kind of forceps), and under that, to cut off what we think fit: for there is no danger, that either too much or too little be cut off; as we have it in our power to leave no more below the vulsella, than appears to be useless, and to cut off so much as shall reduce the uvula to its natural magnitude. After the operation, the same applications are proper, which were prescribed above for the tonsils.

If the uvula is inflamed, hanging down, painful, and red, it shouldn't be cut because it can lead to heavy bleeding. It's better to use the remedies I've mentioned elsewhere. However, if there's no inflammation and it's overly elongated due to fluid, and it's small, pointed, and white, a part of it should be trimmed. If the tip is purple and thick, and the upper part is small, the same applies. The best method is to grab it with a vulsella (a type of forceps) and carefully cut off the necessary portion. There's little risk of cutting too much or too little since we can control how much remains below the vulsella, ensuring it returns to its normal size. After the procedure, the same treatments I recommended earlier for the tonsils should be used.

Of the tongue.

The tongue, in some people, is joined with the part below it from their birth; who are by that means deprived of speech. The end of their tongue must be taken hold of with a vulsella, and the membrane below it cut; great care being taken, that the contiguous veins be not wounded, and the patient hurt by an effusion of blood. The remaining part of the cure of the wound is already directed in the preceding cases. And most people speak, as soon as it is healed. But I have known an instance, where a person after the cutting of his tongue, though he could thrust it far enough beyond his teeth, did not attain the faculty of speaking. Thus it happens in the practice of physic, that what is always right to do, is not always attended with success.

The tongue of some people is attached to the part underneath it from birth, which prevents them from speaking. To correct this, the tip of their tongue must be grasped with a tool and the membrane beneath it cut. It's crucial to avoid injuring the nearby veins to prevent excessive bleeding. The care for the wound follows guidelines mentioned in previous cases. Most people can speak again once it heals. However, I have seen a case where, after having his tongue cut, a person could stick it out far enough past his teeth but still couldn’t speak. This shows that in medicine, what is usually the right action doesn't always lead to success.

An abscess under the tongue.

An abscess also sometimes gathers under the tongue; which is generally included in a coat, and excites violent pains. If this be small, it is sufficient to make one incision into it: if larger, the surface of the skin must also be cut off to the coat, then the lips of it are to be laid hold of on both sides with small hooks, and the membrane must be freed from its connections all round; great care being taken in this operation not to wound any large vein.

An abscess can also sometimes form under the tongue; this is usually covered by a membrane and causes severe pain. If it’s small, making one incision is enough. If it’s larger, the skin covering it needs to be cut away to reach the membrane, then both sides should be grabbed with small hooks, and the membrane should be detached from its attachments all around, while being very careful not to damage any large veins during the procedure.

Of chopped lips.

The lips are frequently chopped; which besides the pain, is attended with this inconvenience, that it hinders our speaking, as that action by opening the fissures causes them to bleed, and to give pain.341 If these be only in the surface, it is better to treat them by those medicines, which are composed for ulcers of the mouth: if they are deeper, it is necessary to cauterize them with a thin iron; which being made in the form of a spatha, ought to slide over them as it were, and not press upon them. Afterwards, the same method must be followed, as was laid down in cauterized ulcers of the nostrils.

The lips often get chapped, which, in addition to the pain, creates the problem of making it hard to speak, since moving them can cause cracks to bleed and hurt.341 If the cracks are just on the surface, it's better to treat them with medications designed for mouth ulcers. If they're deeper, you need to cauterize them with a thin iron; it should be shaped like a spatula and glide over the surface without pressing down. After that, you should follow the same treatment method as outlined for cauterized ulcers in the nostrils.

CHAP. XIII. Bronchocele.

In the neck, between the skin and the wind-pipe, a tumour rises, which the Greeks call bronchocele[ HJ ], in which there is contained sometimes insensible flesh, at other times a humour like honey or water; sometimes also hairs mixed with small bones. Whatever that be, which is contained in the coat, it may be cured by caustic medicines, which burn the surface of the skin, together with the coat below it. When this is done, if it be a humour, it runs out; if it be any thing substantial, it is taken out by the fingers; then the ulcer is healed by lint. But the cure by the knife is more expeditious. An incision is made in one line in the middle of the tumour down to the coat; after which, the morbid body is separated by the finger from the sound parts, and is taken out entire with its coat: then it is washed with vinegar, to which either salt or nitre has been added; and the lips are joined by one stitch. The other applications are the same as in other sutures; afterwards it must be bound up gently, lest it press the fauces. If it should happen that the coat cannot be taken out, we must sprinkle escharotics into it, and dress it with lint and other digestives.

In the neck, between the skin and the windpipe, a tumor forms, which the Greeks call bronchocele__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It can contain sometimes unfeeling flesh, other times a fluid like honey or water; occasionally, it may also have hairs mixed with small bones. Whatever is inside the membrane can be treated with caustic medicines that burn the skin surface along with the layer beneath it. Once this is done, if it’s a fluid, it flows out; if it’s something solid, it can be removed by hand; then the wound is treated with lint. However, surgery with a knife is faster. A cut is made straight down the middle of the tumor down to the membrane; then, the unhealthy material is separated by hand from the healthy tissue and removed completely along with its membrane. It is then rinsed with vinegar that has either salt or nitre added to it, and the edges are brought together with one stitch. The other treatments are similar to those used for other stitches; afterward, it should be wrapped gently to avoid putting pressure on the throat. If the membrane cannot be removed, we should sprinkle caustics into it and dress it with lint and other soothing substances.

342

342

CHAP. XIV. OF THE PROCEDURES CARRIED OUT AT THE NAVEL.

There are several disorders about the navel, concerning which, because they are very uncommon, authors are not agreed. Now it is probable, that each one omitted what he had not met with, and that none of them feigned a disease he had not seen. An indecent prominence of the navel is common to them all. The question is, what are its causes? Meges has assigned three; that sometimes the intestine makes its way into that part, sometimes the omentum, at other times a humour. Sostratus has not mentioned the omentum. To the other two he has added, that flesh sometimes grows there; which is sometimes sound, at other times of a cancerous nature. Gorgias also has omitted the omentum, but allowing the other three causes, says, that air too sometimes is forced into this part. Heron has mentioned all these four, and the omentum too; and that species also, in which there is both the omentum and the intestine.

There are several disorders related to the navel that are quite rare, and because of this, experts don't all agree. It's likely that each one left out what they hadn't personally encountered, and none of them invented a disease they hadn't witnessed. An unusual bulge in the navel is common to all these conditions. The question is, what causes it? Meges suggests there are three causes: sometimes the intestine protrudes into that area, sometimes the omentum, and other times some kind of fluid. Sostratus doesn't mention the omentum, but adds a fourth cause: sometimes tissue can grow there, which can be healthy or cancerous. Gorgias also omits the omentum but agrees with the other three causes and adds that air can sometimes be pushed into this area. Heron mentions all four causes, including the omentum, and notes a condition where both the omentum and the intestine are involved.

The following symptoms discover what species it is. When the intestine is protruded, the tumour is neither hard nor soft; is lessened by cold, increases not only by heat, but even by keeping in the breath; sometimes it sounds; and when a person lies on his back, the intestine returns of itself, and the swelling subsides. When it is the omentum, the other symptoms are similar, but the tumour is softer, and from its base, tapers towards the top; and if one takes hold of it, it slips away. Where both these are together, the symptoms are also complicated, and the degree of softness is between both. But flesh is harder, and there is a swelling always, though the patient lies on his back; it does not yield to pressure, whereas the former easily does. If it be corrupted, it has the same appearances which I described in a cancer. A humour, if it be pressed, fluctuates. Air gives way to pressure, but quickly returns; and when the body is in a supine posture, the tumour retains the same figure.

The following symptoms help identify the species. When the intestine is protruding, the tumor is neither hard nor soft; it decreases with cold, but increases not only with heat but also by holding in the breath; sometimes it makes a sound; and when a person lies on their back, the intestine goes back in on its own, and the swelling goes down. When it's the omentum, the other symptoms are similar, but the tumor is softer, and it tapers from its base to the top; if you grab it, it slips away. When both are present together, the symptoms become complicated, and the softness is somewhere in between. But flesh is harder, and there is always swelling, even when the patient lies on their back; it doesn’t yield to pressure, while the former does. If it is corrupted, it shows the same signs as I described in a cancer. A liquid, when pressed, fluctuates. Air gives way to pressure but quickly returns; and when the body is lying down, the tumor keeps the same shape.

343

343

Of these species, that which proceeds from air, does not admit of a cure. It is dangerous also to meddle with flesh that resembles a cancer; and therefore it must be let alone. Where it is sound, it ought to be cut out, and the wound dressed with lint. Some discharge the humour by making an incision in the top of the tumour, and cure that also by lint. With regard to the others, the opinions are various. However, the circumstances themselves make it plain, that the body must be laid in a supine posture; that whether it be the intestine or the omentum, it may fall back into the abdomen. Then the cavity of the navel being empty, by some is laid hold of by two regulae(20), and their ends being tied tight, the part mortifies: by others it is pierced to the bottom with a needle, followed by two threads, and is tied on the one side and the other by the two ends of each of these threads (as is done in the staphyloma of the eye) for by this means the part above the ligature mortifies. Others added this process to the operation: before tying, they made a single incision on the top, that, by introducing a finger, they might push back the protruded part, and then made the ligature. But it is sufficient to order the patient to hold in his breath, that the tumour may show itself in its full magnitude; then to mark the base of it with ink; and laying the person on his back, to press down the tumour, that if any part has not returned, it may be forced in by the hand; this done, to draw up the navel, and where the mark of the ink is, to tie it strongly with a thread; then to cauterize the part above the ligature, either with medicines, or the actual cautery, till it be mortified; and to dress the ulcer like other burns. This method is very successful not only when the intestine, or the omentum, or both are contained in it, but even where it is a tumour.

Of these types, the one that comes from air can't be cured. It's also risky to tamper with flesh that looks like cancer, so it should be left alone. If it's healthy, it should be cut out, and the wound should be dressed with gauze. Some people drain the fluid by making an incision at the top of the tumor and also treat that with gauze. Opinions vary regarding the other cases. However, it's clear that the person needs to lie on their back so that the intestine or omentum can fall back into the abdomen. Then, with the navel cavity empty, some hold it with two regulations __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and tie them tightly, causing the part to die off. Others pierce it all the way through with a needle, follow up with two threads, and tie each thread on either side (as done for staphyloma of the eye) so that the section above the tie dies off. Some add this step to the operation: before tying, they make a single incision at the top to push back the protruded part with their finger, then make the ligature. But it’s enough to tell the patient to hold their breath so the tumor can show itself fully; then mark its base with ink. While the person lies on their back, press down on the tumor so that if any part hasn’t gone back in, it can be pushed in by hand. After that, lift the navel, and where the ink mark is, tie it tightly with a thread; then cauterize the part above the ligature either with medicines or a hot instrument until it dies off, and treat the ulcer like other burns. This method works very well not only when the intestine or omentum, or both, are involved, but even when it's just a tumor.

But some circumstances are to be considered, before proceeding to the operation, that no danger may arise from the ligature. For neither an infant, nor an adult, nor an old man are proper subjects for this method of cure; but generally such as are from seven to fourteen years old. Next, that person is in a fit condition for it, whose body is sound; but one, who is in a bad habit, and labours under papulæ, impetigoes, and the like disorders, is not a proper subject. Slight tumours also are easily removed; but there344 is danger in attempting to cure those that are too large. The autumnal and winter season of the year must be avoided. Spring is most suitable: and the beginning of summer is not amiss. Besides these precautions, it is necessary to fast the day before. Nor is that sufficient; for a clyster must also be given, that all the protruded parts may the more easily subside within the abdomen.

But there are some things to consider before going ahead with the procedure so that no risks come from the ligature. Neither infants, adults, nor elderly individuals are suitable for this method of treatment; generally, those aged seven to fourteen are the right candidates. Additionally, a person must be in good health; someone who has poor health or suffers from conditions like papules or impetigo is not suitable. Small tumors can be easily removed, but there344 is a risk in trying to treat larger ones. It's important to avoid the autumn and winter seasons for this procedure. Spring is the best time, and early summer is acceptable as well. Besides these precautions, the patient should fast the day before. That’s not enough; a cleansing enema should also be administered to help all protruding parts more easily return to the abdomen.

CHAP. XV. THE METHOD OF DRAINING WATER IN HYDROPICK PEOPLE.

I have elsewhere observed, that it is necessary to discharge the water in dropsical patients. I must now describe the manner of performing it. Some do it below the navel, about four fingers breadth to the left: some by perforating the navel itself. Others first cauterize the skin, and then make an incision through the interior teguments, because what is divided by the actual cautery unites less quickly. The instrument is to be introduced with great care not to wound any vein. It ought to be of such a form, that the breadth of its point should be about the third part of a finger; and it must be introduced so as to pass through the membrane also, which separates the flesh from the internal part; then a leaden or copper pipe must be introduced into it, its lips being either spread outward, or surrounded with some check to prevent its slipping through. The part that goes within ought to be a little longer than that without, that it may reach beyond the internal membrane. By this the water must be evacuated, and when the greater part of it is discharged, the pipe must be stopped with a bit of linen, and left in the wound, if it was not cauterized. Then on the following days, about a hemina must be let out every day, till no water appears to remain. Some even take out the pipe, though the skin has not been cauterized, and tie over the wound a spunge squeezed out of cold water, or vinegar, and the day following introduce the pipe again (which the recent wound, by being a little stretched open, will admit of) that so, if345 any humour remains, it may be evacuated; and this they recommend to be done only twice.

I've mentioned before that it's necessary to drain water from patients with dropsy. Now, I’ll explain how to do it. Some people drain water from below the navel, about four fingers to the left; others do it by piercing the navel itself. Some first burn the skin and then make an incision through the underlying layers because tissue that’s burned tends to heal slower. The instrument should be inserted carefully to avoid cutting any veins. It should be shaped so that the tip is about one-third the width of a finger, and it needs to pass through the membrane that separates the flesh from the internal area; then a lead or copper tube has to be inserted, with its ends either flared out or surrounded by something to stop it from slipping through. The part of the tube that goes inside should be a little longer than the part outside, so it reaches beyond the inner membrane. This is how to drain the water, and when most of it is gone, you should cover the tube with a piece of cloth and leave it in the wound if it wasn’t burned. In the following days, you should drain about a half a hemina each day until no water is left. Some even remove the tube, even if the skin hasn't been burned, and cover the wound with a sponge soaked in cold water or vinegar, then the next day, reinsert the tube (the recent wound will allow for a little stretching) so that if any fluid is still there, it can be drained; and they suggest doing this only twice.

CHAP. XVI. OF WOUNDS OF THE ABDOMEN AND INTESTINES.

Sometimes the belly is perforated by a wound; upon which the intestines roll out. When this happens, it must be first of all considered, whether they be unhurt; and then whether they retain their natural colour. If the smaller intestine be perforated, I have already observed, that there is no cure for it. The large intestine may be sewed; not that there is any reliance on the cure, but because a doubtful hope is preferable to certain despair: for it sometimes reunites. However, if either the intestine be livid, or pale, or black, which symptoms also are necessarily attended with a want of sensation, all remedies are vain. But if they yet retain their proper colour, they must be treated with great expedition; for they are changed in a moment, when exposed to the external air, to which they are not accustomed. The patient must be laid on his back, with his hips raised pretty high; and if the wound be so narrow, that the intestines cannot be conveniently reduced, a sufficient opening must be made by incision. And if the intestines are already become too dry, they must be washed with water mixed with a little oil. Then the assistant ought gently to separate the lips of the wound with his hands, or even with two hooks passed through the peritonaeum, and the physician must insert those intestines first that came out last, in such a manner as to preserve the order of their several convolutions. When they are all replaced, the patient must be shook gently, which causes all the intestines to return to their proper places, and settle there. These being lodged, the omentum must also be considered; and if any part of that be already black or mortified, it must be cut off by the scissars; if any of it is sound, it must be reduced upon the intestines. Now, neither a suture of the skin alone, nor of the interior membrane is sufficient, but both of them together. And that must be performed with346 two threads, and sewed closer than in other places; because it may both be more easily broken by the motion of the belly, and this part is not so liable to violent inflammations. Therefore, threads are to be put into two needles, and these held in both hands; the interior membrane must be sewed first, beginning at the extremity of the wound, in such a manner, that the needle may pass from the internal towards the external part, the left hand carrying it through the right lip, and the right hand through the left, by which means, the points of the needles are always farthest from the intestines, and the blunt part next to them. When each side is pierced once, the needles must be changed in the hands, that the needle, which was in the left hand, may be in the right, and that come into the left, which the right held before: and in the same manner they must pass through the lips again; and also a third and fourth time, and so on, the hands each time interchanging the needles, and thus the wound must be closed. Then the same threads and needles must be brought to the skin, and in like manner both sutures be performed on that part too; the needles always passing from the internal part, and from the one hand to the other. Afterwards agglutinants must be applied: to which it is needless to repeat, from time to time, that it is necessary to add either spunge or sordid wool squeezed out of vinegar. When these are applied, a gentle bandage ought to be passed round the belly.

Sometimes the abdomen gets punctured by a wound, causing the intestines to spill out. When this occurs, it’s important to first check if they are unharmed, and then whether they still have their normal color. If the small intestine is perforated, as I’ve noted before, there’s no chance for recovery. The large intestine can be stitched up, not that we can expect a guaranteed fix, but because even a slim hope is better than total hopelessness: it can sometimes heal. However, if either intestine is dark, pale, or black, which also means there’s a loss of sensation, then all remedies will be useless. But if they still have their proper color, they need to be treated quickly; exposure to air can change them in an instant, as they’re not used to it. The patient should lie on their back with their hips elevated. If the wound is so narrow that the intestines can’t be comfortably put back in, an adequate opening must be made with an incision. If the intestines are too dry, they should be rinsed with water mixed with a little oil. Next, the assistant should gently pull the edges of the wound apart with their hands, or even use two hooks inserted into the peritoneum, while the physician inserts the intestines back, starting with the last ones that came out, ensuring to keep their original order. Once all are back in place, the patient should be shaken gently to help the intestines settle properly. After they’re secure, attention should be given to the omentum; if any part is black or rotten, it should be cut away with scissors, but any healthy parts should be placed back over the intestines. It’s important to suture both the skin and the inner membrane, as neither alone is sufficient, but they should be done together. This should be done with two threads and stitched tighter than in other areas since this part can be more easily torn by movement and isn't as prone to severe inflammation. Thus, use two needles and hold them in each hand, starting the stitching of the inner membrane at the wound's edge, ensuring the needle goes from the inside to the outside, with the left hand directing it through the right side of the wound and the right hand through the left. This way, the points of the needles are always farther from the intestines, with the blunt ends facing them. After each side is stitched once, switch the needles between hands, so the needle in the left goes to the right and vice versa, repeating this a third and fourth time, and so on, alternating the needles with each stitch until the wound is closed. Then bring the same threads and needles to the skin and perform the same suturing for that area too, always moving from the inside part and switching hands with the needles. After this, apply adhesives, and it’s helpful to add either sponge or dirty wool soaked in vinegar. Once applied, gently wrap a bandage around the abdomen.

CHAP. XVII. OF A TEAR IN THE PERITONEUM.

Sometimes either from a blow, or keeping in the breath too long, or by the pressure of a heavy load, the internal membrane of the abdomen breaks, when the skin above is whole: which also frequently happens to women from pregnancy; and it generally occurs about the ilia. The consequence is, that the flesh above being soft, does not bind the intestines strongly enough, and the skin distended by them forms an indecent tumour. And this disease is cured in different ways. For some passing a needle with two threads347 into the base of the tumour, tie it on both sides in the same manner described in the cases of the navel and the staphyloma, that whatever is above the ligature may mortify. Others cut out the middle of it in the form of a myrtle leaf (according to the rule before laid down for all cases of a like nature) and then join the lips by a suture. However, the best method is to lay the patient on his back, and try by the hand, in what part the tumour yields most, because the membrane must necessarily be ruptured there, and resist more, where it is sound: then, where it appears to be ruptured, incisions are to be made in two lines(21) by a knife, that the part betwixt them being cut out, the internal membrane may have a recent wound on both sides; because what has been long disunited does not unite by a suture. The place being laid open, if the membrane in any part should appear not to be fresh wounded, a small slip must be cut off, only to ulcerate its edges. What else relates to the suture, and the remaining part of the cure, has been above directed.

Sometimes, due to a blow, holding your breath for too long, or the pressure from a heavy load, the internal membrane of the abdomen can break, even when the skin above is intact. This often happens to women during pregnancy and usually occurs around the hip area. As a result, the soft flesh above can't hold the intestines securely, causing the skin to stretch and form an unsightly bulge. This condition can be treated in various ways. Some insert a needle with two threads into the base of the bulge, tying it off on both sides like how it's done for issues with the navel and staphyloma, allowing the tissue above the ligature to die off. Others remove the center of it in the shape of a myrtle leaf (as previously mentioned for similar cases) and then stitch the edges closed. However, the best approach is to have the patient lie on their back and, using your hand, find out where the bulge is softest, as that’s where the membrane is likely ruptured. In the areas that feel intact, it will resist more. Once you identify where it's likely torn, make incisions in two lines with a knife, cutting out the section in between, so that the internal membrane gets a fresh wound on both sides; because tissue that has been apart for a long time won’t heal just by stitching. Once the area is opened up, if any part of the membrane looks like it hasn’t been freshly cut, trim a small piece off to expose the edges to ulcerate. Other instructions regarding the stitching and remaining treatment have been outlined above.

Of varices in the belly.

Besides these, some people have varices in their bellies; but as the method of cure here does not differ from that which is practised in the legs, and being about to describe it by and by, I shall refer it to that place.

Besides these, some people have varicose veins in their stomachs; but since the treatment here is the same as the one used for the legs, and I'll describe it shortly, I'll refer you to that section.

CHAP. XVIII. A DESCRIPTION OF THE TESTICLES AND THEIR DISORDERS.

I now come to those diseases which arise in the private parts about the testicles: which, that I may the more easily explain, I shall first give a short account of the nature of the part. The testicles then have something resembling small glands(22): for they do not discharge blood, and are void of all sensation; the coats, however(23), which contain them, are pained in wounds and inflammations. Now each of them hangs from the groin by a nerve (the vas deferens) which the Greeks call cremaster[ HK ]: and with each descends348 both a vein and an artery. And these are covered with a membrane, thin, nervous, not sanguineous, and white, which by the Greeks is called elytroides[ HL ]. Over that is a firmer coat, which adheres strongly in the lowest part to the interior one. The Greeks call it dartos[ HM ]. Besides, there are many small membranes, which inclose the veins and arteries, and those nerves; and betwixt the two coats in the superior part they are thin and open. Thus far then the coats and vessels are peculiar to each testicle. But there is a sinus common to both, and to all the internal part, which is also exposed to our view. The Greeks call it oscheum[ HN ]; in our language it is scrotum. And this in the lower part is slightly connected with the middle coats, above only envelopes them.

I will now discuss the diseases that occur in the area around the testicles. To make this clearer, I'll start with a brief description of that part of the body. The testicles are similar to small glands; they don't release blood and have no sensation. However, the coverings around them can feel pain from injuries and inflammation. Each testicle hangs from the groin by a nerve (the vas deferens), which the Greeks refer to as cremaster. Along with each testicle, a vein and an artery also descend. These are covered by a thin, nerve-like, non-blood-containing, white membrane, which the Greeks call elytroides. Above that is a tougher layer that strongly adheres to the inner layer at the bottom, known as dartos in Greek. There are also several small membranes that enclose the veins, arteries, and nerves, and the space between the two layers at the top is thin and open. So far, the layers and vessels are specific to each testicle. However, there is a common cavity for both testicles and their internal parts, which is also visible. The Greeks call it oscheum; in our language, it's the scrotum. The lower part of the scrotum is slightly attached to the middle layers, while the upper part only surrounds them.

Under this then several disorders occur: which happen sometimes when these coats, which I said had their origin from the groin, are ruptured; at other times, when they are entire: for sometimes the coat, which ought to separate the intestines from the inferior parts, is either first inflamed from a distemper, and afterwards burst by the weight, or ruptured at once by some wound. Then either the omentum alone, or that and the intestine together, fall down into it by their own weight. And finding a way there, they bear down gradually from the groin upon the inferior parts, and by and by divide the nervous coats, which, for the reason I gave before, are open. The Greeks call these enterocele[ HO ] and epiplocele[ HP ]: with us an indecent, but common name for them is hernia.

Under this, several issues occur: sometimes when the membranes that I mentioned coming from the groin are torn; other times when they are intact. Sometimes the membrane that should separate the intestines from the lower parts becomes inflamed due to an illness, and then bursts under pressure, or is ruptured all at once due to an injury. Then either the omentum alone, or both the omentum and the intestine, drop down into it due to their own weight. Finding their way there, they gradually push down from the groin onto the lower parts, eventually dividing the nerve membranes, which, for the reason I explained before, are open. The Greeks refer to these as enterocele __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and epiplocele__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; we have an inappropriate, but common term for them, which is hernia.

Now if the omentum descends, the tumour in the scrotum is never removed either by fasting, turning the body one way or another, or placing it in any particular posture; and if the breath be kept in, it is not much increased, is unequal to the touch, and soft and slippery.

Now, if the omentum drops down, the tumor in the scrotum is never removed by fasting, turning the body in different directions, or putting it in any specific position; and if the breath is held, it doesn't really increase much, feels uneven to the touch, and is soft and slippery.

But if the intestine also descends, the tumour without any inflammation sometimes lessens, at other times increases, and it is generally free from pain, and when a person is at rest, or lies down, it sometimes entirely subsides, at other times it is so diminished, that a very small part of it remains in the scrotum; but upon vociferation, or repletion,349 and a violent exertion of force in bearing a great weight, it increases: by cold it is contracted, by heat dilated; and at that time the scrotum is both round and smooth to the touch, and what lies within is slippery; if it be pressed, it returns to the groin; and being let go, it rolls down again with a murmuring kind of noise, and this happens in the lesser degrees of this malady. But sometimes from the reception of excrements, the swelling is vastly enlarged, and cannot be reduced; and occasions pain at such times to the scrotum and groin, and abdomen. Sometimes too the stomach is affected, and throws up first reddish coloured bile, then green, and in some even black.

But if the intestine also drops down, the tumor without any inflammation sometimes shrinks, other times grows, and is generally painless. When a person is resting or lying down, it can sometimes completely go away, and at other times it’s reduced to just a small part in the scrotum. However, when someone shouts, eats a lot, or strains to lift something heavy, it increases. Cold makes it smaller, while heat makes it larger; during this time, the scrotum feels round and smooth to the touch, and what’s inside feels slippery. If pressed, it goes back up to the groin; when released, it rolls back down with a kind of gurgling noise, happening in the milder cases of this condition. But sometimes, due to the buildup of waste, the swelling becomes significantly larger and can’t be reduced, causing pain in the scrotum, groin, and abdomen at times. Occasionally, the stomach is affected as well, leading to vomiting first reddish bile, then green, and in some cases, even black.

Sometimes the membranes being entire, a fluid distends this part: and there are also two species of this. For it either collects between the coats, or in the membranes, which surround the veins and arteries in that part, when they are oppressed, and have grown callous. Neither has that fluid betwixt the coats one certain seat: for sometimes it lodges between the external and middle, sometimes betwixt the middle and internal coat. The Greeks call this by the general name of hydrocele[ HQ ], of whatever species it be. Our countrymen, not being acquainted with any distinctions, include this also under the same name as the former disorders.

Sometimes the membranes are intact, and a fluid builds up in this area: there are two types of this condition. It can either collect between the layers or in the membranes that surround the veins and arteries when they are constricted and have become hardened. The fluid between the layers doesn’t have a fixed location; sometimes it settles between the outer and middle layers, and other times between the middle and inner layer. The Greeks refer to this by the general name of hydrocele __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, regardless of the type. People in our country, not knowing the distinctions, also refer to this by the same name as the previous disorders.

Now in these there are some symptoms, that belong to all, and others, that are peculiar to each particular species. The general are such as indicate the collection of a fluid; the particular, its seat. We know a fluid is contained within, if there be a tumour, that never disappears entirely, but is sometimes lessened by fasting, or a slight fever, and chiefly in children. And this is soft, if there is not a very great quantity of fluid within; but if it has greatly increased, it resists like a bottle filled, and tightly tied; the veins in the scrotum also are inflated; if we press upon it with our finger, the fluid yields, and fluctuating raises the part that is not pressed; and it appears through the scrotum, as if it were in a glass or a horn; and in itself is attended with no pain. The seat of it is thus known: If the water be betwixt the external and middle coat, when we press with two fingers, it gradually returns between350 them; the scrotum is somewhat lax and whitish; if it is stroked, it stretches little or nothing; the testicle can neither be seen nor felt in that part. But if it is within the middle coat, the scrotum is more stretched and raised higher, so that the penis above it is concealed under the swelling.

Now, there are some common symptoms that apply to everyone, and others that are specific to each type. The general symptoms indicate that a fluid is building up, while the specific ones reveal its location. We know fluid is present if there’s a lump that never completely goes away, but can sometimes shrink during fasting or a mild fever, especially in children. This lump is soft if there's not a large amount of fluid; however, if it has increased significantly, it feels firm like a tightly sealed bottle. The veins in the scrotum may also be swollen; when we press on it with our finger, the fluid moves, creating a shifting sensation that raises the part not pressed; and it appears through the scrotum, as if contained in a glass or horn; and it doesn’t cause any pain. The location of the fluid is determined like this: If the fluid is between the outer and middle layer, when we press with two fingers, it gradually shifts back between them; the scrotum is somewhat loose and whitish; if we stroke it, it stretches very little; the testicle cannot be seen or felt in that area. But if the fluid is within the middle layer, the scrotum is more stretched and elevated, to the point that the penis above it is hidden under the swelling.

Besides these, when the coats are equally entire, a ramex grows there. The Greeks call it cirsocele[ HR ], when the veins swell. These being sometimes twisted, and rolled up toward the superior part, fill either the scrotum, or the middle coat, or the innermost one; sometimes they grow even within the innermost coat about the testicle itself and its nerve. Those that are in the scrotum itself are exposed to view; and those which lie upon the middle or innermost coat, as being deeper, are not indeed equally discernible, but yet are visible; besides that there is both some swelling, according to the size and capacity of the veins, and it also resists pressure more, and is unequal by reason of the varicous dilatations of the veins; and on that side where it is, the testicle is more dependent than it should be. But when this malady has grown upon the testicle itself and its nerve, the testicle hangs down much lower, and becomes less than the other, as being deprived of its nutriment.

Besides this, when the coverings are all intact, a condition called ramex occurs there. The Greeks refer to it as cirsocele __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ when the veins swell. These veins can sometimes twist and curl up toward the top, filling either the scrotum, the middle layer, or the innermost layer; at times, they even grow within the innermost layer around the testicle itself and its nerve. The veins in the scrotum are visible, while those in the middle or innermost layer are deeper and not as easily seen, but can still be detected; additionally, there is some swelling depending on the size and capacity of the veins, which also feel firmer to the touch and are uneven due to the varicose swelling of the veins. On the affected side, the testicle hangs lower than it should. However, when this condition affects the testicle and its nerve, the testicle hangs much lower and becomes smaller than the other one, as it loses its nourishment.

Sometimes, though seldom, flesh grows between the coats. The Greeks call that sarcocele[ HS ].

Sometimes, though rarely, flesh grows between the layers. The Greeks call that sarcocele__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sometimes too the testicle itself swells from an inflammation, and also brings on fevers; and unless the inflammation has quickly ceased, the pain reaches to the groin and ilia; and these parts swell, and the nerve, by which the testicle hangs, is enlarged, and grows hard at the same time.

Sometimes, the testicle can swell due to inflammation, which can also cause fevers. If the inflammation doesn't stop quickly, the pain can extend to the groin and hips. These areas swell, and the nerve that supports the testicle gets enlarged and hardens at the same time.

Besides the foregoing, the groin is also sometimes filled with ramices; which case they call bubonocele[ HT ].

Besides the above, the groin is also sometimes filled with branches; in this case, they call it bubonocele__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

351

351

CHAP. XIX. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR TREATING TESTICULAR DISEASES.

These disorders being known, we must proceed to treat of their cure: in which some things are common to them all, some proper to the particular kinds. I shall first speak of the general: and now treat of those, which require the knife. For those, that are either incurable, or ought to be treated in a different manner, I shall take notice of, when I come to the particular species. Now the incision is made sometimes in the groin, sometimes in the scrotum. In either method it is necessary for the patient to drink water for three days before; and the preceding day even to fast: on the day of the operation, he must be laid on his back; and if the incision is to be in the groin, and that is covered with hair, it must first be shaved; then the scrotum being extended to render the skin tense, the incision must be made at the bottom of the belly, where the inferior coats are joined to the abdomen. It must be opened boldly, till the external coat, which is the scrotum itself, be cut, and the middle one come in view. When the wound is made, there is an opening toward the inferior parts. Into that the fore finger of the left hand must be introduced, that by separating the intervening membranes it may enlarge the sinus. And an assistant taking hold of the scrotum with his left hand, must extend it upward, drawing it away as much as possible from the groin; at first with the testicle, while the physician cuts away by the knife, if he cannot separate them by his finger, all the small membranes, that are above the middle coat; after this, letting go the testicle, that it may slip down, and come near to the wound, and be brought out thence by the finger, and laid upon the belly with its two coats. And if any part of it is corrupted, it must be cut off. And as several veins are dispersed upon it, the small ones may be cut at once, but the larger should be first tied with a pretty352 long thread, to prevent a dangerous hemorrhage from them.

These disorders being known, we must now discuss their treatment: some methods are common to all, while others are specific to particular types. I'll start with the general methods and focus on those that require surgery. For the conditions that are either untreatable or should be approached differently, I’ll address those later when I cover the specific types. The incision is sometimes made in the groin and sometimes in the scrotum. In either case, it’s necessary for the patient to drink water for three days beforehand and to fast the day before the procedure. On the day of the operation, the patient should lie on their back. If the incision is to be made in the groin, and there is hair there, it must first be shaved. Then, the scrotum should be stretched to make the skin taut, and the incision should be made at the bottom of the abdomen, where the inner layers connect to the abdomen. The incision should be made confidently until the outer layer, which is the scrotum itself, is cut and the middle layer is visible. Once the wound is open, there will be an opening towards the lower parts. The index finger of the left hand should be inserted to gently separate the surrounding membranes and widen the opening. An assistant, using their left hand, should pull the scrotum upwards and away from the groin as much as possible, starting with the testicle. Meanwhile, the surgeon should use a knife to cut away any small membranes above the middle layer, or if necessary, separate them with their finger. Once that is done, the testicle should be released so that it slips down closer to the wound, and can be brought out by the finger and placed on the abdomen with its two layers exposed. If any part of it is rotten, it needs to be cut off. There are several veins that are dispersed over it; the small ones can be cut all at once, but the larger ones should be tied first with a fairly long thread to avoid dangerous bleeding from them.

But if the middle coat be affected, or the disease lies below it, it must be cut out in such manner, that in the higher part close to the groin it should be clean cut off: but the whole must not be taken away below; for what is strongly connected at the base of the testicle with the innermost coat, cannot be cut off without the greatest danger, and for that reason must be left there.

But if the middle layer is affected, or the disease is deeper, it needs to be removed carefully, ensuring that the upper part near the groin is completely cut away. However, the entire section shouldn't be taken out from below; anything that is tightly attached at the base of the testicle to the innermost layer can't be removed without significant risk, so it must be left intact.

The same method is to be taken in the innermost coat too, if that be injured. But it must be cut off, not at the top of the wound in the groin, but a little below that; lest it bring on inflammations by wounding the membrane of the abdomen. Neither on the contrary must too much of it be left; lest afterwards it form a sinus, and afford a receptacle to the same distemper.

The same approach should be used for the innermost layer if it's damaged. However, it should be cut off not at the top of the wound in the groin, but a little below it, to avoid causing inflammation by injuring the abdominal membrane. On the other hand, too much should not be left behind either, as this could lead to a sinus forming and create a place for the same condition to develop.

The testicle being thus cleansed must be gently let down through the wound, with the veins, and arteries and its nerve; and care must be taken, that no blood fall into the scrotum, and that it does not remain coagulated in any part: which will be prevented, if the physician has been careful to tie the veins. The threads, by which their ends are secured, must hang without the wound: and when a suppuration comes on, they will fall off without any pain. Upon the wound itself must be put two fibulæ; and over them an agglutinating medicine.

The testicle, once cleaned, must be gently pushed through the wound along with the veins, arteries, and nerve; care must be taken to avoid any blood entering the scrotum and to ensure nothing coagulates in any area: this can be avoided if the doctor has properly tied off the veins. The threads used to secure the ends should hang outside the wound; when infection occurs, they will fall off without causing pain. Two clips should be placed on the wound, and an adhesive medicine applied over them.

It is sometimes necessary to cut off something from one of the lips, that the cicatrix may be larger and broader. When this is the case, the lint must not be pressed down upon it, but only laid on lightly; and over it some medicines to repel an inflammation, such as sordid wool, or spunge squeezed out of vinegar; every thing else must be used as when a suppuration ought to be excited. But when it is necessary to make the incision beneath, the patient being laid on his back, the left hand must be put below the scrotum; and a strong hold must be taken of it, and the incision made; if the seat of the disorder be small, the incision must be moderately sized, so as to leave a third part of the scrotum below entire, in order to support the testicle; if it be larger, the wound may be greater, a little at the bottom only being left entire, upon which the testicle may rest. But the knife at first should be held in a straight di353rection, with a very light hand, till it divide the scrotum itself; then the point of it must be turned aside a little, to cut the transverse membranes, that are between the external and middle coats. But the middle coat ought not to be touched, if the disease lie above it; but if it lies below the middle coat, that must be cut too; as likewise the third, if that cover the malady. Wherever the disorder is found, the assistant should squeeze the scrotum gently at the lower part; and the physician having separated the inferior part by his finger, or the handle of the knife, should bring the coat out of the wound, and make such an incision with an instrument, which from its figure is called corvus, that he may introduce his fore and middle fingers: when this is done, the remaining part of the coat must be cut, and the knife must pass between the two fingers, and whatever is noxious must either be taken out, or be allowed to run out.

Sometimes it's necessary to cut something from one of the lips so that the scar can be larger and broader. When this happens, the lint shouldn't be pushed down onto it but should be laid on gently; over it, some medications to prevent inflammation, like dirty wool or sponge soaked in vinegar, should be used. Everything else should be handled as if a pus formation is supposed to happen. If an incision needs to be made beneath, the patient should be lying on their back, with the left hand placed under the scrotum; grip it firmly and make the incision. If the issue is small, the incision should be moderate in size, leaving about a third of the scrotum intact to support the testicle. If the issue is larger, the wound may be bigger, leaving only a small part at the bottom intact for the testicle to rest on. Initially, the knife should be held straight with a light hand until it cuts through the scrotum; then the tip should be slightly angled to cut through the membranes between the outer and middle layers. The middle layer shouldn't be touched if the disease is above it; however, if it’s below, that layer should be cut as well, along with the third layer if it covers the problem. Wherever the issue is found, the assistant should gently squeeze the lower part of the scrotum; the physician, using their finger or the handle of the knife, should separate the lower part and pull the layer out of the wound, making an incision with a tool known as corvus, allowing them to insert their fore and middle fingers. Once that’s done, the remaining part of the layer needs to be cut, and the knife should go between the two fingers, allowing anything harmful to be removed or to drain out.

Whatever coat is injured in the operation must be cut off; and the middle one, as I observed before, as high as possible at the groin; the innermost one a little lower. But before they are cut off, the vessels ought to be tied very carefully by a thread; and the ends of this thread must be left without the wound, which must be done also in other veins, where the ligature is requisite.

Whatever coat is damaged during the operation must be removed; the middle one, as I mentioned before, should be cut as high as possible at the groin; the innermost one should be cut a bit lower. But before they are removed, the vessels should be carefully tied off with a thread; and the ends of this thread must be left outside the wound, which should also be done for other veins where tying is necessary.

When that is done, the testicle must be returned into its place: and the lips of the scrotum joined together by a suture: and the stitches must not be too few, lest they be not agglutinated, and the cure prove tedious; nor yet too many, lest they increase the inflammation. And in this case too we must be cautious, that no blood remain in the scrotum: afterwards agglutinants must be applied.

When that's done, the testicle should be placed back in its position, and the edges of the scrotum should be stitched together. The stitches shouldn't be too few, or they won’t hold, making the healing process longer; but they also shouldn't be too many, or they could cause more inflammation. Additionally, we need to be careful that no blood is left in the scrotum. After that, we should apply adhesives.

If however blood has made its way into the scrotum, or any coagulated blood has fallen down into it, an incision should be made below it; and after cleansing it, a spunge moistened with sharp vinegar must be applied round it. A wound that has been made for these reasons, after it is tied up, if there be no pain, must not be opened for the first five days; but either the wool or spunge, that lies over it, must be sprinkled twice a day with vinegar alone; if there be pain, it must be opened on the third day; and where there are fibulæ, they must be cut; and where lint, that must be changed; and what is put on, must be wet354 with oil of roses and wine. If the inflammation increases, to the foregoing applications must be added a cataplasm of lentils and honey, of pomegranate bark boiled in a rough wine, or a mixture of these. If the inflammation does not give way to them, after the fifth day, the wound must be fomented with plenty of hot water, till the scrotum itself be both extenuated, and become more wrinkled; then a cataplasm must be applied of wheat meal, with an addition of pine resin; which, if the patient be a robust man, must be boiled up with vinegar; if more delicate, with honey. And whatever the disorder has been, if there be a great inflammation, without doubt medicines to promote a suppuration must be applied.

If blood has gotten into the scrotum or if any clotted blood has settled there, you should make an incision below it. After cleaning the area, apply a sponge soaked in strong vinegar around it. A wound made for these reasons should stay closed for the first five days if there’s no pain; instead, sprinkle vinegar alone on the wool or sponge covering it twice a day. If there is pain, the wound should be opened on the third day; if there are stitches, they should be cut; and if there is lint, it should be changed. Whatever is applied should be moistened with rose oil and wine. If inflammation worsens, you should add a poultice of lentils and honey, pomegranate bark boiled in rough wine, or a mix of these. If the inflammation doesn’t improve by the fifth day, soak the wound with plenty of hot water until the scrotum thins and wrinkles. Then, apply a poultice of wheat flour mixed with pine resin. If the patient is strong, it should be boiled with vinegar; if they’re more delicate, use honey instead. Regardless of the issue, if there is significant inflammation, be sure to use medications to encourage pus formation.

But if pus is generated within the scrotum, a small incision ought to be made to give a vent; and so much lint is to be applied as to cover the orifice. When the inflammation is removed, upon account of the nerves, the last-mentioned cataplasm, and then cerate must be used. This is the peculiar treatment of wounds of this kind. All other things both in regard to the manner of dressing, and the diet, should be conformable to the directions we have given about other wounds.

But if pus forms in the scrotum, a small cut should be made to let it drain; then apply enough lint to cover the opening. Once the inflammation is gone, taking the nerves into account, the previously mentioned poultice and then ointment should be used. This is the specific treatment for these types of wounds. Everything else, regarding how to dress the wound and the diet, should follow the guidelines we've provided for other wounds.

CHAP. XX. OF THE TREATMENT FOR A RUPTURE OF THE INTESTINE INTO THE SCROTUM.

These things being premised, we must descend to the particular species. And if the intestine comes down in a young child, a bandage must be made trial of before the knife: for this purpose a roller is sewed, to which in one part a bolster is used made of cloths, which is applied under the intestine to repel it; and then the rest of the roller is bound tight about him: by means of which, the intestine is often forced in, and the coats are agglutinated together. Again if the patient be advanced in years, and from the largeness of the tumour it appears, that much of the intestine has fallen down, and the case is attended with pains and vomiting (which generally proceeds from the excre355ments getting down into that part by a crudity) it is plain that the knife cannot be used without fatal consequences; the complaint is therefore only to be alleviated; and the intestine evacuated by other methods.

These points established, we need to focus on the specific types. If the intestine descends in a young child, we should try a bandage before resorting to surgery. For this purpose, a roller is sewn, with a bolster made of cloths placed underneath the intestine to push it back up; then the rest of the roller is tightly wrapped around the child. This often helps push the intestine back in, and the layers stick together. However, if the patient is older and the size of the tumor suggests that a significant portion of the intestine has descended, and there are accompanying pains and vomiting (which usually happen because waste has moved into that area due to a buildup), it’s clear that surgery could lead to fatal outcomes. Thus, we should only focus on relieving the symptoms and using other methods to clear the intestine.

The patient ought to be bled in the arm: and then if his strength will admit, abstinence must be enjoined for three days; if he cannot bear that, at least as long as his strength will allow. At the same time must be kept upon it a cataplasm of lintseed boiled in mulse. After these both barley meal with resin must be applied, and the patient put into a bath of warm water mixed with oil; and some light and hot food must be given. Some even administer clysters. These may carry something into the scrotum, but cannot evacuate any thing from thence. The disease being mitigated by the methods above prescribed, if the pain returns at any time, the same course must be pursued.

The patient should have blood drawn from their arm. If they are strong enough, they should be advised to fast for three days; if they can’t manage that, then for as long as they are able. At the same time, a poultice made of flaxseed boiled in honey should be applied. After that, a mixture of barley flour and resin should be used, and the patient should be placed in a warm bath with oil mixed in. Some light, hot food should be provided. Some even use enemas. These might introduce something into the scrotum but cannot remove anything from there. If the illness improves with these treatments, but the pain comes back at any point, the same methods should be followed.

If a great portion of the intestine has fallen down without pain, it is also needless to make an incision; not but that it may be removed from the scrotum (unless an inflammation prevent) but because when repelled thence, it stops at the groin, and raises a tumour there; and thus there is not a termination, but a change of the malady.

If a large part of the intestine has dropped down without causing pain, there's no need to make an incision; it can be removed from the scrotum (unless there’s inflammation) but when pushed back, it just gets stuck at the groin and creates a lump there. So, it's not really a solution, but rather a shift in the problem.

But where the use of the knife is proper, as soon as the wound made in the groin shall reach to the second coat, that must be taken hold of near the lips with two small hooks, while the physician disengages it by taking out all the small membranes: for that, which is to be cut, cannot be injured without danger, as the intestine must lie below it. When it shall be separated, an incision must be made from the groin to the testicle, care being taken not to wound the last; then it must be cut out. For the most part however this operation is only practicable in children, and in a moderate degree of the malady.

But where using the knife is appropriate, as soon as the wound in the groin reaches the second layer, that layer must be grasped near the edges with two small hooks, while the doctor frees it by removing all the small membranes. This part that needs to be cut cannot be harmed without risk, since the intestine is located below it. Once it is separated, an incision should be made from the groin to the testicle, being careful not to damage the latter; then it should be cut out. However, this procedure is typically only feasible in children and in cases of the condition that are moderate.

But if it be a robust man, and the disorder be more considerable, the testicle ought not to be taken out, but to remain in its place. The operation is performed in this manner. The groin is opened in the same way by a knife, as far as the middle coat; and this coat in like manner is taken hold of with two hooks, and the testicle is held by an assistant(24), so as to prevent its coming out at the wound; then an incision must be made downward in this356 coat with a knife; and below it the fore finger of the left hand is introduced to the bottom of the testicle, which it forces up to the wound: then the thumb and fore finger of the right hand separate the vein and artery, and their nerve, and coat from the external coat. And if any small membranes obstruct this, they are divided by the knife, till the coat be wholly exposed to view. When all is cut out, that requires excision, and the testicle is replaced, a pretty broad habenula is to be taken from the lip of the wound in the groin, that the wound may be the larger, and generate the more flesh.

But if the person is strong and the condition is more serious, the testicle shouldn't be removed but should stay in place. The procedure is done like this: the groin is opened with a knife, reaching the middle layer. This layer is then held with two hooks, and the testicle is held by an A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0 to keep it from coming out at the wound. Next, a cut must be made downward in this356 layer with a knife; then the fingertip of the left hand is inserted to push the bottom of the testicle up to the wound. The thumb and forefinger of the right hand separate the vein, artery, nerve, and layer from the outer layer. If any small membranes get in the way, they are cut with the knife until the layer is fully exposed. Once everything that needs to be removed is cut out and the testicle is put back, a fairly broad flap is taken from the edge of the wound in the groin to enlarge the wound and promote more tissue growth.

CHAP. XXI. ON TREATING A RUPTURE OF THE OMENTUM INTO THE SCROTUM.

But if the omentum descends, the groin must be opened, and the coats separated in the same manner as directed before. And it must be considered whether it be a large or small part of it. For when it is very small, it must be forced back over the groin into the abdomen by a finger or the broad end of a probe: if it is large, whatever has fallen out of the abdomen must be allowed to remain there; and it must have escharotic medicines laid on it, till it mortify and fall off. Some in this case pass through it a needle with two threads, and tie the two ends of each contrary ways; by which it mortifies with equal certainty, but not so soon. The effect is accomplished sooner, if the part of the omentum above the ligature be rubbed with eating medicines, but not corrosive; they are called septica by the Greeks. There have been others, who have cut off the omentum with scissars: which is not necessary, where the quantity is small; and if large, it may occasion an hemorrhage; for the omentum is also connected by veins, and some of them large. Neither can this practice be justified by an example drawn from the cases of the belly opened by a wound, where the part of the omentum, which falls out, is cut away by the scissars: since in this case, it is both mortified, and cannot be taken off in any357 other way more safely. If the omentum be reduced, the wound ought to be stitched; or if it has been large and has mortified externally, the lips must be cut off, as proposed before.

But if the omentum drops down, the groin needs to be opened, and the layers should be separated just as previously instructed. It’s important to assess whether it’s a large or small section. If it’s very small, it should be pushed back over the groin into the abdomen using a finger or the broad end of a probe. If it’s large, whatever has protruded from the abdomen should be left there, and escharotic medicines should be applied until it dies off and falls away. Some people pass a needle through it with two threads and tie the ends in opposite directions, which also leads to it dying off, but not as quickly. The process happens faster if the part of the omentum above the ligature is treated with non-corrosive substances known as septica by the Greeks. Others have cut off the omentum with scissors, but this is unnecessary if the amount is small, and if it’s large, it may lead to bleeding because the omentum is also connected by veins, some of which are large. This method can't be justified by examples from cases of abdomen wounds, where the omentum that spills out is cut with scissors, since in those cases, it is both damaged and can't be removed safely in any other way. If the omentum is returned to its place, the wound should be stitched; or if it’s large and has died off on the outside, the edges need to be trimmed, as mentioned earlier.

Of a hydro­cele.

If there be a fluid within the membranes, an incision must be made, in boys upon the groin, unless too large a quantity of fluid forbid the operation in that place; but in men, and where-ever there is a large quantity, the scrotum must be opened. Then if the incision be made in the groin, the coats must be drawn out at that part, and the humour evacuated; if at the scrotum, and the disease be immediately below that coat, there is no more required but to evacuate the humour, and cut away any of the membranes, that happen to contain it; then it must be washed with water, and an addition either of salt, or nitre: if the disease lie within the middle or innermost coat, they must be taken entirely out of the scrotum and cut off.

If there is fluid within the membranes, an incision needs to be made: in boys, in the groin, unless the amount of fluid is too large for that area; in men, and where there is a significant amount, the scrotum must be opened. If the incision is made in the groin, the layers need to be pulled out at that point and the fluid drained. If the incision is at the scrotum and the issue is just beneath that layer, all that's needed is to drain the fluid and remove any membranes that contain it. Then, it should be rinsed with water, and either salt or nitre should be added. If the issue is within the middle or innermost layer, those layers must be completely removed from the scrotum and cut off.

CHAP. XXII. OF A RAMEX IN THE SCROTUM.

A ramex situated upon the scrotum must be cauterized with small and sharp irons run into the veins themselves, provided they burn nothing else: it is peculiarly necessary to apply the cautery where they are twisted and rolled together; afterwards meal mixed up with cold water must be laid on; and the bandage must be applied, which I recommended for the anus; on the third day lentils with honey must be put to it: after the separation of the eschars, the ulcers must be deterged with honey, embrocated with rose oil, and brought to cicatrize by dry lint. Where the veins above the middle coat swell, the groin must be cut, and the coat brought without the orifice; after which the veins are to be separated from it by the finger, or the handle of the knife, and where they adhere, tied both above and below by a thread; then they must be cut through close to the ligatures, and the testicle replaced. But if the ramex be situated upon the innermost358 coat, it is necessary to cut out the middle one. And then if two or three veins swell, so that some part be affected, but the greater part be from the disease, the same method must be pursued as directed above; that is, the veins being tied both at the groin and testicle, may be cut off, and the testicle reduced to its place. But if the ramex have seized upon the whole of it, the fore finger must be introduced through the wound, and put under the veins, so as to draw them out gradually and uniformly, till the one testicle be equal to the other; then fibulæ are to be put in the lips in such a manner, as to lay hold of these veins likewise. It is done thus. A needle passes through the lip from the external part, and then is directed not through the vein itself, but its membrane, and from thence is forced into the other lip. The veins ought not to be wounded, lest they discharge blood. There is always a membrane between these veins, which occasions no danger, and holds them fast enough, when taken up by the thread: and therefore two fibulæ are sufficient. After this, whatever veins have been brought out, should be returned into the groin with the broad end of the probe. The time for loosing the fibulæ is, when the inflammation is gone, and the ulcer deterged; that the cicatrix may at once bind up both the lips and the veins.

A lump located on the scrotum needs to be cauterized with small, sharp instruments inserted directly into the veins, ensuring they don't burn anything else. It's especially important to apply cautery where the veins are twisted together. After that, a mixture of flour and cold water should be placed on it, followed by the bandage I recommended for the anus. On the third day, lentils mixed with honey should be applied. Once the scabs fall off, the wounds should be cleaned with honey, treated with rose oil, and covered with dry lint to help them heal. If the veins above the mid-layer swell, a cut should be made in the groin, and that layer should be pulled out. Then, the veins should be separated by finger or knife handle, and where they stick, they should be tied above and below with thread. After that, they should be cut close to the ties, and the testicle repositioned. If the lump is on the inner layer, the middle layer needs to be cut out. If two or three veins swell with some being affected but most due to disease, follow the same process as before: tie the veins at the groin and testicle, cut them off, and place the testicle back. If the lump affects the whole testicle, insert a finger through the wound and gently pull the veins out until the testicle is even with the other one. Then, use clips to secure these veins. The process is as follows: a needle should go through the outer lip, not piercing the vein but its membrane, and then be pushed into the opposite lip. The veins should not be damaged to avoid bleeding. There is always a membrane between these veins that prevents any harm and holds them tightly when pulled by thread, thus two clips are enough. Finally, any protruding veins should be pushed back into the groin using the wider end of the probe. The clips can be removed once the inflammation has gone down and the wound has been cleaned, allowing the healing tissue to securely join both the lips and the veins.

When the ramex has grown between the innermost coat, and the testicle itself and its nerve, the only cure is to cut off the whole testicle: for it does not in the least contribute to generation, and hangs down in all indecently, in some even with pain. But in this case too, an incision is to be made in the groin, and the middle coat must be drawn out and cut away; the innermost one is to be treated in the same manner; and the nerve, by which the testicle depends, to be cut off. After this, the veins and arteries must be tied by a thread at the groin, and cut off below the ligature.

When the ramex has developed between the innermost layer and the testicle itself, along with its nerve, the only solution is to remove the entire testicle: it doesn't aid in reproduction at all, and it can hang down indecently, causing discomfort for some. In this situation, an incision should also be made in the groin, and the middle layer needs to be pulled out and removed; the innermost layer should be treated the same way; and the nerve that connects to the testicle should be cut. After that, the veins and arteries should be tied with a thread at the groin and cut below the tie.

359

359

CHAP. XXIII. OF A SARCOCELE.

If flesh happen to grow between the coats, it must certainly be taken out; and the most convenient way of doing it is by an incision in the scrotum.

If flesh happens to grow between the layers, it definitely needs to be removed; and the easiest way to do this is through an incision in the scrotum.

But if the nerve be indurated, the disorder cannot be cured either by the hand or medicines. For the patients are oppressed with ardent fevers, and either green, or black vomitings, besides these a violent thirst, and roughness of the tongue; and generally about the third day, frothy bile is discharged by stool, which excoriates the parts; and food can neither be easily taken or retained; not long after, the extremities grow cold, a tumour comes on, the hands are expanded involuntarily; then comes on a cold sweat in the forehead, which is followed by death.

But if the nerve is hardened, the condition can’t be cured by either surgery or medication. The patients suffer from intense fevers and may experience green or black vomiting, along with severe thirst and a rough tongue. Usually around the third day, frothy bile is expelled through the stool, which irritates the affected areas; food can’t be easily consumed or kept down. Soon after, the limbs become cold, swelling develops, the hands spread involuntarily; then a cold sweat appears on the forehead, followed by death.

CHAP. XXIV. OF A RAMEX IN THE GROIN.

When there is a ramex in the groin, if the swelling be small, a single incision ought to be made; if it be larger, it ought to be done in two lines, that what lies between may be cut out; and then without taking away the testicle, as I have above shewn to be sometimes practised in a rupture of the intestines, the veins must be taken up, and tied, where they adhere to the coats, and cut off below these knots. The cure of this wound is no way different from others.

When there's a hernia in the groin, if the swelling is small, a single incision should be made; if it’s larger, it should be done in two lines so that what’s in between can be removed; and then, without removing the testicle, as I’ve previously shown is sometimes done in cases of bowel rupture, the veins need to be secured and tied where they attach to the surrounding tissue, and cut off below those points. The treatment for this wound is not different from others.

360

360

CHAP. XXV. THE REQUIRED OPERATIONS FOR PENIS DISORDERS.

From those we are to proceed to the operations upon the penis. If the glans be bare, and a person chuses for the sake of decency to have it covered, that may be done; but more easily in a boy than a man; and more easily in one, to whom it is natural, than in another, who according to the custom of some nations has been circumcised; better where the glans is small, and the skin about it pretty large, and the penis itself short, than where there is quite the reverse of these circumstances. The cure of these, in whom it is natural, is performed in this manner. The skin about the glans is laid hold of, and extended till it cover it, and tied there; then near the pubes a circular incision is made on the skin of the penis, till it be laid bare; and great caution is used not to cut either the urinary pipe, or the veins in that part. When this is done, the skin is drawn towards the ligature, so that a part near the pubes is laid bare resembling a hoop; then over it is applied lint, that the flesh may grow and fill it up, and the breadth of the wound may afford a sufficient covering to the glans. But the ligature must be continued till a cicatrix be formed, leaving only in the middle a small passage for the urine. But in a person, that has been circumcised, under the circle of the glans, the skin ought to be separated by a knife from the inner part of the penis. This is not very painful, because the extremity being loosened, it may be drawn backwards by the hand, as far as the pubes; and no hemorrhage follows upon it. The skin being disengaged, is extended again over the glans; then it is bathed with plenty of cold water, and a plaister put round it of efficacy in repelling an inflammation. For the following days the patient is to fast, till he be almost overcome with hunger, lest a full diet should perhaps cause an erection of that part. When the inflammation is gone, it ought to be bound up from the pubercles to the circle of the glans;361 and a plaister being first laid on the glans, the skin ought to be brought over it; for thus it will happen, that the inferior part may be united, and the superior heal so as not to adhere.

From there, we will move on to procedures involving the penis. If the glans is exposed and someone wants it covered for modesty, that can be done; it’s easier to do in a boy than in an adult; and easier for someone for whom it's natural than for someone who, according to the customs of certain cultures, has been circumcised. It’s better when the glans is small, the surrounding skin is relatively large, and the penis itself is short, rather than the opposite. The procedure for those where it is natural proceeds as follows: grasp the skin around the glans and stretch it until it covers it, securing it in place. Then a circular incision is made near the pubis to expose the skin of the penis, taking care not to cut the urethra or veins in that area. After this, the skin is pulled toward the ligature, leaving a part near the pubis exposed like a hoop; lint is then applied to promote healing and fill in the area so that the wound’s width provides adequate coverage for the glans. The ligature must stay in place until a scar forms, leaving only a small opening for urine in the middle. For someone who has been circumcised, the skin should be detached from the underside of the glans using a knife. This isn’t too painful, as the loosened tip can be pulled back by hand towards the pubis without causing bleeding. Once the skin is freed, it is pulled back over the glans, soaked in plenty of cold water, and a plaster is applied to help prevent inflammation. For the next few days, the patient should fast until nearly starving to avoid a full stomach which could lead to an erection. Once the inflammation subsides, the area should be bandaged from the pubic hair to the base of the glans; a plaster should first be placed on the glans before the skin is brought back over it. This way, the lower part can heal together while the upper part heals without sticking.

On the contrary, if the glans be covered, so that it cannot be denuded (which malady the Greeks call phymosis) it must be opened: which is done in this manner. An incision is made in the prepuce below its extremity, in a right line to the frænum; and the upper part being thus relaxed, may be drawn back. But if this be not effectual, either upon account of the straitness or hardness of the prepuce, a piece of skin must be immediately cut out in the lower part in the form of a triangle, with its vertex at the frænum, and the base at the extremity of the prepuce. Then lint is to be applied over it, and other medicines to heal it. And it is necessary to continue at rest till it be cicatrized; for walking, by the attrition it causes, renders the ulcer foul.

On the other hand, if the glans is covered in such a way that it can't be exposed (which the Greeks call phymosis), it needs to be opened up. This is done as follows: an incision is made in the foreskin below its tip, in a straight line towards the frænum; and by relaxing the upper part, it can be pulled back. However, if this isn't effective due to the tightness or stiffness of the foreskin, a triangular piece of skin needs to be cut out at the bottom, with the point at the frænum and the base at the tip of the foreskin. Then, apply lint over it, along with other medicines to promote healing. It's important to keep still until it has healed completely; walking can cause friction that may make the ulcer worse.

Of in­fibu­lat­ing boys.

Some have made a practice of infibulating boys, sometimes upon account of their health(25): the method of doing it is this. The skin that covers the glans is extended, and marked on both sides with ink, where it may be perforated, and then is let go. If these marks return upon the glans, too much has been taken up, and it ought to be marked nearer the extremity: if the glans is not reached by them, that part is proper for the fibula. Then where the marks are, the skin is pierced by a needle followed by a thread, and the two ends of this thread are tied together, and moved every day, till small cicatrices be formed about the orifice. When these are confirmed, the thread is taken out, and a fibula put in, which, the lighter it is, is so much the better. But this operation however is more frequently needless than necessary.

Some people have made it a habit to infibulate boys, sometimes for their health. Here’s how it’s done: The skin covering the glans is stretched and marked on both sides with ink to show where it should be pierced, and then it’s released. If the marks touch the glans, too much skin has been taken up, and they should be marked closer to the tip. If the marks don’t reach the glans, that area is suitable for the fibula. Once marked, the skin is pierced with a needle followed by a thread, and the two ends of the thread are tied together and moved daily until small scars form around the opening. When the scars are developed, the thread is removed and a fibula is inserted, which should be as light as possible. However, this procedure is usually more unnecessary than necessary.

362

362

CHAP. XXVI. OF THE PROCEDURE REQUIRED FOR RELIEVING URINARY RETENTION AND LITHOTOMY.

Sometimes when no urine is made, an operation is necessary to discharge it, either because the passage is collapsed from old age, or because a stone, or some other concretion from blood has obstructed it within; and a moderate inflammation also often prevents it from being evacuated in a natural way. And this is requisite not only in men, but in women too sometimes. For this purpose are made copper pipes; and that these may serve for all bodies larger and smaller, a physician must have by him three for men, and two for women. Of the male kind, the largest is fifteen fingers breadth long, the middle size twelve, the least nine; for the females, the greater is nine, and the lesser six. They ought to be curved, but more especially the male kind, and very smooth; and their diameter neither too large, nor too small.

Sometimes when no urine is produced, surgery is needed to release it, either because the passage is collapsed from age, or because a stone or some other solid mass from blood has blocked it inside; and a moderate inflammation often stops it from being passed naturally. This is necessary not only for men, but sometimes for women as well. For this purpose, copper pipes are made; and to accommodate all body sizes, a physician should have three for men and two for women. For males, the largest is fifteen fingers long, the medium size is twelve, and the smallest is nine; for females, the larger is nine, and the smaller is six. They should be curved, especially the male ones, and very smooth; and their diameter should neither be too large nor too small.

The patient then is to be laid on his back, in the same manner as is described in the operation for the stone, either on a couch or bed. The physician standing on the right side, ought with his left hand to take hold of the penis if it be a man, and with his right to introduce the pipe into the urinary passage; and when it comes to the neck of the bladder, by an inclination of the pipe and the penis at once, to force it into the bladder, and when the urine is evacuated, to take it out again. In a woman, the urethra is both shorter, and straighter, and resembles a caruncle, being situated between the labia pudenda above the vagina; and they as frequently require assistance, but it is not attended with so much difficulty.

The patient should be lying on their back, similar to how it's described in the procedure for bladder stones, either on a couch or a bed. The physician, standing on the right side, should use their left hand to hold the penis if it's a male patient and use their right hand to insert the catheter into the urinary passage. When the catheter reaches the neck of the bladder, it should be angled together with the penis to guide it into the bladder, and once the urine is drained, it should be removed. In females, the urethra is shorter and straighter, resembling a small protrusion located between the labia above the vagina; they also often need assistance, but it’s usually not as complicated.

Sometimes a stone sliding into the urethra, sticks, where that grows narrower(26), not far from the end; if possible it ought to be drawn out either by a specillum oricularium, or the instrument, with which the stone is extracted in cutting for that distemper. If that has proved impracticable, the prepuce must be drawn out as much as possible,363 and the glans being covered, must be tied by a thread; then on one side a longitudinal incision must be made into the penis, and the stone extracted; after this the prepuce is let go; for by this means the sound part of the skin covers the incision in the penis, and the urine will be discharged in the natural way.

Sometimes a stone can get stuck in the urethra, especially in the area where it narrows a bit before the end. If possible, it should be removed either with a speculum or with the tool used to extract stones during surgery for that condition. If that doesn't work, the foreskin needs to be pulled out as much as possible, and the glans should be covered and secured with a thread. Then, a longitudinal incision should be made on one side of the penis to remove the stone. After that, the foreskin can be released, allowing the healthy part of the skin to cover the incision on the penis, ensuring that urine can flow naturally.

Since I have made mention of the bladder and stone, the place itself seems to require me to subjoin the chirurgical cure for calculous patients, when they can be relieved no other way. But since that is a very dangerous method, it is by no means proper to undertake it precipitately. Nor is it to be attempted in every season, nor at all times of life, nor in every degree of the disease; but only in the spring, and upon a patient, whose age exceeds nine years, and not fourteen; also if the disease has arisen to such a height that it can neither be overcome by medicines, nor protracted, but that in some time it must kill. Not but that now and then even a rash attempt succeeds; however it more frequently fails in this case, because there are more kinds and seasons of danger, all which I shall mention together with the operation itself.

Since I’ve mentioned the bladder and stones, I feel it's necessary to add the surgical treatment for patients with stones when no other options are available. However, this method is very risky, so it shouldn't be done hastily. It's not something to try in every season, at any age, or in every stage of the illness; it should only be done in the spring, and for patients older than nine but younger than fourteen. It’s also only appropriate if the disease has advanced to a point where it can't be treated with medication and is going to be fatal soon. Occasionally, a reckless attempt can work out, but more often it fails because there are more types and timing of risks involved, all of which I will discuss along with the procedure itself.

Therefore when it is resolved to try the last remedy, for some days before, the body must be prepared by diet, that is, by taking moderately wholesome food, no way glutinous, and drinking water. In the mean time the patient must exercise by walking, to cause the stone to descend towards the neck of the bladder. Whether this has happened may be known by introducing the fingers, as I shall shew in the operation. When that is certain, the boy must first fast for a day; and then the operation must be performed in a warm place; which is conducted in this manner.

So, when it is time to try the final remedy, the body should be prepared for a few days beforehand with a proper diet. This means eating moderately healthy food that's not sticky and drinking water. During this time, the patient should walk to help move the stone down toward the neck of the bladder. You can check if this has happened by feeling with your fingers, as I will demonstrate during the procedure. Once that's confirmed, the boy should fast for a day, and then the operation should take place in a warm location, which is done like this.

A strong and skilful man sits down upon a high seat, and laying the boy, whose back is towards him, in a supine posture, setting his hips upon his knees, takes hold of him, and drawing up his legs, orders the boy to put down his hands to his hams, and pull them toward his body with all his might, and at the same time he holds them in that posture. But if the patient be pretty strong, two able men must sit behind him on two contiguous seats, and both their seats, and their legs next each other must be tied together, to prevent their giving way. Then he is placed upon both364 their knees in the same manner, and the one according as he sits, lays hold of his left leg, and the other of his right; and at the same time he himself draws up his hams. Whether he be held by one or two, they lie forward with their breasts upon his shoulders. Whence it happens, that the sinus above the pubes, between the ilia, is extended without any wrinkles, and the bladder being compressed into a small compass, the stone may be the more easily laid hold of. Besides, two strong men are placed one at each side, who stand by, and do not suffer either the one or two, that hold the boy, to give way.

A strong, skilled man sits down on a high seat and lays the boy, who is facing away from him, on his back. He sets the boy’s hips on his knees, holds him firmly, and pulls up his legs, instructing the boy to place his hands on his thighs and pull them toward his body with all his strength, while he maintains that position. If the patient is fairly strong, two capable men must sit behind him on two connected seats, tying their seats and legs together to prevent any movement. The boy is then positioned across both of their knees in the same way, with one man gripping his left leg and the other holding his right, while the boy himself pulls his thighs up. Whether being held by one or two, they lean forward with their chests against his shoulders. This results in the area above the pubes, between the hip bones, stretching without any wrinkles, allowing the bladder to compress and making it easier to access the stone. Additionally, two strong men stand on either side to ensure that neither the one nor the two holding the boy can let go.

Then the physician, having carefully pared his nails, introduces his fore and middle fingers of the left hand together, being first slightly anointed with oil(27), into the anus of the patient, and lays the fingers of his right hand lightly upon the lowest part of his abdomen; lest if his fingers on both sides at once should press strongly upon the calculus, it might hurt the bladder. And this must not be done hastily, as in most cases; but so as may be safest: for hurting the bladder brings on convulsions, with a danger of death. And first of all the stone is sought for about the neck: where if it be found, it is expelled with less trouble; and therefore I said the operation was not to be attempted, unless this were known by its proper signs. If either it was not there, or has gone backward, the fingers are applied to the end of the bladder; and the right hand being removed also beyond it, it is brought gradually down.

Then the doctor, after carefully trimming his nails, inserts the fore and middle fingers of his left hand, which are lightly coated with oil__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, into the patient's anus, while placing the fingers of his right hand gently on the lower part of the abdomen. This is done to avoid applying too much pressure to the calculus from both sides at once, which could harm the bladder. This shouldn’t be done quickly, as is the case in most situations; it should be done in the safest manner possible, since damaging the bladder can lead to convulsions and potentially be life-threatening. First, the doctor looks for the stone near the neck of the bladder; if it is found there, it can be removed with less difficulty. Therefore, I mentioned that the procedure should not be attempted unless this is confirmed by the appropriate signs. If it is not located there or has moved back, the fingers should be applied to the end of the bladder, and with the right hand also moved beyond it, the stone is gradually pushed down.

And when the stone is found (as it must necessarily fall between the surgeon’s hands) it is drawn down with the greater caution by how much it is smaller and smoother, lest it escape, that is, lest there be a necessity to harass the bladder again and again. Therefore the right hand is always kept before the stone; and the fingers of the left force it downwards, till it come to the neck. Into which part, if it be oblong, it must be forced so as to come out prone(28); if flat, so as to be transverse; if square, that it may rest upon two angles; if it be larger at one end, so that the smallest may pass first. In a round one, from the figure itself it is plain, there is no difference, save that if it be smoother in one part than another, that should come out first.

And when the stone is found (as it inevitably will be in the surgeon’s hands), it is carefully drawn down more cautiously the smaller and smoother it is, to prevent it from slipping away, meaning there would be a need to disturb the bladder repeatedly. So, the right hand is always positioned in front of the stone, while the fingers of the left push it downwards until it reaches the neck. If that part is oblong, it must be pushed out prone to __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; if it's flat, it should come out sideways; if it’s square, it should rest on two angles; and if it’s larger on one end, the smaller end should come out first. With a round one, it’s clear from its shape that there’s no particular difference, except if one side is smoother, that side should come out first.

365

365

When it is brought to rest upon the neck of the bladder, a lunated incision must be made in the skin, near the anus, as far as the neck of the bladder, with the horns pointing a little towards the ischia; then in that part where the bottom of the wound is straiter, again under the skin(29), another transverse wound must be made, by which the neck may be cut; till the urinary passage be open in such a manner, that the wound is something larger than the stone. For those, who through fear of a fistula (which in that part the Greeks call ouroruas[ HU ]) make but a small opening, are reduced to the same inconvenience with greater danger; because the stone, when it is brought away by force, makes a passage, if it does not find one. And this is even more pernicious, if the shape or asperity of the stone contribute any thing to it: whence both an hemorrhage and convulsion may ensue. But though a person escape these, the fistula will be much larger, when the neck is lacerated, than it would have been if cut.

When it's positioned at the neck of the bladder, a crescent-shaped incision should be made in the skin near the anus, extending to the neck of the bladder, with the ends slightly angled towards the ischia. Then, in the area where the bottom of the wound is narrower, another horizontal incision should be made beneath the skin__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ to cut through the neck, until the urinary passage is opened wider than the stone itself. Those who, out of fear of creating a fistula (which the Greeks refer to as ouroruas__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__), make a small opening, end up facing the same issue with greater risk; because if the stone is removed forcefully without an adequate passage, it will create one. This is even more harmful if the shape or roughness of the stone contributes to the situation, potentially causing both bleeding and convulsions. However, even if a person avoids these complications, the fistula will be significantly larger if the neck is torn rather than cut.

When the opening is made, the stone comes into view; the size of which makes a material difference with respect to its management. Therefore if it be small, it may be pushed forward on one side, and drawn out on the other by the fingers. If larger, a crotchet(30) made for the purpose must be put over the upper part of it. This at its extremity is thin, beat out into the form of a semicircle, broad and blunt; on the external part smooth(31), where it comes in contact with the wound; on the inside rough, where it touches the stone. And it ought to be pretty long; for one too short has not force enough to extract it. When it is fixed, it ought to be inclined to each side, that the stone may appear, and be held fast, because if it be laid hold of, it also gives way to it. And the necessity for this is, lest when the crotchet begins to be drawn, the stone may fly inward, and the crotchet fall upon the edge of the wound, and lacerate it, the danger of which I have already shewn.

When the opening is made, the stone becomes visible; its size has a significant impact on how it should be handled. If it's small, you can push it forward on one side and pull it out on the other with your fingers. If it's larger, a crochet __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ designed for this purpose needs to be placed over the upper part of it. This tool is thin at the end, shaped like a semicircle, wide and blunt; the outer part smooth__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ where it touches the wound, and the inside is rough where it touches the stone. It should be relatively long because one that’s too short won’t have enough force to remove it. When it’s in place, it should be tilted to either side so that the stone is visible and secured; if it’s grasped, it also has to give way. This is necessary to prevent the stone from being pushed inward when the crotchet is pulled, which could cause the crotchet to hit the edge of the wound and tear it, a risk I have previously mentioned.

When it appears that the stone is securely held, a triple motion must be made, almost at the same instant, to both366 sides, and then externally; but this must be done gently, and the stone must be first drawn a little forward; after this, the end of the crotchet must be raised upward, that it may be farther within the bladder, and bring it out the more easily. But if the stone cannot be conveniently held at the superior part, its side must be taken hold of. This is the most simple method.

When it seems like the stone is securely in place, you need to make a triple motion almost simultaneously to both sides, and then outward; but do this carefully, and first pull the stone a little forward. After that, lift the end of the hook upward so it's deeper in the bladder, making it easier to remove. If you can’t grab the stone from the top, take hold of it from the side. This is the simplest method.

But a variety of circumstances requires some particular observations. For there are some stones not only rough, but also full of sharp points, which falling of themselves into the neck of the bladder, are extracted without any danger. But if they are within the bladder, it is neither safe to seek them, nor draw them forward; because when they wound it, they bring on convulsions and death; and more especially if any point is fixed in the bladder, and causes it to fall into folds, as it is brought down towards the neck. Now a stone is discovered to be in the neck, when the urine is made with greater difficulty than ordinary; and to be pointed, when it comes away bloody; and this is particularly to be tried by the fingers, and the operation is not to be attempted unless we are sure it is there. And even then the fingers must be introduced, and opposed to it behind tenderly, lest they wound by pushing it with violence; then the incision must be made. And in this case also many have made use of the knife. Meges (because the knife being weak might fall on some prominence of the stone, and after having cut the flesh above it, would not divide where there is a hollow, but leave what will require a second incision) made an iron straight instrument, with a broad back on its upper part, and its lower part semicircular and sharp. This being taken between his fore and middle fingers, and his thumb laid upon it, he prest it so, that together with the flesh, he might cut any part of the stone that was prominent: by which he gained this advantage, that he made a sufficient opening at once. Now in whatever method the incision in the neck is made, a rough stone ought to be extracted gently; no violence being used for the sake of expedition.

But a range of situations requires some specific observations. Some stones are not only rough but also have sharp points. If they fall into the neck of the bladder on their own, they can be removed without danger. However, if they are inside the bladder, it's unsafe to try to find them or push them forward because they can cause wounds, leading to convulsions and even death. This is especially true if a point gets lodged in the bladder, causing it to fold as it's pushed down towards the neck. You can tell a stone is in the neck when urination becomes more difficult than usual, and it’s pointed if the urine comes out bloody. You should check for this by feeling with your fingers, and you shouldn’t attempt any procedure unless you’re sure it’s there. Even then, you need to gently introduce your fingers behind it to avoid causing wounds by pushing too hard, and then you can proceed with the incision. In this situation, many have used the knife. Meges noted that if the knife is too weak, it might slip onto a prominent part of the stone, cutting the flesh above it but not dividing it where there’s a hollow, resulting in the need for a second incision. He therefore created a straight iron instrument with a broad upper part and a sharp, semicircular lower part. Holding it between his fore and middle fingers and with his thumb on top, he pressed it so that he could cut any prominent part of the stone along with the flesh, allowing for a sufficient opening in one go. Regardless of the method used for the incision in the neck, a rough stone should be removed gently, without using force for the sake of speed.

But a sandy stone is easily discovered both before the operation, from the discharge of sandy urine, and in the operation; because it makes but a faint resistance to the fingers, and that not equally, and besides is apt to slide367 away. Also urine, that brings off with it something like scales, discovers the stones to be soft, and that they are composed of several small ones not firmly united together. All these it is proper to bring away gently, changing alternately the fingers in such a manner, that they may not hurt the bladder, and no broken relics stay behind, which may afterwards render the cure difficult. Any of these, that come into view, must be extracted either by the fingers or crotchet.

But a sandy stone is easily found both before the procedure, from the presence of sandy urine, and during the procedure; because it offers only slight resistance to the fingers, and not evenly, and it tends to slide367 away. Also, urine that carries something like scales indicates that the stones are soft and made up of several small pieces that aren't firmly stuck together. All of these should be removed gently, alternating the use of fingers so that they don't injure the bladder and no broken bits are left behind, which could make the recovery harder. Any of these that become visible should be extracted either with fingers or a hook.

But if there are several stones, they must every one be taken out; but if any very small one remain, it may rather be left: for it is difficult to find it in the bladder; and when found, it quickly escapes. Thus by long search the bladder is hurt, and mortal inflammations are brought on; in so much that some, though they were not cut, when the bladder has been long, and to no purpose, roughly handled, by the fingers, have died. Besides all which, a small stone being brought to the wound afterwards by the urine, drops out.

But if there are several stones, each one must be removed; however, if a very small one is left, it can be left alone: it’s hard to locate it in the bladder, and when found, it quickly escapes. This prolonged search can harm the bladder and lead to serious inflammation, so much so that some people, even without surgery, have died after the bladder has been handled roughly for a long time without success. Additionally, a small stone can later be expelled through the urine after the wound.

In case the stone appears so large, that it cannot be extracted without lacerating the neck, it must be split. The author of this contrivance was Ammonius, who upon that account was called Lithotomus[ HV ] (the stone-cutter.) It is done in this manner. A crotchet is fixed upon the stone with so sure a hold as to prevent it from recoiling inward: then an iron instrument of moderate thickness, with a thin edge, but not sharp, is made use of. This is applied to the stone, and being struck on the other side, cleaves it; great care being taken, that neither the instrument come to the bladder, nor any thing fall in by the breaking of the stone.

If the stone is too large to be removed without injuring the neck, it needs to be split. The inventor of this method was Ammonius, which is why he was called Lithotomus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (the stone-cutter). Here's how it's done: a hook is secured onto the stone firmly enough to keep it from moving inward. Then, a moderately thick iron tool with a thin edge, but not sharp, is used. This tool is applied to the stone and struck on the other side to split it, making sure that neither the tool touches the bladder nor any fragments fall in during the breaking of the stone.

These operations are performed upon females much in the same manner, concerning whom a very few peculiarities must be mentioned. For in them, where the stone is very small, cutting is unnecessary; because it is forced by the urine into the neck, which is both shorter, and laxer than in men: therefore it often drops out of itself, and if it sticks in the urinary passage, which is narrower, it is however extracted without any harm by the abovementioned crotchet. But in larger stones the same method is ne368cessary. However, in a virgin, the fingers should be introduced into the rectum as in a man, in a married woman by the vagina. Again, in a virgin, the incision must be made below the left lip of the pudendum; but in a married woman, between the urinary passage, and the bone of the pubes; the wound also must be transverse in both places, and we need not be alarmed if the hæmorrhage be considerable from a female body.

These procedures are performed on females in a similar way, but there are a few specific points to mention. For them, if the stone is very small, cutting is not needed; it can be pushed out by urine into the neck, which is shorter and looser than in males. Therefore, it often comes out on its own, and if it gets stuck in the urinary passage, which is narrower, it can still be removed safely using the previously mentioned tool. However, for larger stones, the same technique is required. In a virgin, the fingers should be inserted into the rectum like with males, while in a married woman, it should be done via the vagina. Additionally, in a virgin, the incision should be made below the left side of the vulva; in a married woman, it should be made between the urinary passage and the pubic bone. The wound in both cases should be horizontal, and we shouldn't worry if there is a significant amount of bleeding from a female body.

When a stone is extracted, if the patient be strong, and not greatly spent, we may let the blood flow to lessen the inflammation. And it is not amiss for the patient to walk a little, that if any grumous blood remain within, it may drop out. But if it does not cease of itself, it must be stopped, lest the strength be entirely exhausted; and this is to be done immediately after the operation in weak patients. For as a person is in danger of a convulsion, whilst the bladder is fatigued, so there is another fear, when the applications are removed, lest there be such an hæmorrhage as to prove mortal: to prevent which, the patient ought to sit down in sharp vinegar with the addition of a little salt; by which means both the blood commonly stops, and the bladder is contracted, and therefore is less inflamed. But if that does little service, a cupping vessel must be applied, both in the knees(32) and hips, and above the pubes too.

When a stone is removed, if the patient is strong and not overly weak, we can allow some blood to flow to reduce inflammation. It's also a good idea for the patient to walk a bit so that any clotted blood inside can drain out. However, if the bleeding doesn’t stop on its own, it needs to be controlled to avoid completely draining the patient’s strength; this should be done right after the procedure in weaker patients. Just as someone is at risk of convulsions while their bladder is under strain, there’s also a concern about excessive bleeding when the bandages are taken off, which could be fatal. To prevent this, the patient should sit in sharp vinegar mixed with a little salt; this usually helps stop the bleeding and contracts the bladder, reducing inflammation. If that doesn't help much, a cupping vessel should be applied to both the knees__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and hips, as well as above the pubic area.

When either a sufficient quantity of blood has been evacuated, or the hæmorrhage stopped, the patient must be laid upon his back, with his head low, and his hips a little raised; and over the wound must be applied a double or triple linen cloth wet with vinegar. Then after an interval of two hours, he must be let down in a supine posture into a bath of hot water, so that he may be under water from the knees to the navel, the other parts being covered with clothes, only with his hands and feet bare, that he may be both less exhausted, and be able to continue there the longer. This commonly produces a plentiful sweat; which in the face is to be now and then wiped off by a spunge. And the rule for the continuance of this bathing is, till it hurts by weakening. After that the patient must be anointed plentifully with oil, and a handful of soft wool saturated with warm oil, must be laid on, so as to cover the pubes and hips, and groin, and the wound itself, which must still369 remain covered with the linen beforementioned; and this is to be moistened now and then with warm oil; that it may both prevent the admission of cold to the bladder, and gently mollify the nerves. Some make use of healing cataplasms. These do more hurt by their weight, which by pressing upon the bladder(33) irritates the wound, than service by their heat: and for that reason, not so much as any kind of bandage is necessary.

When enough blood has been lost or the bleeding has stopped, the patient should lie on their back with their head lowered and hips slightly elevated. A double or triple layer of linen cloth soaked in vinegar should be placed over the wound. After two hours, the patient should be gently lowered into a hot water bath, submerging from the knees to the navel, while keeping the rest of the body covered with clothes, leaving only the hands and feet exposed. This will help them feel less exhausted and stay in the bath longer. This typically leads to a good sweat, which should be wiped off the face with a sponge from time to time. The bath should continue until it becomes uncomfortable due to weakness. Afterward, the patient should be generously oiled, and a handful of soft wool soaked in warm oil should be placed over the pubic area, hips, groin, and the wound itself, which should still be covered with the previously mentioned linen. This linen should be occasionally moistened with warm oil to prevent cold from entering the bladder and to gently soothe the nerves. Some people apply healing poultices, but these can do more harm than good by pressing on the bladder and irritating the wound, so bandages are not necessary.

On the day following, if there be a difficulty in breathing, if the urine is not evacuated, or if the part above the pubes has immediately swelled, we may be assured, that grumous blood has staid within the bladder. Therefore the fingers being introduced in the same manner as above, the bladder must be handled gently, and whatever has happened to be coagulated there dispersed; by which means it is afterwards discharged from the bladder through the wound. Neither is it improper to inject through the wound into the bladder by a syringe, a mixture of vinegar and nitre; for if there be any bloody concretions, they are discussed in that way. And these may be done even the first day, if we are afraid of any thing being within; especially when weakness has prevented the evacuation of it by walking. The other methods laid down for the preceding day, the putting him into the bath, applying the cloth, and wool in the manner above described, are to be continued.

The next day, if there's trouble breathing, if the urine hasn't been released, or if the area above the pubic bone has swollen immediately, we can be sure that clotted blood is stuck in the bladder. So, by inserting the fingers in the same way as before, the bladder should be gently handled, and any clotted matter there should be broken up; this helps it to be discharged from the

But a boy is neither to be put so often into the warm water, nor kept there so long at a time, as a youth; the weak, as the strong; one affected with a slight inflammation, as another, in whom it is more violent; one whose body is disposed to evacuations, as he that is bound. But in the mean time, if the patient sleep, and his breathing be equal, his tongue moist, his thirst tolerable, his lower belly not at all swelled, and the pain and fever moderate, we may take it for granted that the cure goes on well.

But a boy shouldn't be put into warm water as often, or kept there as long, as a young man; the weak, just like the strong; someone with a slight inflammation, just like another with a more severe one; someone whose body is prone to evacuations, just like someone who is constipated. However, in the meantime, if the patient is sleeping, and his breathing is steady, his tongue is moist, his thirst is manageable, his lower abdomen isn't swollen at all, and the pain and fever are moderate, we can assume that the recovery is progressing well.

But in such patients the inflammation ceases commonly about the fifth or seventh day: when that is abated, the bath is needless. Only the wound, as the patient lies in a supine posture, must be fomented with hot water, that if the urine corrodes, it may be washed away. Digestive medicines must be laid on; and if the ulcer appears to want deterging, honey may be applied. If that corrodes, it must be tempered with rose oil. The enneapharmacum plaister370 seems fittest for this intention, for it both contains suet to promote digestion, and honey to deterge the ulcer, marrow also, and especially that of veal, which is particularly efficacious in preventing a fistula from remaining. And at that time lint is not necessary over the ulcer; but is properly laid above the medicine to keep that on. But when the ulcer is cleansed, it must be brought to cicatrize by lint alone.

But in these patients, the inflammation usually stops around the fifth or seventh day: once that subsides, bathing is unnecessary. Only the wound, while the patient is lying on their back, should be soaked with hot water, so if the urine causes irritation, it can be rinsed away. Digestive medicines should be applied, and if the ulcer looks like it needs cleansing, honey can be used. If that starts to irritate, it should be mixed with rose oil. The enneapharmacum plaster370 seems best for this purpose, as it contains suet to aid digestion, honey to clean the ulcer, and marrow, especially from veal, which is particularly good at preventing a fistula from forming. At that stage, lint isn’t needed over the ulcer; it should just be placed on top of the medicine to keep it in place. But once the ulcer is clean, it should heal with only lint.

At this time, however, if the cure has not proceeded happily, various dangers arise: which one may quickly prognosticate, if there be a continual watching, or a difficulty of breathing, if the tongue be dry, if there be a violent thirst, if the bottom of the belly swells, if the wound gapes, if the urine that makes its way through it, does not corrode it; in like manner, if before the third day some livid stuff drops out; if the patient makes no answers to questions, or very slowly; if there are vehement pains; if after the fifth day violent fevers come on, and a nausea continues; if lying upon the belly is the most agreeable posture. However nothing is worse than a convulsion, and a bilious vomiting before the ninth day. But there being reason to fear an inflammation, it must be obviated by abstinence, and moderate food seasonably administered; and by applying, at the same time, fomentations, and the other means above prescribed.

At this point, if the treatment hasn't gone well, various dangers can arise, which can be quickly predicted with careful observation. Signs to watch for include constant monitoring, difficulty breathing, a dry tongue, intense thirst, swelling in the abdomen, a gaping wound, and urine passing through that doesn't cause irritation. Similarly, if any dark material falls out before the third day or if the patient doesn't respond to questions or does so very slowly, it's a concern. Severe pain, high fevers after the fifth day, and ongoing nausea are also red flags. If lying on the stomach is the most comfortable position, that's another warning sign. However, nothing is worse than convulsions and severe vomiting before the ninth day. If there's a risk of inflammation, it should be addressed with fasting and lightly introduced food, along with applying warm compresses and the other methods previously mentioned.

CHAP. XXVII. OF A GANGRENE AFTER SURGERY FOR STONE REMOVAL.

The next danger is that of a gangrene. This is known by a discharge of fetid sanies both by the wound and the penis, and together with that, something not very different from grumous blood, and little films like small locks of wool; it is also known by the lips of the wound being dry, by a pain in the groin, by the continuance of the fever, and its increase at night, and by the accession of irregular shudderings. Now it must be considered to what part the gangrene spreads. If to the penis, that part grows hard and red, and is painful to the touch, and the testicles swell371, if to the bladder, a pain of the anus follows, the hips swell, the legs cannot be easily extended; but if to one side, it is apparent to the sight, and has these same symptoms on either side, but not so violent.

The next danger is gangrene. It’s recognized by a foul discharge from both the wound and the penis, along with something resembling clotted blood and small, wool-like pieces. It’s also indicated by the lips of the wound being dry, pain in the groin, ongoing fever that worsens at night, and irregular shivers. Now, we need to look at where the gangrene is spreading. If it affects the penis, that area becomes hard and red, is painful to touch, and the testicles swell371. If it spreads to the bladder, it causes pain in the anus, swelling in the hips, and difficulty extending the legs; but if it spreads to one side, it becomes visible and shows similar symptoms on either side, but not as intense.

The first circumstance of importance is, that the body lie in a proper posture, that the part into which the disease is propagated be always laid highest. Thus if it tends to the penis, the patient should lie supine; if to the bladder, upon his belly; if to one side, upon the other, which is sound. Then as to the means of cure, the patient must be put into a bath made of a decoction of horehound, or cypress, or myrtle, and the same liquor must be injected into the wound by a syringe; then a mixture of lentils and pomegranate bark both boiled in wine must be laid on; or bramble, or olive leaves boiled in the same manner, or other medicines, which we have prescribed for restraining and cleansing gangrenes. And if any of these shall be in a dry form, they must be blown in through a writing reed.

The first important point is that the body should be in the right position, with the affected area elevated. So, if the issue is related to the penis, the patient should lie on their back; if it's related to the bladder, they should be on their stomach; and if it affects one side, they should lie on the opposite sound side. For treatment, the patient needs to be placed in a bath made from a brew of horehound, cypress, or myrtle, and the same mixture should be injected into the wound using a syringe. After that, a paste of lentils and pomegranate bark boiled in wine should be applied; alternatively, bramble or olive leaves boiled in the same way, or other remedies we've recommended for controlling and cleaning up gangrene. If any of these are in a dry form, they should be blown in through a reed pen.

When the gangrene begins to stop, the ulcer should be washed with mulse. And at this time cerate must be avoided, which softens the flesh, and prepares it for receiving the infection. Rather let washed lead with wine be laid on; over which shall be applied the same spread upon a linen cloth: by which a cure may be accomplished. Nevertheless we should not be ignorant, that when a gangrene has begun, the stomach, which has a certain sympathy with the bladder, is often affected; whence it happens, that the food can neither be retained, nor if any is retained, can it be concocted, nor the body nourished; and therefore the wound can neither be deterged nor incarned: which must of necessity soon bring on death.

When the gangrene starts to heal, the ulcer should be cleaned with honey. At this stage, you should avoid ointments, as they soften the tissue and make it susceptible to infection. Instead, apply washed lead mixed with wine, followed by the same mixture on a linen cloth; this approach can lead to healing. However, we should understand that when gangrene occurs, the stomach, which is closely connected to the bladder, can often be affected. This can result in an inability to keep food down, and even if food is kept down, it may not be digested or nourish the body. As a result, the wound cannot be cleaned or heal properly, which will inevitably lead to death.

But as it is not possible, by any means, to save patients under these circumstances, from the first day however, the method of cure must be regularly observed. In the conduct of which some caution is also necessary with regard to the food and drink: for at the beginning, none but moist food ought to be given; when the ulcer is deterged, of the middle kind; greens and salt fish are always hurtful. A moderate quantity of drink is required: for if too little is drunk, the wound is inflamed, the patient labours under a want of sleep, and the strength of the body is diminished: if too much be taken, the bladder is frequently filled,372 and by that means irritated. It is too plain to require a frequent repetition, that the drink must be nothing but water.

But since it is impossible to save patients under these circumstances, from the very first day, the treatment method must be regularly followed. In the conduct of this, some caution is also needed regarding food and drink: in the beginning, only moist food should be given; once the ulcer is cleaned, food of a moderate consistency can be introduced; greens and salt fish are always harmful. A moderate amount of drink is necessary: if too little is consumed, the wound becomes inflamed, the patient suffers from a lack of sleep, and the body's strength diminishes; if too much is drunk, the bladder is frequently filled,372 which causes irritation. It is so obvious that it doesn't need to be repeated often, but the drink must consist solely of water.

It generally happens from a diet of this kind, that the belly is bound. A clyster must be given of a decoction of fenugreek or mallows in water. The same liquor mixed with rose oil, must be injected into the wound by a syringe, when the urine corrodes it, and prevents it from being cleansed. For the most part, at first, the urine is discharged by the wound; whilst it is healing, it is divided, and part begins to be discharged by the penis, till the wound be entirely closed: which happens sometimes in the third month, sometimes not before the sixth, at other times after a whole year.

It usually happens with this type of diet that the stomach gets constipated. An enema should be given using a brew made from fenugreek or mallows in water. The same mixture, combined with rose oil, should be injected into the wound with a syringe when the urine irritates it and prevents it from being cleaned. Most of the time, at the beginning, the urine comes out through the wound; as it heals, it starts to split, and part of it begins to come out through the penis, until the wound completely closes: this can happen sometimes in the third month, sometimes not until the sixth, and occasionally after a whole year.

And we should not despair of a solid agglutination of the wound, unless where the neck has been greatly lacerated, or many and large caruncles, and at the same time some nervous substances have come away by a gangrene. But the greatest precaution must be used, that no fistula, or at least a very small one, be left there. Therefore, where the wound tends to cicatrize, the patient should lie with his thighs and legs extended: unless the stones have been soft or sandy; for in that case the bladder is not so soon cleansed: and, therefore, it is necessary for the wound to be longer open; and never to be brought to cicatrize till nothing more of that nature be discharged.

And we shouldn’t lose hope for a proper healing of the wound, unless the neck has been badly torn, or there are many large growths, and at the same time some nerve tissue has been lost due to gangrene. But we must take great care to ensure that no fistula, or at least a very small one, remains. So, where the wound is healing, the patient should lie with their thighs and legs extended—unless the stones have been soft or sandy; in that case, the bladder doesn’t clear out as quickly, and so the wound needs to stay open longer; it shouldn’t be allowed to heal until nothing more of that kind has been discharged.

But if the lips have united before the bladder was cleansed, and the pain and inflammation have returned, the wound must be separated by the fingers, or the broad end of a probe, to allow a passage to what causes the pain: which being evacuated, and the urine having come away pure for a pretty while, cicatrizing medicines must at length be laid on, and the feet extended, as I directed before, as close to one another as possible.

But if the lips have come together before the bladder was cleaned out, and the pain and swelling have come back, the wound must be opened by hand or with the wider end of a probe to let out what’s causing the pain. Once that’s cleared out and the urine flows clean for a while, healing medicines should be applied, and the feet should be positioned as I mentioned earlier, as close together as possible.

But if from those causes, which I mentioned, there appears to be danger of a fistula, to close it the more easily, or at least to contract it, a leaden pipe must be introduced into the anus(34); and the legs being extended, the thighs and ancles must be tied together, till there be a cicatrix as good as we can obtain.

But if there seems to be a risk of a fistula from the causes I mentioned, to make it easier to close or at least narrow it, a lead pipe should be inserted into the anus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; and with the legs extended, the thighs and ankles must be tied together until we achieve the best possible scar.

373

373

CHAP. XXVIII. OF THE PROCEDURES NEEDED WHEN A MEMBRANE OR TISSUE BLOCKS THE VAGINA IN WOMEN.

The foregoing diseases may happen both to men and women. But some are peculiar to women; as in the first place, where the vagina, by its lips being joined, does not admit of coition. And this happens sometimes in the womb of the mother; at other times, from an ulcer in those parts, and the lips, in healing, having by bad management been united. If it be from the birth, a membrane obstructs the vagina: if from an ulcer, it is filled up with flesh.

The diseases mentioned earlier can occur in both men and women. However, some are specific to women, such as when the lips of the vagina are stuck together, preventing sexual intercourse. This can sometimes happen in the mother’s womb or as a result of an ulcer in that area, and if not treated properly, the lips may heal together. If it’s a birth defect, a membrane blocks the vagina; if it’s due to an ulcer, it can be filled with flesh.

In the membrane an incision must be made in two lines crossing each other, in the form of the letter X, great care being taken not to wound the urinary passage; and then the membrane is to be cut out. But if flesh has grown there, it is necessary to open it in a straight line; then taking hold of it with a vulsella or hook, to cut off a small habenula, as it were, from the orifice of the vagina, after which must be introduced a piece of lint rolled in a long form (by the Greeks called lemniscus) dipped in vinegar; and over this sordid wool moistened with vinegar is to be bound on; the third day, these are to be removed, and the part dressed like other wounds. And when it begins to heal, it is proper to introduce into the part a leaden pipe armed with a cicatrizing medicine; and over that to apply the same medicine, till the wound be cicatrized.

In the membrane, you need to make a cut in two lines that cross each other, forming an X shape, making sure not to damage the urinary passage. Then, the membrane should be removed. However, if there is flesh present, you must open it in a straight line. After that, using a vulsella or hook, you should cut off a small piece from the vaginal opening. Next, insert a rolled piece of lint (known in Greek as lemniscus) that's soaked in vinegar. Then, cover it with wool moistened with vinegar. On the third day, these should be removed, and the area treated like any other wound. Once it starts to heal, it's best to place a lead pipe filled with a healing medicine into the area and apply the same medicine on top of it until the wound heals completely.

CHAP. XXIX. THE METHOD FOR REMOVING A DEAD FETUS FROM THE WOMB.

When a woman conceives, if the foetus dies in the womb, near the time of delivery, and cannot come away of itself, an operation is necessary. This may be reckoned amongst374 the most difficult: for it both requires the highest prudence and tenderness, and is attended with the greatest danger. But above all, the wonderful nature of the womb, as in other cases, so in this also, is easily discovered.

When a woman becomes pregnant and the fetus dies in the womb close to the delivery date, but cannot be expelled naturally, a procedure is required. This is considered one of the most challenging cases because it demands both exceptional care and sensitivity and poses significant risks. However, most importantly, the remarkable nature of the womb, as seen in other instances, is clearly evident in this case as well.

In the first place, it is proper to lay the woman on her back, across a bed, in such a posture, that her ilia may be compressed by her thighs: whence it happens, that both the bottom of her belly is presented to the view of the physician, and the child is forced to the mouth of the womb; which is close shut, when the foetus is dead, but at intervals opens a little. The physician, making use of this opportunity, having his hand anointed, ought to introduce, at first, the fore-finger, and keep it there till the mouth be opened again, and then he must introduce another finger, and the rest upon the like opportunities offering, till his whole hand be within it. Both the capacity of the womb, and the strength of its nerves, and the habit of the whole body, and even the fortitude of the mind conduce much to the facility of doing this: especially, as in some cases, it is necessary to have both hands within the womb.

First, it's important to lay the woman on her back across a bed in a position that allows her thighs to compress her hips. This way, the bottom of her belly is visible to the doctor, and the baby is pushed toward the opening of the womb, which is tightly closed when the fetus is dead but opens slightly at intervals. The doctor should take advantage of this by anointing his hand and initially inserting his forefinger, keeping it there until the mouth opens again. Then, he should insert another finger, and continue adding fingers as more opportunities arise until his whole hand is inside. The size of the womb, the strength of its muscles, the condition of the entire body, and even the mental strength all play a significant role in how easily this can be done, especially in situations where it's necessary to have both hands inside the womb.

It is of importance, that both the bottom of the belly, and the extremities of the body be as warm as possible; and that an inflammation be not begun, but that help be administered instantly, while the case is recent. For if the body be already swelled, the hand can neither be introduced, nor the fœtus brought away without the greatest difficulty; and together with a vomiting and tremor, there generally follow mortal convulsions. When the hand is introduced upon the dead fœtus, it immediately discovers its posture: for it is either turned upon the head, or the feet, or lies transverse but commonly in such a manner; that either its hand or foot is near.

It’s important that both the lower abdomen and the extremities of the body stay as warm as possible, and that inflammation doesn’t start. Assistance should be given right away while the situation is still recent. If the body is already swollen, it becomes very difficult to insert a hand or remove the fetus. Additionally, vomiting and trembling usually lead to severe convulsions. When the hand feels the deceased fetus, it quickly reveals its position: it could be head-down, feet-first, or lying sideways, but typically in such a way that either its hand or foot is nearby.

The intention of the physician is, by his hand, to turn the child, either upon its head, or even upon its feet, if it happened to be in a different posture. And if there is no other hinderance, taking hold of the hand or foot puts the body in a better posture: for the hand being laid hold of, will turn it upon the head, and the foot upon its feet. Then if the head is nearest, a crotchet should be introduced, in every part smooth, with a short point, which is properly fixed, either in the eye, or the ear, or the mouth, some375times even in the forehead; and then being drawn outwards, brings away the child. Yet it is not to be extracted at any moment of time indifferently: for should it be attempted, when the mouth of the womb is shut, there being no exit for the child, it breaks to pieces, and the point of the crotchet slips upon the mouth of the womb itself, and there ensue convulsions, and extreme danger of death. Therefore, it is necessary to forbear, when the womb is shut; and when it opens, to draw gently; and every such opportunity to extract it gradually. The right hand must draw the crotchet, the left being kept within, must pull the child, and at the same time direct it.

The doctor’s goal is to reposition the baby, either by turning it upside down or standing it on its feet if it's in a different position. If there aren’t any other obstacles, grasping the hand or foot puts the body in a better position: grabbing the hand will flip it onto its head, while grabbing the foot will stand it upright. If the head is the closest part, a hook should be used, smooth everywhere with a short point, which can be properly placed either in the eye, ear, mouth, or sometimes even in the forehead; then, when pulled outwards, it helps to bring the child out. However, this should not be done at just any time: if attempted when the cervix is closed and there’s no way for the baby to exit, it can break apart, and the hook may slip against the cervix, leading to convulsions and a significant risk of death. Therefore, it’s essential to wait when the cervix is closed; once it opens, pull gently and take every opportunity to extract gradually. The right hand should pull the hook, while the left hand remains inside to pull the baby and guide it at the same time.

It sometimes happens, that the child is distended with water, and there is a fœtid sanies discharged from it. If this be the case, the body must be perforated with the fore-finger, that its bulk may be lessened by the discharge of the humour: then it must be taken out gently by the hands only: for the crotchet being fixed in a putrid body, easily loses its hold. The danger attending which, I have already pointed out.

It sometimes happens that a child has fluid buildup, and a foul discharge comes from it. If that’s the case, the body needs to be punctured with a finger to reduce the swelling by letting out the fluid. Then it should be removed gently by hand only, since using a tool on a decayed body can easily result in losing grip, which can be dangerous, as I’ve already mentioned.

But a child being turned upon its feet, is not difficult to extract: for these being taken hold of, it is easily brought away by the hands alone.

But it's not hard to lift a child when it’s standing on its feet; once you grab hold of them, you can easily take them away with just your hands.

If it be transverse, and cannot be got into a proper direction, a crotchet must be fixed in the armpit, and gradually pulled: in this case, the neck is generally doubled, and the head turns back upon the body. The remedy is, to cut through the neck, that the two parts may be brought away separately. This is done by a crotchet, which resembles the former, save that it is sharp all along the internal part. Then we must endeavour to bring away the head first, after that, the rest of the body: because generally, when the largest part is extracted, the head slips back into the womb, and cannot be extracted without the greatest danger.

If it’s sideways and can’t be turned into the right position, a hook needs to be placed in the armpit and gradually pulled. In this case, the neck usually bends, and the head turns back toward the body. The solution is to cut through the neck so that the two parts can be removed separately. This is done with a hook that is similar to the previous one, except it is sharp along the entire inside edge. Next, we should try to remove the head first, and then the rest of the body, because usually, when the largest part is taken out, the head slips back into the womb and can’t be removed without significant danger.

However, if this has happened, a double cloth must be laid upon the belly of the woman, and a strong and skilful man ought to stand at her left side, and put both his hands upon the lower part of her belly, and press with one upon another: by which means the head is forced into the mouth of the womb, and may then be extracted by the crotchet, in the manner above described.

However, if this occurs, a double layer of cloth should be placed on the woman's abdomen, and a strong and skilled man should stand to her left, placing both hands on the lower part of her belly and pressing one against the other. This will help guide the head into the opening of the womb, allowing it to be removed with the crotchet, as previously described.

376

376

But if one foot be found at the mouth of the womb, and the other is behind, with the body, whatever is protruded, must be gradually cut away. And if the buttocks begin to press upon the mouth of the womb, they must be thrust back again, and the other foot sought for and brought forward. There are also some other difficulties, which make it necessary to cut the child into pieces, when it cannot be brought away entire.

But if one foot is found at the opening of the womb and the other is behind the body, whatever is protruding must be slowly cut away. If the buttocks start to press against the opening of the womb, they need to be pushed back, and the other foot should be searched for and brought forward. There are also other difficulties that require cutting the child into pieces when it cannot be delivered whole.

Whenever a fœtus is brought away, it must be delivered to an assistant; who must take it in his hands, and then the physician ought to draw the umbilical cord gently with his left hand, but not to break it, and with the right to follow it, as far as what they call the secundines, which were the covering of the fœtus within the womb; and taking hold of the extremities of these, to separate all the small veins and membranes in the same manner, by his hand, from the womb, and to extract the whole of it, and any concreted blood that remains within. Then the woman’s thighs must be laid close together, and she placed in a room moderately warm, without any thorough air. To the bottom of her belly must be applied sordid wool dipped in vinegar and rose-oil. The remaining part of the cure ought to be the same, as is used in inflammations, and such wounds as are in nervous parts.

Whenever a fetus is delivered, it should be handed to an assistant who will take it in his hands. The physician should then gently pull on the umbilical cord with his left hand without breaking it, and with his right hand, follow the cord to what they call the secundines, which are the membranes covering the fetus in the womb. Grasping the ends of these membranes, he should separate all the small veins and membranes in the same way with his hand, removing everything along with any clotted blood that remains inside. The woman's thighs should be brought together, and she should be placed in a moderately warm room with no drafts. To the lower part of her belly, apply dirty wool soaked in vinegar and rose oil. The rest of the treatment should be the same as what is used for inflammations and wounds in the nervous areas.

CHAP. XXX. The procedures needed for anal diseases.

Diseases of the anus also, when they are not removed by medicines, require the assistance of the hand. Therefore, if any fissures, in that part, by long continuance, have become indurated, and are already callous, it is most proper to give a clyster; then to apply a hot spunge, in order to relax them, and bring them to the external part, when they are in view, to cut off each of them with a knife, and renew the ulcers; then to lay on soft lint, and over it honey spread upon a linen cloth; and to fill up the part with soft wool, and thus bind it up; on the next and following days, to dress with mild medicines, which I have elsewhere377 prescribed for the same disorders when recent; and in the first days to diet the patient with gruels, after that gradually to add to the food, but something of that kind, which I have directed in the same place. If at any time, from an inflammation, pus arises in them, as soon as that appears, an incision must be made to prevent the anus itself from suppurating. But we must not be in a hurry to do it before; for if it be cut while crude, the inflammation is much increased, and a greater quantity of pus is generated. In these wounds too, there is a necessity for mild food, and the same kind of medicines.

Diseases of the anus, when they can't be treated with medicine, need hands-on help. So, if there are any fissures in that area that have become hardened and calloused over time, it’s best to start with an enema. Then, use a warm sponge to help relax them and bring them to the surface. Once they're visible, carefully cut them off with a knife and clean up the ulcers. After that, place soft lint on the area and cover it with honey spread on a linen cloth, then fill the space with soft wool and secure it. In the following days, dress the wounds with gentle treatments that I’ve described elsewhere377 for similar recent conditions. Initially, keep the patient on a diet of gruels, gradually adding other types of food as I've indicated in the same section. If pus develops from inflammation, you’ll need to make an incision as soon as it appears to prevent the anus from getting infected. However, don’t rush into it; cutting it while it’s still raw can worsen the inflammation and lead to more pus. These wounds will also require mild food and the same treatments.

But the tubercles called condylomata, when they have grown hard, are cured in this manner. First of all, a clyster must be given. Then the tubercle being laid hold of by a vulsella, must be cut out near its roots. When this is done, the same course must be followed, that I prescribed after the preceding operation; only if there is any fungus, it must be kept under by copper scales.

But the growths called condylomata, when they have hardened, are treated this way. First, a enema should be administered. Then, the growth should be grasped with a forceps and cut out close to its base. After that, the same procedure must be followed as I recommended after the previous operation; however, if there is any fungus present, it should be managed with copper scales.

The mouths of the hæmorrhoidal veins, discharging blood, are taken off thus. When there is a discharge of sanies besides blood, an acrid clyster must be administered, that the mouths of the veins may be pushed the farther outward; which causes all the vessels to appear like small heads. Then if a head be very little, and have a small base, it must be tied with a thread a little above the point, where it joins the anus; and a spunge squeezed out of hot water must be laid over it, till it grow livid; then above the knot it must be scarified either by the nail or the knife. If this is not done, violent pains ensue, and a difficulty in making water. If it be pretty big, and the base broad, it must be taken hold of with a small hook or two, and an incision made round the tumour, a little above the base; and neither any part of the head must be left, nor any thing taken off the anus: which a person may accomplish, if he neither draws the hooks too much nor too little. Where the incision has been made, a needle should be put in, and below that the head tied with a thread. If there be two or three of them, the inmost must be cured first; if more than that number, not all at once, lest there be(35) sore places all round the part at the same time. If there is a discharge of blood, it must be received in a spunge; then lint must be applied; the thighs, groin, and what lies378 contiguous to the ulcer, be anointed, and cerate laid over it, and the part filled with warm barley meal, and thus bound up. The day following, the patient ought to sit down in warm water, and be dressed with the same cataplasm. And twice in the day, both before and after the dressing, the ischia and thighs must be anointed with liquid cerate, and the patient kept in a warm place. After an interval of five or six days, the lint is to be taken out with a specillum oricularium; and if these heads have not dropped off at the same time, they must be pushed off by the finger. Afterwards, the ulcer must be brought to heal by mild medicines, such as I have prescribed before. The proper treatment, when the disease is cured, I have already mentioned elsewhere.

The openings of the hemorrhoidal veins, which release blood, are treated like this. If there is a discharge of pus along with blood, an irritating enema should be given to push the openings of the veins further out, making all the vessels look like tiny heads. If a head is very small and has a small base, it should be tied off with a thread just above where it connects to the anus; then a sponge soaked in hot water should be placed over it until it turns dark. After that, the area above the knot should be lightly cut either with a nail or a knife. If this isn’t done, it can cause severe pain and difficulty urinating. If the head is somewhat bigger with a broad base, it should be grasped with one or two small hooks, and a circular cut should be made just above the base; no part of the head should be left attached, and nothing should be removed from the anus. This can be accomplished if the hooks are not pulled too tight or too loose. After making the incision, a needle should be inserted, and below that, the head should be tied with a thread. If there are two or three heads, the innermost one should be treated first; if there are more than that, they should not be treated all at once to avoid creating sore spots all around the area at the same time. If there’s a discharge of blood, it should be absorbed with a sponge; then lint should be applied. The thighs, groin, and the area next to the ulcer should be coated, and an ointment laid over it, with the area packed with warm barley meal before being bandaged. The next day, the patient should sit in warm water and be treated with the same poultice. Twice a day, before and after the dressing, the lower back and thighs should be coated with liquid ointment, and the patient should be kept warm. After five or six days, the lint should be removed using an ear speculum; if the heads haven’t fallen off by then, they should be gently pushed off with the finger. Afterwards, the ulcer should be treated to heal with gentle remedies, as I advised earlier. The appropriate treatment once the condition is cured has already been mentioned elsewhere.

CHAP. XXXI. Leg varices.

From these disorders we go on to the legs. Varices in these are not difficult to remove. To this place I have deferred the cure of those small veins, which hurt in the head, as also the varices in the belly, because it is the same in them all. Therefore any vein that is troublesome, either is cauterized, and so decays, or is cut out. If it be straight, or though transverse, yet simple, it is better to cauterize it. If it be crooked, and as it were twisted into orbs, or several of them are involved within each other, it is more convenient to cut them out.

From these disorders, we move on to the legs. Removing varicose veins here isn’t too hard. I’ve saved discussing the treatment for those small veins that cause pain in the head and the varicose veins in the belly for this part because the approach is the same for all of them. So, any troublesome vein is either cauterized, causing it to decay, or surgically removed. If the vein is straight, or even if it’s transverse but simple, it’s better to cauterize it. If it’s crooked and twisted into loops, or if multiple veins are intertwined, it’s more practical to cut them out.

The method of cauterizing is this. An incision is made in the skin over it; then the vein being laid bare, is moderately pressed by a small and blunt iron instrument red hot: and we must avoid burning the lips of the wound itself, which it is easy to draw back with small hooks. This is repeated over the whole varix, at the distance of about four fingers breadth; and after that a medicine for healing burns is laid on.

The cauterization method is as follows. First, an incision is made in the skin above the vein; then, the exposed vein is gently pressed with a small, blunt, red-hot iron tool. We need to be careful not to burn the edges of the wound itself, which can be held back with small hooks. This process is repeated along the entire varix, spacing each application about four fingers apart. Afterward, a burn healing ointment is applied.

But it is cut out in this manner. An incision being made in the same way in the skin over the vein, the lips are taken up with a small hook; and the vein is separated379 all round from the flesh by a knife, but in this great care is taken not to wound the vein itself; and a blunt hook is put under it; and generally, at the same distance mentioned before, in the same vein, the same operation is repeated. The course of it is easily discovered by extending it with the hook.

But it is done like this. An incision is made in the skin over the vein, and the edges are lifted with a small hook. The vein is separated all around from the surrounding tissue with a knife, but great care is taken not to damage the vein itself. A blunt hook is placed underneath it, and usually, at the same distance mentioned earlier, the same procedure is repeated on that vein. The path of the vein can be easily found by extending it with the hook.379

When this has been done, as far as the varices go, the vein, being brought forward in one part by the hook, is cut through, then where the next hook is, it is drawn up and pulled away, and is cut off there again. And in this manner the leg being entirely freed from the varices, the lips of the wounds are then brought together, and an agglutinating plaister is laid over them.

When this is done regarding the varicose veins, the vein is pulled forward in one section with a hook and then cut. Next, where the second hook is positioned, it's pulled up and removed, and then cut off again. This way, the leg is completely cleared of the varicose veins. The edges of the wounds are brought together, and a bonding plaster is placed over them.

CHAP. XXXII. OPERATIONS NEEDED FOR COHERING AND CROOKED FINGERS.

If the fingers, either from the birth, or by an ulceration in their opposite sides, have afterwards adhered together, they are separated by the knife; round each of them a plaister, not greasy, is put on, and thus they heal separately.

If the fingers, either from birth or due to an ulceration on their opposite sides, have stuck together afterwards, they are separated with a knife; a non-greasy plaster is applied around each of them, and they heal separately.

But if there has been an ulcer in a finger, and afterwards a cicatrix injudiciously brought on, has rendered it crooked; in the first place a malagma must be tried. If that does no good (which generally happens both in an old cicatrix, and where the tendons are hurt) then we ought to see whether the fault be in the tendon or the skin. If in the tendon, it ought not to be touched, for it is not curable: if in the skin, the whole cicatrix must be cut off, which being generally callous, prevents the fingers from being extended. Then being kept extended, it must be brought to cicatrize afresh.

But if there's been a sore on a finger and later a scar has formed that makes it crooked, first, a poultice should be tried. If that doesn’t work (which usually happens with an old scar or when the tendons are affected), then we need to check if the problem is with the tendon or the skin. If it's the tendon, we shouldn't touch it since it's not fixable. If it's the skin, the entire scar needs to be removed, as it’s usually hardened and stops the fingers from straightening. After that, we should keep the finger straight so it can heal properly.

380

380

CHAP. XXXIII. OF THE SURGERY NEEDED FOR GANGRENE.

I have elsewhere observed, that a gangrene comes about the nails, armpits or groin; and that if it does not yield to medicines, the member ought to be cut off.

I have noted before that gangrene can occur around the nails, armpits, or groin, and if it doesn't respond to treatment, the affected part should be amputated.

But even this is attended with very great danger: for the patients often die in the operation, either by a hæmorrhage, or faintings. But in this, as well as other cases, it is not to be considered, whether the remedy is very safe, which is the only one we have. Between the sound and corrupted part then, an incision must be made with a knife in the flesh, as far as the bone. But this must not be done over a joint; and some of the sound part must rather be cut off, than any of the corrupt left. When we come to the bone, the sound flesh must be drawn back from it, and cut below round the bone, that some part of the bone may also be laid bare under it; then the bone must be cut off with a saw, as close as we can to the sound flesh, that still adheres to it; and then the fore part of the bone, that has been roughened with the saw, must be smoothed, and the skin brought over it; which in a cure of this kind ought to be lax, that it may cover the bone as much as possible all round. The part, which the skin does not reach, must be covered with lint, and above that a spunge squeezed out of vinegar must be tied on the place. The remaining part of the cure must be the same, as I have directed in wounds which are brought to digestion(36).

But even this comes with significant risks: patients often die during the procedure, either from excessive bleeding or fainting. However, in this case, as in others, we can't focus on whether this treatment is very safe, as it's the only option we have. An incision must be made with a knife through the flesh down to the bone, but it shouldn't be done over a joint. It's better to remove some of the healthy tissue than to leave any of the unhealthy tissue intact. Once we reach the bone, we should pull back the healthy flesh and cut around the bone below it, exposing part of the bone. Then, we need to saw off the bone as close as possible to the healthy flesh that still connects to it. The rough edge of the bone must be smoothed, and the skin should be pulled over it; this skin should be loose enough to cover the bone as much as possible all around. The exposed area that the skin doesn't cover must be packed with lint, and a sponge soaked in vinegar should be tied over that. The rest of the healing process should follow the same steps as I directed for wounds treated for digestion __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.


381

381

A. CORNELIUS CELSUS

A. Cornelius Celsus

OF

OF

MEDICINE.

Healthcare.


BOOK VIII.


CHAP. I. ABOUT THE CONDITION AND STRUCTURE OF THE BONES IN THE HUMAN BODY.

It now remains, that I speak of what relates to the bones: for the easier understanding of which, I shall first describe their situations and forms. The first then is the skull, which is concave on the internal side, externally gibbous, and on each side smooth, both where it covers the membrane of the brain, and where itself is covered by the skin, from which the hair grows. In the occiput and temples it is simple; but double from the forehead to the vertex. And the bones of it in their external part are hard; on the inside, where they are connected with each other, softer. And veins are distributed between them, which probably supply them with nourishment.

Now, I will talk about the bones. To make it easier to understand, I'll first describe their positions and shapes. First, there's the skull, which is concave on the inside, rounded on the outside, and smooth on both sides where it covers the brain's membrane and where it's covered by the skin where hair grows. In the back of the head and at the temples, it's simple, but it's double from the forehead to the top of the head. The outside of the skull bones is hard, while the inside, where they connect to each other, is softer. There are veins between them that likely provide nourishment.

Now the skull is rarely entire without sutures; but in hot countries it is more frequently found so. And such a head is strongest, and the most safe from pain; of others,382 the fewer sutures there are, so much the freer is the head from complaints; for their number is not certain, nor indeed their situation. However, for the most part two above the ears divide the temples from the upper part of the head; the third running to each side through the vertex, separates the occiput from the top of the head; the fourth goes from the vertex along the middle of the head to the forehead; and this ends in some at the point, to which the hair extends, in others between the eye-brows, dividing the forehead itself(1). The other sutures are exactly fitted to each other upon the same level. But the transverse ones above the ears, grow gradually thinner to their edges; and thus the inferior bones slightly overtop the superior ones. The bone behind the ear is the thickest in the head; for which reason, probably hair does not grow there. Over these muscles too(2), that cover the temples, a bone is situated in the middle, which is inclined to the external part. But the face has the largest suture; which beginning from the one temple runs transversely through the middle of the eyes, and the nose, to the other temple; from which two short ones point downward under the internal angles. The cheek-bones also have each of them a transverse suture in the upper part. And from the middle of the nose, or the sockets of the upper teeth, proceeds one through the middle of the palate; and another also divides the palate transversely. These then are the sutures found in most people.

Now, the skull is rarely complete without sutures, but in hot countries, it’s found more often that way. A skull without sutures is stronger and less prone to pain; in the case of other skulls, the fewer sutures there are, the less likely the head is to have issues. The number and location of these sutures are not fixed. Generally, there are two sutures above the ears that separate the temples from the upper part of the head; a third one runs through the top and separates the back of the head from the top; the fourth runs from the top of the head down to the forehead, ending at the hairline in some people and between the eyebrows in others, dividing the forehead itself. The other sutures fit neatly together at the same level. The transverse sutures above the ears gradually thin out toward their edges, causing the lower bones to slightly overlap the upper ones. The bone behind the ear is the thickest part of the skull, which is likely why hair doesn’t grow there. Above these are muscles covering the temples, and a bone sits in the middle, angled toward the outside. The face has the largest suture, which starts from one temple, runs horizontally through the center of the eyes and nose, and reaches the other temple; from this, two shorter sutures extend downward under the inner corners. The cheekbones each have a transverse suture at the top. From the center of the nose or the sockets of the upper teeth, a suture goes through the middle of the palate, and another divides the palate horizontally. These are the sutures found in most people.

The largest foramina of the head are those of the eyes; next the foramina of the nose; then those we have at the ears. The foramina of the eyes run straight and undivided to the brain. Two foramina are observed in the nose, divided by a bone in the middle: for these about the eye-brows and angles of the eyes begin osseous, and so proceed near the third part of the way; then turning cartilaginous, the nearer they approach to the mouth, so much the softer and more fleshy they become. But these foramina, which from the beginning of the nostrils to the internal part are simple, are there again divided each into two courses; the branches opening into the fauces both emit and receive the breath; the others go to the brain; in the end they are branched into many small openings, which afford the sense of smelling. In the ear too the383 passage at first is straight, and simple, but farther in, it becomes winding; the part next the brain is separated into many and small openings, from which we have the faculty of hearing. Near these there are as it were two small sinuses; and above them, that bone terminates, which going in a transverse direction from the cheeks is sustained by the inferior bones. It may be called jugale from the same resemblance, which gave it the Greek name of Zygodes[ HW ]. The maxilla is a soft bone(3), and only one in number: the middle and lowest part of which compose the chin; from whence it proceeds on both sides to the temples; and this only moves: for the malæ with the whole bone, that contains the upper teeth, are immoveable: but the extremities of the maxilla shoot as it were into two horns. One of these processes is broader below(4), and is narrowed at the vertex, and being extended forward enters below the os jugale, and over that is tied down by the muscles of the temples. The other is shorter and rounder, and is lodged like a hinge in that cavity, which is near the foramina of the ear; and there turning itself different ways, gives the maxilla a power of moving.

The largest openings in the head are the eye sockets; next are the openings of the nose; and then the ones at the ears. The eye openings run straight and uninterrupted to the brain. There are two openings in the nose, separated by a bone in the center: the areas around the eyebrows and the corners of the eyes start off bony and continue that way for about a third of the distance; then they become cartilage and the closer they get to the mouth, the softer and fleshier they become. However, these openings, which are simple from the start of the nostrils to the inside, split again into two pathways; the branches that open into the throat both let out and take in air; the other paths go to the brain; ultimately, they branch out into many small openings that provide the sense of smell. In the ear, the passage initially is straightforward and simple, but further in, it becomes winding; the section closest to the brain divides into many small openings, which give us the ability to hear. Near these there are two small cavities; above them, there’s a bone that runs across from the cheeks and is supported by the lower bones. This bone can be called the jugale because of its shape, which is why it got the Greek name Zygodes__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. The maxilla is a soft bone__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and there’s only one of it: the middle and lower part makes up the chin, extending out to both sides towards the temples; this is the only moving part: the malar bones with the whole structure that holds the upper teeth are fixed in place. The ends of the maxilla extend out like two horns. One of these extensions is broader below__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and narrows at the tip, extending forward to come under the os jugale, and is held down by the muscles around the temples. The other is shorter and rounder, fitting like a hinge in the space near the ear openings; and there, by moving in different directions, it allows the maxilla to move.

The teeth are harder than bone; part of them are fixed in the lower jaw-bone, and part in the upper. The four first from their cutting are by the Greeks called tomici[ HX ]. On each side of these above and below stand the four canine teeth; beyond which there are commonly five maxillary teeth, except in those, in whom the genuine (dentes sapientiae) which generally grow late, have not come out. The fore teeth adhere each by one root, the maxillary by two at least, some by three or four. And a longer root commonly emits a shorter tooth; and the root of a straight tooth is straight, that of a crooked one bent. From this root in children, a new tooth springs, which most frequently forces out the former; sometimes however it appears above or below it.

The teeth are harder than bone; some are anchored in the lower jaw, while others are in the upper jaw. The first four teeth that cut through are called tomici__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ by the Greeks. On each side of these, both above and below, are four canine teeth; beyond these, there are usually five upper teeth, unless someone has not yet developed their wisdom teeth (dentes sapientiae), which tend to grow later. The front teeth each have one root, while the upper teeth have at least two roots, and some have three or four. Generally, a longer root produces a shorter tooth; the root of a straight tooth is straight, and the root of a crooked tooth is bent. In children, a new tooth grows from this root, which often pushes out the old tooth; sometimes, though, it emerges above or below it.

Next to the head is the spine, which consists of twenty-four Vertebræ. There are seven in the neck, twelve by the ribs, and the other five are below the ribs. These are round and short, and send out two processes on each side; in the middle they are perforated, where the spinal mar384row, connected with the brain, descends. The sides also between the two processes are perforated by small holes, through which, from the membrane of the brain similar small membranes proceed. And all the Vertebræ(5) (except the three uppermost) at the superior part in the processes themselves have small depressions; at the lower, on the contrary, they send out processes pointing downwards. The first then immediately sustains the head, by receiving small processes of it into two depressions; which is the reason that the surface of the head below is rendered unequal by two prominences. The second is inserted into the under part of the first, and the superior part of the second is round and narrow (processus dentatus) in order to admit of a circular motion, so that the first surrounding the second allows the head to move towards each side. The third receives the second in the same manner; whence the neck has great facility of motion. And indeed it would not be able to sustain the head, if straight and strong nerves on each side did not secure the neck; these the Greeks call Carotæ. For one of them in every flexure, being always stretched, prevents the upper parts from slipping further. The third Vertebra has prominences, which are inserted into that below it. All the rest are inserted each into its inferior one by processes pointing downwards; and by depressions, which they have on each side, they receive the superior, and are secured by many ligaments, and a great quantity of cartilage. And thus one moderate flexure forward being allowed, a man both stands erect for some kinds of employment, and at other times bends himself as the actions he is engaged in require.

Next to the head is the spine, which is made up of twenty-four vertebrae. There are seven in the neck, twelve by the ribs, and the other five are below the ribs. These vertebrae are round and short, with two processes on each side. In the middle, they are hollow, allowing the spinal cord, which connects to the brain, to pass through. The sides between the two processes also have small holes, through which small membranes from the brain's membrane extend. All the vertebrae (except the three at the top) have small depressions on the upper part of the processes, while the lower part has processes that point downwards. The first vertebra supports the head by fitting small processes of the head into its depressions, which makes the surface of the head below uneven due to two bumps. The second vertebra connects to the bottom of the first, with its upper part being round and narrow (the processus dentatus) to allow for a circular motion, enabling the head to turn side to side. The third vertebra connects to the second in a similar way, which gives the neck great flexibility of motion. In fact, the neck wouldn't be able to support the head without strong nerves on each side, known as carotids by the Greeks. These nerves remain stretched when bending, preventing the upper parts from sliding further. The third vertebra has bumps that fit into the one below it. All the other vertebrae connect to the one beneath them with downward-pointing processes and depressions on each side that accommodate the one above, secured by many ligaments and a lot of cartilage. This allows for a moderate forward bend, enabling a person to stand upright for certain activities while being able to bend as needed for different tasks.

Below the neck, the first rib is situated opposite to the shoulders. After that the six inferior ones(6) reach the bottom of the breast: and these at their origin being round, and furnished with something like small heads, are fixed to the transverse processes of the vertebræ, which are in that part a little depressed; then they grow broader, and bending outward, degenerate gradually into cartilage; and in that part being again turned gently inward, are joined to the pectoral bone: which begins strong and hard at the fauces, being excavated on each side, and terminates at the præcordia, where it is softened into a cartilage. And under the superior ribs there are five, which385 the Greeks call Nothæ (spurious) shorter, and thinner, which also gradually turn to cartilage, and adhere to the external parts of the abdomen; the lowest of these in the greatest part of it is nothing else but a cartilage.

Below the neck, the first rib is located opposite the shoulders. After that, the six lower ribs reach the bottom of the breast. At their start, these ribs are round and have small heads, and they attach to the transverse processes of the vertebrae, which are slightly depressed in that area. Then they widen, bending outward and gradually turning into cartilage; in this region, they gently curve back inward to connect with the pectoral bone, which is strong and hard at the throat, hollowed out on each side, and softens into cartilage at the lower front of the chest. Below the upper ribs, there are five shorter and thinner ribs, which the Greeks call Nothæ (spurious), that also gradually become cartilage and attach to the external parts of the abdomen; the lowest of these is mostly just cartilage.

From the neck two broad bones, one on either side, go to the shoulders, by us called scutula operta, by the Greeks Omoplatæ. These have cavities at their vertices; from the vertices they become triangular, and growing gradually broader tend to the spine; and the broader they are in any part, so much the duller is their sensation. These too at their extremity are cartilaginous, and in their back part lie as it were loose, because, unless at the top, they are fixed to no bone, but are there tied down by strong muscles and nerves.

From the neck, two wide bones extend to the shoulders, which we call the shoulder blades, and the Greeks refer to as Omoplatæ. These bones have hollows at their tops; from there, they become triangular and gradually widen toward the spine. The broader they are in any part, the less sensitive they are. At their ends, they are made of cartilage and are somewhat loose in the back, because, except at the top, they aren't attached to any bone but are held in place by strong muscles and nerves.

But at the first rib(7) a little within the middle of it, a bone grows out, in that part indeed slender; but going forward, the nearer it comes to the broad bone of the scapula, it becomes thicker, and broader, bending a little inwards, which being a little enlarged at its other vertex, sustains the clavicle. This bone is crooked, and is to be reckoned amongst the hardest bones; the one end of it is joined to the bone I just mentioned before, and by the other it is fixed in a small depression of the pectoral bone, and is moved a little in the motion of the arm; and its lower head is connected by ligaments and a cartilage with the broad bone of the shoulders.

But at the first rib__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, a little towards the middle, a bone grows out. This part is slender, but as it extends closer to the broad bone of the scapula, it becomes thicker and wider, curving slightly inwards. At the other end, it slightly expands and supports the clavicle. This bone is curved and is considered one of the hardest bones. One end connects to the bone I mentioned earlier, and the other is attached in a small dip of the pectoral bone. It moves a bit when the arm moves, and its lower end is linked by ligaments and cartilage to the broad bone of the shoulders.

Here the humerus begins, which at both its ends is enlarged, soft, without marrow, and cartilaginous; in the middle round and hard, and containing marrow; is a little concave(8) in its fore and internal part; and convex in its posterior and external part. Now the fore part is next the breast; the posterior is toward the scapulæ; the internal next the side; and the external at the greatest distance from the side: which distinctions will afterwards appear applicable to all joints in the extremities. The upper end of the humerus is rounder than the other bones, which I have yet mentioned, and a small part of it is inserted into the vertex of the broad bone of the shoulder; the greatest part, standing out of it, is secured by ligaments. But the inferior head has two processes; the intermediate space between which, is even more depressed than its extremities.

Here is where the humerus starts, with both ends thicker, soft, marrow-free, and made of cartilage; in the middle, it's round and hard, containing marrow. The front and inner part is slightly concave, while the back and outer part is convex. The front part is closest to the chest; the back is toward the shoulder blades; the inner side is next to the ribcage, and the outer side is farthest from it. These distinctions will become relevant for all joints in the limbs later on. The upper end of the humerus is rounder than the other bones I've mentioned, and a small part of it fits into the top of the broad shoulder bone; most of it sticks out and is held in place by ligaments. The lower end has two projections, and the space between them is even more recessed than the ends themselves.

386

386

This affords a reception to the fore-arm; which consists of two bones. The Radius, which the Greeks call cercis[ HY ], is the superior one and shorter, and at first being more slender, with its ends round, and a little concave, receives the small tubercle of the humerus, which is secured there by ligaments and a cartilage. The cubitus is the inferior and longer; it is at first larger in its upper end, and by two vertices, as it were, standing out, fixes itself into the sinus of the humerus, which I mentioned, betwixt its two processes. The two bones of the fore arm at first(9) are close together, then separate by degrees, and meet again at the hand, their former proportions being reversed: for there the radius is pretty large, and the cubitus very small. After that the radius rising to a cartilaginous head is inserted into its neck. The cubitus is round at its extremity, and projects a little on one part. And to save frequent repetition, this ought to be known, that most bones end in a cartilage, and that every articulation is thus terminated: for it could neither be moved, unless it pressed upon something smooth, nor be joined with flesh and ligaments, unless these were connected by some matter of a middle nature.

This provides a connection to the forearm, which is made up of two bones. The radius, which the Greeks call cercis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, is the upper bone and is shorter. Initially, it is more slender, with rounded and slightly concave ends, fitting into the small tubercle of the humerus, held there by ligaments and cartilage. The ulna is the lower and longer bone; it starts thicker at its top and has two prominent points that fit into the notch of the humerus, which I mentioned, between its two processes. The two bones of the forearm at first__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ are close together, then gradually separate, and come back together at the wrist, with their original proportions reversed: the radius is relatively large there, while the ulna is quite small. After that, the radius leads up to a cartilaginous head that connects to its neck. The ulna is rounded at its end and protrudes slightly on one side. To avoid frequent repetition, it's important to know that most bones end in cartilage, and every joint has this termination: because movement wouldn’t be possible unless it pressed against something smooth, nor could it connect with flesh and ligaments without being linked by some intermediate substance.

In the hand, the first part of the palm consists of many and small bones, the number of which is uncertain. But all of them are oblong and triangular, and connected together by a peculiar kind of structure, the plain of each one being higher than another alternately; whence it happens, that the whole makes up the appearance of one bone a little concave on the internal part. But from the hand two small processes are lodged in the cavity of the radius. Then at the other end five straight bones going to the fingers, compleat the palm; from which the fingers themselves have their origin. These consist each of three bones. The conformation of them all is the same. The more internal bone has a depression in its vertex, and receives the small tubercle of the external, and these are secured by ligaments. From them arise the nails, which grow hard: and thus they adhere by their roots, not to bone, but rather to flesh. This then is the construction of the superior parts.

In the hand, the first part of the palm is made up of many small bones, though the exact number is unclear. They are all oblong and triangular and are connected in a unique way, with each one sitting slightly higher or lower than the next. This creates the appearance of a single bone that is slightly concave on the inside. From the hand, two small projections extend into the cavity of the radius. At the other end, five straight bones lead to the fingers, forming the palm from which the fingers themselves originate. Each finger is made up of three bones, all with a similar structure. The innermost bone has a notch at its tip that fits the small bump of the outer bone, and these are held together by ligaments. From these bones grow the nails, which harden and attach not to bone, but more to flesh at their roots. This is the structure of the upper parts.

387

387

But the lower part of the spine ends in the hip-bone, which is transverse, and far the strongest, and defends the womb, bladder, and intestine Rectum. And this in the external part is convex; at the spine inclined backward; on the sides, that is, at the hips themselves, it has round cavities; from whence arises the bone, which is called pecten; and that being situated transversely over the intestines under the pubes, strengthens the belly; it is straighter in men, but in women more bent externally, that it may not prevent the birth.

But the lower part of the spine ends at the hip bone, which is horizontal and the strongest part, and it protects the womb, bladder, and rectum. The outer part is rounded; at the spine, it curves backward; on the sides, at the hips themselves, there are rounded cavities; from these come the bone known as the pecten; this bone sits crosswise over the intestines beneath the pubic area and strengthens the abdomen. It is straighter in men, but in women, it is more outwardly curved to allow for childbirth.

From these proceed the thigh bones; the heads of which are still rounder than those of the humeri; though the latter have more rotundity, than is found in any of the rest. A little lower they have two processes on the fore and posterior part. From that they descend hard and full of marrow, externally convex, and are again enlarged at the inferior heads. The superior ones are inserted into the cavities of the hip-bone, as the humeri into the bones of the scapulæ; then, lower down, they slope gently inward, that they may more equally sustain the superior parts. And their inferior heads have also depressions between them, that they may be the more easily received by the bones of the leg: which articulation is covered by a small, soft, and cartilaginous bone, which is called Patella. This floating above, and not being fixed to any bone, but bound down by flesh and tendons, and a little more inclined to the thigh bone, defends the joint in all flexures of the legs.

From these come the thigh bones, which have heads that are still rounder than those of the upper arm bones, even though the latter are rounder than any of the others. A little lower down, they have two processes on the front and back. They then descend hard and full of marrow, curving outward, and are again wider at the lower heads. The upper ones fit into the sockets of the hip bone, just like the upper arm bones fit into the shoulder blades; then, lower down, they gently slope inward to better support the upper parts. Their lower heads also have indentations between them, making it easier for them to fit into the leg bones. This connection is covered by a small, soft, cartilaginous bone called the patella. This bone floats above and isn't fixed to any other bone, but is held down by flesh and tendons, and it leans slightly towards the thigh bone, protecting the joint during all movements of the legs.

The leg consists of two bones; for in every thing the thigh resembles the arm, and the leg the fore-arm; so that the shape and elegance of the one may be known from the other; which beginning with the bones, answers also in the flesh. One of these bones is situated on the external part of the calf of the leg, and from that properly enough takes the name of Sura(10). This is shorter and more slender above, but is enlarged at the ancles. The other, which is placed in the fore part, and has the name of Tibia, is longer and larger in the upper part, and is alone connected with the lower end of the thigh-bone, as the cubitus is with the humerus: and these bones too, being joined both below and above, separate in the middle, as those of the fore arm.

The leg is made up of two bones; the thigh is similar to the arm, and the leg is like the forearm. So, you can tell the shape and elegance of one by looking at the other; this starts with the bones and also applies to the flesh. One of these bones is on the outer part of the calf, and is appropriately named Sura __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. This bone is shorter and slimmer at the top but gets wider at the ankles. The other bone, located at the front and called the Tibia, is longer and thicker at the top, and is the only one connected to the lower end of the thigh bone, similar to how the cubitus connects with the humerus. These bones also connect at both ends but are separated in the middle, just like the bones of the forearm.

The leg bones are received below by a transverse bone388 in the ancle; and that is situated above the heel bone; which in one part has a depression and in another prominences, and it both receives the processes from the ancle-bone, and is inserted into its cavity. And this is hard, without marrow, and projecting more to the posterior part makes a round figure there. The other bones of the foot are constructed in a similar manner to those of the hand. The soles answer to the palms, the toes to the fingers, and the nails to the nails.

The leg bones connect below to a transverse bone388 in the ankle, which is positioned above the heel bone. The heel bone has a dip on one side and bumps on the other, linking to the ankle bone and fitting into its cavity. This bone is solid, has no marrow, and extends back to form a rounded shape. The other bones in the foot are built similarly to those in the hand. The soles correspond to the palms, the toes to the fingers, and the nails to the nails.

CHAP. II. GENERAL DIVISION OF BONE DISORDERS. CONCERNING BLACKNESS AND CARIES, AND THEIR TREATMENT.

Whenever a bone is injured, it is either corrupted, or fissured, or fractured, or perforated, or contused, or dislocated. A corrupted bone generally turns first oily, and afterwards either black or carious. These cases happen from large ulcers, or fistulas over them, when they have either grown antient, or have been seized with a gangrene. First of all it is necessary to lay bare the bone, cutting out the ulcer, and if the disorder extends farther than the ulcer was, to pare away the flesh below, till the sound part of the bone be exposed all round; then it is sufficient to cauterize the part that is oily, once or twice, by the application of an iron instrument, that so a scale may cast off; or to scrape it, till some blood appear, which is the mark of a sound bone: for whatever is vitiated must necessarily be dry. The same method must also be pursued in a cartilage that is injured; for that too must be scraped by a knife, till what remains be sound. And then what is thus scraped, whether bone or cartilage, must be sprinkled with nitre well powdered. And nothing else is to be done, where a caries or blackness is in the surface of the bone: for in that case, the cautery or the scraping must only be continued a little longer. A person, that scrapes these, ought to press the instrument boldly, that he may both do it effectually, and have the sooner389 done. The operation is finished, when we come to the white or firm bone. It is evident, that when the defect is a blackness, it ends in the white, and that where there is a certain degree of solidity, there the caries terminates. We have already observed, that there is also some blood in a sound bone: But when either of these happen to go in pretty deep, it is uncertain where they end.

Whenever a bone is injured, it can either be infected, cracked, broken, perforated, bruised, or dislocated. An infected bone usually becomes oily first, and then either black or decayed. These cases occur due to large ulcers or fistulas affecting the bone, especially if they have been present for a long time or have developed gangrene. First, it's essential to expose the bone by cutting out the ulcer, and if the problem extends beyond the ulcer, you should remove the tissue below it until the healthy bone is visible all around. Then, it's enough to cauterize the oily area once or twice with a heated instrument so that a scab can form; or scrape it until you see some blood, which indicates healthy bone. Any damaged tissue must be dry. The same process should be followed for damaged cartilage: it must be scraped with a knife until only healthy tissue remains. After that, whatever is scraped off, whether bone or cartilage, should be covered with finely powdered saltpeter. Nothing else needs to be done where there is decay or blackness on the surface of the bone; in that case, cauterization or scraping should only continue a little longer. The person performing the scraping should press the instrument firmly to ensure effectiveness and complete the task quickly. The operation is considered complete when reaching the white or healthy bone. It’s clear that when there is blackness, it transitions to white, and where there is a good amount of solidity, that’s where the decay ends. We've noted before that sound bone contains some blood, but when either condition penetrates deeply, it’s unclear where they stop.

It is easy to form a judgment in a caries, if a small probe is introduced into the foramina, which by penetrating more or less, shews that the caries is either in the surface, or of greater depth. The same may be collected(11) even from the pain and fever; for when these are moderate, it cannot have penetrated deep. A greater certainty is obtained however by the application of the perforator: for the disease ends, where the dust of the bone ceases to be black. Therefore if the caries has gone deep, several holes must be made in it by the perforator, as deep as the disease goes; then into these holes must be put hot irons, till the bone become entirely dry. For the consequences of this operation will be, that whatever is spoilt will be separated from the bone below; and the cavity will be filled up with flesh; and afterwards either no humour at all, or a small quantity will be discharged.

It’s straightforward to diagnose decay when a small probe is inserted into the openings, as its depth indicates whether the decay is just on the surface or goes deeper. You can also gauge the situation based on pain and fever; if these symptoms are mild, the decay probably hasn’t penetrated too far. However, more certainty comes from using a perforator: the disease stops where the bone dust is no longer black. So, if the decay extends deep, several holes need to be made with the perforator, going as deep as the disease reaches; then hot irons should be inserted into these holes until the bone is completely dry. The result of this procedure will be that any damaged tissue will be separated from the underlying bone, and the cavity will fill with tissue. Afterward, either no fluid or just a small amount will be discharged.

But if the blackness goes through(12) to the other side of the bone, it ought to be cut out. The same may be done also in a caries, that penetrates to the other side of the bone. But where the whole is spoilt, the whole must be taken away. If the inferior part is sound, so far as is corrupted, ought to be cut out. Likewise if the skull or pectoral bone, or a rib be carious, the actual cautery is needless, but there is a necessity for excision. Neither does the opinion of these people deserve our attention, who defer the excision to the third day after the bone is laid bare, before they cut it out; for in all cases it is safer to perform an operation, before an inflammation come on. Therefore both the skin is to be cut, and the bone laid bare, and freed from every fault, as far as possible, in the same moment. Now a disease in the pectoral bone is far the most pernicious of any; because though the operation have succeeded well, it hardly ever restores a perfect soundness.

But if the blackness goes through__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ to the other side of the bone, it should be removed. The same applies to decay that penetrates to the other side of the bone. However, if the entire section is damaged, the whole must be taken out. If the lower part is healthy, then the corrupted section should be cut out. Similarly, if the skull, shoulder bone, or a rib is decayed, actual cautery is unnecessary, but removal is essential. We shouldn’t pay attention to those who suggest waiting until the third day after exposing the bone before cutting it out; it’s always safer to perform surgery before inflammation develops. Therefore, both the skin should be cut, and the bone exposed and cleaned of any issues as much as possible at the same time. A disease in the shoulder bone is particularly dangerous because even if the surgery goes well, it rarely restores complete health.

390

390

CHAP. III. ON THE USE OF THE MODIOLUS AND PERFORATOR, AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS, PARTICULARLY FOR THE BONES OF THE HEAD.

There are two ways of cutting out a bone; if the part injured be very small, by a modiolus, which the Greeks call chœnicion[ HZ ], if larger by terebræ. I shall explain the method of each. The modiolus is a concave and round iron instrument with serrated edges in its lowest extremity; through the middle of which is put a pin, surrounded also by an interior circle. Of perforators there are two kinds: one of them resembling that, which carpenters use; the other with a longer head, which begins from a sharp point, and then turns quickly broader; and again from another beginning goes upward with thickness pretty near equal.

There are two ways to remove a bone; if the injured part is very small, you use a modiolus, which the Greeks call chœnicion__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and if it's larger, you use terebræ. I'll explain how each method works. The modiolus is a concave, round iron tool with serrated edges at its lower end; there's a pin in the middle, surrounded by an inner circle. There are two types of perforators: one looks like the ones carpenters use; the other has a longer head that starts from a sharp point, quickly widens, and then narrows again, keeping a fairly consistent thickness.

If the disease be confined to a small space, so that the modiolus can cover it, that must be used preferably. But if a caries appear below, the pin in the middle is put into the opening. If there be a blackness, a small hole is made by the angle of a chisel(13) to receive the pin, that the modiolus resting upon that, by being turned round may not slip, and then it is turned like the perforator by a strap. And there is a certain degree of pressure required, that both a perforation may be made, and it may go round; because if it be lightly impressed, it does not produce the effect; if too much, it has no motion. And it is not improper to drop in a little rose oil or milk, the smoothness of which may make it turn with the greater ease; yet too much of the liquid blunts the edge of the instrument.391 But when the modiolus has marked out a way for itself, the middle pin is taken out, and it is worked about by itself. And then, when the soundness of the inferior part is discovered by the dust, the modiolus is taken away.

If the disease is limited to a small area that the modiolus can cover, that should be used first. However, if decay appears below, the middle pin is placed into the opening. If there is a dark spot, a small hole is created by the edge of a chisel__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ to hold the pin, so the modiolus, resting on that, can be turned without slipping, and then it is rotated like a perforator by a strap. A certain amount of pressure is needed to make a hole and allow it to turn; if the pressure is too light, it won't work, and if it's too heavy, it won't move. It’s also helpful to add a little rose oil or milk, as their smoothness can help it turn more easily, but too much liquid can dull the tool's edge.391 Once the modiolus has created an established path, the middle pin is removed, and it operates on its own. Then, when the soundness of the area below is confirmed by the dust, the modiolus is taken away.

But if the disease is more extended than to be covered by that, we must make use of the perforator. By this a hole is made in the limit, that divides the injured from the sound part of the bone; and not far from that a second, and a third, till the part, that is to be cut out, be surrounded with these holes. And in this case too the dust indicates how deep the perforator is to go. Then a chisel being drove by a mallet from one hole to another, cuts out the intermediate space between them; and thus a circumference is formed like to that, which is imprinted in a smaller circle by the modiolus. In whichever way the circle has been made, let the same chisel, laid flat on the corrupted bone, smooth each superior lamina, till the bone be left entirely sound.

But if the disease has spread beyond what can be covered, we need to use the perforator. This creates a hole in the boundary that separates the damaged part from the healthy bone; then we make a second hole nearby, and a third, until the section that needs to be removed is surrounded by these holes. The dust also helps indicate how deep the perforator should go. After that, a chisel driven by a mallet connects one hole to another, cutting out the space in between; this creates a shape similar to what’s left behind in a smaller circle by the modiolus. No matter how the circle is formed, use the same chisel, laid flat against the damaged bone, to smooth each upper layer until the bone is completely healthy.

A blackness hardly ever goes quite through a bone, but a caries does, especially where the skull is faulty. There also the disorder is discovered by the probe, which being introduced into the hole, that terminates at the sound part of the bone, both finds some resistance, and comes out moist. If it prove pervious, the probe going in deeper between the bone and the membrane, meets with no resistance, and comes out dry: not because there is no corrupt sanies within, but because it is there diffused, as being in a larger cavity.

A darkness rarely penetrates a bone, but decay does, especially in areas where the skull is damaged. There, the issue is identified by a probe, which when inserted into the hole that ends at the healthy part of the bone, encounters some resistance and comes out wet. If it proves to be open, the probe goes deeper between the bone and the membrane, finds no resistance, and comes out dry—not because there isn’t any harmful fluid inside, but because it is spread out in a larger space.

Now whether a blackness, which the perforator has discovered, or a caries, which the probe has shewn, pass through the bone, the use of the modiolus is generally fruitless: because, where the disease has penetrated so deep, it must also necessarily be largely extended in breadth. Here then we must use the second kind of perforator above described; and to prevent its growing too hot, it must be dipped now and then in cold water. But then we must proceed with greater caution, when we have perforated either half through in a simple bone, or the superior lamina in a double one. The space itself guides us in the first case; and in the other, the blood. Therefore at that time the strap must be drawn slower, the left hand should press more gently, and be taken off pretty frequent392ly: also the depth of the perforation is to be considered, that we may be sensible whenever the bone is broke through, and run no risque of wounding the membrane of the brain by its point, from which proceed violent inflammations, with danger of death.

Now, whether a dark spot found by the drill or a decay shown by the probe goes through the bone, using the modiolus is usually unhelpful. This is because, when the disease has penetrated that deep, it has to be quite extensive as well. In this case, we need to use the second type of drill described earlier; to keep it from overheating, it should be dipped occasionally in cold water. However, we must be more cautious when we’ve drilled halfway through a simple bone or the top layer of a double one. The space itself guides us in the first scenario, while in the second, we rely on the blood. So at that point, the strap should be pulled more slowly, the left hand should apply less pressure and be lifted off more frequently. Additionally, we need to pay attention to the depth of the drill hole so we can feel when it breaks through the bone, reducing the risk of injuring the brain's membrane, which can lead to severe inflammation and even death.

When the holes are made, the intermediate spaces must be cut out in the same manner, but with much more circumspection; lest the angle of the chisel chance to wound the same membrane; till a passage be made, through which the instrument to protect the membrane may be introduced. The Greeks call it meningo-phylax[ IA ]. It is a copper plate, firm, bent a little upward towards the end, and externally smooth: which being introduced in such a manner, that its external surface be next the brain, is put under that part, which is to be separated by the chisel; and if it receives its angles, it stops its progress; and upon this account the physician repeats his strokes upon the chisel both more boldly, and more safely, till the bone being cut out all round is raised by this plate, and may be taken away without any hurt to the brain. When the whole bone is taken out, the edges must be scraped round and smoothed, and if any dust has fallen upon the membrane, it must be gathered up. When the superior part is taken away, and the inferior left, not only the edges, but the whole bone must be smoothed, that the skin may afterwards generate upon it without being hurt, which growing upon a rough bone, does not immediately become sound, but produces new pains.

When the holes are made, the spaces in between must be cut out in the same way, but with much more caution; to avoid the chisel accidentally injuring the same membrane, until a passage is created, through which the instrument to protect the membrane can be inserted. The Greeks call it meningo-phylax__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__. It is a firm copper plate, slightly curved upward at the end, and smooth on the outside: when it is placed in such a way that its outer surface is next to the brain, it is positioned under the part that is to be separated by the chisel; and if it catches on any angles, it stops its progress; for this reason, the physician strikes the chisel both more boldly and safely, until the bone is cut all around and is elevated by this plate, allowing it to be removed without harming the brain. Once the entire bone is taken out, the edges must be scraped and smoothed, and any dust that has fallen on the membrane must be cleared away. When the upper part is removed, leaving the lower part, not only the edges but the entire bone must be smoothed so that the skin can grow over it later without harm. Skin growing over a rough bone doesn't heal properly and can cause more pain.

The steps to be taken after the brain is uncovered, I shall mention, when I come to fractured bones. If any base is preserved, medicines not greasy, that are calculated for recent wounds, must be applied, and over them must be laid sordid wool moistened with oil and vinegar. In process of time flesh grows from the bone itself, which fills up the cavity made by the operation. And when any bone is cauterized, it separates from the sound part, and granulations sprout up between the sound and mortified part, which expel what has separated. And this, because it is a393 thin and small lamina, by the Greeks is called lepis[ IB ], that is, a scale.

The steps to take after the brain is exposed will be discussed when I talk about fractured bones. If any base is intact, apply non-greasy medicines meant for fresh wounds, and cover them with dirty wool soaked in oil and vinegar. Over time, flesh grows from the bone to fill the cavity created by the operation. When any bone is cauterized, it separates from the healthy part, and new tissue begins to grow between the healthy and dead sections, pushing out what has been separated. This thin and small layer is called lepis__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ by the Greeks, which means a scale.

It may happen too, that from a blow, a bone may be neither fissured, nor broke through, but the surface of it only contused, and rendered rough. When this occurs, it is sufficient to scrape and smooth it. Though these methods are most commonly practised in the head, yet they are common to the other bones too; so that wherever the like case shall occur, the same remedy must be used. But as they are fractured, fissured, perforated, and contused, they require some particular methods of cure in each kind, and in most of them, some general ones also. Of these I shall proceed to treat, beginning with the head.

It can also happen that a blow may not crack or break a bone, but just bruise the surface and make it rough. When this happens, it's enough to scrape and smooth it out. Although these techniques are most often used on the head, they can be applied to other bones as well; so whenever a similar situation occurs, the same treatment should be used. However, when bones are fractured, cracked, punctured, or bruised, they need specific methods for treatment depending on the type, and in many cases, some general methods too. I'll start discussing these, beginning with the head.

CHAP. IV. SKULL FRACTURES.

When a blow has been received upon the skull, we must immediately enquire, whether the person has vomited bile; whether he have lost his sight, or his speech; whether blood has issued by his nostrils, or ears; whether he has immediately fallen down; whether he has lain insensible, as if asleep: for these do not happen without a fracture of the bone. And when they occur, we may be assured, that an operation is necessary, but of uncertain success. If besides, a torpor has come on; if he is delirious, if either a palsy, or a convulsion has followed, it is probable that the membrane of the brane too is wounded; and of such patients there is still less hope. But if none of these have ensued, and it may be doubted, whether the bone be fractured, it is first to be considered, whether the blow was given by a stone or a stick, or iron, or any other weapon, and whether the instrument was smooth, or rough, small or large, whether struck with force, or more lightly; because the more gentle the stroke was, so much the more easily we may suppose the bone to have resisted it. But it is best to examine that by a more certain mark. There394fore a probe ought to be introduced where the wound is, neither too small nor sharp, lest if it should light upon any of the natural sinuses, it mislead us into an opinion of a fracture, where there is none; and not too thick, lest small fissures escape it. When the probe comes to the bone, if nothing but what is smooth and slippery occur, one may judge it to be sound; if there is an asperity, especially where there are no sutures, that is an evidence the bone is fractured.

When someone gets hit on the head, we need to quickly check if they've vomited bile; if they've lost their vision or ability to speak; if there's been any bleeding from their nose or ears; if they fell immediately; or if they seem unconscious, like they're asleep. These signs typically indicate a fracture of the skull. If they do occur, we can be sure that surgery is needed, though its outcome is uncertain. Additionally, if they've started to become lethargic, are delirious, or have developed paralysis or seizures, it's likely that the brain's protective membrane is also damaged, which means there's even less hope for recovery. However, if none of these symptoms are present and it's unclear whether a fracture exists, we should first consider what caused the injury: was it a stone, a stick, metal, or another weapon? Was it a smooth or rough object, small or large, and was the impact strong or light? The lighter the blow, the more likely the bone could handle it without breaking. But it's best to confirm with a more definitive method. Therefore, a probe should be inserted into the wound, ensuring it’s not too small or sharp, as that could mislead us into thinking there’s a fracture when there isn’t, especially if it touches any natural sinuses; but it shouldn’t be too thick either, so we don’t miss tiny cracks. When the probe reaches the bone, if it only feels smooth and slippery, it suggests the bone is intact; if it encounters roughness, especially where there are no sutures, that's a sign of a fracture.

Hippocrates has recorded, that he was himself deceived by the sutures. This is the custom of great men, who have a just consciousness of their own superior abilities: for little minds, because they are deficient in every thing, never allow themselves to be deficient in any. An ingenuous confession of an error is worthy of a great genius, who will have enough besides to entitle him to esteem; and it is especially laudable in a practical art, which is handed down to posterity for their benefit; that they may not be deceived in the same way another was deceived before them. A regard to the memory of a professor, in other respects so great a man, led us into this digression.

Hippocrates has noted that he was misled by the sutures himself. This is typical of great individuals who have a realistic awareness of their own exceptional skills; small-minded people, lacking in so many areas, never let themselves be lacking in anything. A sincere acknowledgment of a mistake is commendable in a great mind, which has plenty of other qualities to earn respect. It's particularly admirable in a practical skill that's passed down to future generations for their benefit, so they won't be misled in the same way someone else was before them. Our respect for the memory of a professor, who was otherwise such a remarkable figure, prompted this digression.

Now a suture may deceive for this reason, because it is equal in asperity to the other; so that though there be a fissure, one may readily take it for a suture, in a place, where it is likely one lies below. Therefore it is not fit to be thus deceived; but the safest method is to lay bare the bone: for, as I observed before, the place of the sutures is not certain; and the same part may both have this natural junction, and be fissured by a blow, or may have some fissure near it. Nay sometimes, when the blow has been violent, though nothing be found by the probe, yet it is better to open it. And if even then the fissure is not manifest, writing ink must be drawn over the bone, and then scraped off with a chisel, for if there be any fissure it retains the blackness.

A suture can be misleading for this reason: it has the same roughness as the others, so even if there's a crack, it might easily be mistaken for a suture in a spot where it’s likely that one lies underneath. Therefore, it's important not to be misled in this way; the safest approach is to expose the bone. As I mentioned earlier, the location of the sutures is not certain, and the same area can have both this natural connection and a crack from an impact, or it might have a crack nearby. In fact, sometimes, when the impact has been strong, even if the probe doesn’t reveal anything, it’s better to make an incision. And if the crack still isn't visible after that, ink should be applied over the bone and then scraped off with a chisel, because if there is any crack, it will hold onto the blackness.

Sometimes it even happens, that the blow has been given on one side, and the bone fissured on the other. For that reason, if upon receiving a violent blow, bad symptoms have followed, and no fissure be found in that part, where the skin is lacerated; it is not improper to consider, whether any part on the opposite side be softer, and swelled; and to open that; for there a fissure in the bone will be395 found. Nor is it very troublesome to heal the skin again, though nothing has been discovered by the incision. A fractured bone, unless help be seasonably administered, brings on violent inflammations, and is treated with more difficulty afterwards.

Sometimes it even happens that a blow is delivered on one side, but the bone is fractured on the other. Therefore, if someone receives a strong blow and later experiences concerning symptoms, and no fracture is found in the area where the skin is torn, it’s worth considering if there’s a softer, swollen area on the opposite side, and to open that area; because a fracture in the bone may be found there. Healing the skin is not very difficult, even if nothing is discovered from the incision. A fractured bone, if not treated promptly, can lead to severe inflammation and becomes harder to treat later on.

Rarely, but sometimes it happens, that the whole bone remains sound; but from the blow some internal vein in the membrane of the brain is broke, and discharges blood, which being coagulated there, raises violent pains, and deprives some people of their sight. But there is generally a pain in the part that covers it, and an incision being made in the skin there, the bone is found pale; and therefore this must also be cut out. Upon whatever account this operation is necessary, if the opening of the skin is too small, it must be enlarged, till all the injured part be in view. In this great care must be taken to leave upon the bone no part of that fine membrane that covers the skull below the skin; because when this is lacerated by the chisel, or perforators, it excites violent fevers with inflammations. Therefore it is better to separate it entirely from the bone. If the external wound be made by the blow, we cannot alter the form of it. If we are to make one, the best is that made by two transverse lines in the shape of the letter X, that afterwards the skin may be cut below, beginning at each of the prominent angles.

Rarely, but sometimes it happens that the entire bone stays intact; however, the impact may break some internal vein in the brain’s membrane, causing blood to leak. If the blood clots there, it leads to severe pain and can even result in some people losing their sight. Generally, there’s pain in the area covering it, and when an incision is made in the skin, the bone appears pale, so it needs to be removed as well. Whenever this procedure is necessary, if the skin opening is too small, it should be made larger until all the damaged area is visible. Great care must be taken to ensure no part of that delicate membrane covering the skull remains on the bone below the skin, because if it’s torn by the chisel or drill, it can cause severe fevers and inflammation. It’s better to completely separate it from the bone. If the external wound is caused by the blow, we can't change its shape. If a new incision is needed, the best approach is to create one using two diagonal lines in the shape of an X, allowing the skin to be cut underneath, starting at each of the pointed angles.

If blood is discharged in the time of doing this, it must be frequently restrained by a spunge dipped in vinegar, and taken up by lint applied upon it, and the head raised high. This accident is attended with no danger except among the muscles, which secure the temples; but even in that place there is no safer method.

If there's any bleeding during this process, it should be frequently stopped with a sponge soaked in vinegar, and then cleaned up with lint placed on it, while keeping the head elevated. This issue isn't dangerous, except for the muscles that protect the temples; but even there, there's no safer way to handle it.

In almost every fissure, or fracture of the bone, the ancient physicians had immediate recourse to instruments to cut it. But it is far the best method, first to try plaisters that are composed for the skull. Some one of these, it is proper to soften with vinegar, and apply alone upon the fissured or fractured bone; then over that, somewhat broader than the wound, a piece of linen spread with the same medicine, and besides that, sordid wool dipped in vinegar; then to bind up the wound, and open it again every day; and dress it in this manner for five days; from the sixth, to foment it also with the vapour of hot water by a spunge,396 continuing all the former treatment. And if granulations begin to grow, if the febricula is either gone, or abated, if the appetite has returned, and the patient gets sufficient sleep, we must continue the same dressings. Some time after, the plaister must be softened, with the addition of a cerate made of rose oil, to promote the growth of flesh: for, by itself, it has a repellent quality. By this method often the fissures are filled with a kind of callus, which is as it were a cicatrix in a bone. And in large fractures, if the bones do not cohere together in any part, they are united by the same callus; and this is a far better covering to the brain, than the flesh that grows, when the bone is cut out. If, under the first treatment, the fever increases, the sleeps are short and disturbed by dreams, the ulcer is moist and does not fill, small glandular swellings rise in the neck; the pains are violent; and with all these the loathing of food increases; then, and only in that case, recourse must be had to the hand and the chisel.

In almost every crack or fracture of the bone, ancient doctors immediately used instruments to cut it. However, the best approach is to first try plasters designed for the skull. One of these should be softened with vinegar and applied directly to the fissured or fractured bone; then, over that, a piece of linen spread with the same mixture, and on top of that, dirty wool dipped in vinegar; afterwards, bind the wound and reopen it every day. Dress it this way for five days; starting on the sixth day, also steam the area with hot water using a sponge,396 while continuing all the previous treatments. If granulations start to form, if the low-grade fever has diminished or disappeared, if the appetite has returned, and the patient is getting enough sleep, we should continue with the same dressings. After some time, the plaster should be softened and mixed with a cerate made of rose oil to encourage flesh growth, since it has a repelling effect on its own. This method often allows the fissures to fill with a sort of callus, which acts like a scar in the bone. In large fractures, if the bones don't come together in any area, they unite with the same callus; this is a much better safeguard for the brain than flesh that forms when the bone is removed. If, during the initial treatment, the fever worsens, sleep is short and disturbed by dreams, the ulcer remains moist and doesn't fill in, small swellings appear in the neck, pain is severe, and with all this, the aversion to food increases, then, and only in that case, should one resort to surgery with hand tools.

There are two dangers attending a blow upon the skull; that it be either split, or depressed in the middle. If it is fissured, the lips of it may be compressed; either because one of them rises above the other, or even because they have run together again with force: whence it happens, that a humour descends upon the membrane, and has no vent, and thus irritates it, and brings on violent inflammations.

There are two dangers when someone gets hit on the skull: it can either crack or dent in. If it cracks, the edges may be pressed together; this can happen if one side is higher than the other, or if they get forced back together. As a result, fluid can build up on the membrane, with no way to escape, causing irritation and leading to severe inflammation.

When the bone is depressed in the middle, it presses upon that same membrane of the brain; and sometimes also some sharp points from the fracture, prick it. In the cure of these cases as little as possible must be taken off the bone. Therefore, if one edge rests upon the other, it is sufficient to cut off the prominence with a plain chisel. After that is removed, if the fissure gapes a little, it is enough for the cure. But if the edges are compressed together, an opening must be made with the perforator, at a finger’s breadth distance on one side, and from that the chisel must be carried in two lines, to the fissure, in the form of the letter Λ: so that the vertex of it may be at the opening, and the base at the fissure.

When the bone is pushed down in the middle, it presses against the same membrane of the brain; and sometimes sharp points from the fracture can also poke it. In treating these cases, it's important to remove as little bone as possible. So, if one edge is resting on the other, it's enough to trim off the bump with a flat chisel. Once that's gone, if the crack opens a little, it should be enough for healing. But if the edges are pressed together, an opening needs to be made with a drill, about a finger's breadth away on one side, and then the chisel should be used in two lines toward the crack, forming a V shape: with the tip at the opening and the base at the crack.

But if the fissure extends to a great length, it will be proper to repeat the operation from another foramen; and thus nothing that is broke off can be concealed under the397 bone, and a large opening is procured for whatever is hurtful within. Nor is it necessary to cut out the whole of a fractured bone, though it be depressed; but if it be either entirely broke through, and has separated wholly from the cranium, or if it adhere to the surrounding skull in a small part, it must be divided from the sound bone by the chisel. Then in the depressed bone, near the fissure we have made, holes must be bored; if the injured part be small, two; if larger, three; and the spaces betwixt these must be cut out; and then the chisel must be drove on both sides to the fissure, in such a manner as to make a semicircular cavity, and let the middle part be toward the fracture, and the horns point to the sound bone. Then if any pieces be loose, and can be easily taken away, they must be removed by the forceps, which is made for that purpose, especially those sharp pieces, which irritate the membrane. If this cannot be easily done, the plate, which I called meningo-phylax, must be put below it; and above that whatever is prickly, and stands inward, must be cut off; and whatever is depressed inward must be raised by the same plate. The effect of such treatment is, that the fractured bones, if they adhere together in any part, may be consolidated; and wherever they are broke away, in time they may be separated by medicines without any pain; and at the same time a space may be left sufficiently large between them, to evacuate the sanies; and the brain may have a better protection from the bone than it would have had, if that were cut out.

But if the crack extends significantly, it's advisable to repeat the procedure from another opening; this way, nothing that is broken off can be hidden under the397 bone, and a larger opening is created for anything harmful inside. It’s not necessary to remove the entire fractured bone, even if it’s depressed; however, if it is completely broken through and has entirely separated from the skull, or if it is only slightly attached to the surrounding skull, it must be separated from the healthy bone using the chisel. Next, for the depressed bone near the fissure we created, holes should be drilled; if the damaged area is small, use two holes; if larger, use three; and the spaces between these must be carved out. Then, the chisel should be used on both sides of the fissure, forming a semicircular cavity with the middle part directed toward the fracture and the ends pointing to the healthy bone. If any fragments are loose and can be easily removed, take them out with forceps designed for that purpose, especially those sharp pieces that irritate the membrane. If that’s not easily achievable, the plate I referred to as meningo-phylax should be placed below it; above that, anything sharp or inward should be cut away, and anything depressed inward must be lifted using the same plate. The goal of this treatment is for the fractured bones to bond together wherever they join, and where they have separated, over time they may be further separated by medication without causing pain. At the same time, a sufficiently large space must be maintained between them to allow for drainage of any fluid, and the brain will have better protection from the bone than it would if that bone were completely removed.

After these things are done, the membrane must be sprinkled with sharp vinegar; that, if there be a discharge of blood from it, it may be restrained, or if any blood remain coagulated within, it may be discussed; then the same medicine must be applied, softened in the manner above prescribed, to the membrane itself; the other directions, which relate to the linen spread, and the sordid wool, must be observed in the same manner, and the patient must be kept in a warm place, and the wound dressed every day; and in summer even twice.

After these steps are completed, the membrane should be sprinkled with strong vinegar so that if there’s any bleeding, it can be stopped, or if any blood is still clotted inside, it can be broken up. Then, the same medication, prepared as described earlier, should be applied directly to the membrane. The other instructions regarding the linen and the dirty wool should be followed in the same way. The patient should be kept in a warm environment, and the wound should be dressed daily; during the summer, even twice a day.

But if, by reason of an inflammation, the membrane has swelled, warm rose oil must be infused upon it. If it shall swell to such a height as to rise above the bones, it will be restrained by lentils well powdered, or vine leaves pow398dered, and mixed with either fresh butter, or recent goose fat; and the neck will require to be mollified by liquid cerate made of iris ointment. But if the membrane shall appear not to be clean, equal quantities of the plaister and honey must be mixed; which must be infused upon it; and to keep that on, a piece of lint or two must be clapped on, and that again covered with a linen cloth spread with a plaister. When the membrane is sufficiently clean, cerate must be added in the same manner to the plaister to promote the growth of flesh.

But if the membrane swells due to inflammation, you should apply warm rose oil to it. If it swells high enough to rise above the bones, you can hold it down with well-ground lentils or powdered vine leaves mixed with either fresh butter or fresh goose fat. The neck should be softened with liquid ointment made from iris. If the membrane looks dirty, mix equal parts of the plaster and honey and apply that. To hold it in place, use a piece of lint or two, then cover it with a linen cloth spread with plaster. Once the membrane is clean enough, apply ointment in the same way to the plaster to encourage new flesh to grow.

As to abstinence, and the food, and drink, in the first and more advanced stages of the cure, the same rules must be observed which I prescribed in wounds, and with the greater exactness, by how much a hurt in this part is more dangerous. Nay even when it shall be fit to allow such a quantity of food as not barely to sustain the patient, but to nourish him, yet every thing that requires chewing must be avoided; also smoke, and whatever excites sneezing. The membrane being moveable, and of its natural colour, granulations of ruddy flesh, and an easy motion of the lower jaw and neck, afford certain hopes of recovery. The bad signs are, the membrane immoveable, black, livid, or of any other vitiated colour; a delirium, acrid vomiting, a palsy, or convulsion, livid flesh, or rigor of the jaws and neck. The other symptoms that relate to sleep, appetite, fever, and the colour of the pus, are either salutary or mortal, as in other wounds.

When it comes to abstinence, food, and drink in the initial and more advanced stages of healing, the same rules I outlined for treating wounds should be followed, with even greater care, since an injury in this area is more serious. Even when it’s appropriate to allow enough food to not only keep the patient alive but also to nourish them, anything that needs chewing should be avoided. Additionally, any smoke or anything that causes sneezing should be kept away. If the membrane is movable and retains its natural color, and there are red flesh granulations along with easy movement of the lower jaw and neck, it offers a good chance for recovery. Poor signs include an immovable membrane that is black, bluish, or any other abnormal color; delirium, severe vomiting, paralysis or convulsions, bluish flesh, or stiffness in the jaw and neck. Other symptoms related to sleep, appetite, fever, and the color of the pus can either be signs of recovery or indicate mortality, just like with other wounds.

When the case succeeds well, the growth of flesh begins from the membrane itself; or if the bone in that part be double, it sprouts from thence too, and fills up the void space between the bones; sometimes it even rises higher than the surface of the skull. If that happens, copper scales must be sprinkled on to keep it down; and medicines applied to bring a cicatrix over it, which is easily obtained in every place, except the part of the forehead, which is a little above the space that lies between the eyebrows (sinus frontalis): for there, an ulceration for the whole life after, can hardly be prevented; this must be covered with a linen cloth spread with a medicine. And the following directions must be always observed in a fractured skull, that till the cicatrix be strong, the sun, wind, frequent bathing, and excess in wine be avoided.

When the case goes well, tissue growth starts from the membrane itself; or if the bone in that area is double, it also grows from there and fills the empty space between the bones; sometimes it even extends higher than the surface of the skull. If that happens, copper scales should be sprinkled on to keep it down, and treatments should be applied to create a scar over it, which can be easily done everywhere except on the forehead, just above the area between the eyebrows (sinus frontalis): because in that spot, a lifelong ulceration is hard to prevent; it needs to be covered with a linen cloth smeared with medicine. Additionally, it’s important to follow these guidelines for a fractured skull: until the scar is strong, avoid the sun, wind, frequent bathing, and excess drinking.

399

399

CHAP. V. Nose fractures.

In the nose, both the bone and the cartilage are liable to be fractured; and that sometimes happens in the fore part, sometimes on one side. If either both, or one of them be fractured in the fore part, the nostrils fall in, and the breath is drawn with difficulty. If the bone is fractured on one side, that part is hollow; if the cartilage, the nostrils are turned to the opposite side.

In the nose, both the bone and the cartilage can be broken; this can happen either in the front or on one side. If either one or both are broken in the front, the nostrils collapse, making it hard to breathe. If the bone is broken on one side, that area becomes hollow; if the cartilage is broken, the nostrils tilt to the opposite side.

Any part of the cartilage, that has given way, must be gently raised, either by a probe put under it, or two fingers compressing it on both sides; then lint platted of a due length, sewed up in soft leather, must be put within; or some part of a dry penecillum composed in the same manner; or a large quill dipped in gum or joiner’s glue, and covered with soft leather, which prevent the cartilage from sinking in. But if the fracture be in the fore part, both nostrils are to be equally filled. If on one side, what is put in ought to be thicker in that part where the nose falls in, and smaller on the other; and externally, a soft strap must be carried round, the middle of which is spread with fine flour and soot of frankincense mixed together; and this must be drawn beyond the ears, and the two ends being crossed there and returned, are to be glued to the forehead: for it sticks to the skin like glue, and when it has grown hard, it keeps the nostrils firm. But if what is put within gives pain, which happens chiefly where the interior part of the cartilage is broke through, the nostrils being raised in the same(14) manner, must be only held firm by the strap abovementioned; then, after fourteen days, that must be removed; it is to be separated by hot water, with which also the swelled part(15) must be fomented every day.

Any part of the cartilage that has become loose must be carefully lifted, either with a probe placed underneath it or by using two fingers to compress it from both sides. Then, a strip of lint of the right length, sewn into soft leather, should be placed inside; or some dry cotton made in the same way; or a large quill dipped in gum or carpenter's glue and covered with soft leather, to prevent the cartilage from sinking in. If the fracture is at the front, both nostrils should be equally filled. If it’s on one side, what’s inserted should be thicker on the side where the nose is sunken and thinner on the other side. Externally, a soft strap should go around, with the middle spread with a mixture of fine flour and soot from frankincense. This should be drawn past the ears, and the two ends crossed there and secured to the forehead: it sticks to the skin like glue, and once it hardens, it keeps the nostrils stable. However, if what’s inside causes pain, which usually happens when the inside part of the cartilage is broken, the nostrils, raised in the same way, should just be held steady by the strap mentioned above; then, after fourteen days, this should be removed. It can be loosened with hot water, with which the swollen part should be treated every day.

But if the bone be fractured, that must also be reduced into its place by the fingers; and when the fracture is in the fore part, both nostrils must be filled; when on the side, that to which the bone has been forced; cerate also400 must be applied, and it is to be bound down a little more tightly; because in that part, there not only grows callus enough to make it sound, but even to form an eminence. From the third day, it must be fomented with hot water, and the more so, the nearer it may be expected to approach a sound state. And if there be several small pieces in the fracture, nevertheless each of them that are beat in, must be forced into its place by the fingers: also the strap must be applied externally, as before directed; and over that a cerate, without any other bandage.

But if the bone is broken, it must be set back in place using your fingers; when the fracture is in the front part, both nostrils should be plugged; when it's on the side, plug the side where the bone has been pushed. You should also apply ointment, and it should be wrapped a bit tighter; because in that area, there's enough callus that forms not just to heal but even to create a bump. Starting from the third day, it should be soaked with hot water, especially as it gets closer to healing. If there are several small pieces in the fracture, each of the ones that are pushed in must be pushed back into place with your fingers. The strap should also be applied externally as previously instructed, and on top of that, apply ointment without any other bandage.

But if any fragment be separated all round, and will not be united with the rest, as may be known from the humour, which will be discharged in great quantity from the wound, it must be extracted by a vulsella; and when the inflammation is gone, some one of those medicines that are gently repellent, must be applied. The case is worse, when besides a fracture of the bone, or cartilage, there is also a wound in the skin. This very seldom occurs. When it does happen, they must nevertheless be raised to their place in the same manner; and upon the skin must be laid some one of these plaisters, that are adapted to recent wounds: but no bandage must be applied over it.

But if any piece is separated all around and cannot be reattached to the rest, as can be seen from the excessive fluid that flows from the wound, it must be removed using a pair of forceps; and once the swelling has reduced, one of those mild repellent medications should be applied. The situation is worse when there is not only a fracture of the bone or cartilage but also a skin wound. This rarely happens. When it does occur, they must still be placed back into position in the same way; and a suitable plaster for fresh wounds should be applied to the skin, but no bandage should be put over it.

CHAP. VI. EAR FRACTURES.

Sometimes the cartilage of the ear is broke. When this happens, an agglutinating medicine must be applied, before a suppuration begins; for that often prevents it, and heals the ear. Both here and in the nose, it should be understood, that the cartilage itself is not re-united, but that the flesh growing round it consolidates the part; and therefore, if, together with the skin the cartilage is broke, the skin is sewed on both sides; but I now speak of the cartilage fractured, when the skin is entire. If pus then is already formed, the skin must be opened on one side, and over against the incision, the cartilage itself must be cut in a lunated form; then a gentle styptic must be used; such as lycium diluted with water, till the bleeding be stopped;401 after that a plaister that is not greasy, spread upon linen, must be laid on, and soft wool put behind the ear, to fill up the space between that and the head; then it must be fastened by a gentle bandage; and from the third day fomented with warm water, as I directed for the nostrils; and in these kinds of accidents, at first abstinence is necessary, till the inflammation be gone.

Sometimes the cartilage in the ear breaks. When this happens, a bonding medicine should be applied before infection starts, as that often prevents it and helps heal the ear. It's important to note that in both the ear and the nose, the cartilage itself doesn't actually heal; instead, the surrounding tissue grows and holds it together. Therefore, if the cartilage breaks along with the skin, the skin needs to be stitched on both sides. Here, I’m referring to a fractured cartilage while the skin remains intact. If pus has already formed, the skin should be opened on one side, and opposite the incision, the cartilage itself should be cut in a crescent shape. Then, a mild styptic should be applied, such as diluted lycium, until the bleeding stops; after that, a non-greasy plaster spread on linen should be placed over it, along with soft wool behind the ear to fill the gap between it and the head. This should be fastened with a gentle bandage. From the third day onward, it should be treated with warm water, as I recommended for the nostrils. In these cases, it's important to avoid eating until the inflammation subsides.401

CHAP. VII. OF A BROKEN UPPER JAW, ALONG WITH SOME GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ABOUT FRACTURES.

As I am to proceed from these parts to the lower jaw, I think it proper to insert some observations relating to all the bones in general, to prevent a frequent repetition of them. Every bone then is sometimes split longitudinally, like wood, sometimes is fractured transversely, sometimes obliquely; and in this last species the ends are sometimes blunt, sometimes acute, which last is of the worst kind; because they are not easily united, where they do not rest upon something obtuse, then they also wound the flesh, and sometimes a nerve or a muscle: moreover, one fragment sometimes happens to be divided into several. In fractures of the other bones, one end often recedes entirely from the other; but the broken ends of a jaw-bone remain always in contact in some one part.

As I move on from this area to the lower jaw, I think it's important to share some general observations about all the bones to avoid repeating myself too often. Every bone can sometimes be split lengthwise, like wood. Sometimes they break across, or they can break at an angle; with the angled breaks, the ends can be either blunt or sharp, and the sharp ends are particularly problematic because they don't easily heal if they aren't touching something dull. They can also damage the surrounding tissue and sometimes injure a nerve or muscle. Additionally, one piece can sometimes split into several smaller fragments. In fractures of other bones, one end often pulls completely away from the other; however, the broken ends of a jawbone always stay in contact at some point.

Therefore, first the bones are to be forced into their place, by two fingers pressing on each side, both within the mouth and upon the chin; then if the fracture of the jaw-bone be transverse, (in which case one tooth generally stands out beyond that next to it) when it is reduced, the two contiguous teeth, or if they are loose, those next to them, must be tied together by a horse-hair. In a different kind of fracture this is needless. All the other steps are the same as in the above-described fractures; for a double linen cloth dipped in wine and oil must be laid upon it, and with that fine flour, and the soot of frankincense; then a roller or soft strap, with a longitudinal opening in the middle, that it may take in the chin both above and402 below; and lastly, the ends of it must be brought over the head and tied there.

Therefore, first, the bones need to be pushed back into place by using two fingers to press on each side, both inside the mouth and on the chin. If the jawbone is fractured in a straight line (where one tooth usually sticks out farther than the one next to it), once it's aligned, the two nearby teeth, or if they’re loose, those next to them, must be tied together with a horse hair. For a different type of fracture, this step isn’t necessary. All the other steps are the same as in the fractures described above; a double layer of cloth soaked in wine and oil should be placed on it, along with fine flour and soot from frankincense. Then, a roller or soft strap with a slit in the middle should be used to wrap around the chin, both above and below; finally, the ends should be brought over the head and tied there.

With regard to the bones in general, it may further be remarked once for all, that fasting at first is necessary; then from the third day moist food; when the inflammation is removed a little fuller diet and such as promotes the growth of flesh; wine is hurtful through the whole time. On the third day, they ought to be opened, and fomented with the vapour of hot water by a spunge, and the same dressings, as at first, are to be put on; this to be repeated on the fifth day, and so on, till the inflammation is gone, which ceases, either on the ninth day, or generally on the seventh: when that is removed, the bones must be examined again, that if any fragment is not in its place, it may be reduced, and the bandage must not be taken away, till two thirds of the time have elapsed, in which the several bones unite.

Regarding the bones in general, it should be noted that fasting is initially necessary; then, starting on the third day, moist food can be introduced. Once the inflammation decreases, a more substantial diet that encourages tissue growth should be provided. Wine should be avoided during this entire period. On the third day, the wounds should be opened and treated with steam from hot water using a sponge, and the same dressings used at the beginning should be reapplied. This process should be repeated on the fifth day and so forth until the inflammation is gone, which typically occurs by the ninth day, or generally by the seventh. Once the inflammation is resolved, the bones should be examined again to ensure that any displaced fragments are corrected, and the bandage should remain in place until two-thirds of the healing period for the various bones is complete.

Now, generally between the fourteenth and twenty-first day, the following bones heal: the lower jaw, cheek-bone, clavicle, breast-bone, scapula, ribs, the spine at the hips, the ancle-bone, heel, hand, and foot; between the twentieth and thirtieth, the bones of the leg and fore arm; between the twenty-seventh and fortieth, the arm and thigh bones.

Now, typically between the fourteenth and twenty-first day, the following bones heal: the lower jaw, cheekbone, collarbone, breastbone, shoulder blade, ribs, the spine at the hips, ankle bone, heel, hand, and foot; between the twentieth and thirtieth days, the bones in the leg and forearm; and between the twenty-seventh and fortieth days, the bones in the arm and thigh.

But concerning the lower jaw-bone I must add, that the case requires the long use of a liquid diet. Also far a considerable time pancakes and such like must be continued, and nothing be chewed, till the callus has perfectly restored the strength of the bone: and for some days, at first, the patient must not speak at all.

But about the lower jawbone, I should mention that the situation needs a prolonged liquid diet. Additionally, for a significant amount of time, the patient should stick to pancakes and similar foods, avoiding anything that requires chewing until the callus has fully restored the bone's strength. For the first few days, the patient should not speak at all.

CHAP. VIII. Of a broken collarbone.

The clavicle, if it be fractured transversely, sometimes unites very well of itself, and if it be not moved, may do well without a bandage; but sometimes, and especially when it is moved, it slides away; and generally the part next the breast lies over, and behind that next the humerus. The403 reason of which is, that it does not move by itself; but complies with the motion of the humerus: therefore, this standing still, the humerus is moved upon it. That part of the clavicle, next the breast, very seldom lies on the forepart; insomuch that men of great character in the profession have told us they never met with it; but the authority of Hippocrates is sufficient to put the fact beyond dispute.

If the clavicle is fractured across, it sometimes heals quite well on its own, and if it isn’t disturbed, it may do fine without a bandage. However, sometimes, especially if it's moved, it can slide out of place; generally, the part closest to the chest ends up overlapping the part closest to the humerus. The reason for this is that it doesn’t move independently but follows the movement of the humerus; therefore, when the humerus moves, it moves over the clavicle. The part of the clavicle nearest to the chest rarely lies in the front; in fact, respected professionals have said they've never seen it. However, the authority of Hippocrates is enough to settle the matter as a fact. The403

However, as these cases are dissimilar, so each requires a treatment somewhat different from the other. When the clavicle flies back towards the scapulæ, the humerus must be pushed backward by the palm of the right hand, and at the same time the clavicle itself be brought forward. When turned to the breast, this must be forced backward, and the humerus brought forward; and if the humerus fall below the other, that part of the bone next the breast must not be depressed, because it is immoveable; but the humerus itself must be raised; but if it rise higher, the part next the breast must be filled with wool, and the arm bound down to the breast. If there be sharp pieces in the fracture, an incision must be made in the skin over it; and any parts of the bone, that wound the flesh, must be cut off; then the blunted bones must be brought together; and if there be a prominence any where, it must be kept down by a linen cloth, three times folded, dipped in wine and oil: if there be several fragments, they are to be covered with a splint, the inside of which is to be smeared with wax, lest the roller should slip on one side. The roller must be bound over the clavicle, when reduced, rather often than tight: and this rule holds in all fractures. In a fracture of the right clavicle, the bandage ought to pass from it to the left arm-pit; if, of the left clavicle, to the right; and again under the arm-pit of the affected bone: this done, if the clavicle be inclined toward the scapula, the fore-arm must be tied to the side; if forward, to the neck; and the patient laid on his back. All the other directions given before must be observed.

However, since these cases are different, each one requires a slightly different approach. When the collarbone moves back toward the shoulder blade, you need to push the arm back with the palm of your right hand while bringing the collarbone forward. If it’s turned toward the chest, it should be pushed back, and the arm brought forward. If the arm falls lower than the other, don't push down on the part of the bone near the chest because it’s immovable; instead, lift the arm itself. If it rises too high, fill the area near the chest with wool and secure the arm against the chest. If there are sharp edges from the fracture, make an incision in the skin above it and cut off any bone fragments that are piercing the flesh. Then, bring together any jagged bones. If there’s any swelling, keep it down with a linen cloth that’s folded three times and dipped in wine and oil. If there are multiple fragments, cover them with a splint that has wax on the inside to prevent the bandage from slipping. The bandage should be wrapped around the collarbone, after it’s been realigned, often rather than tightly: this applies to all fractures. For a fracture of the right collarbone, the bandage should run from it to the left armpit; for the left collarbone, it should go to the right; and then under the armpit of the affected bone. Once that’s done, if the collarbone leans toward the shoulder blade, tie the forearm to the side; if it leans forward, tie it to the neck; and lay the patient on their back. All other previous instructions must be followed.

Now there are several bones that have very little motion, and are either hard, or cartilaginous, which are liable to be fractured, or pierced, or bruised, or fissured, as the malae, the breast-bone, scapula, ribs, spine of the hips, ancle-bone, heel, hand, and foot. The method of cure is the same in404 all these. If there is an external wound, that must be dressed with the medicines proper for it. While the wound is healing, a callus also fills up the fissures of the bone, or any vacuity that may be in it. If the skin is entire, and from the pain we infer that the bone is injured, there is nothing else to do but rest; and cerate must be applied, and tied on gently, till the pain is removed by the bone becoming sound.

Now, there are several bones that have very little movement and are either hard or made of cartilage, which can easily be fractured, punctured, bruised, or cracked, such as the cheekbones, breastbone, shoulder blades, ribs, hip spine, ankle bone, heel, hand, and foot. The treatment is the same for all of these. If there is an external wound, it needs to be treated with the appropriate medications. While the wound heals, a callus fills in the cracks or any gaps in the bone. If the skin is intact, but we suspect the bone is injured based on the pain, all that can be done is to rest; a healing ointment should be applied and gently bandaged until the pain subsides and the bone heals.

CHAP. IX. OF FRACTURES OF THE RIBS AND SPINE.

But there are some peculiarities to be observed relating to the ribs; because they are near the viscera, and that part is exposed to great dangers. A rib then is sometimes fissured in such a manner, that not the exterior surface of the bone, but the interior part of it, which is thin, is hurt; sometimes it is broke entirely through. If the whole is not fractured, there rarely follows either a spitting of blood, or a febricula, or any suppuration; and the pain is not great; however the place is slightly pained upon being touched. But this case requires no more than to do what is above directed; and in binding it up to begin at the middle of the roller (a double-headed roller) lest it draw the skin to either side. After the twenty-first day, when the bone ought to be united, we must endeavour, by a more plentiful diet, to render the body as plump as possible, that it may cover the bone the better; which being yet tender is in that part exposed to injuries under a thin skin. And through the whole time of the cure, vociferation must be avoided, and even speaking, hurrying, anger, all violence of motion, smoke, dust, and whatever excites either coughing or sneezing; and it is not even proper to hold in the breath much.

But there are some specific things to note regarding the ribs because they are close to the vital organs, and that area is at significant risk. A rib can sometimes be cracked in such a way that the outer surface of the bone is fine, but the inner part, which is thin, gets damaged; sometimes it is completely broken. If the whole rib isn't fractured, there is rarely any coughing up blood, a slight fever, or any infection; and the pain is not severe; however, the area does hurt a bit when touched. This situation only requires following the previously mentioned instructions, and when wrapping it up, start from the middle of the roller (a double-headed roller) to avoid pulling the skin to either side. After the twenty-first day, when the bone should be healing, we should work towards making the body as plump as possible with a richer diet to better protect the bone, which is still fragile and vulnerable under a thin layer of skin. Throughout the entire healing process, loud noises should be avoided, along with talking, rushing, anger, any kind of vigorous movement, smoke, dust, and anything that might trigger coughing or sneezing; it's even important not to hold the breath for too long.

But if a rib be entirely broke through, the case is more troublesome: for both violent inflammations, and a fever and suppuration, and often a danger of death ensue; and a spitting of blood. Therefore, if the strength admits, blood must be taken from the arm of the same side with405 the rib; if it does not allow this, a clyster must be given, but without any thing acrid; and the patient must fast a considerable time. He must not eat bread before the seventh day, but live upon gruel alone; and upon the part must be applied cerate made of lycium, with an addition of boiled resin; or the malagma of Polyarchus; or cloths squeezed out of wine, rose oil, and common oil; and over these soft sordid wool, and two double-headed rollers, but not tight. What I mentioned before as hurtful, are in this case to be avoided with greater caution; so that even the breath must not be too often fetched. But if a cough be troublesome, a potion must be taken for it, either of germander, or rue, or the herb staechas, or of cummin and pepper. When there are severe pains, it is proper to lay on a cataplasm either of darnel or barley, with an addition of a third part of mellow figs. And this must lie on in the day time; but in the night, either cerate, or a malagma, or cloths; because the cataplasm may drop off. Therefore it must be opened every day, till such time as we may be content with the cerate or malagma. And for ten days the body must be reduced by fasting; from the eleventh we must begin to nourish it; and therefore the bandage about it must be more lax than at first; and generally this method is continued to the fortieth day.

But if a rib is completely broken, the situation becomes more complicated: this can lead to severe inflammation, fever, pus, and often a risk of death, along with coughing up blood. So, if the patient's condition allows, blood should be drawn from the arm on the same side as the broken rib; if that isn't possible, an enema should be administered, but without any harsh ingredients; and the patient must refrain from eating for a significant amount of time. They should not eat bread until the seventh day, relying only on gruel; and a ointment made from lycium, with added boiled resin, should be applied to the affected area, or the malagma of Polyarchus, or cloths soaked in wine, rose oil, and olive oil; and on top of these, soft, clean wool, and two double-headed bandages, but not too tight. The harmful things I mentioned earlier should be avoided even more cautiously in this case, so that the patient shouldn't take deep breaths too often. If a cough becomes problematic, a remedy should be used, either made from germander, rue, or the herb staechas, or from cumin and pepper. When there are intense pains, it’s best to apply a poultice made of darnel or barley, with a third part of ripe figs added. This poultice should remain on during the day; at night, a ointment, or a malagma, or cloths should be used because the poultice may fall off. Therefore, it should be changed every day until we can rely on the ointment or malagma alone. For ten days, the body should be kept weak through fasting; starting from the eleventh day, nourishment should be introduced; thus, the bandage around it should be looser than before; and generally, this approach should continue until the fortieth day.

In the course of which, if there be any fear of a suppuration, the malagma will be more effectual to discuss it than cerate. If, notwithstanding, the suppuration take place, and cannot be discussed by the medicines prescribed before, no time must be lost, lest the bone below be affected; but in the part where it shall swell most, a hot iron must be introduced, till it reach the pus, which must be evacuated. If a tumour does not appear any where, we may discover where the pus is principally lodged in this manner. We must rub all the part with Cimolian chalk, and suffer it to dry; and wherever the moisture shall penetrate deepest, there the pus is nearest to the skin; and here the actual cautery is to be used. If there shall be a pretty large abscess, it will require two or three perforations; and lint to be put into them, or some part of a penecillum; which may be tied by a thread at the top, that it may be easily drawn out. What remains to be done is the same as in other burns. When the ulcer shall be clean,406 the body must be nourished, lest a consumption follow, which would be fatal. Sometimes too, when the bone is more slightly affected, and neglected at first, not pus, but a certain humour like mucus is collected within, and the skin over it grows soft; in which case, we must use the cautery in the same manner.

In this situation, if there’s any concern about an infection, the poultice will work better to reduce it than an ointment. However, if an infection occurs and can’t be resolved with the prescribed treatments, we shouldn’t waste any time, as the bone underneath could be affected. We need to insert a hot iron into the area that swells the most until it reaches the pus, which must be drained. If there’s no visible swelling, we can find where the pus is mainly located by doing this: we rub the entire area with Cimolian chalk and let it dry; wherever the moisture penetrates the deepest is where the pus is closest to the skin, and here we should use the hot iron. If there’s a fairly large abscess, it may require two or three openings, and we should pack them with lint or a part of a brush, which can be tied with a thread at the top for easy removal. The remaining care is the same as with other burns. Once the ulcer is clean,406 the body needs to be nourished to prevent a serious wasting condition. Sometimes, if the bone is only slightly affected and is initially neglected, instead of pus, a fluid similar to mucus can build up inside, causing the skin above it to become soft; in this case, we should use the cautery similarly.

Fracture of the spine.

There is also something peculiar to be noted in the spine: for if any part has separated from a vertebra, or is any way broken(16), the part becomes hollow; prickings are felt there, because these fragments must necessarily be jagged: whence it happens, that the patient now and then leans forward. These are indications of the case; and the same medicines are necessary, which have been mentioned in the first part of this chapter.

There’s something interesting to note about the spine: if any part is separated from a vertebra or is somehow broken__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, that part becomes hollow; the person feels pricking sensations there because these fragments are likely jagged. This is why the patient occasionally leans forward. These are indications of the condition, and the same medicines mentioned in the first part of this chapter are needed.

CHAP. X. OF FRACTURES OF THE HUMERUS, FOREARM, THIGH, LEG, FINGERS, AND TOES.

The cases which occur in the arms and thighs, and their methods of cure, are in a great measure similar. There are also some general things that belong equally to the arms, fore-arms, thighs, legs, fingers, and toes; for a fracture in the middle of these is least dangerous; but the nearer the fracture is, either to the superior or inferior head, so much the worse: for it both creates greater pain, and is more difficult to cure. Of fractures, the most innocent is a simple transverse one; worse, where it is oblique, and where there are fragments; worst of all, when these are sharp. Sometimes the bones in these parts being fractured, continue in their places: but they much more frequently give way, and one part lies over the other. This circumstance ought to be first of all considered; and there are certain marks for knowing it. If they are displaced, they are bent, and cause the sensation of pricking, and are unequal to the touch. But if they meet one another, not directly, but obliquely (which happens, when they are not in their place) that limb is shorter than the other, and the muscles of it swell.

The cases that happen in the arms and thighs, along with their treatment methods, are mostly similar. There are also some general factors that apply to the arms, forearms, thighs, legs, fingers, and toes; a fracture in the middle of these areas is the least dangerous, but the closer the fracture is to either end, the worse it is: it causes more pain and is harder to treat. Among fractures, the most straightforward is a simple transverse one; worse is the oblique type, and the worst involves fragments, especially if they're sharp. Sometimes, when the bones in these areas are fractured, they stay in place, but they more often shift, causing one part to overlap the other. This situation should be the first consideration, and there are specific signs to identify it. If they are displaced, they bend, cause a prickling sensation, and feel uneven to the touch. However, if they come together not directly but obliquely (which occurs when they're out of alignment), that limb appears shorter than the other, and its muscles may swell.

407

407

Therefore, if this is found to be the case, it is proper to extend the limb immediately: for the tendons and muscles being in a natural state kept stretched by the bones, are in this case contracted; neither do they return to their place, unless they be extended by force. Again, if that is neglected for some days at first, an inflammation comes on, during which, it is both difficult and dangerous to use violence to the tendons; for there follows a convulsion or gangrene; or at least, which is the mildest of the bad consequences, a suppuration; therefore, if the bones have not been replaced before the inflammation, they must not be reduced till after it is gone. Now one person alone may extend a finger, also any other member, if it be of a child, by taking hold of one part with his right hand, and the other with his left. A stronger limb requires two to pull different ways. If the tendons are very firm, as is the case in robust men, and chiefly in their thighs and legs, the ends of the joints on both sides must be tied with straps, or linen rollers, and pulled contrary ways by several persons; and when this force has stretched the limb a little beyond its natural length, then the bones must be pressed by the hands into their place; and the sign of a bone’s being reduced, is the removal of the pain. The limb being made equal with the other, must be wrapt up in cloths two or three times doubled, dipped in wine and oil; for which purpose linen is best.

Therefore, if this is found to be the case, it’s important to immediately extend the limb: because the tendons and muscles, which are normally kept stretched by the bones, become contracted in this situation; they won't go back to their proper position unless they are forcibly extended. If this is ignored for several days at first, inflammation occurs, during which it’s both difficult and risky to force the tendons; this can lead to convulsions or gangrene; or at the very least, the mildest of the bad outcomes, an infection; therefore, if the bones haven’t been reset before the inflammation, they must not be adjusted until after it subsides. One person can extend a finger or any other limb, if it's that of a child, by holding one part with their right hand and the other with their left. A stronger limb requires two people to pull in different directions. If the tendons are very tight, which is often the case in strong individuals, especially in their thighs and legs, the ends of the joints on both sides should be tied with straps or linen rolls and pulled in opposite directions by several people; once this force has stretched the limb slightly beyond its natural length, then the bones should be pushed back into place by hand; the indication that a bone has been reset is the relief of pain. After ensuring the limb is aligned with the other, it should be wrapped in cloth two or three times, soaked in wine and oil; linen is ideal for this purpose.

Six bandages are generally required. The first to be applied is the shortest; which should be rolled about the fracture(17), and ascend spirally like a screw; and it is sufficient for it to go round in this manner thrice. The second is one half longer than this; which, if the bone project in any part, must begin there; if it be every where equal, it may begin any where upon the fracture, and go in an opposite direction to the former, tending downwards, and returning again to the fracture, end in the upper part beyond the former bandage. Over these must be laid cerate, upon a broad piece of linen, to keep them on. And if the bone is prominent in any part, a cloth, three times doubled, moistened in the wine and oil before mentioned, must be laid upon it. These are to be secured by a third and a fourth bandage, in such a manner, that the following move always in a contrary direction to the former, the408 third alone must end in the lower part, and the other three in the superior; because it is better to make several convolutions, than to bind it tight; for a strict bandage disorders a part, and makes it liable to a gangrene. We ought to bind an articulation as little as possible; but if the fracture of the bone is near the joint, there is a necessity for it.

Six bandages are usually needed. The first one to apply is the shortest; it should be wrapped around the fracture __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, spiraling upwards like a screw, and it’s enough for it to go around three times. The second bandage is half as long again; if there’s a part where the bone is sticking out, start there; if the whole area is even, you can start anywhere on the fracture and wrap it in the opposite direction of the first, moving downward, and then coming back up to the fracture, finishing above the first bandage. On top of these, apply cerate on a wide piece of linen to hold them in place. If the bone protrudes at any point, place a cloth that’s folded three times, dampened with the previously mentioned wine and oil, over it. These should be secured with a third and fourth bandage, ensuring that each subsequent one goes in the opposite direction of the previous one. The third bandage should finish at the bottom, while the other three should end at the top. It’s better to use several turns than to pull tight; a tight bandage disrupts the area and can lead to gangrene. We should avoid binding a joint as much as possible; but if the bone fracture is close to the joint, it’s necessary.

When the limb is bound up, it must be kept so to the third day, and the bandage should be such, as on the first day not to hurt by its stricture, and yet not to seem lax; on the second it should be a little laxer; the third almost loosened. Therefore, the limb must then be bound up again, and a fifth roller must be added to the former; after which it must be again opened on the fifth day, and then secured by six rollers, in such a manner, that the third and fifth may end below, and the rest above. As often as the limb is opened, it must be fomented with hot water. But if the fracture be near a joint, wine, with the addition of a small proportion of oil, must be dropped upon it for a long time, and all the other directions observed, till the inflammation leave it, or the limb become smaller than ordinary: which, if it does not happen on the seventh day, will certainly be effected by the ninth. Then the bones are handled with great ease.

When the limb is wrapped up, it needs to stay that way until the third day. The bandage should be snug enough on the first day so it doesn't hurt from being too tight, but not so loose that it feels floppy. On the second day, it can be a bit looser; by the third day, it should be almost completely loose. Then, the limb needs to be wrapped up again, and a fifth bandage should be added to the previous ones. After that, it should be opened again on the fifth day and secured with six bandages, making sure that the third and fifth bandages end below, while the rest finish above. Every time the limb is opened, it should be soaked with hot water. However, if the fracture is near a joint, wine mixed with a small amount of oil should be applied for a while, and all other instructions should be followed until the swelling goes down or the limb becomes smaller than usual. If that doesn’t happen by the seventh day, it will definitely happen by the ninth. After that, the bones can be handled much more easily.

Therefore, if they are not well joined to each other, they must be set again; and if any fragments rise above the rest, they must be reduced into their places, and then the limb must be rolled up in the same manner, and splints be fitted round it, to keep the bones in their places. And on that side, to which the fracture inclines, a broader and stronger splint must be applied. About a joint all these should turn outward, that they may not hurt it, and be bound no tighter than is necessary to secure the bone: as they grow laxer in time, they must be a little tightened every third day by their straps; and if there be no itching nor pain, continue so, till two-thirds of the time be compleated, in which each of these bones unites; afterwards, it is to be bathed more gently with hot water; for at first it is necessary to dissipate the humours, and afterwards to make them transpire. Therefore it must also be anointed lightly with liquid cerate, and the surface of the skin rubbed; and the fracture be bound up more loosely. It must be opened409 every third day, and all the applications be repeated, except the hot water; only one of the rollers, as often as it is loosed, must be withdrawn.

So, if the pieces aren't properly aligned, they need to be set again. If any parts stick out, they should be pushed back in place, and then the limb should be wrapped up like before, with splints fitted around it to keep the bones steady. On the side where the fracture is leaning, a wider and sturdier splint should be used. All of these should angle out near the joint to avoid causing any damage, and they shouldn't be strapped any tighter than necessary to hold the bone in place. As they become looser over time, they should be tightened a bit every three days using their straps; if there's no itching or pain, continue this until two-thirds of the healing time is complete, after which it should be gently washed with hot water. At first, it's important to get rid of excess fluids, and later to help them evaporate. It should also be lightly coated with liquid cerate, and the skin's surface should be rubbed, loosening the bandage around the fracture. It should be checked every three days, and all treatments should be repeated except for the hot water; only one of the rollers should be removed whenever it's loosened.409

Of a fractured humerus.

The foregoing rules are general; the following peculiar to each bone. If the humerus be fractured, the extension must not be made as in another limb; but the patient is placed in a high seat, and the physician in a lower one opposite to him. Then the patient’s fore-arm is to be supported by a bandage passed round it, and fastened behind the neck. This done, a second bandage, with two heads, is to be rolled round the upper part of the humerus, and have its two ends tied into a knot above the head. Lastly, a third bandage of the like kind is to be fastened to the lower part of the humerus, and carried downwards, its two ends being also tied together. Then, from behind the patient’s head, an assistant stretching his own arm through the loop of the second mentioned roller, his right, if the right humerus is to be extended, his left, if the left humerus, takes hold of a stick placed between the patient’s thighs; the physician also sets his right foot, if he be to operate upon the left humerus, his left, if upon the right, on the third of these rollers; and at the same time the assistant raises the one roller, and the physician depresses the other; by which means, the humerus is gently extended. If the fracture be in the middle or lower part of the bone, shorter rollers are required; if in the superior, longer; so that they may be extended from thence over the breast, under the other arm-pit to the shoulders. In binding it up, the fore-arm must be so inclined, and the affected part put into such a position by the bandages, that the suspending of the forearm afterwards, do not turn the humerus any other way, than when it was bound up. And the fore-arm being hung, the humerus is to be also gently tied down to the side; by which means it will be prevented from moving, and therefore the bones continue as they have been set. When we come to the application of splints, these ought to be longest on the external side, shorter on the fore-part, but shortest of all under the arm-pit. And when the humerus is fractured near the cubitus, they must be pretty often removed, lest the tendons there grow rigid, and the fore-arm be rendered useless. Whenever they are removed, the410 fracture must be held in the hand; and the cubitus fomented with hot water, and rubbed over with soft cerate; and splints must either not be put upon the processes of the cubitus at all, or they must be somewhat shorter than the others.

The rules mentioned earlier are general; the following are specific to each bone. If the humerus is fractured, you shouldn't pull it like you would with another limb; instead, the patient should sit in a high seat, while the physician sits lower across from them. The patient’s forearm should be supported with a bandage wrapped around it and attached behind the neck. Once that is done, a second bandage, with two ends, should be rolled around the upper part of the humerus, with the ends tied into a knot above the head. Finally, a third bandage of the same kind should be secured to the lower part of the humerus and pulled downward, with its ends tied together as well. Then, from behind the patient’s head, an assistant stretches his arm through the loop of the second bandage; he uses his right arm if the right humerus needs to be extended and his left if it's the left humerus. He grabs hold of a stick placed between the patient’s thighs; the physician places his right foot on the third bandage if operating on the left humerus, or his left foot if on the right, and at the same time, the assistant raises one bandage while the physician lowers the other, gently extending the humerus. If the fracture is in the middle or lower part of the bone, shorter bandages are needed; if it’s in the upper part, longer ones are required, extending over the chest, under the opposite armpit to the shoulders. When wrapping it up, the forearm should be positioned so that when it's hung later, the humerus doesn’t shift from the position it was in when it was wrapped. Once the forearm is suspended, the humerus should also be gently secured to the side, preventing any movement, which allows the bones to stay aligned. When applying splints, they should be longest on the outer side, shorter on the front, and shortest under the armpit. If the humerus is fractured near the elbow, splints need to be frequently removed to prevent the tendons from stiffening and causing the forearm to become useless. Whenever they are taken off, the410 fracture should be supported by hand, and the elbow should be soaked in hot water and massaged with soft ointment; also, splints should either not be placed on the elbow processes at all, or they should be slightly shorter than the others.

Of a fracture of the fore-arm.

But if there is a fracture in the fore-arm, it must be first of all considered, whether one bone or both be broken: not that there is any different method of cure to be used; but first that the extension may be the stronger, if both bones be fractured, because the tendons must necessarily be less contracted, when one of the bones is entire, and keeps them upon the stretch; in the next place, that every thing which relates to securing the bones, may be done with the greater accuracy, if one of them does not help the other: for where one is unhurt, it helps more than rollers and splints. The fore-arm ought to be tied up with the thumb turned a little toward the breast; for that is the most natural posture of the fore-arm: and after the bandages are put on, it is best held in a scarf, the full breadth of which is under the fore-arm, with its ends, which are very narrow, fixed over the neck; thus the arm is conveniently suspended from the neck, and ought to hang a little higher than the other elbow.

But if there’s a fracture in the forearm, you first need to consider whether one bone or both are broken. It's not that there's a different treatment for each, but rather that the extension can be stronger if both bones are fractured. This is because the tendons will be less tight if one of the bones is intact and keeps them stretched. Additionally, everything related to securing the bones can be done more accurately if one bone isn't supporting the other. When one bone is unharmed, it provides more support than rollers and splints. The forearm should be tied up with the thumb slightly turned toward the chest, as this is the most natural position for the forearm. Once the bandages are on, it's best to hold it in a scarf, with the full width under the forearm and the narrow ends fixed around the neck. This way, the arm is comfortably suspended from the neck and should hang a bit higher than the other elbow.

But if any part of the top of the cubitus be fractured, it is improper to secure it by bandages, because the fore-arm becomes immoveable. And if means only are found(18) to remove the pain, it remains as useful as before.

But if any part of the top of the ulna is fractured, it's not a good idea to secure it with bandages, because the forearm becomes immovable. And if there are only ways to relieve the pain, it remains just as functional as before.

Fractures of the thighs and legs.

It is of equal importance in the leg for one of the bones to continue entire. Both in this and the thigh it is fit after binding it up to put it in a box. This box ought to have holes below, through which any humour that is discharged, may descend; and at the foot a prop, which may both sustain, and not suffer it to slip; and holes in the sides, through which straps being past, some bars[ IC ] may keep the leg and thigh in their position. If it be a fracture of the leg, this ought to reach from the foot to the ham; if of the thigh, as far as the hip; if near the head of the thigh-bone, so as that the hip likewise may be within it. We ought not to be igno411rant, however, that a fractured thigh becomes shorter, because it never entirely returns to its former state; and that the person ever after supports himself upon his toes in that foot, which occasions great weakness; however it is much worse, where the misfortune has been encreased by neglect.

It's equally important for one of the bones in the leg to remain intact. After securing it, it's advisable to place it in a box. This box should have holes at the bottom to allow any fluid to drain out, and there should be a support at the foot to keep it steady and prevent it from slipping. There should also be holes in the sides so that straps can pass through, allowing some bars__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ to keep the leg and thigh in position. If it's a leg fracture, the box should extend from the foot to the knee; if it's a thigh fracture, it should go up to the hip; and if it's near the top of the thigh bone, the hip needs to be included as well. It's important to note that a fractured thigh tends to heal shorter because it never fully returns to its original state, causing the person to walk on their toes on that foot, resulting in considerable weakness. Things are much worse if the injury has been worsened by neglect.

Fractures of the fingers.

It is sufficient to bind a finger to one small twig, after the inflammation is gone.

It’s enough to tie a finger to a small twig once the swelling has gone down.

General rules.

The foregoing directions are confined to the cases relating to particular limbs; the following are general: fasting for some days at first; then when the callus is growing, a pretty full diet; long abstinence from wine; plentiful fomentations of hot water, while the inflammation continues; when that has ceased, they must be more sparing; lastly, a pretty long but gentle rubbing of liquid cerate into the more remote parts. Nor must the limb be immediately put upon exercise, but by degrees returned to its former motions.

The previous instructions focus on specific limbs; the following are more general: start with fasting for a few days; then, once the callus is forming, switch to a fairly rich diet; avoid wine for a long time; use plenty of hot water compresses while inflammation is present; once that subsides, be more moderate; finally, gently rub liquid ointment into the surrounding areas for a decent duration. Additionally, don’t immediately start exercising the limb again; gradually ease it back into its usual movements.

The case is a good deal worse, when, besides the fracture of the bone, there is also a wound in the flesh; and particularly if that happen in the muscles of the thigh or arm: for the inflammations there are much greater, and they are more liable to gangrenes. And generally, where the bones of the thigh have slipped past each other, it is necessary to cut it off. The arm is also endangered in the same circumstances, but is more easily preserved. And these dangers are still more to be apprehended, if the fracture be near the joints: therefore, such a case must be treated with more care, and the muscle must be cut through transversely over the middle of the wound; and if the hæmorrhage has been but small, the patient must be bled, and extenuated by fasting for ten days. And though the other limbs may be extended slowly, and the bones reduced gently to their place; yet in these it is not quite expedient either to extend the tendons, or handle the bones. And the patient must be allowed to keep them in the position that is easiest to him. To all such wounds must be applied, at first, lint dipped in wine, with an addition of a very little rose oil: the other management is the same as above recommended. They are to be bound up with rollers broader(19) than the wound; which must be applied looser, than if there was not a wound there; and as the412 wound is more liable to corruption and a gangrene, we are by a number of rollers to manage it so, that though they are slack, they may keep the bones firm.

The situation is much worse when, in addition to a broken bone, there's also a wound in the flesh, especially if it's in the muscles of the thigh or arm. The inflammation is significantly more severe there, and there's a higher risk of gangrene. Generally, if the bones of the thigh have moved out of alignment, amputation is necessary. The arm faces similar risks but can often be saved more easily. These dangers are even greater if the fracture is close to the joints, so that kind of injury requires extra caution. The muscle should be cut across the middle of the wound, and if there's only minor bleeding, the patient should be bled and fast for ten days. While other limbs can be gently extended and repositioned, it's not advisable to stretch the tendons or manipulate the bones in these cases. The patient should be allowed to keep the injured limb in the most comfortable position. For these types of wounds, start by applying lint soaked in wine with a small amount of rose oil; the rest of the treatment is the same as previously suggested. The wounds should be wrapped with rollers that are wider than the wound itself, applied more loosely than if there were no injury, and given that the wound is more susceptible to infection and gangrene, we need to secure the bones firmly with a number of rollers, ensuring they remain slack but supportive.

This method may be followed in the thigh or arm, provided the bones have chanced to return to their proper place; but if they be in any different situation, they must only have such a bandage, as will keep on the medicine that is applied. The other directions I gave before must be observed: except that neither splints nor boxes be used, with which the wound cannot heal; but only more and broader rollers are necessary; and both hot oil and wine must be poured upon them now and then; more frequently the latter. At the beginning the patient must fast; the wound must be bathed with hot water; he must avoid the cold; and recourse must be had to medicines for promoting digestion of the wound, and more care must be taken of the wound than the bone: for that reason it must be opened every day and dressed.

This method can be used on the thigh or arm, as long as the bones have managed to return to their correct position; however, if they are in a different location, only a bandage that keeps the applied medicine in place should be used. The other instructions I provided earlier should be followed, except that neither splints nor boxes should be used, as they can prevent the wound from healing; instead, broader and larger bandages are needed. Both hot oil and wine should be applied to them occasionally, with wine being used more often. At first, the patient should fast; the wound should be cleaned with hot water; they should avoid cold; and medications should be used to promote wound healing. Greater attention should be given to the wound than to the bone; therefore, it should be opened and dressed every day.

In the mean time, should any small fragment of the bone project, if it be blunt, it must be reduced into its place; if sharp, its point, when long, must first be cut off, when short, filed, and in either case smoothed with a chisel; and then it must be returned in again. And if that cannot be done by the hand, a vulsella, such as workmen make use of, must be applied with that part(20) which turns inward to the sharp point of the bone, that by its convex part the prominent bone may be thrust into its place. If it be too large, and covered by small membranes, we should allow these to be dissolved by medicines, and when the bone is laid bare, cut it off; which is to be done pretty early, and afterwards, in this method we may let the bone unite and the wound heal; the first in its proper time, and the other as the circumstances admit.

In the meantime, if any small piece of the bone is sticking out, and it's blunt, it needs to be pushed back into place. If it's sharp, and the point is long, it should be cut off, and if it's short, it should be filed down, then smoothed with a chisel before putting it back in. If that can't be done by hand, a vulsella, like the ones workers use, should be applied with the part that curves inward to the sharp point of the bone, so that its rounded part can push the protruding bone back into place. If it's too big and covered by small membranes, we should let those dissolve with medicine, and when the bone is exposed, cut it off; this should be done fairly early. After that, we can allow the bone to heal and the wound to close—first at the right time for the bone, and then for the wound as circumstances allow.

Sometimes too it happens in a large wound, that some fragments as it were mortify, and do not unite with the rest. This may be discovered from the quantity of discharge; which makes it necessary to open the ulcer oftener than it is dressed; and the consequence generally is, that this bone, after some days, of itself falls off; otherwise, though the condition of the wound is miserable enough before, that often encreases it, and makes it more tedious of cure. The bone too is often broken away, when the skin413 is entire, and immediately an itching and pain come on. Wherefore, if that happens it is proper to open it the sooner, and bathe it in the summer time with cold water; and in the winter with water just warm; and then apply myrtle cerate.

Sometimes, in a large wound, some fragments can die off and don’t blend with the rest. You can tell this from the amount of discharge, which means you need to open the ulcer more often than it’s dressed. Usually, the bone will fall off by itself after a few days; otherwise, the wound can get even worse and take longer to heal. The bone can also break away while the skin is still intact, and then you’ll feel itching and pain. So, if this happens, it’s best to open it up as soon as possible and rinse it with cold water in the summer and lukewarm water in the winter, followed by applying myrtle cerate.

Sometimes, the fracture, by some points like prickles, irritates the flesh: which being discovered by the itching and prickings, the physician must open it, and cut off these points. The other part of the cure is the same in both these cases as in a recent wound. When the ulcer is clean, nourishing food must be taken. If the limb is still too short, and the bones are not in their places, a wedge of the smallest and smoothest kind must be put in between them with its head standing out a little, and the thick part of it must be driven farther in every day, till that limb be equal to the other. Then the wedge must be taken out, and the wound healed up. When a cicatrix is brought on, it must be bathed with a decoction of myrtle, ivy, and other like vervains, cold, and a drying medicine applied upon it; and in this case, there is a greater necessity for rest, till the limb recover its strength.

Sometimes, a fracture can irritate the skin with little points that feel like prickles. When this irritation is noticed through itching and prickling sensations, the doctor needs to open it up and remove those points. The rest of the treatment is similar in both cases to that of a fresh wound. When the ulcer is clean, nourishing food should be eaten. If the limb is still too short and the bones aren’t aligned properly, a small, smooth wedge should be placed between them, with one end sticking out a bit. Each day, the thicker part of the wedge should be pushed in a little more until the limb is even with the other one. Then, the wedge can be taken out, and the wound needs to heal. Once a scar starts to form, it should be bathed in a cool mixture of myrtle, ivy, and other similar herbs, and a drying medicine should be applied to it. It’s especially important to rest during this time until the limb regains its strength.

When the bones happen not to unite, because they have been often opened, and often moved, the method of cure is obvious; for they may unite. If the fracture be of long standing, the limb must be extended, to create a fresh injury; the bones must be separated from one another by the hand, that their surfaces may be roughened by rubbing against each other, and if there be any fat substance, it may be abraded, and the whole of it become as it were recent: great care, however, must be taken not to wound tendons or muscles. Then it must be bathed with a decoction of pomegranate bark in wine; and the same mixed with the white of eggs, must be applied to it; on the third day it must be opened, and bathed with a decoction of the vervains abovementioned: which must be repeated on the fifth day, and splints put round it; the other steps, both before and after, which I directed already, must be taken in the same manner. However, sometimes the bones unite obliquely(21); and thus the limb becomes both shorter and deformed, and if the ends are pretty sharp, continual prickings are felt: for this reason the bones ought to be fractured again, and put in a proper direction. It is done in414 this manner. The limb is fomented with plenty of hot water, and rubbed over with liquid cerate and extended; in the mean time, the physician handling the bones, the callus being yet tended, separates them by his hands, and forces the part that projects, into its place: and if that is not effectual, on that side, to which the bone inclines, he puts a regula wrapped up in wool; and by thus binding it up brings it to a habit of lodging in its former place.

When the bones don’t heal together because they’ve been opened and moved around a lot, the way to fix it is clear: they can still unite. If the fracture has been there for a while, the limb needs to be pulled to create a new injury; the bones should be separated by hand to roughen their surfaces by rubbing against each other. If there’s any fat, it should be scraped away, making everything feel fresh again. However, great care must be taken not to injure the tendons or muscles. Then, it should be soaked with a pomegranate bark decoction mixed with wine; the same mixture, combined with egg whites, should be applied. On the third day, it needs to be opened and bathed with the previously mentioned vervain decoction, which should be repeated on the fifth day, and splints should be applied. The other steps I’ve outlined earlier must be followed in the same way. Sometimes, however, the bones heal at an angle, which can make the limb shorter and misshapen. If the ends are quite sharp, it can cause constant pain. For this reason, the bones should be rebroken and aligned properly. This is done as follows: the limb is soaked in hot water and coated with liquid ointment before being stretched; meanwhile, the doctor, while attending to the callus, manually separates the bones and pushes the protruding part back into place. If that doesn’t work, a piece of wool-wrapped material is placed on the side the bone is leaning towards, and binding it this way helps it settle back into its original position.

Sometimes also, though the bones have united as they should do, too large a callus grows upon them; and therefore the part is swelled. When this happens, the limb must be rubbed gently for a long time, with oil, salt and nitre, and bathed with plenty of salt water; a discutient malagma must be applied; and a tight bandage put on; and the patient must eat herbage, and take vomits; by which course, the callus is reduced together with the flesh. Some good is done by an application of mustard and a fig upon another limb, till it corrode a little, and derive the matter to that part. When the tumour is lessened by these means, the person may return to his ordinary course of life.

Sometimes, even when the bones have healed properly, a callus can grow too large, causing swelling in the area. When this happens, the limb should be gently rubbed for a long time with oil, salt, and potassium nitrate, and soaked in plenty of salt water. A drawing poultice should be applied, followed by a tight bandage. The patient should eat greens and take emetics to help reduce the callus along with the flesh. It can also be effective to apply mustard and a fig to another limb until it causes some irritation and draws the issue towards that area. Once the swelling decreases through these methods, the person can resume their normal activities.

CHAP. XI. OF DISLOCATIONS.

Thus far then we have treated of fractures. Now the bones are dislocated in two ways. For sometimes those that are joined together, separate from each other, as when the broad bone of the scapula recedes from the humerus(22), and in the fore-arm the radius from the cubitus, and in the leg, the tibia from the fibula, and sometimes in leaping the heel-bone from the ancle; which last, however, seldom happens. Sometimes the articulations are displaced. I shall speak first of the former.

So far, we've discussed fractures. Now, bones can be dislocated in two ways. Sometimes, those that are connected separate from each other, like when the broad part of the shoulder blade moves away from the humerus, or when the radius moves away from the ulna in the forearm, or in the leg when the tibia separates from the fibula, and sometimes when jumping the heel bone separates from the ankle; although the last one is rare. Sometimes the joints are misaligned. First, I will talk about the first type.

When such an accident happens, the part is immediately hollow, and by pressing upon it with the finger one feels a cavity. After that, a violent inflammation comes on; and particularly in the ancle; for generally it occasions fevers and gangrenes, and either convulsions, or contractions, which draw the head down upon the shoulders. To avoid415 which, the same method must be followed here, as in injuries of the moveable bones. And whenever it happens, the medicines prescribed before must be laid on these parts to remove the pain and tumour: for bones once separated in this manner never come together again; and though some degree of comeliness be attainable in the part, yet it is of no use(23).

When such an injury occurs, the area becomes immediately sunken, and if you press on it with your finger, you can feel a hollow space. Following this, a severe inflammation sets in, especially around the ankle, as it usually leads to fevers and gangrene, and can cause either convulsions or contractions that pull the head down toward the shoulders. To prevent this, the same approach should be taken as with injuries to movable bones. Whenever this happens, the medications mentioned earlier should be applied to these areas to alleviate the pain and swelling, as bones that have been separated in this way never heal back together. Although some level of appearance can be restored in the area, it is of no real benefit.

But the lower jaw and the vertebræ, and all the joints, though they be secured by strong ligaments, are luxated by the force of a blow, or when the ligaments are either ruptured, or some way weakened; and more easily in children or lads, than in those that are more robust. And they slip out forward and backward, and inward and outward; some of them in all these ways, others in particular ways. And there are some general signs belonging to all, others peculiar to each one: for there is always a tumour in that part, to which the bone is propelled, and a cavity in that from whence it recedes. Now these marks are common to them all; the others peculiar to the several bones will be mentioned, when I speak of each case distinctly.

But the lower jaw, vertebrae, and all the joints, even though they're held together by strong ligaments, can be dislocated by a strong impact, or when the ligaments are torn or somehow weakened; this happens more easily in children or younger people than in those who are stronger. They can slip out forward and backward, as well as inward and outward; some of them can move in all these ways, while others have specific directions. There are some general signs that apply to all cases, and others that are unique to each one: there’s always a swelling where the bone has moved to, and a dent where it has come from. These signs are common to all of them; the unique signs for each individual bone will be discussed when I cover each case separately.

But though all the articulations may be dislocated, they cannot be all replaced; for the head is never reduced, nor a vertebra in the spine, nor a jaw-bone, which being out on both sides, has raised an inflammation before it could be returned. Again, those that slip out from the fault of the ligaments, when they are forced into their places, give way again. And those that have been dislocated in childhood, and have not been reduced, grow less than the rest: and the flesh of all these that are not in their place, is decayed, and more so in the member nearest to it, than in one beyond it. For instance, if the humerus is not in its place, the arm wastes more than the fore-arm, and that more than the hand. Then according to the situations, and the nature of the accidents, there is left either more or less use of the limb; and the more use remains of it, the less it is wasted.

But even though all the joints might be out of place, they can't all be fixed; the head doesn't go back into position, nor does a vertebra in the spine, nor does a jawbone, which when dislocated on both sides, causes inflammation before it can be put back. Additionally, those that slip out because of ligament issues, when forced back, often pop out again. And joints that were dislocated in childhood and never reset grow smaller than the rest. The tissue around all these misplaced joints deteriorates, and it decays more in the part closest to the issue than in the one further away. For example, if the humerus is out of place, the arm shrivels more than the forearm, which shrivels more than the hand. Based on the positions and the nature of the injuries, there’s either more or less function in the limb; the more function it has, the less it deteriorates.

Now whatever is dislocated should be reduced before an inflammation begin. If that has already seized it, till it cease, it must not be meddled with; after its removal, trial must be made in such limbs as are reducible. A great deal depends upon the habit both of the body and the ligaments: for if the body be slender, or humid, or if the ligaments be416 weak, the bone is more quickly reduced; but it is both more liable to dislocation, and is less firmly held after it is reduced(24). Bodies of the contrary qualities hold it faster in its place; but when once forced out, admit of its return with difficulty. It is proper to alleviate the inflammation by applying sordid wool squeezed out of vinegar; and if the misfortune be in a strong articulation, to abstain from food for three, and sometimes even five days; to drink warm water till the thirst be gone; to observe these rules more strictly in luxations of those bones, that are held by strong large muscles; and much more so if a fever has ensued; on the fifth day to foment with hot water; and taking away the wool, to apply cerate made of Cyprine oil, with the addition of nitre, till the inflammation be entirely removed. Then it is proper to use friction to the limb; to take food of good juices, wine in moderate quantity; and by this time, to make some use of the limb: because motion, as it is extremely hurtful in pain, so it is very salutary when the pain is removed. These observations are general; I shall now treat of the particular cases.

Now, whatever is out of place should be fixed before any inflammation starts. If inflammation has already set in, don’t touch it until it goes away; after that, you should try to fix limbs that can be adjusted. A lot depends on the condition of the body and the ligaments: if the body is slender or moist, or if the ligaments are weak, the bone can be put back in place more easily; however, it is more prone to dislocation and is less securely held once it’s adjusted. Bodies with opposite qualities hold the bone more firmly in place, but once it’s dislocated, it’s harder to get back. It’s advisable to reduce inflammation by applying dirty wool soaked in vinegar; if there’s a problem in a strong joint, it’s best to avoid food for three, or sometimes even five, days; drink warm water until you’re no longer thirsty; follow these guidelines more carefully for dislocations of bones held by strong large muscles, especially if a fever arises. On the fifth day, soak with hot water, and after removing the wool, apply a salve made from Cyprine oil mixed with nitre until the inflammation is completely gone. After that, it’s good to massage the limb; consume nourishing foods and drink wine in moderation; and by now, start to use the limb a bit. Because while motion is extremely harmful when there’s pain, it’s very beneficial once the pain has subsided. These are general guidelines; I will now discuss specific cases.

CHAP. XII. OF A DISLOCATED UPPER JAW.

In a dislocation of the lower jaw it is pushed forward, but sometimes on one side, sometimes on both. If on one side, it inclines together with the chin to the contrary side, the teeth do not answer to each other, but the canine teeth below are opposite to the incisores: if on both sides, the chin leaves its place, and is protruded to the external part; and the lower teeth come farther out than the upper; and the muscles of the temples appear tense. The patient, as soon as possible, must be placed in a seat in such a manner, that an assistant may secure his head behind; or he may be seated near a wall, putting a hard leather cushion between the wall and his head, and let his head be pressed upon the cushion by an assistant, that it may be kept the steadier; then the thumbs of the physician being wrapped up with linen cloths, or rollers, that they may not slip, must417 be introduced into his mouth; and the fingers must be applied externally. When the maxilla is firmly grasped, if the luxation be on one side, the chin must be shaken, and brought towards the throat; then at the same time his head must be held, and the chin being raised, the maxilla forced into its place, and the mouth shut; and all this must be done almost in the same instant. But if the luxation be on both sides, the same method must be taken; but the jaw-bone must be forced back equally on both sides. When the bone is replaced, if the case was attended with a pain of the eyes and neck, blood must be taken from the arm. And as liquid food at first is proper for all persons, whose bones have been dislocated, so particularly in this circumstance; where even frequent speaking, by the motion of the mouth, hurts the nerves of the temples(25).

In a dislocated jaw, it’s pushed forward, sometimes on one side and sometimes on both. If it’s on one side, it tilts along with the chin to the opposite side, and the teeth don't align properly, with the lower canine teeth being positioned in front of the incisors. If it’s on both sides, the chin shifts position and protrudes outward, causing the lower teeth to extend beyond the upper teeth, while the temple muscles become tense. The patient should be seated as soon as possible, in a way that allows an assistant to hold their head back; alternatively, they could sit against a wall with a hard leather cushion between their head and the wall, allowing an assistant to press their head against the cushion for stability. The physician should wrap their thumbs in linen cloths or bandages to prevent slipping, then insert them into the patient’s mouth, using their fingers externally as well. Once the jaw is securely held, if the dislocation is on one side, the chin should be shaken and brought toward the throat. At the same time, the head must be held steady, and while raising the chin, the jaw should be pushed back into place, and the mouth closed, all happening almost simultaneously. If the dislocation is on both sides, the same approach should be used, but the jawbone must be pushed back evenly on both sides. After the bone is repositioned, if there was pain in the eyes and neck, blood should be drawn from the arm. Since liquid food is recommended for anyone with dislocated bones, it is especially important in this situation, as even talking can stress the nerves in the temples.

CHAP. XIII. OF A DISLOCATION OF THE HEAD.

In the first part of this book, I have already observed, that the head is secured upon the neck by two processes received into two depressions of the upper vertebra. These processes are sometimes dislocated toward the posterior part; the consequence of which is, that the nerves below the occiput are extended, the chin is fixed upon the breast, and the patient can neither drink, nor speak, and sometimes discharges his semen involuntarily. Such patients die very quickly. I judged it necessary to mention this case, not because there is any cure for it; but that it might be known by its symptoms, and if any should lose a friend in this way, they might not think it was for want of a physician.

In the first part of this book, I've noted that the head is connected to the neck by two protrusions that fit into two indentations of the upper vertebra. Sometimes these protrusions can get dislocated toward the back; when this happens, the nerves below the base of the skull get stretched, the chin presses against the chest, and the person can't drink or speak, and may even pass semen involuntarily. Unfortunately, these patients tend to die very quickly. I felt it was important to mention this situation, not because there's a treatment for it, but so that its symptoms are recognized, and if someone loses a loved one this way, they won't think it was due to a lack of medical care.

418

418

CHAP. XIV. OF A DISLOCATION IN THE SPINE.

The same misfortune attends those, whose vertebræ of the spine are luxated. For this cannot happen, unless both the medulla, which passes through the middle, and the two membranes, that go through the two processes on the sides, as also the ligaments, that secure them, be ruptured. They are dislocated both backward, and forward; both above and below the transverse septum. As they slip the one way or the other, there will be either a swelling or a cavity behind. If this happens above the septum, the hands become paralytick, a vomiting or convulsions follow, the breath is oppressed, and a violent pain and deafness ensue. If below the septum, the thighs are paralytick, the urine is suppressed, and sometimes it even flows involuntarily. Though a person does not in such cases die so quickly as where the head is luxated, yet it commonly happens within three days; for what Hippocrates has directed in a vertebra luxated externally, that the patient must be laid prone, and extended, and then a person ought to stand upon him with his heel and force it in, must be understood of those, that are but partially displaced, not of these, that are entirely luxated; for sometimes a weakness of the ligaments causes a vertebra to protuberate forwards, though it be not dislocated: this is not mortal. But it is not possible to force it back from the internal part. If any vertebra be reduced from the external side, it generally returns again, unless, which is very rare, the tone of the nerves be restored(26).

The same misfortune occurs for those whose spinal vertebrae are dislocated. This cannot happen unless both the spinal cord, which runs through the center, and the two membranes on the sides, as well as the ligaments that hold them in place, are torn. The vertebrae can dislocate both backward and forward, above and below the transverse septum. As they slip in either direction, there will be either swelling or a hollow space behind. If this happens above the septum, the hands become paralyzed, followed by vomiting or convulsions, difficulty breathing, intense pain, and deafness. If it occurs below the septum, the thighs become paralyzed, urine is retained, and sometimes it flows involuntarily. Although a person does not die as quickly as they would with a dislocated neck, it usually occurs within three days. What Hippocrates recommended for an externally dislocated vertebra—that the patient should lie face down and be stretched out, and then someone should stand on them and push down with their heel—applies to those who are only partially displaced, not to those that are completely dislocated; sometimes a weakness in the ligaments causes a vertebra to bulge forward without being dislocated at all, which is not fatal. However, it is impossible to push it back from the internal side. If a vertebra is realigned from the external side, it usually stays in place, unless, which is very rare, the nerve tone is restored __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

419

419

CHAP. XV. OF A DISLOCATION OF THE HUMERUS.

The humerus slips sometimes into the axilla, sometimes forward. If it has fallen into the arm-pit, the cubitus recedes from the body, and cannot be brought upward with the humerus to the ear of the same side; also that arm is longer than the other: if forward, the upper part of the fore-arm is extended, but not to its full length; and the cubitus is moved with more difficulty forward than backward.

The humerus sometimes slides into the armpit and other times moves forward. If it has slipped into the armpit, the elbow moves away from the body and can't be raised with the humerus to reach the ear on the same side; plus, that arm appears longer than the other. If it moves forward, the upper part of the forearm is extended, but not completely; and moving the elbow forward is more difficult than moving it backward.

Therefore if the humerus has fallen into the arm-pit, and the patient be young, or of a lax habit, so that the ligaments are weak, it is sufficient to place him in a seat; and to order one assistant to draw back gently the head of the broad bone of the scapula, and another to extend the fore-arm; while the physician himself sitting behind, with his knee under the patient’s arm-pit, forces the humerus upwards, and at the same time presses the scapula with one hand, while he pushes the cubit to the side with the other.

Therefore, if the humerus has dropped into the armpit, and the patient is young or has a loose physique, making the ligaments weak, it's enough to have them sit down. One assistant should gently pull back the head of the shoulder blade, while another extends the forearm. Meanwhile, the physician sits behind the patient, placing a knee under their armpit to push the humerus upwards, while pushing the shoulder blade with one hand and applying pressure to the elbow with the other.

But if the patient be of a large stature, or the ligaments more robust, a wooden spatha is necessary of the thickness of two fingers, and so long as to reach from the arm-pit to the fingers. In the top of it, is a small round head a little hollowed; that it may receive some part of the head of the humerus; and in three places at due distances there are two holes made for the admission of soft straps. This spatha being wrapt up in a roller, that it may hurt the less, is applied from the fore-arm to the arm pit, in such a manner, that the head of it is put under the axilla; then it is tied to the arm by its straps, in one place a little below the head of the humerus, another a little above the elbow, and the third above the hand; to which purpose the distances of the holes are then also to be adapted. The arm being thus tied up is put over a step of a ladder, so high, that the patient cannot stand upon the ground; and at the same time his body is suffered to sink on one side, and his arm420 kept extended on the other; the effect is, that the head of the humerus, being impelled by the head of the spatha, is forced into its place, sometimes with a crack, sometimes without it. It appears from Hippocrates alone, that there are many other methods; but none of them has been more approved by experience than this.

But if the patient is large or has stronger ligaments, a wooden splint is needed that is about two finger widths thick and long enough to reach from the armpit to the fingertips. At the top, there is a small round head that is slightly hollowed out to hold part of the head of the humerus. There are two holes made at equal distances in three places for soft straps to go through. This splint, wrapped in a roller to minimize discomfort, is applied from the forearm to the armpit in such a way that the head goes under the armpit. Then it is secured to the arm with its straps: one just below the head of the humerus, another just above the elbow, and the third above the hand; the distances of the holes should be adjusted accordingly. With the arm secured, it is placed over a step of a ladder high enough so the patient cannot stand on the ground, while their body is allowed to lean to one side, keeping the other arm extended. This causes the head of the humerus, pushed by the top of the splint, to be forced back into place, sometimes with a crack, sometimes without. Hippocrates shows that many other methods exist, but none have been more successfully proven than this one.

But if the humerus is luxated forward, the patient must be laid on his back, and a roller, or strap put round the middle of the arm-pit, and the ends of it delivered to one assistant behind the patient’s head, and his fore-arm to another; then the first must be ordered to extend the strap, and the other the fore-arm; and the physician must thrust back the patient’s head with his left hand, and with his right raise the cubitus together with the humerus, and force the bone into its place; which in this case is more easily reduced than in the former.

But if the humerus is dislocated forward, the patient should lie on their back, and a roller or strap should be placed around the middle of the armpit, with the ends handed to one person behind the patient’s head and the forearm handed to another. Then, the first person must pull the strap while the other pulls the forearm. The physician should push back the patient’s head with their left hand and, with their right hand, lift the elbow along with the humerus to guide the bone back into its correct position, which is generally easier to fix in this situation than in the previous one.

When the humerus is replaced, wool must be put under the arm-pit; that if the bone was in the interior part, it may prevent its returning; if forward, that it may however be more conveniently rolled up. Then the roller being first carried under the arm-pit, ought to surround the head of the bone, and passing over the breast to the other arm-pit, and from that to the scapulæ, and back again to the head of the luxated humerus, it must be carried round in this manner several times, till the head of the humerus be well secured. The humerus being thus bound up is better fixed, if it be drawn close to the side, and tied down to it with a roller.

When the humerus is replaced, you need to place wool under the armpit; if the bone is positioned toward the inner side, it helps prevent it from moving back, and if it's in the front, it allows for easier rolling. First, the roller should be placed under the armpit, wrapping around the head of the bone, then crossing over the chest to the other armpit, moving to the shoulder blades, and back to the head of the dislocated humerus. This should be done several times until the head of the humerus is securely in place. Once the humerus is wrapped up, it is more effectively fixed if it’s drawn close to the side and secured with a roller.

CHAP. XVI. OF A DISLOCATION OF THE ELBOW.

From what has been said in the first part of this book, it may be understood, that three bones meet together at the elbow, the humerus, radius, and cubitus. If the cubitus, which is fixed to the humerus, separates from it, the radius, which is contiguous to it, is sometimes dislocated, and sometimes remains firm. Now the cubitus may be luxated in all the four different ways. If it be displaced421 forward, the fore-arm is extended, and cannot be bent; if backward, the fore-arm is bent, cannot be extended, and is shorter than the other; sometimes it brings on a fever and bilious vomiting; if externally, or internally, the fore-arm is stretched, but is a little bent to that part, from whence the bone has receded.

From what we've discussed in the first part of this book, it's clear that three bones come together at the elbow: the humerus, radius, and ulna. If the ulna, which is attached to the humerus, separates from it, the radius, which is next to it, can sometimes get dislocated and sometimes stays in place. The ulna can be dislocated in four different ways. If it shifts forward, the forearm is straightened and can't be bent; if it shifts backward, the forearm is bent, can't be straightened, and is shorter than the other one; sometimes this can cause a fever and nauseous vomiting. When it shifts to the outside or inside, the forearm is stretched but is slightly bent toward the area where the bone has moved away.

Whatever species it be, the method of reduction is the same (and not only in the cubitus, but in all the larger limbs, which are joined in the articulation by a long process) to extend both limbs different ways, till there be a void space between the bones; and then to thrust the luxated bone from that side, into which it has prolapsed, to the contrary. However the methods of extension are various according to the strength of the ligaments, and the position of the luxated bones. And sometimes the hands alone are used, sometimes other means.

No matter the species, the method of reduction is the same (not just for the elbow, but for all the larger limbs, which connect at the joint through a long process). You extend both limbs in different directions until there’s a gap between the bones, and then push the dislocated bone from the side it has moved out of back to where it belongs. However, the methods of extension vary depending on the strength of the ligaments and the position of the dislocated bones. Sometimes just the hands are used, while other times different tools are employed.

Therefore if the cubitus is displaced forward, it is sufficient for it to be extended by two hands, sometimes assisted by two straps; then some round body must be put into the bend of the elbow, and upon that, the cubitus is to be suddenly forced towards the humerus. But in the other cases the best method is so extend the fore-arm in the same manner, as was directed in a fractured humerus, and then to reduce the bones.

Therefore, if the elbow bone is pushed forward, it's enough to extend it with two hands, sometimes using two straps for extra support; then a round object should be placed in the bend of the elbow, and afterward, the elbow bone should be quickly pushed back towards the upper arm bone. However, in other cases, the best approach is to extend the forearm in the same way as was instructed for a fractured upper arm bone, and then to realign the bones.

The remaining part of the cure is the same as in the other luxations; only this must be sooner, and more frequently opened, also more plentifully fomented with hot water, and rubbed longer with oil, and nitre, and salt. For the cubitus, whether it remain displaced, or be reduced, is more quickly surrounded by a callus than another joint, and if this grows, while the arm is at rest, it afterwards prevents its flexure.

The rest of the treatment is similar to that for other dislocations; however, it needs to be opened up sooner and more often, and it should be soaked more generously with hot water and massaged longer with oil, salt, and nitre. For the elbow, whether it stays out of place or is put back, it gets surrounded by a callus faster than other joints, and if this callus forms while the arm is resting, it later makes it harder to bend the arm.

CHAP. XVII. OF A DISLOCATED HAND.

The hand too may be displaced in all the four directions. If it slips backward, the fingers cannot be extended; if forward, they cannot be bent; if on either side, the hand422 is turned to the opposite, that is, either toward the thumb, or the little finger, and may be replaced without much difficulty. The hand and fore-arm should be extended on something, that is hard and will not give way, the hand being prone, if the luxation was to the posterior part; and supine, if forward; if internally, or externally, it should be laid on one side. When the ligaments are sufficiently stretched, if the luxation was lateral, it must be repelled to the contrary side by the hands: but where it was forward, or backward, some hard body is to be put upon it, and pressed upon the prominent bone by the hand, which additional force pushes it more easily into its place.

The hand can also be shifted in all four directions. If it slips backward, the fingers can’t be extended; if it slips forward, they can’t be bent; and if it slips to either side, the hand is turned to the opposite side—either toward the thumb or the little finger—and can be repositioned without much hassle. The hand and forearm should be placed on something firm that won’t move, with the hand facing down if the dislocation went toward the back, and facing up if it went toward the front; if it went inward or outward, it should be laid on its side. When the ligaments are stretched enough, if the dislocation was sideways, it must be pushed back to the other side with your hands. But if it was forward or backward, you should place something firm on it and press down on the protruding bone with your hand, using that extra force to help it get back in place.

CHAP. XVIII. OF DISLOCATIONS IN THE PALM.

The bones also in the palm are sometimes dislocated, and that either forward, or backward. For they cannot be luxated laterally by reason of the resistance from the parallel bones on each side. There is only one indication of it, which is common to them all: a tumour in that part, to which the bone comes, and a cavity in the other, from which it recedes. But the bone being well pressed by a finger, returns without extension to its place.

The bones in the palm can sometimes get dislocated, either forward or backward. They can’t be dislocated sideways because of the resistance from the bones next to them. There’s only one sign of this issue that applies to all: a bump in the area where the bone comes out, and a dent where it moves away from. However, if the bone is pressed firmly with a finger, it goes back to its position without any stretching.

CHAP. XIX. Dislocated fingers.

In the fingers there are as many different cases, and the same signs, as in the hands. But an equal degree of force is not necessary in their extension; because the several bones are shorter, and the ligaments less strong. They ought only to be extended upon a table, when the luxation is forward or backward; and then compressed with the palm of the hand that thus the finger may be(27) restored to the place from whence it slipped.

In the fingers, there are just as many different cases and signs as there are in the hands. However, you don't need the same amount of force to extend them because the various bones are shorter and the ligaments are weaker. They should only be extended on a table when the dislocation is forward or backward, and then pressed down with the palm of the hand so that the finger may be__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ returned to its original position.

423

423

CHAP. XX. OF A DISLOCATION OF THE FEMUR.

Having treated of the humerus(28), what I said there may seem to suffice for the lower extremities; for there is some similitude in this case between the femur, and humerus, the tibia, and cubitus, the foot and hand. However something must be said in particular about these.

Having discussed the humerus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, what I've mentioned there might seem enough for the lower limbs; since there's a resemblance between the femur and humerus, the tibia and ulna, and the foot and hand. However, we should specifically address these.

The femur is protruded in all the four ways; most frequently to the internal part, next externally, very rarely forward, or backward. If it be luxated internally, the leg is longer and turned round externally more than the other; for the toes point outward. If to the external part, it is shorter and bowed inward, and the foot turns the same way; the heel in walking does not touch the ground, but the person rests upon the extremity of the sole of the foot; and in this case, the leg sustains the superior part of the body better than in the former, and less needs the help of a staff. If forward, the leg cannot be bent, and being extended is as long at the heel as the other: but the toes are turned less inward; also the pain is most violent in this case; and the urine very liable to be suppressed: when the inflammation together with the pain have ceased, such patients walk pretty well, and their foot is straight. If the luxation be backward, the leg cannot be extended; and is shorter; also in standing, the heel does not reach the ground.

The femur can be displaced in all four directions: most commonly inward, then outward, and very rarely forward or backward. If it’s dislocated inward, the leg appears longer and turns outward more than the other leg, causing the toes to point outward. If it’s dislocated outward, it becomes shorter and bends inward, with the foot turning the same way; in this case, the heel doesn’t touch the ground when walking, and the person instead rests on the edge of the sole of the foot. Here, the leg supports the upper part of the body better than in the previous situation, requiring less assistance from a cane. If it’s dislocated forward, the leg can’t bend and, when extended, is as long at the heel as the other leg, but the toes turn less inward; this causes intense pain, and urine is likely to be suppressed. After the inflammation and pain subside, these patients can walk fairly well with a straight foot. If the dislocation is backward, the leg can’t be extended and appears shorter, meaning that when standing, the heel doesn’t touch the ground.

But there is a great danger attending the femur, that it be either difficult to reduce, or slip out again after it is replaced: some affirm it always comes out again; but Hippocrates, and Diocles, and Philotimus, and Nileus, and Heraclides the Tarentine, very celebrated authors, have affirmed, that they have made a perfect cure. Neither would Hippocrates, Andreas, Nileus, Nymphodorus, Protarchus, Heraclides, and a certain artificer too, have contrived so great a variety of machines for extending the femur in this case, if it were to no purpose. But as this is a false opinion, so on the other hand it is true, that the424 ligaments and muscles there being very strong, if they retain their natural firmness, they will hardly admit of a reduction; if they do not, they do not hold it fast, when reduced.

But there's a major risk with the femur—it can be tough to put back in place or can slip out again after being replaced. Some say it always comes out again, but Hippocrates, Diocles, Philotimus, Nileus, and Heraclides the Tarentine, who are well-respected authors, have claimed to achieve a complete cure. Hippocrates, Andreas, Nileus, Nymphodorus, Protarchus, Heraclides, and even a certain craftsman wouldn't have come up with so many different devices to extend the femur in this situation if it were pointless. However, while that idea is incorrect, it's true that the424 ligaments and muscles are very strong, and if they maintain their normal strength, they will be hard to reduce; but if they don’t, they won’t hold it securely when it's reduced.

Therefore trial must be made, and if the limb be but tender, it is sufficient to make an extension by one strap at the groin, and another at the knee; if it be muscular, the extension will be better made by tying these straps to strong sticks; and then putting the lower ends of the sticks against a fulcrum, and pulling the upper ends with both hands. The extension of the limb is still more strong upon a bench, that has axes at both ends, to which these straps are tied; which being turned as in a wine-press, by persevering, they will not only extend, but even break the ligaments and muscles. Now the patient must be laid upon this bench, either prone or supine, or on one side, so that the part, into which the bone has slipped, be always uppermost, and that, from which it has receded, lowermost. When the ligaments are extended, if the bone is luxated forward, some round body must be put upon the groin; and the knee must suddenly be drawn towards the body, in the same manner, and for the same reason, as is done in the arm; and if the femur gives way to the flexion, it is reduced.

Therefore, a trial must be conducted, and if the limb is just tender, it's enough to make an extension using one strap at the groin and another at the knee. If the limb is muscular, the extension can be better achieved by tying these straps to strong sticks, then placing the lower ends of the sticks against a fulcrum and pulling the upper ends with both hands. The extension of the limb is even more effective on a bench that has axles at both ends where these straps are attached; by turning the axles like a wine press and maintaining pressure, they can not only extend but even break the ligaments and muscles. The patient should be laid on this bench, either face down, face up, or on one side, ensuring that the part where the bone has slipped is always on top, while the part it’s receded from is on the bottom. When the ligaments are extended, if the bone is dislocated forward, a round object should be placed on the groin, and the knee should be quickly pulled towards the body in the same way and for the same reason as is done with the arm; if the femur yields to the bending, it is put back in place.

But in the other cases, where the bones have receded a little from each other, the physician ought to force back the prominent part; and an assistant to push the hip in a contrary direction. When the bone is reduced, there is nothing different required in the treatment, except confining the patient longer to his bed; lest if the femur be moved, while the ligaments are too lax, it may slip out again. However it may be secured by keeping the middle or upper part of the joint in some canaliculus(29).

But in other cases, where the bones have moved slightly apart, the doctor should push the protruding part back into place, while an assistant should push the hip in the opposite direction. Once the bone is back in position, there isn't anything else different needed for treatment, except to keep the patient in bed longer; otherwise, if the femur is moved while the ligaments are too loose, it might slip out again. However, it can be secured by keeping the middle or upper part of the joint in some canaliculus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

CHAP. XXI. OF A DISLOCATION OF THE KNEE.

It is very well known, that the knee slips inward, outward, and backward. Most authors have written, that it is425 not displaced forward. And that may appear very probable; as in that place the patella is opposed to it, and likewise keeps in the head of the tibia. But Meges has given an instance of a person cured by him, where the luxation was forward.

It is well known that the knee can shift inward, outward, and backward. Most authors have stated that it does not displace forward. This seems quite likely since the patella is positioned against it and also holds the top of the tibia in place. However, Meges provided an example of a patient he treated where the dislocation was indeed forward.

In these cases the ligaments may be extended by the same means, which I recited in the femur. And where the bone is luxated backward, it is reduced in the same manner, by some round body applied to the ham, and drawing up the leg. In the other cases the hands are only to be used, and then the bones are at the same time forced different ways.

In these cases, the ligaments can be stretched using the same methods I mentioned for the femur. If the bone is dislocated backward, it can be put back in place the same way, with a round object applied to the back of the knee and pulling up on the leg. In other situations, just the hands should be used, while the bones are also pushed in different directions at the same time.

CHAP. XXII. OF A DISLOCATED ANKLE.

The ancle is luxated in all directions. When it is inward, the sole of the foot is turned outward. When the contrary case to this happens, there is also the contrary symptom. But if it be luxated forward, the broad tendon behind is hard, and tense; and the foot turns downward. If backward, the heel is almost hid, and the sole of the foot is enlarged. This luxation is reduced by the hands; the foot and leg being first extended different ways. And in this case also the patient must be kept longer in bed; lest the ancle, which sustains the whole body, yield beneath its load, and be forced out again before the ligaments have recovered their strength. And at first low shoes must be used, lest the binding hurt the ancle.

The ankle can be dislocated in all directions. When it dislocates inward, the sole of the foot turns outward. When it dislocates the other way, the symptoms are also reversed. If the ankle is dislocated forward, the tendon in the back becomes hard and tense, and the foot points downward. If it dislocates backward, the heel is almost hidden, and the sole of the foot swells. This dislocation can be reduced manually; the foot and leg should be extended in different directions first. In this situation, the patient needs to stay in bed longer to prevent the ankle, which supports the entire body, from giving way and popping out again before the ligaments regain their strength. Initially, low shoes should be worn so that the binding doesn’t hurt the ankle.

CHAP. XXIII. OF DISLOCATIONS IN THE SOLES OF THE FEET.

The bones in the soles of the feet are luxated in the same manner as those in the hands; and are reduced by the same methods; only it is necessary to put a roller round the426 heel; lest as the middle part and extremity of the sole require to be bound, the ancle being left free, may receive the redundant matter, and thus come to suppuration.

The bones in the soles of the feet can be dislocated just like those in the hands, and they can be fixed using the same techniques. However, it's important to wrap a bandage around the426heel. If the middle part and tip of the sole are secured but the ankle remains unwrapped, it might collect excess fluid and lead to infection.

CHAP. XXIV. Dislocated toes.

In the toes there is nothing else required, than what has been directed before in the fingers.

In the toes, there's nothing else needed except what has been mentioned earlier for the fingers.

CHAP. XXV. OF DISLOCATIONS ACCOMPANIED BY A WOUND.

These are the methods to be taken, when the bones have been displaced without a wound; but they are often dislocated, and the part wounded at the same time; and here the danger is great, and so much the greater, as the limb is larger, and the ligaments, or muscles that hold it, stronger; and therefore, from the arm and thigh bones there is danger of death: and if the bones are reduced, there is no hope; and yet when they are not replaced, there is also some danger. In both, the event is the more to be feared, the nearer the wound is to the articulation. For Hippocrates has asserted, that no bone could in this case be safely reduced, except the fingers and toes, and the bones of the feet and hands; and that even here great caution must be used, lest it suddenly destroy the patient. Some have reduced both arms and legs; and to prevent gangrenes and convulsions (which in such cases often terminate in speedy death) they let blood from the arm. But not even a finger (where, as the malady, so also the danger is least) ought to be reduced, either while there is an inflammation, or afterwards, when the bones have continued long luxated. And farther, if after the reduction of the bone, convulsions come on, it must be immediately put out again.

These are the methods to use when bones have been dislocated without an open wound; however, they are often dislocated along with a wound, and this poses a significant risk, especially since larger limbs have stronger ligaments and muscles that hold them together. Therefore, the arm and thigh bones can be particularly dangerous, potentially leading to death. If the bones are set back in place, there is little hope; yet if they remain out of place, there is also some risk. The closer the injury is to the joint, the more serious the outcome tends to be. Hippocrates claimed that no bone could be safely set back in place in such cases, except for the fingers and toes, as well as the bones in the hands and feet. Even then, great care must be exercised to avoid suddenly endangering the patient. Some have attempted to set both arms and legs, and to prevent gangrene and convulsions (which often lead to quick death), they would bleed the arm. But not even a finger (where the injury and danger are least) should be reset while there is inflammation or after the bones have been out of place for a long time. Furthermore, if convulsions occur after the bone has been set, it must be immediately put back out again.

427

427

Now every member that is at once wounded and dislocated, and continues unreduced, ought to lie in the posture easiest to the patient; provided it neither be moved nor hang down. In every case of this kind the cure is much promoted by long fasting; and then the use of those methods prescribed before. In fractured bones, where there is a wound, if the naked bone project, it will always prevent its healing; therefore, the prominent part must be cut away, and dry lint applied, and medicines not greasy; till the greatest degree of soundness attainable in such a case be restored; for it both leaves a weakness behind it, and the part is covered with a thin cicatrix, which must of necessity be ever after greatly exposed to injuries.

Now, every member that is both injured and out of place, and hasn’t been put back in position, should rest in the position that is most comfortable for the patient; as long as it isn’t moved or hanging down. In every case like this, healing is greatly aided by prolonged fasting, followed by the previously mentioned treatments. In cases of broken bones where there is a wound, if the exposed bone sticks out, it will always hinder healing; so, the protruding part must be removed, dry lint applied, and non-greasy medicines used, until the best possible recovery is achieved in such a case; because it leaves behind some weakness, and the area is covered by a thin scar, which will always be highly vulnerable to further injuries.


1

1

NOTES TO Book 1.

1. Their gods. Though Æsculapius lived so near to the time of the Trojan war, yet the Greeks knew very little about him. The superstition of those times gave him a place among the gods: and as he was adored under the character of the genius of physick, it came at last to be doubted whether he was ever a mortal. This blind devotion, however, produced one happy consequence: his priests were obliged, for their own interest, to make themselves masters of all the physic that was known in that country, that they might be qualified to give advice to the people, who applied to them. Their prescriptions passed for the suggestions of the god; their cures for miraculous. But both diseases and remedies were carefully recorded.——Strabo tells us, that from these registers in the temple of Æsculapius at Cos, Hippocrates formed his plan for a proper diet.——Strabon. Geograph. lib. 14. p. 657. Edit. Casaub.

1. Their gods. Even though Æsculapius lived relatively close to the time of the Trojan War, the Greeks knew very little about him. The superstitions of that era elevated him to the status of a god, and because he was worshipped as the spirit of medicine, it eventually became uncertain whether he was ever human. However, this blind faith had one positive outcome: his priests were compelled, for their own benefit, to master all the medical knowledge available in that region so they could effectively advise those who sought their help. Their prescriptions were seen as divine guidance, and their cures were viewed as miraculous. Yet, both illnesses and treatments were meticulously documented.——Strabo tells us that from these records in the temple of Æsculapius at Cos, Hippocrates developed his approach to diet.——Strabon. Geograph. lib. 14. p. 657. Edit. Casaub.

2. Immortal gods.) That this was really the opinion of the ancients, may be seen by many passages in Homer’s poems, where he mentions Jupiter punishing wicked nations by diseases, as well as famine, wars, and other calamities.

2. Immortal gods.) The ancient belief in this is evident in various lines from Homer's poems, where he describes Jupiter punishing evil nations with diseases, famine, wars, and other disasters.

3. Principles.) Some of the ancient philosophers maintained, that the human body, as well as the whole material system, was composed of four principles or elements, viz. fire, air, earth, and water.

3. Principles.) Some ancient philosophers believed that the human body, along with the entire material world, was made up of four elements: fire, air, earth, and water.

4. Vessels, in the original, vena; which is used by our author as a general term for arteries and veins. In this place it is evident he means arteries; for mentioning the same opinion again, page 16, he says, At si sanguis in arterias transfusus; and he often speaks of the motion of the veins, where, it is plain, he intends the pulsation of the arteries. Arteria he uses to signify the wind-pipe, and likewise the sanguiferous arteries, as in chap. 1. of book 4. Circa guttur venae grandes, quae sphagitides nominantur; item arteriæ, quas carotidas vocant.

4. Vessels, originally vena; which our author uses as a general term for arteries and veins. Here, it’s clear that he means arteries; because when he mentions the same idea again on page 16, he states, At si sanguis in arterias transfusus; and he often refers to the movement of the veins, where it’s evident he’s talking about the pulsation of the arteries. Arteria is used to refer to the windpipe, as well as the blood-carrying arteries, as seen in chapter 1 of book 4. Circa guttur venae grandes, quae sphagitides nominantur; item arteriæ, quas carotidas vocant.

2

2

5. Distribution of the same.) The word in the original is digero, which, by the modern physicians, is generally applied to the digestion of the aliment in the stomach. But that is what our author never intends by it. Digero he uses in three different senses; 1st, for the distribution of the aliment from the stomach (after its concoction) to all the other parts of the body, which appears to be his meaning here: 2dly, for any evacuation made by the pores of the skin, as sudore digerit in the end of the ninth chapter of this book: 3dly, for discussing any collection of humour, so as to prevent its coming to suppuration; vel avertenda concurrens eo materia, vel digerenda, vel ad maturitatem perducenda est: si priora contigerunt, nihil praeterea necessarium est. Lib. vii. c. 2. ad fin. p. 408. Unless we restrain the meaning of this last passage to discussing by the skin, which would bring it under the second sense.

5. Distribution of the same.) The original word is digero, which modern doctors typically use to refer to how food is digested in the stomach. However, that's not what our author means by it. Digero is used in three ways: first, for the distribution of the food from the stomach (after it's processed) to the rest of the body, which seems to be his meaning here; second, for any discharge that happens through the skin, like sudore digerit at the end of the ninth chapter of this book; and third, for resolving any buildup of fluid to prevent it from becoming pus; vel avertenda concurrens eo materia, vel digerenda, vel ad maturitatem perducenda est: si priora contigerunt, nihil praeterea necessarium est. Lib. vii. c. 2. ad fin. p. 408. Unless we limit the meaning of this last part to drainage through the skin, which would fit with the second definition.

6. Asperity.) Ten of the most ancient editions mentioned by Morgagni[ ID ] read contactum; but as that seems to convey no convenient sense, others prefer contractum, which is found in one of the manuscripts, and suppose it to mean asperity, a sense which it is not found to bear elsewhere; and therefore, Constantine boldly enough substitutes confractum, which he thinks agreeable to this interpretation. The same reason may, perhaps, have led him to that alteration, as induced the others to explain contractum by asperity, that it might stand in opposition to smoothness. For my own part, though confractus is not found in any other classic, yet I have given this translation, because I can find no other sense of the place, as it now stands. If I durst offer my own conjecture, ἀπόζυμος γαστὴρI would rather chuse to read anfractum, which, I think, is applicable to the windings of some of the internal parts.

6. Asperity.) Ten of the oldest editions mentioned by Morgagni read contactum; but since that doesn’t seem to have a clear meaning, others prefer contractum, which is found in one of the manuscripts, and suggest it means hardness, a meaning that isn’t found elsewhere; therefore, Constantine boldly substitutes confractum, which he thinks fits this interpretation. The same reasoning may have led him to this change, just as it influenced the others to interpret contractum as hardness, so it could contrast with smoothness. Personally, while confractus isn’t found in any other classics, I've used this translation because I can’t find another meaning for the text as it stands. If I were to suggest my own interpretation, I would prefer to read anfractum, which I believe relates to the twists of some internal parts.

7. Lippitudo is used by Celsus, and the more ancient Latins in the same sense as the Greek term Ophthalmia.

7. Lippitudo is used by Celsus and the older Latins in the same way as the Greek term Ophthalmia.

8. Abdomen.) The word in the original is uterus, which our author generally uses for the cavity of the abdomen.

8. Abdomen.) The term in the original text is uterus, which the author typically uses to refer to the cavity of the abdomen.

9. Indeed may be opened.) The text in Almeloveen and Linden runs thus, Nam ne uterum quidem ut nihilominus aerem contineat, &c. The particle ne is not in the older copies or the MS. of Morgagni[ IE ], and as it spoils the sense, I have omitted it. The same older copies read qui minus ad rem pertineat, instead of ut nihilominus aerem contineat; but as the first can bear no sense at all in this place, and the other has not the elegance of Celsus, I have taken no notice of either; and as the connection is perfect without any addition, I suspect both to have crept in from the margin.

9. Indeed may be opened.) The text in Almeloveen and Linden says, For not even the womb contains air despite that, &c. The word ne is missing in the older copies or the manuscript of Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, and since it disrupts the meaning, I've left it out. The same older copies state which does not relate to the matter at hand, instead of despite the fact that it contains air; but since the first makes no sense here, and the second lacks the elegance of Celsus, I have ignored both; and since the connection is clear without any additions, I suspect both were added from the margins.

10. Praecordia.) This word frequently occurs in Celsus; and he seems to use it in two senses: 1st, For the cavity of the thorax, as lib. 4. c. 1. At sub corde atque pulmone transversum ex valida membrana est septum, quod è praecordiis uterum diducit. 2dly, For the hypochondria; for which see several passages in the first eight chapters of the second book, where he considers the symptoms of distempers from the external ap3pearance of the præcordia; by which word, in those passages, he translates the Greek term ὑποχονδρίον in Hippocrates; the derivation of which demonstrates it to be below the Cartilago Xiphoides.

10. Praecordia.) This term appears often in Celsus and seems to be used in two ways: 1st, to refer to the cavity of the chest, as noted in lib. 4. c. 1. At sub corde atque pulmone transversum ex valida membrana est septum, quod è praecordiis uterum diducit. 2ndly, to refer to the hypochondria; for which see several passages in the first eight chapters of the second book, where he discusses the symptoms of disorders based on the external appearance of the præcordia; in those passages, he uses this word to translate the Greek term ὑποχονδρίον in Hippocrates, the derivation of which shows it to be below the Cartilago Xiphoides.

11. Quantity of flesh.) I shall not trouble the reader with several various and opposite opinions of this case, by different commentators; it will be sufficient to recite the opinion of Morgagni[ IF ] (which appears the only probable one) and the reasons with which he supports it. In his anatomical lectures he explained it as an inverted uterus, which he says resembles nothing more than flesh, and is quickly seized with a gangrene, for the reasons given by Ruysch. Observ. Anat. Chir. 10. and thus[ IG ] Celsus, in the description of a gangrene, mentions siccam et aridam carnem; and Boerhaave says, an inverted uterus is seized with a gangrene in three hours after its inversion, which agrees with intra paueas horas in this place.——The ingenious author, first mentioned, confirms this explanation by a case that occurred to a surgeon, who, struck with the novelty of it, came immediately to ask his opinion: upon his shewing the surgeon Ruysch’s delineation of an inverted uterus, he confessed it to be perfectly similar.——Morgagni advised him to run back and replace it immediately, which he did in an hour after its inversion, and the lady was cured.

11. Amount of flesh. I won’t burden the reader with numerous differing opinions on this case from various commentators; it’s enough to share the perspective of Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ (which seems to be the most plausible) along with the reasons he provides. In his anatomy lectures, he described it as an inverted uterus, which he claims looks nothing like anything but flesh, and quickly develops gangrene, as explained by Ruysch. Observ. Anat. Chir. 10. Also, thus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Celsus, in his description of gangrene, mentions siccam et aridam carném; and Boerhaave states that an inverted uterus is affected by gangrene within three hours of inversion, matching intra paueas horas in this instance.——The clever author mentioned earlier backs up this explanation with a case involving a surgeon who, intrigued by its unusual nature, immediately sought his opinion. After showing the surgeon Ruysch’s depiction of an inverted uterus, he admitted it was a perfect match.——Morgagni advised him to hurry back and reposition it right away, which he did an hour after the inversion, and the lady was cured.

12. Nervus.) Though it might be doubted, whether the ancients comprehended under this word, what is now properly called a nerve, yet, it is certain they used it for a tendon, or ligament; which so evidently appears in many passages of Celsus, particularly the eighth book, that it is quite superfluous to instance any single example. And this is agreeable to the signification of the Greek word νευ̃ρον, a chord or string; and thus Hippocrates says, “The nerves are dry and void of any cavity, and grow to the bone, and have most of their nourishment from thence; they are nourished also from the flesh, and their colour and strength is in a middle degree between bone and flesh.” Hippocrat. Opera, sect. 4: lib. de loc. in homin. p. 409. ad finem. That I might not seem to determine, what may be thought doubtful, I have generally retained the author’s term nerve, and left the application to the reader’s judgment; but in some places, particularly in the eighth book, where the meaning was very evident, and the word νευ̃ρονnerve would have been harsh to an English reader, I have rendered it tendon, or ligament, as the connection appeared to require.

12. Nervus.) While it might be debatable whether the ancients understood this term to mean what we currently call a nerve, they clearly used it to refer to a tendon or ligament. This is evident in many passages by Celsus, especially in the eighth book, making it unnecessary to cite a specific example. This aligns with the Greek word νευ̃ρον, which means a chord or string. As Hippocrates states, “The nerves are dry and lack any cavity, and they attach to the bone, deriving most of their nourishment from there; they also receive nourishment from the flesh, and their color and strength exist at a midpoint between bone and flesh.” Hippocrat. Opera, sect. 4: lib. de loc. in homin. p. 409. ad finem. To avoid asserting something that may be uncertain, I have generally retained the author's term nerve, leaving its interpretation up to the reader; however, in certain instances, particularly in the eighth book where the meaning is clear and using the word νευ̃ρονnerve would sound awkward to an English reader, I have translated it as tendon or ligament, as the context required.

13. Another loose.) The word in the original is fluens, that is a disorder attended with some discharge.

13. Another loose.) The original word is fluens, which refers to a condition accompanied by some discharge.

14. Our author means here the ἀχμὴ of a disease, after which it increases no more.

14. What the author means here is the ἀχμὴ of a disease, after which it no longer progresses.

15. A dinner also.) Mercurialis conjectures that the custom among the Romans of making but one set meal in the day, arose from their spending so much time in cleaning their bodies, and going through the several processes at the baths, that they had hardly time left even for one meal; considering that besides all these operations, they had4 each his own private business to transact, and their bathing was too sacred to be omitted. Hieron. Mercurial. de Art. Gymnast. lib. i. cap. 11.

15. A dinner too.) Mercurialis suggests that the Roman practice of having only one main meal a day came from the amount of time they spent grooming themselves and going through their various bathing rituals, leaving them hardly any time for eating. On top of all these activities, they also had their personal affairs to attend to, and their bathing rituals were too important to skip. Hieron. Mercurial. de Art. Gymnast. lib. i. cap. 11.

16. Iatroalipta.) This is a Greek word, and signifies a physician that anoints. There was always one or more of these attending a gymnasium, to whose province belonged every thing that related to unction. To their care was committed the strength and complexion of the body; thus Cicero in an epistle to Lentulus, says, Sed vellem non solum salutis meae, quemadmodum medici, sed etiam ut aliptae, virium et coloris rationem babere voluissent. It is probable, that at their first institution, they were acquainted with the nature and effects of their operations on human bodies; and according to Plato, de Legibus, lib. xi. they were either physicians, or in many things equal to them. But Galen complains, that in his time they were ignorant. For a more particular account, see Mercurial. de Art. Gymnast. lib. i. cap. 12.

16. Iatroalipta.) This is a Greek word that means a physician who anoints. There was always one or more of these present at a gymnasium, responsible for everything related to ointment. They were in charge of the body’s strength and complexion; thus, Cicero in a letter to Lentulus says, Sed vellem non solum salutis meae, quemadmodum medici, sed etiam ut aliptae, virium et coloris rationem habere voluissent. It’s likely that at their inception, they understood the nature and effects of their practices on human bodies; and according to Plato, in de Legibus, lib. xi, they were either physicians or held equal knowledge in many matters. However, Galen complains that in his time they were uninformed. For a more detailed account, see Mercurial. de Art. Gymnast. lib. i. cap. 12.

17. Sometimes the warm bath, &c.) No practice was ever more universally followed, than that of bathing among the ancients. The first design of it was certainly the preservation of health; but, as riches and luxury increased among both Greeks and Romans, the edifices for this purpose grew proportionably more elegant and sumptuous. The construction of baths and their several appurtenances must have been so well known, when in use, that it is not to be wondered we have so imperfect accounts of them transmitted to us. Without entering into any of the disputes about the form or use of several of their parts, I shall subjoin what seems to be generally agreed to by all, and may serve to explain any passages in our author which have relation to them.

17. Sometimes the warm bath, &c.) No practice was more widely adopted than bathing in ancient times. The main purpose was certainly to maintain health; however, as wealth and luxury grew among both the Greeks and Romans, the buildings for this purpose became increasingly elegant and lavish. The design of baths and their various features must have been so familiar to people at the time that it's not surprising that we have only incomplete accounts of them passed down to us. Without delving into the debates about the shape or function of their different parts, I will summarize what seems to be generally accepted by everyone, which may help clarify any references in our text related to them.

In the baths there were five apartments—One, called Tepidarium, was a room close all round, and rendered tepid by dry vapours from a fire. Persons staid here so long as to rarify their humours, that they might not go unprepared into the hotter rooms. The Calidarium, or Laconicum, was in all things similar to the foregoing, only the heat was greater. Some affirm, that in both these apartments there were vessels of water, of the same temperature with their air. Next followed the Solium, where was the hot bath. People sat here, sometimes, without going into the bath, and had water poured over them, as Celsus in several places prescribes. The Baptisterium, or Piscina, was the receptacle for cold water, for bathing and swimming in. There was also an apartment called Frigidarium, concerning which there is a dispute, whether it contained water or not; Mercurialis says, ‘Some have imagined there was water here for those who were fond of swimming; but there is no mention of water in authors.’—He adds, ‘that it was contrived for those that came immediately from the Tepidarium and Calidarium, and wanted to enjoy a cool air.’ Pliny[ IH ] the younger mentions a Frigidarium in a bath at his villa, where there was water for swimming in; but this may have been a new mode, and not known in Celsus’s time. Whether this apartment contained water or not, I shall not determine; but it would appear from authors, that either the air or water here was of a mild temperature, not quite cold, nor yet so warm as the Tepidarium. To[ II ] these several parts were subservient; the Aquarium, in5 which a large reservoir was built for holding water brought from the aqueducts and elsewhere.—The Vasarium, where the necessary vessels were placed, and where the water was heated; this stood above the Hypocaustum, or stove.

In the baths, there were five rooms—One, called Tepidarium, was a room that was enclosed all around and warmed by dry steam from a fire. People stayed here long enough to thin out their fluids so they wouldn’t go into the hotter rooms unprepared. The Calidarium, or Laconicum, was very similar to the previous one, but the heat was more intense. Some say that in both these rooms, there were vessels of water at the same temperature as the air. Next was the Solium, which had the hot bath. People sometimes sat here without entering the bath and had water poured over them, as Celsus recommends in several places. The Baptisterium, or Piscina, was the area for cold water, used for bathing and swimming. There was also a room called Frigidarium, about which there’s debate on whether it contained water; Mercurialis says, ‘Some have thought there was water here for swimming, but authors make no mention of it.’ He adds that it was intended for those coming straight from the Tepidarium and Calidarium and needed to enjoy cool air. Pliny the younger mentions a Frigidarium in a bath at his villa, where there was water for swimming; but this might have been a new style not known in Celsus's time. I won’t decide whether this room had water or not, but it seems from the texts that either the air or water here was mildly warm, neither completely cold nor as warm as the Tepidarium. To __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ these various parts served a purpose; the Aquarium, in5 which a large tank was built to hold water brought from aqueducts and other sources.—The Vasarium, where the necessary vessels were stored and where the water was heated; this was positioned above the Hypocaustum, or stove.

Seneca[ IJ ] has shown us of how great importance the Romans esteemed the baths in the time of the republic, when he observes, ‘What pleasure there would be in going into the baths, which a person knew to be tempered by the hand of Cato in his edileship, or Fabius Maximus, or one of the Cornelii—for, says he, this function the most noble ediles performed, of inspecting those places frequented by the people, and requiring cleanliness and a convenient and salutary temperature; not such as has been lately brought into use, in which the heat is so violent, that one would imagine a slave convicted of some crime were condemned to that punishment.’

Seneca has highlighted how important the baths were to the Romans during the republic, when he remarks, ‘How enjoyable it would be to visit the baths that one knew had been managed by Cato during his term as aedile, or Fabius Maximus, or one of the Cornelii—because, he says, this was the duty of the noblest aediles, to oversee those public spaces and ensure they were clean and had a safe and pleasant temperature; not like the recent ones, where the heat is so intense that one might think a slave found guilty of some crime was being punished.’

These several parts of the baths were variously used, according to the case of the person, and the intention pursued. Where no epithet is added to the bath in the text, it will appear from the connection, generally, that the hot bath is to be understood. For any further particulars relating to the baths, see Mercurial. de Art. Gymnast. lib. i. c. 10.

These different parts of the baths were used in various ways, depending on the person's condition and the intended purpose. When no specific description is provided for the bath in the text, it is generally understood that the hot bath is being referred to. For more details about the baths, see Mercurial. de Art. Gymnast. lib. i. c. 10.

18. Gravedoes.) I have here retained the original word, because we have no one English term which will answer to it. See its symptoms enumerated, lib. iv. c. 4.

18. Gravedoes.) I've kept the original word because there's no single English word that fits. See the symptoms listed in book IV, chapter 4.

19. In one that has laboured little.) According to the reading of Almeloveen and Linden, which is, In eo, qui minus laboravit, et bene concoxit, remissior: in eo, qui assuetus est, et minus concoxit, amplior, Celsus gives a precept contrary to what he had directed before, p. 22. l. 2. Qui parum concoxit, quiescere debet. In justice, therefore, to our author, I restore with Morgagni[ IK ] the old reading, In eo, qui minus laboravit, et bene concoxit, amplior: in eo, qui fatigatus est, et minus concoxit, remissior.

19. In someone who has worked little.) Based on the interpretation by Almeloveen and Linden, which is, In the one who has labored less and digested well, broader: in the one who is accustomed and digested less, more relaxed, Celsus provides guidance that contradicts his earlier instruction, p. 22. l. 2. Whoever has digested little should rest. Thus, to be fair to our author, I revert with Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ to the original phrasing, In the one who has worked less and digested well, broader: in the one who is fatigued and digested less, more relaxed.

20. Salt fish, salsamentum.) By this is generally understood fish salted and dried (resembling our dried ling), for in several ancient authors it is ordered to be macerated before boiling; and it is often mentioned as made of fish: but it would appear from Strabo[ IL ], that the same name was also given to flesh cured in like manner; for he mentions a ταρχεία, or salsamentum, made of pork, amongst the Sequani, which was brought to the Roman market.

20. Salt fish, salsamentum.) This generally refers to fish that has been salted and dried (similar to our dried ling). Various ancient authors state that it should be soaked before boiling, and it’s often noted as being made from fish. However, Strabo__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ suggests that the same name was also used for meat that was cured in a similar way; he mentions a ταρχεία, or salsamentum, made from pork among the Sequani, which was sold in the Roman market.

21. Sexes.) Our author here proposes the difference arising from the sexes, as one of the subjects to be treated of, but no notice is taken of it in the subsequent part of the chapter: so that this word must either have been interpolated, or, as Constantine observes, Celsus must have forgot it, (which is not probable,) or his observations upon that article may be lost, by the carelessness of transcribers.

21. Sexes.) The author suggests that the difference between the sexes is one topic to be discussed, but it isn't mentioned in the rest of the chapter. This implies that the word may have been added later, or as Constantine points out, Celsus might have overlooked it (which seems unlikely), or his notes on that subject could have been lost due to careless copying.

22. Frequent yawning.) As this whole paragraph relates to people6 that are fatigued, it renders the old reading more probable, fatigatio, instead of oscitatio, especially as it follows, that a change of labour relieves from fatigue; unless we reckon yawning as one of the symptoms of lassitude; Morgagni[ IM ] prefers fatigatio: but as the difference is of small importance, I have not departed from Almeloveen.

22. Constant yawning. Since this entire paragraph is about people6 who are tired, it makes the old interpretation, fatigatio, more likely than oscitatio, especially since it mentions that a change of activity helps ease fatigue; unless we consider yawning as one of the signs of tiredness. Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ prefers fatigatio: but since the difference is minor, I haven't deviated from Almeloveen.

23. Warm water.) It appears a little doubtful, why our author should mention this, as he adds the bath immediately after: unless by balneum he means all the processes at the bath; and by the other, bathing in warm water alone.

23. Warm water.) It's a bit unclear why the author brings this up, since he follows it with the bath; unless by balneum he refers to all the activities involved in bathing, and by the other, just bathing in warm water.

24. Mulse was made of two parts of wine, and one of honey. Dios. lib. v. cap. 790. But from Celsus, it would appear that the proportions were arbitrary: for he says, Mulse is more nourishing the more honey it contains. Lib. ii. cap. 18.

24. Mulse was made with two parts wine and one part honey. Dios. lib. v. cap. 790. However, according to Celsus, the proportions seem to be flexible: he states that Mulse is more nourishing the more honey it includes. Lib. ii. cap. 18.

25. Hyssop.) Hippocrates thus prescribes it for a vomit to corpulent men; let about a gill of powdered hyssop be given to drink in a gallon of water, adding a little vinegar and salt, to make it as pleasant as possible; and let this be drunk at first gradually, and afterwards more quickly. Lib. de Salub. Vict. Rat. p. 338. Edit. Gen. 1657.

25. Hyssop.) Hippocrates recommends it for inducing vomiting in overweight individuals; about half a liter of powdered hyssop should be mixed with a gallon of water, with a bit of vinegar and salt added to improve the taste; it should be consumed slowly at first, then more quickly. Lib. de Salub. Vict. Rat. p. 338. Edit. Gen. 1657.

26. Lotus.) There are several species of this mentioned by ancient authors; but the particular kind intended here seems to be the lotus Ægyptius, growing in the water, with a stalk resembling the cyamus. It has a root like a quince, and is eaten both raw and boiled, and in the last way, in quality, it is like the white of an egg. The Egyptians make bread of its head, which resembles poppy.—See Dioscorid. lib. iv. cap. 696. and Plin. Hist. Nat. lib. xiii. cap. 17 and 18.

26. Lotus.) Several types of this are mentioned by ancient writers, but the specific one being referred to here appears to be the lotus Ægyptius, which grows in water and has a stalk that looks like the cyamus. Its root is similar to a quince and can be eaten both raw and cooked; when cooked, its texture is comparable to that of an egg white. The Egyptians make bread from its flower head, which resembles a poppy. —See Dioscorid. lib. iv. cap. 696. and Plin. Hist. Nat. lib. xiii. cap. 17 and 18.

27. The body is rendered humid.) Lommius asserts the copies to be every one corrupted in this place. From the moisteners he strikes out the following,—continuing awake, long and brisk walking, morning exercise without eating after it,—as unworthy of our author. And for the same reason, in the list of dryers, inserts watching and unction, without bathing in cold water. This I thought proper to mention in a note, but did not chuse to take so great liberties with the text against the authority of all the other copies, but leave it to the judgment of the learned reader, though I rather incline to the alteration proposed. Vide Lomm. Comment. de Sanitat. tuend. p. 218 and 219.

27. The body feels moist.) Lommius claims that every copy is flawed at this point. He excludes the following from the wetness factors—staying awake, walking long distances, morning exercise without eating afterward—as not fitting for our author. Similarly, in the list of drying methods, he adds watching and anointing, without bathing in cold water. I thought it was important to mention this in a note, but I didn't want to make too many changes to the text against the authority of all the other copies, so I’ll leave it up to the learned reader's judgment, although I do lean towards the suggested change. See Lomm. Comment. de Sanitat. tuend. p. 218 and 219.

28. Apples, Poma.) Under this Celsus includes all the apple-kind; and he elsewhere comprehends in this genus, cherries, mulberries, &c. so that he seems to take in all the pulpy fruits, whether they have stones or not. Wherever he intends what we particularly call apples, he makes a distinction, as Quæque propriè poma nominantur, lib. ii. cap. 18.

28. Apples, Poma.) In this context, Celsus covers all types of apples; additionally, he includes cherries, mulberries, and so on in this category. It appears that he is referring to all the fleshy fruits, regardless of whether they have pits. When he specifically refers to what we call apples, he makes a distinction, as noted in Quæque propriè poma nominantur, lib. ii. cap. 18.

29. Salt wine.) “Wines are prepared with sea water in different ways; for some, immediately after gleaning the grapes, mix sea-water with them; others expose them to the sun, and thus tread them, adding sea-water. Others again, make the grapes into raisins, and macerate them in vessels with sea-water, and thus tread and press them.7 Wine made in this way is sweet: but there are others prepared of a more austere taste[ IN ].”

29. Salt wine.) “Wines are made with seawater in various ways; some mix the seawater with the grapes right after harvesting them, while others let them sit in the sun before pressing them, adding seawater at that stage. Some even turn the grapes into raisins and soak them in seawater in containers before pressing. 7 Wine produced this way is sweet, but there are others that have a more bitter taste__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.”

Pliny tells us, That the properties of this wine were first accidentally discovered by a servant stealing some wine, and filling up the vessel with sea-water[ IO ].

Pliny tells us that the qualities of this wine were first discovered by accident when a servant stole some wine and topped off the container with sea water__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

30. Defrutum is sweet must, boiled to one half its quantity, done to imitate honey. Plin. lib. xiv. cap. 9. Columella says to one-third, which Pliny calls sapa. Ibid.

30. Defrutum is sweet grape juice that has been boiled down to half its original volume to resemble honey. Plin. lib. xiv. cap. 9. Columella states to reduce to one-third, which Pliny refers to as sapa. Ibid.


NOTES TO Book 2.

1. Not but in any weather.) Morgagni observes, that in the original, it should be read, Non quod non omni tempore, omni tempestatum genere; so that the translation should run, Not but in any season, and in any weather. What renders this correction more probable is, that a few lines before, Celsus had said, Quæ tempora anni, quæ tempestatum genera.—These two words, though omitted by Juntas and Cæsar, and after them by Linden and Almeloveen, are nevertheless extant in the MS. and the other editions he perused. Ep. 6. p. 142.

1. Not but in any weather.) Morgagni notes that in the original text, it should read, Non quod non omni tempore, omni tempestatum genere; so the translation should say, Not but in any season, and in any weather. This correction seems more likely because, a few lines earlier, Celsus mentioned, Quæ tempora anni, quæ tempestatum genera.—These two words, although omitted by Juntas and Cæsar, and then by Linden and Almeloveen, are still present in the manuscript and the other editions he reviewed. Ep. 6. p. 142.

2. To be most apprehended in the spring.) The words in the original are, Vere tamen maxime, &c.—As there is no opposition between this observation and any going before, if the reading be right, there must be a chasm in the text.—But I suspect tamen ought to be quam, and have rendered it accordingly.

2. To be understood best in the spring.) The original words are, Vere tamen maxime, &c.—Since there is no conflict between this observation and any previous ones, if the reading is correct, there must be a gap in the text.—However, I suspect tamen should be quam, and I’ve translated it that way.

3. Dropsical disorders. Aqua inter cutem.) This is a term used by our author, to signify a slight species of the leucophlegmatia, or the first appearances of a dropsy. See the beginning of the 21st chapter of lib. iii.

3. Fluid-related disorders. Fluid within the skin.) This term is used by our author to refer to a mild form of leucophlegmatia or the initial signs of dropsy. See the beginning of the 21st chapter of lib. iii.

4. Braces a sound body. Spissat sanum corpus.) Literally, it thickens, or compacts a sound body.—The interpretation here given is confirmed by opposite effects of the south wind, a few lines after, Corpus efficit hebes, humidum, languidum.

4. Strengthens a healthy body. Spissat sanum corpus.) It literally thickens or densifies a healthy body. — This interpretation is supported by the contrasting effects of the south wind mentioned a few lines later, Corpus efficit hebes, humidum, languidum.

8

8

5. If the temples be strait bound.) This happens, when there is no perspiration from them.

5. If the temples are tightly bound. This happens when there is no sweating from them.

6. And pubes be full.) Linden and Almeloveen here have plana—But I chose rather with Constantine to read plena; both because the appearance is then exactly opposed to what follows in the IV. chapter, as a bad symptom in those parts, and because it corresponds better with Hippocrat. aphor. 35. sect. 2.

6. And pubes be full.) Linden and Almeloveen have plana here—But I preferred to read plena with Constantine; both because this reading directly contradicts what comes next in Chapter IV, indicating a negative sign in those areas, and because it aligns better with Hippocrates’ aphorism 35, section 2.

7. At the end of a distemper.) Celsus takes this from Coac. Prænot. 601. which if he had translated literally, he would have said, instead of Sub fine morbi, ad crisim; which shows his great care to avoid the Greek terms of art, and render the knowledge of medicine as easy as possible to his countrymen.

7. At the end of an illness.) Celsus takes this from Coac. Prænot. 601. If he had translated it literally, he would have said, instead of At the end of the disease, to the crisis; this shows his effort to steer clear of Greek technical terms and make medical knowledge as accessible as he could for his fellow citizens.

8. Betwixt the fourth hour.) The Romans divided the day from sun-rise to sun-set into twelve equal parts, or hours; the measure of which therefore differed in proportion to the length of the day. The sixth hour was our twelve; it is easy to reckon all the rest by their distance from that middle point. When they mention hours as a general measure of time, they mean equinoctial hours, as Plin. lib. xviii. cap. 25.

8. Between the fourth hour.) The Romans divided the day from sunrise to sunset into twelve equal parts, or hours; the length of these hours varied depending on the length of the day. The sixth hour was our noon; it's simple to calculate the others based on their distance from that midpoint. When they refer to hours as a general measure of time, they mean equinoctial hours, as noted by Pliny in book eighteen, chapter twenty-five.

9. Strigments, Strigmenta.) I find the moderns differ about the signification of this word; some taking it for the sordes absterged from the skin at the baths or palestræ, other for abraded fibres from the guts. It is agreed on all hands, that Celsus by this word translates ξύσματα in Hippocrates, and so it is rendered by Foesius.—Though ξύσμα will bear either of these interpretations, yet it seems to favour the first, that not only Erotianus explains it so in his lexicon to Hippocrates; but Celsus himself, in the sixth book, c. 6. orders a composition to be brought to the consistence of strigmentum.

9. Strigments, Strigmenta.) I notice that modern interpretations of this word vary; some think it refers to the dirt scraped off the skin at the baths or gymnasiums, while others consider it to mean worn fibers from the intestines. It's widely accepted that Celsus uses this word to translate ξύσματα in Hippocrates, which is also how Foesius translates it. While ξύσμα could mean either interpretation, it seems to lean toward the first one, as Erotianus explains it this way in his lexicon to Hippocrates; moreover, Celsus himself, in the sixth book, c. 6, instructs that a mixture should achieve the consistency of strigmentum.

10. Many ways.) Instead of pluribus modis, most editions have pluribus morbis. However, either of them will agree with what goes before and follows.

10. Many ways.) Instead of pluribus modis, most editions have pluribus morbis. However, either of them will agree with what comes before and after.

11. And if there is not a discharge of blood from the nose, &c.) In Almeloveen and Linden the reading is thus, Ac si inter ipsa initia sanguis è naribus non fluit, circa aures erumpit.—Morgagni[ IP ] here observes, that this does not agree with the prænotion, no. 6. whence this whole context is taken; and also that these words, Sanguis è naribus, are not in the margin, nor in any of his editions; and that Constantine and Ronsseus have in the margin Initia aut viscera, while all of them write in the text Ipsa ulcera, some Non fluit, others Non fuit; which the most ancient editions and the MS. have, and besides viscera.—So that, upon the whole, he would incline to read Ac si inter ipsa viscera non fit, circa aures erumpit, viz. And if it is not formed amongst the viscera, it breaks out about the ears.

11. And if there is no bleeding from the nose, etc.) In Almeloeveen and Linden, the reading is: But if at the very beginning blood does not flow from the nose, it erupts around the ears.—Morgagni __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ notes that this doesn't match the context from note 6, which is where this whole section comes from; and he also points out that the words Bood from the nose are not in the margin, nor in any of his editions; that Constantine and Ronsseus have Beginning or viscera in the margin, while all of them write in the text The ulcers themselves, with some saying Does not flow and others Did not flow; which is what the oldest editions and the manuscript have, along with viscera.—Therefore, overall, he would prefer to read But if it is not formed among the viscera, it breaks out around the ears.

12. If it grow less.) I have chosen to follow the older reading, which omits the negative particle, because it seems plain, that our author9 is here speaking not of the body, but the belly, in this and the two preceding articles; the sense determines itself.—If the belly yields to purging medicines or spontaneously discharges soft and figured excrements, and the effect of one or both appears in the diminution of its bulk.

12. If it grows smaller.) I've decided to stick with the older version that leaves out the negative particle, because it's clear that our author9 is talking about the belly here, not the body, in this and the two previous sections; the meaning is self-evident.—If the belly responds to laxatives or naturally releases soft and shaped waste, and the result of one or both shows in the reduction of its size.

13. Is hysteric.) The original is, Quæ locis laborat; which by itself is pretty obscure, but the sense here given appears just, from comparing it with aphorism 35. sect. 5: Γυναικὶ ὑπὸ ὑστερικω̃ν ἐνοχλουμένη, ἢ δυστοκούση, πταρμὸς ἐπιγινόμενος ἀγαθόν.—Mulieri uteri strangulatu vexatæ, aut difficultate partus laboranti, sternutatio succedens bono est.

13. Is hysteric.) The original is, Quæ locis laborat; which by itself is pretty obscure, but the meaning given here seems correct when compared to aphorism 35, section 5: Γυναικὶ ὑπὸ ὑστερικω̃ν ἐνοχλουμένη, ἢ δυστοκούση, πταρμὸς ἐπιγινόμενος ἀγαθόν.—Mulieri uteri strangulatu vexatæ, aut difficultate partus laboranti, sternutatio succedens bono est.

14. Of that kind that breaks outward.) The text in this place in Almeloveen and Linden appears to be corrupt, who read, At ex suppurationibus hæ pessimæ sunt, quæ intus tendunt, sic ut exteriorem quoque cutem decolorent: ex his deinde, quæ in exteriorem partem prorumpit; tum quæ maximæ, quæque planissimæ sunt. I own I could make no sense of it, that I thought tolerable. The plural number is used both in the first and last members of the period; and the nature of the distributor seems to require the same number to be used here. For this reason I have made but two members, and read the latter thus: Ex his deinde quæ in exteriorem partem prorumpunt, quæ maximæ, quæque planissimæ sunt. By which small alteration we have an observation worthy of our author, and consonant to the parallel place in Hippocrat. Coac. Prænot. no. 281. where Foesius quotes this passage as here proposed.

14. Of that type that breaks outward.) The text here in Almeloveen and Linden seems to be damaged, where it reads, At ex suppurationibus hæ pessimæ sunt, quæ intus tendunt, sic ut exteriorem quoque cutem decolorent: ex his deinde, quæ in exteriorem partem prorumpit; tum quæ maximæ, quæque planissimæ sunt. Honestly, I couldn't make any sense of it that I found acceptable. The plural form is used in both the first and last segments of the sentence, and the nature of the subject seems to require the same number here. For this reason, I've created just two segments and read the latter as: Ex his deinde quæ in exteriorem partem prorumpunt, quæ maximæ, quæque planissimæ sunt. With this minor change, we have an observation that is worthy of our author and aligns with the corresponding passage in Hippocrat. Coac. Prænot. no. 281, where Foesius cites this passage as proposed here.

15. In the middle of the body.) An ascites.

15. In the middle of the body.) A buildup of fluid in the abdominal cavity.

16. Puffed up as it were by fermentation, &c.) Foesius observes in a note upon lib. ii. prædictor. 31. from whence this context is closely copied, that ἀπόζυμος γαστὴρ, fermentatus venter, is an unusual kind of expression, which makes him suspect the reading should be ὑποξήρους, which he thinks is supported by Galen in his Exegesis, who says that ὑποξήρους περὶ γαστέρων signifies ταπεινοτέρας aut προεσταλμένας, that is dried up, extenuated, contracted. Foesius thinks too, that Celsus by mistake has read λιπαράς for ῥυπαρὰς, fat for sordid. But as this is only conjecture, it is much more natural to suppose, that λιπαρὰς was the true reading, and that ῥυπαρὰς had crept in since the time of Celsus.

16. Puffed up as if by fermentation, &c.) Foesius notes in a comment on lib. ii. prædictor. 31, from which this context is closely taken, that ἀπόζυμος γαστὴρ, fermentatus venter, is an uncommon phrase, which leads him to suspect the correct reading should be ὑποξήρους, a view he believes is supported by Galen in his Exegesis, who states that ὑποξήρους περὶ γαστέρων means ταπεινοτέρας aut προεσταλμένας, that is dried up, thinned out, contracted. Foesius also thinks that Celsus has mistakenly read λιπαράς instead of ῥυπαρὰς, fat for sordid. However, since this is merely speculation, it’s much more likely that λιπαρὰς was the correct reading, and that ῥυπαρὰς slipped in after Celsus’s time.

17. Therefore an intermission, &c.) In Almeloveen the reading is thus, Expectanda ergo intermissio est: si non decedit, cum crescere desiit: si neque remissio speratur, tunc quoque, &c.[ IQ ] Morgagni observed this reading to be suspicious, as it was not probable our author would have mentioned its stop before its remission; and upon examining his editions, he found this reading in them all, Expectanda ergo remissio est. Si non decrescit; sed crescere desiit, tunc quoque, &c. i. e. therefore a remission is to be waited for. If it does not remit, but has ceased to increase, in that case the only, &c.

17. Therefore, there is an intermission, & etc.) In Almeloveen, the reading is thus: Therefore, an intermission is to be expected: if it does not decrease, when it has stopped increasing: if neither a remission is hoped for, then also, & etc.—__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Morgagni noted that this reading seemed suspicious, as it was unlikely our author would mention its stopping before its remission; and upon checking his editions, he found this reading in all of them: Therefore, a remission is to be expected. If it does not decrease; but has stopped increasing, in that case only, & etc.

18. Already hurt.) I have here rejected the word quam upon the authority of the marginal reading; because it appears to me to spoil the sense, which without it is very proper.

18. Already hurt.) I've rejected the word quam based on the marginal reading because it seems to me that it disrupts the meaning, which without it is quite suitable.

10

10

19. Penecillum.) [ IR ] Fabricius ab Aquapendente makes penecillum a tent made of scraped lint. I think he is right as to its form and materials; but it often occurs in Celsus, where it is used as a pledgit, and not introduced into any cavity, as in this place. Notwithstanding, in other places, it exactly corresponds to a tent, as lib. vii. cap. 4. when used to a fistula.—For this reason I have chosen to retain the original word.

19. Penecillum.) __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Fabricius ab Aquapendente describes penecillum as a tent made from scraped lint. I think he’s correct about its shape and materials; however, it often appears in Celsus, where it is used as a pledge and not inserted into any opening, as in this context. Still, in other instances, it clearly corresponds to a tent, like in lib. vii. cap. 4, when used for a fistula. — For this reason, I've decided to keep the original term.

20. Scales of copper.) These are scales that fly off in hammering red-hot copper. They were washed and rubbed in a mortar, to free them from any adhering sordes, and when cleaned and dried, put by for use. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 863.

20. Copper scales.) These are scales that come off during the hammering of red-hot copper. They were washed and ground in a mortar to remove any stuck impurities, and once they were clean and dry, they were stored for use. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 863.

Celsus added here, called by the Greeks λεπὶς χαλκου̃, which he had literally translated by squama æris.

Celsus added here, called by the Greeks λεπὶς χαλκου̃, which he had literally translated as squama æris.

21. Sea spurge, Lactuca marina.) Our author elsewhere says, that this herb by the Greeks is called tithymalus—of which Dioscorides enumerates seven species, all similar in their virtues, amongst which is the παράλιος or maritime kind here mentioned. Dioscorid. lib. iv. cap. 747.

21. Sea spurge, Lactuca marina.) The author notes that the Greeks refer to this plant as tithymalus—of which Dioscorides lists seven species, all sharing similar properties, including the παραΛιος or maritime variety mentioned here. Dioscorid. lib. iv. cap. 747.

22. Hydromel was made of two parts of water to one of honey. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 791.

22. Hydromel was made with two parts water to one part honey. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 791.

23. Ptisan was made by steeping barley in water, till it swelled; then drying it in the sun; afterwards beating it, till the husk came off; then grinding it; the meal was boiled in water, dried in the sun, and then set by. When used, it was boiled up again with water; and this was what they called the cremor or succus ptisanæ.

23. Ptisan was made by soaking barley in water until it expanded; then drying it in the sun; afterwards, it was beaten until the husk came off; then ground into a meal. The meal was boiled in water, dried in the sun, and set aside. When it was time to use it, it was boiled again with water; and this was what they called the cremor or succus ptisanæ.

24. A decoction of vervains.) What herbs our author means by vervains, he shows in chapter 33d of this book.

24. A decoction of vervains.) The author explains which herbs he refers to as vervains in chapter 33d of this book.

25. Concerning friction, &c.) In the text, De frictione et gestatione adeo multa Asclepiades, &c. which, though it be the reading in most copies, must necessarily appear erroneous by considering what follows; and therefore I have taken no notice of these words et gestatione.

25. About friction, & etc.) In the text, On Friction and Motion, & etc. which, even though it’s the version found in most copies, has to be seen as incorrect when looking at what comes next; and so I have ignored these words and motion.

26. Digestion.) See note at lib. i. p. 6.

26. Digestion.) See note at book 1, page 6.

27. A prop is to be put under one foot, &c.) In Linden and Almeloveen the reading is, At certe uni pedi lecti fulcimentum subjiciendum est.—But all the editions in the possession of Morgagni[ IS ] and the MS. have Funiculus subjiciendus est. A cord is to be put under one foot, &c. And in this way Mercurialis reads it, when he quotes this passage de Art. Gymnast. lib. iii. cap. 12.

27. A prop should be placed under one foot, etc.) In Linden and Almeloveen, the reading is, At certe uni pedi lecti fulcimentum subjiciendum est.—But all the editions in the possession of Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and the manuscript have Funiculus subjiciendus est. A cord should be placed under one foot, etc. And this is how Mercurialis reads it when he quotes this passage from de Art. Gymnast. lib. iii. cap. 12.

28. Clibanum was the name of a particular kind of oven among the Romans. As it is here mentioned, beside the laconicum or hot-room at the bath, he probably intends by it a stove placed in a common room so as to heat it.

28. Clibanum was the name for a specific type of oven used by the Romans. Since it’s mentioned here alongside the laconicum or hot room in the bath, it likely refers to a stove placed in a common room to provide heat.

11

11

29. Fever.) Our author here means, either an acute continued fever, or the paroxysm of an intermitting one; as will appear by the following paragraph.

29. Fever.) The author is referring to either a constant acute fever or a sudden episode of a recurring one, as will be explained in the next paragraph.

30. Bottles filled with hot oil, Utriculi.) Their bottles were made of leather. The nearest to this kind of practice among the moderns are the tin cases made in different shapes, and adapted to the abdomen, breast, or joints, filled with hot water.

30. Bottles filled with hot oil, Utriculi.) Their bottles were made of leather. The closest thing to this practice today are the tin containers made in various shapes, designed for the abdomen, chest, or joints, filled with hot water.

31. Lentils.

Lentils.

32. The Cetus.) Cetus is generally translated whale in English; but it cannot be understood of what we call a whale, but is a general name for all the larger fishes that are viviparous.

32. The Cetus.) Cetus is usually translated as whale in English; however, it shouldn't be understood as referring to what we typically call a whale, but rather as a general term for all larger fish that give birth to live young.

33. Particular kind of bread, Opus pistorium.) The English reader will perceive, by the ingredients mentioned, that there is no such bread in modern use, and consequently no proper name for it. Pliny mentions the same composition. lib. xviii. cap. 11.

33. Type of bread, Opus pistorium.) The English reader will notice from the listed ingredients that this type of bread isn't made anymore, and therefore, there isn't a proper name for it. Pliny references the same recipe. lib. xviii. cap. 11.

34. Phœnicopter.) This signifies a bird with purple wings; its tongue was of a delicious taste. Plin. lib. x. cap. 48.

34. Phœnicopter.) This refers to a bird with purple wings; its tongue had a delicious flavor. Plin. lib. x. cap. 48.

35. Snails.) Cochlea, without distinction, is used to signify a snail and periwinkle, which last is only the marine snail. The Romans were at prodigious expence and trouble, to feed their snails to an almost incredible size.

35. Snails.) Cochlea is used to refer to both snails and periwinkles, the latter being solely a type of marine snail. The Romans went to great lengths and spent a lot of money to raise their snails to an almost unbelievable size.

36. Conchylia, according to Pliny, in different places, a delicate shell-fish, the greatest plenty of which came from the river Indus, of the same nature and properties with the purple fish.

36. Conchylia, according to Pliny, are a type of delicate shellfish found in various locations, with the highest abundance coming from the Indus River, sharing similar characteristics and qualities with the purple fish.

37. Siligo was a kind of wheat, very delicious to the taste, extremely white, growing best in moist ground. Plin. lib. xviii. cap. 8.—The same author says it never grows so ripe as the other kinds; for when it is suffered to stand too long, it drops its grains, Id. ibid. cap. 10. Columella says that all wheat in a watery soil, after the third sowing, turns into siligo. Lib. ii. cap. 9.

37. Siligo was a type of wheat that was very tasty, super white, and thrived best in damp soil. Plin. lib. xviii. cap. 8.—The same author mentions that it never matures as fully as other types; if it’s left in the ground too long, it sheds its grains, Id. ibid. cap. 10. Columella says that any wheat grown in wet soil turns into siligo after the third planting. Lib. ii. cap. 9.

38. Than the mealy, Fragilia.) Which translation appears to be just, from its opposition to succosa.

38. Than the mealy, Fragilia.) Which translation seems to be accurate, given its contrast to succosa.

39. Thrush, Turdus.) The Romans included several birds under this name.

39. Thrush, Turdus.) The Romans categorized several birds under this name.

40. Salsamenta, which are salted and dried. Vide note at chap. 2. book i.

40. Salsamenta, which are salted and dried. See note at chap. 2. book i.

41. Lacertus et aurata.) I have chosen rather to retain the Latin appellations of these fish, and several more, than to follow the conjectures of the moderns, where they are not agreed. Aurata is taken for the gilt-head, corvus, a cabot, oculata, eye-fish, resembling a lizard, plani, flat12 fish, or the turbot kind, lupus some will have the pike, others sturgeon. Mullus, barbett, or mullet.—See Pliny who describes them.

41. Lacertus et aurata.) I've chosen to stick with the Latin names for these fish, along with a few others, rather than go with the modern guesses where there's disagreement. Aurata refers to the gilt-head, corvus, a cabot, oculata, eye-fish, which looks like a lizard, plani, flat12 fish, or the turbot kind, lupus, which some say is the pike, while others say it's sturgeon. Mullus, barbett, or mullet.—See Pliny who describes them.

42. Four footed animal.) I have here rejected the particle vel, according to the older reading; because our author would never say, A quadruped or any animal that is sucking, &c. since no other sucking animals are used for food but quadrupeds.

42. Four-footed animal. I have removed the word vel, based on the older interpretation, because our author would never say, A quadruped or any animal that is nursing, etc., since no other nursing animals are used as food except for quadrupeds.

43. Soft or sorbile.) The first by Dioscorides is called ἀπαλὸν, and the second ῥοφητὸν. Humelbergius in his notes upon Apicius de re Coquinar. takes the first to be eggs boiled soft without their shell, by us called poached eggs.

43. Soft or sorbile.) The first type, according to Dioscorides, is called ἀπαλὸν, and the second is ῥοφητὸν. Humelbergius, in his notes on Apicius de re Coquinar, interprets the first as soft-boiled eggs without their shell, which we refer to as poached eggs.

44. Alica is reckoned among the vernal seeds. It is a species of wheat which degenerates after being sown in soils not proper for it, as in Africa, where it has the name of zea. It is ground to meal, and the husks taken from it, and then chalk is added to it, which renders it exceedingly white and soft. The best chalk for this purpose is found between Puteoli and Naples. A common way of counterfeiting it is to take the largest and whitest grains of wheat, and after parboiling these, and drying them in the sun, to sprinkle them, and after drying a second time, to grind them. Plin. lib. xviii. cap. 7. and 11. The same author says, this is an invention of the Romans, and not very old, unknown to the Greeks, otherwise they would not have bestowed so many encomiums upon their ptisan; because it was not mentioned by any of the followers of Asclepiades, he believed it was not used in the time of Pompey the Great. Id. lib. xxii. cap. 25.

44. Alica is considered one of the spring grains. It’s a type of wheat that doesn’t thrive in unsuitable soils, like in Africa, where it’s called zea. It’s ground into flour, with the husks removed, and then chalk is added to make it very white and soft. The best chalk for this is found between Puteoli and Naples. A common way to fake it is to take the largest and whitest wheat grains, parboil them, dry them in the sun, sprinkle them, and then dry them again before grinding. Plin. lib. xviii. cap. 7. and 11. The same author notes that this is a Roman invention and not very old, as it was unknown to the Greeks; otherwise, they wouldn’t have praised their ptisan so highly. Since it wasn’t mentioned by any of Asclepiades' followers, he believed it wasn’t used during Pompey the Great’s time. Id. lib. xxii. cap. 25.

45. Pulse.) Pulticula is a diminutive of puls, which was a very ancient kind of food, made of meal, water, honey, or with cheese and eggs boiled, which, according to Pliny, the Romans used for many years, before they knew bread.

45. Pulse.) Pulticula is a small version of puls, which was an ancient type of food made from flour, water, honey, or mixed with cheese and boiled eggs. According to Pliny, the Romans ate it for many years before they discovered bread.

46. Passum.) Columella’s method of making passum (from Mago) is this—Gather the early grapes thoroughly ripe, and throw away what stones are either dry or rotten. Expose them to the sun in the daytime, and cover them at night from the dew. When they are dried, take out the stones—then put them into a cask, and add as much of the best must as to cover them; when the grapes are macerated and filled, on the sixth day take them out and press them, and thus draw off the passum. Columell. lib. xii. cap. 39. This resembles nothing in modern use so much as raisin wine. Other inferior kinds were also prepared, for which see Columella in the same chapter, and Pliny, lib. xiv. cap. 9.

46. Passum.) Columella’s method for making passum (from Mago) is this—Gather the early grapes when they're fully ripe, and discard any dry or rotten stones. Leave them in the sun during the day and cover them at night to protect them from the dew. Once they’re dried, remove the stones—then place them in a cask and add enough of the best must to cover them. When the grapes are soaked and filled, on the sixth day, take them out and press them to extract the passum. Columell. lib. xii. cap. 39. This is most similar to raisin wine in modern times. Other lower-quality types were also made, which you can find in Columella’s same chapter and in Pliny, lib. xiv. cap. 9.

47. Starch, amylum, so called from its being prepared without a mill. Though the process among the ancients differed a little from the present, yet the effect of the operation is the same.—See Dioscorid. lib. ii. cap. 311.

47. Starch, amylum, named for being made without a mill. Although the method used by ancient people was slightly different from today’s process, the outcome of the operation remains the same.—See Dioscorid. lib. ii. cap. 311.

48. Tragum was made from wheat in the same manner as ptisan from barley. Plin. lib. xviii. cap. 7.

48. Tragum was prepared from wheat just like ptisan is made from barley. Plin. lib. xviii. cap. 7.

13

13

49. Wombs of hogs.) This amongst the ancients was accounted a delicate dish; it is now entirely disused. The butchers give that part the name of the bearing bag.

49. Wombs of hogs.) This was considered a delicacy in ancient times; now, it’s completely out of favor. Butchers call that part the bearing bag.

50. Garum was a liquor made of the intestines of fish macerated with salt. So that it was a kind of sanies of them in their putrescent state. It was formerly made of the fish, which the Greeks called garos; afterwards it was prepared from a great many more, so that the kinds of it are almost infinite. It bore a higher price than any thing, except unguents. One kind was of the colour of old mulse, and so sweet and thin, that it might be drunk. Plin. lib. xxxi, cap. 7 and 8.

50. Garum was a sauce made from fish intestines that were soaked in salt. Essentially, it was a type of liquid derived from fish in their decaying state. Originally, it was made from a fish that the Greeks called garos; over time, it was made from many more types, leading to almost endless varieties. It was priced higher than anything else except for perfumes. One kind was the color of aged honey and was so sweet and thin that it could be sipped. Plin. lib. xxxi, cap. 7 and 8.

51. Bulbusses.) The ancients had several kinds of bulbusses. [ IT ]Dioscorides mentions the bulbus esculentus, which he says is known to every body; it is good for the stomach and belly, of a reddish colour, and brought from Africa. But the bitter and squillaceous kind is fitter for the stomach, and helps concoction. All of them are acrid and heating. Pliny, lib. xix. cap. 5. reckons up many species. Most naturalists agree that they are not known now.

51. Bulbouses.) In ancient times, there were several types of bulbouses. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__Dioscorides mentions the bulbus esculentus, which he says is well-known; it's good for the stomach and intestines, has a reddish color, and comes from Africa. However, the bitter and squillaceous variety is better for digestion and aids in processing. All of them are pungent and warming. Pliny, lib. xix. cap. 5, lists many species. Most naturalists agree that these are not recognized today.

52. Pancake, Laganum.) This differed a little from our pancake, as they added to it cheese, pepper, saffron, cinnamon, &c.

52. Pancake, Laganum.) This was slightly different from our pancake, as they included cheese, pepper, saffron, cinnamon, etc.

53. Those called crustumina, &c.) Pliny observes that such fruits as these have taken their names, either from their planters, countries, or the persons whose taste they pleased. All these pears and apples are reckoned among the best kinds by him, lib. xv. cap. 14. and 15. as also by Columella, lib. v. cap. 10.

53. Those referred to as crustumina, etc.) Pliny notes that fruits like these have been named after their growers, the regions they come from, or the people who enjoy their taste. He considers all these pears and apples to be among the finest varieties, as does Columella.

54. Wormwood.) In Linden and Almeloveen the word absinthium is followed by murices, purpuræ, cochleæ, which are omitted in all [ IU ]Morgagni’s editions, except Ruellius and the MS. And as they appear redundant here, the same words occurring a few lines after, I have taken no notice of them.

54. Wormwood.) In Linden and Almeloveen, the term absinthium is followed by murices, purpuræ, cochleæ, which are missing in all __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__Morgagni’s editions, except for Ruellius and the manuscript. Since they seem unnecessary here, given that the same words appear a few lines later, I have chosen to ignore them.

55. Resinated.) This is made in different countries. It was very common in Gaul, where the grapes not thoroughly ripening by reason of the cold, the wines turned sharp, unless mixed with resin. The resin, together with the bark of the tree, was either cut small, or powdered, and mixed with the wine. Some separated the resin from it by straining, others let it stand. Such wines become sweet by age. Vide Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xiv. cap. 20. Columella, lib. xii. cap. 23. et Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 817.

55. Resinated.) This is made in various countries. It was very common in Gaul, where the grapes didn’t fully ripen due to the cold, causing the wines to taste sharp unless mixed with resin. The resin, along with the tree bark, was either chopped into small pieces or ground into powder and mixed with the wine. Some people separated the resin by straining, while others let it settle. Such wines become sweeter as they age. See Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xiv. cap. 20. Columella, lib. xii. cap. 23. et Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 817.

56. Pecten was a name for shell fish striated like cockles.

56. Pecten referred to shellfish that had stripes similar to cockles.

57. Murex and purpura.) These fishes afforded the purple dye, and their difference was not considerable according to ancient authors, but they are not known now.

57. Murex and purpura.) These fish provided the purple dye, and their differences were not significant according to ancient writers, but they are not recognized today.

58. Sweet bread mentioned before, viz. chap. 18.

58. Sweet bread mentioned earlier, see chap. 18.

14

14

59. Scarus, taken for the scar or char, lolligo calamary, or sleeve-fish, locustus lobster, polypus pourcountrel.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Scarus, known as the scar or char, calamari, sleeve-fish, lobster, octopus.

60. Pelorides.) This was a sort of shell fish, so called from Pelorus, a promontory in Sicily, supposed by some to be cockles.

60. Pelorides.) This was a type of shellfish, named after Pelorus, a promontory in Sicily, thought by some to be cockles.

61. Soft water, &c.) The reading in Linden is Aqua, omnia tenera, tepida, &c. but it is not probable our author would have expressed himself so loosely as to say aqua, without any epithet. By making a small change in the order of the words, we find this properly opposed to aqua dura, said in chap. XXX. to bind the belly; I have therefore read with Constantine, Cæsar, Stephens, and several others, Aqua tenera, omnia tepida, dulcia.

61. Soft water, etc.) The text in Linden states Aqua, omnia tenera, tepida, etc., but it seems unlikely that our author would have written aqua so casually without any descriptor. By slightly rearranging the words, we see this clearly contrasted with aqua dura, mentioned in chapter XXX, which is said to bind the belly; therefore, I've read it as Aqua tenera, omnia tepida, dulcia, following Constantine, Caesar, Stephens, and several others.

62. Torminalia.) These, says Pliny, are the fourth species of the service fruit, and probably called so from being used as a remedy; that is, for the dysentery, as appears by the name. Lib. xv. c. 21.

62. Torminalia.) According to Pliny, these are the fourth type of service fruit, likely named for their use as a treatment; specifically for dysentery, as indicated by the name. Lib. xv. c. 21.

63. Sordid wool, Lana succida, by Dioscorides called εἰρίον οἰσυπηρὸν. The more oily sordes it contained, it was reckoned so much the better and more emollient, upon account of its œsypum, the preparation of which will be mentioned in its proper place. The wool about the neck and inside of the thighs was most esteemed. Dioscorid. lib. ii. cap. 720.

63. Sordid wool, Lana succida, as Dioscorides referred to it, called εἰρίον οἰσυπηρὸν. The more oily dirt it had, the better and more soothing it was considered, due to its œsypum, which will be discussed later. The wool from around the neck and inside the thighs was the most valued. Dioscorid. lib. ii. cap. 720.

64. Cimolian chalk.) This had its name from Cimolus an island in the Cretan sea. There are two kinds of it, one white, and the other inclining to purple. The first by Dale, is thought to resemble tobacco-pipe-clay; and the second fullers earth. Vide Plin. lib. xxxv. cap. 17. et Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 950.

64. Cimolian chalk.) This is named after Cimolus, an island in the Cretan Sea. There are two types of it, one white and the other slightly purple. The white type is believed by Dale to be similar to tobacco-pipe clay, while the purple type resembles fuller's earth. See Pliny, book 35, chapter 17, and Dioscorides, book 5, chapter 950.

65. Tarras, gypsum, is a-kin to lime; for it is procured by burning a stone, which ought to resemble the alabaster, or marble. The best kind is made from lapis specularis. Plin. lib. xxxvi. cap. 24. Amongst the moderns some take this to be the calx of alabaster, others of Muscovy glass, others of the selenites.

65. Tarras, gypsum, is similar to lime; it's obtained by burning a stone that should look like alabaster or marble. The best type is made from lapis specularis. Plin. lib. xxxvi. cap. 24. Among modern thinkers, some consider this to be the calx of alabaster, while others think it's from Muscovy glass, and others associate it with selenites.

66. Oil of quinces.) Oleum vel unguentum melinum, according to Dioscorides, was prepared by infusing and boiling some aromatics in oil, and afterwards macerating quinces in it, and thus letting them stand till the oil had imbibed the strength of the quinces. Others made it with quinces alone. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 56.

66. Oil of quinces.) Oleum vel unguentum melinum, as Dioscorides described, was made by steeping and boiling some fragrant herbs in oil, then soaking quinces in it, and letting it sit until the oil absorbed the essence of the quinces. Some people prepared it using only quinces. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 56.

67. Or myrtles.) This is prepared by bruising and pressing the tender leaves of the black myrtle, and mixing their juice with an equal quantity of the oil of unripe olives, then boiling them together, and taking off whatever swims upon the top. Some thicken the oil first with pomegranate bark, cypress, &c. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 49.

67. Or myrtles.) This is made by crushing and pressing the soft leaves of the black myrtle, mixing their juice with an equal amount of oil from unripe olives, then boiling them together, and skimming off anything that floats to the top. Some thicken the oil first with pomegranate bark, cypress, etc. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 49.

68. Of roses.) This is made by boiling the juncus odoratus with water and oil, and after straining, fresh roses are infused in the oil: they are stirred frequently with the hands rubbed with honey, and squeezed.15 When they have stood for a night, they are pressed out. A second and third kind of rose oil is prepared, by infusing the same roses in fresh quantities of oil. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 54.

68. Of roses.) This is made by boiling juncus odoratus with water and oil, then straining it and infusing fresh roses into the oil. They are stirred frequently with hands rubbed in honey and squeezed.15 After sitting for a night, they are pressed out. A second and third type of rose oil is made by infusing the same roses in new amounts of oil. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 54.

69. Bitter oil.) This has probably been prepared from the wild olive; for Pliny says, such is thin, and much more bitter than what is made from the olive. Lib. xv. cap. 7.

69. Bitter oil. This was likely made from wild olives; Pliny mentions that it’s thinner and much more bitter than the oil made from regular olives. Lib. xv. cap. 7.

70. Made of far.) Far is a species of wheat.—Columella reckons four kinds of it. Pliny says it is the hardest of all, and firmest against winter. It was called also semen adoreum. It was the first grain the Romans used. Pliny, lib. xvii. cap. 8, et Columella, lib. ii. cap. 6.

70. Made of far.) Far is a type of wheat. Columella counts four varieties of it. Pliny claims it is the toughest and most resilient against winter. It was also referred to as semen adoreum. It was the first grain the Romans utilized. Pliny, lib. xvii. cap. 8, et Columella, lib. ii. cap. 6.

71. Cyprine oil was made from the tree called cyprus in Egypt, according to Pliny—And in his time some conjectured it to be the same with the ligustrum of Italy. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xii. c. 24.

71. Cyprine oil was produced from the tree known as cyprus in Egypt, according to Pliny—and during his time, some believed it was the same as the ligustrum found in Italy. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xii. c. 24.

72. Oil of iris.) The oil is first inspissated by boiling it with water, and the involucrum of the fruit of the palm tree (called by Dioscorides, spatha). When this is done, an equal quantity of bruised iris is infused with this inspissated and aromatized oil, which stands for two days and two nights, and then is strongly expressed. A more fragrant kind is prepared by inspissating the oil with balsam-wood and calamus. After expression, a fresh quantity of iris may be added, if it be desired stronger. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 67.

72. Oil of iris.) The oil is thickened by boiling it with water and the outer covering of the fruit of the palm tree (which Dioscorides calls spatha). Once this is done, an equal amount of crushed iris is steeped in this thickened and scented oil for two days and two nights, then it is pressed strongly. A more fragrant version is made by thickening the oil with balsam wood and calamus. After pressing, if a stronger scent is desired, a fresh amount of iris can be added. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 67.

73. Nitre.) So much has been said by modern authors concerning the nitre of the ancients, that it would be impertinent to give a particular account of it here. The greatest plenty was produced in Egypt, in the lands which the Nile had overflowed. Most naturalists believe it to have been a native alkaline salt. Pliny says, it was adulterated in Egypt by lime, but that trick was easily discovered by putting it in water, when the true nitre would dissolve, and the lime not. Plin. lib. xxxi. cap. 10. where a long account of it may be seen.

73. Nitre.) A lot has been said by modern writers about the nitre used by the ancients, so it would be unnecessary to give a detailed explanation here. The most abundant supply was found in Egypt, in the areas the Nile had flooded. Most naturalists think it was a naturally occurring alkaline salt. Pliny mentions that it was mixed with lime in Egypt, but that trick was easily caught by putting it in water, where the real nitre would dissolve while the lime wouldn’t. Plin. lib. xxxi. cap. 10. where a lengthy account of it can be found.


NOTES TO BOOK III.

1. Those things, &c.) See book ii. chap. 2.

1. Those things, &c.) See book ii. chap. 2.

2. Digested.) See note lib. i. p. 6.

2. Summarized.) See note lib. i. p. 6.

3. From the inguen.) Almeloveen would rather read ingluvie, or sanguine, than inguine. But these cannot be reckoned among the exter16nal causes. There is no reason to question the authority of the text, if we remember what Hippocrates has said, aph. 55. sect. 4. ‘All fevers proceeding from buboes are bad, except a diary.’

3. From the groin.) Almeloveen would rather read ingluvie or sanguine than inguine. But these can't be considered as external causes. There's no reason to doubt the authority of the text if we recall what Hippocrates stated in aph. 55. sect. 4: ‘All fevers originating from buboes are bad, except a diary.’

4. For these reasons others defer it.) The translation is agreeable to the reading of Linden and Almeloveen. But Morgagni[ IV ] informs us, that all the editions in his possession, and the MS. too, read thus: Ob hæc ad mediam noctem decurro, id est, finito jam gravissimo tempore, eodemque longissime distante, secuturis vero antelucanis horis, quibus onmes fere maxime dormiunt, deinde matutino tempore, quod sua natura levissima est. That is, ‘for these reasons I defer it till midnight, that is, when the most severe time is over, and the return of it is at the greatest distance, this being succeeded by the hours before day-light, when every body generally sleeps most quietly, and these followed by the morning, which is naturally the easiest period of all.’—He adds, beside the impropriety of the prescription, as it now stands in Almeloveen, when Celsus meant quite otherwise; the place is the more worthy of notice, that it shews Celsus, although not for common, yet to have practised medicine.

4. For these reasons, others put it off.) The translation aligns with the versions by Linden and Almeloveen. However, Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ tells us that all the editions he has, along with the manuscript, read: Ob hæc ad mediam noctem decurro, id est, finito jam gravissimo tempore, eodemque longissime distante, secuturis vero antelucanis horis, quibus onmes fere maxime dormiunt, deinde matutino tempore, quod sua natura levissima est. That is, ‘for these reasons I put it off until midnight, which is when the most intense time is over, and its return is at the greatest distance, followed by the hours before dawn, when everyone generally sleeps most peacefully, and then comes the morning, which is naturally the easiest time of all.’—He adds, aside from the inappropriateness of the prescription as it currently appears in Almeloveen, when Celsus meant something quite different; this passage is notable because it shows that Celsus, although not commonly, did practice medicine.

5. Apply his hand to his wrist, ejus carpo manum admovere.) The word carpus appears suspicious, as it no where else occurs in Celsus. On the contrary, in describing this part he says, In manu vero, prima palmæ[ IW ] pars, &c. and Morgagni[ IX ] observes the old reading was corpori, and carpo only Constantine’s explication.

5. Place his hand on his wrist, ejus carpo to move the hand.) The word carpus seems questionable since it doesn't appear anywhere else in Celsus. Instead, when describing this area, he says, In manu vero, prima palm__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ pars, & c., and Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ notes that the old reading was corpori, and carpo was only Constantine’s explanation.

6. Intrita.) We have no particular description of this food in any of the ancients, as far as I remember. By comparing their several applications of this word, I take it to be a general term for several species of compositions, the ingredients of which were rubbed small in a mortar, or softer materials macerated in liquids, as bread in wine, mentioned by Pliny, Intrita panis e vino, lib. ix. cap. 8.—By our author’s use of it here, it plainly appears to be something light, soft, and simple, probably very like, if not the same with our panada.

6. Intrita.) We don't have a specific description of this food from any ancient sources that I can recall. By looking at how this word was used in different contexts, I think it serves as a general term for various types of mixtures, whose ingredients were finely ground in a mortar, or softer materials soaked in liquids, like bread in wine, as noted by Pliny, Intrita panis e vino, lib. ix. cap. 8.—From our author’s use of it here, it’s clear that it refers to something light, soft, and simple, probably very similar, if not identical to our panada.

7. But if one in such a fever coughs gently, &c.) Siquis autem in hujus modi febre leniter tussit, is neque vehmenti siti conflictari, neque bibere aquam frigidam debet; sed eo modo curandus est, quo in cæteris febribus præcipitur.—All this is omitted in Morgagni’s MS.—Ronsseus suspected it to be interpolated, and it is not to be found in the Pinzian edition, nor the Juntine, nor Florentine.—Ronsseus’s suspicion arose from considering aph. 54. sect. 4.—‘Those that are troubled with dry and gentle coughs in ardent fevers, are not very thirsty.’ Morgagni, Ep. 5. p. 140.—But perhaps this objection might be removed by only reading conflictatur, instead of conflictari.

7. But if someone has a mild cough during a fever, &c.) If someone coughs gently in such a fever, they shouldn’t be battling severe thirst, nor should they drink cold water; they should be treated the same way as with other fevers as advised.—All this is missing in Morgagni’s manuscript.—Ronsseus thought it might be an interpolation, and it isn’t present in the Pinzian edition, nor the Juntine, nor the Florentine.—Ronsseus's suspicion came from looking at aph. 54, sect. 4.—‘Those who suffer from dry and gentle coughs in high fevers aren’t very thirsty.’ Morgagni, Ep. 5. p. 140.—But maybe this issue could be resolved by reading conflictatur instead of conflictari.

8. To twenty-four hours.) Linden and after him Almeloveen have followed Constantine in rejecting the preposition inter. But the old reading seems preferable, which was this,—Inter horas viginti quatuor et triginta sex: that is, The fit takes up between twenty-four hours and thirty-six.

8. To twenty-four hours.) Linden and later Almeloveen have followed Constantine in dismissing the preposition inter. However, the old reading appears to be better, which was this—Inter horas viginti quatuor et triginta sex: that is, The fit takes up between twenty-four hours and thirty-six.

17

17

9. Cleanse his belly, vomendo ventrem purgaret.) It is probable by venter here our author means the stomach.

9. Cleanse his belly, vomendo ventrem purgaret.) It is likely that by venter our author refers to the stomach.

10. And apply that, et id ingerere.) I cannot help agreeing with Scaliger, that these words are interpolated. For supposing them to mean the application of the medicine here mentioned, yet that is particularly directed a few lines after. Besides I do not remember any instance of ingero bearing a sense that would answer in this place.

10. And apply that, and to introduce it.) I have to agree with Scaliger that these words have been added later. Even if they were meant to refer to the application of the medicine mentioned here, that is specifically addressed a few lines later. Also, I don’t recall any example of ingero having a meaning that would make sense in this context.

11. Greeks call zesis. Et jactationem, fervoremque corporis, quem ζέσιν Græci vocant.)—All Morgagni’s[ IY ] editions and his MS. agree in reading thus, Fætoremque quendam odoris, quem ὄζην Græci vocant. Which word from this single passage of Celsus has a place in Stephens’s Thesaur. Ling. Græc. But as the sense, according to this last reading, is not near so proper, and as Linden, no doubt, had some authority for his reading, I have abode by it.

11. Greeks call zesis. And the tossing and heat of the body, which the Greeks call ζέσιν.)—All of Morgagni’s [ IY ] editions and his manuscript agree on this reading: And a certain scent, which the Greeks call ὄζην. This word appears in this single passage of Celsus in Stephens’s Thesaur. Ling. Græc. However, since the meaning with this last reading isn't quite right, and Linden probably had some justification for his reading, I have stuck with it.

12. Former regimen strictly.) After the words, to which these answer in the original, there follows in Linden and Almeloveen, Et aqua tantummodo calida, si sitis est, uti: ac tum ita nono die balneo frigus prævenire, et. Which must appear manifestly corrupt; for this would be making the paroxysm of a quartan fever return after one day’s interval: so that though the other words were retained, yet nono should be undoubtedly changed into decimo. But I have chosen rather to follow the reading of Pinzi and Junta, which is perfectly consonant with the context. Septimo die balneo frigus prævenire, abstinere, continere se debet; si febris redierit, ducere alvum; ubi ex eo corpus conquieverit, inunctione vehementer perfricari, eodem modo sumere cibum et vinum, biduo proximo se abstinere, frictione servata. Decimo die rursus balneum experiri, &c. This makes the directions which follow nono die, to belong to the seventh; and decimo die for decimo tertio die still preserves the regular succession of the fits. This reading is confirmed by what our author adds in the next paragraph, where he prescribes a new method to be pursued, if the fever should return upon the thirteenth day. ‘Wherefore, if the distemper shall continue upon the thirteenth day, the bath must neither be tried before the fever nor after it, &c.’ For if we allow the reading of Linden, &c. decimo tertio die, in the first paragraph, he orders bathing on this day; and in the next he absolutely forbids it.

12. Former regimen strictly.) Following the words that correspond to this in the original, there appears in Linden and Almeloveen, And only use warm water if you're thirsty: and then prevent the cold on the ninth day with a bath, and. This clearly seems incorrect; because this would suggest that the episode of a quartan fever recurs after just a one-day gap: therefore, even though the other wording remains, nono should definitely be changed to decimo. However, I've opted to follow the reading of Pinzi and Junta, as it fits perfectly with the context. On the seventh day, you should prevent the cold bath, abstain, and keep yourself under control; if the fever returns, induce a bowel movement; when the body has settled from this, it should be vigorously rubbed down, take food and wine in the same way, and abstain for the next two days while maintaining friction. On the tenth day, try the bath again, etc. This suggests that the instructions that follow nono die actually pertain to the seventh; and decimo die instead of decimo tertio die still maintains the normal progression of the fits. This interpretation is backed up by what our author mentions in the next paragraph, where he outlines a new approach to take if the fever returns on the thirteenth day. 'Therefore, if the illness persists on the thirteenth day, don't attempt the bath before or after the fever, etc.' Because if we accept Linden's reading, etc. decimo tertio die, in the first paragraph, it states to bathe on this day; while in the following section, it outright prohibits it.

13. Laser.) This was the juice or gum of a plant like the ferula, by the Latins called laserpitium, by the Greeks silphium. That kind, which was most esteemed, came from Cyrene, where it seems it was worn out in Pliny’s time, for he tells us only one stalk was found in his memory, which was sent to Nero; he adds, that for a long time they had no other imported to them, but what came from Persia, Media, and Armenia, where it grew in abundance, but much inferior to the Cyrenean, and adulterated with gum, sagapenum, or bean-meal.—See Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xix. cap. 3.—Some of the moderns take this for assa-fœtida; others, among whom is Dr Lister, think it a different thing, and absolutely unknown now. I have therefore chosen to retain the original word.—See the description of it Dioscorid. lib. iii. cap. 500.

13. Laser.) This was the sap or resin of a plant similar to the ferula, known as laserpitium by the Romans and silphium by the Greeks. The most prized variety came from Cyrene, which seems to have become depleted by Pliny’s time, as he mentions that only one stalk was found during his lifetime, which was sent to Nero. He adds that for a long time, they had no other sources except those from Persia, Media, and Armenia, where it grew in plenty but was much inferior to the Cyrenean kind and often mixed with gum, sagapenum, or bean-meal. —See Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xix. cap. 3.—Some modern scholars identify this with assa-fœtida; others, including Dr. Lister, believe it is something different and completely unknown today. Therefore, I’ve chosen to keep the original term. —See the description of it in Dioscorid. lib. iii. cap. 500.

18

18

14. Happened in the beginning.) Cum id initio inciderit; thus Linden and Almeloveen read it; some older editions have vitio, when that has happened by some mismanagement; which agrees with what our author says in the end of the 15th chapter. Perhaps it might be Initio, cum id inciderit, that is, upon its first appearance, &c.

14. Happened in the beginning.) Cum id initio inciderit; so Linden and Almeloveen understand it; some older editions have vitio, when that has happened due to some mismanagement; which aligns with what our author states at the end of the 15th chapter. Maybe it should be Initio, cum id inciderit, meaning, at its first appearance, &c.

15. That cannot be assigned. Certis partibus assignari possunt.) Constantine, and after him Linden and Almeloveen, have thought fit to omit non, which will appear to any, who considers the sense to be manifestly wrong. Our author himself determines it in the beginning of the fourth book, where with reference to this part of his work he says, Hactenus reperiuntur ea genera morborum, quæ in totis corporibus ita sunt, ut iis certæ sedes assignari non possint. See Morgagni, Ep. 1. p. 25.

15. That cannot be assigned. Certis partibus assignari possunt.) Constantine, and after him Linden and Almeloveen, chose to leave out non, which will seem clearly incorrect to anyone who thinks about the meaning. Our author himself addresses this at the beginning of the fourth book, where he refers to this part of his work and says, Hactenus reperiuntur ea genera morborum, quæ in totis corporibus ita sunt, ut iis certæ sedes assignari non possint. See Morgagni, Ep. 1. p. 25.

16. There may be the same reason, &c. Nec minus dubitari potest, an alvus ducenda sit.) The connection of this sentence with the context has an obscurity very uncommon in our author. We must observe that he is here maintaining the necessity of taking blood in phrenitic cases against Asclepiades: and after general reasons drawn from the nature of the disease, he adds an argument from the practice of that physician. He prescribed clysters in this distemper, though, as Cælius Aurelianus[ IZ ] observes, that was directly contrary to a principle of his own. Celsus therefore insists, that there is no reason against bleeding, that is not equally strong against clysters, which are however approved by Asclepiades. According to the exact method every where observed by our author, this argument would naturally have followed what he said of friction ordered by Asclepiades: and as it now stands after the conclusion drawn, it seems to be an after-thought. If this explication be thought unnatural, it may be otherwise paraphrased, and connected with the following paragraph thus: The doubt is the same with regard to clysters, as to the letting of blood, and the resolution is also the same. But after either of these, intermitting a day, &c.

16. There might be the same reason, &c. However, it's still debatable whether bloodletting should be done.) The relationship of this sentence to the surrounding text is quite unclear, which is unusual for our author. We need to note that he is arguing for the necessity of bloodletting in cases of fever against Asclepiades. After giving general reasons based on the nature of the illness, he introduces an argument referencing that physician’s practice. He recommended enemas for this condition, even though, as Cælius Aurelianus__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ points out, that contradicts one of his own principles. Celsus thus emphasizes that there is no argument against bloodletting that isn’t just as applicable against enemas, which Asclepiades approves of. Following the precise structure our author usually employs, this argument would have logically followed his comments on the friction recommended by Asclepiades. As it stands now, after the conclusion he draws, it feels more like an afterthought. If this interpretation seems unnatural, it can be rephrased and linked to the next paragraph like this: The doubt exists regarding enemas just as it does for bloodletting, and the conclusion is the same. However, after either of these, take a day off, &c.

17. Ointment of saffron.) In preparing this they first inspissated the oil by boiling it with calamus and myrrh, and then infusing saffron in it for five days, and stirring it frequently; and on the sixth the oil was poured off clear. Others added the myrrh in powder, after the oil was poured off the other ingredients.

17. Ointment of saffron.) To make this, they started by thickening the oil by boiling it with calamus and myrrh, then infused saffron in it for five days while stirring it often; on the sixth day, the oil was poured off clear. Others mixed in powdered myrrh after the oil was separated from the other ingredients.

18. Ajax or Orestes.) These cases are best illustrated by the tragedies of Sophocles and Euripides, which our author seems to have had in view. Ajax enraged to see Ulysses preferred to him in the competition for the arms of Achilles, falls into madness. He resolved to revenge this affront upon the whole army. And in the night ran into the fields, where their flocks and herds were grazing, murdered the shepherds and laid about him among the cattle, taking them for men; slew numbers of them, which he imagined to be Agamemnon, Menelaus, and others, that were accessary to his dishonour. Then bound and led prisoners to his tent many more oxen and sheep to be reserved for tortures, and flogged unmercifully a great ram for his adversary Ulysses, before he19 put him to death. Orestes was affected in the same manner. After the murder of his mother, he fancied himself haunted by the furies, and her amongst them. He is represented as terrified by their frightful looks, sometimes reasoning, sometimes beseeching, and at other times drawing his sword to fight them. In one of these fits, like Ajax, he falls upon the cattle. See Sophocl. Ajax flagell. et Euripid. Orest. et Iphigen. in Taur. Such are the figures presented to the imagination in this species of madness.

18. Ajax or Orestes. These examples are best shown in the tragedies of Sophocles and Euripides, which our author seems to reference. Ajax, furious that Ulysses was chosen over him in the competition for Achilles' armor, falls into madness. He decides to take revenge on the entire army. In the night, he runs into the fields where their flocks and herds are grazing, kills the shepherds, and attacks the livestock, mistaking them for men; he slaughters many of them, believing they are Agamemnon, Menelaus, and others who contributed to his disgrace. He then binds and drags many more oxen and sheep back to his tent to be tortured and mercilessly whips a large ram for his rival Ulysses before he kills it. Orestes experiences a similar fate. After murdering his mother, he thinks he is being haunted by the furies, with her among them. He is depicted as being terrified by their terrifying appearances, at times reasoning with them, at times pleading, and at other times drawing his sword to fight them. In one of these episodes, like Ajax, he attacks the cattle. See Sophocl. Ajax flagell. et Euripid. Orest. et Iphigen. in Taur. These are the images that come to mind in this kind of madness.

19. Purged in the inferior parts.) The whole sentence, which runs thus, Ubi ab inferiore parte purgandus aliquis est, ventrem ejus ante solvendum esse: ubi à superiore, comprimendum esse, is taken from aph. 66. sect. 7. And after comparing them together, I conceive our author’s meaning to be, that when the intention is to purge, the belly should first be moistened by diluent liquors taken inwardly, or perhaps a laxative clyster administered to facilitate the operation. On the contrary, when a vomit is intended, the belly should be bound.

19. Purged in the lower regions.) The entire sentence reads, Ubi ab inferiore parte purgandus aliquis est, ventrem ejus ante solvendum esse: ubi à superiore, comprimendum esse, and is taken from aph. 66. sect. 7. After comparing them, I believe our author's point is that when the goal is to purge, the stomach should first be softened with diluting liquids taken internally, or a laxative enema may be used to aid the process. On the other hand, when the aim is to induce vomiting, the stomach should be tightened.

20. Polenta is made from barley in several ways. The Greeks pour warm water upon the grain, dry it for one night, and the day following, toast it, and then grind it. Others toast it more, and sprinkle it again with a little water, and dry it before they grind it. Others again shaking out the recent barley from the green ears, bruise it, while moist, in a mortar, and wash it in baskets, dry it in the sun, beat it again, and after it is cleansed, grind it. In whatever way it is prepared, they first of all toast three pounds of lintseed, and half a pound of coriander, with an acetabulum of salt, and mix it in the mill, with twenty pounds of barley. Those that have a mind to preserve it for a longer time, put it into earthen vessels with its own flour and bran. In Italy it is ground fine after toasting, without pouring any water upon it, and mixed up with the ingredients abovenamed and millet. Plin. b. xviii. cap. 7.

20. Polenta is made from barley in several ways. The Greeks pour warm water over the grain, let it dry overnight, then toast it and grind it the next day. Some toast it more, sprinkle it with a bit of water, and dry it again before grinding. Others shake out the fresh barley from the green ears, bruise it while it's still moist in a mortar, wash it in baskets, dry it in the sun, beat it again, and grind it after it's cleaned. No matter how it's prepared, they first toast three pounds of flaxseed and half a pound of coriander, along with a scoop of salt, then mix it in the mill with twenty pounds of barley. Those who want to store it for a longer time put it in clay pots with its own flour and bran. In Italy, it's ground finely after toasting, without adding any water, and mixed with the previously mentioned ingredients and millet. Plin. b. xviii. cap. 7.

21. Vomit spontaneously. Sponte vomere.) That is, vomit without any emetic medicine being given.

21. Vomit spontaneously. Sponte vomere.) That is, vomit without any nausea-inducing medicine being used.

22. Bulbous roots.) Aretæus mentions nothing of rubbing these over the whole body; but he recommends the small red kind, crude with pepper, and the powdered lees of vinegar, as the best cataplasm for the feet in this disorder. To which he adds this caution, that they must be frequently removed, for fear of ulcerating the parts. Lib. ii. de Curat. Acut. Morb. cap. 3.

22. Bulbous roots.) Aretæus doesn’t say anything about using these all over the body; instead, he suggests the small red ones, mixed with pepper and the powdered residue of vinegar, as the best poultice for the feet in this condition. He also warns that they need to be changed often to avoid causing sores. Lib. ii. de Curat. Acut. Morb. cap. 3.

23. Inject by way of clyster.) Celsus here shews that he knew it was possible to nourish by clysters, and that it was sometimes practised—Cælius Aurelianus mentions the use of clysters in this disorder, particularly acrid ones, as prescribed by the followers of Serapion, Heraclides, and Herophilus, and also by Asclepiades and Themison. But he does not give the least hint, as if any of these authors directed an injection with a view to nourishment, but only to make a derivation of the humour from the skin to the belly. Cæl. Aurelian. de Acut. Morb. lib. ii. cap. 38.

23. Inject via enema.) Celsus indicates here that he understood it was possible to provide nutrition through enemas and that this was sometimes practiced. Cælius Aurelianus mentions the use of enemas for this condition, especially irritating ones, as recommended by followers of Serapion, Heraclides, and Herophilus, as well as by Asclepiades and Themison. However, he doesn’t suggest that any of these authors advised using an injection for nutrition, but rather to draw humor from the skin to the abdomen. Cæl. Aurelian. de Acut. Morb. lib. ii. cap. 38.

20

20

24. Malagmas.) These cannot according to the present division of compositions admit of a literal translation, and therefore the original word is retained. By turning to the fifth book, chap. 17. and 18. will be seen their difference from plaisters, &c. and that they consist of various ingredients, but compounded without any heat.

24. Malagmas.) These can't be literally translated based on the current classification of compositions, so the original term is kept. By looking at the fifth book, chapters 17 and 18, you will see how they differ from plasters, etc., and that they are made from various ingredients but mixed without any heat.

25. Catapotia.) Most of the moderns translate this word pills. But our author does not limit their consistence nor form; for we find him sometimes ordering them to be diluted, sometimes of the consistence of sordes, and sometimes swallowed about the bigness of a bean, and at other times dry powders given in some kind of liquor. See lib. v. cap. 25.—Scribonius Largus defines a catapotium as a medicine, that is swallowed without being diluted, cap. 22. comp. 87. Upon which Rhodius will have them to be much the same with the bolusses now in use.

25. Catapotia.) Most modern translations refer to this word as pills. However, our author doesn’t restrict their texture or form; sometimes he instructs for them to be diluted, at other times they are described as having the consistency of mucus, and sometimes they are taken whole, about the size of a bean, while other times they are dry powders mixed with some kind of liquid. See lib. v. cap. 25.—Scribonius Largus defines a catapotium as a medicine that is taken without dilution, cap. 22. comp. 87. Rhodius argues that these are quite similar to the boluses we use today.

26. Attempt that by diet.) The reading in Almeloveen and Linden is Alvum moliri cibo melius est, &c. But as there was no mention of the belly before, and no proper sense can be assigned to molior, as it there stands, I have followed the old reading, Sed id ipsum moliri cibo melius est, and the rather, as Celsus immediately subjoins proper medicines for that purpose. This reading is approved by Morgagni, Ep. 6. p. 149.

26. Try doing that through diet.) The text in Almeloveen and Linden is Alvum moliri cibo melius est, etc. However, since there was no earlier reference to the belly, and the term molior doesn't have a clear meaning in that context, I've chosen to stick with the old reading, Sed id ipsum moliri cibo melius est. This choice is also supported by the fact that Celsus immediately follows up with appropriate remedies for that purpose. Morgagni endorses this reading in Ep. 6, p. 149.

27. Nard.) It is generally agreed, that what we now have under the name of nard, is not the ancient kind. Dioscorides says, it resembles the cyperus in its smell, has a small head, is bitter to the taste, and drying to the tongue, retaining its fragrancy for a long time. There were two species of it, one called Indian, and the other Syrian. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 6.

27. Nard.) It's widely accepted that the nard we have today isn't the same as the ancient version. Dioscorides mentions that it smells similar to cyperus, has a small head, tastes bitter, and feels dry on the tongue, while keeping its fragrance for a long time. There were two types: one referred to as Indian and the other as Syrian. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 6.

28. Balsam.) Our author does not distinguish what part of the balsam-tree he intends. The ancients called the juice opobalsam, the wood xylobalsam, and the fruit carpobalsam; which distinction Celsus himself elsewhere uses. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 18.

28. Balsam.) Our author does not specify which part of the balsam tree he is referring to. The ancients referred to the juice as opobalsam, the wood as xylobalsam, and the fruit as carpobalsam; this distinction is also used by Celsus in another context. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 18.

29. Panaces, or panax.) Dioscorides mentions three kinds of this, which are still retained by modern botanists. Considering the virtues he ascribes to each, I think it probable our author intends the panax Heracleum, or Hercules’s all heal, from whence the opopanax is produced. Though it is to be observed, that Pliny affirms the opopanax to be obtained from the panax Asdepium. Lib. xxv. cap. 4. P. Ægineta from the Heracleum lib. vii.

29. Panaces, or panax.) Dioscorides talks about three types of this, which are still recognized by modern botanists. Given the benefits he attributes to each, I think it's likely our author is referring to panax Heracleum, or Hercules’s all-heal, from which opopanax is produced. However, it's worth noting that Pliny claims opopanax comes from the panax Asdepium. Lib. xxv. cap. 4. P. Ægineta from the Heracleum lib. vii.

30. Cardamom.) It neither appears from Celsus nor Dioscorides, that the seed was in use among the ancients. Some affirm it to be the same with the modern greater cardamom. Dioscorides[ JA ] says, the best comes from Comagene, Armenia and Bosphorus. It grows also in Arabia and India. The best is firm, large, compact, and pungent to the smell, acrid and bitterish to the taste; it has a heating quality. By this it would seem they made use of the root.

30. Cardamom. There is no evidence from Celsus or Dioscorides that the seed was used by the ancients. Some say it's the same as the modern greater cardamom. Dioscorides__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ states that the best variety comes from Comagene, Armenia, and the Bosphorus. It also grows in Arabia and India. The best kind is firm, large, compact, and has a strong smell, with a sharp and slightly bitter taste; it has a warming effect. This suggests they also used the root.

21

21

31. Acorum according to Dioscorides has leaves likes the iris, but narrower, and roots not unlike to it, not growing straight, but oblique and creeping on the surface of the earth, whitish, divided by joints, acrid to the taste, and smelling not unpleasant. Lib. i. cap. 2.

31. Acorum, as Dioscorides mentions, has leaves similar to those of the iris but narrower, with roots that are somewhat like it—growing at an angle rather than straight, creeping along the ground, white, segmented by joints, sharp in taste, and with a not unpleasant smell. Lib. i. cap. 2.

32. The flower of long and round cyperus.) In the original Juncus quadratus et juncus rotundus. I shall not determine, whether what we now call cyperus longus, et rotundus, are the same as here mentioned. However, they certainly belong to the same class, and the virtues ascribed to the present, agree pretty nearly with those attributed to the ancient by Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 4. and 16.—See also Dale and Schroder.

32. The flower of long and round cyperus.) In the original Juncus quadratus et juncus rotundus. I won’t say whether what we now refer to as cyperus longus et rotundus are the same as those mentioned here. However, they definitely belong to the same category, and the qualities attributed to the current ones are quite similar to those noted by the ancient Dioscorides in book 1, chapters 4 and 16. — See also Dale and Schroder.

33. Bound upon the skin.) This seems a very odd way of using squils; the old reading appears much more just. Utiliter etiam scilla cocta delinitur cutis. It does good also to rub boiled squils over the skin. The same variety recurs at the end of the following paragraph, Sicut supra dixi delinitur, instead of Simul super ventrem deligatur.

33. Bound upon the skin.) This seems like a really strange way to use squils; the old reading makes way more sense. It’s also beneficial to rub boiled squils on the skin. The same variation appears at the end of the next paragraph, As I said above, it’s spread on, instead of At the same time, it should be applied on the belly.

34. Frequent pimples.) That is the smoothness or continuity of the skin is interrupted by pimples and ulcers.

34. Frequent pimples. That means the smoothness or continuity of the skin is disrupted by pimples and sores.

35. Takes its rise from the head.) From a catarrh, which the ancients imagined to be a discharge from the brain through the os ethmoides.

35. Starts at the head.) From a cold, which people in ancient times believed was a discharge from the brain through the ethmoid bone.

36. Mild as gruel.) I have here departed from Linden and Almeloveen, who have it thus, Deinde lenis sorbitio, &c. Afterwards mild gruel, because the more ancient reading, Dein lenis, ut sorbitio, besides being more elegant, is confirmed by the following words of our author.

36. Mild as gruel.) I have now moved away from Linden and Almeloveen, who interpret it this way, Deinde lenis sorbitio, &c. Afterwards mild gruel, because the older version, Dein lenis, ut sorbitio, is not only more refined but also supported by the subsequent words of our author.

37. And especially brains.) I have taken no notice of the words ex prima in the reading of Linden and Almeloveen, which manifestly spoil the sense, otherwise complete without them. [ JB ]Morgagni observes, that all the other editions read, either ex pruna, or ex aprugna; but this last is not probable, because he said, that a boar was of the strongest class of food, lib. ii. but the whole head of a lamb or kid in the middle kind; and the former seems to be superfluous.

37. And especially brains.) I have ignored the words ex prima in the reading of Linden and Almeloveen, which clearly ruin the meaning, which is otherwise complete without them. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__Morgagni points out that all the other editions read either ex pruna or ex aprugna; however, the latter seems unlikely because he stated that a boar is part of the strongest type of food, lib. ii, while the whole head of a lamb or kid is in the middle category; and the former seems unnecessary.

38. Comitial, so called from the comitia or assemblies of the people being adjourned, when any person was taken with one of these fits.

38. Comitial, named after the comitia or gatherings of the people that were suspended when someone experienced one of these seizures.

39. Arquatus.) The obscurity of this name gives room to the conjectures of critics. Some tell us it was so called, because the colour in the jaundice resembles the greenness of the rainbow; others because it bends the bodies of those afflicted with it like a bow.

39. Arquatus.) The mystery behind this name leads to various theories from critics. Some suggest it was named because the color in jaundice looks like the greenish hue of a rainbow; others say it's because it curves the bodies of those affected like a bow.

40. Suppurations.) Ronsseus think this paragraph wrong placed here, as having no connection with what goes before; and suspects its proper place to be at the end of the twenty second chapter of this same book; because the author there treats of consumptive people, and suppurations of the lungs. Morgagni also believes it to be improperly placed, Ep. 1. p. 32.

40. Suppurations.) Ronsseus believes this paragraph is misplaced here, as it doesn’t connect with what comes before; he thinks its proper place is at the end of the twenty-second chapter of this same book, since the author discusses people with consumption and lung suppurations there. Morgagni also thinks it’s incorrectly placed, Ep. 1. p. 32.


22

22

NOTES TO BOOK IV.

1. Sometimes like a small tongue, viz. the epiglottis.

1. Sometimes like a small tongue, specifically the epiglottis.

2. Below the last ribs, &c.) I have here translated, according to an emendation proposed by Morgagni[ JC ], who would read, Qui lumbis sub imis costis inhærent, a parte earum rotundi, ab altera resimi. Where a small alteration renders the description just: whereas in the way it stands in all the editions, Qui lumbis sub imis coxis inhærent, a parte earum resimi, ab altera rotundi, it plainly contradicts truth, as will be very obvious to any person the least conversant in anatomy.

2. Below the last ribs, &c.) I've translated this based on a suggestion from Morgagni, who proposed reading, Qui lumbis sub imis costis inhærent, a parte earum rotundi, ab altera resimi. This slight change makes the description accurate: because as it currently appears in all editions, Qui lumbis sub imis coxis inhærent, a parte earum resimi, ab altera rotundi, it clearly contradicts the facts, which will be obvious to anyone with even a basic understanding of anatomy.

3. They are stocked with vessels, and covered with coats.) In Almeloveen, Et venosi sunt, et tunicis super conteguntur. Morgagni[ JD ] informs us, that after the three first words, all his editions agree in inserting Et ventriculos habent, and they have ventricles; and it is not probable our author would take no notice of these; and to the same purpose speaks Hippocrates de Ossium Natur. no. 8.

3. They are filled with vessels and covered with coats.) In Almeloveen, They are blood vessels and are covered with tunics. Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ tells us that after the first three words, all his editions consistently add And they have ventricles; and it's unlikely our author would ignore these; Hippocrates makes a similar point in de Ossium Natur. no. 8.

4. Relaxation of the nerves.) Resolutio nervorum he commonly uses for a palsy, yet he cannot intend that here, but a langour or slight relaxation of the solids.

4. Relaxation of the nerves.) Resolutio nervorum is what he usually refers to for paralysis, but that’s not what he means here; he refers to a general weariness or slight loosening of the tissues.

5. Cervicalia.) Cervicale was used in a double sense by the Romans, either for a bolster, or a piece of dress resembling the neckcloth.

5. Cervicalia.) Cervicale was used by the Romans in two ways, either to refer to a pillow or to a piece of clothing similar to a necktie.

6. And venery, A venere.) It is probable that Almeloveen is wrong in omitting after this a vino, which is in Morgagni’s[ JE ] MS and all his editions especially as a few lines after, our author mentions the condition of allowing wine.

6. And venery, A venere.) It’s likely that Almeloveen made a mistake by leaving out a vino, which appears in Morgagni’s__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ MS and all his editions, especially since a few lines later, our author talks about the condition of permitting wine.

7. Nostrils are more open.) In Almeloveen magis pallent. Though the MS and Cæsar and Ruellius read thus, yet it is plain from the text itself that the other editions are right, which have it magis patent; for our author presently adds, in a worse state of the disorder, the contrary symptom: Si nares æque clausæ videntur. Morgagni, Ep, 6. p. 140.

7. Nostrils are more open.) In Almeloveen magis pallent. Although the MS and Cæsar and Ruellius state it this way, it's clear from the text itself that the other versions are correct, which have it as magis patent; because our author immediately adds, in a worse state of the disorder, the opposite symptom: Si nares æque clausæ videntur. Morgagni, Ep, 6. p. 140.

8. Aminean wine.) This, says Pliny, has the preference of all other wines, upon account of its strength, and its growing better by age. Plin.23 Nat. Hist. lib. xiv. cap. 2. And thus Virgil says, Georg. 2. line 97.—Sunt et Amineæ vites, fortissima vina.

8. Aminean wine.) According to Pliny, this wine is favored above all others because of its strength and its improvement with age. Plin.23 Nat. Hist. lib. xiv. cap. 2. Similarly, Virgil states in Georg. 2. line 97.—Sunt et Amineæ vites, fortissima vina.

9. Liquid cerate, says Ægineta, such as is used for fractures, is prepared from two parts of oil and one of wax. Lib. vii. cap. 17.

9. Liquid cerate, according to Ægineta, used for fractures, is made from two parts oil and one part wax. Lib. vii. cap. 17.

10. Syrian oil.) I suppose our author must here mean what was called from its sweetness elæomeli—which Pliny says is produced spontaneously in the maritime parts of Syria. It flows from the trees, fat, thicker than honey, thinner than resin, of a sweet flavour, and is used by the physicians. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xv. cap. 7.—And to the same purpose Dioscorid. lib i. cap. 37.—To this account P. Ægineta adds, that about two cyathi of this taken in a hemina of water discharge crude and bilious humours by stool; but that this draught is apt to stupefy a person, which, however, is not dangerous, but he would require to be excited. P. Æginet. lib. vii. cap. 3.

10. Syrian oil.) I guess the author is referring to what was known for its sweetness as elæomeli—which Pliny mentions is found naturally in the coastal regions of Syria. It oozes from the trees, has a consistency thicker than honey but thinner than resin, and has a sweet taste. It’s used by doctors. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xv. cap. 7.—Dioscorides also mentions the same in lib i. cap. 37.—Additionally, P. Ægineta notes that about two cyathi of this mixed with a hemina of water can help eliminate crude and bilious humors through stool; however, this drink can make a person feel groggy, which isn’t harmful, but they would need a boost to be alert again. P. Æginet. lib. vii. cap. 3.

11. Synanche, or Cynanche.) According to Aretæus, the latter of these names was given to the distemper, either because it was common to dogs, or because these animals, even in health, hang out their tongues. Lib. i. de Caus. et Sign. Morb. Acut. cap. 7.

11. Synanche, or Cynanche.) According to Aretæus, the second name was used for the illness because it was often found in dogs, or because these animals tend to hang their tongues out even when they're healthy. Lib. i. de Caus. et Sign. Morb. Acut. cap. 7.

12. His belly must be opened. Si non febrit, venter solvendus est.) This I take to be the general direction; if he has no fever, the intestinal discharge must be promoted—Liquenda alvus, by which I understand the accomplishment of this by diet or medicines, and Interdum etiam ducenda, the use of clysters.

12. His abdomen needs to be opened. If he doesn't have a fever, the bowels need to be emptied. I believe this is the overall guideline; if there’s no fever, we must encourage intestinal discharge—Liquenda alvus, which I interpret as achieving this through diet or medication, and Interdum etiam ducenda, meaning the use of enemas.

13. Lycium or puxacantha, box-thorn, a tree of the thorn-kind. The branches, with the leaves, are bruised and macerated for some days in water, then boiled, and after straining it, is boiled again to the consistence of honey. The best lycium is what will burn. It has an astringent quality. They adulterate it by mixing lees of oil, or the inspissated juice of wormwood or ox-gall in the boiling. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 133.

13. Lycium or puxacantha, box-thorn, a thorny tree. The branches and leaves are crushed and soaked in water for several days, then boiled. After straining, it’s boiled again until it reaches a honey-like thickness. The best lycium is the kind that burns. It has a tightening effect. It’s often mixed with oil residue or concentrated wormwood juice or bile during the boiling process. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 133.

14. Frankincense, thus.) It is generally allowed, that what the ancients called thus, goes now under the name of olibanum.

14. Frankincense, thus. It's generally accepted that what the ancients referred to as thus is now known as olibanum.

15. Stomach.) When our author mentions the gullet and stomach together, as in the first chapter of this book, he calls the former stomachus, and the latter ventriculus; but he often comprehends both under the name of stomachus, as in this place, which appears by the disorders mentioned.

15. Stomach.) When our author talks about the throat and stomach together, like in the first chapter of this book, he refers to the throat as stomachus and the stomach as ventriculus; however, he often groups them both under the term stomachus, as seen here, which is evident from the disorders mentioned.

16. A powder with oil.) This word is pulvis—Our author does not say what powder. He had mentioned rose-oil just before: can he intend the powder of rose-leaves? or any of those powders he prescribes in the cardiac disorder, the last of which is quilibet ex via pulvis, any common dust? Or has the word, denoting the kind, been omitted by the copiers?

16. A powder mixed with oil. This word is pulvis—Our author doesn’t specify which powder. He just mentioned rose oil earlier: could he mean a powder made from rose leaves? Or any of the powders he recommends for heart issues, the last of which is quilibet ex via pulvis, any common dust? Or was the specific kind of powder left out by the scribes?

24

24

17. Sulphurated wool.) I suppose he means wool impregnated with the fumes of sulphur.

17. Sulphurated wool.) I guess he means wool soaked in sulfur fumes.

18. Cutiliæ, &c.) The waters of Cutiliæ in the country of the Sabines, Pliny says, are extremely cold, and by a kind of suction excite a sensation in the body like a bite; they are very useful to the stomach, nerves, and the whole body. Lib. xxxi. cap. 2. Our industrious critics and collectors have not been able hitherto to find any such place as Subruinæ or Sumbruinæ, and therefore to cut the knot they cannot loose, propose to read here, as well as in the forecited place of Pliny, Subcutiliæ.

18. Cutiliæ, &c.) The waters of Cutiliæ in the Sabine region, according to Pliny, are extremely cold and create a sensation in the body similar to a bite due to a kind of suction. They are very beneficial for the stomach, nerves, and overall health. Lib. xxxi. cap. 2. Our diligent critics and researchers have not yet been able to locate any place called Subruinæ or Sumbruinæ, and so, to solve the puzzle they can't untangle, they suggest reading Subcutiliæ here, as well as in the previously mentioned part of Pliny.

19. Rhetic or Allobrogic.) These wines, whose qualities are here described, had their names from the countries where they were produced; the first was the Grisons, and the latter Savoy.

19. Rhetic or Allobrogic.) These wines, which are described here, got their names from the regions they came from; the first was the Grisons, and the second was Savoy.

20. Signine.) This wine by reason of its great austerity was used as an astringent medicine in fluxes. It had its name from the town of Signia in Latium. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xiv. cap. 6.

20. Signine.) This wine, due to its strong astringent properties, was used as a medicinal treatment for digestive disorders. It gets its name from the town of Signia in Latium. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xiv. cap. 6.

21. Sesanum.) Dioscorides gives no description of this, but says, it is bad for the stomach, and produces a bad smell in the mouth. Lib. ii. cap. 369. Pliny tells us it is brought from India, and the colour of it is white, and it resembles the erysimum or hedge mustard in Greece and Asia. Lib. xviii. cap. 10. The moderns give this name to the oily purging grain.

21. Sesanum.) Dioscorides doesn't provide a description of this, but notes that it’s bad for the stomach and causes bad breath. Lib. ii. cap. 369. Pliny mentions that it comes from India, that its color is white, and that it resembles the erysimum or hedge mustard found in Greece and Asia. Lib. xviii. cap. 10. Today, people use this name to refer to the oily purging grain.

22. Over it.) That is, through the teguments, so as to bring the part affected into view. I have here followed the old reading contra id, which Constantine upon the authority of an ancient MS. changed into ultra id; which I think does not afford so good a sense, though followed by Linden.

22. Over it.) That is, through the tissues, so as to make the affected area visible. Here, I’ve used the old reading contra id, which Constantine changed to ultra id based on an ancient manuscript; I believe the original wording makes more sense, even though Linden follows the latter.

23. Cytisus is a shrub, all white like the buckthorn, sending out branches of a cubit’s length or more, about which are the leaves, resembling fenugreek; which being rubbed between the fingers smell like rocket. Dioscorid. lib. iv. cap. 695.

23. Cytisus is a white shrub, similar to buckthorn, with branches over a foot long, on which grow leaves that look like fenugreek. When you rub these leaves between your fingers, they smell like arugula. Dioscorid. lib. iv. cap. 695.

24. Acorns.) Dioscorides calls this βάλανος μυρεψική. It is the fruit of a tree like the myrica.—It resembles the Pontic nut: upon being squeezed like bitter almonds, it emits a moisture, which is used for ointments instead of oil.—It grows in Ethiopia, Egypt, and Arabia. Lib, iv. cap. 742.

24. Acorns.) Dioscorides refers to this as βάλανος μυρεψική. It’s the fruit of a tree similar to the myrica. — It looks like the Pontic nut: when squeezed like bitter almonds, it releases a liquid that's used for ointments instead of oil. — It’s found in Ethiopia, Egypt, and Arabia. Lib, iv. cap. 742.

25. Ferula answered to narthex among the Greeks, and was a general name for several herbs of the same genus, from whence some of the fetid gums are obtained, as sagapenum, and galbanum.—The ancients made use of the stalks of these herbs, in the same manner as paste-boards are now used for fractures, as will be seen in the eighth book.

25. Ferula was known as narthex among the Greeks and was a general term for several herbs of the same family, from which some of the stinky gums are sourced, like sagapenum and galbanum. The ancients used the stalks of these herbs just like we use splints for fractures today, as will be discussed in the eighth book.

26. Refreshing to nature.) I have given a sense of the phrase secundum naturam (which is the reading of Linden and Almeloveen) very near to that, in which the philosophers use it, because I can find no other.—Pinzius, Junta, and the Manutii read vel mentha secundum natu25ram est. As the books vary, and none of them make the meaning quite clear, it might perhaps be plainer, if it be read, vel quod secundum eam naturam est, that is, Or mint, or something of the same nature.

26. Refreshing to nature.) I have given a sense of the phrase secundum naturam (which is the reading of Linden and Almeloveen) very close to how philosophers use it, because I can't find any other way to express it. —Pinzius, Junta, and the Manutii read vel mentha secundum natu25ram est. Since the texts differ, and none of them clarify the meaning completely, it might be clearer if it's read as vel quod secundum eam naturam est, meaning Or mint, or something of a similar nature.

27. Regimen for such patients I have already mentioned.) Vid. book i. chap. 7.

27. I've already mentioned the treatment plan for these patients.) See book i, chap. 7.

28. Minium.) Pliny complains that minium, which was used by the painters, was of a poisonous nature, and through ignorance often given in medicine instead of the Indian cinnabar. This last, he says, is believed to be the gore of a dragon crushed by the weight of a dying elephant, with the mixture of the blood of these animals. Minium was found in the silver mines in both the Spains, but hard and sandy; also at Colchos in a certain inaccessible rock, but this was a spurious kind: the best was got near Ephesus.——Minium some of the Greeks call cinnabar, others miltos. Plin. lib. xxix. c. i. & lib. xxxiii. c. 7. Cinnabar, says Dioscorides, some mistake for what is called ammion: for this last is prepared from a certain stone mixed with the silver sand in Spain, and no where else. In the melting pot it changes into a very florid and flame colour: it has a suffocating steam in the mines: the painters make use of it. But cinnabar is brought from Libya, and sold at a great price, in so much that painters can hardly have it for their use: the colour of it is deep, whence some have imagined it to be the blood of a dragon: it has the same virtues as the hæmatites stone. Lib. v. c. 883.—Miltos Sinopica, the best is solid and heavy, of a liver colour, not stony, very thin when melted. It is gathered in Cappadocia in certain caves; it is strained and brought to Sinope, and sold there, whence its name. It possesses a drying quality, and agglutinating, for which reason it is mixed with vulnerary plaisters, and drying and styptick troches. It binds the belly if taken with an egg, and is given in clysters to hepatick patients, Lib. v. c. 885.——Our author elsewhere prescribes minium from Sinope, which makes it probable, that he intended the miltos of Dioscorides. But upon comparing these several descriptions, which it is needless to enlarge upon, the learned reader may determine for himself.

28. Minium.) Pliny notes that minium, used by painters, is toxic and is often mistakenly used in medicine instead of Indian cinnabar. He claims that the latter is thought to be the blood of a dragon crushed by a dying elephant, mixed with the blood of these creatures. Minium was found in the silver mines in both Spains, but it was hard and sandy; it was also found in Colchos in a certain inaccessible rock, which was of inferior quality: the best came from near Ephesus. —— Some Greeks refer to Minium as cinnabar, while others call it miltos. Plin. lib. xxix. c. i. & lib. xxxiii. c. 7. Cinnabar, according to Dioscorides, is sometimes confused with what’s called ammion: the latter is made from a specific stone mixed with silver sand found only in Spain. In the melting pot, it turns a bright flame color and gives off a suffocating steam in the mines: painters use it. However, cinnabar is sourced from Libya and sold at a high price, making it hard for painters to obtain: its color is deep, leading some to believe it’s the blood of a dragon and it has similar properties to the hæmatites stone. Lib. v. c. 883. — Miltos Sinopica, the best type, is solid and heavy, with a liver color, not stony, and very fine when melted. It’s collected in certain caves in Cappadocia; it is filtered and then sold in Sinope, which is how it got its name. It has drying and binding properties, which is why it’s mixed into healing plasters and drying or astringent medications. It can bind the stomach when taken with an egg and is given in enemas to liver patients, Lib. v. c. 885. — Our author elsewhere suggests minium from Sinope, which makes it likely that he meant the miltos described by Dioscorides. But upon comparing these various descriptions, which it’s unnecessary to elaborate on, the knowledgeable reader may come to their own conclusions.

29. Tetrapharmacum, or compounded of four medicines. Vid. lib. v. c. 19.

29. Tetrapharmacum, which is made up of four medicines. See book v, chapter 19.

30. Myrrhapia.) So called, according to Pliny, from the likeness of their flavour to that of myrrh. Lib. xxv. c. 15.

30. Myrrhapia.) Named, according to Pliny, because their flavor is similar to that of myrrh. Lib. xxv. c. 15.

31. If the hardness continue.) Si durities manet. This appears suspicious, as our author had mentioned no hardness before. In this chapter he first describes hysterick fits, then prescribes the proper treatment both during the paroxysms, and after they are over. We have very great reason to believe the whole chapter to be corrupted, for reasons which will be mentioned in a following note. With regard to this particular place, my opinion is, that after Celsus had finished what he had to say concerning hysterick fits, he next proceeded to treat of a hardness of the uterus; and after directing some remedies, in case of their failing, and the hardness continuing, he orders other medicines to be tried.—What renders this conjecture the more probable, is, that Aretæus, amongst the chronick diseases of the uterus, mentions σκληριη, a hard26ness. “There is,” says he, “another species of cancer, where there is no ulcer, but a hard and resisting tumour. The whole uterus is stretched, violent pains distress, and all the other symptoms are the same as in a cancerous ulcer of this part.” Lib. ii. de caus. et sig. morb. chron. c. 2.

31. If the hardness continues.) Si durities manet. This seems suspicious, as our author hadn't mentioned any hardness before. In this chapter, he first describes hysterical fits, then prescribes the appropriate treatment both during the episodes and after they are over. We have strong reasons to believe the entire chapter is corrupted, for reasons that will be discussed in a later note. Regarding this specific section, I think that after Celsus finished what he had to say about hysterical fits, he moved on to discuss a hardness of the uterus; and after suggesting some remedies, in case they fail and the hardness persists, he orders other medicines to be tried. What makes this guess more likely is that Aretæus, among the chronic diseases of the uterus, mentions σκληριη, a hard26ness. “There is,” he says, “another type of cancer, where there is no ulcer, but a hard and resistant tumor. The entire uterus is stretched, violent pains cause distress, and all the other symptoms are the same as in a cancerous ulcer of this area.” Lib. ii. de caus. et sig. morb. chron. c. 2.

32. Restringents must be used.) Si maligna purgatio est, subjicienda sunt coërcentia: thus Linden and Almeloveen.—Morgagni observes, that the MS. copy of Alex. Paduan, after the words subjicienda sunt, not only has a great vacuity to the end of the page, but in the beginning of the next coëuntia, and in the margin opposite to this chasm are written these words, Desunt in vetustissimo exemplari duo folia. Two leaves are wanting in the oldest copy. In this also, where the indexes were prefixed to each book, he found the following in the fourth—Vulva exulcerata est—De vesica—De calculis in vesica—In omni dolore vesicæ. And in the margin of the book, he found, Vulva ulcerata est, written opposite to Si vero vulva exulcerata est. Then should have followed the two other—And the last, namely, In omni dolore vesicæ, was set over against Præter hæc in omni dolore vesicæ, and not vulvae, as Linden and Almeloveen read it.

32. Restringents must be used.) If it is a serious purging, restraining measures should be applied: thus Linden and Almeloveen.—Morgagni notes that the MS. copy of Alex. Paduan, after the words subjicienda sunt, not only has a large blank space until the end of the page but at the beginning of the next coëuntia, and in the margin next to this gap are the words, Desunt in vetustissimo exemplari duo folia. Two leaves are missing in the oldest copy. In this also, where the indexes were added at the start of each book, he found the following in the fourth—Vulva exulcerata est—De vesica—De calculis in vesica—In omni dolore vesicæ. And in the margin of the book, he found, Vulva ulcerata est, written opposite Si vero vulva exulcerata est. Then should have followed the other two—And the last, namely, In omni dolore vesicæ, was matched up with Præter hæc in omni dolore vesicæ, and not vulvae, as Linden and Almeloveen read it.

In the MS. in the library of St Anthony at Venice, he found the preceding chasm much larger, 42 large pages, the same observation in the margin, and the correspondent numbers in the contents of the book.—Morgagn. ep. ii. p. 45.—ep. iii. p. 50. So that it is probable our author had first finished the diseases of the uterus, as being peculiar to women, and then proceeded to those of the urinary bladder, as common to both sexes.

In the manuscript at the St. Anthony library in Venice, he found the earlier gap much bigger, 42 large pages, with the same notes in the margin and corresponding numbers in the book's contents.—Morgagn. ep. ii. p. 45.—ep. iii. p. 50. This suggests that our author likely completed the section on diseases of the uterus, which are specific to women, before moving on to those of the urinary bladder, which affect both genders.

33. And especially rue with vinegar, &c.) Almeloveen and Linden read, praecipueque ex aceto; vitare autem oportet rutam, et ne supinus dormiat. This is making Celsus condemn what all physicians almost have approved, and therefore with Constantine and Ronsseus, I read praecipueque ex aceto rutam: vitare etiam oportet ne supinus dormiat: which Morgagni prefers. Ep. i. p. 27.

33. And especially rue with vinegar, &c.) Almeloveen and Linden read, especially from vinegar; however, it is necessary to avoid rue, and not to sleep on one's back. This is making Celsus criticize what nearly all physicians have agreed upon, and therefore with Constantine and Ronsseus, I read especially from vinegar rue: it is also necessary to avoid sleeping on one's back: which Morgagni prefers. Ep. i. p. 27.

34. At such seasons as it returns.) I have here followed the correction offered by Morgagni his for hi which last would manifestly destroy our author’s meaning, as may appear from the general sense of the whole sentence—Instead of the present translation it would be, by those upon whom it returns.

34. At such times as it comes back.) I have followed Morgagni's correction here for hi, which would clearly alter our author’s intent, evident from the overall meaning of the entire sentence—Instead of the current translation, it would be, by those to whom it comes back.

35. Sarcophagus, or flesh-eating.) This is found at Assos, a city of Troas. Dead bodies interred in it are said to be consumed in forty days, bones and every thing, except the teeth. Plin. l. xxxvi. c. 17.

35. Sarcophagus, or flesh-eating.) This is located in Assos, a city in Troas. It's said that the bodies buried in it are completely consumed within forty days, including the bones, but not the teeth. Plin. l. xxxvi. c. 17.

36. Asian stone.) Dioscorides says this ought to be of the colour of the pumice, spongy, light, and easily friable. Lib. v. c. 916.

36. Asian stone.) Dioscorides says this should be the color of pumice, spongy, light, and easily breakable. Lib. v. c. 916.

37. Acopon, according to the derivation of the word, signifies something that relieves lassitude, which was rubbed upon the joints.—Our author exhibits some forms of them lib. v. cap. 24. where their consistence varies.—P. Ægineta for acopa orders four parts of oil to one of wax, lib. vii. cap. 17.—In later ages the word was used in a more ex27tensive sense, for compositions of the consistence of oil, or as a liniment even when the intention was not to relieve fatigue.

37. Acopon comes from a word meaning something that relieves tiredness, which was applied to the joints. Our author shows some examples of these in lib. v. cap. 24, where their thickness varies. P. Ægineta recommends a mixture of four parts oil to one part wax in lib. vii. cap. 17. In later times, the term was used more broadly for mixtures that had an oily texture or as a liniment, even when the goal wasn’t specifically to relieve fatigue.

38. Most agreeable to his humour.) That is, Celsus supposes a man in good health, who is his own master, to be confined to no laws, lib. i. cap. i. but upon account of a preceding illness he must return to that gradually.

38. Most agreeable to his humor.) In other words, Celsus assumes that a healthy man, who is in control of his own life, is not bound by any laws, lib. i. cap. i. However, due to a previous illness, he needs to ease back into that gradually.


NOTES TO BOOK V.

1. Chalcitis.) Pliny lib. xxxiv. cap. 2. says, this was an ore of copper, and found in Cyprus. Dioscorides describes the best chalcitis as resembling copper, easily friable, having shining veins. Lib. v. cap. 889.

1. Chalcitis.) Pliny book 34, chapter 2, states that this was a type of copper ore found in Cyprus. Dioscorides describes the best chalcitis as looking like copper, easily crumbles, and has shiny veins. Book 5, chapter 889.

2. Gum, when mentioned alone in any of the ancient authors, is understood to be the same with what now bears the name of gum Arabic.

2. Gum, when referred to by itself in any ancient texts, is recognized as the same substance we now call gum Arabic.

3. Calcined lead. Plumbum combustum.) The process of this is mentioned by Dioscorides under the correspondent Greek name—It was prepared by putting very thin laminæ of lead, with sulphur strewed upon each of them, into an earthen pot, and keeping them on the fire, stirred with an iron rod, till the lead was converted into ashes. It was afterwards rubbed in a mortar, and washed by repeated affusions of water, till no dross swam at top. Dioscorid. lib. cap. 870.

3. Calcined lead. Plumbum combustum.) Dioscorides talks about this process using the corresponding Greek term—it involves placing very thin sheets of lead in an earthen pot, sprinkling sulfur over each one, and heating them while stirring with an iron rod until the lead turns to ash. Then, it gets ground in a mortar and repeatedly washed with water until no impurities float on the surface. Dioscorid. lib. cap. 870.

4. Misy.) This hath the same virtues as the chalcitis, and they only differ in the degree of strength. The best comes from Cyprus, of a gold colour, hard, and when broken, shining and stellated. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 891.

4. Misy.) This has the same properties as chalcitis, differing only in strength. The finest quality comes from Cyprus; it's gold-colored, hard, and shines with a star-like pattern when broken. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 891.

5. Allum.) There are several kinds of this mentioned by the ancients. Dioscorides says, the scissile, round and liquid, were applied to medicinal purposes, and that the scissile was the best. Lib. v. cap. 897.

5. Allum.) The ancients mentioned several types of this. Dioscorides states that the sliced, round, and liquid forms were used for medicinal purposes, with the sliced type being the best. Lib. v. cap. 897.

6. Melinum.) As our author in this place mentions only simples, he cannot intend by this word, oil of quinces; so that it must either be a kind of colour that came from Melos, or else the Melian allum;28 in which last sense the comma ought to be expunged betwixt alumen, and Melinum.—But it is necessary to observe, that our author mentioning this species of allum in the sixth book, calls it Alumen Melium, which in other editions is Alumen Melinum.

6. Melinum.) Since our author here is only referencing simple substances, he can't mean oil of quinces by this term; it has to be either a type of coloring that comes from Melos or the Melian alumen; 28 in the latter case, the comma between alumen and Melinum should be removed. —However, it's important to note that when our author mentions this type of alumen in the sixth book, he refers to it as Alumen Melium, which in other editions appears as Alumen Melinum.

7. Iron scales are reckoned to have the same virtue as its rust, but not so efficacious.

7. Iron scales are believed to have the same value as its rust, but they're not as effective.

8. White vine.) Paul Ægineta mentions the Ampelos leuce, or white vine, which he said was also called bryonia. Lib. vii.

8. White vine.) Paul Ægineta refers to the Ampelos leuce, or white vine, noting that it was also known as bryonia. Lib. vii.

9. Propolis is a gluey matter, of a fetid smell, found in the honey-combs, which Pliny says serves to keep out the cold.—Dale calls it bee-bread.—Others call it bee-glue.

9. Propolis is a sticky substance with a strong smell, found in honeycombs, which Pliny says helps to keep out the cold. Dale refers to it as bee-bread. Others call it bee-glue.

10. Soot of frankincense.) Dioscorides orders it to be made thus,—“With a pair of small tongs light a bit of thus at a lamp, and put it into a new hollow earthen vessel, which is covered with a concave copper one, with an opening in the middle, and carefully anoint it over; on one side or both, put small stones to the height of four fingers, to show if it burns, and that there may be room to put in other bits, before the first be entirely extinguished; and continue this, till you observe a sufficient quantity of soot collected; always wetting the external side of the copper with a sponge dipped in cold water. For thus all the soot will be fixed, when this is not too much heated: otherwise it would fly off again by reason of its lightness, and be mixed with the ashes of the thus.” Lib. i. cap. 85.

10. Soot of frankincense.) Dioscorides describes how to prepare it: “Using a pair of small tongs, light a piece of thus (frankincense) at a lamp and place it into a new hollow clay vessel, covered with a concave copper lid that has an opening in the middle. Carefully coat it over. On one side or both, add small stones to a height of four fingers to indicate if it's burning and to leave space to add more pieces before the first one is completely extinguished. Keep this process going until you see a sufficient amount of soot collected, always moistening the outside of the copper with a sponge soaked in cold water. This way, all the soot will be captured as long as it’s not overheated; otherwise, it will become airborne due to its lightness and mix with the ashes of the thus.” Lib. i. cap. 85.

11. Sandarach.) This is the mineral sandarach, or red arsenic.

11. Sandarach.) This is the mineral sandarach, or red arsenic.

12. Gnidian berry.) Modern botanists are not agreed, what this berry of the ancients was; some taking it for the mezereon, or spurge olive, others for the spurge flax.

12. Gnidian berry.) Modern botanists don't agree on what this ancient berry was; some think it was the mezereon or spurge olive, while others believe it was the spurge flax.

13. Omphacium.) Of this there were two kinds, the one the juice of unripe olives, and the other the juice of unripe grapes. Plin. lib. xii. cap. 27.

13. Omphacium.) There were two types of this: one was the juice of unripe olives, and the other was the juice of unripe grapes. Plin. lib. xii. cap. 27.

14. Copper-scales.) This must be an interpolation, as in this same chapter, which mentions only the class of cleansers, it occurred before.

14. Copper-scales.) This has to be an addition, since in this same chapter, which only talks about the type of cleansers, it was mentioned earlier.

15. Calcined copper.) The metal was calcined by being put into a pot, stratum super stratum, with sulphur and salt.—Or else the copper was kept for several days in the fire in a pot by itself.—Others again added allum to it, or sulphur alone, which last gave it a sooty colour.—It was washed in a mortar, and the water changed four times a day, till no froth arose in it. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 861.

15. Calcined copper.) The metal was calcined by being placed in a pot, stratum super stratum, with sulfur and salt. Alternatively, the copper was kept in the fire for several days in a pot on its own. Some people added alum to it, or just sulfur, which gave it a sooty color. It was washed in a mortar, and the water was changed four times a day until no froth appeared. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 861.

16. Apronitre.) The spume or froth of nitre was of a purplish colour, and the lighter the better. It had the same virtues with nitre.—Id. lib. v. cap. 905.

16. Apronitre.) The foam or froth of nitre was a purplish color, and the lighter it was, the better. It had the same benefits as nitre.—Id. lib. v. cap. 905.

17. Chrysocolla.) I have here retained the original word, because29 naturalists are not agreed, that it was the modern borax. Dioscorides says the Armenian is the best, and in colour it resembles leeks.—What is full of earth and stones is to be rejected. Lib. v. c. 878.

17. Chrysocolla.) I've kept the original term because29 naturalists don’t agree that it refers to modern borax. Dioscorides claims that the Armenian variety is the best, and in color, it looks like leeks. Anything that is full of earth and stones should be avoided. Lib. v. c. 878.

18. Cyprus ashes. Cinis Cyprius.) I do not remember that this is mentioned by any other ancient author; but it has probably been the ashes of the tree or plant of this name, or perhaps some particular kind of ashes brought from the island of Cyprus.

18. Cyprus ashes. Cinis Cyprius.) I don’t recall any other ancient writer mentioning this; however, it likely refers to the ashes of the tree or plant with this name, or maybe a specific type of ashes imported from the island of Cyprus.

19. Cadmia.) The best is the Cyprian, called botryitis, solid, moderately heavy, being clustered like a bunch of grapes, of the colour of spodium, and being broken it appears cineritious and eruginous within. There are other kinds of it inferior, known by the names onychitis, zonitis, and ostracitis. For burning cadmia it is hid in live coals, till it grows diaphanous, and runs into bubbles like the scoria of iron; afterwards it is extinguished in Aminæan wine. Some burn it thus three times, till it be perfectly converted into ashes; and then they use it instead of spodium. It is washed in a mortar, and the water changed, till no dross appears on the top. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 858.—I have here mentioned particularly the burning and washing of cadmia, because it may serve to shew the nature of this process in other minerals, when our author prescribes such; and Dioscorides in mentioning them often refers to cadmia as the general example.

19. Cadmia.) The best type is the Cyprian, called botrytis, which is solid and moderately heavy, resembling a bunch of grapes, and has a color like spodium. When broken, it looks grayish and bluish-green inside. There are other lesser varieties known as onychitis, zonitis, and ostracitis. To prepare burning cadmia, it is hidden in live coals until it becomes translucent and bubbles like molten iron. Afterwards, it is cooled in Aminæan wine. Some people repeat this burning process three times until it is completely turned to ash, and then they use it instead of spodium. It is washed in a mortar with the water being changed until no impurities float on top. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 858.—I have specifically noted the burning and washing of cadmia to illustrate this process in other minerals when our author prescribes them, as Dioscorides frequently references cadmia as a general example.

20. Hypocistis grows near the roots of cistus. The juice of it is inspissated like the acacia; and it has the same qualities. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 128.

20. Hypocistis grows close to the roots of cistus. Its juice is thickened like that of the acacia, and it shares the same properties. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 128.

21. Diphryges.) This is not known in medicine at present. Dioscorides says ‘there are three species of it. One of the metallic kind found only in Cyprus, which is first dried in the sun, and then burnt by laying sticks all round it. Whence its name from being twice torrified. A second kind is found at the bottom of the copper furnaces after smelting. The third is the pyrites stone calcined for several days in a furnace, till it have the colour of cinnabar. The taste of diphryges is eruginous, astringent, and vehemently drying upon the tongue.’ Lib. v. cap. 894.

21. Diphryges.) This isn't known in medicine today. Dioscorides says, "There are three types. One is a metallic kind found only in Cyprus, which is first dried in the sun and then burned by surrounding it with sticks, hence its name meaning 'twice torrefied.' The second type is found at the bottom of copper furnaces after smelting. The third is pyrites stone that has been calcined for several days in a furnace until it takes on the color of cinnabar. The taste of diphryges is bitter, astringent, and very drying on the tongue." Lib. v. cap. 894.

22. Salamander.) Our author here intends the animal so called, and Dioscorides ascribes to it this virtue. It was burnt and the ashes made use of. Lib. ii. cap. 255.

22. Salamander.) Our author refers to the animal by that name, and Dioscorides attributes this property to it. It was burned and the ashes were used. Lib. ii. cap. 255.

23. Flower of copper.) Flos æris is obtained, when the melted copper runs from the furnace, by pouring cold water upon it to refrigerate it. For by the sudden check, this substance is as it were spued out, and concretes into flowers. Id. lib. v. cap. 862.

23. Flower of copper.) Flos æris is created when melted copper flows from the furnace and cold water is poured on it to cool it down. The sudden cooling causes the substance to be ejected, forming blossoms. Id. lib. v. cap. 862.

24. Spodium was scraped off the walls of furnaces mixed with sparks, and sometimes coals; that, which was generated in the gold furnaces, was reckoned best for the eyes. Plin. lib. xxxiv. cap. 13.

24. Spodium was scraped off the walls of furnaces mixed with sparks, and sometimes coal; the stuff produced in the gold furnaces was considered the best for the eyes. Plin. lib. xxxiv. cap. 13.

25. Phrygian.) This was made use of by the dyers in Phrygia, whence its name. The best is pale-coloured and moderately ponderous,30 not firm in its concretions, and having white veins. Diosc. lib. v. cap. 915.

25. Phrygian.) This was used by the dyers in Phrygia, which is where it gets its name. The best kind is light-colored and somewhat heavy,30 not solid in its formations, and has white streaks. Diosc. lib. v. cap. 915.

26. Scissile.) This is produced in the western Iberia. The best is of a saffron colour; easily broken and split; in its contexture it resembles the sal ammoniac. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 919.

26. Scissile.) This is found in western Iberia. The finest examples have a saffron color; they are easily broken and split; in their texture, they are similar to sal ammoniac. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 919.

27. Vinegar is superfluous, because mentioned before in the same chapter.

27. Vinegar is unnecessary, as it was mentioned earlier in the same chapter.

28. Burned paper.) It must be observed the paper of the ancients was made from the papyrus or paper-reed.

28. Burned paper.) It's important to note that the paper used by ancient people was made from papyrus or paper-reed.

29. Sansucus.) Dioscorides says this is the same with the amaracus, or sweet marjoram, which is the name given to sansucus by the Sicilians and people of Cyzicum. Lib. iii. cap. 452.

29. Sansucus.) Dioscorides states that this is the same as amaracus, or sweet marjoram, which is what the Sicilians and the people of Cyzicum call sansucus. Lib. iii. cap. 452.

30. Asteriace.) I do not find that this word occurs any where else.

30. Asteriace.) I don’t see this word used anywhere else.

31. Eretrian earth is very white, or of an ash-colour: this last, and the soft is best. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 945.

31. Eretrian earth is really white, or ash-colored: this one, along with the soft variety, is the best. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 945.

32. Poppy-tears.) Dioscorides after describing the papaver sativum and its virtues, says, ‘It is not improper to subjoin the method in which the opos or juice of it is collected. Some then cutting the poppy heads with the leaves, squeeze them through a press, and rubbing them in a mortar, form them into troches. This is called meconium, and is weaker than the opos. But whoever desires to gather the juice, must proceed thus. After the heads are moistened with dew, let him cut round the asterisk with a knife, but not penetrate through them, and from the sides, cut straight lines in the surface, and draw off the tear that flows, with his finger, into a shell; and come again not long after, for it will be found standing upon it; and the day following, it will be found in the same manner. It is proper to rub it in a mortar, and forming it up, to set it by.’ Dioscorid. lib. iv. cap. 647.—Pliny says, that the meconium is prepared from a decoction of the heads and leaves; but is much weaker than opion. Lib. xx. cap. 18.

32. Poppy-tears.) Dioscorides, after describing the papaver sativum and its properties, says, “It’s fitting to add how the opos or juice is collected. Some cut the poppy heads along with the leaves, squeeze them through a press, and grind them in a mortar to create troches. This is referred to as meconium, and it’s less potent than opos. But if someone wants to gather the juice, they should do the following: After the heads have been moistened by dew, they should cut around the asterisk with a knife, making sure not to pierce through, and then cut straight lines on the surface. They can collect the tears that flow with their finger into a shell and return shortly after, as it will remain there. The next day, it will be found in the same way. It’s advisable to grind it in a mortar, shape it, and set it aside.” Dioscorid. lib. iv. cap. 647.—Pliny states that meconium is made from a decoction of the heads and leaves, but it’s much weaker than opion. Lib. xx. cap. 18.

From this account it seems plain, that our author means the genuine tear, or the opos of Dioscorides.

From this account, it’s clear that our author is referring to the genuine tear, or the opos of Dioscorides.

33. Antimony. Stimmi, and in other places of our author stibium.) Dioscorides’s description of this shews it to be the modern antimony, lib. v. cap. 873.

33. Antimony. Stimmi, and in other parts of our author stibium.) Dioscorides's description shows it to be the modern antimony, lib. v. cap. 873.

34. Dross of lead.) This is glassy, and has the same virtues as calcined lead. If is washed in a mortar like other minerals. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 878.

34. Lead waste.) This is glassy and has the same benefits as heated lead. It is washed in a mortar like other minerals. Dioscorides, book 5, chapter 878.

35. Matter. Materia.) This is not meant here of pus, as will appear by what the author immediately adds; but any humour, that is the proximate cause of a disease.

35. Matter. Materia.) This doesn't refer to pus, as will be clear from what the author adds next; rather, it means any fluid that is the immediate cause of a disease.

36. Struthium.) This was an herb used by dyers. Dioscorides says31 it was well known. The wool-washers make use of it for cleansing wool: the root of it is pungent and diuretic, and relieves in disorders of the liver, &c. Lib. ii. cap. 381.—This herb is not known now, at least by the same name. Some take it for the luteola, others for the imperatoria, others for red valerian, others for saponaria.

36. Struthium.) This was a herb used by dyers. Dioscorides states31 it was well known. Wool-washers use it to clean wool: the root has a strong taste and is a diuretic, helping with liver disorders, etc. Lib. ii. cap. 381.—This herb isn't recognized anymore, at least not by the same name. Some identify it as luteola, others as imperatoria, some as red valerian, and others as saponaria.

37. Nard ointment.) For making this, oil is inspissated with cyperus, and for the fragrancy is added costus, amomum, nard, myrrh, balsam. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 76.

37. Nard ointment.) To make this, oil is thickened with cyperus, and for fragrance, costus, amomum, nard, myrrh, and balsam are added. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 76.

38. Cachrys is the fruit of the libanotis fructifera, which is by some called zea or campsanema, and has leaves like fennel, but thicker and broader, roundish, and creeping on the ground; the stalk, about a cubit or more in length; the fruit has a heating quality, very drying, whence it is good mixed with ointments against rheums of the eyes. Dioscorid. lib. iii. cap. 492. et 93.

38. Cachrys is the fruit of the libanotis fructifera, which some people call zea or campsanema. It has leaves similar to fennel but are thicker and broader, roundish, and spreading across the ground. The stalk is about a foot long or more. The fruit has a warming property and is very drying, making it beneficial when mixed with ointments to treat eye irritations. Dioscorid. lib. iii. cap. 492. et 93.

39. Viscum, bird-lime.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Viscum, bird glue.

40. Ammoniacum thymiama.) According to Constantine, this is nothing else than gum ammoniac. I forbear to mention the conjectures of others, that seem to be not well founded. Paulus Ægineta says, it is an opos, or juice, endued with such an emollient virtue as to discuss schirri and tophi. Lib. vii.

40. Ammoniacum thymiama.) According to Constantine, this is simply gum ammoniac. I won't mention the speculations of others, which seem to lack solid evidence. Paulus Ægineta states that it is an opos, or juice, possessing an emollient quality that helps to alleviate schirri and tophi. Lib. vii.

41. Crocomagma.) This was the refuse left after the expression of the oil in making the crocine ointment; which, besides retaining some of the virtues of saffron, would also be in some measure impregnated, with the aromatics used in the composition of that ointment. Vide Plin. lib. xxi. cap. 20. et Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 26.

41. Crocomagma.) This was the leftover material after extracting the oil to create crocine ointment; which, in addition to keeping some of the benefits of saffron, would also be partially infused with the fragrances used in making that ointment. See Plin. lib. xxi. cap. 20. et Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 26.

42. Thapsia.) According to Dioscorides’s description and account of its virtues, it seems to be the modern thapsia, or turpethum garganicum, deadly carrot. Vide Dioscorid. lib. iv. cap. 739.

42. Thapsia.) Based on Dioscorides's description and his account of its benefits, it looks like the current thapsia, or turpethum garganicum, also known as the deadly carrot. See Dioscorid. lib. iv. cap. 739.

43. Washed lead was thus prepared.—Put water into a leaden mortar, and rub it with a lead pestle, till the water becomes black and feculent; then strain it through a linen cloth, pouring water upon it, that all that is dissolved may be strained; and repeat this till you have a sufficient quantity. Then suffer it to settle, pouring water upon it several times, till no more blackness stand upon the top; then work it up into a troches and set it by. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 869.

43. Washed lead was prepared this way. Fill a lead mortar with water and grind it with a lead pestle until the water turns black and dirty. Then strain it through a linen cloth, pouring more water over it to make sure everything dissolved is filtered out; repeat this process until you have enough. Let it settle, pouring water over it several times until there’s no more darkness on the surface. Then mix it into a troche and set it aside. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 869.

44. Cedria is what distils from the cedar-tree; the best is thick, pellucid, and of a strong smell, and not diffusing itself when poured out. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 106.

44. Cedria is extracted from the cedar tree; the highest quality is thick, clear, and has a strong scent that doesn’t disperse when poured out. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 106.

45. Laurel oil.) This was made in different ways. One method was boiling the berries in water when they fall off the tree, which causes them to emit their oil, which is separated by the hands into shells. Others impregnate the oil of unripe olives with cyperus, calamus, and afterwards putting in the tender leaves of the laurel, boil them together.32 Others add to these bay-berries, till the oil smell sufficiently of them. Others mix with it storax and myrrh. Dioscorides, lib. i. cap. 50.

45. Laurel oil. This was made in various ways. One method involved boiling the berries in water after they dropped from the tree, which caused them to release their oil, later separated by hand into shells. Others infused the oil from unripe olives with cyperus and calamus, and then added tender laurel leaves and boiled them together.32 Some add bay-berries to enhance the oil's fragrance. Others mix in storax and myrrh. Dioscorides, lib. i. cap. 50.

46. Rasile verdigrease is made by suspending a copper vessel, or plate, over the steam of vinegar for ten days; then the verdigrease produced is scraped off. Or else by putting one or more lumps or plates of copper into husks of grapes grown sour. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 865.

46. Rasile verdigrease is created by hanging a copper container, or plate, above the steam from vinegar for ten days; after that, the verdigrease formed is scraped off. Alternatively, you can place one or more pieces or plates of copper into the husks of sour grapes. Dioscorid. lib. v. cap. 865.

47. Oesypum is the oily part collected from sordid wool thus: the wool was washed in warm water, and all its sordes expressed, the fat swimmed a-top, with a froth, and upon throwing in some sea water, it subsided to the bottom, and when all the œsypum was obtained from it in this manner, it was purified by repeated affusions of water. When pure it has no sharp taste, but is in some degree astringent, and appears white. It has a heating quality, fills up ulcers, and is emollient. Dioscorid. lib. ii. cap. 272.

47. Oesypum is the oily substance collected from dirty wool like this: the wool was washed in warm water to remove all the dirt, and the fat floated to the surface as foam. When some seawater was added, it sank to the bottom. Once all the œsypum was collected this way, it was purified by pouring water over it multiple times. When it's pure, it has no strong taste, but it is somewhat astringent and appears white. It has warming properties, helps fill in ulcers, and is soothing. Dioscorid. lib. ii. cap. 272.

48. Boiled copperas.) Dioscorides mentions a species prepared in Spain that had the name of χάλκανθον ἑφθὸν—atramentum sutorium coctum. Lib. v. cap. 888.

48. Boiled copperas.) Dioscorides talks about a type made in Spain called χάλκανθον ἑφθὸν—atramentum sutorium coctum. Lib. v. cap. 888.

49. Cicine.) A proper quantity of κροτωνὼν, of the Ricinus, is dried in the sun, till their exterior coat break and fall off. Then the pulp is collected, put into a mortar, and pounded well, and afterwards removed into a tinned kettle containing water, and boiled over a fire. When all the juice is obtained from them, remove the vessel from the fire, and take up the oil that swims a-top, and set it by. In Egypt, where great use is made of this oil, they obtain it by first grinding the seed, and then pressing it. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 38.

49. Cicine.) A sufficient amount of κροτωνὼν, of the Ricinus, is dried in the sun until the outer skin breaks and falls off. Then the pulp is gathered, placed in a mortar, and thoroughly pounded. After that, it’s transferred to a tin kettle filled with water and boiled over a fire. Once all the juice is extracted, take the pot off the heat, skim off the oil that floats on top, and set it aside. In Egypt, where this oil is widely used, it’s produced by first grinding the seeds and then pressing them. Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 38.

50. Burnt ceruss.) Put powdered ceruss into a deep vessel; set it on the fire, stirring it with a ferula, till it has the colour of sandaracha, (red arsenick). Dioscorides also mentions a toasted or roasted ceruss, but the process is of the same nature, and only stopped, when the ceruss acquires a lemon colour. Dioscorid. lib. v. c. 877.

50. Burnt ceruse. Put powdered ceruse in a deep container; place it on the heat, stirring it with a stick until it turns the color of sandaracha (red arsenic). Dioscorides also talks about a toasted or roasted ceruse, but the process is the same and only stops when the ceruse takes on a lemon color. Dioscorid. lib. v. c. 877.

51. Polybus.) I have chosen to read this name with the older editions, because our author afterwards mentions the sphragis of Polybus, which can have no other place to refer to but this.

51. Polybus.) I decided to read this name as it appears in older editions, because our author later talks about the sphragis of Polybus, which can only refer to this.

52. Cauneæ.) Mentioned by Cicero, De Divinatione, lib. 2.

52. Cauneæ.) Mentioned by Cicero, On Divination, book 2.

53. Susine ointment.) For making this, oil was first boiled with wine, calamus, and myrrh, and after being strained, cardamom was infused in it, til it gave a proper flavour, After this, to three and an half pound of this oil were added the leaves of a thousand lilies, and the whole was stirred with hands anointed with honey. After standing a day and a night, the lilies were squeezed out. Dioscorid. lib. i. c. 63.

53. Susine ointment. To make this, oil was first heated with wine, calamus, and myrrh, and after being strained, cardamom was infused until it had the right flavor. Then, to three and a half pounds of this oil, the leaves of a thousand lilies were added, and everything was mixed with hands anointed with honey. After sitting for a day and a night, the lilies were squeezed out. Dioscorid. lib. i. c. 63.

54. If a woman does not conceive.) Si non comprehendit. This sentence has, in some copies, been joined with the former, si concidere vitio locorum, &c. as if comprehendit related to the consistence of the pessus obtained by the honey. There are several other explanations offered, but none of them with any appearance of truth. I thought it capable of no33 other sense than what I have given in the translation; and was pleased to find this supported by the opinion of Morgagni, Ep. i. p. 18.

54. If a woman does not conceive.) Si non comprehendit. In some copies, this sentence has been combined with the previous one, si concidere vitio locorum, &c. as if comprehendit referred to the consistency of the pessus obtained from honey. There are various other interpretations suggested, but none seem convincing. I believe it only makes sense in the way I've translated it, and I was glad to find that Morgagni also supports this view, Ep. i. p. 18.

55. Sprinkled on dry.) The words as they stand in the text, seem capable of no proper sense. Misy quoque et galla, si paribus portionibus misceantur, corpus consumunt: eaque vel arida inspergere licet, vel excepta cadmia, illinere. I have therefore taken the liberty to transpose cadmia, and place it after galla for the cadmia is as dry as the other two, and therefore could not serve to bring them to any consistence; but still there seems to be a word wanting after excepta, to denote the substance for uniting them.

55. Sprinkled on dry.) The words in the text don't seem to make proper sense as they are. Misy quoque et galla, si paribus portionibus misceantur, corpus consumunt: eaque vel arida inspergere licet, vel excepta cadmia, illinere. So, I've taken the liberty to move cadmia and put it after galla because the cadmia is as dry as the other two and wouldn’t help combine them. However, there still seems to be a word missing after excepta to indicate the substance needed to join them together.

56. Marmor coctum.) I suppose this to be burnt marble; for Dioscorides mentions a lapis alabastrites, which was burnt, and mixed with resin or pitch, and thus used to discuss hardnesses. Lib. v. c. 927.

56. Burnt marble.) I think this refers to burnt marble; Dioscorides talks about a lapis alabastrites that was burned and mixed with resin or pitch, which was then used to analyze hardness. Lib. v. c. 927.

57. Ignis sacer.) Some, among whom is Heister[ JF ], believes, that Celsus calls an erysipelas ignis sacer, whereas he has erysipelas under its own name, cap. 26. of this book.—Fabricius[ JG ] ab Aquapendente, and Wiseman[ JH ], by his ignis sacer understand the miliary herpes. See our author’s description of it, cap. 28.

57. Holy fire.) Some, including Heister __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, believe that Celsus refers to erysipelas as holy fire, even though he actually uses the term erysipelas by name in chapter 26 of this book.—Fabricius__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ from Aquapendente, and Wiseman __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, use holy fire to describe miliary herpes. Refer to our author's description of it in chapter 28.

58. Malabathrum.) It is a question, whether the modern malabathrum, or Indian leaf, is the same with the ancient. Dioscorides says, some will have it to be the leaf of Indian nard being deceived by the similarity of its smell. But that is not true; for it is a vegetable of a peculiar nature, growing in the fens of India, without any root, the leaves swimming on the surface of the water. Lib. i. cap. 11.

58. Malabathrum.) It's debatable whether the modern malabathrum, or Indian leaf, is the same as the ancient version. Dioscorides mentions that some believe it to be the leaf of Indian nard, misled by its similar scent. However, that's not correct; it's a plant with a unique nature, growing in the marshes of India, without any roots, with its leaves floating on the water's surface. Lib. i. cap. 11.

59. Black cassia is the second species mentioned by Dioscorides, who says it is preferable to the first, and fittest for medicinal use; the natives of Arabia call it zigir; it is thick, and smells like roses. Lib. i. cap. 12.

59. Black cassia is the second type mentioned by Dioscorides, who states that it is better than the first and more suitable for medicinal use; the people of Arabia refer to it as zigir; it is dense and has a rose-like scent. Lib. i. cap. 12.

60. Myrrh called stacte was the oily part expressed from particular kinds of myrrh, and was very fragrant. Dioscorid. lib. i. c. 78.

60. Myrrh called stacte was the oily extract from specific types of myrrh and had a strong, pleasant scent. Dioscorid. lib. i. c. 78.

61. Pontic root.) Dale, with Alpinus, believes the rhapontic of the ancients to be the same with the true rhapontic of the moderns.

61. Pontic root.) Dale, along with Alpinus, thinks that the rhapontic of the ancients is the same as the true rhapontic of today.

62. See note at chap. 24. book iv.

62. See note at chap. 24. book iv.

63. Sil.) Rhodius, together with Constantine and Ronsseus, are for reading seselis instead of silis, for sil is a species of ochre; and they take it for the seseli Creticum, or tordylium, hartwort of Candy.

63. Sil.) Rhodius, along with Constantine and Ronsseus, suggest reading seselis instead of silis, since sil is a type of ochre; and they believe it refers to seseli Creticum, also known as tordylium, or hartwort of Candy.

63a. Between the fingers. Vel inter digitos.) Morgagni observes, that, instead of these words, his MS. and all his editions read In articulis which the reader, he says, cannot wonder at, if he considers what follows concerning the difficulty of curing wounds in the joints, p. 297. of the original. Ep. 6. p. 144.

63a. Between the fingers. Vel inter digitos.) Morgagni notes that, rather than these words, his manuscript and all his editions read In articulis, which the reader, he says, shouldn't be surprised by, if they think about what comes next regarding the challenge of healing wounds in the joints, p. 297 of the original. Ep. 6. p. 144.

34

34

64. Fibulæ.) The word fibula, in other classical authors is translated by a buckle; which from its connection in such places appears very proper. But upon comparing the several passages in our author, where the use of them is directed, it seems very difficult to give any account of them. The variety of opinions may very well be reduced to two, those of Guido de Cauliaco and Fallopius. The first believed them to be hooks, whose size was adapted to that of the wounded member, curved at both ends in the form of the letter S, that they might be fixed to both lips of the wound. According to Fallopius the fibula was nothing else but the interrupted suture now commonly used in wounds.

64. Fibulæ.) The term fibula is typically translated as buckle by other classical authors, which seems quite fitting given its context. However, when examining the various sections in our author where their use is mentioned, it becomes quite challenging to provide a clear explanation. The different interpretations can largely be categorized into two views, those of Guido de Cauliaco and Fallopius. The former thought they were hooks designed to fit the size of the injured area, curved at both ends in an S shape so they could attach to both sides of the wound. Fallopius, on the other hand, argued that the fibula was simply the interrupted stitch that is typically used in wound closures today.

Fabricius was at first of opinion, that the fibula was not made of thread, but copper or iron, not hard, as Guido would have it, but softer and flexible, that it might be fixed through the lips of the wound and then twisted. But after mature consideration, he says he found Fallopius’s opinion to be most agreeable to truth.

Fabricius initially believed that the fibula was made of copper or iron rather than thread. He thought it wasn't hard like Guido suggested, but softer and flexible, so it could be inserted through the edges of the wound and then twisted. However, after careful thought, he concluded that Fallopius’s view was the most accurate.

Rhodius in his treatise de Acia, where his design is only to clear up the fibula and acia of Celsus, has been at immense pains to collect every thing extant in any of the ancients about their fibulæ; but as there is nothing which occurs in any of the old physicians more particular than in our author, it is not to be wondered, that every thing in his treatise of real importance to the scope of his enquiry, is contained in Fabric. ab Aquapendente, lib. ii. de Vulnerib. cap. 5. et de Chirurgic. Operation. cap. 108.

Rhodius, in his work de Acia, aims solely to clarify the fibula and acia of Celsus. He has gone to great lengths to gather everything from ancient sources about their fibulæ; however, since there is no information in the old physicians that is more specific than what we find in our author, it’s not surprising that all the key points relevant to his inquiry are included in Fabric. ab Aquapendente, book ii. de Vulnerib. chapter 5, and de Chirurgic. Operation. chapter 108.

The principal places, in which our author mentions fibulæ, are lib. v. cap. 26. p. 292. in the original, p. 293.—Lib. 7. cap. 4. p. 412.—Cap. 19. p. 462. et 464.—Cap. 22. p. 469.—Cap. 25. p. 473.

The main sections where our author talks about fibulæ are lib. v. cap. 26. p. 292 in the original, p. 293.—Lib. 7. cap. 4. p. 412.—Cap. 19. p. 462 and 464.—Cap. 22. p. 469.—Cap. 25. p. 473.

The difficulty seems to rest here, that our author should use the term fibula, which in other classical authors is always taken for a buckle, or something of that kind made of metal, without distinguishing it from the ordinary fibula, as one should imagine he would have done, had he intended thread. Could it be a metal wire with a loop at one end, and the other first put through the wound, then passed into the loop, and twisted; which it would be easier to cut than pull out? This seems to obviate the strongest objection against its being of metal, drawn from the verb incido, which some moderns would have only applicable to thread.

The difficulty seems to be that our author uses the term fibula, which in other classical texts is always referred to as a buckle or something similar made of metal, without distinguishing it from the regular fibula, as one would expect if he intended to mean thread. Could it be a metal wire with a loop at one end, inserted through the wound first and then passed into the loop and twisted? This would make it easier to cut than to pull out. This seems to address the main objection about it being made of metal, based on the verb incido, which some modern scholars argue should only apply to thread.

Rhodius de Acia, cap. 6. will have the fibula used to the prepuce of boys (mentioned by our author lib. vii. cap. 25.) to be of metal; and according to Joann. Britannicus a small ring either of silver, gold, or copper.

Rhodius de Acia, cap. 6. states that the fibula used for the foreskin of boys (mentioned by our author lib. vii. cap. 25.) should be made of metal; and according to Joann. Britannicus, it can be a small ring made of silver, gold, or copper.

I have only to add, that instead of paulatim according to Linden and Almeloveen, I have read paulum with Pinzi, Junta, Aldus, and others.

I just want to add that instead of paulatim as per Linden and Almeloveen, I have seen paulum with Pinzi, Junta, Aldus, and others.

65. Soft thread, acia molli.) Acia occurs no where else but in this single place of Celsus; the translation is agreeable to the sentiments of Rhodius de Acia, cap. 14. and I think it capable of no other sense. It may not be improper however to observe, that in some copies, though they are not of the best authority, acu is read instead of acia, but with no apparent meaning.

65. Soft thread, acia molli.) Acia only appears in this single instance from Celsus; the translation matches the views of Rhodius de Acia, cap. 14, and I believe it has no other interpretation. However, it might be worth noting that in some copies, although they are not of the highest quality, acu is used instead of acia, but it doesn’t seem to have any clear meaning.

66. After applying.) I read with Constantine imposito for impositum, which last has no place in the construction with a proper sense.

66. After applying.) I read with Constantine imposito for impositum, which last has no place in the construction with a proper sense.

35

35

67. And the flesh within is corrupted.) Malique odoris est, et caro intus corrupta. All the editions of Morgagni[ JI ] have carunculæ corruptae, and the MS, carunculaeque corruptae, which Morgagni likes better; because it would have been to no purpose to have repeated caro ejus corrupta, which had occurred only a few lines before; whereas with the other reading, we expunge the colon, and make carunculae relate to the verb resolvuntur.

67. And the flesh within is corrupted.) The smell is foul, and the flesh inside is decayed. All versions of Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ have corrupted caruncles, and the manuscript has corrupted caruncles, which Morgagni prefers; because it would have been pointless to repeat his flesh is corrupted, which had only appeared a few lines earlier; while with the other reading, we remove the colon and connect caruncles to the verb are resolved.

68. The skin a little farther off.) I have here followed the reading of the older editions, ulterior instead of deterior in Linden, which agrees much better with the sense of the whole passage. Vide Morg. ep. 6. p. 149.

68. The skin a little farther away.) I have here followed the reading of the older editions, ulterior instead of deterior in Linden, which fits much better with the overall meaning of the passage. See Morg. ep. 6. p. 149.

69. The skin is entire, but the flesh within.) Linden omits integra cute, which is in the older editions, and Morgagni’s MS[ JJ ].—As the sense seems to require it, I have taken it into the translation.

69. The skin is complete, but the flesh inside.) Linden leaves out integra cute, which was in the older editions, and Morgagni’s MS__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.—Since the meaning appears to call for it, I've included it in the translation.

70. Almost all bites.) I read here, omnis fere morsus, with Nicolaus Junta and the Manutii, and not feræ, as Linden and Almeloveen have it. For Celsus himself makes no distinction between venenatos et non venenatos morsus.

70. Almost all bites.) I read here, almost all bites, with Nicolaus Junta and the Manutii, and not wild, as Linden and Almeloveen have it. For Celsus himself makes no distinction between poisonous and non-poisonous bites.

71. Psylli.) Pliny, from the authority of Agatharchides, says, there was a nation called Psylli, in whose bodies there was some humour destructive to serpents, by the odour of which they stupified them. They had a custom among them of exposing their children to the fiercest of these creatures, that they might try the chastity of their wives, the serpents not flying from those, that were not of their blood. Plin. lib. vii. c. 2. This account of Pliny’s has no better foundation than other vulgar errors: but we may observe, our author was too curious an enquirer into nature to give credit to such fables.

71. Psylli.) Pliny, referencing Agatharchides, mentions a group called the Psylli, who had a natural ability that made them toxic to snakes; their scent could stun these creatures. They had a practice of exposing their children to the most dangerous snakes to test the fidelity of their wives, as the snakes wouldn't attack those who weren’t of their lineage. Plin. lib. vii. c. 2. Pliny's account is no more credible than other common misconceptions; however, it's worth noting that our author was a keen observer of nature and likely didn't take such myths at face value.

72. Especially in Gaul.) The Gauls tinged their arrows in hunting with hellebore, and cutting out the wound they made all round, they pretended it made the flesh more tender. Plin. lib. xxv. c. 5.

72. Especially in Gaul.) The Gauls dipped their hunting arrows in hellebore, and by cutting around the wound, they claimed it made the flesh softer. Plin. lib. xxv. c. 5.

73. Cerastes, from κερας, a horn, is a serpent of one or two cubits in length, of a sandy colour in the body, and near the tail void of scales; upon its head something rises like horns, and the parts about the belly are covered with scales, orderly disposed, which as it creeps along makes a rustling noise like hissing. Æt. Tetrab. 4. Serm. 1. cap. 28.

73. Cerastes, from κερας, meaning horn, is a snake that measures one or two cubits long, with a sandy-colored body and a scale-free area near the tail; on its head, there are protrusions that resemble horns, and the belly is covered in neatly arranged scales that create a rustling noise reminiscent of hissing as it moves. Æt. Tetrab. 4. Serm. 1. cap. 28.

74. Dipsas, a serpent called by that name, from the immoderate thirst, which is caused by its bite. It is found in maritime places, is about a cubit in length, thick, and becoming gradually smaller towards the tail. Id. cap. 22.

74. Dipsas is a serpent known for causing extreme thirst with its bite. It is typically found in coastal areas, measures about a foot long, is thick, and tapers off towards the tail. Id. cap. 22.

75. Hæmorrhois.) Paulus Ægineta tells us, persons bit by an hæmorrhois are tormented with pains, their bodies become short and small,36 there is a violent hæmorrhage from the wound, and if there is a cicatrix in any part of the body, it bursts and bleeds: the stools are bloody, the blood discharged is grumous, blood is brought up from the lungs by coughing; and being seized with a vomiting of blood they die immediately. He adds, that remedies must be applied before the symptoms appear; for after they come on, all means are vain.

75. Hemorrhoids.) Paulus Ægineta tells us that people affected by hemorrhoids experience intense pain, their bodies become small and shrunken, 36 there is severe bleeding from the wound, and if there is a scar anywhere on the body, it ruptures and bleeds as well: the stools are bloody, the blood expelled is clotted, and blood can be coughed up from the lungs; when they start vomiting blood, they die immediately. He emphasizes that treatments must be administered before the symptoms appear; once they do, all efforts are futile.

76. Chersydrus.) The name of this imports it to be an amphibious animal, from χέρσος terra, and ὕδωρ aqua.

76. Chersydrus.) The name suggests that this is an amphibious animal, derived from χέρσος terra, and ὕδωρ aqua.

77. The Phalangium is unknown to Italy, and is of several kinds; one like an ant, but much larger, with a red head, the rest of its body black and variegated with white spots. The bite of this is worse than that of a wasp. The Greeks gave this name also to two species of spiders, the lupus, and another downy with a large head. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xxix. cap. 4.

77. The Phalangium isn’t found in Italy, and there are several types; one resembles an ant, but it’s much larger, with a red head and a body that’s black and patterned with white spots. Its bite is worse than that of a wasp. The Greeks also used this name for two species of spiders, the lupus and another fluffy one with a big head. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xxix. cap. 4.

78. Pastinaca fish was of the plani kind, and had a cartilage instead of a spine. The aculeus, or κεντρὸν of this fish is a remedy for the tooth-ach, as Dioscorides informs us, and Celsus himself mentions, lib. vi. cap 9. Dale calls it the poison fish, fire, or fierce flaw. The liver is said to be good against itching; in oil it removes lichens and lepras.—This cleansing quality attributed to it, makes it probable our author intends it here, for no such virtue is attributed to the water, or sea-parsnip.

78. Pastinaca fish was of the flat kind and had cartilage instead of a spine. The aculeus, or κεντρὸν of this fish is a cure for toothache, as Dioscorides tells us, and Celsus himself mentions in book VI, chapter 9. Dale refers to it as the poison fish, fire, or fierce flaw. The liver is said to be effective against itching; when combined with oil, it removes lichens and leprosy. This cleansing property attributed to it suggests that our author means it here, as no such benefit is attributed to the water or sea-parsnip.

79. Now this is a very bad kind.) One of the great sources of corruption is a false punctuation; and as I could make no sense of this sentence as it now stands, I have translated it agreeably to the following; Namque pessimum id genus est. Fereque primum id fit, quod cacoethes à Græcis nominatur. As it stood before, the cacoethes was called the worst kind, which our author contradicts immediately, by saying that no other species but that can be cured. Some of the older editions read ob quæ for namque, that is, ‘Upon these accounts this is a very bad kind.’ Which appears to agree better with the context.

79. Now this is a really bad type.) One of the major sources of corruption is bad punctuation; and since I couldn’t make sense of this sentence as it is, I’ve translated it accordingly: Namque pessimum id genus est. Fereque primum id fit, quod cacoethes à Græcis nominatur. Previously, the cacoethes was referred to as the worst kind, which our author immediately contradicts by stating that no other type but this one can be cured. Some of the older editions read ob quæ instead of namque, meaning ‘For these reasons this is a very bad type.’ This seems to fit better with the context.

80. None of these can be removed but the cacoethes.) Here again the sense of the author is manifestly corrupted by the punctuation in Linden and Almeloveen; but Morgagni[ JK ] has set it to right in this manner:—Tolli nihil nisi cacoethes potest: reliqua curationibus irritantur; et quo major vis adhibita est, eo magis. Quidam usi sunt, &c. The translation is conformable to this. Which reading is almost the same with Constantine’s.

80. None of these can be removed except the obsession.) Once again, the author's meaning is clearly distorted by the punctuation in Linden and Almeloveen; however, Morgagni __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ has corrected it this way:—Nothing can be removed except the obsession: the rest are aggravated by treatments; and the more force applied, the more so. Some have used, &c. The translation aligns with this. This reading is almost the same as Constantine’s.

81. Of a good juice.) See book ii. chap. 20.

81. About a good juice.) See book ii. chap. 20.

82. Probe.) One kind of the probe or specillum of the ancients was broad at one extremity for the purpose, which Celsus here mentions. Vide Scultet. Armament. Chirurg. tab. 8. fig. 6.

82. Probe.) One type of probe or specillum from ancient times was wider at one end for the purpose that Celsus mentions here. See Scultet. Armament. Chirurg. tab. 8. fig. 6.

83. Chironian.) So called, says Paulus Ægineta, because it requires a very great physician, such as Chiron. Lib. iv. cap. 46.

83. Chironian.) It’s called that, according to Paulus Ægineta, because it needs an exceptional physician, like Chiron. Lib. iv. cap. 46.

37

37

84. These are the methods prescribed by physicians.) This translation is agreeable to the reading of the most ancient editions, particularly Nicolaus, Pinzi, Junta, and Aldus. Quæ cum medici doceant, quorundam rusticorum, &c. In Linden and Almeloveen the passage has a quite different turn: Quæ cum medici doceant, ab iis requirenda. Quorundam, &c.—That is, ‘These being the methods prescribed by physicians, they will be best practised under their direction.’

84. These are the methods prescribed by doctors. This translation is consistent with the most ancient editions, particularly those by Nicolaus, Pinzi, Junta, and Aldus. Quæ cum medici doceant, quorundam rusticorum, &c. In Linden and Almeloveen, the passage is quite different: Quæ cum medici doceant, ab iis requirenda. Quorundam, &c. — That is, ‘These being the methods prescribed by doctors, they will be best practiced under their guidance.’

85. Leaven.) The common leaven for bread among the Romans was paste worked up without salt, and boiled after the manner of pulticula, then suffered to stand till it turned sour. Plin. lib. xviii. cap. 11.

85. Leaven.) The usual leaven for bread among the Romans was a paste made without salt, cooked like pulticula, and then left to sit until it soured. Plin. lib. xviii. cap. 11.

86. From its figure, our authors call it panus.) Panus, a clue or ball of wool or yarn; πη̃νος, or πα̃νος the Greeks used in the same sense, but did not apply it, as the Romans did, to this tumour.

86. From its shape, our authors refer to it as panus.) Panus, a lump or ball of wool or yarn; πη̃νος, or πα̃νος the Greeks used in the same way, but they didn’t use it, as the Romans did, to describe this tumor.

87. The same applications.) I have here followed the reading of Pinzi Manut. Ruell. Stephens and Morgagni’s MS. autem for aut, and tantum modo for tantummodo. Morgagni, Ep. vi. p. 156.

87. The same applications.) I have followed the readings of Pinzi, Manut, Ruell, Stephens, and Morgagni's manuscript, using aut for aut, and tantum modo for tantummodo. Morgagni, Ep. vi. p. 156.

88. If it does not slip out, &c.) Almeloveen and Linden read, si non dilabitur sede, qua innititur; whereas the prior editions wrote, si non labitur, sede quale innititur; i. e. ‘if it does not slide, but rests upon a smooth surface.’ This Morgagni[ JL ] likes much better, as agreeable to Celsus himself, who adds, si inæquale quoque et asperum, &c, that is, in the first case where the probe rested, but upon a plain surface, the caries was but little advanced; whereas under the following appearances it was more considerable.

88. If it doesn’t slip out, etc.) Almeloveen and Linden read, si non dilabitur sede, qua innititur; while earlier editions wrote, si non labitur, sede quale innititur; which means ‘if it doesn’t slide but rests on a smooth surface.’ This Morgagni prefers as it aligns better with Celsus himself, who adds, si inæquale quoque et asperum, etc., indicating that in the first scenario, where the probe rested on a flat surface, the decay was only slightly advanced; whereas in the later cases, it was more significant.

89. Collyrium.) This name, at present, is appropriated to medicines designed for the eyes; in which sense the ancients also used it. But they gave it a greater latitude, to denote likewise a composition of powders brought to a consistence by some liquid, and formed into something like a tent, of various sizes, according to the cavities it was designed for. Thus Scribonius Largus orders a collyrium of the bigness of a pine kernel, to be introduced into the anus, Cap. xxxvii. comp. 142.

89. Collyrium.) This term currently refers to medicines meant for the eyes, which is how the ancients also used it. However, they had a broader definition that also included a mixture of powders combined with some liquid to create a substance shaped like a tent, varying in size depending on the area it was intended for. For example, Scribonius Largus instructs that a collyrium the size of a pine nut should be inserted into the anus, Cap. xxxvii. comp. 142.

90. Which is more ulcerated. Quæ magis exulcerata est.) Several of the ancient editions read quia for quæ, that is, ‘Because it is more ulcerated.’

90. Which is more ulcerated. Quæ magis exulcerata est.) Several of the old editions say quia instead of quæ, meaning 'Because it is more ulcerated.'

91. Spreads wide.) This whole passage was very much corrupted in the old editions. We are obliged to Linden for several corrections in it; but he reads this part Proceditque et latet, that is, It spreads and conceals itself. As this can hardly be the meaning of the author, I read Procedit latè, which is in Pinzi, Junta, Aldus, and others; only I take the liberty of expunging et.

91. Spreads wide. This entire passage was heavily corrupted in the earlier editions. We owe thanks to Linden for several corrections here; however, he interprets this part as Proceditque et latet, meaning It spreads and conceals itself. Since this hardly captures the author's intent, I prefer Procedit latè, which appears in Pinzi, Junta, Aldus, and others; I just take the liberty of omitting et.

92. Cimolian chalk.) I have here kept close to the author’s term subcærulea. Pliny and Dioscorides describe this kind as inclining to purple. See note book ii. chap. 33.

92. Cimolian chalk.) I've closely followed the author's term subcærulea. Pliny and Dioscorides describe this type as leaning towards purple. See note book ii. chap. 33.


38

38

NOTES TO BOOK VI.

2. Gum.) Our author here manifestly distinguishes between lachryma and pituita. The ancients imagined the pituita to be concreted tears, whereas it is the sebaceous matter secreted from the glands of Meibomius. To translate it in one word I have therefore given it the vulgar English name.

2. Gum.) Our author clearly distinguishes between lachryma and pituita. The ancients thought pituita was solidified tears, while it's actually the oily substance produced by the Meibomian glands. So, to put it simply, I’ve used the common English term.

3. Phlegm.) Vid. lib. ii. cap. 23.

3. Phlegm.) See book II, chapter 23.

4. Diet ought to be somewhat fuller than formerly.) In Almeloveen and Linden, Post hæc cibo pleniore, quam ex operum consuetudine. The reading in the older editions was ex eorum dierum consuetudine, which Morgagni prefers, Ep. vi. p. 153. and is the reading I have followed.

4. Diet should be a bit more substantial than before.) In Almeloveen and Linden, After this, with a fuller diet than the usual works. The reading in the earlier editions was from the custom of those days. Morgagni favors this version, Ep. vi. p. 153, and it's the version I've chosen to follow.

5. Burnt antimony.) The antimony is rubbed over with suet, and hid in the fire till the suet is burnt, and then being taken out, it is extinguished in the milk of a woman, that has had a male child, or in old wine. Dioscorid. lib. v. c. 873.

5. Burnt antimony. The antimony is coated in suet and placed in the fire until the suet is burnt away. After it's removed, it is cooled down in the milk of a woman who has given birth to a male child, or in old wine. Dioscorid. lib. v. c. 873.

6. Specillum asperatum.) Paulus Ægineta, treating of the same disorder, mentions this instrument by the name of blepharoxyston, that is, an instrument for scraping the eye-lids. It is delineated by Heister, p. 2. tab. 16. fig. 5.

6. Specillum asperatum.) Paulus Ægineta, discussing the same condition, refers to this tool as blepharoxyston, meaning a tool for scraping the eyelids. Heister illustrates it on p. 2, tab. 16, fig. 5.

7. Psoricum.) Dioscorides gives the same process for making of psoricum: only he orders the vessel to be buried in dung for forty days, about the heats of the dog star. Lib. v. cap. 890.

7. Psoricum.) Dioscorides describes the same method for creating psoricum, but he instructs that the container should be buried in manure for forty days, during the heat of the Dog Star. Lib. v. cap. 890.

8. Hot waters.) By our author’s using the plural number here, it may be doubted, whether he does not intend mineral hot waters.

8. Hot waters.) By our author's use of the plural form here, it raises the question of whether he might be referring to mineral hot springs.

9. Strigil.) This is used by other authors to signify a currycomb, or that instrument, with which the sordes were scraped off the skin at39 the baths; but in this place it can be taken for nothing else but a tube or syringe.

9. Strigil.) Other writers use this term to mean a currycomb, or the tool used to scrape dirt off the skin at39 the baths; however, in this context, it clearly refers to a tube or syringe.

10. The specillum oricularium, from its use here, as well as in other places, must have been some kind of forceps.

10. The specillum oricularium, based on its use here and in other contexts, must have been some kind of tweezers.

11. A board is laid down.) I could make no proper sense of this sentence according to the present pointing, and therefore have altered the punctuation in this manner; tabula quoque collocatur, media inhærens, capitibus utrinque pendentibus, &c.

11. A board is laid down. I couldn't make any real sense of this sentence with the current punctuation, so I've changed it like this: tabula quoque collocatur, media inhærens, capitibus utrinque pendentibus, &c.

12. The teda is a tree very like the pine, abounding with resin. Pliny says, that all the trees, that afford resin, by an excess of fat are changed into the teda. Hence teda is often used for a torch in Latin authors. Vid. Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xvi. c. 10. & lib. xvii. c. 24.

12. The teda is a tree similar to pine, rich in resin. Pliny notes that all trees that produce resin transform into the teda due to an excess of fat. This is why the teda is frequently referenced as a torch in Latin literature. See Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xvi. c. 10. & lib. xvii. c. 24.

13. Sory was a mineral of much the same virtues as misy and chalcitis: it is strong scented, and creates a nausea. It is produced in Egypt, Africa, Spain, and Cyprus. Dioscorid. lib. v. c. 893.

13. Sory was a mineral with similar properties to misy and chalcitis: it has a strong smell and can cause nausea. It is found in Egypt, Africa, Spain, and Cyprus. Dioscorid. lib. v. c. 893.

14. Rhus is a shrub growing in rocky places, of about two cubits in length; it has long leaves, and reddish, the fruit of it is like a grape stone. The bark about is very useful: it has a styptick quality, and is used for the same purposes as acacia. It was used by the tanners. Dioscorid. lib. i. c. 138. It is supposed to be rhus obsoniorum, or sumach of the moderns.

14. Rhus is a shrub that grows in rocky areas, about two feet tall. It has long leaves and reddish fruit that resembles a grape pit. The bark is very useful; it has astringent properties and is used for the same purposes as acacia. Tanners used it as well. Dioscorid. lib. i. c. 138. It's thought to be rhus obsoniorum, or sumac, as it's known today.

15. In the inner part.) For ulteriore in Almeloveen, I chuse to read with Constantine interiore.

15. In the inner part.) For ulteriore in Almeloveen, I choose to read with Constantine interiore.

16. In nine cyathi.) There is no liquid mentioned in Linden’s or Almeloveen’s edition, but most of the others have Ex novem cyathis vini.

16. In nine cyathi.) There is no liquid mentioned in Linden's or Almeloveen's edition, but most of the others have Ex novem cyathis vini.

17. That the skin be kept from falling in contact, &c.) This is agreeable to the reading of Linden and Almeloveen, Illam esse servandam ne considat, ulcerique agglutinetur. But [ JM ] Morgagni would here restore the reading of his editions and the MS. Illam non esse servandam ne considat, &c. that is, ‘It must always be cut off in such a case;’ which indeed is rendered probable by our author’s first ordering circumcision, when there is a loss of substance in the penis; and then his adding Perpetuumque est, as if that were a general rule for the same operation in like circumstances.

17. The skin should be kept from making contact, etc.) This aligns with the interpretations of Linden and Almeloveen, Illam esse servandam ne considat, ulcerique agglutinetur. However, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Morgagni would prefer to restore the reading from his editions and the manuscript, Illam non esse servandam ne considat, &c., meaning ‘It must always be removed in such a case;’ which is indeed supported by our author’s initial recommendation of circumcision when there is a loss of substance in the penis, followed by his statement Perpetuumque est, as if that were a general rule for the same operation under similar conditions.

18. Vulsella.) This instrument is delineated by Scultet. Arm. Chirurg. tab. 4. fig. 1.

18. Vulsella.) This tool is described by Scultet in Arm. Chirurg. tab. 4. fig. 1.

19. Cicatrix is formed. Fit cicatrix.) I find no variety in any of the copies, which I have seen. The sense however seems to require crusta instead of cicatrix; because the caustic medicines would produce an eschar, whereas no cicatrix would be formed, till the eschar cast off, and the ulcer was deterged and incarned.

19. A scar is formed. Fit scar. I haven't seen any differences in the copies I reviewed. However, the meaning seems to call for crust instead of scar; because the caustic medicines would create a scab, while no scar would occur until the scab falls off and the ulcer has healed and filled in.

40

40

20. Consumed either by stronger medicines, &c.) This is agreeable to the reading of the older editions—Si hac ratione non tollitur: vel medicamentis vehementioribus, vel ferro adurendum est.—Linden and Almeloveen have it thus: Si hac ratione non tollitur, vel aliis medicamentis similibus, vel vehementioribus: ferro adurendum est. That is, ‘If it is not removed by this method, or like medicines, or stronger, it must be burnt by the actual cautery.’ Which, Morgagni[ JN ] justly observes, besides the incongruity of recommending similar medicines after the first have failed, alters the sense much for the worse.

20. Consumed either by stronger medicines, etc.) This aligns with the reading of the older editions—If it is not removed by this method: or by stronger medicines, it must be burnt with cautery.—Linden and Almeloveen present it as: If it is not removed by this method, or by other similar medicines, or stronger ones: it must be burnt with cautery. In other words, ‘If it is not addressed by this approach, or by similar or stronger medicines, it needs to be treated with actual cautery.’ Which, Morgagni __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ rightly points out, in addition to the inconsistency of suggesting similar medicines after the first ones have failed, significantly worsens the original meaning.


NOTES TO BOOK 7.

1. Physician makes a wound.) An English reader may naturally suppose that the term should be surgeon; but as our author here uses the word medicus, I did not think myself at liberty to depart from it; especially as his not using chirurgus was from choice, since this word occurred in the preceding paragraph. Celsus supposes an accomplished physician acquainted with all the branches.

1. A doctor makes a wound.) An English reader might think the term should be surgeon; however, since our author uses the word medicus, I felt I couldn't change it; especially since he purposely avoided using chirurgus because that word was mentioned in the previous paragraph. Celsus assumes a skilled doctor is knowledgeable in all areas.

2. Nevertheless, it is not right to trust, &c.) In this translation I have followed Linden and Almeloveen. But the reading in most of the old editions, as Nicolaus, Pinzi, Junta, Aldus, Gryphius, &c. is Neque tamen fas non est nihil cucurbitula agere; that is, ‘Yet it is not an inviolable rule always to employ the cupping-vessel.’ Which I must own, appears most agreeable to the sense of this place; because our author immediately proceeds to consider a case, in which cupping can be of no service. See Morg. Ep. vi. p. 151.

2. Nonetheless, it's not okay to trust, etc. In this translation, I've followed Linden and Almeloveen. However, most of the older editions, like Nicolaus, Pinzi, Junta, Aldus, Gryphius, etc., read Neque tamen fas non est nihil cucurbitula agere; that is, ‘Yet it isn’t a strict rule to always use the cupping vessel.’ I must admit, this seems to fit the meaning of this section better because our author then goes on to consider a situation where cupping is of no help. See Morg. Ep. vi. p. 151.

3. Even before the suppuration is formed.) I have here followed the old reading, tum pure quoque maturior hæc interdum esse consuevit, which seems to agree better with our author’s reasoning; for as he had just blamed Meges for introducing the new term callus instead of tunica, without necessity; so he adds, that he was mistaken also in believing that it was never found but inclosing an old collection of matter. He on the contrary says, that it sometimes appears before the generation of pus. Linden and Almeloveen read tum, pure quoque maturiore, hæc interdum esse consuevit; that is, ‘And this is found, even when the suppuration is more ripened.’ Whether the connexion of this with what went before be natural, the reader may judge for himself. I do not know but these learned editors may have put another sense upon matu41riore, when the suppuration is sooner ripened: which would be pretty much the same with the old reading. However the first is preferred by Morgagni, Ep. vi. p. 152.

3. Even before the pus is formed.) I've followed the old version, tum pure quoque maturior hæc interdum esse consuevit, which seems to align better with the author's reasoning; just as he criticized Meges for introducing the new term callus instead of tunica, unnecessarily, he also points out that Meges was wrong to believe it only appears when there’s an old buildup of matter. On the contrary, he claims it can sometimes show up before pus develops. Linden and Almeloveen read tum, pure quoque maturiore, hæc interdum esse consuevit; meaning, 'And this is found, even when the pus is more developed.' Whether this connects naturally to what was said before is up to the reader to decide. I'm not sure if these learned editors have interpreted matu41riore, when the pus is sooner developed: which would be almost identical to the old version. However, Morgagni prefers the first interpretation, Ep. vi. p. 152.

4. Lest convulsions follow, which may debilitate, &c.) This translation is agreeable to the reading in Linden and Almeloveen; but all the older editions read thus, ne vel distendantur hi, vel membrum debilitent; i. e. ‘Lest either convulsions follow, or the limb be disabled.’ And this appears the more probable, as one of them might happen without the other following. And so it is quoted by Fabricius ab Aquapendente.

4. To avoid convulsions that could weaken, etc.) This translation aligns with the version in Linden and Almeloveen; however, all the older editions state, ne vel distendantur hi, vel membrum debilitent; meaning ‘To prevent either convulsions from occurring or the limb from being disabled.’ This seems more likely since one could happen without the other. Fabricius ab Aquapendente quotes it this way.

5. And some again require a wound, &c.) Jamque alia rectam plagam desiderant, ut in carne: alia vero vehementer cutem extenuant, in quibus tota ea super pus excidenda est. There are several variations in the reading of the copies of this paragraph, but they do not remove the difficulty. Morgagni[ JO ] very ingeniously conjectures, that after Celsus had considered such as were quite mature, he next mentioned such as were not quite ripe; and did not talk here of cutting off the whole skin, because he afterwards says, Est etiam in rerum natura, ut cutis latius excidenda sit; and that what is here said of the skin being extenuated, was repeated from above by carelessness. All the old editions and MSS. have itemque for jamque; none of them ut; the MS. tuto for tota. Upon the whole, he seems inclined to read it thus: Itemque alia rectam plagam desiderant in carne; in quibus tuto ea super pus incidenda sit; i. e. ‘Others again require a wound in a straight direction in the flesh, in which it may be proper and safe to make an incision above the pus.’

5. And some again require a wound, &c.) And now some desire a straight incision, like in flesh: others, however, severely thin the skin, where it should all be cut away above the pus. There are several variations in the interpretations of this paragraph, but they do not resolve the difficulty. Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ cleverly suggests that after Celsus discussed those that were fully mature, he then mentioned those that were not quite ripe; and he didn't refer here to removing the entire skin because he later states, There is also in nature the occurrence where the skin should be removed more broadly; and that what is said here about the skin being thinned was carelessly repeated from above. All the old editions and manuscripts have itemque instead of jamque; none have ut; the manuscript has tuto for tota. Overall, he seems inclined to read it this way: And others require a straight wound in the flesh; in which it may be safe to incise above the pus; i.e., ‘Others again require a wound in a straight direction in the flesh, where it may be proper and safe to make an incision above the pus.’

6. Crude lint.) Fabricius ab Aquapendente and Rhodius take this crude lint to be such as has not been boiled in a lixivium.

6. Raw lint.) Fabricius ab Aquapendente and Rhodius consider this raw lint to be unprocessed in a lye solution.

7. Loosing this knot. Soluto nodo.) Morgagni[ JP ] here prefers the old reading, salvo nodo, without loosing the knot, for this reason, that our author immediately orders the knot to be loosed every third day, for changing the string. And thus also it is quoted by Aquapendente, De chirurg. operation. cap. 93.—Celsus has here followed Hippocrates, Lib. de fistul. where he orders the string to be drawn and twisted every day, as much as it is loosened by the putrefaction of the fistula; but he says nothing of untying the knot every day. The difference is not material; for if salvo nodo be the reading, the string must be made tighter in the manner Hippocrates directs. According to the reading of Linden, the method is plain, nor does it seem to be attended with any difficulty; for it is untied twice a day to move the ligature; and also untied every third day, for the sake of introducing a fresh ligature, because the old one must not be suffered to rot.

7. Loosening this knot. Soluto nodo.) Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ prefers the old version, salvo nodo, without loosening the knot, because our author specifically instructs that the knot should be loosened every third day to change the string. Aquapendente also cites this in De chirurg. operation. cap. 93. Celsus here follows Hippocrates from Lib. de fistul., where he states that the string should be pulled and twisted daily, as much as it loosens due to the decay of the fistula; however, he doesn't mention untying the knot daily. The difference is not significant; if salvo nodo is the correct reading, the string needs to be tightened as Hippocrates advises. Following Linden's reading, the method becomes clear and seems to pose no difficulties; it is untied twice a day to adjust the ligature and also untied every third day to introduce a new ligature, as the old one should not be allowed to decay.

8. A very small habenula may be cut out.) Linden and Almeloveen read here, habenula tenuis admodum injiciatur, which I think has no proper connection either with what goes before or follows. It is true, Aquapendente has given two explications of this passage, according to the same reading, De chirurg. operat. cap. 93. Neither of which appears to me42 consistent with the reasons Celsus gives for this method: I have therefore chosen to follow Nicolaus, Pachel, Pinzi, Junta, Aldus, and others, who have ejiciatur for injiciatur, which seems to clear up the difficulties of this place.—Our author uses habena often for a strap; but by habenula here he must understand a small slip or stripe of flesh.

8. A very small habenula may be cut out.) Linden and Almeloveen interpret this as habenula tenuis admodum injiciatur, which I believe doesn’t really connect to what comes before or after. It's true that Aquapendente has provided two explanations of this passage, based on the same reading, in De chirurg. operat. cap. 93. However, neither seems consistent with Celsus's reasoning for this method: so I've decided to follow Nicolaus, Pachel, Pinzi, Junta, Aldus, and others, who use ejiciatur instead of injiciatur, which seems to resolve the issues in this section. Our author often uses habena to mean a strap, but by habenula here, he must mean a small piece or strip of flesh.

9. Gum in this place (pituita) must signify a purulent fluid.

9. Gum in this spot (pituita) must refer to a pus-filled fluid.

10. Like a spatha.) A knife was said to resemble a spatha, when it ended in an acute point with sharp edges on both sides, which our author mentions chap. x. for the excision of a polypus in the nose.—The needle here described is thin and broad, so that it was more like this instrument than a common needle. Vid. Fabric. ab. Aquapend. de Oper. Chirurg. cap. 107.

10. Like a spatha.) A knife was said to look like a spatha when it had a sharp point and edges on both sides, which our author mentions in chapter x for removing a polypus from the nose. The needle described here is thin and wide, making it more similar to this tool than a regular needle. See Fabric. ab. Aquapend. de Oper. Chirurg. cap. 107.

11. Of the colour of wax.) I have here departed from the reading of all the copies, and instead of it admit the correction of Mercurialis cereus for cæruleus, which is approved by the best judges, and seems to be confirmed by its affinity to the gold colour immediately following. Vid. Mercurial. Var. Lect. lib. v. cap. 5. & Le Clerc. Hist. de la Medicine, p. 2. liv. 4. sect. 2. chap. 5.

11. Of the color of wax. I've strayed from the reading of all the copies and instead accepted Mercurialis's correction of cereus for cæruleus, which is recognized by the best experts and seems to be supported by its similarity to the gold color that comes right after. See Mercurialis, Var. Lect. lib. v. cap. 5. & Le Clerc, Hist. de la Medicine, p. 2. liv. 4. sect. 2. chap. 5.

12. The needle sharp pointed, but not too slender.) The reading in Almeloveen is Tum acus admovenda est, aut acuta, aut certe non nimium tenuis. As I could find no sense from this reading, or any other that is proposed, I have taken the liberty to read thus, Tum acus admovenda est acuta, at certe non nimium tenuis.

12. The needle is sharp pointed, but not too thin.) The reading in Almeloveen is Tum acus admovenda est, aut acuta, aut certe non nimium tenuis. Since I couldn't make sense of this reading, or any of the others suggested, I’ve taken the liberty to read it as Tum acus admovenda est acuta, at certe non nimium tenuis.

13. With timidity. Timide.) Though this reading may be defended, yet as what our author adds of the needle finding no resistance should make an operator more cautious, it is possible he wrote temere.

13. With caution. Caution.) While this interpretation can be justified, the fact that our author mentions the needle encountering no resistance should prompt an operator to be more careful; it’s possible he wrote temere.

14. Below the bone.) I have here followed the old reading sub osse, and not as Almeloveen has it ab osse, which plainly appears to be erroneous by what our author says, when he mentions this species again, Manifestum sub osse descendere.

14. Below the bone.) I have followed the traditional reading sub osse, and not as Almeloveen states ab osse, which clearly seems to be incorrect based on what our author writes when he refers to this species again, Manifestum sub osse descendere.

15. Humour still flows.) Here is a manifest error in Linden and Almeloveen, who read tumor instead of humor, which all the old copies have. Morgagni, ep. 5. p. 150.

15. Humor still flows.) There is a clear mistake in Linden and Almeloveen, who interpreted humor as tumor, which all the older copies have. Morgagni, ep. 5. p. 150.

16. And therefore cannot be separated.) In the original Ideoque legi non possunt. Our author here barely mentions the lectio venarum, and a little below speaks of it as a distinct operation in these words, Sed nihil melius est, quam quod in Gallia quoque comata sit, ubi venas in temporibus, et in superiore capitis parte legunt. In the conclusion of the chapter he promises a full explanation of it, when he comes to the varices of the legs. The place he refers to is the 31st chapter of this book, where the reader will find, he does not once use the word lego through the whole: not that he forgot it, for he puts us in mind of this very passage in the beginning: Huc autem et earum venularum, quæ in capite nocent,—curationem distuli; he then proceeds to describe two methods of cure by the actual cautery, and excision. In the first process I find nothing applicable to lego, there43 as well as here, cauterizing being quite a different thing; but in the second, namely the excision, the veins are separated from the contiguous parts, and are taken up by several blunt hooks, at the distance of four fingers breadth from each other, then, one of these hooks being raised, the vein is cut through and pulled away: so in all the rest (the terms are Excipitur, diducitur, attrahitur, evellitur, rursus abscinditur.) Now from the various senses, which lego bears in the classics, it seems without a strain capable of signifying any step of this operation. And as it is not uncommon among the ancients to include several known consequences under one term, I must own it appears to me our author intends them all, when he uses the word lego in this chapter.

16. And therefore cannot be separated.) In the original Ideoque legi non possunt. Our author briefly mentions the lectio venarum, and a little further down refers to it as a separate process in these words, Sed nihil melius est, quam quod in Gallia quoque comata sit, ubi venas in temporibus, et in superiore capitis parte legunt. At the chapter's end, he promises a detailed explanation when he discusses the varices of the legs. The section he refers to is the 31st chapter of this book, where the reader will notice that he does not use the word lego once throughout: not because he forgot it, as he reminds us of this very passage at the beginning: Huc autem et earum venularum, quæ in capite nocent,—curationem distuli; he then goes on to describe two methods of treatment: cauterization and excision. In the first method, I find nothing related to lego, both here and in that context, since cauterizing is quite different; but in the second method, specifically excision, the veins are separated from the surrounding tissues and held with several blunt hooks, spaced four fingers apart. Then, one of these hooks is lifted, and the vein is cut and removed: thus, in the rest (the terms are Excipitur, diducitur, attrahitur, evellitur, rursus abscinditur). Now, considering the various meanings that lego has in classical texts, it seems quite likely that it can refer to any step of this procedure. And since it’s not unusual for ancient writers to use a single term to encompass several known outcomes, I must admit that it seems our author intends to convey all of them when he uses the word lego in this chapter.

17. Through what remains.) Instead of super est in Linden and Almeloveen, which seems to be directly contrary to our author’s meaning, I read in one word superest, with the older editions.

17. Through what remains.) Instead of super est in Linden and Almeloveen, which appears to directly contradict our author's intention, I read it as one word superest, as in the older editions.

18. Defects in these three parts, if they be small, &c.) Linden and Almeloveen read Curta igitur in his tribus, ac si qua parte parva sunt, &c. The more ancient editions have Ac si qua parva paria sunt; neither of which seem to give the author’s meaning. I cannot help thinking the whole passage should run thus. Curta igitur in his tribus, si qua parva sunt, curari possunt: si qua majora sunt, aut non accipiunt curationem, &c. For neither paria nor parte appear to be at all proper after what was said in the conclusion of the last chapter, where he expressly confined these defects to the three parts abovementioned. I have therefore ventured to translate according to that reading; a liberty however I durst not take without advertising the reader.

18. Defects in these three parts, if they are minor, etc.) Linden and Almeloveen read So in these three, if there are any small parts, etc. The older editions say If there are any small pairs, which doesn't seem to reflect the author's intended meaning. I can't help but think that the entire passage should read like this: So in these three, if there are any small issues, they can be addressed; if there are larger ones, or if they cannot be treated, etc. Because neither pairs nor parts seem appropriate after what was stated at the end of the last chapter, where the author clearly limited these defects to the three parts mentioned earlier. Therefore, I've taken the liberty to translate according to that reading; however, I felt I should inform the reader before doing so.

19. Sometimes however the skin—left deformed.) I have here translated according to the reading of Linden and Almeloveen, from which I find no other variety than that of autem for tamen. But this observation by no means agrees with the general rule contained in the next words, Hujusmodi loci altera pars incidenda, altera intacta habenda est. If we are allowed to reject haud, it will run thus: Sometimes however it happens, that to draw forward the skin on one of the sides, would effectually disfigure the part it has left. This sense appears quite consistent both with the general rule, Hujusmodi loci, &c. and its application, Ergo ex imis auribus, &c.

19. Sometimes, however, the skin is left deformed. I translated this based on the readings of Linden and Almeloveen, from which I see no other variation than autem instead of tamen. However, this observation does not align with the general rule stated in the following words, Hujusmodi loci altera pars incidenda, altera intacta habenda est. If we can ignore haud, it would read: Sometimes, however, it happens that pulling the skin on one side would permanently disfigure the area it leaves behind. This interpretation seems to fit well with both the general rule, Hujusmodi loci, & c., and its application, Ergo ex imis auribus, & c..

20. Two regulæ.) Regula is commonly taken for a ruler. Our author himself directs a single regula to be applied to a fractured bone, where there is a protuberance, to keep that down, Lib. viii. cap. 10. In this place he mentions the end proposed by them. It seems probable that they were two pieces of wood fixed together by a hinge, and used in the same manner as farriers use the instrument by them called barnacles.

20. Two rules.) Rule is often understood as a ruler. Our author himself advises using a single rule on a broken bone with a bump, to hold it down, Lib. viii. cap. 10. Here, he talks about their intended purpose. It seems likely that they were two pieces of wood joined by a hinge, used in the same way farriers employ a tool they call barnacles.

21. In two lines.) Instead of duæ tunicæ, I read here with Nicolaus, Aldus, Stephens, and others, duæ lineæ.

21. In two lines.) Instead of duæ tunicæ, I read here with Nicolaus, Aldus, Stephens, and others, duæ lineæ.

22. Small glands, Glandulis.) Most of the old copies have instead of this word, medullis. But Aquapendente in quoting this place, follows the same reading with Linden and Almeloveen.

22. Small glands, Glandulis.) Most of the old copies have the word medullis instead. However, Aquapendente, when referencing this section, follows the same reading as Linden and Almeloveen.

44

44

23. The coats however, &c.) I have here followed the old reading tunicæ, for tunicarum in Linden and Almeloveen. According to which the translation would run, ‘They (the testicles) are pained however in wounds and inflammation of the coats, which contain them.’—Which must appear quite inconsistent with what our author had said the line before, so that Morgagni[ JQ ] very properly asks how they can be void of all sensation, and yet be pained in diseases of their coats?

23. The coats however, &c.) I have chosen to stick with the old reading tunicæ, instead of tunicarum as found in Linden and Almeloveen. According to this, the translation would be, ‘They (the testicles) do feel pain in wounds and inflammation of the coats that hold them.’—This seems quite inconsistent with what the author stated just before, prompting Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ to correctly question how they can be completely numb and yet still feel pain in issues affecting their coats?

24. By an assistant.) I read ministro instead of sinistro, which is in Linden.—See Morgagni, Ep. vi. p. 147.

24. By an assistant.) I read minister instead of sinister, which is in Linden.—See Morgagni, Ep. vi. p. 147.

25. Sometimes upon account of their health. Interdum valetudinis causa.) Some of the older editions insert before this, Interdum vocis, Sometimes on account of their voice. I do not know how this came to be dropped afterwards: for it is certain this was one very common reason for infibulating.

25. Sometimes because of their health. Interdum valetudinis causa.) Some of the older editions add before this, Interdum vocis, Sometimes because of their voice. I don't know how this got left out later on: it’s clear that this was a very common reason for infibulation.

26. Sticks where that grows narrower.) In Almeloveen and Linden, Nonnunquam etiam prolapsus in ipsam fistulam calculus, qui subinde ea extenuatur.——-Which I think is capable of no sense, and have therefore taken the liberty to follow Morgagni’s conjecture qua for qui. Ep. i. p. 38.

26. Sticks where that grows narrower.) In Almeloveen and Linden, Sometimes even a stone falls into the very tube, which gradually becomes narrower.——-Which I think makes no sense, and I've therefore taken the liberty to follow Morgagni’s conjecture as for who. Ep. i. p. 38.

27. Being first slightly anointed with oil, &c. Leniter prius unctos oleo simul in anum ejus demittit.) The old editions, without any mention of the oil, have, Leniter prius unum deinde alterum in anum ejus demittit; that is, Introduces gently the fore and middle fingers, first the one and then the other.

27. First, it's lightly anointed with oil, etc. Gently introduces the fore and middle fingers into her anus, first one and then the other. The older editions, without mentioning the oil, say, Gently introduces the fore and then the middle finger into her anus; that is, Introduces gently the fore and middle fingers, first one and then the other.

28. Come out prone, that is, with its end foremost, ut pronus exeat.) This Constantine changed in the margin into Ut ne pronus exeat, which Linden received into the text. Constantine explains prone by lying on its side, and says it is hardly possible to extract an oblong stone in that posture, supposing, no doubt, that it must necessarily lie across the orifice. See Morgagni, Ep. v. p. 128.

28. Come out prone, meaning with its end foremost, ut pronus exeat.) Constantine revised this in the margin to Ut ne pronus exeat, which Linden included in the text. Constantine clarifies prone as lying on its side and states that it's nearly impossible to remove an oblong stone in that position, assuming, of course, that it must be lying across the opening. See Morgagni, Ep. v. p. 128.

29. Then in that part where the bottom of the wound is straiter, &c. Deinde ea parte qua strictior ima plaga est.) Thus all the printed copies read. This passage has given rise to a variety of opinions on the nature of the first and second wound: some imagining that the first, which is called the lunated incision, was concave towards the rectum; others, on the contrary, from the word coxæ being used for the ilia as well as the ischia, believed it was concave towards the scrotum.

29. Then in that part where the bottom of the wound is narrower, &c. Deinde ea parte qua strictior ima plaga est.) That's how all the printed copies read. This passage has led to different interpretations regarding the nature of the first and second wound: some people think that the first, known as the lunated incision, was concave towards the rectum; others, on the other hand, believe it was concave towards the scrotum because the term coxæ is used for both the ilia and the ischia.

Then, with respect to the transverse incision made through the neck of the bladder, some have thought that the word transverse was used as it regarded the first wound, so that the second incision was nearly perpendicular to the first, and the urethra was divided longitudinally; others again have supposed, that the incision was made transverse, with regard to the course of the urethra, that is, the neck of the bladder was opened transversely.

Then, regarding the horizontal cut made through the neck of the bladder, some think that the term "horizontal" refers to the initial wound, so the second cut was almost at a right angle to the first, and the urethra was cut lengthwise; others believe that the cut was made horizontally in relation to the path of the urethra, meaning that the neck of the bladder was opened horizontally.

45

45

Though all the printed copies agree in the above reading, yet Morgagni informs us that instead of Qua strictior ima plaga est, his ancient MS has Qua resima plaga est, which would determine the convexity of the lunated incision to be towards the rectum; because in that case the cornua of the lunated incision would point to the superior part of the body. But this reading does not fix the direction of the plaga transversa, whether it was called so in respect of the parts, or the first incision: nor does that ingenious author favour us with his own opinion, but seems to prefer this to the common reading. Ep. vii. p. 189.

Although all the printed copies agree on the reading above, Morgagni tells us that in his old manuscript it says Qua resima plaga est instead of Qua strictior ima plaga est. This change would suggest that the curve of the lunated incision is directed toward the rectum, as in that scenario, the horns of the lunated incision would point towards the upper part of the body. However, this version doesn't clarify the direction of the plaga transversa, whether that name refers to the anatomical areas or the initial incision. Additionally, that insightful author does not share his own view, but seems to prefer this interpretation over the commonly accepted one. Ep. vii. p. 189.

Now it should seem almost certain, that the lunated incision was meant to be concave towards the rectum; because when made in that direction, it would probably render the rectum much more loose and supple, than it is in its natural state, and thereby greatly facilitate the operation, by allowing the surgeon a much freer use of the two fingers, which are introduced into the rectum, and consequently admitting him to bring the stone more easily forwards into the neck of the bladder. One would suppose, however, that the benefit here suggested to arise from this lunated incision, was not extremely evident, or it would not have been dropped so early by succeeding surgeons: Ægineta makes not the least mention of this process, nor do we know when it was first discontinued. Perhaps, even in Celsus’s time, there were different methods of performing this operation; for does not he himself, when describing Meges’s manner of cutting upon a rough stone, omit the lunated incision? And does he not imply that there were different methods by saying, Quocunque autem modo cervix ea parte secta est, &c.?

Now it seems almost certain that the curved incision was meant to be concave towards the rectum. When made in that direction, it would likely make the rectum much looser and more flexible than it is in its natural state, greatly facilitating the operation by allowing the surgeon to use his two fingers more freely in the rectum, and therefore making it easier to bring the stone forward into the neck of the bladder. However, one might think that the benefit of this curved incision would be more obvious; otherwise, it wouldn’t have been abandoned so soon by later surgeons. Ægineta doesn’t mention this method at all, and we don’t know when it was first discontinued. Perhaps even in Celsus’s time, there were different ways of performing this operation, since he himself, when describing Meges’s method of cutting on a rough stone, leaves out the curved incision. Doesn’t he imply that there were various methods by saying, Quocunque autem modo cervix ea parte secta est, &c.?

With regard to the transversa plaga, it should seem by the use of that term, when he describes the manner of cutting women, that it was transverse with respect to the perineum; and indeed, it is natural to suppose, when the stone was brought forward by the fingers, and the neck only of the bladder was to be cut, that the incision should be made in that direction. But those, who contend that the transversa plaga was made transverse with respect only to the first incision, may urge, that Celsus in this very passage orders the incision of the neck of the bladder to be made so large, that the opening in the iter urinæ may exceed the dimensions of the stone. If, therefore, Celsus in this place intends that the urethra should be opened, one would suppose the incision must be made according to the length of that canal; but I believe it may be questioned, whether Celsus is sufficiently accurate in his notions of the anatomy of these parts, to determine his meaning by that expression.

Regarding the transversa plaga, it seems that the term refers to the method of cutting women, indicating it was transverse in relation to the perineum. It's reasonable to assume that when the stone was pushed forward with fingers and only the neck of the bladder needed to be cut, the incision would be made in that direction. However, those who argue that the transversa plaga was made transverse only concerning the initial incision might point out that Celsus, in this very passage, instructs that the incision of the neck of the bladder should be large enough that the opening in the iter urinæ exceeds the size of the stone. Thus, if Celsus intends for the urethra to be opened, one might think the incision should align with the length of that canal; yet, it's worth questioning whether Celsus is precise enough in his understanding of the anatomy of these areas to clarify his meaning with that term.

It is very remarkable, that how much soever this operation of Celsus’s may have engaged the attention of later ages, neither Galen, Oribasius, nor Ægineta make the least mention of his method: nay Ægineta (lib. vi. cap. 60.) describes the cutting on the gripe nearly as it has been practised in our own age.

It's quite striking that, despite how much attention Celsus's operation has received in later years, neither Galen, Oribasius, nor Ægineta mentions his method at all; in fact, Ægineta (lib. vi. cap. 60.) describes the cutting technique for abdominal pain almost exactly as it's done today.

30. A crotchet, in the original uncus.) Our author here describes the instrument he mentions, and as the use is the same, and the form not very different from that once employed by modern surgeons, I have taken the liberty to use their term. But the reader will please to observe, that this uncus is different from that mentioned in chapter xxix. used in extracting a dead fœtus.

30. A crotchet, in the original uncus.) Our author describes the instrument he mentions here, and since the use is the same and the shape isn’t very different from what modern surgeons use, I’ve chosen to use their term. However, please note that this uncus is different from the one mentioned in chapter xxix, which is used for extracting a dead fetus.

46

46

31. On the external part smooth.) As the ancient editions have exteriori, which is made extremely clear by our author’s description, Qua corpori jungitur, it is hardly worth while to observe that interiori in Linden must be an error of the press.

31. On the outside, it's smooth.) As stated in the old editions, exteriori, which our author's description, Qua corpori jungitur, makes very clear, it's probably not necessary to point out that interiori in Linden must be a printing mistake.

32. Knees.) Other copies have inguinibus, instead of in genibus.

32. Knees.) Other copies have inguinibus, instead of in genibus.

33. Which by pressing upon the bladder.) Instead of Atque vesicam urgendo, in Linden and Almeloveen, I read Quæ vesicam urgendo, with Nicolaus, Pachel, Pinzi, and several other old editions.

33. Which by pressing on the bladder.) Instead of Atque vesicam urgendo, in Linden and Almeloveen, I found Quæ vesicam urgendo, with Nicolaus, Pachel, Pinzi, and several other old editions.

34. Into the anus. In anum.) This is the reading of all the copies, which I have seen; but it is highly probable our author wrote colem for anum. For as I see no propriety in introducing a pipe into the anus, so in the very case before us, a catheter in the urethra, is at present esteemed the best method of cure.

34. Into the anus. In anum.) This is the wording in all the copies I've seen; but it's very likely our author meant to write colem instead of anum. Just as I see no reason to insert a pipe into the anus, in this specific case, using a catheter in the urethra is currently considered the best treatment.

35. Sore places.) It appears that in this place, Celsus uses the word cicatrix for a wound as well as a scar, of which I do not remember another instance in his work.

35. Sore spots.) It seems that in this context, Celsus uses the term cicatrix to refer to both a wound and a scar, which I don't recall encountering anywhere else in his work.

36. Which are brought to digestion.) I have here followed the old reading, in quibus pus moveri debet, because I think it more agreeable to our author’s practice.——Constantine had inserted non, in which he was followed by Linden and Almeloveen; he supported his correction by referring to p. 290. lib. 5. in the original, where Celsus gives directions about a hæmorrhage from wounds; but I own I can see nothing there to incline me to his opinion.

36. Which are brought to digestion.) I've stuck with the old text, in quibus pus moveri debet, because I think it fits our author's style better.——Constantine added non, and Linden and Almeloveen went along with him; he backed up his change by pointing to p. 290, lib. 5. in the original, where Celsus gives instructions about bleeding from wounds; but honestly, I don't see anything there that sways me to his view.


NOTES To BOOK 8.

1. Morgagni[ JR ], with Paaw, thinks it probable, that there is some chasm in the text, because Celsus does not describe the coronal suture, which he could not be ignorant of.

1. Morgagni __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, along with Paaw, believes it's likely that there's a gap in the text since Celsus doesn't mention the coronal suture, which he surely would have known about.

2. Over these muscles too, &c. Super bos quoque musculos, qui tempora contegunt, os medium, in exteriorem partem inclinatam, positum est.) Thus47 Linden and Almeloveen. All the other copies have, sub his musculis, qui tempora connectunt; in the following words they differ, which Ronsseus would read thus, os medium in interiorem partem inclinatam; in this he was followed by Paaw, who was of opinion, that Celsus intended here the processus petrosus; which Morgagni thinks quite foreign to the question. It is probable, says the same author, that Linden changed sub his musculis into super hos musculos, to make the description answer to the processus zygomaticus, which our author describes a little after, under the name of jugale. His own conjecture is, that Celsus wrote sub his musculis, qui tempora continent, and that he meant that part of the temporal bone which is covered by the crotaphite muscle. Morgag. Ep. 7. p. 212. 214. But as this description of a bone is inserted in the midst of the sutures, there is some foundation to suspect the whole to be an interpolation.

2. Over these muscles too, &c. Super bos quoque musculos, qui tempora contegunt, os medium, in exteriorem partem inclinatam, positum est.) Thus47 Linden and Almeloveen. All the other copies have, sub his musculis, qui tempora connectunt; in the following words they differ, which Ronsseus would read thus, os medium in interiorem partem inclinatam; in this he was followed by Paaw, who believed that Celsus was referring to the processus petrosus; which Morgagni thinks is completely unrelated to the issue. It is likely, says the same author, that Linden changed sub his musculis to super hos musculos to make the description align with the processus zygomaticus, which our author describes a little later, under the name of jugale. His own conjecture is that Celsus wrote sub his musculis, qui tempora continent, and that he meant that part of the temporal bone that is covered by the crotaphite muscle. Morgag. Ep. 7. p. 212. 214. But as this description of a bone is included among the sutures, there is some reason to suspect that the whole thing is an interpolation.

3. The maxilla is a soft bone. Maxilla vero est molle os.) Thus all the editions read, but Morgagni[ JS ] suspects molle should be mobile, a moveable bone; for Celsus himself calls the sternum a strong and hard bone, which is not to be compared in that respect with the maxilla.—It is no objection to this reading, that the author adds, solaque ea movetur, for that is to exclude the upper jaw-bone. The reader will please to observe, that maxilla, by our author, is applied only to the lower jaw-bone, for he includes the upper jaw-bones under the malæ.

3. The maxilla is a soft bone. Maxilla vero est molle os.) So all the editions say, but Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ suggests that molle should be mobile, a moveable bone; because Celsus himself refers to the sternum as a strong and hard bone, which can't be compared to the maxilla in that way.—It doesn't contradict this reading that the author adds, solaque ea movetur, since that is meant to exclude the upper jawbone. The reader should note that the author uses maxilla only for the lower jawbone, as he refers to the upper jawbones as malæ.

4. Is broader below.) I have here followed the proposed emendation of Morgagni, infra for intra. Ep. 1. p. 40.

4. Is broader below.) I've followed Morgagni's suggested change from intra to infra. Ep. 1. p. 40.

5. And all the vertebræ.) What follows relating to the structure and connection of the vertebræ, appears to be very much corrupted, in so much, that the reading in all the copies makes our author contradict himself. I shall be content with mentioning some observations of Morgagni’s upon the reading of Linden. The words in the parenthesis (says he) exceptis tribus summis, except the three uppermost, were surely never wrote by Celsus, at least not as they stand; for if the three first vertebræ want depressions in their superior surfaces, how comes the first to receive into its depressions the two small processes of the head, as our author immediately adds?

5. And all the vertebrae. What comes next about the structure and connection of the vertebrae seems to be quite corrupted, to the point that the text in all the copies makes the author contradict himself. I’ll just mention some observations from Morgagni about Linden's reading. He says that the words in parentheses, exceptis tribus summis, except the three uppermost, were definitely not written by Celsus, at least not in their current form. Because if the first three vertebrae lack depressions on their upper surfaces, how does the first one receive the two small processes of the head into its depressions, as our author immediately mentions?

The adding of parvis to tuberibus he judges to be superfluous, because Celsus had said just before exiguis ejus processibus. He conjectures that secunda superioris parti inferiori inseritur is interpolated, because the connection is more natural without these words. A little after follows tertia eodem modo secundam excipit, as if a process stood out from the inferior part of the second vertebra, to be surrounded by the third in the same manner, that its processus dentatus is surrounded by the first; so that all these five words he seems with justice inclined to expunge.

The addition of parvis to tuberibus seems unnecessary to him, since Celsus had just previously mentioned exiguis ejus processibus. He proposes that secunda superioris parti inferiori inseritur is a later addition, as the connection feels more natural without those words. Shortly after, he notes tertia eodem modo secundam excipit, as if a process extends from the lower part of the second vertebra, to be encircled by the third in the same way that its processus dentatus is surrounded by the first; thus, he justifiably seems inclined to remove all five of these words.

After these Linden adds, Jamque vertebra tertia tubercula, quæ inferiori inserantur, excipit; which at first view must appear highly absurd. I therefore have followed, in the translation, the reading of Nicolaus, Pachel, Pinzi, Stephens, and Morgagni’s manuscript, exigit for excipit.—See Morgagni Ep. vii. from 173 to 177.

After these additions by Linden, Now the third vertebra receives the tubercles that are inserted into the lower one; which at first glance must seem quite ridiculous. Therefore, I have followed, in the translation, the reading of Nicolaus, Pachel, Pinzi, Stephens, and Morgagni’s manuscript, exigit for excipit.—See Morgagni Ep. vii. from 173 to 177.

48

48

6. The six inferior ones.) Almeloveen and Linden read here septem inferiores, others write undecim, as if the following description related to all the ribs. But that is false, as appears by the sequel, and it is plain, from the whole passage, our author could write nothing else than sex.

6. The six inferior ones.) Almeloveen and Linden read here septem inferiores, while others write undecim, as if the following description applied to all the ribs. However, that is incorrect, as becomes clear from what follows, and it is obvious from the entire passage that our author could write nothing other than sex.

7. But at the first rib, &c.) This whole paragraph is extremely obscure. The variation of reading in the older copies does not in the least lessen the difficulty. If we were allowed to understand by jugulum, the neck, the whole description, lame as it is, could then answer no bone but the clavicle; but jugulum in no other place of this work seems to be used for any thing else but the clavicle, so that id ipsum, &c. would appear to be the beginning of the description of that bone.—Morgagni thinks, that though the description is far from just, yet that most of the words, as they now stand, relate to the spine of the scapula, which may be said to sustain the clavicle; and it is observable, that if our author does not intend the spina scapulæ here, he makes no mention of it at all. Vide Morgagni, Ep. vii. p. 177. I must own the reading appears to me so much depraved, that it is impossible to determine, precisely, what our author has had in view.

7. But at the first rib, &c.) This entire paragraph is very unclear. The differences in wording among older copies don’t help at all with the confusion. If we interpret jugulum as the neck, this description, though awkward, could only refer to the clavicle; however, jugulum seems to be used only for the clavicle in this work, which suggests that id ipsum, &c. is likely the start of the description of that bone. Morgagni believes that while the description is not accurate, most of the terms as they stand relate to the spine of the scapula, which can be said to support the clavicle. It’s worth noting that if the author isn’t referring to the spina scapulæ here, they don’t mention it at all. See Morgagni, Ep. vii. p. 177. I must admit that the wording seems so corrupted that it's impossible to determine exactly what the author was trying to convey.

8. Is a little concave, &c.) This translation follows Linden and Almeloveen. In all the other copies the reading is leniter gibbus, et in priorem et posteriorem, interiorem et exteriorem partem, as if the bone was concave on no side. Morgagni[ JT ] therefore proposes a reading agreeable to truth. Leniter gibbus in priorem et posteriorem et interiorem, cavus in exteriorem; i. e. gently convex in its fore and posterior, and internal part; concave externally.

8. Is slightly concave, etc. This translation is based on Linden and Almeloveen. In all other copies, the reading is leniter gibbus, et in priorem et posteriorem, interiorem et exteriorem partem, suggesting that the bone is not concave on any side. Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ therefore proposes a reading that aligns with the truth: Leniter gibbus in priorem et posteriorem et interiorem, cavus in exteriorem; i. e. gently convex at the front, back, and inside; concave on the outside.

9. The two bones of the fore arm at first, &c.) The reading in Linden and Almeloveen is primo vero duo radii et brachii ossa, &c. which at once appears to be wrong, because Celsus had said before, quæ res sedem brachio præstat, quod constat ex duobus ossibus, to which two he immediately gives the names of Radius and Cubitus, so that it would be sufficient, as Morgagni observes, to have wrote duo brachii ossa, or if they must be named duo radii et cubiti ossa according to the first of which I have translated. The other editions have primo vero duobus radiis brachii ossa. See Morgagni, Ep. i. p. 28.

9. The two bones of the forearm at first, &c.) The reading in Linden and Almeloveen is first two radii and arm bones, &c. which clearly seems to be incorrect, because Celsus had previously said, which thing provides the seat for the arm, as it consists of two bones, to which he immediately names Radius and Ulna, so it would have been enough, as Morgagni points out, to have written two arm bones, or if they needed to be named two radii and ulnae bones based on the first, which I have translated. The other editions have first indeed two radii arm bones. See Morgagni, Ep. i. p. 28.

10. Properly enough, &c.) Sura was the Roman name for the calf of the leg, whence our author says, that name is properly enough given to the fibula.

10. Properly enough, &c.) Sura was the Roman term for the calf of the leg, which is why our author mentions that this name is aptly applied to the fibula.

11. The same may be collected.) Colligi idem potest. Morgagni[ JU ] would have the old reading restored here, nigrities colligi quidem potest. A blackness may be discovered, &c. because these words in the next chapter, sive autem nigrities quam terebra detexit, &c. make it plain the terebra was only used in sounding the blackness.

11. The same can be gathered.) It can indeed be collected. Morgagni__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ would prefer to restore the old reading here, nigrities colligi quidem potest. A blackness may indeed be observed, &c. because these words in the next chapter, sive autem nigrities quam terebra detexit, &c. clearly indicate that the terebra was used only to gauge the blackness.

12. But if the blackness goes thorough.) Sin autem nigrities, and then there follows est aut si caries, which appears a manifest error by reason49 of what follows. With Constantine and Ronsseus, I therefore judge these words should be expunged, and have taken no notice of them in the translation.

12. But if the darkness runs deep.) However, if the blackness is present, and then there follows or if decay, which seems to be a clear mistake because49 of what comes after. With Constantine and Ronsseus, I believe these words should be removed, and I have not included them in the translation.

13. Is made by the angle of a chisel.) I here take the reading of the older editions, angulo scalpri sinus exiguus fit. I suppose sit in Linden and the later copies has been a typographical error. See Morgagni, Ep. vi. p. 162.

13. Is made by the angle of a chisel.) I’m referencing the older editions, angulo scalpri sinus exiguus fit. I believe sit in Linden and the later copies is a typo. See Morgagni, Ep. vi. p. 162.

14. Being raised in the same.) I have here translated agreeably to the old reading excitatæ nares, instead of which, by a palpable error, Linden and Almeloveen had exercitatæ nares. Morgagni, Ep. i. p. 29.

14. Being raised in the same.) I’ve translated it to match the old reading excitatæ nares, instead of the clear mistake made by Linden and Almeloveen, who had exercitatæ nares. Morgagni, Ep. i. p. 29.

15. The swelled part.) In Almeloveen and Linden it is tumens locus, instead of which the old reading was better, tum is locus, then this part; because our author had not mentioned any swelling before. Vid. Morgagni, Ep. v. p. 140.

15. The raised area.) In Almeloveen and Linden it is tumens locus, instead the older reading was preferable, tum is locus, then this part; because our author hadn't mentioned any swelling before. See Morgagni, Ep. v. p. 140.

16. For if any part is separated from a vertebra, or is any way broken.) This is according to the reading of Linden and Almeloveen; but several of the older copies have Si id, quod ex vertebra excedit, aliquo modo fractum est; that is, If the part, that stands out from a vertebra (the spinal process) is any way fractured. This agrees very well with what is said afterwards of the fragments being spinous.

16. For if any part is separated from a vertebra, or is in any way broken.) This aligns with the interpretation of Linden and Almeloveen; however, many of the older versions state Si id, quod ex vertebra excedit, aliquo modo fractum est; which means, If the part that extends from a vertebra (the spinal process) is in any way fractured. This fits well with what is mentioned later about the fragments being spinous.

17. Which should be rolled about the fracture. Quæ circa fracturam ter voluta.) I find no various reading in any of the editions, but I think I can produce one from our author himself, who is far from a profusion of words and repetitions, and thinks this circumstance of importance enough to make a rule bcsy itself in the following words; Satisque est eam ter hoc quoque modo circuere. Upon his authority I have therefore ventured to omit the first ter.

17. This should be rolled around the fracture. Quæ circa fracturam ter voluta. I don't see any different version in any of the editions, but I believe I can present one from our author himself, who tends to be concise and avoids unnecessary repetition. He considers this detail important enough to establish a rule in the following words: Satisque est eam ter hoc quoque modo circuere. Based on his authority, I've decided to leave out the first ter.

18. And if means only are found, &c.) The period in Linden and Almeloveen runs thus, Ac, si nihil aliud quam dolori occurrendum est, idem, qui fuit, ejus usus est; that is, ‘And if nothing else is to be done but to remove the pain, its use continues the same as before.’ As it is evident this cannot be our author’s meaning, I have followed in the translation the old reading occursum for occurrendum.

18. And if only means are found, &c.) The period in Linden and Almeloveen goes like this, Ac, si nihil aliud quam dolori occurrendum est, idem, qui fuit, ejus usus est; that is, ‘And if there’s nothing else to do but relieve the pain, its use remains the same as before.’ Since it’s clear that this can't be what our author means, I have used the old reading occursum instead of occurrendum in the translation.

19. Broader than the wound.) I follow here the old reading latioribus for laxioribus in Linden, of which I could find no proper sense. In the following words I have also removed the point at vulnus potest as the ancient editions have it, and the connection seems to require.

19. Broader than the wound.) I'm sticking with the old reading latioribus instead of laxioribus in Linden, as I couldn't find any reasonable meaning for that. In the next phrases, I've also taken out the punctuation at vulnus potest as the earlier editions show, and it seems necessary for the connection.

20. Must be applied with that part, &c.) This is according to Linden’s edition.—None of the more ancient seem to give the true reading of this whole passage taken together, but some of them afford hints. Instead of Acutæ ossis prominentis cuspidi, Pinzi has Recte se habendi capiti; others Recte se habenti capiti. Upon the whole I think Morgagni’s[ JV ] reflections upon this passage extremely probable; our author had before ordered a sharp point of a fragment to be either cut off or filed down50 and smoothed: he is now considering how the fragment itself is to be replaced. If we read it thus, the sense seems to be pretty clear: Vulsella, quali fabri utuntur, injicienda est capiti ossis recte habenti, ab ea parte, qua sima est, &c. that is, ‘A workman’s vulsella should be applied with that part, which turns inward, to the sound end of the bone, that by its convex part the prominent bone may be thrust into its place.’

20. Must be applied with that part, &c.) This is based on Linden’s edition. None of the older versions seem to provide the correct reading of this entire passage, but some offer clues. Instead of Acutæ ossis prominentis cuspidi, Pinzi has Recte se habendi capiti; others have Recte se habenti capiti. Overall, I find Morgagni’s [ JV ] thoughts on this passage very plausible; our author previously directed that a sharp point of a fragment should be either cut off or filed down and smoothed out: he is now contemplating how the fragment itself will be replaced. If we interpret it this way, the meaning seems quite clear: Vulsella, quali fabri utuntur, injicienda est capiti ossis recte habenti, ab ea parte, qua sima est, &c. that is, ‘A workman’s vulsella should be applied with the inward part to the sound end of the bone, so that the convex side can push the protruding bone back into place.’

21. Unite obliquely. Solent tamen interdum adversa inter se ossa confervere.) Thus Linden and Almeloveen.—But by what follows it is plain adversa was never wrote by our author in this place. Many editions have transversa; others diversa, which I think is the only probable reading, and have taken it in the same sense as Morgagni does.—Ep. vi. p. 164.

21. Unite at an angle. Yet sometimes opposing bones do clash against each other.) So Linden and Almeloveen.—But what follows shows it's clear adversa was never written by our author in this spot. Many editions have transversa; others diversa, which I believe is the only plausible reading, and I've interpreted it the same way Morgagni does.—Ep. vi. p. 164.

22. Of the scapula recedes from the humerus. Os scapularum ab humero recedit.) Morgagni very ingeniously suspects that instead of ab humero our author wrote ab jugulo, because the clavicle is joined with the scapula, as the tibia with the fibula. Ep. vii. p. 209. As it now stands ab humero, it would come under the second head; Modo articuli suis sedibus excidunt.

22. The scapula moves away from the humerus. Os scapularum ab humero recedit.) Morgagni cleverly suggests that instead of ab humero, our author meant ab jugulo, because the clavicle is connected to the scapula, just like the tibia is with the fibula. Ep. vii. p. 209. As it currently reads ab humero, it falls under the second category: Modo articuli suis sedibus excidunt.

23. Yet it is of no use. Et ut aliquid decoris eo loco, sic nihil usus admittitur.) Thus Linden and Almeloveen, and I find no other variation in any of the copies, except sit for sic, which does not alter the sense. Our author had said immediately before, ‘That bones thus separated never come together again,’ which makes it improbable he would add, ‘That some comeliness would remain.’ For this reason I suspect we should read amittitur for admittitur, and then the meaning will be quite opposite, thus, ‘And though their comeliness is impaired, yet their use continues the same as before.’

23. But it doesn’t matter. And just like something beautiful in that place, so no usefulness is allowed.) So Linden and Almeloveen, and I can’t find any other variation in any of the copies, except sit for sic, which doesn’t change the meaning. Our author had just stated, ‘That bones separated in this way never come back together,’ which makes it unlikely he would add, ‘That some beauty would remain.’ For this reason, I think we should read amittitur instead of admittitur, and then the meaning will be quite the opposite, so, ‘And although their beauty is diminished, their usefulness remains the same as before.’

24. Is less firmly held after it is reduced.) In a luxation of the humerus from a lax habit Hippocrates advises the use of the actual cautery, but with great caution, for fear of injuring the blood vessels or tendons; and when the ulcers are clean and fit for cicatrizing, to bind the arm close down to the side, and allow no motion, that the cicatrix may contract the part the more, and strengthen the joint. He censures the practice of his predecessors, who cauterized on the external and anterior side, which ever way the bone had been luxated, and observes that when the humerus is liable to slip into the arm-pit, this would rather push it downward, than prevent its luxation. He proposed therefore the new method of applying the cautery to that part, toward which the bone is liable to be protruded. Hippocrat. de Articul. p. 787, 788, and 789.

24. Is less firmly held after it is reduced.) In a dislocation of the humerus due to a loose joint, Hippocrates recommends the use of cautery, but with extreme caution to avoid damaging blood vessels or tendons; and when the wounds are clean and ready to heal, to strap the arm tightly to the side and allow no movement, so the scar tissue can tighten the area and strengthen the joint. He criticizes the methods of his predecessors, who applied cautery on the outer and front side regardless of how the bone was dislocated, noting that when the humerus tends to slip into the armpit, this would likely push it downward rather than prevent its dislocation. Therefore, he proposed a new method of applying cautery to the area where the bone is likely to protrude. Hippocrat. de Articul. p. 787, 788, and 789.

25. That even frequent speaking, by the motion of the mouth, hurts the nerves of the temples.) This is according to the reading of Linden and Almeloveen. The old editions have adeo ut sermo quoque frequens motu oris per nervos lædat; that is, that even frequent speaking, by the motion of the mouth by the nerves, hurts. See Morgagni, ep. v. p. 130.

25. Even talking a lot can hurt the nerves of your temples by the movement of your mouth.) This is based on the interpretation of Linden and Almelooveen. The old editions state adeo ut sermo quoque frequens motu oris per nervos lædat; which means that even talking frequently, through the movement of the mouth, hurts the nerves. See Morgagni, ep. v. p. 130.

26. Tone of the nerves be restored.) I follow here the old editions in reading restituta for destituta.

26. Let the tone of the nerves be restored.) I'm following the old editions in reading restituta instead of destituta.

51

51

27. That the finger may be restored, &c.) In Linden and Almeloveen, ut ita in locum, unde lapsus est digitus, restituatur. [ JW ]Morgagni observes, that our author had said, there were as many different cases and the same signs as in the hands; but according to this reading he takes no notice of the cure of lateral luxations. Whereas the whole is set right by restoring the old reading, which was, instead of these words, that are quoted from the original, Atque id, quod in latus elapsum est, digitis restitui, i. e. “and that which is luxated laterally ought to be reduced by the fingers.”

27. That the finger may be restored, &c.) In Linden and Almeloveen, so that it may be restored to the place from which the finger has slipped. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__Morgagni notes that our author had mentioned there are as many different cases and the same signs as in the hands; however, according to this interpretation, he makes no mention of the treatment for lateral dislocations. The issue is resolved by reverting to the original text, which stated, instead of the words quoted here, And that which has slipped to the side ought to be restored by the fingers., i. e. “and that which is luxated laterally ought to be reduced by the fingers.”

28. Having treated of the humerus.) Cum de humeris dixerim. We might here (says Morgagni) have taken humeris for the superior extremities as cruribus for the inferior, but the MS. and all my editions have cum de his dixerim: de his quoque (or as Stephens has it de iis quoque) quæ in cruribus, &c. Ep. vi. p. 167.

28. Having discussed the humerus.) Since I have spoken about the humerus. We could have understood humeris as referring to the upper limbs just like cruribus refers to the lower ones, but the manuscript and all my editions say since I have spoken about these: about these also (or as Stephens puts it about those also) which are in the legs, etc. Ep. vi. p. 167.

29. By keeping the middle or upper part of the joint in some canaliculus.) This whole sentence Potest tamen conditus articulus medius aut summus canaliculo aliquo contineri, in all the old editions is placed at the end of the 24th chap. and not here.—But [ JX ]Morgagni suspects, and as it appears to me, very justly, it should be rather referred to luxated fingers than toes, and that Linden guided by some MS. had transferred it from the 24th to the 19th, from whence it was transposed to this place by the carelessness of the copiers, where it stands very improperly.

29. By keeping the middle or upper part of the joint in some canaliculus.) This whole sentence Potest tamen conditus articulus medius aut summus canaliculo aliquo contineri, in all the old editions is placed at the end of the 24th chap. and not here.—But __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__Morgagni suspects, and as it seems to me, very rightly, it should be referred to dislocated fingers rather than toes, and that Linden, following some manuscript, transferred it from the 24th to the 19th, from where it was moved to this spot due to the carelessness of the copyists, making it very out of place.


52

52

THE

I N D E X.

THE

I N D E X.

N.B.—n. refers to the notes.

N.B.—n. means notes.

alpha-table

alpha-table

A B C D E F G H I J K L M
N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

A.
Abstinence, too great, hurtful, 18
── of two kinds, 71
Acopon what, n., 26
Acorum, n., 21
Actions, natural what, 4
Æsculapius, why deified, 1
── register kept at his temple, its use, n., 1
Ages, the proper regimen for each, 25
── what reasons favourable or hurtful to each, 36
── the peculiar disorders of each, 37
Alica, n., 12
Allum, n., 27
Alopecia, 263
Ammoniacum thymiama, n., 31
Ammonius Alexandrinus, an improver of surgery, 309
Andreas, 186
Antimony, n., 30
── washed, n., 38
Aphronitre, n., 28
Apollonius, an empiric, 3
Apollonius Mus, 186
Apollonii, two surgeons, 309
Apples (poma) what, n., 6
Asclepiades alters the method of practice, 3
── finds a man carried to burial alive, 45
── his book upon general remedies, 68
── account of the duty of a physician, 91
── practice in a tertian, 111
Autumn the most dangerous season, and why, 34
── its usual distempers, 35

B.
Balsam, n., 20
Baths, ancient described, n., 4
── their use, 72
── cautions concerning them, 72
── whether proper in fevers, 72
Beef sometimes most easily concocted, 160
Berry gnidian, n., 2853
Bleeding, the proper subjects for it, 60-61
── how to be performed, and where, 62
── dangers attending the operation, 63
Boys to be differently treated from men in distempers, 103

C.
Cachexia, its causes, 129
Cachrys, n., 31
Cadmia, n., 29
Cardamomum, n., 20
Caries, its depth how known, 389
Cassia black, n., 33
Cassius an ingenious physician in Celsus’s time, 14-172
Catapotia what, n., 20
Causes of diseases occult and evident, 3
Cedria, n., 31
Celsus his opinion in the controversy between the rationalists and empiricks, 9-11
── of the methodists, 12
── use of dissections, 15
── his complaints of the conduct of patients, 71
── says one physician cannot attend many patients, 93
── his practice with regard to food in continued fevers, n., 16
── in a tertian, 111
── opinion of the paracentesis, 128
── practice in a jaundice, 136
── whether the drink should be cold or hot in a purging, 177
Cerastes, n., 35
Ceruss burnt, n., 32
Chalk Cimolian, n., 14
Chalcitis, n., 27
Changes in the way of life to be gradual, 19
── of place, 19
Changing a disease, sometimes useful, 106
Chersydrus, 239
Chirurgery the most ancient branch of medicine, 2
── its effects the most evident, 308
── its province, 309
Chrysippus a physician, 2
Chrysocolla, n., 28
Cleophantus his practice in a tertian, 111
Clibanum, n., 10
Clysters, when proper, 65
── their kinds and management, 66
── for nourishing, 122
Coition, when to be used, 16
Cold, to whom useful, and hurtful, 30
Coldness what, 90
Collyrium what, and how used, n., 37
── of Nileus the best of all, 271
Colour, what portends an approaching illness, 38
Conchylia, n., 11
Concoction, various opinions about it, 5
Copper, scales of, n., 10
── calcined, n., 28
── flower of, n., 29
Crocomagma what, n., 31
Cupping, its uses, 64
Cutiliæ, n., 24
Cyperus long and round, n., 21
Cytisus, n., 24

D.
Days critical, 94
Defrutum, n., 7
Delirium, in the paroxysm of an intermittent, not dangerous, 114
Democritus skilled in medicine, 2
── declared the marks of death fallacious, 45
Dietetice a part of physic, 3
── differently treated by the rationalists and empirics, 454
Digestion what, n., 2
Diocles the Carystian, 2
── his graphiscus for extracting weapons, 318
Diphryges, n., 29
Dipsas, n., 35
Diseases attributed to the anger of the gods, 1
── unknown, instance of one, 10
── increasing and declining, their marks, 87
Diuretics not good in disorders of the fauces, 154
Drink, astringent, what, 178
Dropsy, more easily cured in slaves than free men, 124

E.
Ears, the danger of their disorders, 281
Earth, Eretrian, n., 30
Empedocles, skilled in medicine, 2
Empirics, their doctrine and arguments, 6-11
Erasistratus, a physician, 2
── dissected living bodies, 5
── his opinion about drinking in fevers, 92
Euelpistus, an improver of surgery, 309
Excess, small, less dangerous in drinking than eating, 18
Exercises proper for the valetudinary after employment, 17
── what and how long, 18

F.
Far, what, n., 15
Fatigue, management after, 19-21
Ferula, n., 24
Fevers, what not dangerous, 39
── bad, 40
── prognostics of their continuance, 41
── not easily known from the pulse, or heat, 100
Fevers, marks of their presence, 101
── what discharges necessary in them, and when, 102
Fibula, n., 34
Fistula, opposite to the intestines, dangerous, 315
Fomentations, warm, what their effects, 74
Food, when given in fevers by the ancients, 92
── a variety of it when useful, 101
Foramina, in the head, how many, 382
Frankincense, n., 23
── soot of, n., 28
Fractures of the skull how discovered, 393-394
Friction, its various effects all depending on one principle, 68
── the proper times for using it, and its degrees, 69

G.
Garum, n., 13
Gestation, when proper, 70
── its various kinds, 70
Glaucias, an empiric, 3
Gorgias, an improver of surgery, 309
Gum, n., 27
── in the eyes, n., 38
Gypsum, what, n., 15

H.
Habits of body, different regimen for them, 22
── corpulent and slender, diseases of, 38
Heat, to whom useful and hurtful, 31
Hæmorrhois, n., 35
Hellebore, white, when properly used for purging, 65
Heraclides of Tarentum, an empiric, 3
── his practice in a quartan condemned, 11255
Heron, two of that name improvers of surgery, 309
Herophilus an empiric, 2
── dissected living bodies, 5
Hippocrates, the first that separated medicine from philosophy, 2
── said to be the disciple of Democritus, 2
── delivers the best prognostics, 33
── gives short and full directions for friction, 68
── his doctrine of critical days refuted by Celsus, 94
── deceived by the sutures, 394
Hours, the Roman, n., 8
Hydromel, how made, n., 10
Hypocistis, n., 29
Hyssop, how used for a vomit, by Hippocrates, n., 6

I.
Iatrolipta, what, n., 4
Ignis sacer, n., 33
Infibulating boys, the method, 361
Inflammation, its marks, 107
Incisions, general rules for them, 312
Intrita, what, n., 16
Intestines, their wounds, whether curable, 345
Issues, general rule about them, 181

L.
Laser, what, n., 17
Lead, calcined, n., 27
── dross of, n., 30
── washed, n., 31
Lithotomy, the proper age, &c. for it, 363
── patient’s posture, 363
Lithotomy, the transverse wound, n., 44
── Meges’s improvement in the operation, 366
Lotus, n., 6
Lycium, n., 23

M.
Machaon, 1
Madness of Ajax and Orestes, what, n., 18
Malabathrum, n., 33
Malagma, n., 20
Matter, n., 30
Medicine, its design and rise, 1
── by whom improved, &c., 2
── how divided, 2
── a conjectural art, 10-46
Meges, the most learned surgeon, 309
── his account of the coat of an abscess censured, 311
Melinum, n., 27
Methodists, their doctrine, 11
Metrodorus, his management under a dropsy, 125
Milk, when hurtful and where proper, 131
Mind, to be kept easy in sickness, 99
Minium, what, n., 25
Misy, n., 27
Mulse, n., 6
Myrrh, called stacte, n., 33

N.
Nard, n., 20
── ointment of, n., 31
Nature, its great power, 55
Navel, a tumour of, its causes, 342
Nitre, n., 15

O.
Oesypum, n., 3256
Oil, cicine, n., 32
── cyprine, n., 15
── of iris, n., 15
── of laurel, n., 31
── of myrtle, n., 14
── of quinces, 14
── of roses, 14
── Syrian, n., 23
Ointment, Susine, n., 32
Omphacium, n., 28
Operations, chirurgical, the proper season for them, 324
Ophiasis, 263

P.
Palate, to be often consulted in medicines, 175
Panaces, n., 20
Panus, 248
Passum, how prepared, n., 12
Paper, burnt, n., 30
Pastinaca fish, 239
Pestilence, 2-31
Petron, remarkable for using contrary methods, 106
Phacia, 264
Phalangium, n., 36
Philosophers studied physic, and why, 2
Philoxenus, an improver of surgery, 309
Phrenitic patients, whether to be kept in the light or in the dark, 116
── whether to be bled, 116
Phymosis, its chirurgical cure, 360
Podalirius, 1
Polenta, what, n., 19
Poppy tears, n., 30
Poison swallowed, more dangerous than a venomous bite or sting, 240
Praxagoras, 2
Prepuce, the operation for bringing that over the glans, 360
Preserves, hurtful, 19
Prognostics, certain, 44
Propolis, n., 28
Psoricum, n., 38
Psylli, 237
Pthisis, incident to the strongest age, 131
Ptisan, how prepared, n., 10
Pulse, pulticula, n., 12
Purging, when useful, 24-66
── when improper, 41-66
Pythagoras, skilled in physic, 2

R.
Rationalists, their doctrine and arguments, 3-6
Remedies, their operation, 59
── contrary, sometimes successful, 105
── but rash, 105
Rhus, Syrian, n., 39
Root, Pontic, n., 43

S.
Salamander, n., 29
Salsamentum, n., 11
Sansucus, n., 30
Seasons, the regimen for each, 25
── considered with regard to health, 34
Serapion, author of the empiric sect, 3
Sesamum, n., 24
Shuddering, a common cause of it, 109
Siligo, what, n., 11
Sleep, a good or bad sign, 38
Sory, n., 39
Sostratus, an improver of surgery, 309
Specillum asperatum, 276
── oricularium, 286
Spitting, what it indicates, 55
Spleen, contracted by smith’s forge water, how discovered, 165
Spodium, n., 29
Spring, its distempers, 34
Strigil, n., 38
Struthium, n., 3057
Stone in the bladder, symptoms of, 48
── sarcophagus, n., 26
── Asian, 26
── Phrygian, n., 29
── scissile, 30
Stools good, 40
── bad, 42-46
Subruinæ, n., 24
Summer, its diseases, 34
Suppurations, their several causes, 50
── not yet visible how known, 51
── good and bad kinds, 55
Surgeon, qualifications of, 309
Sutures in the head, 382
── how they may deceive, 394
Sweats, what they indicate, 39
── how procured, 72

T.
Teda, n., 39
Thapsia, n., 31
Tharrias, his opinion and practice in a lethargy, 123
── practice in an ascites, 128
Themison a follower of Asclepiades, 3
── departs from him in his old age, 3
Tragum, n., 12
Tryphon, the father, an improver of surgery, 309

U.
Urine in sickness good, 40
── bad, 42
── its appearances, if a fever is to be tedious, 42
── various indications from it, 48
── how discharged by a catheter, 362

V.
Veins cauterized, their treatment after, 334
Verdigrease rasile, n., 32
Vervains what, 85
Vomits rejected by Asclepiades, 20
── when useful, 20
Vulsella, n., 39

W.
Water, its trial, 77
── cold, useful to the head, 27
Weather more or less healthful, 34
── the effects of the several kinds, 35
Winds, their effects upon the body, 35
── what most healthful, 35
Wine Aminæan, n., 22
── Allobrogic, n., 24
── Rhetic, 24
── Signine, 24
── salt, n., 6
── resinated, n., 13

A.
Too much abstinence is harmful, 18
── there are two types, 71
Acopon what, n., 26
Acorum, n., 21
Natural actions, 4
Why Æsculapius was deified, 1
── register kept at his temple, its use, n., 1
The appropriate regimen for each age, 25
── what reasons are favorable or harmful to each, 36
── the specific disorders of each, 37
Alica, n., 12
Allum, n., 27
Alopecia, 263
Ammoniacum thymiama, n., 31
Ammonius Alexandrinus, a pioneer in surgery, 309
Andreas, 186
Antimony, n., 30
── washed, n., 38
Aphronitre, n., 28
Apollonius, an empiric, 3
Apollonius Mus, 186
Apollonii, two surgeons, 309
What apples (poma) are, n., 6
Asclepiades changes the method of practice, 3
── finds a man being carried to burial alive, 45
── his book on general remedies, 68
── account of the duty of a physician, 91
── practice for a tertian, 111
Autumn, the most dangerous season, and why, 34
── its usual ailments, 35

B.
Balsam, n., 20
Descriptions of ancient baths, n., 4
── their uses, 72
── precautions regarding them, 72
── whether appropriate in fevers, 72
Beef is sometimes the easiest to digest, 160
Gnidian berries, n., 2853
Proper subjects for bleeding, 60-61
── how it should be performed and where, 62
── dangers associated with the operation, 63
Boys should be treated differently from men in illness, 103

C.
Cachexia, its causes, 129
Cachrys, n., 31
Cadmia, n., 29
Cardamomum, n., 20
How to know the depth of caries, 389
Black cassia, n., 33
Cassius, an innovative physician in Celsus’s time, 14-172
Catapotia what, n., 20
Causes of diseases that are hidden and obvious, 3
Cedria, n., 31
Celsus's views in the debate between rationalists and empirics, 9-11
── of the methodists, 12
── use of dissections, 15
── his complaints about patient behavior, 71
── states that one physician cannot attend many patients, 93
── his approach regarding food in prolonged fevers, n., 16
── in a tertian, 111
── his opinion on paracentesis, 128
── practice for jaundice, 136
── whether drinks should be cold or hot during purging, 177
Cerastes, n., 35
Burnt ceruss, n., 32
Cimolian chalk, n., 14
Chalcitis, n., 27
Changes in lifestyle should be gradual, 19
── in setting, 19
Changing a disease can sometimes be useful, 106
Chersydrus, 239
Surgery is the oldest branch of medicine, 2
── its effects are the most apparent, 308
── its field, 309
Chrysippus, a physician, 2
Chrysocolla, n., 28
Cleophantus's practice for a tertian, 111
Clibanum, n., 10
When clysters are appropriate, 65
── their types and management, 66
── for nourishment, 122
When coition should be used, 16
Cold, beneficial and harmful to whom, 30
What coldness is, 90
What a collyrium is and how it's used, n., 37
── the best of all is that of Nileus, 271
What color indicates an approaching illness, 38
Conchylia, n., 11
Various opinions about concoction, 5
Scales of copper, n., 10
── calcined, n., 28
── flower of, n., 29
What crocomagma is, n., 31
Cupping, its uses, 64
Cutiliæ, n., 24
Cyperus, long and round, n., 21
Cytisus, n., 24

D.
Critical days, 94
Defrutum, n., 7
Delirium in the paroxysm of an intermittent, not dangerous, 114
Democritus, skilled in medicine, 2
── declared that the signs of death are misleading, 45
Dietetics is a part of medicine, 3
── treated differently by rationalists and empirics, 454
Digestion what, n., 2
Diocles the Carystian, 2
── his graphiscus for extracting weapons, 318
Diphryges, n., 29
Dipsas, n., 35
Diseases attributed to the anger of the gods, 1
── an unknown case, 10
── increasing and declining, their signs, 87
Diuretics are not good for throat disorders, 154
What an astringent drink is, 178
Dropsy is more easily cured in slaves than free men, 124

E.
Ears, the risks of their disorders, 281
Eretrian earth, n., 30
Empedocles, skilled in medicine, 2
Empirics, their doctrine and arguments, 6-11
Erasistratus, a physician, 2
── registered living dissections, 5
── his views on drinking in fevers, 92
Euelpistus, an innovator in surgery, 309
A small excess in drinking is less dangerous than in eating, 18
Exercises appropriate for the unwell after work, 17
── what and how long they should be, 18

F.
Far, what, n., 15
How to manage fatigue, 19-21
Ferula, n., 24
Fevers, which are not dangerous, 39
── those that are bad, 40
── signs of their duration, 41
── difficult to distinguish by pulse or heat, 100
Marks of their presence in fevers, 101
── what discharges are necessary and when, 102
Fibula, n., 34
Fistula near the intestines is dangerous, 315
Warm fomentations and their effects, 74
When food was given in fevers by the ancients, 92
── a variety of it when useful, 101
How many foramina are in the head, 382
Frankincense, n., 23
── soot from it, n., 28
How to discover skull fractures, 393-394
Friction's various effects all depend on one principle, 68
── the appropriate times for it and its intensity, 69

G.
Garum, n., 13
When gestation is appropriate, 70
── its different kinds, 70
Glaucias, an empiric, 3
Gorgias, an innovator in surgery, 309
Gum, n., 27
── in the eyes, n., 38
Gypsum, what it is, n., 15

H.
Body habits, different regimens for them, 22
── for the corpulent and slender, their diseases, 38
Heat, beneficial and harmful to whom, 31
Hæmorrhois, n., 35
When white hellebore is properly used for purging, 65
Heraclides of Tarentum, an empiric, 3
── his practice in a quartan has been criticized, 11255
Heron, two individuals by that name who advanced surgery, 309
Herophilus, an empiric, 2
── conducted living dissections, 5
Hippocrates, the first to separate medicine from philosophy, 2
── said to have been a disciple of Democritus, 2
── provides the best prognostics, 33
── gives both concise and detailed instructions for friction, 68
── his theory on critical days was challenged by Celsus, 94
── misled by the sutures, 394
Roman hours, n., 8
How hydromel is made, n., 10
Hypocistis, n., 29
How hyssop is used for a vomit, by Hippocrates, n., 6

I.
Iatrolipta, what it is, n., 4
Ignis sacer, n., 33
The method of infibulating boys, 361
Signs of inflammation, 107
General rules for incisions, 312
Intrita, what it is, n., 16
Are intestinal wounds curable? 345
General rule about issues, 181

L.
Laser, what it is, n., 17
Calcined lead, n., 27
── dross of lead, n., 30
── washed lead, n., 31
The appropriate age and conditions for lithotomy, 363
── patient's posture, 363
Transverse wound in lithotomy, n., 44
── Meges's improvement of the procedure, 366
Lotus, n., 6
Lycium, n., 23

M.
Machaon, 1
Madness of Ajax and Orestes, what it is, n., 18
Malabathrum, n., 33
Malagma, n., 20
Matter, n., 30
Medicine, its purpose and origin, 1
── who improved it, &c., 2
── how it is divided, 2
── a conjectural science, 10-46
Meges, the most knowledgeable surgeon, 309
── his account of the covering of an abscess critiqued, 311
Melinum, n., 27
Methodists, their doctrine, 11
Metrodorus's management of dropsy, 125
When milk is harmful and when it is appropriate, 131
The mind should be kept calm during illness, 99
Minium, what it is, n., 25
Misy, n., 27
Mulse, n., 6
Myrrh, called stacte, n., 33

N.
Nard, n., 20
── ointment of nard, n., 31
Nature, its great power, 55
A navel tumor, its causes, 342
Nitre, n., 15

O.
Oesypum, n., 3256
Cicine oil, n., 32
── Cyprine oil, n., 15
── oil of iris, n., 15
── laurel oil, n., 31
── myrtle oil, n., 14
── quince oil, 14
── rose oil, 14
── Syrian oil, n., 23
Susine ointment, n., 32
Omphacium, n., 28
When to perform surgical operations, 324
Ophiasis, 263

P.
The palate should often be considered in medicines, 175
Panaces, n., 20
Panus, 248
How passum is prepared, n., 12
Burnt paper, n., 30
Pastinaca fish, 239
Plague, 2-31
Petron, notable for using contradictory methods, 106
Phacia, 264
Phalangium, n., 36
Why philosophers studied medicine, 2
Philoxenus, an innovator in surgery, 309
Whether phrenetic patients should be kept in light or darkness, 116
── whether they should be bled, 116
Phimosis, its surgical cure, 360
Podalirius, 1
What polenta is, n., 19
Poppy tears, n., 30
Swallowed poison is more dangerous than a venomous bite or sting, 240
Praxagoras, 2
The operation for moving the prepuce over the glans, 360
Harmful preserves, 19
Certain prognostics, 44
Propolis, n., 28
Psoricum, n., 38
Psylli, 237
Pthisis, common in the strongest age, 131
How to prepare ptisan, n., 10
Pulticula pulse, n., 12
When purging is useful, 24-66
── when it's unnecessary, 41-66
Pythagoras, skilled in medicine, 2

R.
Rationalists, their doctrine and arguments, 3-6
Remedies and their effects, 59
── sometimes successful but rash, 105
── but impulsive, 105
Syrian rhus, n., 39
Pontic root, n., 43

S.
Salamander, n., 29
Salsamentum, n., 11
Sansucus, n., 30
Regimen for each season, 25
── considered regarding health, 34
Serapion, author of the empiric sect, 3
Sesamum, n., 24
Common causes of shuddering, 109
Siligo, what it is, n., 11
Sleep, a good or bad sign, 38
Sory, n., 39
Sostratus, an innovator in surgery, 309
Specillum asperatum, 276
── oricularium, 286
What spitting indicates, 55
The spleen contracted by the smith’s forge water, how it’s diagnosed, 165
Spodium, n., 29
Spring, its ailments, 34
Strigil, n., 38
Struthium, n., 3057
Symptoms of bladder stones, 48
── sarcophagus, n., 26
── Asian, 26
── Phrygian, n., 29
── scissile, 30
Good stools, 40
── bad stools, 42-46
Subruinæ, n., 24
Summer, its diseases, 34
Various causes of suppurations, 50
── not yet visible, how to know, 51
── good and bad kinds, 55
Qualifications of a surgeon, 309
Sutures in the head, 382
── how they can be misleading, 394
What sweats indicate, 39
── how they are induced, 72

T.
Teda, n., 39
Thapsia, n., 31
Tharrias, his views and practices in lethargy, 123
── practice in ascites, 128
Themison, a follower of Asclepiades, 3
── departs from him in old age, 3
Tragum, n., 12
Tryphon the elder, an innovator in surgery, 309

U.
Urine during illness is good, 40
── how it can be bad, 42
── its characteristics if a fever is likely to be prolonged, 42
── various signs from it, 48
── how to discharge it with a catheter, 362

V.
Treatment after cauterization of veins, 334
Rasiled verdigrease, n., 32
What vervains are, 85
Vomiting, Asclepiades rejected, 20
── when it is useful, 20
Vulsella, n., 39

W.
Water, its analysis, 77
── cold water, useful for the head, 27
Weather, more or less healthful, 34
── the effects of different types, 35
The wind's effects on the body, 35
── what is the most healthful, 35
Aminæan wine, n., 22
── Allobrogic wine, n., 24
── Rhetic wine, 24
── Signine wine, 24
── salt wine, n., 6
── resinated wine, n., 13

FINIS.

FINIS.

Printed by C. Stewart.

Printed by C. Stewart.


Just Published by DICKINSON & Co.
Infirmary Street, Edinburgh.

COLLOQUIA ANATOMICA, PHYSIOLOGICA,
atque CHEMICA,
Quæstionibus et Responsis;
Ad usum Youth of Genius accommodata.
Auctore
ARCHIBALDO ROBERTSON, M.D.
Et apud Edinenses Sermonum Practicorum de Arte
Medicinali Praelectore.
Editio Secunda.

LEXICON LINGUAE LATINAE
COMPENDIARIUM;
Or, a Concise Dictionary of the Latin Language,
BY THE END
ALEXANDER ADAM, LL. D.
Rector of the High school of Edinburgh.
2nd Edition.
To which is added,
An ENGLISH AND LATIN DICTIONARY,
With an Index of Proper Names,
BY
ADAM DICKINSON.

FOOTNOTES:

A Fab. Quintilian, lib. xii. c. 11.

A Fab. Quintilian, book 12, chapter 11.

B Id. lib. iii. c. 5.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Id. lib. 3. c. 5.

C Columell. lib. 2. c. 2.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Columella, Book 2, Chapter 2.

D Id. lib. ix. c. 2.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Id. lib. ix. c. 2.

E Id. lib. i. c. 1.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Id. lib. i. c. 1.

F Celsi praefat. lib. i.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Celsus, Preface, Book 1.

G Biblioth. Latin. lib. ii. c. 4.

G Biblioth. Latin. lib. ii. c. 4.

H Nostri anginam vocant, lib. iv. c. 4.—Apud nos indecorum, sed commune his herniae nomen est, lib. vii. c. 18.—Nostri vero sub eodem nomine, quo priora habent, ib.

H They call it angina, book iv, chapter 4.—Among us, it’s an awkward term, but it’s commonly used for hernias, book vii, chapter 18.—Indeed, we refer to it by the same name as the previous ones, ib.

I Morgagni Ep. 2. p. 41.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Morgagni Vol. 2, p. 41.

J Quippe Cornelius totum corpus disciplinae quinque libris complexus est, Columell. lib. 1. c. 1.

J Indeed, Cornelius encompasses the entire body of discipline in five books, Columell. lib. 1. c. 1.

K Morgagni Ep. iv. p. 75.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Morgagni Ep. IV, p. 75.

L Præfat. lib. ii.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Preface, Book II.

M Lib. iii. c. 4.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Book 3, Chapter 4.

N Histoire de la medicine, P. ii. liv. iv. sect. ii. chap. 4, &c.

N History of Medicine, p. ii. book iv. section ii. chapter 4, etc.

O Plin. Nat. Hist. lib. xxv. c. 2.

O Plin. Nat. Hist. book 25, chapter 2.

P Lib. iii. c. 5.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Book 3, Chapter 5.

Q Lib. vii. c. 7. See Le Clerc.

Q Lib. vii. c. 7. See Le Clerc.

R Though numberless passages will occur in the course of the book, where Celsus expressly delivers his own judgment, yet as the reader may perhaps chuse to have some of the most remarkable at one view, the following references will serve for that purpose. Lib. i. c. 3. p. 30. Neque ignoro, &c. Commoneo tamen, &c. Lib. ii. c. 14. p. 88. Quas tamen, &c. p. 89. Neque ignoro quosdam, &c. Lib. iii. c. 2. p. 140. Ego tum hoc puto, &c. c. 14. p. 144. Tutius tamen, &c. c. 18. p. 150. Quid igitur est, &c. Lib. iv. c. 4. p. 200. Melius huic rei, &c. c. 17. p. 227. Interdum teretes videmus, &c. c. 19. p. 230. Ego experimentis, &c. Lib. vi. c. 4. p. 345. Sed nihil melius est, &c. Lib. vii. c. 12. p. 446. Ego autem cognovi, &c. c. 14. p. 450. Sed abunde est, &c. Lib. viii. c. 2. p. 509. Neque audiendi, &c. c. 3. p. 512. Ut quando os perrumpitur, sentiamus, &c. c. 4. p. 517. Sed multo melius est, &c. c. 8. p. 528. Ex dolore colligimus, &c. c. 13. p. 546. Ponendum autem hoc esse credidi, &c. Any person, who will be at the pains to examine these passages, will easily see, that they strongly support the conclusion drawn from the two above recited. [See Linden or Almeloveen’s edition.]

R Although numerous sections in the book express Celsus's own opinions, if the reader prefers to see some of the most notable all at once, the following references will help. Lib. i. c. 3. p. 30. Neque ignoro, & c. Commoneo tamen, & c. Lib. ii. c. 14. p. 88. Quas tamen, & c. p. 89. Neque ignoro quosdam, & c. Lib. iii. c. 2. p. 140. Ego tum hoc puto, & c. c. 14. p. 144. Tutius tamen, & c. 18. p. 150. Quid igitur est, & c. Lib. iv. c. 4. p. 200. Melius huic rei, & c. 17. p. 227. Interdum teretes videmus, & c. 19. p. 230. Ego experimentis, & c. Lib. vi. c. 4. p. 345. Sed nihil melius est, & c. Lib. vii. c. 12. p. 446. Ego autem cognovi, & c. c. 14. p. 450. Sed abunde est, & c. Lib. viii. c. 2. p. 509. Neque audiendi, & c. c. 3. p. 512. Ut quando os perrumpitur, sentiamus, & c. c. 4. p. 517. Sed multo melius est, & c. c. 8. p. 528. Ex dolore colligimus, & c. c. 13. p. 546. Ponendum autem hoc esse credidi, & c. Anyone who takes the time to examine these passages will easily see that they strongly support the conclusion drawn from the two mentioned above. [See Linden or Almeloveen’s edition.]

S Lib. iii. c. 4.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Lib. 3. ch. 4.

T The first three of these epistles were annexed to an edition of Celsus, by Vulpius, at Padua, in the year 1722; five more were added to another by the same editor in the year 1752; in both which editions he has every where followed (only correcting typographical errors) the text of Almeloveen.

T The first three of these letters were added to an edition of Celsus by Vulpius in Padua in 1722; five more were included in another edition by the same editor in 1752. In both editions, he followed the text of Almeloveen closely, only correcting typographical errors.

U Lib. v. cap. 17.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Book v. chapter 17.

V Dissertation on the Denarius.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Thesis on the Denarius.

W Rhodius de Ponderib. et Mensur. Cels.

W Rhodius on Weights and Measures, Cels.

X Διαιτητικὴ.

Dietary.

Y Φαρμακευτικὴ.

Pharmaceutical.

Z Χειρουργικὴ.

Surgical.

AA Εμπειρικοὶ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Empirical.

AB Φλεγμονὴ.

Inflammation.

AC Διάφραγμα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Aperture.

AD Μέθοδος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Method.

AE κόλον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ colon.

AF ἀποστήματα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ obstacles.

AG μελαγχολία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ melancholy.

AH φθίσις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wasting disease.

AI στραγγουρία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ stagnation.

AJ εἰλεος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Mercy.

AK λειεντερία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ λιβαντερία.

AL σπασμὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ spasm.

AM τέτανος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ tetanus.

AN παράλυσις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ paralysis.

AO φρεν̃ιτιϛ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ frenetic.

AP ἄφθαι.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ immortal.

AQ ἀκροχορδ́ονες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ strings.

AR αἱμοῤῥοίδες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ bloodshed.

AS καχεξία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wasting syndrome.

AT Εἱλικρινὲς, sincere, or unmixed; so that it is explained naturally enough by our author integrum, sound, which I chuse to render by free from all complaint, because we never apply the term sound to a body, that has any distemper hanging about it.

AT Genuine, sincere, or pure; this is explained well enough by our author as integrum, sound, which I prefer to translate as free from any issues, since we never use the term sound for a body that has any ailments associated with it.

AU στρόφος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ turn.

AV καυσώδης.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ fiery.

AW φύματα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ species.

AX αὐτόπυρον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ self-igniting.

AY εὔχυμα et κακόχυμα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ pouring and spilling.

AZ πολύγονον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ polyhedron.

BA στρύχνος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ strigose.

BB ἑμιτριτα̃ιος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Chancellor.

BC κρισίμοι.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ critical.

BD ζίσις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ zi̱sís.

BE φρεν̃ιτις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ encephalitis.

BF συκάμινος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ fig tree.

BG συκόμορον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ sycomore.

BH καρδιακὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ heart-related.

BI λήθαργος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ lethargy.

BJ ὕδρωψ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Hydrops.

BK τυμπανίτης.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ drummer.

BL λευκοφλεγματία vel ὑπὸ τὴν σάρκα.

BL white phlegm or under the flesh.

BM ἀσκίτης.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ascetic.

BN σαφὶς ἀγρία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ clearly wild.

BO κύπειρος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ cypress.

BP σχο̃ινος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ schoenus.

BQ ἀτροφία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ atrophy.

BR καχεξία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wasting syndrome.

BS φθίσις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wasting disease.

BT ὠμοπλάται.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ shoulder blades.

BU ἐλεφαντίασις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ elephantiasis.

BV ἀποπληξία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Stroke.

BW σφαγίτιδες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ σφαγίτιδες.

BX χαρωτίδες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ cheerful.

BY πυλωρὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ doorkeeper.

BZ οὐρητ̃ηρες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ urinals.

CA Canalis is our author’s word.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Canalis is our author's term.

CB περιτόναιος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ unnecessary.

CC κεφαλαία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ capital letters.

CD ὑδροκέφαλος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Hydrocephalus.

CE κυνικὸς σπασμὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ cynical spasm.

CF κορύζαι.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ grain.

CG κατασταγμοὶ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ resolutions.

CH ὀπισθότονος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ backward tone.

CI ἐμπροσθότονος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ forefront.

CJ τέτανος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ tetanus.

CK συνάγχη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ sore throat.

CL ὡς συνάγχη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ as it pressures.

CM παρασυνάγχη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Parasinaki.

CN δύσπνοια.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ shortness of breath.

CO ̃ἀσθμα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Asthma.

CP ὀρθόπνοια.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ normal breathing.

CQ διάβρωσις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ corrosion.

CR ῥηγμοχασμὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ snoring.

CS ἀναστόμωσις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ anastomosis.

CT πλευριτικὸς. Our author uses here the masculine adjective to the Latin word morbus.

CT lateral. Our author uses the masculine adjective for the Latin word morbus.

CU περιπνευμονία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ pneumonia.

CV ἡπατικὸς the adjective is used here in the same manner, as pleuriticus before.

CV The adjective hepatica is used here in the same way as pleuriticus was before.

CW μυροβάλανοι.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ incense holders.

CX χολέρα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ cholera.

CY κοιλιακὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ abdominal.

CZ χόρδαψος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ chordapsos.

DA εἰλεὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ pity.

DB κολικὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ colicky.

DC κολικὸν.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ colicky.

DD δυσεντερία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dysentery.

DE τεινεσμὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ tension.

DF σαρκοφάγος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ sarcophagus.

DG χάλκανθος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ copper.

DH σχιστὸν.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ divided.

DI ἀναστομο̃υν. This word Celsus here translates literally to open like a mouth.

DI αναστομο̃υν. This word Celsus translates literally as to open like a mouth.

DJ ἀρσενικὸν.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ male.

DK τιθύμαλλος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ θύμαλλος.

DL σκορία μολύβδου.

lead darkness.

DM ὀβολὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ coin.

DN τροχίσχοι.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ scooters.

DO πεπλυμένον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ washed.

DP ἐπισπαστικὰ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ attractive.

DQ ἄπυρον, that has not passed the fire.

DQ unburnt, that has not gone through the fire.

DR χαρχινωδὴ, cancerous.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ cancerous.

DS μιλιχηρίδες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mitchiran.

DT φύγεθλον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ leave it.

DU ἀναστομωτικὰ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ reconnecting.

DV ἀγκύλη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hook.

DW ἔναιμα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ blood.

DX ἀλίπαινα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Alipaina.

DY παρακολλητικὸν.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ distraction.

DZ κηφαλικὰ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ heading.

EA τετραφάρμακον, or consisting of four medicines.

EA tetrafarmakon, or made up of four medicines.

EB ἐννεαφάρμακον, of nine medicines.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ of nine medications.

EC τεθεραπευμένα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ healed.

ED ἐπισπαστικὰ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ pulling.

EE διὰ δαφνίδων.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ through laurels.

EF ῥυπω̃δες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dirty.

EG σηπτικὰ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ septic.

EH λευκὰ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ white.

EI λιπαρὰ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ fat.

EJ σφραγὶς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ seal.

EK πεσσοὶ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ perseverance.

EL ἐλαιω̃̃δες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ olive oil.

EM ἔγχριστα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ anointed.

EN ἀνώδυνα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ painless.

EO ἰχὼρ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ichor.

EP μελίκηρα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ honeycomb.

EQ ἐλαιω̃δες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Oily.

ER ἀγκτη̃ρες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ anchors.

ES ῥύπτουσα.—Our author has not mentioned this plaister before, at least not under the same name.

ES ῥύπτουσα.—Our author hasn’t talked about this plaster before, at least not under the same name.

ET ἐρυσίπελας.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Earth-shaker.

EU γάγγραινα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ gangrene.

EV ἀπεσχαρωτικὰ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ aesthetic.

EW λιπαρὰ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ fat.

EX ὑδροφοβία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hydrophobia.

EY ἡλιοτρόπιον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ sunflower.

EZ καρκίνωμα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ carcinoma.

FA κονδυλώματα.

warts.

FB κακόηθες.

malignant.

FC θηρίωμα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ beast.

FD ἕρπης ἐσθιόμενος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Eating herpes.

FE κηρίον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ candle.

FF ἀκροχορδὼν.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Acrocordon.

FG ἀκροθύμιον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ appetizer.

FH μυρμήκια.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ants.

FI ἐξανθήματα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ rashes.

FJ φλύκταιναι ἑλκώδεις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ blisters are itchy.

FK φλυζάκιον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ blabbermouth.

FL ἐπινυκτὶς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ victorious.

FM ἀγρία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wild.

FN ἄλφος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ testosterone.

FO μέλας.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ black.

FP λεύκη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ poplar.

FQ σύκωσις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ suckling.

FR ἀλωπεκία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Alopecia.

FS ὀφίασις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ snakes.

FT φακία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ fraud.

FU ἐφηλὶς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ affiliation.

FV στόμωμα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ gag.

FW ἀχάριστον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ungrateful.

FX πρόπτωσις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ falling.

FY διὰ λιβάνου.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ by incense.

FZ φθειρίασις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ lice.

GA διὰ κέρατος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ through the horn.

GB μεμιγμένον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mixed.

GC ξηροφθαλμία.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dry eye syndrome.

GD διὰ κρόκου.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ with saffron.

GE ὑπόχυσις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ spillage.

GF μυδρίασις.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ dilation.

GG ὄζαινα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ smell.

GH πολύπους.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ octopus.

GI ἀθηραὶι.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Athens.

GJ παρουλίδες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ slides.

GK παρωτίδες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ parotids.

GL φαγέδαινα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ φαγέδαινα.

GM ῥαγάδια.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ cracks.

GN αἱμοῤῥοἱδες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ bloodsuckers.

GO πτερύγιον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wing.

GP γραφίσκος Διοκλέους.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Diocles' Graphiskos.

GQ γάγγλια.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ganglia.

GR μελικηρίδες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mellifers.

GS ἀθερώματα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ faults.

GT στεατώματα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ steatomas.

GU κριθὴ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ barley.

GV χαλάζια.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hail.

GW πτερύγιον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wing.

GX ῥυὰς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ river.

GY ἐγκανθὶς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Incensed.

GZ ἀγκυλοβλέθαρον.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ ankyloblepharon.

HA αἰγίλωψ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Aigilos.

HB λαγώφθαλμος, or hare’s eye, outward.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hare's eye, looking outward.

HC ἐκτρόπιον, from turning.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ trophy, from turning.

HD σταφύλωμα.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ grapevine.

HE κερατοειδὴς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ corneal.

HF χοριοειδὴς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ choroidal.

HG ἀραχνοειδὴς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ arachnid.

HH ὑαλοειδὴς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Vitreous.

HI ἀντιάδες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ backpacks.

HJ βρογχοκήλη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ goiter.

HK κρεμαστὴρ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hanger.

HL λυτροειδὴς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ redemptive.

HM δαρτὸς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ beaten.

HN ὀσχεὸν.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ sacrum.

HO ἐντεροκήλη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ enterocele.

HP ἐπιπλοκήλη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ epiplokē.

HQ ὑδροκήλη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hydrocele.

HR κιρσοκήλη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ varicocele.

HS σαρκοκήλη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hernia.

HT βουβωνοκήλη.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ inguinal hernia.

HU Οὐρορυὰς: this word, as far as I can find, occurs no where else. It is variously written in the different editions. The sense seems to determine it to what I have expressed in the translation, with which the etymology of it agrees.

HU Οὐρορυὰς: this term, as far as I can tell, doesn’t appear anywhere else. It’s spelled differently in various editions. The meaning seems to support my translation, which aligns with its etymology.

HV λιθοτόμος.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ stonecutter.

HW ζυγὼδες.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ balanced.

HX τομικοὶ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ individual.

HY κερκὶς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ curved.

HZ χοινίκιον. This was the name of a measure among the Greeks, and from its resemblance in shape, they have probably used the same word for this chirurgical instrument; for the same reason, I suppose the Romans have named it modiolus. Though I have chosen to retain our author’s term, yet the reader will see the difference is not material betwixt that, and the trepan of our surgeons; the terebra comes so near to the perforator, that I have used the modern term for it.

HZ χοινίκιον. This was the name of a measurement used by the Greeks, and because its shape is similar, they likely used the same word for this surgical instrument; for the same reason, I think the Romans called it modiolus. While I've decided to keep the original author's term, the reader will notice that there isn’t much difference between that and the trepan used by our surgeons; the terebra is so close to the perforator that I've opted for the modern term for it.

IA Μηνιγγοφύλαξ: the etymology of this word answers exactly to its use: it is delineated by Scultet. tab. 2. fig. 9.

IA Meningeal guardian: the origin of this word matches its purpose perfectly; it is illustrated by Scultet. tab. 2. fig. 9.

IB λεπὶς.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ minute.

IC morae.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ morae.

ID Ep. iii. p. 53.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 3, p. 53.

IE Ep. vii. p. 187.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 7, p. 187.

IF Ep. iv. p. 89.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 4, p. 89.

IG Lib. 5. c. 26. p. 301.

IG Lib. 5. c. 26. p. 301.

IH Plin. epist. 6. lib. v.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Pliny, Letters 6, Book 5

II Vitruv. lib. v. c. 10.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Vitruvius, Book V, Chapter 10.

IJ Senec. epist. lxxxvi.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Seneca, Letters 86.

IK Ep. 6. p. 148.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 148.

IL Strabon. lib. iv. p. 192. See Athenæus—A. Terent. in Adelph.

IL Strabo. book iv. p. 192. See Athenaeus—A. Terence in Brothers.

IM Ep. 6. p. 133.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 133.

IN Dioscorid. lib. v. c. 801.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Dioscorides, book 5, ch. 801.

IO Nat. Hist. lib. xiv. c. 8.

IO Nat. Hist. lib. xiv. c. 8.

IP Ep. 7. p. 172.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 7, p. 172.

IQ Ep. 5. p. 139.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 5, p. 139.

IR Lib. II. de Vulnerib. cap. 8.

IR Lib. II. de Vulnerib. cap. 8.

IS Ep. 5. p. 132.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 5, p. 132.

IT Lib. ii. cap. 389.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Book 2, chapter 389.

IU Ep. 6. p. 145.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 145.

IV Ep. 6. p. 157.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 157.

IW Lib. viii. cap. i.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Book 8, Chapter 1

IX Ep. 5. p. 115.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Episode 5, page 115.

IY Ep. 5. p. 139.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 5, p. 139.

IZ De Acut. Morb. lib. i, cap. 15.

IZ De Acut. Morb. lib. i, cap. 15.

JA Dioscorid. lib. i. cap. 5.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Dioscorides, vol. 1, ch. 5.

JB Ep. 7. p. 180.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 7, p. 180.

JC Ep. 1. p. 32.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Episode 1, page 32.

JD Ep. 6. p. 144.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6. p. 144.

JE Ep. 6. p. 149.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 149.

JF Chirurg. p. i. lib. iv. cap. 6.

JF Chirurg. p. i. lib. iv. cap. 6.

JG Oper. Chirurg. lib. i. cap. 18.

JG Oper. Chirurg. lib. i. cap. 18.

JH Book i. chap. 17.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Book 1, Chapter 17.

JI Ep. 7. p. 206.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Episode 7, page 206.

JJ Ep. 6. p. 144.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 144.

JK Ep. i. p. 36.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 1, p. 36.

JL Ep. vi. p. 162.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 162.

JM Ep. 6. p. 145.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 145.

JN Ep. vi. p. 146.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 146.

JO Ep. vii. p. 181.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Episode 7, page 181.

JP Ep. vi. p. 151.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 151.

JQ Ep. v. p. 135.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Episode v, page 135.

JR Ep. 4. p. 91.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 4, p. 91.

JS Ep. 7. p. 211.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 7, p. 211.

JT Ep. vii. p. 216.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 7, p. 216.

JU Ep. vi. p. 159.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 159.

JV Ep. v. p. 129.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. v. p. 129.

JW Ep. vi. p. 166.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ep. 6, p. 166.

JX Ep. vi. p. 169.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Epis. vi, p. 169.

Return to __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Corrected misspellings include the following:
necesssary → necessary
belived → believed
plaintain → plantain
accout → account
paroxyms → paroxysm
cardamon → cardamom
prescriptipn → prescription
inflammmation → inflammation
w ich → which
 n → in
wiound → wound
j w → jaw
humour → tumour
chissel → chisel
Hippocates → Hippocrates
Baslam → Balsam
the the → the
linimen → liniment
intrument → instrument
carelesness → carelessness

Corrected misspellings include the following:
necesssary → necessary
belived → believed
plaintain → plantain
accout → account
paroxyms → paroxysm
cardamon → cardamom
prescriptipn → prescription
inflammmation → inflammation
w ich → which
 n → in
wiound → wound
j w → jaw
humour → tumor
chissel → chisel
Hippocates → Hippocrates
Baslam → Balsam
the the → the
linimen → liniment
intrument → instrument
carelesness → carelessness

Spelling inconsistencies include (but not limited to) the following:
antient/ancient
aromatick/aromatic
cummin/cumin
diuretick/diuretic
encrease/increase
fore arm/fore-arm/forearm
haemorrhage/hæmorrhage/hemorrhage
milstone/mill-stone
teprion/tephrion
tremor/tremour

Spelling inconsistencies include (but are not limited to) the following:
antient/ancient
aromatick/aromatic
cummin/cumin
diuretick/diuretic
encrease/increase
fore arm/fore-arm/forearm
haemorrhage/hæmorrhage/hemorrhage
milstone/mill-stone
teprion/tephrion
tremor/tremour

The following typographic errors have been corrected:
a) the block of index entries commencing with U were incorrectly placed after V and have been repositioned;
b) an incorrect index page reference to ‘Passum’ has been corrected;
c) a group of Book V notes that were incorrectly numbered 89–96 have been renumbered 84–91 to correspond with the text anchors;
d) an incorrectly numbered note in Book V has been renumbered Note 63a;
e) incorrectly numbered Note 1 in Book VI has been renumbered as Note 92 in Book V.

The following typographic errors have been corrected:
a) The block of index entries starting with U was mistakenly placed after V and has been moved;
b) An incorrect index page reference to ‘Passum’ has been fixed;
c) A group of Book V notes that were wrongly numbered 89–96 have been renumbered 84–91 to match the text anchors;
d) An incorrectly numbered note in Book V has been renumbered Note 63a;
e) An incorrectly numbered Note 1 in Book VI has been renumbered as Note 92 in Book V.

Return to __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!